Motor Vehicles Act

Chapter I – Preliminary

Section 1. Short title, extent and commencement.

(1) This Act may be called the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988.

(2) It extends to the whole of India.

(3) It shall come into force on such date1 as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint; and different dates may be appointed for different States and any reference in this Act to the commencement of this Act shall, in relation to a State, be construed as a reference to the coming into force of this Act in that State.

1. Came into force on 1-7-1989. Vide S.O. 368 (E), dated 22nd May, 1989, published in the Gazette of India, Extra., Pt. II, Sec. 3 (ii), dated 22nd May, 1989.

Section 2. Definitions.

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-

(1) “area”, in relation to any provision of this Act, means such area as the State Government may, having regard to the requirements of that provision, specify by notification in the Official Gazette;

(2) “articulated vehicle” means a motor vehicle to which a semi-trailer is attached;

(3) “axle weight” means in relation to an axle of a vehicle the total weight transmitted by the several wheels attached to that axle to the surface on which the vehicle rests;

(4) “certificate of registration” means the certificate issued by a competent authority to the effect that a motor vehicle has been duly registered in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IV;

(5) “conductor” in relation to a stage carriage, means a person engaged in collecting fares from passengers, regulating their entrance into, or exit from, the stage carriage and performing such other functions as may be prescribed;

(6) “conductor’s licence” means the licence issued by a competent authority under Chapter III authorising the person specified therein to act as a conductor;

(7) “contract carriage” means a motor vehicle which carries a passenger or passengers for hire or reward and is engaged under a contract, whether expressed or implied, for the use of such vehicle as a whole for the carriage of passengers mentioned therein and entered into by a person with a holder of a permit in relation to such vehicle or any person authorised by him in this behalf on a fixed or an agreed rate or sum-

(a) on a time basis, whether or not with reference to any route or distance; or

(b) from one point to another,and in either case, without stopping to pick up or set down passengers not included in the contract anywhere during the journey, and includes-

(i) a maxicab; and

(ii) a motorcar notwithstanding the separate fares are charged for its passengers;

(8) “dealer” includes a person who is engaged-

1[***]

(b) in building bodies for attachment to chassis; or

(c) in the repair of motor vehicles; or

(d) in the business of hypothecation, leasing or hire-purchase of motor vehicle;

(9) “driver” includes, in relation to a motor vehicle which is drawn by another motor vehicle, the person who acts as a steersman of the drawn vehicle;

(10) “driving licence” means the licence issued by a competent authority under Chapter II authorising the person specified therein to drive, otherwise than as a learner, a motor vehicle or a motor vehicle of any specified class or description;

(11) “educational institution bus” means an omnibus, which is owned by a college, school or other educational institution and used solely for the purpose of transporting students or staff of the educational institution in connection with any of its activities;

(12) “fares” includes sums payable for a season ticket or in respect of the hire of a contract carriage;

(13) “goods” includes livestock, and anything (other than equipment ordinarily used with the vehicle) carried by a vehicle except living persons, but does not include luggage or personal effects carried in a motor car or in a trailer attached to a motor car or the personal luggage of passengers travelling in the vehicle;

(14) “goods carriage” means any motor vehicle constructed or adapted for use solely for the carriage of goods, or any motor vehicle not so constructed or adapted when used for the carriage of goods;

(15) “gross vehicle weight” means in respect of any vehicle the total weight of the vehicle and load certified and registered by the registering authority as permissible for that vehicle;

(16) “heavy goods vehicle” means any goods carriage the gross vehicle weight of which, or a tractor or a road-roller the unladen weight of either of which, exceeds 12,000 kilograms;

(17) “heavy passenger motor vehicle” means any public service vehicle or private service vehicle or educational institution bus or omnibus the gross vehicle weight of any of which, or a motor car the unladen weight of which, exceeds 12,000 kilograms;

(18) “invalid carriage” means a motor vehicle specially designed and constructed, and not merely adapted, for the use of a person suffering from some physical defect or disability, and used solely by or for such a person;

(19) “learner’s licence” means the licence issued by a competent authority under Chapter II authorising the person specified therein to drive as a learner, a motor vehicle or a motor vehicle of any specified class or description;

(20) “licensing authority” means an authority empowered to issue licences under Chapter II or, as the case may be, Chapter III;

(21) “light motor vehicle” means a transport vehicle or omnibus the gross vehicle weight of either of which or a motor car or tractor or road-roller the unladen weight of any of which, does not exceed 2[7500] kilograms;

3[(21A) “manufacturer” means a person who is engaged in the manufacture of motor vehicles;]

(22) “maxicab” means any motor vehicle constructed or adapted to carry more than six passengers, but not more than twelve passengers, excluding the driver, for hire or reward;

(23) “medium goods vehicle” means any goods carriage other than a light motor vehicle or a heavy goods vehicle;

(24) “medium passenger motor vehicle” means any public service vehicle or private service vehicle, or educational institution bus other than a motor cycle, invalid carriage, light motor vehicle or heavy passenger motor vehicle;

(25) “motorcab” means any motor vehicle constructed or adapted to carry not more than six passengers excluding the driver for hire or reward;

(26) “motor car” means any motor vehicle other than a transport vehicle, omnibus, road-roller, tractor, motor cycle or invalid carriage;

(27) “motor cycle” means a two-wheeled motor vehicle, inclusive of any detachable side-car having an extra wheel, attached to the motor vehicle;

(28) “motor vehicle” or “vehicle” means any mechanically propelled vehicle adapted for use upon roads whether the power of propulsion is transmitted thereto from an external or internal source and includes a chassis to which a body has not been attached and a trailer; but does not include a vehicle running upon fixed rails or a vehicle of a special type adapted for use only in a factory or in any other enclosed premises or a vehicle having less than four wheels fitted with engine capacity of not exceeding 4[twenty-five cubic centimetres];

(29) “omnibus” means any motor vehicle constructed or adapted to carry more than six persons excluding the driver;

(30) “owner” means a person in whose name a motor vehicle stands registered, and where such person is a minor, the guardian of such minor, and in relation to a motor vehicle which is the subject of a hire-purchase, agreement, or an agreement of lease or an agreement of hypothecation, the person in possession of the vehicle under that agreement;

(31) “permit” means a permit issued by a State or Regional Transport Authority or an authority prescribed in this behalf under this Act authorising the use of a motor vehicle as a transport vehicle;

(32) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(33) “private service vehicle” means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted to carry more than six persons excluding the driver and ordinarily used by or on behalf of the owner of such vehicle for the purpose of carrying persons for, or in connection with, his trade or business otherwise than for hire or reward but does not include a motor vehicle used for public purposes;

(34) “public place” means a road, street, way or other place, whether a thoroughfare or not, to which the public have a right of access, and includes any place or stand at which passengers are picked up or set down by a stage carriage;

(35) “public service vehicle” means any motor vehicle used or adapted to be used for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward, and includes a maxicab, a motorcab, contract carriage, and stage carriage;

(36) “registered axle weight” means in respect of the axle of any vehicle, the axle weight certified and registered by the registering authority as permissible for that axle;

(37) “registering authority” means an authority empowered to register motor vehicles under Chapter IV;

(38) “route” means a line of travel which specifies the highway which may be traversed by a motor vehicle between one terminus and another;

5[(39) “semi-trailer” means a vehicle not mechanically propelled (other than a trailer), which is intended to be connected to a motor vehicle and which is so constructed that a portion of it is super-imposed on, ; and a part of whose weight is borne by, that motor vehicle;] ;

(40) “stage carriage” means a motor vehicle constructed or adapted to carry more than six passengers excluding the driver for hire or j reward at separate fares paid by or for individual passengers, either for the whole journey or for stages of the journey;

(41) “State Government” in relation to a Union territory means the Administrator thereof appointed under article 239 of the Constitution;

(42) “State transport undertaking” means any undertaking providing road transport service, where such undertaking is carried on by,-

(i) the Central Government or a State Government;

(ii) any Road Transport Corporation established under section 3 of the Road Transport Corporations Act, 1950 (64 of 1950);

(iii) any municipality or any corporation or company owned or controlled by the Central Government or one or more State Governments, or by the Central Government and one or more State Governments.

6[(iv) Zila Parishad or any other similar local authority.]

Explanation.-For the purposes of this clause, “road transport service” means a service of motor vehicles carrying passengers or goods or both by road for hire or reward;

(43) “tourist vehicle” means a contract carriage, constructed or adapted and equipped and maintained in accordance with such specifications as may be prescribed in this behalf;

(44) “tractor” means a motor vehicle which is not itself constructed to ; carry any load (other than equipment used for the purpose of propulsion); but excludes a road-roller;

(45) “traffic signs” includes all signals, warning sign posts, direction posts, markings on the road or other devices for the information, guidance or direction of drivers of motor vehicles;

(46) “trailer” means any vehicle, other than a semi-trailer and a side-car, drawn or intended to be drawn by a motor vehicle;

(47) “transport vehicle” means a public service vehicle, a goods carriage, an educational institution bus or a private service vehicle;

(48) “unladen weight” means the weight of a vehicle or trailer including all equipment ordinarily used with the vehicle or trailer when working, but excluding the weight of a driver or attendant; and where alternative parts or bodies are used the unladen weight of the vehicle means the weight of the vehicle with the heaviest such alternative part or body;

(49) “weight” means the total weight transmitted for the time being by the wheels of a vehicle to the surface on which the vehicle rests. ;

1. Sub-clause (a) omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2, for “6000” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

4. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2, for “thirty-five cubic centimetres” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

5. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2, for clause (39) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

6. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Constitution of India, Article 142 – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 2(14) and 2(47) – MACT – Liability of insurer – Driving licence – Invalid driving license – Goods vehicle – Licence having been granted for a period of 20 years – Presumption arises that it was meant for the purpose of vehicle other than transport vehicle – Vehicle in question was goods vehicle – Insurer held not liable – In exercise of jurisdiction under Article 142 court directed insurer to deposit amount and recover from owner and driver.

ORIENTAL INSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s ANGAD KOL & ORS. [(2009) 2 SCR 695 = JT 2009 (2) SC 587 = 2009 AIR(SCW) 2747 = 2009(3) SCALE 749 = AIR 2009 SC 2151 = (2009) 11 SCC 356 = (2009) 3 SCC(Cri) 1371]

&

Motor Vehicles Act , 1988, Sections 2(14), (47), 66 – Karnataka Motor Ve­hicles Taxation Act, 1957, Section 3 and 16 – Tax exemption – Goods carriage – Tractor trailer – Transport vehicle – Whether the taxation authority under the Karnataka Motor Vehicles Taxation Act, 1957 was right in taxing the “tractor-trailer” as a separate and distinct vehicle, different from a tractor and denying exemption sought by the appellant under section 16 of the said 1957 Act on the ground that the tractor-trailer was a distinct category of “goods carriage” requiring permit under section 66 of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988? – Held yes – When a vehicle is so altered or prepared that it becomes apt for use for transporting goods, it can be stated that it is adapted for the carriage of goods – Tractor-trailer falls under section 2(14) as a “goods carriage” and consequently, it falls under the definition of “transport vehicle” under section 2(47) of the M.V. Act, 1988. (Para, 24)

M/S. NATWAR PARIKH AND CO. LTD. v/s STATE OF KARNATAKA AND OTHERS [AIR 2005 SC 3428 = (2005) 7 SCC 364 = JT 2005 (8) SC 39 = 2005 (Supp2) SCR 1100 = (2005) 7 Scale 91]

Section 3. Necessity for driving licence.

(1) No person shall drive a motor vehicle in any public place unless he holds an effective driving licence issued to him authorising him to drive the vehicle; and no person shall so drive a transport vehicle [other than 1[a motor cab or motor cycle] hired for his own use or rented under any scheme made under sub-section (2) of section 75] unless his driving licence specifically entitles him so to do.

(2) The conditions subject to which sub-section (1) shall not apply to a person receiving instructions in driving a motor vehicle shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 3, for “a motor cab” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 4. Age limit in connection with driving of motor vehicles.

(1) No person under the age of eighteen years shall drive a motor vehicle in any public place:

Provided that 1[a motor cycle with engine capacity not exceeding 50cc] may be driven in a public place by a person after attaining the age of sixteen years.

(2) Subject to the provisions of section 18, no person under the age of twenty years shall drive a transport vehicle in any public place.

(3) No learner’s licence or driving licence shall be issued to any person to drive a vehicle of the class to which he has made an application unless he is eligible to drive that class of vehicle under this section.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 4, for “a motor cycle without gear” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 4, for “a motor cycle without gear” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 Section. 4(5) – Accident – Bus ran over appellant’s legs – Amputation of right leg – Claim for compensation of rs.4,00,000 – Rejected by tribunal by holding that accident occurred due to negligence of appellant – H.c. granted compensation of rs.1,00,000 – Appeal in supreme court – Held, appellant aged 62 years suffered permanent disability – End of justice would be done if award enhanced to rs.2,00,000.

ZUMAR LAL v/s NAND KISHORE [(2001) ACJ 2007]

Section 5. Responsibility of owners of motor vehicles for contravention of sections 3 and 4.

No owner or person in charge of a motor vehicle shall cause or permit any person who does not satisfy the provisions of section 3 or section 4 to drive the vehicle.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 4 and 5 – MACT – Liability of insurer – Driver of vehicle at the time of accident was 15 years old – Not holding a valid and effective driving license – Owner of vehicle liable to make payment compensation and not the insurer.

UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO.LTD v/s RAKESH KUMAR ARORA & ORS [AIR 2009 SC 24 = (2008) 13 SCC 298 = JT 2008 (11) SC 23 = 2008 AIR (SCW) 6872 = (2009) 3 SCC(Cri) 601]

Section 6. Restriction on the holding of driving licences.

(1) No person shall come while he holds any driving licence for the time being in force, hold any other driving licence except a learner’s licence or a driving licence issued in accccordance with the provisions of section 18 or a document authorising, in accccordance with the rules made under section 139, the person specified therein to drive a motor vehicle.

(2) No holder of a driving licence or a learner’s licence shall permit it to the used by any other person.

(3) Nothing in this section shall prevent a licensing authority having the jurisdiction referred to in sub-section (1) of section 9 from adding to the classes of vehicles which the driving licence authorises the holder to drive.

Section 7. Restrictions on the granting of learner’s licences for certain vehicles.

1 [(1) No person shall be granted a learner’s licence to drive a transport vehicle unless he has held a driving licence to drive a light motor vehicle for at least one year.]

(2) No person under the age of eighteen years shall be granted a learner’s licence to drive a motor cycle without gear except with the consent in writing of the person having the care of the person desiring the learner’s licence.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 5, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 8. Grant of learner’s licence.

(1) Any person who is not disqualified under section 4 for driving a motor vehicle and who is not for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence may, subject to the provisions of section 7, apply to the licensing authority having jurisdiction in the area-

(i) in which he ordinarily resides or carries on business, or

(ii) in which the school or establishment referred to in section 12 from where he intends to receive instruction in driving a motor vehicle is situate, for the issue to him of a learner’s licence.

(2) Every application under sub-section (1) shall be in such form and shall be accompanied by such documents and with such fee as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(3) Every application under sub-section (1) shall be accompanied by a medical certificate in such form as may be prescribed by the Central Government and signed by such registered medical practitioner, as the State Government or any person authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint for this purpose:

1[Provided that no such medical certificate is required for licence to drive a vehicle other than a transport vehicle.]

(4) If, from the application or from the medical certificate referred to in subsection (3), it appears that the applicant is suffering from any disease or disability which is likely to cause the driving by him of a motor vehicle of the class which he would be authorised by the learner’s licence applied for to drive to be a source of danger to the public or to the passengers, the licensing authority shall refuse to issue the learner’s licence:

Provided that a learner’s licence limited to driving an invalid carriage may be issued to the applicant, if the licensing authority is satisfied that he is fit to drive such a carriage.

(5) No learner’s licence shall be issued to any applicant unless he passes to the satisfaction of the licensing authority such test as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(6) When an application has been duly made to the appropriate licensing authority and the applicant has satisfied such authority of his physical fitness under sub-section (3) and has passed to the satisfaction of the licensing authority the test referred to in sub-section (5), the licensing authority shall, subject to the provisions of section 7, issue the applicant a learner’s licence unless the applicant is disqualified under section 4 for driving a motor vehicle or is for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a licence to drive a motor vehicle:

Provided that a licensing authority may issue a learner’s licence to drive a motor cycle or a light motor vehicle notwithstanding that it is not the appropriate licensing authority, if such authority is satisfied that there is good reason for the applicant’s inability to apply to the appropriate licensing authority.

(7) Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it may, by rules made in this behalf, exempt generally, either absolutely or subject to such conditions as may be specified in the rules, any class of persons from the provisions of sub-section (3), or sub-section (5), or both.

(8) Any learner’s licence for driving a motor cycle in force immediately before the commencement of this Act shall, after siTch commencement, be deemed to be effective for driving a motor cycle with or without gear.

1. Added by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 6 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 9. Grant of driving licence.

(1) Any person who is not for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence may apply to the licensing authority having jurisdiction in the area-

(i) in which he ordinarily resides or carries on business, or

(ii) in which the school or establishment referred to in section 12 from where he is receiving or has received instruction in driving a motor vehicle is situated.

for the issue to him of a driving licence.

(2) Every application under sub-section (1) shall be in such form and shall be accompanied by such fee and such documents as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

1[(3) If the applicant passes such test as may be prescribed by the Central Government, he shall be issued the driving licence:

Provided that no such test shall be necessary where the applicant produces proof to show that-

(a) (i) the applicant has previously held a driving licence to drive such class of vehicle and that the period between the date of expiry of that licence and the date of the application does not exceed five years, or

(ii) the applicant holds or has previously held a driving licence to drive such class of vehicle issued under section 18, or

(iii) the applicant holds a driving licence to drive such class of vehicle issued by a competent authority of any country outside India, subject to the condition that the applicant complies with the provisions of sub-section (3) of section 8,

(b) the applicant is not suffering from any disability which is likely to cause the driving by him to be a source of danger to the public; and the licensing authority may, for that purpose, require the applicant to produce a medical certificate in the same form and in the same manner as is referred to in sub-section (3) of section 8:

Provided further that where the application is for a driving licence to drive a motor vehicle (not being a transport vehicle), the licensing authority may exempt the applicant from the test of competence to drive a vehicle prescribed under this sub-section, if the applicant possesses a driving certificate issued by any institution recognised in this behalf by the State Government.]

(4) Where the application is for a licence to drive a transport vehicle, no such authorisation shall be granted to any applicant unless he possesses such minimum educational qualification as may be prescribed by the Central Government and a driving certificate issued by a school or establishment referred to in section 12.

2[(5) Where the applicant does not pass the test, he may be permitted to reappear for the test after a period of seven days:

Provided that where the applicant does not pass the test even after three appearances, he shall not be qualified to re-appear for such test before the expiry of a period of sixty days from the date of last such test.]

(6) The test of competence to drive shall be carried out in a vehicle of the type to which the application refers:

Provided that a person who passed a test in driving a motor cycle with gear shall be deemed also to have passed a test in driving a motor cycle without gear.

(7) When any application has been duly made to the appropriate licensing authority and the applicant has satisfied such authority of his competence to drive, the licensing authority shall issue the applicant a driving licence unless the applicant is for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence:

Provided that a licensing authority may issue a driving licence to drive a motor cycle or a light motor vehicle notwithstanding that it is not the appropriate licensing authority, if the licensing authority is satisfied that there is good and sufficient reason for the applicant’s inability to apply to the appropriate licensing authority:

Provided further that the licensing authority shall not issue a new driving licence to the applicant, if he had previously held a driving licence, unless it is satisfied that there is good and sufficient reason for his inability to obtain a duplicate copy of his former licence.

(8) If the licensing authority is satisfied, after giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard, that he-

(a) is a habitual criminal or a habitual drunkard; or

(b) is a habitual addict to any narcotic drug or psychotropic substance within the meaning of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 (61 of 1985); or

(c) is a person whose licence to drive any motor vehicle has, at any time earlier, been revoked,

it may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, make an order refusing to issue a driving licence to such person and any person aggrieved by an order made by a licensing authority under this sub-section may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to the prescribed authority.

(9) Any driving licence for driving a motor cycle in force immediately before the commencement of this Act shall, after such commencement, be deemed to be effective for driving a motor cycle with or without gear.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 7, for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 7, for sub-section (5) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 10. Form and contents of licences to drive.

(1) Every learner’s licence and driving licence, except a driving licence issued under section 18, shall be in such form and shall contain such information as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(2) A learner’s licence or, as the case may be, driving licence shall also be expressed as entitling the holder to drive a motor vehicle of one or more of the following classes, namely:-

(a) motor cycle without gear;

(b) motor cycle with gear;

(c) invalid carriage;

(d) light motor vehicle;

1[(e) transport vehicle;]

(i) road-roller;

(j) motor vehicle of a specified description.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 8, for clauses (e) to (h) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 3, 10 and 149 – Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 51 – MACT – Liability of insurer – Driving license – Transport vehicle – Autorikshaw/delivery van – For transport vehicle driving license is effective for a period of three years – Fact that license was granted for a period of 20 years, clearly shows that driver of vehicle, was not granted a valid driving license for driving a transport vehicle – Insurer cannot be held liable.

NEW INDIAN ASSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s ROSHANBEN RAHEMANSHA FAKIR & ANR [AIR 2008 SC 2266 = (2008) 8 SCC 253 = 2008 AIR(SCW) 4048 = (2008) 3 SCC(Cri) 476]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 10(2) and 149 – MACT – Liability of insurer – Scooterist who was not holding license for driving two wheeler and holding HMV license – Insurer could not be held liable to pay the amount of compensation – Considering the nature of case insurer shall satisfy the award and can recover the same from owner of vehicle with interest.

ORIENTAL INSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s ZAHARULNISHA & ORS. [AIR 2008 SC 2218 = (2008) 12 SCC 385 = 2008 AIR(SCW) 3251 = (2009) 1 SCC(Cri) 431]

Section 11. Additions to driving licence.

(1) Any person holding a driving licence to drive any class or description of motor vehicles, who is not for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence to drive any other class or description of motor vehicles, may apply to the licensing authority having jurisdiction in the area in which he resides or carries on his business in such form and accompanied by such, documents and with such fees as may be prescribed by the Central Government for the addition of such other class or description of motor vehicles to the licence.

(2) Subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Central Government, the provisions of section 9 shall apply to an application under this section as if the said application was for the grant of a licence under that section to drive the class or description of motor vehicles which the applicant desires to be added to his licence.

Section 12. Licensing and regulation of schools or establishments for imparting instruction in driving of motor vehicles.

(1) The Central Government may make rules for the purpose of licensing and regulating, by the State Governments, schools or establishments (by whatever name called) for imparting instruction in driving of motor vehicles and matters connected therewith.

(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) licensing of such schools or establishments including grant, renewal and revocation of such licences;

(b) supervision of such schools or establishments;

(c) the form of application and the form of licence and the particulars to be contained therein;

(d) fee to be paid with the application for such licences;

(e) conditions subject to which such licences may be granted;

(f) appeals against the orders of refusal to grant or renew such licences and appeals against the orders revoking such licences;

(g) conditions subject to which a person may establish and maintain any such school or establishment for imparting instruction in driving of motor vehicles;

(h) nature, syllabus and duration of course or courses for efficient instruction in driving any motor vehicle;

(i) apparatus and equipments (including motor vehicles fitted with dual control) required for the purpose of imparting such instruction;

(j) suitability of the premises at which such schools or establishments may be established or maintained and facilities to be provided therein;

(k) qualifications, both educational and professional (including experience), which a person imparting instruction in driving a motor vehicle shall possess;

(l) inspection of such schools and establishments (including the services rendered by them and the apparatus, equipments and motor vehicles maintained by them for imparting such instruction);

(m) maintenance of records by such schools or establishments;

(n) financial stability of such schools or establishments;

(o) the driving certificates, if any, to be issued by such schools or establishments and the form in which such driving certificates shall be issued and the requirements to be complied with for the purposes of issuing such certificates;

(p) such other matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

(3) Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it may, by rules made in this behalf, exempt generally, either absolutely or subject to such conditions as may be specified in the rules, any class of schools or establishments imparting instruction in driving of motor vehicles or matters connected therewith from the provisions of this section.

(4) A school or establishment imparting instruction in driving of motor vehicles or matters connected therewith immediately before the commencement of this Act, whether under a licence or not, may continue to impart such instruction without a licence issued under this Act for a period of one month from such commencement, and if it has made an application for such licence under this Act within the said period of one month and such application is in the prescribed form, contains the prescribed particulars and is accompanied by the prescribed fee, till the disposal of such application by the licensing authority.

Section 13. Extent of effectiveness of licences, to drive motor vehicles.

A learner’s licence or a driving licence issued under this Act shall be effective throughout India.

Section 14. Currency of licences to drive motor vehicles.

(1) A learner’s licence issued under this Act shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be effective for a period of six months from the date of issue of the licence.

(2) A driving licence issued or renewed under this Act shall,-

(a) in the case of a licence to drive a transport vehicle, be effective for a period of three years: 1[***]

2[Provided that in the case of licence to drive a transport vehicle carrying goods of dangerous or hazardous nature be effective for a period of one year and renewal thereof shall be subject to the condition that the driver undergoes one day refresher course of the prescribed syllabus; and]

(b) in the case of any other licence,-

(i) if the person obtaining the licence, either originally or on renewal thereof, has not attained the age of 3[fifty years] on the date of issue or, as the case may be, renewal thereof,-

(A) be effective for a period of twenty years from the date of such issue or renewal; or

(B) until the date on which such person attains the age of 3[fifty years], whichever is earlier;

4[(ii) if the person referred to in sub-clause (i), has attained the age of fifty years on the date of issue or as the case may be, renewal thereof, be effective, on payment of such fee as may be prescribed, for a period of five years from the date of such issue or renewal:]

Provided that every driving licence shall, notwithstanding its expiry under this sub-section continue to be effective for a period of thirty days from such expiry.

1. The word “and” omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994. sec. 9, for “forty years” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

4. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994. sec. 9, (w.e.f 14-11-1994).

Section 15. Renewal of driving licences.

(1) Any licensing authority may, on application made to it, renew a driving licence issued under the provisions of this Act with effect from the date of its expiry:

Provided that in any case where the application for the renewal of a licence is made more than thirty days after the date of its expiry, the driving licence shall be renewed with effect from the date of its renewal:

Provided further that where the application is for the renewal of a licence to drive a transport vehicle or where in any other case the applicant has attained the age of forty years, the same shall be accompanied by a medical certificate in the same form and in the same manner as is referred to in sub-section (3) of section 8, and the provisions of sub-section (4) of section 8 shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to every such case as they apply in relation to a learner’s licence.

(2) An application for the renewal of a driving licence shall be made in such form and accompanied by such documents as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(3) Where an application for the renewal of a driving licence is made previous to, or not more than thirty days after the date of its expiry, the fee payable for such renewal shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government in this behalf.

(4) Where an application for the renewal of a driving licence is made more than thirty days after the date of its expiry the fee payable for such renewal shall be such amount as may be prescribed by the Central Government:

Provided that the fee referred to in sub-section (3) may be accepted by the licensing authority in respect of an application for the renewal of a driving licence made under this sub-section if it is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by good and sufficient cause from applying within the time specified in such-section (3):

Provided further that if the application is made more than five years after the driving licence has ceased to be effective the licensing authority may refuse to renew the driving licence unless the applicant, undergoes and passes to its satisfaction the test of competence to drive referred to in sub-section (3) of section 9.

(5) Where the application for renewal has been rejected, the fee paid shall be I refunded to such extent and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(6) Where the authority renewing the driving licence is not the authority which issued the driving licence it shall intimate the fact of renewal to the authority which issued the driving licence.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Section 15(1) – MACT – Driving License – Expired at time of accident – Invalid license – Policy condition violated – Driver driven vehicle got involved in accident had a driving license expired before date of accident – Renewed after more two years of accident taken place – Held that High Court has approached the contention in a very unsatisfactory manner, holding that once license has been renewed, Insurance Company liable to pay compensation – Under provision a driving license can be renewed from date of its expiry if an application is made to it for that purpose – But application for renewal of a licence made more than thirty days after date of its expiry, driving licence shall be renewed with effect from date of its renewal – Thus, vehicle driven without a valid driving licence and policy condition had been violated – Appellant Insurance Company already deposited amount covered by award to be disbursed to claimants – By permitting appellant to realize said amount from Respondent 3/ insured allowed appeal.

NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED v/s JARNAIL SINGH AND OTHERS [(2007) 15 SCC 28]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 3, 15(1) and 149(2) – Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 4 – Evidence Act, 1872, Sections 58 and 106 – MACT – Driving licence – Learner’s licence – As on the date of accident on 5.1.2001 the appellant-owner driver of vehicle was not duly licensed as his learner’s licence expired on 22.12.2000 – He file an application for grant of licence much later – Insurance company was not bound to reimburse him in terms of Contract of Insurance.

BHUWAN SINGH v/s M/S ORIENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. & ANR. [(2009) 5 SCC 136 = JT 2009 (3) SC 333 = 2009 AIR(SCW) 2865 = (2009) 4 SCR 195 = 2009(3) SCALE 798 = AIR 2009 SC 2177 = (2009) 2

Section 16. Revocation of driving licence on grounds of disease or disability.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing sections, any licensing authority may at any time revoke a driving licence or may require, as a condition of continuing to hold such driving licence, the holder thereof to produce a medical certificate in the same form and in the same manner as is referred to in sub-section (3) of section 8, if the licensing authority has reasonable grounds to believe that the holder of the driving licence is, by virtue of any disease of disability, unfit to drive a motor vehicle and where the authority revoking a driving licence is not the authority which issued the same, it shall intimate the fact of revocation to the authority which issued that licence.

Section 17. Orders refusing or revoking driving licences and appeals therefrom.

(1) Where a licensing authority refuses to issue any learner’s licence or to issue or renew, or revokes any driving licence, or refuses to add a class or description of motor vehicle to any driving licence, it shall do so by an order communicated to the applicant or the holder, as the case may be, giving the reasons in writing for such refusal or revocation.

(2) Any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-section (1) may within thirty days of the service on him of the order, appeal to the prescribed authority which shall decide the appeal after giving such person and the authority which made the order an opportunity of being heard and the decision of the appellate authority shall be binding on the authority which made the order.

Section 18. Driving licences to drive motor vehicles, belonging to the Centra Government.

(1) Such authority as may be prescribed by the Central Government may issue driving licence valid throughout India to persons who have completed their eighteenth year to drive motor vehicles which are the property or for the time being under the exclusive control of the Central Government and are used for Government purposes relating to the defence of the country and unconnected with any commercial enterprise.

(2) A driving licence issued under this section shall specify the class or description of vehicle which the holder is entitled to drive and the period for which he is so entitled.

(3) A driving licence issued under this section shall not entitle the holder to drive any motor vehicle except a motor vehicle referred to in sub-section (1).

Section 19. Power of licensing authority to disqualify from holding a driving licence or revoke such licence.

(1) If a licensing authority is satisfied, after giving the holder of a driving licence an opportunity of being heard, that he-

(a) is a habitual criminal or habitual drunkard; or

(b) is a habitual addict to any narcotic drug or psychotropic substance within the meaning of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 (61 of 1985); or

(c) is using or has used a motor vehicle in the commission of a cognizable offence; or

(d) has by his previous conduct as driver of a motor vehicle shown that his driving is likely to be attended with danger to the public; or

(e) has obtained any driving licence or a licence to drive a particular class or description of motor vehicle by fraud or misrepresentation; or

(f) has committed any such act which is likely to cause nuisance or danger to the public, as may be prescribed by the Central Government, having regard to the objects of this Act; or

(g) has failed to submit to, or has not passed, the tests referred to in the proviso to sub-section (3) of section 22; or

(h) being a person under the age of eighteen years who has been granted a learner’s licence or a driving licence with the consent in writing of the person having the care of the holder of the licence and has ceased to be in such care,

it may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, make an order-

(i) disqualifying that person for a specified period for holding 0n obtaining any driving licence to drive all or any classes on descriptions of vehicles specified in the licence; or

(ii) revoke any such licence.

(2) Where an order under sub-section (1) is made, the holder of a driving licence shall forthwith surrender his driving licence to the licensing authority making the order, if the driving licence has not already been surrendered, and the licensing authority shall,-

(a) if the driving licence is a driving licence issued under this Act, keep it until the disqualification has expired or has been removed; or

(b) if it is not a driving licence issued under this Act, endorse the disqualification upon it and send it to the licensing authority by which it was issued; or

(c) in the case of revocation of any licence, endorse the revocation upon it and if it is not the authority which issued the same, intimate the fact of revocation to the authority which issued that licence:

Provided that where the driving licence of a person authorises him to drive more than one class or description of motor vehicles and the order, made under sub-section (1), disqualifies him from driving any specified class or description or motor vehicles, the licensing authority shall endorse the disqualification upon the driving licence and return the same to the holder.

(3) Any person aggrieved by an order made by a licensing authority under sub-section (1) may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to the prescribed authority, and such appellate authority shall give notice to the licensing authority and hear either party if so required by that party and may pass such order as it thinks fit and an order passed by any such appellate authority shall be final.

Section 20. Power of Court to disqualify.

(1) Where a person is convicted of an offence under this Act or of an offence in the commission of which a motor vehicle was used, the court by which such person is convicted may, subject to the provisions of this Act, in addition to imposing any other punishment authorised by law, declare the person so convicted to be disqualified, for such period as the Court may specify, from holding any driving licence to drive all classes to description of vehicles, or any particular class or description of such vehicles, as are specified in such licence:

Provided that in respect of an offence punishable under section 183 no such order shall be made for the first or second offence.

(2) Where a person is convicted of an offence under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 132, section 134 or section 185, the Court convicting any person of any such offence shall order the disqualification under sub-section (1), and if the offence is relatable to clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 132 or section 134, such disqualification shall be for a period of not less than one month, and if the offence is relatable to section 185, such disqualification shall be for a period of not less than six months.

(3) A Court shall, unless for special reasons to be recorded in writing it thinks fit to order otherwise, order the disqualification of a person-

(a) who having been convicted of an offence punishable under section 184 is again convicted of an offence punishable under that section,

(b) who is convicted of an offence punishable under section 189, or

(c) who is convicted of an offence punishable under section 192:

Provided that the period of disqualification shall not exceed, in the case referred to in clause (a), five years, or in the case referred to in clause (b), two years or, in the case referred to in clause (c), one year.

(4) A Court ordering the disqualification of a person convicted of an offence punishable under section 184 may direct that such person shall, whether he has previously passed the test of competence to drive as referred to in sub-section (3) of section 9 or not, remain disqualified until he has subsequent to the making of the order of disqualification passed that test to the satisfaction of the licensing authority.

(5) The court to which an appeal would ordinarily lie from any conviction of an offence of the nature specified in sub-section (1) may set aside or vary any order of disqualification made under that sub-section notwithstanding that no appeal would lie against the conviction as a result of which such order of disqualification was made.

Section 21. Suspension of driving licence in certain cases.

(1) Where, in relation to a person who had been previously convicted of an offence punishable under section 184, a case is registered by a police officer on the allegation that such person has, by such dangerous driving as is referred to in the said section 184, of any class or description of motor vehicle caused the death of, or grievous hurt to, one or more persons, the driving licence held by such person shall in relation to such class or description of motor vehicle become suspended-

(a) for a period of six months from the date on which the case is registered, or

(b) if such person is discharged or acquitted before the expiry of the period aforesaid, until such discharge or acquittal, as the case may be.

(2) Where by virtue of the provisions of sub-section (1), the driving licence held by a person becomes suspended, the police officer, by whom the case referred to in sub-section (1) is registered, shall bring such suspension to the notice of the Court competent to take cognizance of such offence, and thereupon, such Court shall take possession of the driving licence, endorse the suspension thereon and intimate the fact of such endorsement to the licensing authority by which the licence was granted or last renewed.

(3) Where the person referred to in sub-section (1) is acquitted or discharged, the Court shall cancel the endorsement on such driving licence with regard to the suspension thereof.

(4) If a driving licence in relation to a particular class or description of motor vehicles is suspended under sub-section (1), the person holding such licence shall be debarred from holding or obtaining any licence to drive such particular class or description of motor vehicles so long as the suspension of the driving licence remains in force.

Section 22. Suspension or cancellation of driving licence on conviction.

(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (3) of section 20 where a person, referred to in sub-section (1) of section 21, is convicted of an offence of causing, by such dangerous driving as is referred to in section 184 of any class or description of motor vehicle the death of, or grievous hurt to, one or more persons, the Court by which such person is convicted may cancel, or suspend for such period as it may think fit, the driving licence held by such person in so far as it relates to that class or description of motor vehicle.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 20, if a person, having been previously convicted of an offence punishable under section 185 is again convicted of an offence punishable under that section, the Court, making such subsequent conviction, shall, by order, cancel the driving licence held by such person.

(3) If a driving licence is cancelled or suspended under this section, the court shall take the driving licence in its custody, endorse the cancellation or, as the case may be, suspension, thereon and send the driving licence so endorsed to the authority by which the licence was issued or last renewed and such authority shall, on receipt of the licence, keep the licence in its safe custody, and in the case of a suspended licence, return the licence to the holder thereof after the expiry of the period of suspension on an application made by him for such return:

Provided that no such licence shall be returned unless the holder thereof has, after the expiry of the period of suspension, undergone and passed, to the satisfaction of the licensing authority by which the licence was issued or last renewed, a fresh test of competence to drive referred to in sub-section (3) of section 9 and produced a medical certificate in the same form and in the same manner as is referred to in sub-section (3) of section 8.

(4) If a licence to drive a particular class or description of motor vehicles is cancelled or suspended under this section, the person holding such a licence shall be debarred from holding, or obtaining, any licence to drive such particular class or description of motor vehicles so long as the cancellation or suspension of the driving licence remains in force.

Section 23. Effect of disqualification order.

(1) A person in respect of whom any disqualification order is made under section 19 or section 20 shall be debarred to the extent and for the period specified in such order from holding or obtaining a driving licence and the driving licence, if any, held by such person at the date of the order shall cease to be effective to such extent and during such period.

(2) The operation of a disqualification order mad under section 20 shall not be suspended or postponed while an appeal is pending against such order or against the conviction as a result of which such order is made, unless the appellate Court so directs.

(3) Any person in respect of whom any disqualification order has been made may at any time after the expiry of six months from the date of the order apply to the Court or other authority by which the order was made, to remove the disqualification; and the Court or authority, as the case may be, may, having regard to all the circumstances, either cancel or vary the disqualification order:

Provided that where the Court or other authority refuses to cancel or vary any disqualification order under this section, a second application thereunder shall not be entertained before the expiry of a period of three months from the date of such refusal.

Section 24. Endorsement.

(1) The Court or authority making an order of disqualification shall endorse or cause to be endorsed upon the driving licence if any, held by the person disqualified, particulars of the order of disqualification and of any conviction of an offence in respect of which an order of disqualification is made; and particulars of any cancellation or variation of an order of disqualification made under sub-section (3) of section 23 shall be similarly so endorsed.

(2) A Court by which any person is convicted of an offence under this Act as may be prescribed by the Central Government, having regard to the objects of this Act, shall whether or not a disqualification order is made in respect of such conviction, endorse or cause to be endorsed particulars at such conviction on any driving licence held by the person convicted.

(3) Any person accused of an offence prescribed under sub-section (2) shall when attending the Court bring with him his driving licence if it is in his possession.

(4) Where any person is convicted of any offence under this Act and sentenced to imprisonment for a period exceeding three months, the Court awarding the sentence shall endorse the fact of such sentence upon the driving licence of the person concerned and the prosecuting authority shall intimate the fact of such endorsement to the authority by which the driving licence was granted or last renewed.

(5) When the driving licence is endorsed or caused to be endorsed by any Court, such Court shall send the particulars of the endorsement to the licensing authority by which the driving licence was granted or last renewed.

(6) Where on an appeal against any conviction or order of a Court, which has been endorsed on a driving licence, the appellate court varies or sets aside the conviction or order, the appellate court shall inform the licensing authority by which the driving licence was granted or last renewed and such authority shall amend or cause to be amended the endorsement.

Section 25. Transfer of endorsement and issue of driving licence free from endorsement.

(1) An endorsement on any driving licence shall be transferred to any new or duplicate driving licence obtained by the holder thereof until the holder becomes entitled under the provisions of this section to have a driving licence issued to him free from endorsement.

(2) Where a driving licence is required to be endorsed and the driving licence is not in the possession of the Court or authority by which the endorsement is to be made, then-

(a) if the person in respect of whom the endorsement is to be made is at the time the holder of a driving licence, he shall produce the driving licence to the Court or authority within five days, or such longer time as the court or authority may fix; or

(b) if, not being then the holder of a driving licence, he subsequently obtains a driving licence, he shall within five days after obtaining the driving licence produce it to the Court or authority,

and if the driving licence is not produced within the time specified, it shall, on the expiration of such time, be of no effect until it is produced for the purpose ; of endorsement.

(3) A person whose driving licence has been endorsed shall, if during a continuous period of three years after such endorsement no further endorsement has been made against him, be entitled on surrendering his driving licence and on payment of a fee of five rupees, to receive a new driving licence free from all endorsements:

Provided that if the endorsement is only in respect of an offence contravening the speed limits referred to in section 112, such person shall be entitled to receive a new driving licence free from such endorsements on the expiration of one year of the date of the endorsement:

Provided further that in reckoning the said period of three years and one year, respectively, and period during which the said person was disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence shall be excluded.

Section 26. Maintenance of State Registers of Driving Licences.

(1) Each State Government shall maintain, in such form as may be prescribed by the Central Government, a register to be known as the State Register of Driving Licences, in respect of driving licences issued and renewed by the licensing authorities of the State Government, containing the following particulars, namely:-

(a) names and addresses of holders of driving licences;

(b) licence numbers;

(c) dates of issue or renewal of licences;

(d) dates of expiry of licences;

(e) classes and types of vehicles authorised to be driven; and

(f) such other particulars as the Central Government may prescribe.

(2) Each State Government shall supply to the Central Government a 1[printed copy or copy in such other form as the Central Government may require], of the State Register of Driving Licences and shall inform the Central Government without delay of all additions to and other amendments in such register made from time to time.

(3) The State Register of Driving Licences shall be maintained in such manner as may be prescribed by the State Government.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 10, for “printed copy” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 27. Power of Central Government to make rules.

The Central Government may make rules-

(a) regarding conditions referred to in such-section (2) of section 3;

(b) providing for the form in which the application for learner’s licence may be made, the information it shall contain and the documents to be submitted with the application referred to in sub-section (2) of section 8;

(c) providing for the form of medical certificate referred to in subsection (3) of section 8;

(d) providing for the particulars for the test referred to in sub-section (5) of section 8;

(e) providing for the form in which the application for driving licence may be made, the information it shall contain and the documents to be submitted with the application referred to in sub-section (2) of section 9;

(f) providing for the particulars regarding test of competence to drive, referred to in sub-section (3) of section 9;

(g) specifying the minimum educational qualifications of persons to whom licences to drive transport vehicles may be issued under this Act and the time within which such qualifications are to be acquired by such persons;

(h) providing for the form and contents of the licences referred to in subsection (1) of section 10;

(i) providing for the form and contents of the application referred to in sub-section (1) of section 11 and documents to be submitted with the application and the fee to be charged;

(j) providing for the conditions subject to which section 9 shall apply to an application made under section 11;

(k) providing for the form and contents of the application referred to in sub-section (1) of section 15 and the documents to accompany such application under sub-section (2) of section 15;

(l) providing for the authority to grant licences under sub-section (I) o section 18;

(m) specifying the fees payable under sub-section (2) of section 8, sub section (2) of section 9 and sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 15 for the grant of learner’s licences, and for the grant and renewal c driving licences and licences for the purpose of regulating the schools or establishments for imparting instructions in driving mote vehicles;

(n) specifying the acts for the purposes of clause (f) of sub-section (1) of section 19;

(o) specifying the offences under this Act for the purposes of sub-section (2) of section 24;

(p) to provide for all or any of the matters referred to in sub-section (1) of section 26;

(q) any other matter which is, or has to be, prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 28. Power of State Government to make rules.

(1) A State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter other than the matters specified in section 27.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-

(a) the appointment, jurisdiction, control and functions of licensing authorities and other prescribed authorities;

(b) the conduct and hearing of appeals that may be preferred under the Chapter, the fees to be paid in respect of such appeals and the refund of such fees:

Provided that no fee so fixed shall exceed twenty-five rupees;

(c) the issue of duplicate licences to replace licences lost, destroyed or I mutilated, the replacement of photographs which has become ‘ obsolete and the fees to be charged therefor;

(d) the badges and uniform to be worn by drivers of transport vehicles and the fees to be paid in respect of badges; ;

(e) the fee payable for the issue of a medical certificate under sub-section (3) of section 8;

(f) the exemption of prescribed persons, or prescribed classes of : persons, from payment of all or any portion of the fees payable I under this Chapter;

(g) the communication of particulars of licences granted by one licensing authority to other licensing authorities;

(h) the duties, functions and conduct of such persons to whom licences to drive transport vehicles are issued;

(i) the exemption of drivers of road-rollers from all or any of the provisions of this Chapter or of the rules made thereunder;

(j) the manner in which the State Register of Driving Licences shall be maintained under section 26;

(k) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

Section 29. Necessity for conductor’s licence.

(1) No person shall act as a I conductor of a stage carriage unless he holds an effective conductor’s licence issued to him authorising him to act as such conductor; and no person shall employ or permit any person who is not so licensed to act as a conductor of a stage carriage.

(2) A State Government may prescribe the conditions subject to which subsection (1) shall not apply to a driver of a stage carriage performing the functions of a conductor or to a person employed to act as a conductor for a period not exceeding one month.

Section 30. Grant of conductor’s licence.

(1) Any person who possesses such minimum educational qualification as may be prescribed by the State Government and is not disqualified under sub-section (1) of section 31 and who is not for the time being disqualified for holding or obtaining a conductor’s licence may apply to the licensing authority having jurisdiction in the area in which he ordinarily resides or carries on business for the issue to him of a conductor’s licence.

(2) Every application under sub-section (1) shall be in such form and shall contain such information as may be prescribed.

(3) Every application for a conductor’s licence shall be accompanied by a medical certificate in such form as may be prescribed, signed by a registered medical practitioner and shall also be accompanied by two clear copies of a recent photograph of the applicant.

(4) A conductor’s licence issued under this Chapter shall be in such form and contain such particulars as may be prescribed and shall be effective throughout the State in which it is issued.

(5) The fee for a conductor’s licence and for each renewal thereof shall be one-half of that for a driving licence.

Section 31. Disqualifications for the grant of conductor’s licence.

(1) No person under the age of eighteen years shall hold, or be granted, a conductor’s licence.

(2) The licensing authority may refuse to issue a conductor’s licence-

(a) if the applicant does not possess the minimum educational qualification;

(b) if the medical certificate produced by the applicant discloses that he is physically unfit to act as a conductor; and

(c) if any previous conductor’s licence held by the applicant was revoked.

Section 32. Revocation of a conductor’s licence on grounds of disease or disability.

A conductor’s licence may at any time be revoked by any licensing authority if that authority has reasonable grounds to believe that the holder of the licence is suffering from any disease or disability which is likely to render him permanently unfit to hold such a licence and where the authority revoking a conductor’s licence is not the authority which issued the same, it shall intimate the fact of such revocation to the authority which issued that licence:

Provided that before revoking any licence, the licensing authority shall give the person holding such licence a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Section 33. Orders refusing etc., conductor’s licences and appeals therefrom.

(1) Where a licensing authority refuses to issue or renew, or revokes any conductor’s licence, it shall do so by an order communicated to the applicant or the holder, as the case may be, giving the reasons in writing for such refusal or revocation.

(2) Any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-section (1) may, within thirty days of the service on him of the order, appeal to the prescribed authority which shall decide the appeal after giving such person and the authority which made the order an opportunity of being heard and the decision of the appellate authority shall be binding on the authority which made the order.

Section 34. Power of licensing authority to disqualify.

(1) If any licensing authority is of opinion that it is necessary to disqualify the holder of a conductor’s licence for holding or obtaining such a licence on account of his previous conduct as a conductor, it may, for reasons to be recorded, make an order disqualifying that person for a specified period, not exceeding one year, for holding or obtaining a conductor’s licence:

Provided that before disqualifying the holder of a licence, the licensing authority shall give the person holding such licence a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

(2) Upon the issue of any such order, the holder of the conductor’s licence shall forthwith surrender the licence to the authority making the order, if the licence has not already been surrendered, and the authority shall keep the licence until the disqualification has expired or has been removed.

(3) Where the authority disqualifying the holder of a conductor’s licence under this section is not the authority which issued the licence, it shall intimate the fact of such disqualification to the authority which issued the same.

(4) Any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-section (1) may, within thirty days of the service on him of the order, appeal to the prescribed authority which shall decide the appeal after giving such person and the authority which made the order an opportunity of being heard and the decision of the appellate authority shall be binding on the authority which made the order.

Section 35. Power of Court to disqualify.

(1) Where any person holding a conductor’s licence is convicted of an offence under this Act, the court by which such person is convicted may, in addition to imposing any other punishment authorised by law, declare the person so convicted to be disqualified for such period as the Court may specify for holding a conductor’s licence.

(2) The Court to which an appeal lies from any conviction of an offence under this Act may set aside or vary any order of disqualification made by the court below, and the court to which appeals ordinarily lie from such Court, may set aside or vary any order of disqualification made by that Court, notwithstanding that no appeal lies against the conviction in connection with which such order was made.

Section 36. Certain provisions of Chapter II to apply to conductor’s licence.

The provisions of sub-section (2) of section 6, sections 14, 15 and 23, sub-section (1) of section 24 and section 25 shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to a conductor’s licence, as they apply in relation to a driving licence.

Section 37. Savings.

If any licence to act as a conductor of a stage carriage (by whatever name called) has been issued in any State and is effective immediately before the commencement of this Act, it shall continue to be effective, notwithstanding such commencement, for the period for which it would have been effective, if this Act had not been passed, and every such licence shall be deemed to be a licence issued under this Chapter as if this Chapter has been in force on the date on which that licence was granted.

Section 38. Power of State Government to make rules.

(1) A State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-

(a) the appointment, jurisdiction, control and functions of licensing authorities and other prescribed authorities under this Chapter;

(b) the conditions subject to which drivers of stage carriages performing the functions of a conductor and persons temporarily employed to act as conductors may be exempted from the provisions of subsection (1) of section 29;

(c) the minimum educational qualifications of conductors; their duties and functions and the conduct of persons to whom conductor’s licences are issued;

(d) the form of application for conductor’s licences or for renewal of such licences and the particulars it may contain;

(e) the form in which conductor’s licences may be issued or renewed and the particulars it may contain;

(f) the issue of duplicate licences to replace licences lost, destroyed or mutilated, the replacement of photographs which have become obsolete and the fees to be charged therefor;

(g) the conduct and hearing of appeals that may be preferred under this Chapter, the fees to be paid in respect of such appeals and the refund of such fees:

Provided that no fee so fixed shall exceed twenty-five rupees;

(h) the badges and uniform to be worn by conductors of stage carriages and the fees to be paid in respect of such badges;

(i) the grant of the certificates referred to in sub-section (3) of section 30 by registered medical practitioners and the form of such certificates;

(j) the conditions subject to which, and the extent to which, a conductor’s licence issued in another State shall be effective in the State;

(k) the communication of particulars of conductor’s licences horn one authority to other authorities; and

(l) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

Section 39. Necessity for registration.

No person shall drive any motor vehicle and no owner of a motor vehicle shall cause or permit the vehicle to be driven in any public place or in any other place unless the vehicle is registered in accordance with this Chapter and the certificate of registration of the vehicle has not been suspended or cancelled and the vehicle carries a registration mark displayed in the prescribed manner:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to a motor vehicle in possession of a dealer subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 40. Registration, where to be made.

Subject to the provisions of section 42, section 43 and section 60, every owner of a motor vehicle shall cause the vehicle to be registered by a registering authority in whose jurisdiction he has the residence or place of business where the vehicle is normally kept.

Section 41. Registration, how to be made.

(1) An application by or on behalf of the owner of a motor vehicle for registration shall be in such form and shall be accompanied by such documents, particulars and information and shall be made within such period as may be prescribed by the Central Government:

Provided that where a motor vehicle is jointly owned by more persons than one, the application shall be made by one of them on behalf of all the owners and such applicant shall be deemed to be the owner of the motor vehicle for the purposes of this Act.

(2) An application referred to in sub-section (1) shall be accompanied by such fee as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(3) The registering authority shall issue to the owner of a motor vehicle registered by it a certificate of registration in such form and containing such particulars and information and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(4) In addition to the other particulars required to be included in the certificate of registration, it shall also specify the type of the motor vehicle, being a type as the Central Government may, having regard to the design construction and use of the motor vehicle, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify.

(5) The registering authority shall enter the particulars of the certificate referred to in sub-section (3) in a register to be maintained in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(6) The registering authority shall assign to the vehicle, for display thereon, a distinguishing mark (in this Act referred to as the registration mark) consisting of one of the groups of such of those letters and followed by such letters and figures as are allotted to the State by the Central Government from time to time by notification in the Official Gazette, and displayed and shown on the motor vehicle in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(7) A certificate of registration issued under sub-section (3), whether before or after the commencement of this Act, in respect of a motor vehicle, other than a transport vehicle, shall, subject to the provisions contained in this Act, be valid only for a period of fifteen years from the date of issue of such certificate and shall be renewable.

(8) An application by or on behalf of the owner of a motor vehicle, other than a transport vehicle, for the renewal of a certificate of registration shall be made within such period and in such form, containing such particulars and information as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(9) An application referred to in sub-section (8) shall be accompanied by such fee as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(10) Subject to the provisions of section 56, the registering authority may, on receipt of an application under sub-section (8), renew the certificate of registration for a period of five years and intimate the fact to the original registering authority, if it is not the original registering authority.

(11) If the owner fails to make an application under sub-section (1), or, as the case may be, under sub-section (8) within the period prescribed, the registering authority may, having regard to the circumstances of the case, require the owner to pay, in lieu of any action that may be taken against him under section 177, such amount not exceeding one hundred rupees as may be prescribed under subsection (13):

Provided that action under section 177 shall be taken against the owner where the owner fails to pay the said amount.

(12) Where the owner has paid the amount under sub-section (11), no action shall be taken against him under section 177.

(13) For the purposes of sub-section (11), the State Government may prescribe different amounts having regard to the period of delay on the part of the owner in making an application under sub-section (1) or sub-section (8).

(14) An application for the issue of a duplicate certificate of registration shall be made to the 1[last registering authority] in such form, containing such particulars and information along with such fee as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 11, for “original registering authority” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

STATE AMENDMENT

Rajasthan:

In its application to the State of Rajasthan, in section 41,-

(a) in sub-sections (7) and (8), the expression, “other than a transport vehicle,” shall be omitted;

(b) after sub-section (7) so amended, insert the following proviso, namely:-

“Provided that in the case of transport vehicles, State Government may require the transport vehicles to be re-registered in the manner prescribed, subject to the age limit, if any, prescribed under section 59 of the Act.”; and

(c) in sub-section (10), after the words “for a period of five years” and before the words “and intimate”, the expression “on payment of all taxes, penalties and interest, if any, levied by the State Government” shall be inserted.

[Rajasthan Act 1 of 2002, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 13-3-2002).]

Comment / Related Citation:

Constitution of India, Article 226 – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 2(28),41(6) – High Security Registration Plates – Notice inviting tenders – Policy decision – First NIT issued in the month of July, 2003 fixing 6.8.2003 as the last date for submission of tender process – The finalization of tender process could not take place because of interim order passed by the Apex Court – Cases decided on 30.11.2004 – In interregnum considerable number of indigenous manufactured obtained the requisite TAC from the approved institutions as per the provisions of the 1988 Act and thereby acquired capacity and ability to manufacturer HSRP – Held that once a particular matter relating to condition in NIT has been finally decided by the High Court, the State Government, which was party to the litigation, ought to have proceeded accordingly – In a case such as the present one, where the circumstances changed in some material respects, departure from the earlier policy cannot be held to be legally flawed, particularly when there is no challenge to the changed police reflected in second NIT on the ground of Wednesbury reasonableness or principle of legitimate expectation or arbitrariness or irrationality.

SHIMNIT UTSCH INDIA PVT. LTD. & ANR. v/s WEST BENGAL TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD. & ORS. [(2010) 6 SCC 303 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 3974 = 2010(5) SCALE 617 = (2010) 6 SCR 1110 = JT 2010 (5) SC 237]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 41(6) – Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 50 – High Security Registration Plates Order 2001 -Motor Vehicles – High Security Registration Plates – State and Union Territories directed to take definite decision within a period of six months as to whether there is need for giving effect to the amended Rule 50 and the Scheme of High Security Registration Plates Order and the modalities to followed.

MANINDERJIT SINGH BITTA v/s UNION OF INDIA & ORS. [(2008) 7 SCC 328]

Section 42. Special provision for registration of motor vehicles of diplomatic officers, etc.

(1) Where an application for registration of a motor vehicle is made under sub-section (1) of section 41 by or on behalf of any diplomatic officer or consular officer, then, notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (3) or sub-section (6) of that section, the registering authority shall register the vehicle in such manner and in accordance with such procedure as may be provided by rules made in this behalf by the Central Government under sub- -section (3) and shall assign to the vehicle for display thereon a special registration mark in accordance with the provisions contained in those rules and shall issue a certificate (hereafter in this section referred to as the certificate of registration) that the vehicle has been registered under this section; and any vehicle so registered shall not, so long as it remains the property of any diplomatic officer or consular officer, require to be registered otherwise under this Act.

(2) If any vehicle registered under this section ceases to be the property of any diplomatic officer or consular officer, the certificate of registration issued under this section shall also cease to be effective, and the provisions of sections 39 and 40 shall thereupon apply.

(3) The Central Government may make rules for the registration of motor vehicles belonging to diplomatic officers and consular officers regarding the procedure to be followed by the registering authority for registering such vehicles, the form in which the certificates of registration of such vehicles are to be issued, the manner in which such certificates of registration are to be sent to the owners of the vehicles and the special registration marks to be assigned to such vehicles.

(4) For the purposes of this section, “diplomatic officer” or “consular officer” means any person who is recognised as such by the Central Government and if any question arises as to whether a person is or is not such an officer, the decision of the Central Government thereon shall be final.

Section 43. Temporary registration.

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 40 the owner of a motor vehicle may apply to any registering authority or other prescribed authority to have the vehicle temporarily registered in the prescribed manner and for the issue in the prescribed manner of a temporary certificate of registration and a temporary registration mark.

(2) A registration made under this section shall be valid only for a period not exceeding one month, and shall not be renewable:

Provided that where a motor vehicle so registered is a chassis to which a body has not been attached and the same is detained in a workshop beyond the said period of one month for being fitted 1[with a body or any unforeseen circumstances beyond the control of the owner], the period may, on payment of such fees, if any, as may be prescribed, be extended by such further period or periods as the registering authority or other prescribed authority, as the case may be, may allow.

2[(3) In a case where the motor vehicle is held under hire-purchase agreement, lease or hypothecation, the registering authority or other prescribed authority shall issue a temporary certificate of registration of such vehicle, which shall incorporate legibly and prominently the full name and address of the person with whom such agreement has been entered into by the owner.]

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 12, for “with a body” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 12 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 44. Production of vehicle at the time of registration.

The registering authority shall before proceeding to register a motor vehicle or renew the certificate of registration in respect of a motor vehicle, other than a transport vehicle, require the person applying for registration of the vehicle or, as the case may be, for renewing the certificate of registration to produce the vehicle either before itself or such authority as the State Government may by order appoint in order that the registering authority may satisfy itself that the particulars contained in the application are true and that the vehicle complies with the requirements of this Act and of the rules made thereunder.

Section 45. Refusal of registration or renewal of the certificate of registration.

The registering authority may, by order, refuse to register any motor vehicle, or renew the certificate of registration in respect of a motor vehicle (other than a transport vehicle), if in either case, the registering authority has reason to believe I that it is a stolen motor vehicle or the vehicle is mechanically defective or fails to comply with the requirements of this Act or of the rules made thereunder, or if the applicant fails to furnish particulars of any previous registration of the vehicle or furnishes inaccurate particulars in the application for registration of the vehicle or, as the case may be, for renewal of the certificate or registration thereof and the registering authority shall furnish the applicant whose vehicle is refused registration, or whose application for renewal of the certificate of registration is refused, a copy of such order, together with the reasons for such refusal.

Section 46. Effectiveness in India of registration.

Subject to the provisions of section 47, a motor vehicle registered in accordance with this Chapter in any State shall not require to be registered elsewhere in India and a certificate of registration issued or in force under this Act in respect of such vehicle shall be effective throughout India.

Section 47. Assignment of new registration mark on removal to another State.

(1) When a motor vehicle registered in one State has been kept in another State, for a period exceeding twelve months, the owner of the vehicle shall, within such period and in such form containing such particulars as may be prescribed by the Central Government, apply to the registering authority, within whose jurisdiction the vehicle then is, for the assignment of a new registration mark and shall present the certificate of registration to that registering authority:

Provided that an application under this sub-section shall be accompanied-

(i) by the no objection certificate obtained under section 48, or

(ii) in a case where no such certificate has been obtained, by-

(a) the receipt obtained under sub-section (2) of section 48; or

(b) the postal acknowledgment received by the owner of the vehicle if he has sent an application in this behalf by registered post acknowledgment due to the registering authority referred to in section 48,

together with a declaration that he has not received any communication from such authority refusing to grant such certificate or requiring him to comply with any direction subject to which such certificate may be granted:

Provided further that, in a case where a motor vehicle is held under a hire-purchase, lease or hypothecation agreement, an application under this subsection shall be accompanied by a no objection certificate from the person with whom such agreement has been entered into, and the provisions of section 51, so far as may be, regarding obtaining of such certificate from the person with whom such agreement has been entered into, shall apply.

(2) The registering authority, to which application is made under sub-section (1), shall after making such verification, as it thinks fit, of the returns, if any, received under section 62, assign the vehicle a registration mark as specified in sub-section (6) of section 41 to be displayed and shown thereafter on the vehicle and shall enter the mark upon the certificate of registration before returning it to the applicant and shall, in communication with the registering authority by whom the vehicle was previously registered, arrange for the transfer of the registration of the vehicle from the records of that registering authority to its own records.

(3) Where a motor vehicle is held under a hire-purchase or lease or hypothecation agreement, the registering authority shall, after assigning the vehicle a registration mark under sub-section (2), inform the person whose name has been specified in the certificate of registration as the person with whom the registered owner has entered into the hire-purchase or lease or hypothecation agreement (by sending to such person a notice by registered post acknowledgment due at the address of such person entered in the certificate of registration the fact of assignment of the said registration mark).

(4) A State Government may make rules under section 65 requiring the owner of a motor vehicle not registered within the State, which is brought into or is for the time being in the State, to furnish to the prescribed authority in the State such information with respect to the motor vehicle and its registration as may be prescribed.

(5) If the owner fails to make an application under sub-section (1) within the period prescribed, the registering authority may, having regard to the circumstances of the case, require the owner to pay, in lieu of any action that may be taken against him under section 177, such amount not exceeding one hundred rupees as may be prescribed under sub-section (7):

Provided that action under section 177 shall be taken against the owner where the owner fails to pay the said amount.

(6) Where the owner has paid the amount under sub-section (5), no action shall be taken against him under section 177.

(7) For the purposes of sub-section (5), the State Government may prescribe different amounts having regard to the period of delay on the part of the owner in making an application under sub-section (1).

Section 48. No objection certificate.

(1) The owner of a motor vehicle when applying for the assignment of a new registration mark under sub-section (1) of section 47, or where the transfer of a motor vehicle is to be effected in a State other than the State of its registration, the transferor of such vehicle where reporting the transfer under sub-section (1) of section 50, shall make an application in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Centra Government to the registering authority by which the vehicle was registered for the issue of a certificate (hereafter in this section referred to as the no objection certificate), to the effect that the registering authority has no objection for assigning a new registration mark to the vehicle or, as the case may be, for entering the particulars of the transfer of ownership in the certificate o registration.

(2) The registering authority shall, on receipt of an application under sub-section (1), issue a receipt in such form as may be prescribed by the Centra Government.

(3) On receipt of an application under sub-section (1), the registering authority may, after making such inquiry and requiring the applicant to comply with such directions as it deems fit and within thirty days of the receipt thereof by order in writing, communicate to the applicant that it has granted or refused to grant the no objection certificate:

Provided that a registering authority shall not refuse to grant the no objection certificate unless it has recorded in writing the reasons for doing so and a copy of the same has been communicated to the applicant.

(4) Where within a period of thirty days referred to in sub-section (3), the registering authority does not refuse to grant the no objection certificate or does not communicate the refusal to the applicant, the registering authority shall be deemed to have granted the no objection certificate.

(5) Before granting of refusing to grant the no objection certificate, the registering authority shall obtain a report in writing from the police that no case relating to the theft of the motor vehicle concerned has been reported or is pending, verify whether all the amounts due to Government including road tax in respect of that motor vehicle have been paid and take into account such other factors as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

1[(6) The owner of the vehicle shall also inform at the earliest, in writing, the registering authority about the theft of his vehicle together with the name of the police station where the theft report was lodged, and the registering authority shall take into account such report while disposing of any application for no objection certification, registration, transfer of ownership or issue of duplicate registration certificate].

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 13 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 49. Change of residence or place of business.

(1) If the owner of a motor vehicle ceases to reside or have his place of business at the address recorded in the certificate of registration of the vehicle, he shall, within thirty days of any such change of address, intimate in such form accompanied by such documents as may be prescribed by the Central Government, his new address, to the registering authority by which the certificate of registration was issued, or, if the new address is within the jurisdiction of another registering authority, to that other registering authority, and shall at the same time forward the certificate of registration to the registering authority or, as the case may be, to the other registering authority in order that the new address may be entered therein.

(2) If the owner of a motor vehicle fails to intimate his new address to the concerned registering authority within the period specified in sub-section (1), the registering authority may, having regard to the circumstances of the case, require the owner to pay, in lieu of any action that may be taken against him under section 177, such amount not exceeding one hundred rupees as may be prescribed under sub-section (4):

Provided that action under section 177 shall be taken against the owner where he fails to pay the said amount.

(3) Where a person has paid the amount under sub-section (2), no action shall be taken against him under section 177.

(4) For the purposes of sub-section (2), a State Government may prescribe different amounts having regard to the period of delay in intimating his new address.

(5) On receipt of intimation under sub-section (1), the registering authority may, after making such verification as it may think fit, cause the new address to be entered in the certificate of registration.

(6) A registering authority other than the original registering authority making any such entry shall communicate the altered address to the original registering authority.

(7) Nothing in sub-section (1) shall apply where the change of the address recorded in the certificate of registration is due to a temporary absence not intended to exceed six months in duration or where the motor vehicle is neither used nor removed from the address recorded in the certificate of registration.

Section 50. Transfer of ownership.

(1) Where the ownership of any motor vehicle registered under this Chapter is transferred,

(a) the transferor shall,-

(i) in the case of a vehicle registered within the same State, within fourteen days of the transfer, report the fact of transfer, in such form with such documents and in such manner, as may be prescribed by the Central Government to the registering authority within whose jurisdiction the transfer is to be effected and shall simultaneously send a copy of the said report to the transferee; and

(ii) in the case of a vehicle registered outside the State, within forty-five days of the transfer, forward to the registering authority referred to in sub-clause (i)-

(A) the no objection certificate obtained under section 48; or

(B) in a case where no such certificate has been obtained,-

(I) the receipt obtained under sub-section (2) of section 48; or

(II) the postal acknowledgment received by the transferee if he has sent an application in this behalf by registered post acknowledgment due to the registering authority referred to in section 48,

together with a declaration that he has not received any communication from such authority refusing to grant such certificate or requiring him to comply with any direction subject to which such certificate may be granted;

(b) the transferee shall, within thirty days of the transfer, report the transfer to the registering authority within whose jurisdiction he has the residence or place of business where the vehicle is normally kept, as the case may be, and shall forward the certificate of registration to that registering authority together with the prescribed fee and a copy of the report received by him from the transferor in order that particulars of the transfer of ownership may be entered in the certificate of registration.

(2) Where-

(a) the person in whose name a motor vehicle stands registered dies, or

(b) a motor vehicle has been purchased or acquired at a public auction conducted by, or on behalf of, Government,

the person succeeding to the possession of the vehicle or, as the case may be, who has purchased or acquired the motor vehicle, shall make an application for the purpose of transferring the ownership of the vehicle in his name, to the registering authority in whose jurisdiction he has the residence or place of business where the vehicle is normally kept, as the case may be, in such manner, accompanied with such fee, and within such period as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(3) If the transferor or the transferee fails to report to the registering authority the fact of transfer within the period specified in clause (a) or clause (b) of subsection (1), as the case may be, or if the person who is required to make an application under sub-section (2) (hereafter in this section referred to as the other person) fails to make such application within the period prescribed, the registering authority may, having regard to the circumstances of the case, require the transferor or the transferee, or the other person, as the case may be, to pay, in lieu of any action that may be taken against him under section 177 such amount not exceeding one hundred rupees as may be prescribed under subsection (5):

Provided that action under section 177 shall be taken against the transferor or the transferee or the other person, as the case may be, where he fails to pay the said amount.

(4) Where a person has paid the amount under sub-section (3), no action shall be taken against him under section 177.

(5) For the purposes of sub-section (3), a State Government may prescribe different amounts having regard to the period of delay on the part of the transferor or the transferee in reporting the fact of transfer of ownership of the motor vehicle or of the other person in making the application under sub-section (2).

(6) On receipt of a report under sub-section (1), or an application under subsection (2), the registering authority may cause the transfer of ownership to be entered in the certificate of registration.

(7) A registering authority making any such entry shall communicate the transfer of ownership to the transferor and to the original registering authority, if it is not the original registering authority.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Section 168 and 50 – MACT – Transfer of vehicle – Liability – High Court held that the appellant alone was liable to pay the compensation because the name of the appellant continued in the records of RTO. Held: Where ownership of the vehicle stood transferred, person in actual possession of the vehicle as well as the person in whose name the vehicle stood in RTO records would be liable to the third party who was injured in the accident. However, the person in actual possession would also be liable.

P.P. MOHAMMED v/s K. RAJAPPAN AND OTHERS [(2008) 17 SCC 624]

Section 51. Special provisions regarding motor vehicle subject to hire purchase agreement, etc.

(1) Where an application for registration of a motor vehicle which is held under a hire-purchase, lease or hypothecation agreement (hereafter in this section referred to as the said agreement) is made, the registering authority shall make an entry in the certificate of registration regarding the existence of the said agreement.

(2) Where the ownership of any motor vehicle registered under this Chapter is transferred and the transferee enters into the said agreement with any person, the 1[last registering authority] shall, on receipt of an application in such form as the Central Government may prescribe from the parties to the said agreement, make an entry as to the existence of the said agreement in the certificate of registration 2fand an intimation in this regard shall be sent to the original registering authority if the last registering authority is not the original registering authority].

(3) Any entry made under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), may be cancelled by the 1[last registering authority] on proof of the termination of the said agreement by the parties concerned on an application being made in such form as the Central Government may prescribe 2[and an intimation in this behalf shall be sent to the original registering authority if the last registering authority is not the original registering authority].

(4) No entry regarding the transfer of ownership of any motor vehicle which is held under the said agreement shall be made in the certificate of registration except with the written consent of the person whose name has been specified in the certificate of registration as the person with whom the registered owner has entered into the said agreement.

(5) Where the person whose name has been specified in the certificate of registration as the person with whom the registered owner has entered into the said agreement, satisfies the registering authority that he has taken possession of the vehicle 3[from the registered owner] owing to the default of the registered owner under the provisions of the said agreement and that the registered owner refuses to deliver the certificate of registration or has absconded, such authority may, after giving the registered owner an opportunity to make such representation as he may wish to make (by sending to him a notice by registered post acknowledgment due at his address entered in the certificate of registration) and notwithstanding that the certificate of registration is not produced before it, cancel the certificate and issue a fresh certificate of registration in the name of the person with whom the registered owner has entered into the said agreement:

Provided that a fresh certificate of registration shall not be issued in respect of a motor vehicle, unless such person pays the prescribed fee:

Provided further that a fresh certificate of registration issued in respect of a motor vehicle, other than a transport vehicle, shall be valid only for the remaining period for which the certificate cancelled under this sub-section would have been in force.

(6) The registered owner shall, before applying to the appropriate authority, for the renewal of a permit under section 81 or for the issue of duplicate certificate of registration under sub-section (14) of section 41, or for the assignment of a new registration mark 4[under section 47, or removal of the vehicle to another State, or at the time of conversion of the vehicle from one class to another, or for issue of no objection certificate under section 48, or for change of residence or place of business under section 49, or for the alteration of the vehicle under section 52, make an application] to the person with whom the registered owner has entered into the said agreement, (such person being hereafter in this section referred to as the financier) for the issue of a no objection certificate (hereafter in this section referred to as the certificate).

Explanation.-For the purposes of this sub-section and sub-sections (8) and (9), “appropriate authority” in relation to any permit, means the authority which is authorised by this Act to renew such permit and, in relation to registration means the authority which is authorised by this Act to issue duplicate certificate of registration or to assign a new registration mark.

(7) Within seven days of the receipt of an application under sub-section (6) the financier may issue, or refuse, for reasons which shall be recorded in writing communicate to the applicant, to issue, the certificate applied for, and where the financier fails to issue the certificate and also fails to communicate the reasons for refusal to issue the certificate to the applicant within the said period of seven days, the certificate applied for shall be deemed to have been issued by the financier.

(8) The registered owner shall, while applying to the appropriate authority for the renewal of any permit under section 81, or for the issue of a duplicate certificate of registration under sub-section (14) of section 41, or while applying for assignment of a new registration mark under section 47, submit with such application the certificate, if any, obtained under sub-section (7) or, where no such certificate has been obtained, the communication received from the financier under that sub-section, or, as the case may be, a declaration that he has not received any communication from the financier within the period of seven days specified in that sub-section.

(9) On receipt of an application for the renewal of any permit or for the issue of duplicate certificate of registration or for assignment of a new registration mark in respect of a vehicle which is held under the said agreement, the appropriate authority may, subject to the other provisions of this Act,-

(a) in a case where the financier has refused to issue the certificate applied for, after giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard, either-

(i) renew or refuse to renew the permit, or

(ii) issue or refuse to issue the duplicate certificate of registration, or

(iii) assign or refuse to assign a new registration mark;

(b) in any other case,-

(i) renew the permit, or

(ii) issue duplicate certificate of registration, or

(iii) assign a new registration mark.

(10) A registering authority making an entry in the certificate of registration regarding-

(a) hire-purchase, lease or hypothecation agreement of a motor vehicle, or

(b) the cancellation under sub-section (3) of an entry, or

(c) recording transfer of ownership of motor vehicle, or

(d) any alteration in a motor vehicle, or

(e) suspension or cancellation of registration of a motor vehicle, or

(f) change of address,

shall communicate 5[by registered post acknowledgment due] to the financier that such entry has been made.

6[(11) A registering authority registering the new vehicle, or issuing the duplicate certificate of registration or a no objection certificate or a temporary certificate of registration, or issuing or renewing, a fitness certificate or substituting entries relating to another motor vehicle in the permit, shall intimate the financier of such transaction.

(12) The registering authority where it is not the original registering authority, when making entry under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), or cancelling the said entry under sub-section (3) or issuing the fresh certificate of registration under sub-section (5) shall communicate the same to the original registering authority.]

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 14, for “original registering authority” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Added by Act 54 of 1994. sec. 14 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 14 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

4. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 14, for “under section 47, make an application” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

5. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 14 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

6. Sub., by Act 54 of 1994, sec 14, for sub-section (11) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section [52. Alteration in motor vehicle.

(1) No owner of a motor vehicle shall so alter the vehicle that the particulars contained in the certificate of registration are at variance with those originally specified by the manufacturer:

Provided that where the owner of a motor vehicle makes modification of the engine, or any part thereof, of a vehicle for facilitating its operation by different type of fuel or source of energy including battery, compressed natural gas, solar power, liquid petroleum gas or any other fuel or source of energy, by fitment of a conversion kit, such modification shall be carried out subject to such conditions as may be prescribed:

Provided further that the Central Government may prescribe specifications, conditions for approval, retrofitment and other related matters for such conversion kits:

Provided also that the Central Government may grant exemption for alteration of vehicles in a manner other than specified above, for any specific purpose.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), a State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, authorise, subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notification, and permit any person owning not less than ten transport vehicles to alter any vehicle owned by him so as to replace the engine thereof with engine of the same make and type, without the approval of registering authority.

(3) Where any alteration has been made in motor vehicle without the approval of registering authority or by reason of replacement of its engine without such approval under sub-section (2), the owner of the vehicle shall,, within fourteen days of the making of the alteration, report the alteration to the registering authority within whose jurisdiction he resides and shall forward the certificate of registration to that authority together with the prescribed fee in order that particulars of registration may be entered therein.

(4) A registering authority other than the original registering authority making any such entry shall communicate the details of the entry to the original registering authority.

(5) Subject to the provisions made under sub-sections (1), (2), (3) and (4), no person holding a vehicle under a hire-purchase agreement shall make any alteration to the vehicle except with the written consent of the registered owner.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section, “alteration” means a change in the structure of a vehicle which results in a change in its basic feature.].

1. Subs. by Act 27 of 2000, sec. 2, for section 52 (w.e.f. 11-8-2000).

Comment / Related Citation:

Constitution of India, Article 226 – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 39 and 52 – Mobile hoarding vans – Registered as Goods carrying vehicle, or display vehicles – After their modification and transformation necessitates grant of fresh certificates of Registration – Authorities under Motor Vehicles Act to decide such issue and not the Court.

SUPRI ADVERTISING & ENTERTAINMENT PVT. LTD. v/s DR. ANAHITA PANDOLE & ORS. [(2008) 10 SCC 246 = JT 2008 (10) SC 655 = 2008 AIR(SCW) 6168]

Section 53. Suspension of registration.

(1) If any registering authority or other prescribed authority has reason to believe that any motor vehicle within its jurisdiction-

(a) is in such a condition that its use in a public place would constitute a danger to the public, or that it fails to comply with the requirements of this Act or of the rules made thereunder, or

(b) has been, or is being, used for hire or reward without a valid permit for being used as such,

the authority may, after giving the owner an opportunity of making any representation he may wish to make (by sending to the owner a notice by registered post acknowledgment due at his address entered in the certificate of registration), for reasons to be recorded in writing, suspend the certificate of registration of the vehicle-

(i) in any case falling under clause (a), until the defects are rectified to its satisfaction; and

(ii) in any case falling under clause (b), for a period not exceeding four months.

(2) An authority other than a registering authority shall when making a suspension order under sub-section (1), intimate in writing the fact of such suspension and the reasons therefor to the registering authority within whose jurisdiction the vehicle is at the time of the suspension.

(3) Where the registration of a motor vehicle has been suspended under subsection (1) for a continuous period of not less than one month, the registering authority, within whose jurisdiction the vehicle was when the registration was suspended, shall, if it is not the original registering authority, inform that authority of the suspension.

(4) The owner of a motor vehicle shall, on the demand of a registering authority or other prescribed authority which has suspended the certificate of registration of the vehicle under this section, surrender the certificate of registration.

(5) A certificate of registration surrendered under sub-section (4) shall be returned to the owner when the order suspending registration has been rescinded and not before.

Section 54. Cancellation of registration suspended under section 53.

When the suspension of registration of a vehicle under section 53 has continued without interruption for a period of not less than six months, the registering authority within whose jurisdiction the vehicle was when the registration was suspended, may, if it is the original registering authority, cancel the registration, and if it is not the original registering authority, shall forward the certificate of registration to that authority which may cancel the registration.

Section 55. Cancellation of registration.

(1) If a motor vehicle has been destroyed or has been rendered permanently incapable of use, the owner shall, within fourteen days or as soon as may be, report the fact to the registering authority within whose jurisdiction he has the residence or place of business where the vehicle is normally kept, as the case may be, and shall forward to the authority the certificate of registration of the vehicle.

(2) The registering authority shall, if it is the original registering authority, cancel the registration and the certificate of registration, or, if it is not, shall forward the report and the certificate of registration to the original registering authority and that authority shall cancel the registration.

(3) Any registering authority may order the examination of a motor vehicle within its jurisdiction by such authority as the State Government may by order appoint and, if upon such examination and after giving the owner an opportunity to make any representation he may wish to make (by sending to the owner a notice by registered post acknowledgment due at his address entered in the certificate of registration), it is satisfied that the vehicle is in such a condition that it is incapable of being used or its use in a public place would constitute a danger to the public and that it is beyond reasonable repair, may cancel the registration.

(4) If a registering authority is satisfied that a motor vehicle has been permanently removed out of India, the registering authority shall cancel the registration.

(5) If a registering authority is satisfied that the registration of a motor vehicle has been obtained on the basis of documents which were, or by representation of facts which was, false in any material particular, or the engine number or the chassis number embossed thereon are different from such number entered in the certificate of registration, the registering authority shall after giving the owner an opportunity to make such representation as he may wish to make (by sending to the owner a notice by registered post acknowledgment due at his address entered in the certificate of registration), and for reasons to be recorded in writing, cancel the registration.

(6) A registering authority cancelling the registration of a motor vehicle under section 54 or under this section shall communicate such fact in writing to the owner of the vehicle, and the owner of the vehicle shall forthwith surrender to that authority the certificate of registration of the vehicle.

(7) A registering authority making an order of cancellation under section 54 or under this section shall, if it is the original registering authority, cancel the certificate of registration and the entry relating to the vehicle in its records, and, if it is not the original registering authority, forward the certificate of registration to that authority, and that authority shall cancel the certificate of registration and the entry relating to the motor vehicle in its records.

(8) The expression “original registering authority” in this section and in sections 41, 49, 50, 52, 53 and 54 means the registering authority in whose records the registration of the vehicle is recorded.

(9) In this section “certificate of registration” includes a certificate of registration renewed under the provisions of this Act.

Section 56. Certificate of fitness of transport vehicles.

(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 59 and 60, a transport vehicle shall not be deemed to be validly registered for the purposes of section 39, unless it carries a certificate of fitness in such form containing such particulars and information as may be prescribed by the Central Government, issued by the prescribed authority, or by an authorized testing station mentioned in sub-section (2), to the effect that the vehicle complies for the time being with all the requirements of this Act and the rules made thereunder:

Provided that where the prescribed authority or the “authorized testing station” refuses to issue such certificate, it shall supply the owner of the vehicle with its reasons in writing for such refusal.

(2) The “authorized testing station” referred to in sub-section (1) means a vehicle service station or public or private garage which the State Government, having regard to the experience, training and ability of the operator of such station or garage and the testing equipment and the testing personnel therein, may specify in accordance with the rules made by the Central Government for regulation and control of such stations or garages.

(3) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (4), certificate of fitness shall remain effective for such period as may be prescribed by the Central Government having regard to the objects of this Act.

(4) The prescribed authority may for reasons to be recorded in writing cancel a certificate of fitness at any time, if satisfied that the vehicle to which it relates no longer complies with all the requirements of this Act and the rules made thereunder; and on such cancellation the certificate of registration of the vehicle and any permit granted in respect of the vehicle under Chapter V shall be deemed to be suspended until a new certificate of fitness has been obtained:

1[Provided that no such cancellation shall be made by the prescribed authority unless such prescribed authority holds such technical qualification as may be prescribed or where the prescribed authority does not hold such technical qualification on the basis of the report of an officer having such qualifications.]

(5) A certificate of fitness issued under this Act shall, while it remains effective be valid throughout India.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 16 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 57. Appeals.

1[(1) Any person aggrieved by an order of the registering I authority under section 41, 42, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 55 or 56 may, within thirty days of the date on which he has received notice of such order, appeal against the order to the prescribed authority.]

(2) The appellate authority shall give notice of the appeal to the original authority and after giving an opportunity to the original authority and the appellant to be heard in the appeal pass such order as it thinks fit.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 17, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 58. Special provisions in regard to transport vehicles.

(1) The Central Government may, having regard to the number, nature and size of the tyres attached to the wheels of a transport vehicle (other than a motor cab), and its make and model and other relevant considerations, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify, in relation to each make and model of a transport vehicle, the 1[maximum gross vehicle weight] of such vehicle and the maximum safe. axle weight of each axle of such vehicle.

(2) A registering authority, when registering a transport vehicle, other than a motor cab, shall enter in the record of registration and shall also enter in the certificate of registration of the vehicle the following particulars, namely:-

(a) the unladen weight of the vehicle;

(b) the number, nature and size of the tyres attached to each wheel;

(c) the gross vehicle weight of the vehicle and the registered axle weights pertaining to the several axles thereof; and

(d) if the vehicle is used or adapted to be used for the carriage of passengers solely or in addition to goods, the number of passengers for whom accommodation is provided,

and the owner of the vehicle shall have the same particulars exhibited in the prescribed manner on the vehicle.

(3) There shall not be entered in the certificate of registration of any such vehicle any gross vehicle weight or a registered axle weight of any of the axles different from that specified in the notification under sub-section (1) in relation to the make and model of such vehicle and to the number, nature and size of the tyres attached to its wheels:

Provided that where it appears to the Central Government that heavier weights than those specified in the notification under sub-section (1) may be permitted in a particular locality for vehicles of a particular type, the Central Government may, by order in the Official Gazette direct that the provisions of this sub-section shall apply with such modifications as may be specified in the order.

2[***]

(5) In order that the gross vehicle weight entered in the certificate of registration of a vehicle may be revised in accordance with the provisions of subsection (3), the registering authority may require the owner of transport vehicle in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed to produce the certificate of registration within such time as may be specified by the registering authority.

1. Subs. by act 54 of 1994, sec. 18. for “maximum safe laden weight” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Sub-section (4) omitted by Act 27 of 2000, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 11-8-2000).

Section 59. Power to fix the age limit of motor vehicle.

(1) The Central Government may, having regard to the public safety, convenience and objects of this Act, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify the life of a motor vehicle reckoned from the date of its manufacture, after the expiry of which the motor vehicle shall not be deemed to comply with the requirements of this Act and the rules made thereunder:

Provided that the Central Government may specify different ages for different classes or different types of motor vehicles.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the Central Government may, having regard to the purpose of a motor vehicle, such as, display or use for the purposes of a demonstration in any exhibition, use for the purposes of technical research or taking part in a vintage car rally, by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt, by a general or special order, subject to such conditions as may be specified in such notification, any class or type of motor vehicle from the operation of sub-section (1) for the purpose to be stated in the notification.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 56, no prescribed authority or authorized testing station shall grant a certificate of fitness to a motor vehicle in contravention of the provisions of any notification issued under sub-section (1).

Section 60. Registration of vehicles belonging to the Central Government.

(1) Such authority as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify, may register any motor vehicle which is the property or for the time being under the exclusive control of the Central Government and is used for Government purposes relating to the defence of the country and unconnected with any commercial enterprise and any vehicle so registered shall not, so long as it remains the property or under the exclusive control of the Central Government, require to be registered otherwise under this Act.

(2) The authority registering a vehicle under sub-section (1) shall assign a registration mark in accordance with the provisions contained in the rules made in this behalf by the Central Government and shall issue a certificate in respect of that vehicle to the effect that such vehicle complies for the time being with all the requirements of this Act and the rules made thereunder and that the vehicle has been registered under this section.

(3) A vehicle registered under this section shall carry the certificate issued under sub-section (2).

(4) If a vehicle registered under this section ceases to be the property or under the exclusive control of the Central Government, the provisions of sections 39 and 40 shall thereupon apply.

(5) The authority registering a vehicle under sub-section (1) shall furnish to any State Government all such information regarding the general nature, overall dimensions and axle weights of the vehicle as the State Government may at any time require.

Section 61. Application of Chapter to trailers.

(1) The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to the registration of trailers as they apply to the registration of any other motor vehicle.

(2) The registration mark assigned to a trailer shall be displayed in such manner on the side of the drawing vehicle as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(3) No person shall drive a motor vehicle to which a trailer is or trailers are attached unless the registration mark of the motor vehicle so driven is displayed on the trailer or on the last trailer in the train, as the case may be, in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 62. Information regarding stolen and recovered motor vehicles to be furnished by the police to the State Transport Authority.

The State Government may, if it thinks necessary or expedient so to do in the public interest, direct the submission by the Inspector General of Police (by whatever designation called) and such other police officers as the State Government may specify in this behalf, of such returns containing the information regarding vehicles which have been stolen and stolen vehicles which have been recovered of which the police are aware, to the State Transport Authority, and may prescribe the form in which and the period within which such returns shall be made.

Section 63. Maintenance of State Registers of Motor Vehicles.

(1) Each State Government shall maintain in such form as may be prescribed by the Central Government a register to be known as the State Register of Motor Vehicles, in respect of the motor vehicles in that State, containing the following particulars, namely:-

(a) registration numbers;

(b) years of manufacture;

(c) classes and types;

(d) names and addresses of registered owners; and

(e) such other particulars as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(2) Each State Government shall supply to the Central Government 1[if so desired by it] a printed copy of the State Register of Motor Vehicles and shall also inform the Central Government without delay of all additions to and other amendments in such register made from time to time.

(3) The State Register of Motor Vehicles shall be maintained in such manner as may be prescribed by the State Government.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 19 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 64. Power of Central Government to make rules.

The Central Government may make rules to provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the period within which and the form in which an application shall be made and the documents, particulars and information it shall accompany under sub-section (1) of section 41;

(b) the form in which the certificate of registration shall be made and the particulars and information it shall contain and the manner in which it shall be issued under sub-section (3) of section 41;

(c) the form and manner in which the particulars of the certificate of registration shall be entered in the records of the registering authority under sub-section (5) of section 41;

(d) the manner in which and the form in which the registration mark, the letters and figures and other particulars referred to in sub-section (6) of section 41 shall be displayed and shown;

(e) the period within which and the form in which the application shall be made and the particulars and information it shall contain under sub-section (8) of section 41;

(f) the form in which the application referred to in sub-section (14) of section 41 shall be made, the particulars and information it shall contain and the fee to be charged;

(g) the form in which and the period within which the application referred to in sub-section (1) of section 47 shall be made and the particulars it shall contain;

(h) the form in which and the manner in which the application for “No Objection Certificate” shall be made under sub-section (1) of section 48 and the form of receipt to be issued under sub-section (2) of section 48;

(i) the matters that are to be complied with by an applicant before no objection certificate may be issued under section 48;

(j) the form in which the intimation of change of address shall be made under sub-section (1) of section 49 and the documents to be submitted along with the application;

(k) the form in which and the manner in which the intimation of transfer of ownership shall be made under sub-section (1) of section 50 or under sub-section (2) of section 50 and the document to be submitted along with the application;

(l) the form in which the application under sub-section (2) or subsection (3) of section 51 shall be made;

(m) the form in which the certificate of fitness shall be issued under subsection (1) of section 56 and the particulars and information it shall contain;

(n) the period for which the certificate of fitness granted or renewed under section 56 shall be effective;

(o) the fees to be charged for the issue or renewal or alteration of certificates of registration, for making an entry regarding transfer of ownership on a certificate of registration, for making or cancelling an endorsement in respect of agreement of hire-purchase or lease or hypothecation on a certificate of registration, for certificates of fitness for registration marks, and for the examination or inspection of motor vehicles, and the refund of such fees,

(p) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 65. Power of State Government to make rules

(1) A State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter other than the matters specified in section 64.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-

(a) the conduct and hearing of appeals that may be preferred under this Chapter (the fees to be paid in respect of such appeals and the refund of such fees);

(b) the appointment, functions and jurisdiction of registering and other prescribed authorities;

(c) the exemption of road-rollers, graders and other vehicles designed and used solely for the construction, repair and cleaning of roads from all or any of the provisions of this Chapter and the rules made thereunder and the conditions governing such exemption;

(d) the issue or renewal of certificates of registration and fitness and duplicates of such certificates to replace the certificates lost, destroyed or mutilated;

(e) the production of certificates of registration before the registering authority for the revision of entries therein of particulars relating the gross vehicle weight;

(f) the temporary registration of motor vehicles and the issue temporary certificate of registration and marks;

(g) the manner in which the particulars referred to in sub-section (2) section 58 and other prescribed particulars shall be exhibited;

(h) the exemption of prescribed persons or prescribed classes of persons from payment of all or any portion of the fees payable under this Chapter;

(i) the forms, other than those prescribed by the Central Government, to be used for the purpose of this Chapter;

(j) the communication between registering authorities of particulars of certificates of registration and by owners of vehicles registered outside the State of particulars of such vehicles and of their registration;

(k) the amount or amounts under sub-section (13) of section 41 or sub-section (7) of section 47 or sub-section (4) of section 49 or sub-section (5) of section 50;

(l) the extension of the validity of certificates of fitness pending consideration of applications for their renewal;

(m) the exemption from the provisions of this Chapter and the conditions and fees for exemption, of motor vehicles in the possession of dealers;

(n) the form in which and the period within which the return under section 62 shall be sent;

(o) the manner in which the State Register of Motor Vehicles shall be maintained under section 63;

(p) any other matter which is to be or may be prescribed.

Section 66. Necessity for permits.

(1) No owner of a motor vehicle shall use or permit the use of the vehicle as a transport vehicle in any public place whether or not such vehicle is actually carrying any passengers or goods save in accordance with the conditions of a permit granted or countersigned by a Regional or State Transport Authority or any prescribed authority authorising him the use of the vehicle in that place in the manner in which the vehicle is being used:

Provided that a stage carriage permit shall, subject to any conditions that may be specified in the permit, authorise the use of the vehicle as a contact carriage:

Provided further that a stage carriage permit may, subject to any conditions that may be specified in the permit, authorise the use of the vehicle as a goods carriage either when carrying passengers or not:

Provided also that a goods carriage permit shall, subject to any conditions that may be specified in the permit, authorise the holder to use the vehicle for the carriage of goods for or in connection with a trade or business carried on by him.

(2) The holder of a goods carriage permit may use the vehicle, for the drawing of any trailer or semi-trailer not owned by him, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed:

1[Provided that the holder of a permit of any articulated vehicle may use the prime-mover of that articulated vehicle for any other semi-trailor.]

(3) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall not apply-

(a) to any transport vehicle owned by the Central Government or a State Government and used for Government purposes unconnected with any commercial enterprise;

(b) to any transport vehicle owned by a local authority or by a person acting under contract with a local authority and used solely for road cleaning, road watering or conservancy purposes;

(c) to any transport vehicle used solely for police, fire brigade or ambulance purposes;

(d) to any transport vehicle used solely for the conveyance of corpses and the mourners accompanying the corpses;

(e) to any transport vehicle used for towing a disabled vehicle or for removing goods from a disabled vehicle to a place of safety;

(f) to any transport vehicle used for any other public purpose as may be prescribed by the State Government in this behalf;

(g) to any transport vehicle used by a person who manufactures or deals in motor vehicles or builds bodies for attachment to chassis, solely for such purposes and in accordance with such conditions as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify in this behalf;

2[***]

(i) to any goods vehicle, the gross vehicle weight of which does not exceed 3,000 kilograms;

(j) subject to such conditions as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify, to any transport vehicle purchased in one State and proceeding to a place, situated in that State or in any other State, without carrying any passenger or goods;

(k) to any transport vehicle which has been temporarily registered under section 43 while proceeding empty to any place for the purpose of registration of the vehicle;

3[***]

(m) to any transport vehicle which, owing to flood, earthquake or any other natural calamity, obstruction on road, or unforeseen circumstances, is required to be diverted through any other route, whether within or outside the State, with a view to enabling it to reach its destination;

(n) to any transport vehicle used for such purposes as the Central or State Government may, by order, specify;

(o) to any transport vehicle which is subject to a hire-purchase, lease or hypothecation agreement and which owing to the default of the owner has been taken possession of by or on behalf of the person with whom the owner has entered into such agreement, to enable such motor vehicle to reach its destination; or

(p) to any transport vehicle while proceeding empty to any place for purpose of repair.

(4) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (3), sub-section (1) shall, if the State Government by rule made under section 96 so prescribes, apply to any motor vehicle adapted to carry more than nine persons excluding the driver.

1. Added by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 20 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Clause (h) omitted by Act 27 of 2000, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 11-8-2000).

3. Clause (l) subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 20 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994) and omitted by Act 39 of 2001, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 27-9-2001).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 66(3) – MACT – Compensation – Owner-cum-driver remained ex parte – Once it was established that the vehicle was comprehensively insured with the insurer to cover the passenger risk, the burden to prove that it was not liable in spite of such a policy, shifted to the insurer – The claimants are neither expected to prove that the vehicle had a valid permit, nor prove that the owner of the vehicle did not commit breach of any of the terms of the policy – It was for the insurer who denies its liability under the policy, to establish that in spite of the comprehensive insurance policy issued by it, it is not liable on account of the requirement of the policy not being fulfilled – The High Court committed an error in expecting the claimants to prove that the vehicle possessed a valid permit – There was no justification for the High Court to interfere with the judgment and awards of the Tribunal in the absence of relevant evidence – Impugned order of the High Court set aside and judgment and awards of the Tribunal restored.

KAMALA MANGALAL VAYANI & ORS. v/s M/S UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. LTD. & ORS. [2010(3) SCALE 99 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 6604 = (2010) 12 SCC 488]

Section 67. Power to State Government to control road transport.

(1) A State Government, having regard to-

(a) the advantages offered to the public, trade and industry by the development of motor transport,

(b) the desirability of co-ordinating road and rail transport,

(c) the desirability of preventing the deterioration of the road system and

(d) the desirability of preventing uneconomic competition among holders of permits.

may, from time to time, by notification in the Official Gazette, issue directions both to the State Transport Authority and Regional Transport Authority-

(i) regarding the fixing of fares and freights (including the maximum and minimum in respect thereof) for stage carriages, contract carriages and goods carriages:

1[***]

(ii) regarding the prohibition or restriction, subject to such conditions as may be specified in the directions, of the conveying of long distance goods traffic generally, or of specified classes of goods by goods carriages;

(iii) regarding any other matter which may appear to the State Government necessary or expedient for giving effect to any agreement entered into with the Central Government or any other State Government or the Government of any other country relating to the regulation of motor transport generally, and in particular to its coordination with other means of transport and the conveying of long distance goods traffic:

Provided that no such notification in respect of the matter: referred to in clause (ii) or clause (iii) shall be issued unless a draft of the proposed directions is published in the Official Gazette specifying therein a date being not less than one month after such publication, on or after which the draft will be taken into consideration and any objection or suggestion which may be received has, in consultation with the State Transport Authority, been considered after giving the representatives of the interests affected an opportunity of being heard.

(2) Any direction under sub-section (1) regarding the fixing of fares and freights for stage carriages, contract carriages and goods carriages may provide that such fares or freights shall be inclusive of the tax payable by the passengers or the consignors of the goods, as the case may be, to the operators of the stage carriages, contract carriages or goods carriages under any law for the time being in force relating to tax on passengers and goods.

1. Proviso ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 21 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994) and omitted by Act 39 of 2001 sec. 3 (w.e.f. 27-9-2001).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Section. 67(1) & (2) – Circular issued under Section. 67(1) besides fixing rates of fares of stage carriages and contract carriages, prohibiting recovery of tax from passengers – Validity – Held, valid by virtue of S. 67(2) – Non-mention of S. 67(2) in the circular, held, inconsequential – Statute Law – Statutory Power – Exercise of, without reference to the correct source thereof – Validity – Administrative Law – Ultra vires – Defences to the plea of ultra vires –

JAI PRAKASH AND OTHERS v/s STATE OF U.P. AND OTHERS [(2004) 13 SCC 390]

Section 68. Transport Authorities.

(1) The State Government shall by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute for the State a State Transport Authority to exercise and discharge the powers and functions specified in sub-section (3), and shall in like manner constitute Regional Transport Authorities to exercise and discharge throughout such areas (in this Chapter referred to as regions) as may be specified in the notification in respect of each Regional Transport Authority; the powers and functions conferred by or under this Chapter on such Authorities:

Provided that in the Union Territories, the Administrator may abstain from constituting any Regional Transport Authority.

(2) A State Transport Authority or a Regional Transport Authority shall consist of a Chairman who has had judicial experience or experience as an appellate or a revisional authority or as an adjudicating authority competent to pass any order or take any decision under any law and in the case of a State Transport Authority, such other persons (whether officials or not), not being more than four and, in the case of a Regional Transport Authority, such other persons (whether officials or not), not being more than two, as the State Government may think fit to appoint; but no person who has any financial interest whether as proprietor, employee or otherwise in any transport undertaking shall be appointed, or continue to be, a member of a State or Regional Transport Authority, and, if any person being a member of a any such Authority acquires a financial interest in any transport undertaking, he shall within four weeks of so doing, give notice in writing to the State Government of the acquisition of such interest and shall vacate office:

Provided that nothing in this sub-section shall prevent any of the members of the State Transport Authority or a Regional Transport Authority, as the case may be, to preside over a meeting of such Authority during the absence of the Chairman, notwithstanding that such member does not possess judicial experience or experience as an appellate or a revisional authority or as an adjudicating authority competent to pass any order or take any decision under any law:

Provided further that the State Government may,-

(i) where it considers necessary or expedient so to do, constitute the State Transport Authority or a Regional Transport Authority for any region so as to consist of only one member who shall be an official with judicial experience or experience as an appellate or a revisional authority or as an adjudicating authority competent to pass any order or take any decision under any law;

(ii) by rules made in this behalf, provide for the transaction of business of such authorities in the absence of the Chairman of any other member and specify the circumstances under which, and the manner in which, such business could be so transacted:

Provided also that nothing in this sub-section shall be construed as debarring an official (other than an official connected directly with the management or operation of a transport undertaking) from being appointed or continuing as a member of any such authority merely by reason of the fact that the Government employing the official has, or acquires, any financial interest in a transport undertaking.

(3) The State Transport Authority and every Regional Transport Authority shall give effect to any directions issued under section 67 and the State Transport Authority shall, subject to such directions and save as otherwise provided by or under this Act, exercise and discharge throughout the State the following power and functions, namely:-

(a) to coordinate and regulate the activities and policies of the Regional Transport Authorities, if any, of the State;

(b) to perform the duties of a Regional Transport Authority where there is no such Authority and, if it thinks fit or if so required by a Regional Transport Authority, to perform those duties in respect of any route common to two or more regions;

(c) to settle all disputes and decide all matters on which differences of

opinion arise between Regional Transport Authorities; and

1[(ca) Government to formulate routes for plying stage carriages; and]

(d) to discharge such other functions as may be prescribed.

(4) For the purpose of exercising and discharging the powers and functions specified in sub-section (3), a State Transport Authority may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, issue directions to any Regional Transport Authority, and the Regional Transport Authority shall, in the discharge of its functions under this Act, give effect to and be guided by such directions.

(5) The State Transport Authority and any Regional Transport Authority, if authorised in this behalf by rules made under section 96, may delegate such of its powers and functions to such authority or person subject to such restrictions, limitations and conditions as may be prescribed by the said rules.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 22 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 68C – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 100(3),(4), 103(2) and 105 – Motor Vehicles – Scheme of nationalization of routes with exclusive right of operation to the appellate corporation totally excluding all private operators from the said route proposed under Section 68C of 1939 Act – Objections preferred by the private operators against the said proposal when Act 1988 repealing 1939 Act came into force – Issue settled by the Apex Court that Scheme had not lapsed and the same was required to be finalized – Route permits renewed during the pendency of disposal of objections of the private operator subject to decision of writ petition filed by appellant in the High Court – The writ petition of the appellant allowed by the High Court and and it was held that private operator entitled to compensation in terms of the provisions of the 1988 Act – Notification by State Government on 23.8.2008 allowing private operators to operate on the notified routes challenged by the U.P. Roadways Karamchari Union in which authorities restrained from issuing permits to private operators – Writ petition filed by the private operators seeking direction to the Authority to allow them route permit allowed by the High Court – Directions by the High Court liable to be set aside – This will not prevent the said respondents from claiming compensation u/s 105 of the 1988 Act.

U.P. STATE ROAD TRANSPORT CORP. v/s MOHD. GHILMAN SHARIF & OTHERS [(2009) 10 SCR 1149 = 2009(9) SCALE 685 = JT 2009 (9) SC 665 = (2009) 16 SCC 86]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 166, 68 – Negligence – Contributory negligence – Definition of negligence – In common parlance `negligence’ is categorised as either composite or contributory. It is first necessary to find out what is a negligent act. Negligence is omission of duty caused either by an omission to do something which a reasonable man guided upon those considerations who ordinarily by reason of conduct of human affairs would do or obligated to or by doing something which a prudent or reasonable man would not do. Negligence does not always mean absolute carelessness, but want of such a degree of care as is required in particular circumstances.”

MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OF GREATER BOMBAY v/s LAXMAN IYER AND ANOTHER [AIR 2003 SC 4182 = (2003) 8 SCC 731 = (2003) 9 Scale 2 = 2003 (Supp4) SCR 984 = JT 2003 (8) SC 108]

Section 69. General provision as to applications for permits.

(1) Every application for a permit shall be made to the Regional Transport Authority of the region in which it is proposed to use the vehicle or vehicles:

Provided that if it is proposed to use the vehicle or vehicles in two or more regions lying within the same State, the application shall be made to the Regional Transport Authority of the region in which the major portion of the proposed route or area lies, and in case the portion of the proposed route or area in each of the regions is approximately equal, to the Regional Transport Authority of the region in which it is proposed to keep the vehicle or vehicles:

Provided further that if it is proposed to use the vehicle or vehicles in two or more regions lying in different States, the application shall be made to the Regional Transport Authority of the region in which the applicant resides or ha his principal place of business.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the Stat Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that in the case c any vehicle or vehicles proposed to be used in two or more regions lying in different States, the application under that sub-section shall be made to the Stat Transport Authority of the region in which the applicant resides or has hi principal place of business.

Section 70. Application for stage carriage permit.

(1) An application for a permit in respect of a stage carriage (in this Chapter referred to as a stage carriage permit) or as a reserve stage carriage shall, as far as may be, contain the following particulars, namely:-

(a) the route or routes or the area or areas to which the application relates;

(b) the type and seating capacity of each such vehicle;

(c) the minimum and maximum number of daily trips proposed to bi provided and the time-table of the normal trips.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section, section 72, section 80 and section 102, “trip” means a single journey from one point to another, and every return journey shall be deemed to be a separate trip;

(d) the number of vehicles intended to be kept in reserve to maintain the service and to provide for special occasions;

(e) the arrangements intended to be made for the housing, maintenance and repair of the vehicles, for the comfort and convenience of passengers and for the storage and safe custody of luggage;

(f) such other matters as may be prescribed.

(2) An application referred to in sub-section (1) shall be accompanied by such documents as may be prescribed.

Section 71. Procedure of Regional Transport Authority in considering application for stage carriage permit.

(1) A Regional Transport Authority shall, while considering an application for a stage carriage permit, have regard to the objects of this Act.

1[***]

(2) A Regional Transport Authority shall refuse to grant a stage carriage permit if it appears from any time-table furnished that the provisions of this Act relating to the speed at which vehicles may be driven are likely to be contravened:

Provided that before such refusal an opportunity shall be given to the applicant to amend the time-table so as to conform to the said provisions.

(3)(a) The State Government shall, if so directed by the Central Government having regard to the number of vehicles, road conditions and other relevant matters, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct a State Transport Authority and a Regional Transport Authority to limit the number of stage carriage; generally or of any specified type, as may be fixed and specified in the notification, operating on city routes in towns with a population of not less that five lakhs.

(b) Where the number of stage carriages are fixed under clause (a), the Government of the State shall reserve in the State certain percentage of stage carriage permits for the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes in the same ratio as in the case of appointments made by direct recruitment to public services in the State.

(c) Where the number of stage carriages are fixed under clause (a), the Regional Transport Authority shall reserve such number of permits for the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes as may be fixed by the State Government under sub-clause (b).

(d) After reserving such number of permits as is referred to in clause (c), the Regional Transport Authority shall in considering an application have regard tc the following matters, namely:-

(i) financial stability of the applicant;

(ii) satisfactory performance as a stage carriage operator including payment of tax if the applicant is or has been an operator of stage carriage service; and

(iii) such other matters as may be prescribed by the State Government:

Provided that, other conditions being equal, preference shall be given to applications for permits from-

(i) State transport undertakings;

(ii) co-operative societies registered or deemed to have been registered under any enactment for the time being in force; 2[***]

(iii) ex-servicemen; 3[or]

3[(iv) any other class or category of persons, as the State Government may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, consider necessary.]

4[***]

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section “company” means any body corporate, and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and “director”, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.

1. Proviso omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Word “or” omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

4. Sub-sections (4) and (5) omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 72. Grant of stage carriage permit.

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 71, a Regional Transport Authority may, on an application made to it under section 70, grant a stage carriage permit in accordance with the application or with such modifications as it deems fit or refuse to grant such a permit:

Provided that no such permit shall be granted in respect of any route or area not specified in the application.

(2) The Regional Transport Authority, if it decides to grant a stage carriage permit, may grant the permit for a stage carriage of a specified description and may, subject to any rule that may be made under this Act, attach to the permit any one or more of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) that the vehicles shall be used only in a specified area, or on a specified route or routes;

(ii) that the operation of the stage carriage shall be commenced with effect from a specified date;

(iii) the minimum and maximum number of daily trips to be provided in relation to any route or area generally or on specified days and occasions;

(iv) that copies of the time-table of the stage carriage approved by the Regional Transport Authority shall be exhibited on the vehicles and at specified stands and halts on the route or within the area;

(v) that the stage carriage shall be operated within such margins of deviation from the approved time-table as the Regional Transport Authority may from time to time specify;

(vi) that within municipal limits and such other areas and places as may be prescribed, passengers or goods shall not be taken up or set down except at specified points;

(vii) the maximum number of passengers and the maximum weight of luggage that may be carried on the stage carriage, either generally or on specified occasions or at specified times and seasons;

(viii) the weight and nature of passengers’ luggage that shall be carried free of charge, the total weight of luggage that may be carried in relation to each passenger, and the arrangements that shall be made for the carriage of luggage without causing inconvenience to passengers;

(ix) the rate of charge that may be levied for passengers’ luggage in excess of the free allowance;

(x) that vehicles of a specified type fitted with body conforming to approved specifications shall be used:

Provided that the attachment of this condition to a permit shall not prevent the continued use, for a period of two years from the date of publication of the approved specifications, of any vehicle operating on that date;

(xi) that specified standards of comfort and cleanliness shall be maintained in the vehicles;

(xii) the conditions subject to which goods may be carried in the stage carriage in addition to or to the exclusion of passengers;

(xiii) that fares shall be charged is accordance with the approved fare table;

(xiv) that a copy of or extract from the fare table approved by the Regional Transport Authority and particulars of any special fares or rates of fares so approved for particular occasions shall be exhibited on the stage carriage and at specified stands and halts;

(xv) that tickets bearing specified particulars shall be issued to passengers and shall show the fares actually charged and that records of tickets issued shall be kept in a specified manner;

(xvi) that mails shall be carried on the vehicle subject to such conditions (including conditions as to the time in which mails are to be carried and the charges which may be levied) as may be specified;

(xvii) the vehicles to be kept as reserve by the holder of the permit to maintain the operation and to provide for special occasions;

(xviii) the conditions subject to which vehicle may be used as a contract carriage;

(xix) that specified arrangements shall be made for the housing, maintenance and repair of vehicle;

(xx) that any specified bus station or shelter maintained by Government or a local authority shall be used and that any specified rent or fee shall be paid for such use;

(xxi) that the conditions of the permit shall not be departed from, save with the approval of the Regional Transport Authority;

(xxii) that the Regional Transport Authority may, after giving notice of not less than one month,-

(a) vary the conditions of the permit;

(b) attach to the permit further conditions:

Provided that the conditions specified in pursuance of clause (i) shall not be varied so as to alter the distance covered by the original route by more than 24 kilometres, and any variation within such limits shall be made only after the Regional Transport Authority is satisfied that such variation will serve the convenience of the public and that it is not expedient to grant a separate permit in respect of the original route as so varied or any part thereof;

(xxiii) that the holder of a permit shall furnish to the Regional Transport Authority such periodical returns, statistics and other information as the State Government may from time to time prescribe;

(xxiv) any other conditions which may be prescribed.

Section 72. Grant of stage carriage permit.

(1) Subject to the provisions of section 71, a Regional Transport Authority may, on an application made to it under section 70, grant a stage carriage permit in accordance with the application or with such modifications as it deems fit or refuse to grant such a permit:

Provided that no such permit shall be granted in respect of any route or area not specified in the application.

(2) The Regional Transport Authority, if it decides to grant a stage carriage permit, may grant the permit for a stage carriage of a specified description and may, subject to any rule that may be made under this Act, attach to the permit any one or more of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) that the vehicles shall be used only in a specified area, or on a specified route or routes;

(ii) that the operation of the stage carriage shall be commenced with effect from a specified date;

(iii) the minimum and maximum number of daily trips to be provided in relation to any route or area generally or on specified days and occasions;

(iv) that copies of the time-table of the stage carriage approved by the Regional Transport Authority shall be exhibited on the vehicles and at specified stands and halts on the route or within the area;

(v) that the stage carriage shall be operated within such margins of deviation from the approved time-table as the Regional Transport Authority may from time to time specify;

(vi) that within municipal limits and such other areas and places as may be prescribed, passengers or goods shall not be taken up or set down except at specified points;

(vii) the maximum number of passengers and the maximum weight of luggage that may be carried on the stage carriage, either generally or on specified occasions or at specified times and seasons;

(viii) the weight and nature of passengers’ luggage that shall be carried free of charge, the total weight of luggage that may be carried in relation to each passenger, and the arrangements that shall be made for the carriage of luggage without causing inconvenience to passengers;

(ix) the rate of charge that may be levied for passengers’ luggage in excess of the free allowance;

(x) that vehicles of a specified type fitted with body conforming to approved specifications shall be used:

Provided that the attachment of this condition to a permit shall not prevent the continued use, for a period of two years from the date of publication of the approved specifications, of any vehicle operating on that date;

(xi) that specified standards of comfort and cleanliness shall be maintained in the vehicles;

(xii) the conditions subject to which goods may be carried in the stage carriage in addition to or to the exclusion of passengers;

(xiii) that fares shall be charged is accordance with the approved fare table;

(xiv) that a copy of or extract from the fare table approved by the Regional Transport Authority and particulars of any special fares or rates of fares so approved for particular occasions shall be exhibited on the stage carriage and at specified stands and halts;

(xv) that tickets bearing specified particulars shall be issued to passengers and shall show the fares actually charged and that records of tickets issued shall be kept in a specified manner;

(xvi) that mails shall be carried on the vehicle subject to such conditions (including conditions as to the time in which mails are to be carried and the charges which may be levied) as may be specified;

(xvii) the vehicles to be kept as reserve by the holder of the permit to maintain the operation and to provide for special occasions;

(xviii) the conditions subject to which vehicle may be used as a contract carriage;

(xix) that specified arrangements shall be made for the housing, maintenance and repair of vehicle;

(xx) that any specified bus station or shelter maintained by Government or a local authority shall be used and that any specified rent or fee shall be paid for such use;

(xxi) that the conditions of the permit shall not be departed from, save with the approval of the Regional Transport Authority;

(xxii) that the Regional Transport Authority may, after giving notice of not less than one month,-

(a) vary the conditions of the permit;

(b) attach to the permit further conditions:

Provided that the conditions specified in pursuance of clause (i) shall not be varied so as to alter the distance covered by the original route by more than 24 kilometres, and any variation within such limits shall be made only after the Regional Transport Authority is satisfied that such variation will serve the convenience of the public and that it is not expedient to grant a separate permit in respect of the original route as so varied or any part thereof;

(xxiii) that the holder of a permit shall furnish to the Regional Transport Authority such periodical returns, statistics and other information as the State Government may from time to time prescribe;

(xxiv) any other conditions which may be prescribed.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 72 – Stage carriage permit – Grant of – Curtailment of route – Held that what is prohibited by the proviso to sub-section (1) of Section 72 is granting of a permit in respect of any route or area not specified in the application – The said proviso does not prohibit curtailment in regard to portion of the route applied for, for any reason – In fact sub-section (1) specifically authorizes the Authority to grant stage carriage permit with such modifications as it deems fit – Reason for the modification found not arbitrary or unreasonable – The question of directing the Authority to consider the application of the respondent afresh does not arise – Impugned order passed by the High Court liable to be set aside and the orders of the Authority restored and curtailment of routes upheld.

STATE OF WEST BENGAL & ORS. v/s S. K. NURUL AMIN [(2010) 11 SCC 182 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 4075 = JT 2010 (6) SC 418 = 2010(6) SCALE 190 = AIR 2010 SC 2271 = (2010) 7 SCR 496]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 67, 70 and 72 – Motor Vehicle – Stage carriage permit – Grant of – Power of chief minister – State has no say – Chief Minister or any authority, other than the statutory authority could not entertain an application of grant of permit nor could issue any order thereupon – Even any authority under the Act, including the appellate authority cannot issue any direction, except when the matter comes up before it under the statute – All government orders must comply with requirements of a statute as also the constitutional provision.

PANCHAM CHAND AND OTHERS v/s STATE OF HIMACHAL PRADESH AND OTHERS [AIR 2008 SC 1888 = (2008) 7 SCC 117 = JT 2008 (3) SC 498 = 2008 AIR(SCW) 2111 = 2008 (3) SCR 888 = (2008) 3 Scale 378]

Section 73. Application for contract carriage permit.

An application for a permit in respect of a contract carriage (in this Chapter referred to as a contract carriage permit) shall contain the following particulars, namely:-

(a) the type and seating capacity of the vehicle;

(b) the area for which the permit is required;

(c) any other particulars which may be prescribed.

Section 73. Application for contract carriage permit.

An application for a permit in respect of a contract carriage (in this Chapter referred to as a contract carriage permit) shall contain the following particulars, namely:-

(a) the type and seating capacity of the vehicle;

(b) the area for which the permit is required;

(c) any other particulars which may be prescribed.

Section 74. Grant of contract carriage permit.

(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3), a Regional Transport Authority may, on an application made to it under section 73, grant a contract carriage permit in accordance with the application or with such modifications as it deems fit or refuse to grant such a permit:

Provided that no such permit shall be granted in respect of any area not specified in the application.

(2) The Regional Transport Authority, if it decides to grant a contract carriage permit, may, subject to any rules that may be made under this Act, attach to the permit any one or more of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) that the vehicles shall be used only in a specified area or on a specified route or routes;

(ii) that except in accordance with specified conditions, no contract of hiring, other than an extension or modification of a subsisting contract, may be entered into outside the specified area;

(iii) the maximum number of passengers and the maximum weight of luggage that may be carried on the vehicles, either generally or on specified occasions or at specified times and seasons;

(iv) the conditions subject to which goods may be carried in any contract carriage in addition to, or to the exclusion of, passengers;

(v) that, in the case of motorcabs, specified fares or rates of fares shall be charged and a copy of the fare table shall be exhibited on the vehicle;

(vi) that, in the case of vehicles other than motorcabs, specified rates of hiring not exceeding specified maximum shall be charged;

(vii) that in the case of motorcabs, a specified weight of passengers’ luggage shall be carried free of charge, and that the charge, if any, for any luggage in excess thereof shall be at a specified rate;

(viii) that, in the case of motorcabs, a taximeter shall be fitted and maintained in proper working order, if prescribed;

(ix) that the Regional Transport Authority may, after giving notice of not less than one month,-

(a) vary the conditions of the permit;

(b) attach to the permit further conditions;

(x) that the conditions of permit shall not be departed from save with the approval of the Regional Transport Authority;

(xi) that specified standards of comfort and cleanliness shall be maintained in the vehicles;

(xii) that, except in the circumstances of exceptional nature, the plying of the vehicle or carrying of the passengers shall not be refused;

(xiii) any other conditions which may be prescribed.

(3)(a) The State Government shall, if so directed by the Central Government, having regard to the number of vehicles, road conditions and other relevant matters, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct a State Transport Authority and a Regional Transport Authority to limit the number of contract carriages generally or of any specified type, as may be fixed and specified in the notification, operating on city routes in towns with a population of not less than five lakhs.

(b) Where the number of contract carriages are fixed under clause (a), the Regional Transport Authority shall, in considering an application for the grant of permit in respect of any such contract carriage, have regard to the following matters, namely:-

(i) financial stability of the applicant;

(ii) satisfactory performance as a contract carriage operator including payment of tax if the applicant is or has been an operator of contract carriages; and

(iii) such other matters as may be prescribed by the State Government:

Provided that, other conditions being equal, preference shall be given to applications for permits from-

(i) the India Tourism Development Corporation;

(ii) State Tourism Development Corporations;

(iii) State Tourism Departments;

(iv) State Transport Undertakings;

(v) co-operative societies registered or deemed to have been registered under any enactment for the time being in force;

(vi) ex-servicemen.

Section 75. Scheme for renting of motor cabs.

(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make a scheme for the purpose of regulating the business of renting of 1[motor cabs or motor cycles to persons desiring to drive either by themselves or through drivers, motor cabs or motor cycles] for their own use and for matters connected therewith.

2) A scheme made under sub-section (1) may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) licensing of operators under the scheme including grant, renewal and revocation of such licences;

(b) form of application and form of licences and the particulars to be contained therein;

(c) fee to be paid with the application for such licences;

(d) the authorities to which the application shall be made;

(e) condition subject to which such licences may be granted, renewed or revoked;

(f) appeals against orders of refusal to grant or renew such licences and appeals against orders revoking such licences;

(g) conditions subject to which motor cabs may be rented;

(h) maintenance of records and inspection of such records;

(i) such other matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 24, for “motor cabs to persons desiring to drive the cabs” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 76. Application for private service vehicle permit.

(1) A regional Transport Authority may, on an application made to it, grant a private service vehicle permit in accordance with the application or with such modification as it deems fit or refuse to grant such permit:

Provided that no such permit shall be granted in respect of any area or route not specified in the application.

(2) An application for a permit to use a motor vehicle as a private service vehicle shall contain the following particulars, namely:-

(a) type and seating capacity of the vehicle;

(b) the area or the route or routes to which the application relates;

(c) the manner in which it is claimed that the purpose of carrying persons otherwise than for hire or reward or in connection with the trade or business carried on by the applicant will be served by vehicle; and

(d) any other particulars which may be prescribed.

(3) The Regional Transport Authority if it decides to grant the permit may subject to any rules that may be made under this Act, attach to the permit any one or more of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) that the vehicle be used only in a specified area or on a specified route or routes;

(ii) the maximum number of persons and the maximum weight of luggage that may be carried;

(iii) that the Regional Transport Authority may, after giving notice of not less than one month-

(a) vary the conditions of the permit;

(b) attach to the permit further conditions;

(iv) that the conditions of permit shall not be departed from, save with the approval of the Regional Transport Authority;

(v) that specified standards of comforts and cleanliness shall be maintained in the vehicle;

(vi) that the holder of the permit shall furnish to the Regional Transport Authority such periodical returns, statistics and other information as the State Government may, from time to time, specify; and

(vii) such other conditions as may be prescribed.

Section 77. Application for goods carriage permit.

An application for a permit to use a motor vehicle for the carriage of goods for hire or reward or for the carriage of goods for or in connection with a trade or business carried on by the applicant (in this Chapter referred to as a goods carriage permit) shall, as far as may be contain the following particulars, namely:-

(a) the area or the route or routes to which the application relates;

(b) the type and capacity of the vehicle;

(c) the nature of the goods it is proposed to carry;

(d) the arrangements intended to be made for the housing, maintenance and repair of the vehicle and for the storage and safe custody of the goods;

(e) such particulars as the Regional Transport Authority may require with respect to any business as a carrier of goods for hire or reward carried on by the applicant at any time before the making of the application, and of the rates charged by the applicant;

(f) particulars of any agreement, or arrangement, affecting in any material respect the provision within the region of the Regional Transport Authority of facilities for the transport of goods for hire or reward, entered into by the applicant with any other person by whom such facilities are provided, whether within or without the region;

(g) any other particulars which may be prescribed.

Section 78. Consideration of application for goods carriage permit.

A Regional Transport Authority shall, in considering an application for a goods carriage permit, have regard to the following matters, namely:-

(a) the nature of the goods to be carried with special reference to their dangerous or hazardous nature to human life;

(b) the nature of the chemicals or explosives to be carried with special reference to the safety to human life.

Section 79. Grant of goods carriage permit.

(1) A Regional Transport Authority may, on an application made to it under section 77, grant a goods carriage permit to be valid throughout the State or in accordance with the application or with such modifications as it deems fit or refuse to grant such a permit:

Provided that no such permit shall be granted in respect of any area or route not specified in the application.

(2) The Regional Transport Authority, if it decides to grant a goods carriage permit, may grant the permit and may, subject to any rules that may be made under this Act, attach to the permit any one or more of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) that the vehicle shall be used only in a specified area, or on a specified route or routes;

(ii) that the gross vehicle weight of any vehicle used shall not exceed a specified maximum;

(iii) that goods of a specified nature shall not be carried;

(iv) that goods shall be carried at specified rates;

(v) that specified arrangement shall be made for the housing, maintenance and repair of the vehicle and the storage and safe custody of the goods carried;

(vi) that the holder of the permit shall furnish to the Regional Transport Authority such periodical returns, statistics and other information as the State Government may, from time to time, prescribe;

(vii) that the Regional Transport Authority may, after giving notice of not less than one month,-

(a) vary the conditions of the permit;

(b) attach to the permit further conditions;

(viii) that the conditions of the permit shall not be departed from, save with the approval of the Regional Transport Authority;

(ix) any other conditions which may be prescribed.

(3) The conditions referred to in sub-section (2) may include conditions relating to the packaging and carriage of goods of dangerous or hazardous nature to human life.

Section 80. Procedure in applying for and granting permits.

(1) An application for a permit of any kind may be made at any time.

(2) A 1[Regional Transport Authority, State Transport Authority or any prescribed authority referred to in sub-section (1) of section 66] shall not ordinarily refuse to grant an application for permit of any kind made at any time under this Act:

Provided that the 1[Regional Transport Authority, State Transport Authority or any prescribed authority referred to in sub-section (1) of section 66] may summarily refuse the application if the grant of any permit in accordance with the application would have the effect of increasing the number of stage carriages as fixed and specified in a notification in the Official Gazette under clause (a) of sub-section (3) of section 71 or of contract carriages as fixed and specified in a notification in the Official Gazette under clause (a) of sub-section (3) of section 74:

Provided further that where a 1[Regional Transport Authority, State Transport Authority or any prescribed authority referred to in sub-section (1) of section 66] refuses an application for the grant of a permit of any kind under this Act, it shall give to the applicant in writing its reasons for the refusal of the same and an opportunity of being heard in the matter.

(3) An application to vary the conditions of any permit, other than a temporary permit, by the inclusion of a new route or routes or a new area or by altering the route or routes or area covered by it, or in the case of a stage carriage permit by increasing the number of trips above the specified maximum or by the variation, extension or curtailment of the route or routes or the area specified in the permit shall be treated as an application for the grant of a new permit:

Provided that it shall not be necessary so to treat an application made by the holder of stage carriage permit who provides the only service on any route to increase the frequency of the service so provided without any increase in the number of vehicles:

Provided further that,-

(i) in the case of variation, the termini shall not be altered and the distance covered by the variation shall not exceed twenty-four kilometres;

(ii) in the case of extension, the distance covered by extension shall not exceed twenty-four kilometres from the termini,

and any such variation or extension within such limits shall be made only after the transport authority is satisfied that such variation will serve the convenience of the public and that it is not expedient to grant a separate permit in respect of the original route as so varied or extended or any part thereof.

(4) A 1[Regional Transport Authority, State Transport Authority or any prescribed authority referred to in sub-section (1) of section 66] may, before such date as may be specified by it in this behalf, replace any permit granted by it before the said date by a fresh permit conforming to the provisions of section 72 or section 74 or section 76 or section 79, as the case may be, and the fresh permit shall be valid for the same route or routes or the same area for which the replaced permit

Provided that no condition other than a condition which was already attached to the replaced permit or which could have been attached thereto under the law in force when that permit was granted shall be attached to the fresh permit except with the consent in writing of the holder of the permit.

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 81, a permit issued under the provisions of sub-section (4) shall be effective without renewal for the remainder of the period during which the replaced permit would have been so effective.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 25, for “Regional Transport Authority” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Sections 88(1), (2), (5), (6) & (4) Proviso and 80 – Inter-State route permit – Conditions precedent for issuance of – In absence of any such agreement as contemplated under S. 88(5) between the two States, – Interpretation of Statutes – Purposive construction applied – Words and phrases – “Except as may be otherwise prescribed” – Connotation of – The expression used in sub-section (1) of Section 88 of the Act “except as may be otherwise prescribed”, indicates that where an application for grant of inter-State route is to be applied, there must be a reciprocal agreement between the two States as contemplated under sub-section (5) of Section 88 of the Act and unless and until there is a reciprocal agreement between the two States within which the proposed inter-State route lies, no permit on inter-State route can be granted.

VENKATAKRISHNAN v/s STATE TRANSPORT AUTHORITY, KERALA [(2004) 11 SCC 207 = (2005) 5 Scale 311]

Section 81. Duration and renewal of permits.

(1) A permit other than a temporary permit issued under section 87 or a special permit issued under sub-section (8) of section 88 shall be effective 1[from the date of issuance or renewal thereof] for a period of five years:

Provided that where the permit is countersigned under sub-section (1) of section 88, such counter-signature shall remain effective without renewal for such period so as to synchronies with the validity of the primary permit.

(2) A permit may be renewed on an application made not less than fifteen days before the date of its expiry.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2), the Regional Transport Authority or the State Transport Authority as the case may be, entertain an application for the renewal of a permit after the last date specified in that sub-section if it is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by good and sufficient cause from making an application within the time specified.

(4) The Regional Transport Authority or the State Transport Authority, as the case may be, may reject an application for the renewal of a permit on one or more of the following grounds, namely:-

(a) the financial condition of the applicant as evidenced by insolvency, or decrees for payment of debts remaining unsatisfied for a period of thirty days, prior to the date of consideration of the application;

(b) the applicant had been punished twice or more for any of the following offences within twelve months reckoned from fifteen days prior to the date of consideration of the application committed as a result of the operation of a stage carriage service by the applicant, namely:-

(i) plying any vehicle-

(1) without payment of tax due on such vehicle;

(2) without payment of tax during the grace period allowed for payment of such tax and then stop the plying of such vehicle;

(3) on any unauthorised route;

(ii) making unauthorised trips:

Provided that in computing the number of punishments for the purpose of clause (b), any punishment stayed by the order of an appellate authority shall not be taken into account:

Provided further that no application under this sub-section shall be rejected unless an opportunity of being heard is given to the applicant.

(5) Where a permit has been renewed under this section after the expiry of the period thereof, such renewal shall have effect from the date of such expiry irrespective of whether or not a temporary permit has been granted under clause (d) of section 87, and where a temporary permit has been granted, the fee paid in respect of such temporary permit shall be refused.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 26 for “without renewal” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 82. Transfer of permit.

(1) Save as provided in sub-section (2), a permit shall not be transferable from one person to another except with the permission of the transport authority which granted the permit and shall not, without such permission, operate to confer on any person to whom a vehicle covered by the permit is transferred any right to use that vehicle in the manner authorised by the permit.

(2) Where the holder of a permit dies, the person succeeding to the possession of the vehicle covered by the permit may, for a period of three months, use the permit as if it had been granted to himself:

Provided that such person has, within thirty days of the death of the holder, informed the transport authority which granted the permit of the death of the holder and of his own intention to use the permit:

Provided further that no permit shall be so used after the date on which it would have ceased to be effective without renewal in the hands of the deceased holder.

(3) The transport authority may, on application made to it within three months of the death of the holder of a permit, transfer the permit to the person succeeding to the possession of the vehicles covered by the permit:

Provided that the transport authority may entertain an application made after the expiry of the said period of three months if it is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by good and sufficient cause from making an application within the time specified.

Section 83. Replacement of vehicles.

The holder of a permit may, with the permission of the authority by which the permit was granted, replace any vehicle covered by the permit by any other vehicle of the same nature.

Section 84. General conditions attaching to all permits.

The following shall be conditions of every permit-

(a) that the vehicle to which the permit relates carries valid certificate of fitness issued under section 56 and is at all times so maintained as to comply with the requirements of this Act and the rules made thereunder;

(b) that the vehicle to which the permit relates is not driven at a speed exceeding the speed permitted under this Act;

(c) that any prohibition or restriction imposed any fares or freight fixed by notification made under section 67 are observed in connection with the vehicle to which the permit relates;

(d) that the vehicle to which the permit relates is not driven in contravention of the provisions of section 5 or section 113;

(e) that the provisions of this Act limiting the hours of work of drivers are observed in connection with any vehicle or vehicles to which the permit relates;

(f) that the provisions of Chapters X, XI, and XII so far as they apply to the holder of the permit are observed; and

(g) that the name and address of the operator shall be painted or otherwise firmly affixed to every vehicle to which the permit relates on the exterior of the body of that vehicle on both sides thereof in a colour or colours vividly contrasting to the colour of the vehicle centred as high as practicable below the window line in bold letters.

Section 85. General form of permits.

Every permit issued under this Act shall be complete in itself and shall contain all the necessary particulars of the permit and the conditions attached thereto.

Section 86. Cancellation and suspension of permits.

(1) The transport authority which granted a permit may cancel the permit or may suspend it for such period as it thinks fit-

(a) on the breach of any condition specified in section 84 or of any condition contained in the permit, or

(b) if the holder of the permit uses or causes or allows a vehicle to be used in any manner not authorised by the permit, or

(c) if the holder of the permit ceases to own the vehicle covered by the permit, or

(d) if the holder of the permit has obtained the permit by fraud or misrepresentation, or

(e) if the holder of the goods carriage permit, fails without reasonable cause, to use the vehicle for the purposes for which the permit was granted, or

(f) if the holder of the permit acquires the citizenship of any foreign country:

Provided that no permit shall be suspended or cancelled unless an opportunity has been given to the holder of the permit to furnish his explanation

(2) The transport authority may exercise the powers conferred on it under sub-section (1) in relation to a permit granted by any authority or person to whom power in this behalf has been delegated under sub-section (5) of section 68 as if the said permit was a permit granted by the transport authority.

(3) Where a transport authority cancels or suspends a permit, it shall give to the holder in writing its reasons for the action taken.

(4) The powers exercisable under sub-section (1) (other than the power to cancel a permit) by the transport authority which granted the permit may be exercised by any authority or person to whom such powers have been delegated under sub-section (5) of section 68.

(5) Where a permit is liable to be cancelled or suspended under clause (a) or clause (b) or clause (e) of sub-section (1) and the transport authority is of opinion that having regard to the circumstances of the case, it would not be necessary or expedient so to cancel or suspend the permit if the holder of the permit agrees to pay a certain sum of money, then, notwithstanding anything contained in sub- section (1), the transport authority may, instead of cancelling or suspending the permit, as the case may be, recover from the holder of the permit the sum of money agreed upon.

(6) The powers exercisable by the transport authority under sub-section (5) may, where an appeal has been preferred under section 89, be exercised also by the appellate authority.

(7) In relation to a permit referred to in sub-section (9) of section 88, the powers exercisable under sub-section (1) (other than the power to cancel a permit) by the transport authority which granted the permit, may be exercised by any transport authority and any authority or persons to whom power in this behalf has been delegated under sub-section (5) of section 68, as if the said permit was a permit granted by any such authority or persons.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 86 – Delhi Motor Vehicles Rules, 1993, Rule 61-A – Motor Vehicle – Suspension of permit – Inter-State permits -Held that countersigning State (NCT Delhi) would not be entitled to suspend or cancel the permit of a vehicle wherefor a stage carriage permit has been granted by State of U.P. – Rule 61A of the Delhi Rules would not apply

U.P. STATE ROAD TRANSPORT CORPORATION v/s ASSISTANT COMNR. OF POLICE (TRAFFIC) DELHI [(2009) 3 SCC 634 = (2009) 2 SCR 234 = JT 2009 (2) SC 553 = 2009 AIR(SCW) 2147 = 2009(2) SCALE 526 = (2009) 2 SCC(Cri) 164]

Section 87. Temporary permits.

(1) A Regional Transport Authority and the State Transport Authority may without following the procedure laid down in section 80, grant permits to be effective for a limited period which shall, not in any case exceed four months, to authorise the use of a transport vehicle temporarily-

(a) for the conveyance of passengers on special occasions such as to and from fairs and religious gatherings, or

(b) for the purposes of a seasonal business, or

(c) to meet a particular temporary need, or

(d) pending decision on an application for the renewal of a permit,

and may attach to any such permit such condition as it may think fit:

Provided that a Regional Transport Authority or, as the case may be, State Transport Authority may, in the case of goods carriages, under the circumstances of an exceptional nature, and for reasons to be recorded in writing, grant a permit for a period exceeding four months, but not exceeding one year.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), a temporary permit may be granted thereunder in respect of any route or area where-

(i) no permit could be issued under section 72 or section 74 or section 76 or section 79 in respect of that route or area by reason of an order of a Court or other competent authority restraining the issue of the same, for a period not exceeding the period for which the issue of the permit has been so restrained;

(ii) as a result of the suspension by a Court or other competent authority of the permit of any vehicle in respect of that route or area, there is no transport vehicle of the same class with a valid permit in respect of that route or area, or there is no adequate number of such vehicles in respect of that route or area, for a period not exceeding the period of such suspension:

Provided that the number of transport vehicles in respect of which temporary permits are so granted shall not exceed the number of vehicles in respect of which the issue of the permits have been restrained or, as the case may be, the permit has been suspended.

Section 88. Validation of permits for use outside region in which granted.

(1) Except as may be otherwise prescribed, a permit granted by the Regional Transport Authority of any one region shall not be valid in any other region, unless the permit has been countersigned by the Regional Transport Authority of that other region, and a permit granted in any one State shall not be valid in any other State unless countersigned by the State Transport Authority of that other State or by the Regional Transport Authority concerned:

Provided that a goods carriage permit, granted by the Regional Transport Authority of any one region, for any area in any other region or regions within the same State shall be valid in that area without the counter-signature of the Regional Transport Authority of the other region or of each of the other regions concerned:

Provided further that where both the starting point and the terminal point of a route are situate within the same State, but part of such route lies in any other State and the length of such part does not exceed sixteen kilometres, the permit shall be valid in the other State in respect of that part of the route which is in that other State notwithstanding that such permit has not been countersigned by the State Transport authority or the Regional Transport Authority of that other State:

Provided also that-

(a) where a motor vehicle covered by a permit granted in one State is to be used for the purposes of defence in any other State, such vehicle shall display a certificate, in such form, and issued by such Authority, as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify, to the effect that the vehicle shall be used for the period specified therein exclusively for the purposes of defence; and

(b) any such permit shall be valid in that other State notwithstanding that such permit has not been countersigned by the State Transport Authority or the Regional Transport Authority of that other State.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), a permit granted or countersigned by a State Transport Authority shall be valid in the whole State or in such regions within the State as may be specified in the permit.

(3) A Regional Transport Authority when countersigning the permit may attach to the permit any condition which it might have imposed if it had granted the permit and may likewise vary any condition attached to the permit by the authority by which the permit was granted.

(4) The provisions of this Chapter relating to the grant, revocation and suspension of permits shall apply to the grant, revocation and suspension of countersignatures of permits:

Provided that it shall not be necessary to follow the procedure laid down in section 80 for the grant of countersignatures of permits, where the permits granted in any one State are required to be countersigned by the State Transport Authority or another State or by the Regional Transport Authority concerned as a result of any agreement arrived at between the States after complying with the requirements of sub-section (5).

(5) Every proposal to enter into an agreement between the States to fix the number of permits which is proposed to be granted or countersigned in respect of each route or area, shall be published by each of the State Governments concerned in the Official Gazette and in any one or more of the newspapers in regional language circulating in the area or route proposed to be covered by the agreement together with a notice of the date before which representations in connection therewith may be submitted, and the date not being less than thirty days from the date of publication in the Official Gazette, on which, and the authority by which, and the time and place at which, the proposal and any representation received in connection therewith will be considered.

(6) Every agreement arrived at between the States shall, in so far as it relates to the grant of countersignature of permits, be published by each of the State Governments concerned in the Official Gazette and in any one or more of the newspapers in the regional language circulating in the area or route covered by the agreement and the State Transport Authority of the State and the Regional Transport Authority concerned shall give effect to it.

(7) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), a Regional Transport Authority of one region may issue a temporary permit under section 87 to be valid in another region or State with the concurrence, given generally or for the particular occasion, of the Regional Transport Authority of that other region or of the State Transport Authority of that other State, as the case may be.

(8) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), but subject to any rules that may be made under this Act by the Central Government, the Regional Transport Authority of any one region or, as the case may be, the State Transport Authority may, for the convenience of the public,1[grant a special permit to any public service vehicle including any vehicle covered] by a permit issued under section 72 (including a reserve stage carriage) or under section 74 or under subsection (9) of this section for carrying a passenger or passengers for hire or reward under a contract, express or implied, for the use of the vehicle as a whole without stopping to pick up or set down along the line of route passengers not included in the contract, and in every case where such special permit is granted, the Regional Transport Authority shall assign to the vehicle, for display thereon, a special distinguishing mark in the form and manner specified by the Central Government and such special permit shall be valid in any other region or State without the countersignature of the Regional Transport Authority of the other region or of the State Transport Authority of the other State, as the case may be.

(9) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) but subject to any rules that may be made by the Central Government under sub-section (14), any State Transport Authority may, for the purpose of promoting tourism, grant permits in respect of tourist vehicles valid for the whole of India, or in such contiguous States not being less than three in number including the State in which the permit is issued as may be specified in such permit in accordance with the choice indicated in the application and the provisions of sections 73, 74, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86 2[clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 87 and section 89] shall, as far as may be, apply in relation to such permits.

3[***]

(11) The following shall be conditions of every permit granted under subsection (9), namely:-

(i) every motor vehicle in respect of which such permit is granted shall conform to such description, requirement regarding the seating capacity, standards of comforts, amenities and other matters, as the Central Government may specify in this behalf;

(ii) every such motor vehicle shall be driven by a person having such qualifications and satisfying such conditions as may be specified by the Central Government; and

(iii) such other conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(12) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), but, subject to the rule that may be made by the Central Government under sub-section (14), the appropriate authority may, for the purpose of encouraging long distance inter-State road transport, grant in a State, national permits in respect of goods carriages and the provisions of sections 69, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 4[clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 87 and section 89] shall, as far as may be, apply to or in relation to the grant of national permits.

5[***]

(14)

(a) The Central Government may make rules for carrying out the provisions of this section.

(b) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(i) the authorisation fee payable of the issue of a permit referred to in sub-sections (9) and (12);

(ii) the fixation of the laden weight of the motor vehicle;

(iii) the distinguishing particulars or marks to be carried or exhibited in or on the motor vehicle;

(iv) the colour or colours in which the motor vehicle is to be painted;

(v) such other matters as the appropriate authority shall consider in granting a national permit.

Explanation.-In this section,-

(a) “appropriate authority”, in relation to a national permit, means the authority which is authorised under this Act to grant a goods carriage permit;

(b) “authorisation fee” means the annual fee, not exceeding one thousand rupees, which may be charged by the appropriate authority of a State to enable a motor vehicle, covered by the permit referred to in sub-sections (9) and (12) to be used in other States subject to the payment of taxes or fees, if any, levied by the States concerned;

(c) “national permit” means a permit granted by the appropriate authority to goods carriages to operate throughout the territory of India or in such contiguous States, not being less than four in number, including the State in which the permit is issued as may be specified in such permit in accordance with the choice indicated in the application.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, see. 27, for “grant a special permit in relation to a vehicle covered” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 27, for “and 89″ (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Sub-section (10) omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

4. Sub. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 27, for “and 89″ (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

5. Sub-section (13) omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 88 – Motor Vehicle – Stage Carriage – Inter-State permits – Grant of – Inter-State permits must be countersigned by the other State.

VISHNU DUTT AND OTHERS v/s STATE OF RAJASTHAN AND OTHERS [(2005) 13 SCC 592 = 2005 (Supp5) SCR 773 = JT 2005 (10) SC 584 = (2005) 10 Scale 222]

Section 89. Appeals.

(1) Any person-

(a) aggrieved by the refusal of the State or a Regional Transport Authority to grant a permit, or by any condition attached to a permit granted to him, or

(b) aggrieved by the revocation or suspension of the permit or by any variation of the conditions thereof, or

(c) aggrieved by the refusal to transfer the permit under section 82, or

(d) aggrieved by the refusal of the State or a Regional Transport Authority to countersign a permit, or by any condition attached to such countersignature, or

(e) aggrieved by the refusal of renewal of a permit, or

(f) aggrieved by the refusal to grant permission under section 83, or

(g) aggrieved by any other order which may be prescribed, may, within the prescribed time and in the prescribed manner, appeal to the State Transport Appellate Tribunal constituted under sub-section (2), who shall, after giving such person and the original authority an opportunity of being heard, give a decision thereon which shall be final.

1[(2) The State Government shall constitute such number of Transport Appellate Tribunals as it thinks fit and each such Tribunal shall consist of a judicial officer who is not below the rank of a District Judge or who is qualified to be a Judge of the High Court and it shall exercise jurisdiction within such area as may be notified by that Government.]

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), every appeal pending at the commencement of this Act, shall continue to be proceeded with and disposed of as if this Act had not been passed.

Explanation.-For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that when any order is made by the State Transport Authority or the Regional Transport Authority in pursuance of a direction issued by the Inter-State Transport Commission under clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 63A of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (4 of 1939), as it stood immediately before the commencement of this Act, and any person feels aggrieved by such order on the ground that it is not in consonance with such direction, he may appeal under sub- section (1) to the State Transport Appellate Tribunal against such order but not against the direction so issued.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 28, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 90. Revision.

The State Transport Appellate Tribunal may, on an application made to it, call for the record of any case in which an order has been made by a State Transport Authority or Regional Transport Authority against which no appeal lies, and if it appears to the State Transport Appellate Tribunal that the order made by the State Transport Authority or Regional Transport Authority is improper or illegal, the State Transport Appellate Tribunal may pass such order in relation to the case as it deems fit and every such order shall be final:

Provided that the State Transport Appellate Tribunal shall not entertain any application from a person aggrieved by an order of a State Transport Authority or Regional Transport Authority, unless the application is made within thirty days from the date of the order:

Provided further that the State Transport Appellate Tribunal may entertain the application after the expiry of the said period of thirty days, if it is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by good and sufficient cause from making the application in time:

Provided also that the State Transport Appellate Tribunal shall not pass an order under this section prejudicial to any person without giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Section 91. Restriction of hours of work of drivers.

1[(1) The hours of work of any person engaged for operating a transport vehicle shall be such as provided in the Motor Transport Workers Act, 1961 (7 of 1961)].

(2) A State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, grant such exemptions from the provisions of sub-section (1) as it thinks fit, to meet cases of emergency or of delays by reason of circumstances which could not be foreseen.

(3) A State Government or, if authorised in this behalf by the State Government by rules made under section 96, the State or a Regional Transport Authority may require persons employing any person whose work is subject to any of the provisions of sub-section (1) to fix beforehand the hours of work of such persons so as to conform to those provisions, and may provide for the recording of the hours so fixed.

(4) No person shall work or shall cause or allow any other person to work outside the hours fixed or recorded for the work of such persons under subsection (3).

(5) A State Government may prescribe the circumstances under which and the period during which the driver of a vehicle although not engaged in work is required to remain on or near the vehicle may be deemed to be an interval for rest within the meaning of sub-section (1).

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 29, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 92. Voidance of contracts restrictive of liability.

Any contract for the conveyance of a passenger in a stage carriage or contract carriage, in respect of which a permit has been issued under this Chapter, shall, so far as it purports to negative or restrict the liability of any person in respect of any claim made against that person in respect of the death of, or bodily injury to, the passenger while being carried in, entering or alighting from the vehicle, or purports to impose any conditions with respect to the enforcement of any such liability, be void.

Section 93. Agent or canvasser to obtain licence.

(1) No person shall engage himself-

(i) as an agent or a canvasser, in the sale of tickets for travel by public service vehicles or in otherwise soliciting customers for such vehicles, or

(ii) as an agent in the business of collecting, forwarding or distributing goods carried by goods carriages,

unless he has obtained a licence from such authority and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the State Government.

(2) The conditions referred to in sub-section (1) may include all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the period for which a licence may be granted or renewed;

(b) the fee payable for the issue or renewal of the licence;

(c) the deposit of security-

(i) of a sum not exceeding rupees fifty thousand in the case of an agent in the business of collecting, forwarding or distributing goods carried by goods carriages,

(ii) of a sum not exceeding rupees five thousand in the case of any other agent or canvasser,

and the circumstances under which the security may be forfeited;

(d) the provision by the agent of insurance of goods in transit;

(e) the authority by which and the circumstances under which the licence may be suspended or revoked;

(f) such other conditions as may be prescribed by the State Government.

(3) It shall be a condition of every licence that no agent or canvasser to whom the licence is granted shall advertise in any newspaper, book, list, classified directory or other publication unless there is contained in such advertisement appearing in such newspaper, book, list, classified directory or other publication the licence number, the date of expiry of licence and the particulars of the authority which granted the licence.

Section 94. Bar on jurisdiction of Civil Courts.

No Civil Court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any question relating to the grant of a permit under this Act, and no injunction in respect of any action taken or to be taken by the duly constituted authorities under this Act with regard to the grant of a permit, shall entertained by any Civil Court.

Section 95. Power of State Government to make rules as to stage carriages and contract carriages.

(1) A State Government may make rules to regulate, in respect of stage carriages and contract carriages and the conduct of passengers in : such vehicles.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, such rules may-

(a) authorise the removal from such vehicle of any person contravening the rules by the driver or conductor of the vehicle, or, on the request of the driver or conductor, or any passenger, by any police officer;

(b) require a passenger who is reasonably suspected by the driver or conductor of contravening the rules to give his name and address to a police officer or to the driver or conductor on demand;

(c) require a passenger to declare, if so demanded by the driver or conductor, the journey he intends to take or has taken in the vehicle and to pay the fare for the whole of such journey and to accept any ticket issued therefor;

(d) require, on demand being made for the purpose by the driver or conductor or other person authorised by the owners of the vehicle, production during the journey and surrender at the end of the journey by the holder thereof of any ticket issued to him;

(e) require a passenger, if so requested by the driver or conductor, to leave the vehicle on the completion of the journey the fare for which he has paid;

(f) require the surrender by the holder thereof on the expiry of the period for which it is issued of a ticket issued to him;

(g) require a passenger to abstain from doing anything which is likely to obstruct or interfere with the working of the vehicle or to cause damage to any part of the vehicle or its equipment or to cause injury or discomfort to any other passenger;

(h) require a passenger not to smoke in any vehicle on which a notice prohibiting smoking is exhibited;

(i) require the maintenance of complaint books in stage carriages and prescribe the conditions under which passengers can record any complaints in the same.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1939, Section 95(2) – MACT – Liability of insurer – Motor cab – Which was being used for hire or reward and thus covered by Section 95(2)(b)(i) of the Act – Which prescribes a limited liability of Rs. 50000/- Only in respect of persons other than passengers carried for hire or reward – Injured was not passenger – Liability of insurer limited.

JAMESKUTTY JACOB (2) v/s UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. AND OTHERS [(2006) 3 SCC 750 = (2006) 2 SCC(Cri) 114]

&

Motor Vehicles Act (59 of 1988), Sections 2(7), 95, 96 – A.P. Motor Vehicles Rules (1989), Rule 297-A(l)(c) – Validity of Rule 297-A(l)(c)-The contract carriages are for those who want to hire the vehicle collectively or individu­ally for a group or a party for their transport to a destination/destinations. The vehicle has to be hired as a whole for the carriage of passengers mentioned in the contract. There has to be only one contract for carrying the passengers mentioned in the contract from one destination to another. An agent or a group of persons/individuals cannot hire a public service vehicle for going from one place to another with passengers having dif­ferent purposes. If such a construction is put then there would be no distinction be­tween stage carriage or contract carriage permits, If contract carriage permit-holder is permitted to pick up individual or a few of them from the starting point of journey and drop them at the last terminus of the route it would virtually be a Stage Carriage with corridor restriction. Stage carriage is intended to meet the requirements of the general public travelling from one destina­tion to another having different purposes whereas a contract carriage is meant for those who want to hire a public service ve­hicle as a whole collectively for their trans­port from one destination to another having the same purpose. High Court was not right In holding that the travelling party as a whole need not have a common purpose for their travel and It was sufficient if they had a com­mon destination. . In Rule 297-A(l)(c) ‘common purpose’ has been defined to mean the intention shared alike by all the per­sons travelling by the public service vehi­cles to attend a meeting, gathering or func­tion, social, religious, political and the like, or to go to a pilgrimage or visit to- place of tourist’s interest or both. That it would not include the intention or the act of such per­sons merely travelling from one common point to another. This Rule framed by the State Government does not run counter to the provisions of S. 2(7) of the Act either in its intent or in its expression. The rule is in consonance with the intent of S. 2(7) of the Act. The same has been framed to fulfill the object with which S. 2(7) has been enacted. Any other interpretation would obliterate the distinction between a stage carriage permit and a contract carriage permit.

STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH AND OTHERS ETC v/s B. NOORULLA KHAN AND ANOTHER ETC [AIR 2004 SC 2413 = (2004) 6 SCC 194 = (2004) 5 Scale 618 = 2004 AIR(SCW) 2901 = (2004) 5 Supreme 660 = 2004 (Supp2) SCR 432 = JT 2004 (5) SC 195]

Section 96. Power of State Government to make rules for the purposes of this Chapter.

(1) A State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, rules under this section may be made with respect to all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(i) the period of appointment and the terms of appointment of and the conduct of business by Regional and State Transport Authorities and the reports to be furnished by them;

(ii) the conduct of business by any such authority in the absence of any member (including the Chairman) thereof and the nature of business which, the circumstances under which and the manner in which, business could be so conducted;

(iii) The conduct and hearing of appeals that may be preferred under this Chapter, the fees to be paid in respect of such appeals and the refund of such fees;

(iv) the forms to be used for the purposes of this Chapter, including the forms or permits;

(v) the issue of copies of permits in place of permits lost, destroyed or mutilated;

(vi) the documents, plates and marks to be carried by transport vehicles, the manner in which they are to be carried and the languages in which any such documents are to be expressed;

(vii) the fees to be paid in respect of applications for permits, duplicate permits and plates;

(viii) the exemption of prescribed person or prescribed classes of persons from payment of all or any or any portion of the fees payable under this Chapter;

(ix) the custody, production and cancellation on revocation or expiration of permits, and the return of permits which have been cancelled;

(x) the conditions subject to which, and the extent to which, a permit granted in another State shall be valid in the State without countersignature;

(xi) the conditions subject to which, and the extent to which, a permit granted in one region shall be valid in another region within the State without countersignature;

(xii) the conditions to be attached to permits for the purpose of giving effect to any agreement such as is referred to in clause (iii) of subsection (1) of section 67;

(xiii) the authorities to whom, the time within which and the manner in which appeals may be made;

(xiv) the construction and fittings of, and the equipment to be carried by, stage and contract carriages, whether generally or in specified areas;

(xv) the determination of the number of passengers a stage or contract carriage is adapted to carry and the number which may be carried;

(xvi) the conditions subject to which goods may be carried on stage and contract carriages partly or wholly in lieu of passengers;

(xvii) the safe custody and disposal of property left in a stage or contract carriage;

(xviii) regulating the painting or marking of transport vehicles and the display of advertising matter thereon, and in particular prohibiting the painting or marking of transport vehicles in such colour or manner as to induce any person to believe that the vehicle is used for the transport of mails;

(xix) the conveyance in stage or contract carriages of corpses or persons suffering from any infectious or contagious disease or goods likely to cause discomfort or injury to passengers and the inspection and disinfection of such carriages if used for such purposes;

(xx) the provision of taxi meters on motor cabs requiring approval or standard types of taxi meters to be used and examining testing and sealing taxi meters;

(xxi) prohibiting the picking up or setting down of passengers by stage or contract carriages at specified places or in specified areas or at places other than duly notified stands or halting places and requiring the driver of a stage carriage to stop and remain stationary for, a reasonable time when so required by a passenger desiring to board or alight from the vehicle at a notified halting place;

(xxii) the requirements which shall be complied with in the construction or use of any duly notified stand or halting place, including the provision of adequate equipment and facilities for the convenience of all users thereof; the fees, if any, which may be charged for the use of such facilities, the records which shall be maintained at such stands or places, the staff to be employed thereat, and the duties and conduct of such staff, and generally for maintaining such stands and places in a serviceable and clean condition;

(xxiii) the regulation of motor cab ranks;

(xxiv) requiring the owners of transport vehicles to notify any change of address or to report the failure of or damage to any vehicle used for the conveyance of passengers for hire or reward;

(xxv) authorising specified persons to enter at all reasonable times and inspect all premises used by permit holders for the purposes of their business;

(xxvi) requiring the person in charge of a stage carriage to carry any person tendering the legal or customary fare;

(xxvii) the conditions under which and the types of containers or vehicles in which animals or birds may be carried and the seasons during which animals or birds may or may not be carried;

(xxviii) the licensing of and the regulation of the conduct of agents or canvassers who engage in the sale of tickets for travel by public service vehicles or otherwise solicit customers for such vehicles;

(xxix) the licensing of agents engaged in the business of collecting for forwarding and distributing goods carried by goods carriages;

(xxx) the inspection of transport vehicles and their contents and of the permits relating to them;

(xxxi) the carriage of persons other than the driver in goods carriages;

(xxxii) the records to be maintained and the returns to be furnished by the owners of transport vehicles; and

(xxxiii) any other matter which is to be or may be prescribed.

Section 97. Definition.

In this Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, “road transport service” means a service of motor vehicles carrying passengers or goods or both by road for hire or reward.

Section 98. Chapter to override Chapter V and other laws.

The provisions of this Chapter and the rules and orders made thereunder shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in Chapter V or in any other law for the time being in force or in any instrument having effect by virtue of any such law

Section 99. Preparation and publication of proposal regarding road transport service of a State transport undertaking.

1[(1) Where any State Government is of opinion that for the purpose of providing an efficient, adequate, economical and properly co-ordinated road transport service, it is necessary in the public interest that road transport services in general or any particular class of such service in relation to any area or route or portion thereof should be run and operated by the State transport undertaking, whether to the exclusion, complete or partial, of other persons or otherwise, the State Government may formulate a proposal regarding a scheme giving particulars of the nature of the services proposed to be rendered, the area or route proposed to be covered and other relevant particulars respecting thereto and shall publish such proposal in the Official Gazette of the State formulating such proposal and in not less than one newspaper in the regional language circulating in the area or route proposed to be covered by such scheme and also in such other manner as the State Government formulating such proposal deem fit.

2[(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), when a proposal is published under that sub-section, then from the date of publication of such proposal, no permit shall be granted to any person, except a temporary permit during the pendency of the proposal and such temporary permit shall be valid only for a period of one year from the date of its issue or till the date of final publication of the scheme under section 100, whichever is earlier.]

1. Section 99 renumbered as sub-section (1) thereof by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 30 (w.e.f. 14-11-194),

2. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 30 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 99 to 104 – Notified routes – Publication of Scheme – Grant of stage carriage permits – Relevant Scheme was introduced under the provisions of Section 99 r/w Section 100 of the Act 1988 and the same was published in the Gazette on 9.9.1990 – The Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 was repealed and the same substituted by MV Act, 1988 that became effective from 1.7.1989 – The provisions of new Act which came into operation would be applicable and govern the cases in respect of the two permits for which appeals were pending before the Appellate Tribunal on the date when the aforesaid new Act came into operation – During the pendency of the aforesaid appeals also the new scheme came into operation the claim of the appellants for grant of two permits which was pending before the Appellate Tribunal was governed in accordance with the provisions of the MV Act, 1988 r/w the scheme which was promulgated and was operative and functioning – As on the date of modification of clause (4) in the year 1997 in the Scheme the appellants had no permits granted in their favour by the RTA and therefore it must be held that the present appellants had no permit in their favour granted by the RTA before coming into force of the Scheme – Consequently, the aforesaid scheme does not give any protection or benefit to the appellants – Appeal liable to be dismissed.

RAJ TRANSPORT CO. PVT. LTD., AMRITSAR v/s STATE TRANSP. APPELLATE TRIBUNAL PB. & ORS. [2010(12) SCALE 241 = (2010) 13 SCC 460]

Section 100. Objection to the proposal.

(1) On the publication of any proposal regarding a scheme in the Official Gazette and in not less than one newspaper in the regional language circulating in the area or route which is to be covered by such proposal any person may, within thirty days from the date of its publication in the Official Gazette, file objections to it before the State Government.

(2) The State Government may, after considering the objections and after giving an opportunity to the objector or his representatives and the representatives of the State transport undertaking to be heard in the matter, if they so desire, approve or modify such proposal.

(3) The scheme relating to the proposal as approved or modified under subsection (2) shall then be published in the Official Gazette by the State Government making such scheme and in not less than one newspaper in the regional language circulating in the area or route covered by such scheme and the same shall thereupon become final on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette and shall be called the approved scheme and the area or route fo which it relates shall be called the notified area or notified route:

Provided that no such scheme which relates to any inter-State route shall be deemed to be an approved scheme unless it has the previous approval of the Central Government.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, where a scheme is not published as an approved scheme under sub-section (3) in the Official Gazette within a period of one year from the date of publication of the proposal regarding the scheme in the Official Gazette under sub-section (1), the proposal shall be deemed to have lapsed.

Explanation.-In computing the period of one year referred to in this sub- section, any period or periods during which the publication of the approved scheme under sub-section (3) was held up on account of any stay or injunction by the order of any Court shall be excluded.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – section 99, 100 – state government empowerment under framed scheme for its transport undertakings for specific routes – private legal permit holders thereby disallowed – private operators dissatisfied due to income-loss when intersecting through and via national routes – their validity doubtful to disregard transport routes nationalization-scheme – whereupon A.P. state’s notifications – issuance under the act provisos keeping its own reservation of routes’ right – leading to outright cancellation of issued permits – contesting the legality of authority thereto since no chance of being heard given to them – hence, ultra vires s. 100 of the act – also notification seizing their fundamental right in respect of continuing trade and business secured by the constitution – high court disallowed such contentions, discharging the said writ – held, in wake of statutory provisions, valid permit-holders’ stand of income-loss termed as ‘extraneous and irrelevant factor’ rather unessential and non-relative matter – the formulation of scheme under s. 100 does not tantamount to be illegal nor unrightful – objections filed do not purport to be righteous, but irrelevant and foreign as to the main issue referred – thus, all state permit-holder operators do not possess any right or claim to use or pass through any part or portion of the notified area or route, till the concerned authority itself agrees or allows thereupon by necessary notification – petitioners are allowed to represent to the concerned ministerial authority despite the factual findings and the opportunity provided to them – apex court’s interference unnecessary – appeal disposed of accordingly.

M. MADAN MOHAN RAO AND OTHERS v/s UNION OF INDIA AND OTHERS [AIR 2002 SC 2647 = (2002) 6 SCC 348 = JT 2002 (5) SC 230 = (2002) 5 Scale 225 = 2002 AIR(SCW) 2972 = (2002) 5 Supreme 38]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – section 68, 100 – appellant is a co-operative society dealing in the business of passenger transport – government constituted regional transport authority consisting of transport commissioner as chairman – appellant challenged the notification as s. 68(2) puts complete bar to the appointment of transport commissioner as chairman being an employee of the state government – having financial interest in the government “undertaking” – held, even applying the dictionary meaning of “undertaking” on entity such as the Haryana roadways must be held to be an “undertaking” – the word “any makes it clear that it may be either private or government or public sector undertaking – the word “any” before financial interest leads to hold that it includes the financial interest which he may even as an employee of the undertaking – the notification relating to appointment of transport commissioner as chairman must be quashed – appeal allowed.

THE MOR MODERN CO-OPERATIVE TRANSPORT SOCIETY LTD. v/s FINANCIAL COMMISSIONER AND SECRETARY TO GOVT., HARYANA AND ANOTHER [AIR 2002 SC 2513 = (2002) 6 SCC 269 = JT 2002 (5) SC 125 = 2002 AIR(SCW) 2826 = (2002) 5 Supreme 55 = 2002 (Supp1) SCR 87 = (2002) 5 Scale 145]

Section 101. Operation of additional services by a State transport undertaking in certain circumstances.

Notwithstanding anything contained in section 87, a State transport undertaking may, in the public interest operate additional services for the conveyance of the passengers on special occasions such as to and from fairs and religious gatherings:

Provided that the State transport undertaking shall inform about the operation of such additional services to the concerned Transport Authority without delay.

Section 102. Cancellation or modification of scheme.

(1) The State Government may, at any time, if it considers necessary, in the public interest so to do, modify any approved scheme after giving-

(i) the State transport undertaking; and

(ii) any other person who, in the opinion of the State Government, is likely to be affected by the proposed modification,

and opportunity of being heard in respect of the proposed modification.

(2) The State Government shall publish any modification proposed under sub-section (1) in the Official Gazette and in one of the newspapers in the regional languages circulating in the area in which it is proposed to be covered by such modification, together with the date, not being less than thirty days from such publication in the Official Gazette, and the time and place at which any representation received in this behalf will be heard by the State Government.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 102 – General Clauses Act, 1897, Section 21 – Rescinding of notification – Modification of scheme – Hearing Authority – Authority delegated to the Hearing Authority limited to hear objections/representation – He is not authorized to approve the proposed modification – It was not open for the Hearing Authority to approve the proposed modification or modify the proposed scheme – Do not find that there was any impediment for the State Government in exercising its power under Section 102 of the 1988 Act read with Section 21 of the General Clauses Act, 1897 to rescind the notification .

RASID JAVED & ORS. ETC.ETC. v/s STATE OF U.P. & ANR. ETC. ETC. [2010 AIR(SCW) 4079 = JT 2010 (7) SC 285 = 2010(6) SCALE 227 = AIR 2010 SC 2275 = (2010) 7 SCC 781 = (2010) 7 SCR 535]

&

Motors Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 99,100,102,103,104 – Motor Vehicle – Framing of scheme – Route – Stage carriage permits – Scheme covering mofusil service for total exclusion of private operators including operator on town services – Exception 2 in note appended to the Scheme is that the existing town service operating on the notified rules – Held that under Exception 2 contained in the note appended to the Scheme , permits can be issued only to the existing town services operating on the notified routes – This means that only existing operators on the notified routes are eligible for permits – Fresh applicants or future applicants are totally ineligible for getting permit for town services operating on notified routes.

A.P. STATE ROAD TRANSPORT CORPORATION. v/s REGIONAL TRANSPORT AUTHORITY AND ANOTHER [AIR 2005 SC 2663 = (2005) 4 SCC 391 = JT 2005 (5) SC 50 = 2005 (3) SCR 931 = (2005) 4 Scale 452]

Section 103. Issue of permits to State transport undertakings.

(1) Where, in pursuance of an approved scheme, any State transport undertaking applies in such manner as may be prescribed by the State Government in this behalf for a stage carriage permit or a goods carriage permit or a contract carriage permit in respect of a notified area or notified route, the State Transport Authority in any case where the said area or route lies in more than one region and the Regional Transport Authority in any other case shall issue such permit to the State transport undertaking, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Chapter V.

(2) For the purpose of giving effect to the approved scheme in respect of a notified area or notified route, the State Transport Authority or, as the case may be, the Regional Transport Authority concerned may, by order,-

(a) refuse to entertain any application for the grant or renewal of any other permit or reject any such application as may be pending;

(b) cancel any existing permit;

(c) modify the terms of any existing permit so as to-

(i) render the permit ineffective beyond a specified date;

(ii) reduce the number of vehicles authorised to be used under the permit;

(iii) curtail the area or route covered by the permit in so far as such permit relates to the notified area or notified route.

(3) For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that no appeal shall lie against any action taken, or order passed, by the State Transport Authority or any Regional Transport Authority under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2).

STATE AMENDMENTS

Karnataka:

In section 103, after sub-section (1), insert the following sub-section, namely:-

“(1A) It shall be lawful for the State Transport Undertaking to operate on any route as stage carriage, under any permit issued therefor to such Undertaking under sub-section (1), any vehicle placed at the disposal and under the control of such Undertaking by the owner of such vehicle under any arrangement entered into between such owner and the Undertaking for the use of the said vehicle by the Undertaking.”

[Karnataka Act 11 of 1996, sec. 2 (w.r.e.f. 8-7-1996)]

Uttar Pradesh:

In section 103, after sub-section (1), the following sub-section shall be inserted, namely:-

“(1A) It shall be lawful for a State transport undertaking to operate on any route as stage carriage, under any permit issued therefor to such undertaking under sub-section (1), any vehicle placed at the disposal and under the control of such undertaking by the owner of such vehicle under any arrangement entered into between such owner and the undertaking for the use of the said vehicle by the undertaking.”

[Uttar Pradesh Act 5 of 1993, sec. 2 (w.r.e.f. 16-1-1993)].

Section 104. Restriction on grant of permits in respect of a notified area or notified route.

Where a scheme has been published under sub-section (3) of section 100 in respect of any notified area or notified route, the State Transport Authority or the Regional Transport Authority, as the case may be, shall not grant any permit except in accordance with the provisions of the scheme:

Provided that where no application for a permit has been made by the State Transport Undertaking in respect of any notified area or notified route in pursuance of an approved scheme, the State Transport Authority or the Regional Transport Authority, as the case may be, may grant temporary permits to any person in respect of such notified area or notified route subject to the condition that such permit shall cease to be effective on the issue of a permit to the State transport undertaking in respect of that area or route.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Section 104 proviso – Grant of temporary permits to any person in respect of a notified area or notified route – Hence, resort could not be had to proviso to S. 104 for granting temporary permits – Order of High Court directing the authority concerned that if there was need for the grant of additional permits then the same be issued to the applicants, was not justified – Hence, set aside

U.P. SRTC AND ANOTHER v./s SANJIDA BANO AND OTHERS [(2005) 10 SCC 280]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 100 to 104 – Motor Vehicle – Framing of scheme – Notified routes – Stage carriage permits – Route from ‘B’ to ‘N’ notified way back in 1951, no permit could have been issued in pursuance of the resolution dated 14/15/6/2003 and likewise under notification dated 3.9.1994 when the route from ‘M’ to ‘B’ had been notified no permit could have been granted on the aforesaid route as both schemes are of total exclusion – It is settled principle of law that no private operators could be permitted to operate on a notified route except by modifying scheme and after making provisions for the same – Impugned order of the High Court directing the STA to issue permit to all grantees who have not been issued on the basis of the resolution dated 14/15.6.1993 not sustainable and liable to be set aside.

U.P. STATE ROAD TRANSPORT CORPORATION THROUGH ITS CHAIRMAN. v/s OMADITYA VERMA AND OTHERS [(2005) 4 SCC 424 = 2005 (3) SCR 166 = JT 2005 (4) SC 62 = (2005) 3 Scale 636]

Section 105. Principles and method of determining compensation and payment thereof.

(1) Where, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) or clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 103, any existing permit is cancelled or the terms thereof are modified, there shall be paid by the State transport undertaking to the holder of the permit, compensation, the amount of which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (4) or sub-section (5), as the case may be.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), no compensation shall be payable on account of the cancellation of any existing, permit or any modification of the terms thereof, when a permit for an alternative route or area in lieu thereof has been offered by the State Transport Authority or the Regional Transport Authority, as the case may be and accepted by the holder of the permit.

(3) For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that no compensation shall be payable on account of the refusal to renew a permit under clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 103.

(4) Where, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) or sub-clause (i) or sub-clause (ii) of clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 103, any existing permit is cancelled or the terms thereof are modified so as to prevent the holder of the permit from using any vehicle authorised to be used thereunder for the full period from which the permit, would otherwise have been effective, the compensation payable to the holder of the permit for each vehicle affected by such cancellation or modification shall be computed as follows:-

(a) for every complete month or part of a month exceeding fifteen days of the unexpired period of the permit: Two hundred rupees;

(b) for part of a month not exceeding fifteen days of the unexpired period of the permit; One hundred rupees:

Provided that the amount of compensation shall, in no case, be less than four hundred rupees.

(5) Where, in exercise of the powers conferred by sub-clause (iii) of clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 103, the terms of an existing permit are modified so as to curtail the area or route of any vehicle authorised to be used thereunder, the compensation payable to the holder of the permit on account of such curtailment shall be an amount computed in accordance with the following formula, namely:- Y x A /R

Explanation.-In this formula,-

(i) “Y” means the length or area by which the route or area covered by the permit is curtailed;

(ii) “A” means the amount computed in accordance with sub-section (4);

(iii) “R” means the total length of the route or the total area covered by the permit.

(6) The amount of compensation payable under this section shall be paid by the State transport undertaking to the person or persons entitled thereto within one month from the date on which the cancellation or modification of the permit becomes effective:

Provided that where the State transport undertaking fails to make the payment within the said period of one month, it shall pay interest at the rate of seven per cent, per annum from the date on which it falls due.

Section 106. Disposal of article found in vehicles.

Where any article found in any transport vehicle operated by the State transport undertaking is not claimed by its owner within the prescribed period, the State transport undertaking may sell the article in prescribed manner and the sale proceeds thereof, after deducting the costs incidental to sale, shall be paid to the owner on demand.

Section 107. Power of State Government to make rules.

(1) The State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the form in which any proposal regarding a scheme may be published under section 99;

(b) the manner in which objections may be filed under sub-section (1) of section 100;

(c) the manner in which objections may be considered and disposed of under sub-section (2) of section 100;

(d) the form in which any approved scheme may be published under sub-section (3) of section 100;

(e) the manner in which application under sub-section (1) of section 103 may be made;

(f) the period within which the owner may claim any article found left in any transport vehicle under section 106 and the manner of sale of such article;

(g) the manner of service of orders under this Chapter;

(h) any other matter which has to be, or may be, prescribed.

Section 108. Certain powers of State Government exercisable by the Central Government.

The powers conferred on the State Government under this Chapter shall, in relation to a corporation or company owned or controlled by the Central Government or by the Central Government and one or more State Governments, be exercisable only by the Central Government in relation to an inter-State route or area.

Section 109. General provision regarding construction and maintenance of vehicles.

(1) Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed and so maintained as In be at all times under the effective control of the person driving the vehicle.

(2) Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed as to have right hand steering control unless it is equipped with a mechanical or electrical signalling device of prescribed nature.

1[(3) If the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do in public interest, it may by order published in the Official Gazette, notify that any article or process used by a manufacturer shall conform In such standard as may be specified in that order.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 31 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 110. Power of Central Government to make rules.

(1) The Central Government may make rules regulating the construction, equipment and maintenance of motor vehicles and trailers with respect to all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the width, height, length and overhand of vehicles and of the loads carried;

1[(b) the size, nature, maximum retail price and condition of tyres, including embossing thereon of date and year of manufacture, and the maximum load carrying capacity;]

(c) brakes and steering gear;

(d) the use of safety glasses including prohibition of the use of tinted safety glasses;

(e) signalling appliances, lamps and reflectors;

(f) speed governors;

(g) the emission of smoke, visible vapour, sparks, ashes, grit or oil;

(h) the reduction of noise emitted by or caused by vehicles;

(i) the embossment of chassis number and engine number and the date of manufacture;

(j) safety belts, handle bars of motor cycles, auto-dippers and other equipments essential for safety of drivers, passengers and other road-user;

(k) standards of the components used in the vehicle as inbuilt safety devices;

(l) provision for transportation of goods of dangerous or hazardous nature to human life;

(m) standards for emission of air pollutants;

2[(n) installation of catalytic convertors in the class of vehicles to be prescribed;

(o) the placement of audio-visual or radio or tape recorder type of devices

in public vehicles;

(p) warranty after sale of vehicle and norms therefor:]

Provided that any rules relating to the matters dealing with the protection of environment, so far as may be, shall be made after consultation with the Ministry of the Government of India dealing with environment.

(2) Rules may be made under sub-section (1) governing the matters mentioned therein, including the manner of ensuring the compliance with such matters and the maintenance of motor vehicles in respect of such matters, either generally in respect of motor vehicles or trailers or in respect of motor vehicles or trailers of a particular class or in particular circumstances.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section,-

(a) the Central Government may exempt any class of motor vehicles from the provisions of this Chapter;

(b) a State Government may exempt any motor vehicle or any class or description of motor vehicles from the rules made under sub-section (1) subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 32, for clause (b) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 32 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 111. Power of State Government to make rules.

(1) A State Government may make rules regulating the construction, equipment and maintenance of motor vehicles and trailers with respect to all matters other than the matters specified in sub-section (1) of section 110.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, rules may be made under this section governing all or any of the following matters either generally in respect of motor vehicles or trailers or in respect of motor vehicles or trailers of a particular class or description or in particular circumstances, namely:-

(a) seating arrangements in public service vehicles and the protection of passengers against the weather;

(b) prohibiting or restricting the use of audible signals at certain times or in certain places;

(c) prohibiting the carrying of appliances likely to cause annoyance or danger;

(d) the periodical testing and inspection of vehicles by prescribed authorities 1[and fees to be charged for such test];

(e) the particulars other than registration marks to be exhibited by vehicles and the manner in which they shall be exhibited;

(f) the use of trailers with motor vehicles; and

2[***]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994 sec. 33 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Clause (g) omitted by Act 54 of 1994 sec. 33 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 112. Limits of speed.

(1) No person shall drive a motor vehicle or cause or allow a motor vehicle to be driven in any public place at a speed exceeding the maximum speed or below the minimum speed fixed for the vehicle under this Act or by or under any other law for the time being in force:

Provided that such maximum speed shall in no case exceed the maximum fixed for any motor vehicle or class or description of motor vehicles by the Central Government by notification in the Official Gazette.

(2) The State Government or any authority authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, if satisfied that it is necessary to restrict the speed of motor vehicles in the interest of public safety or convenience or because of the nature of any road or bridge, by notification in the Official Gazette, and by causing appropriate traffic signs to be placed or erected under section 116 at suitable places, fix such maximum speed limits or minimum speed limits as it thinks fit for motor vehicles or any specified class or description of motor vehicles or for motor vehicles to which a trailer is attached, either generally or in a particular area or on a particular road or roads:

Provided that no such notification is necessary if any restriction under this section is to remain in force for not more than one month.

(3) Nothing in this section shall apply to any vehicle registered under section 60 while it is being used in the execution of military manoeuvres within the area and during the period specified in the notification under sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Manoeuvres, Field Firing and Artillery Practice Act, 1938 (5 of 1938).

Section 113. Limits of weight and limitations on use.

(1) The State Government may prescribe the conditions for the issue of permits for 1[transport vehicles] by the State or Regional Transport Authorities and may prohibit or restrict the use of such vehicles in any area or route.

(2) Except as may be otherwise prescribed, no person shall drive or cause or allow to be driven in any public place any motor vehicle which is not fitted with pneumatic tyres.

(3) No person shall drive or cause or allow to be driven in any public place any motor vehicle or trailer-

(a) the unladen weight of which exceeds the unladen weight specified in the certificate of registration of the vehicle, or

(b) the laden weight of which exceeds the gross vehicle weight specified in the certificate of registration.

(4) Where the driver or person in charge of a motor vehicle or trailer driven in contravention of sub-section (2) or clause (a) of sub-section (3) is not the owner, a Court may presume that the offence was committed with the knowledge of or under the orders of the owner of the motor vehicle or trailer.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 34, for “heavy goods vehicles or heavy passenger motor vehicles” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 113, 114, 194 and 200 – Motor Vehicles – Compounding of offences – Permissibility of – Notifications issued permits compounding of offence by payments of amounts fixed – If permitted to be continue – It would amount to fresh commission of the offence for which the compounding was done – State Govts. which have not yet withdrawn the notifications directed to do it forthwith.

PARAMJIT BHASIN AND OTHERS v/s UNION OF INDIA AND OTHERS [(2005) 12 SCC 642 = (2006) 1 SCC(Cri) 202]

&

Motor Vehicles Act , 1988, Sections 200, 113, 114, 194 – Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 95(2) – Motor Vehicle – Driving vehicle exceeding per­missible weight – Composition of offences – Notification by State Government permitting car­riage of excess weight after compound­ing – Held that it contravenes the provisions of the Act – Power of compounding vests with the State Government, but the notification issued in that regard cannot authorize continuation of the offence which is permitted to be compounded by payments of the amounts fixed – If permitted to be continued, it would amount to fresh commission of the offence for which the compounding was done – Direction to State Government to withdraw the notification.

PARMAJIT BHASIN & ORS. v/s UNION OF INDIA &ORS. [AIR 2006 SC 440 = JT 2005 (10) SC 238 = (2005) 9 Scale 238 = 2005 (Supp5) SCR 118]

Section 114. Power to have vehicle weighed.

(1) 1[Any officer of the Motor Vehicles Department authorised in this behalf by the State Government shall, if he has reason to believe that a goods vehicle or trailer is being used in contravention of section 113,] require the driver to convey the vehicle to a weighing device, if any, within a distance of ten kilometres from any point on the forward route or within a distance of twenty kilometres from the destination of the vehicle for weighment; and if on such weighment the vehicle is found to contravene in any respect the provisions of section 113 regarding weight, he may, by order in writing, direct the driver to off-load the excess weight at his own risk and not to remove the vehicle or trailer from that place until the laden weight has been reduced or the vehicle or trailer has otherwise been dealt with so that it complies with section 113 and on receipt of such notice, the driver shall comply with such directions.

(2) Where the person authorised under sub-section (1) makes the said order in writing, he shall also endorse the relevant details of the overloading on the goods carriage permit and also intimate the fact of such endorsement to the authority which issued that permit.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 35, for certain words (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 115. Power to restrict the use of vehicles.

The State Government or any authority authorised in this behalf by the State Government, if satisfied that it is necessary in the interest of public safety or convenience, or because of the nature of any road or bridge, may by notification in the Official Gazette, prohibit or restrict, subject to such exceptions and conditions as may be specified in the notification, the driving of motor vehicles or of any specified class or description of motor vehicles or the use of trailers either generally in a specified area or on a specified road and when any such prohibition or restriction is imposed, shall cause appropriate traffic signs to be placed or erected under section 116 at suitable places:

Provided that where any prohibition or/ restriction under this section is to remain in force for not more than one month, notification thereof in the Official Gazette shall not be necessary, but such local publicity as the circumstances may permit, shall be given of such prohibition or restriction.

Section 116. Power to erect traffic signs.

(1) (a) The State Government or any authority authorised in this behalf by the State Government may cause or permit traffic signs to be placed or erected in any public place for the purpose of bringing to public notice any speed limits fixed under sub-section (2) of section 112 or any prohibitions or restrictions imposed under section 115 or generally for the purpose of regulating motor vehicle traffic.

(b) A State Government or any authority authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette or by the erection at suitable places of the appropriate traffic sign referred to in Part A of the Schedule, designate certain roads as main roads for the purposes of the driving regulations made by the Central Government.

(2) Traffic signs placed or erected under sub-section (1) for any purpose for which provision is made in the Schedule shall be of the size, colour and type and shall have the meanings set forth in the Schedule, but the State Government or any authority empowered in this behalf by the State Government may make or authorise the addition to any sign set forth in the said Schedule, of transcriptions of the words, letters or figures thereon in such script as the State Government may think fit provided that the transcriptions shall be of similar size and colour to the words, letters or figures set forth in the Schedule.

(3) Except as provided by sub-section (1), no traffic sign shall, after the commencement of this Act, be placed or erected on or near any road; but all traffic signs placed or erected prior to the commencement of this Act by any competent authority shall for the purpose of this Act by any competent authority shall for the purpose of this Act be deemed to be traffic signs placed or erected under the provisions of sub-section (1).

(4) A State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, empower any police officer not below the rank of a Superintendent of Police to remove or cause to be removed any sign or advertisement which is so placed in his opinion as to obscure any traffic sign from view or any sign or advertisement which in his opinion is so similar in appearance to a traffic sign as to be misleading or which in his opinion is likely to distract the attention or concentration of the driver.

(5) No person shall wilfully remove, alter, deface, or in any way tamper with, any traffic signs placed or erected under this section.

(6) If any person accidentally causes such damage to a traffic sign as renders it useless for the purpose for which it is placed or erected under this section, he shall report the circumstances of the occurrence to a police officer or at a police station as soon as possible, and in any case within twenty four hours of the occurrence.

(7) For the purpose of bringing the signs set forth in 1[the First Schedule] in conformity with any International Convention relating to motor traffic to which the Central Government is for the time being a party, the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make any addition or alteration to any such sign and on the issue of any such notification, 1[the First Schedule] shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 36, for “the Schedule” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 117. Parking places and halting stations.

The State Government or any authority authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, in consultation with the local authority having jurisdiction in the area concerned, determine places at which motor vehicles may stand either indefinitely or for a specified period of time, and may determine the places at which public service vehicles may stop for a longer time than is necessary for the taking up and setting down of passengers.

Section 118. Driving regulations.

The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make regulations for the driving of motor vehicles.

Section 119. Duty to obey traffic signs.

(1) Every driver of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle in conformity with any indication given by mandatory traffic sign and in conformity with the driving regulations made by the Central Government, and shall comply with all directions given to him by any police officer for the time being engaged in the regulation of traffic in any public place.

(2) In this section “mandatory traffic sign” means a traffic sign included in Part A of 1[The First Schedule], or any traffic sign of similar form (that is to say, consisting of or including a circular disc displaying a device, word or figure and having a red ground or border) placed or erected for the purpose of regulating motor vehicle traffic under sub-section (1) of section 116.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 36, for “the Schedule” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 120. Vehicles with left hand control.

No person shall drive or cause or allow to be driven in any public place any motor vehicle with a left-hand steering control unless it is equipped with a mechanical or electrical signalling device of a prescribed nature and in working order.

Section 121. Signals and signalling devices.

The driver of a motor vehicle shall make such signals and on such occasions as may be prescribed by the Central Government:

Provided that the signal of an intention to turn to the right or left or to stop-

(a) in the case of a motor vehicle with a right-hand steering control, may be given by a mechanical or electrical device of a prescribed nature affixed to the vehicle; and

(b) in the case of a motor vehicle with a left hand steering control, shall be given by a mechanical or electrical device of a prescribed nature affixed to the vehicle:

Provided further that the State Government may, having regard to the width and condition of the roads in any area or route, by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt subject to such conditions as may be specified therein any motor vehicle or class or description of motor vehicles from the operation of this section for the purpose of plying in that area or route.

Section 122. Leaving vehicle in dangerous position.

No person in charge of a motor vehicle shall cause or allow the vehicle or any trailer to be abandoned or to remain at rest on any public place in such a position or in such a condition or in such circumstances as to cause or likely to cause danger, obstruction or undue inconvenience to other users of the public place or to the passengers.

Section 123. Riding on running board, etc.

(1) No person driving or in charge of a motor vehicle shall carry any person or permit any person to be carried on the running board or otherwise than within the body of the vehicle.

(2) No person shall travel on the running board or on the top or on the bonnet of a motor vehicle.

Section 124. Prohibition against travelling without pass or ticket.

No person shall enter or remain in any stage carriage for the purposes of travelling therein unless he has with him a proper pass or ticket:

Provided that where arrangements for the supply of tickets are made in the stage carriage by which a person has to travel, a person may enter such stage carriage but as soon as may be after his entry therein, he shall make the payment of his fare to the conductor or the driver who performs the functions of a conductor and obtain from such conductor or driver, as the case may be, a ticket for his journey.

Explanation.-In this section,-

(a) “pass” means a duty, privilege or courtesy pass entitling the person to whom it is given to travel in a stage carriage gratuitously and includes a pass issued on payment for travel in a stage carriage for the period specified therein;

(b) “ticket” includes a single ticket, a return ticket or a season ticket.

Section 125. Obstruction of driver.

No person driving a motor vehicle shall allow any person to stand or sit or to place anything in such a manner or position as to hamper the driver in his control of the vehicle.

Section 126. Stationary vehicles.

No person driving or in charge of a motor vehicle shall cause or allow the vehicle to remain stationary in any public place, unless there is in the driver’s seat a person duly licensed to drive the vehicle or unless the mechanism has been stopped and a brake or brakes applied or such other measures taken as to ensure that the vehicle cannot accidentally be put in motion in the absence of the driver.

Section 127. Removal of motor vehicles abandoned or left unattended on a public place.

1[(1) Where any motor vehicle is abandoned or left unattended on a public place for ten hours or more or is parked in a place where parking is legally prohibited, its removal by a towing service or its immobilisation by any means including wheel clamping may be authorised by a police officer in uniform having jurisdiction.]

(2) Where an abandoned, unattended, wrecked, burnt or partially dismantled vehicle is creating a traffic hazard, because of its position in relation to the 2[public place], or its physical appearance is causing the impediment to the traffic, its immediate removal from the 2[public place] by a towing service may be authorised by a police officer having jurisdiction.

(3) Where a vehicle is authorised to be removed under sub-section (1) or subsection (2) by a police officer, the owner of the vehicle shall be responsible for all towing costs, besides any other penalty.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 37, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 37, for “highway” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 128. Safety measures for drivers and pillion riders.

(1) No driver of a two-wheeled motor cycle shall carry more than one person in addition to himself on the motor cycle and no such person shall be carried otherwise than sitting on a proper seat securely fixed to the motor cycle behind the driver’s seat with appropriate safety measures.

(2) In addition to the safety measures mentioned in sub-section (1), the Central Government may, prescribe other safety measures for the drivers of two-wheeled motor cycles and pillion riders thereon.

Section 129. Wearing of protective headgear.

Every person driving or riding (otherwise than in a side car, on a motor cycle of any class or description) shall, while in a public place, wear 1[protective headgear conforming to the standards of Bureau of Indian Standards]:

Provided that the provisions of this sections shall not apply to a person who is a Sikh, if he is, while driving or riding on the motor cycle, in a public place, wearing a turban:

Provided further that the State Government may, by such rules, provide for such exceptions as it may think fit.

Explanation.-“Protective headgear” means a helmet which,-

(a) by virtue of its shape, material and construction, could reasonably be expected to afford to the person driving or riding on a motor cycle a degree or protection from injury in the event of an accident; and

(b) is securely fastened to the head of the wearer by means of straps or other fastenings provided on the headgear.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 38, for certain words (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 130. Duty to produce licence and certificate of registration.

(1) The driver of a motor vehicle in any public place shall, on demand by any police officer in uniform, produce his licence for examination:

Provided that the driver may, if his licence has been submitted to, or has been seized by, any officer or authority under this or any other Act, produce in lieu of the licence a receipt or other acknowledgment issued by such officer or authority in respect thereof and thereafter produce the licence within such period, in such manner as the Central Government may prescribe to the police officer making the demand.

1[(2) The conductor, if any, of a motor vehicle on any public place shall on demand by any officer of the Motor Vehicles Department authorised in this behalf, produce the licence for examination.]

2[(3) The owner of a motor vehicle (other than a vehicle registered under section 60), or in his absence the driver or other person in charge of the vehicle, shall, on demand by a registering authority or any other officer of the Motor Vehicles Department duly authorised in this behalf, produce the certificate of insurance of the vehicle and, where the vehicle is a transport vehicle, also the certificate of fitness referred to in section 56 and the permit; and if any or all of the certificates or the permit are not in his possession, he shall, within fifteen days from the date of demand, submit photo copies of the same, duly attested in person or send the same by registered post to the officer who demanded it.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this sub-section, “certificate” of insurance” means the certificate issued under sub-section (3) of section 147.]

(4) If the licence referred to in sub-section (2) or the certificates or permit referred to in sub-section (3), as the case may be, are not at the time in the possession of the person to whom demand is made, it shall be a sufficient compliance with this section if such person produces the licence or certificates or permit within such period in such manner as the Central Government may prescribe, to the police officer or authority making the demand:

Provided that, except to such extent and with such modifications as may be prescribed, the provisions of this sub-section shall not apply to any person required to produce the certificate of registration or the certificate of fitness of a transport vehicle.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 39, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 39, for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 131. Duty of the driver to take certain precautions at unguarded railway level crossings.

Every driver of a motor vehicle at the approach of any unguarded railway level crossing shall cause the vehicle to stop and the driver of the vehicle shall cause the conductor or cleaner or attendant or any other person in the vehicle to walk up to the level crossing and ensure that no train or trolley is approaching from either side and then pilot the motor vehicle across such level crossing, and where no conductor or cleaner or attendant or any other person is available in the vehicle, the driver of the vehicle shall get down from the vehicle himself to ensure that no train or trolley is approaching from either side before the railway track is crossed.

Section 132. Duty of driver to stop in certain cases.

(1) The driver of a motor vehicle shall cause the vehicle to stop and remain stationary so long as 1[may for such reasonable time as may be necessary, but not exceeding twenty-four hours],-

2[(a) when required to do so by any police officer not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector in uniform, in the event of the vehicle being involved in the occurrence of an accident to a person, animal or vehicle or of damage to property, or]

(b) when required to do so by any person in charge of an animal if such person apprehends that the animal is, or being alarmed by the vehicle will become, unmanageable,

3[***]

and he shall give his name and address and the name and address of the owner of the vehicle to any person affected by any such accident or damage who demands it provided such person also furnishes his name and address.

(2) The driver of a motor vehicle shall, on demand by a person giving his own name and address and alleging that the driver has committed an offence punishable under section 184 given his name and address to that person.

(3) In this section the expression “animal” means any horse, cattle, elephant, camel, ass, mule, sheep or goat.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 40, for “may reasonably be necessary” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 40, for clause (a) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Clause (c) omitted by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 40 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 133. Duty of owner of motor vehicle to give information.

The owner of a motor vehicle, the driver or conductor of which is accused of any offence under this Act shall, on the demand of any police officer authorised in this behalf by the State Government, give all information regarding the name and address of, and the licence held by, the driver or conductor which is in his possession or could by reasonable diligence be ascertained by him.

Section 134. Duty of driver in case of accident and injury to a person.

When any person is injured or any property of a third party is damaged, as a result of an accident in which a motor vehicle is involved, the driver of the vehicle or other person in charge of the vehicle shall-

(a) unless it is not practicable to do so on account of mob fury or any other reason beyond his control, take all reasonable steps to secure medical attention for the injured person, 1[by conveying him to the nearest medical practitioner or hospital, and it shall be the duty of every registered medical practitioner or the doctor on the duty in the hospital immediately to attend to the injured person and render medical aid or treatment without waiting for any procedural formalities], unless the injured person or his guardian, in case he is a minor, desires otherwise;

(b) give on demand by a police officer any information required by him, or, if no police officer is present, report the circumstances of the occurrence, including the circumstances, if any, for not taking reasonable steps to secure medical attention as required under clause (a), at the nearest police station as soon as possible, and in any case within twenty-four hours of the occurrence;

2[(c) give the following information in writing to the insurer, who has issued the certificates of insurance, about the occurrence of the accident, namely:-

(i) insurance policy number and period of its validity;

(ii) date, time and place of accident;

(iii) particulars of the persons injured or killed in the accident;

(iv) name of the driver and the particulars of his driving licence.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section the expression “driver” includes the owner of the vehicle.]

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 41, of “and, if necessary, convey him to the nearest hospital”

2. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 41 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 135. Schemes to be framed for the investigation of accident cases and wayside amenities, etc.

(1) The State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make one or more schemes to provide for-

(a) an in depth study on causes and analysis of motor vehicle accidents;

(b) wayside amenities on highways;

(c) traffic aid posts on highways; and

(d) truck parking complexes along highways.

(2) Every scheme made under this section by any State Government shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before the State Legislature.

Section 136. Inspection of vehicle involved in accident.

When any accident occurs in which a motor vehicle is involved, any person authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, on production if so required of his authority, inspect the vehicle and for that purpose may enter at any reasonable time any premises where the vehicle may be, and may remove the vehicle for examination:

Provided that the place to which the vehicle is so removed shall be intimated to the owner of the vehicle and the vehicle shall be returned 1[after completion of the formalities to the owner, driver or the person in charge of the vehicle within twenty-four hours].

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 42, for “without unnecessary delay” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 137. Power of Central Government to make rules.

The Central Government may make rules to provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the occasions on which signals shall be made by drivers of motor vehicles and such signals under section 121;

(b) the manner in which the licences and certificates may be produced to the police officer under section 130.

Section 138. Power of State Government to make rules.

(1) The State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter other than the matters specified in section 137.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-

(a) the removal and the safe custody of vehicles including their loads which have broken down or which have been left standing or have been abandoned on road;

(b) the installation and use of weighing devices;

(c) the maintenance and management of wayside amenities complexes;

(d) the exemption from all or any of the provisions of this Chapter of fire brigade vehicles, ambulances and other special classes or descriptions of vehicle, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed;

(e) the maintenance and management of parking places and stands and the fees, if any, which may be charged for their use;

(f) prohibiting the driving downhill of a motor vehicle with the gear disengaged either generally or in a specified place;

(g) prohibiting the taking hold of or mounting of a motor vehicle in motion;

(h) prohibiting the use of foot-paths or pavements by motor vehicles;

(i) generally, the prevention of danger, injury or annoyance to the public or any person, or of danger or injury to property or of obstruction to traffic; and

(j) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 138 – MACT – Compensation – Enhancement of – Appellant-practicing lawyer – Suffered permanent disability in accident – High court has taken a liberal view in favour of appellant than he deserved and awarded compensation of Rs 3,28,000/- with 12 % interest – Plea that no compensation awarded to engage a driver for car in future – On the date of accident he was riding on a scooter – He had not brought on evidence at that point of time he could afford car – He may have suffered some injuries but the same would not mean that he would not be in a position to rise in his profession only by reason thereof – Due to drastic fall in bank interest rates, rate of interest now granted is 9% and complainant was awarded 12% – No interference.

TEJINDER SINGH GUJRAL v/s INDERJIT SINGH & ANR [(2007) 1 SCC 508 = 2006 (Supp7) SCR 599 = (2006) 10 Scale 448 = (2007) 1 SCC(Cri) 389]

Section 139. Power of Central Government to make rules.

(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules for all or any of the following purposes, namely:-

(a) the grant and authentication of travelling passes, certificates or authorisations to persons temporarily taking motor vehicles out of India to any place outside India or to persons temporarily proceeding out of India to any place outside India and desiring to drive a motor vehicle during their absence from India;

(b) prescribing the conditions subject to which motor vehicles brought temporarily into India from outside India by persons intending to make a temporary stay in India may be possessed and used in India; and

(c) prescribing the conditions subject to which persons entering India from any place outside India for a temporary stay in India may drive motor vehicles in India.

(2) For the purpose of facilitating and regulating the services of motor vehicles operating between India and any other country under any reciprocal arrangement and carrying passengers or goods or both by road for hire or reward, the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules with respect to all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the conditions subject to which motor vehicles carrying on such services may be brought into India from outside India and possessed and used in India;

(b) the conditions subject to which motor vehicles may be taken from any place in India to any place outside India;

(c) the conditions subject to which persons employed as drivers and conductors of such motor vehicles may enter or leave India;

(d) the grant and authentication of travelling passes, certificates or authorisations to persons employed as drivers and conductors of such motor vehicles;

(e) the particulars (other than registration marks) to be exhibited by such motor vehicles and the manner in which such particulars are to be exhibited;

(f) the use of trailers with such motor vehicles;

(g) the exemption of such motor vehicles and their drivers and conductors from all or any or the provisions of this Act [other than those referred to in sub-section (4)] of the rules made thereunder;

(h) the identification of the drivers and conductors of such motor vehicles;

(i) the replacement of the travelling passes, certificates or authorisations, permits, licences or any other prescribed documents lost or defaced, on payment of such fee as may be prescribed;

(j) the exemption from the provisions of such laws as relate to customs, police or health with a view to facilitate such road transport services;

(k) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

(3) No rule made under this section shall operate to confer on any person any immunity in any State from the payment of any tax levied in that State on motor vehicles or their users.

(4) Nothing in this Act or in any rule made thereunder by a State Government relating to-

(a) the registration and identification of motor vehicles, or

(b) the requirements as to construction, maintenance and equipment of motor vehicles, or

(c) the licensing and the qualifications of drivers and conductors of motor vehicles,

shall apply-

(i) to any motor vehicle to which or to any driver of a motor vehicle to whom any rules made under clause (b) or clause (c) of sub-section (1) or under sub-section (2) apply; or

(ii) to any conductor of a motor vehicle to whom any rules made under sub-section (2) apply.

Section 140. Liability to pay compensation in certain cases on the principle of no fault.

(1) Where death or permanent disablement of any person has resulted I from an accident arising out of the use of a motor vehicle or motor vehicles, the 1 owner of the vehicle shall, or, as the case may be, the owners of the vehicles shall, I jointly and severally, be liable to pay compensation in respect of such death or disablement in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(2) The amount of compensation which shall be payable under sub-section (1) in respect of the death of any person shall be a fixed sum of 1[fifty thousand rupees] and the amount of compensation payable under that sub-section in respect of the permanent disablement of any person shall be a fixed sum of 2[twenty-five thousand rupees].

(3) In any claim for compensation under sub-section (1), the claimant shall not be required to plead and establish that the death or permanent disablement in respect of which the claim has been made was due to any wrongful act, neglect or default of the owner or owners of the vehicle or vehicles concerned or of any other person.

(4) A claim for compensation under sub-section (1) shall not be defeated by reason of any wrongful act, neglect or default of the person in respect of whose death or permanent disablement the claim has been made nor shall the quantum of compensation recoverable in respect of such death or permanent disablement be reduced on the basis of the share of such person in the responsibility for such death or permanent disablement.

3[(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2) regarding death or bodily injury to any person, for which the owner of the vehicle is liable to give compensation for relief, he is also liable to pay compensation under any other law for the time being in force:

Provided that the amount of such compensation to be given under any other law shall be reduced from the amount of compensation payable under this section or under section 163A.]

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 43, for “twenty-five thousand rupees” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Sub, by Act 54 of 1994 sec. 43, for “twelve thousand rupees” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 140 – Interim compensation – No fault compensation – As the expression ‘no fault’ suggests the compensation u/s 140 is regardless of any wrongful act, neglect or default of the person in respect of whose death the claim is made – Order of the Tribunal as affirmed by the High Court directing refund of interim compensation on the ground that deceased alone was responsible for the accident and hence claimant not entitled to any compensation held to be erroneous – The order of the Tribunal insofar as it permits the insurance company to recover the amount of interim compensation along with interest from the claimants/appellants liable to be set aside.

INDRA DEVI & ORS. v/s BAGADA RAM & ANR. [JT 2010 (9) SC 78 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 4924 = 2010(8) SCALE 312 = AIR 2010 SC 2913 = (2010) 10 SCR 347 = (2010) 13 SCC 249]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 140 – Compensation – No fault liability – Findings by the Tribunal in denying the compensation as provided u/s 140 of the Act by taking view that a claim for compensation under the Section can succeed only in case it is raised at the initial stage or the proceedings and further that the claim must fail if the accident had taken place by using the car without consent or knowledge of the owner held to be erroneous – The Tribunal held to be wrong in denying to the appellant (as well as other 3 claimants) were fully entitled to no fault compensation u/s 140 of the Act – Insurance company directed to pay to the appellant Rs. 25,000/- along with simple interest @6% p.a. from the date of the order of the Tribunal till the date of payment – The other 3 claimants though not before the Court also extended the benefit of the Order.

ESHWARAPPA @ MAHESHWARAPPA AND ANR. v/s C. S. GURUSHANTHAPPA AND ANR. [JT 2010 (8) SC 508 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 4918 = 2010(8) SCALE 263 = (2010) 8 SCC 620 = AIR 2010 SC 2907 = (2010) 10 SCR 362 = (2010) 3 SCC(Cri) 1042]

Section 141. Provisions as to other right to claim compensation for death or permanent disablement.

(1) The right to claim compensation under section 140 in respect of death or permanent disablement of any person shall be in addition to 1[any other right, except the right to claim under the scheme referred to in section 163A (such other right hereafter] in this section referred to as the right on the principle of fault) to claim compensation in respect thereof under any other provision of this Act or of any other law for the time being in force].

(2) A claim for compensation under section 140 in respect of death or permanent disablement of any person shall be disposed of as expeditiously as possible and where compensation is claimed in respect of such death or permanent disablement under section 140 and also in pursuance of any right on (he principle of fault, the claim for compensation under section 140 shall be disposed of as aforesaid in the first place.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where in respect of the death or permanent disablement of any person, the person liable to pay compensation under section 140 is also liable to pay compensation in accordance with the right on the principle of fault, the person so liable shall pay the first- mentioned compensation and-

(a) if the amount of the first-mentioned compensation is less than the amount of the second-mentioned compensation, he shall be liable to pay (in addition to the first-mentioned compensation) only so much of the second-mentioned compensation as is equal to the amount by which it exceeds the first mentioned compensation;

(b) if the amount of the first-mentioned compensation is equal to or more than the amount of the second-mentioned compensation, he shall not be liable to pay the second-mentioned compensation.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 44, for “any other right (hereafter” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 142. Permanent disablement.

For the purposes of this Chapter, permanent disablement of a person shall be deemed to have resulted from an accident of the nature referred to in sub-section (1) of section 140 if such person has suffered by reason of the accident, any injury or injuries involving:-

(a) permanent privation of the sight of either eye or the hearing of either ear, or privation of any member or joint; or

(b) destruction or permanent impairing of the powers of any member or joint; or

(c) permanent disfiguration of the head or face.

Comment / Related Citation:

Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Section 4 – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 142,143,163 – Workmen Compensation – Compensation – Whether the percentage of loss of earning capacity and the physical disability shall be the same – Held that both the statutes provide for the mode and manner in which the percentage of loss of earning capacity is required to be calculated – They provide that the amount of compensation in cases of this nature would be directly relatable to the percentage of physical disability suffered by the injured vis-a-vis the injuries specified in the First Schedule of the Act, 1923 – As to what would be relevant is to find out the nature of injuries as to whether the same falls within the purview of Part I of Part II thereof.

ORIENTAL INSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s MOHD. NASIR & ANR. [(2009) 6 SCC 280 = 2009 AIR(SCW) 3717 = 2009(8) SCALE 161 = JT 2009 (8) SC 26 = (2009) 8 SCR 829 = (2009) 2 SCC(Cri) 987]

Section 143. Applicability of Chapter to certain claims under Act 8 of 1923.

The provisions of this Chapter shall also apply in relation to any claim for compensation in respect of death or permanent disablement of any person under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 resulting from an accident of the nature referred to in sub-section (1) of section 140 and for this purpose, the said provisions shall, with necessary modifications, be deemed to form part of that Act.

Section 144. Overriding effect.

The provisions of this Chapter shall have effect notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act or of any other law for the time being in force.

Section 145. Definitions.

In this Chapter,-

(a) “authorised insurer” means an insurer for the time being carrying on general insurance business in India under the General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act, 1972, and any Government insurance fund authorised to do general insurance business under that Act;

(b) “certificate of insurance” means a certificate issued by an authorised insurer in pursuance of sub-section (3) of section 147 and includes a cover note complying with such requirements as may be prescribed, and where more than one certificate has been issued in connection with a policy, or where a copy of a certificate has been issued, all those certificates or that copy, as the case may be;

(c) “liability”, wherever used in relation to the death of or bodily injury to any person, includes liability in respect thereof under section 140;

(d) “policy of insurance” includes “certificate of insurance”;

(e) “property” includes goods carried in the motor vehicle, roads, bridges, culverts, causeways, trees, posts and mile-stones;

(f) “reciprocating country” means any such country as may on the basis of reciprocity be notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette to be a reciprocating country for the purposes of this Chapter;

(g) “third party” includes the Government.

Section 146. Necessity for insurance against third party risk.

(1) No person shall use, except as a passenger, or cause or allow any other person to use, a motor vehicle in a public place, unless there is in force in relation to the use of the vehicle by that person or that other person, as the case may be, a policy of insurance complying with the requirements of this Chapter:

1[Provided that in the case of a vehicle carrying, or meant to carry, dangerous or hazardous goods, there shall also be a policy of insurance under the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 (6 of 1991).]

Explanation.-A person driving a motor vehicle merely as a paid employee, while there is in force in relation to the use of the vehicle no such policy as is required by this sub-section, shall not be deemed to act in contravention of the sub-section unless he knows or has reason to believe that there is no such policy in force.

(2) Sub-section (1) shall not apply to any vehicle owned by the Central Government or a State Government and used for Government purposes unconnected with any commercial enterprise.

(3) The appropriate Government may, by order, exempt from the operation of sub-section (1) any vehicle owned by any of the following authorities, namely:-

(a) the Central Government or a State Government, if the vehicle is used for Government purposes connected with any commercial enterprise;

(b) any local authority;

(c) any State transport undertaking:

Provided that no such order shall be made in relation to any such authority unless a fund has been established and is maintained by that authority in accordance with the rules made in that behalf under this Act for meeting any liability arising out of the use of any vehicle of that authority which that authority or any person in its employment may incur to third parties.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this sub-section, “appropriate Government” means the Central Government or a State Government, as the case may be, and-

(i) in relation to any corporation or company owned by the Central Government or any State Government, means the Central Government or that State Government;

(ii) in relation to any corporation or company owned by the Central Government and one or more State Governments, means the Central Government;

(iii) in relation to any other State transport undertaking or any local authority, means that Government which has control over that undertaking or authority.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 45 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 158(6),146,165,166(4),168,169 – Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 150,158(6) – MACT – Compensation – Problems being faced by claimants in getting compensation enumerated – Directions issued to the Police Authorities to implement Section 158(6) and 196 of the MV Act – Directions also given to the Claims Tribunal to comply with provision of Section 166(4) of the Act – Suggestions also given to the Insurance Companies and Legislative/ executive intervention also sought – Central Government also asked to consider rationalization of Second Schedule to the MV Act.

JAI PRAKASH v/s NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED AND OTHERS [(2010) 2 SCC 607 = (2010) 2 SCC(Cri) 1075]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 Sections 165, 146, 196-Consumer Protection Act, 1986 Section 196-Compensation – Car purchased on hire-purchase basis – Two cheques given to bank for insurance policy – Policy not renewed – Fatal accident – Claim filed before appropriate Tribunal – Compensation also claimed before Consumer Forum – Liability of insurer. Held that bank can not be held responsible, to pay damages for not obtaining insurance. Claim of damages rejected.

PRADEEP KUMAR JAIN v/s CITIBANK AND ANOTHER [AIR 1999 SC 3119 = (1999) 6 SCC 361 = JT 1999 (5) SC 639 = (1999) 4 Scale 662 = 1999 AIR(SCW) 3067 = (1999) 7 Supreme 210 = (1999) 1 SCC(Cri) 1124]

Section 147. Requirements of policies and limits of liability.

(1) In order to comply with the requirements of this Chapter, a policy of insurance must be a policy which-

(a) is issued by a person who is an authorised insurer; or

(b) insurer the person or classes of persons specified in the policy to the extent specified in sub-section (2)-

(i) against any liability which may be incurred by him in respect of the death of or bodily 1[injury to any person, including owner of the goods or his authorised representative carried in the vehicle] or damage to any property of a third party caused by or arising out of the use of the vehicle in a public place;

(ii) against the death of or bodily injury to any passenger of a public service vehicle caused by or arising out of the use of the vehicle in a public place:

Provided that a policy shall not be required-

(i) to cover liability in respect of the death, arising out of and in the course of his employment, of the employee of a person insured by the policy or in respect of bodily injury sustained by such an employee arising out of and in the course of his employment other than a liability arising under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (8 of 1923) in respect of the death of, or bodily injury to, any such employee-

(a) engaged in driving the vehicle, or

(b) if it is a public service vehicle engaged as conductor of the vehicle or in examining tickets on the vehicle, or

(c) if it is a goods carriage, being carried in the vehicle, or

(ii) to cover any contractual liability.

Explanation.-For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the death of or bodily injury to any person or damage to any property of a third party shall be deemed to have been caused by or to have arisen out of, the use of a vehicle in a public place notwithstanding that the person who is dead of injured or the property which is damaged was not in a public place at the time of the accident, if the act or omission which led to the accident occurred in a public place.

(2) Subject to the proviso to sub-section (1), a policy of insurance referred to in sub-section (1), shall cover any liability incurred in respect of any accident, up to the following limits, namely:-

(a) save as provided in clause (b), the amount of liability incurred;

(b) in respect of damage to any property of a third party, a limit of rupees six thousand:

Provided that any policy of insurance issued with any limited liability and in force, immediately before the commencement of this Act, shall continue to be effective for a period of four months after such commencement or till the date of expiry of such policy whichever is earlier.

(3) A policy shall be of no effect for the purposes of this Chapter unless and until there is issued by the insurer in favour of the person by whom the policy is effected a certificate of insurance in the prescribed form and containing the prescribed particulars of any condition subject to which the policy is issued and of any other prescribed matters; and different forms, particulars and matters may be prescribed in different cases.

(4) Where a cover note issued by the insurer under the provisions of this Chapter or the rules made thereunder is not followed by a policy of insurance within the prescribed time, the insurer shall, within seven days of the expiry of the period of the validity of the cover note, notify the fact to the registering authority in whose records the vehicle to which the cover note relates has been registered or to such other authority as the State Government may prescribe.

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in any law for the time being in force, an insurer issuing a policy of insurance under this section shall be liable to indemnify the person or classes of persons specified in the policy in respect of any liability which the policy purports to cover in the case of that person or those classes of persons.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 46, for “injury to any person” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 147 and 149 – MACT – Liability of insurance company – Papers directed to be placed before the Chief Justice of India for constituting larger Bench to decided the following questions:

NATIONAL INSURANCE CO.LTD. v/s PARVATHNENI & ANR. [(2009) 8 SCC 785 = JT 2009 (12) SC 275 = 2009(12) SCALE 82 = (2009) 3 SCC(Cri) 943]

&

Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Section 4 – Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 147 – Compensation – Insurers liability – Workmen engaged in unloading from the tractor to an underground storage bin – While cleaning the storage bin they fell into grocery pit and died due to asphyxia – The use of the vehicle was not even claimed as being a ground on which liability is said to be fastened on the Insurance Company – View taken by the High Court that insurance company not liable held to be justified and correct and not interference called for.

MAMTAJ BI BAPUSAB NADAF & ORS. v/s UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. & ORS. [2010 AIR(SCW) 5872 = 2010(9) SCALE 590 = (2010) 10 SCC 536 = (2010) 10 SCR 996]

Section 148. Validity of policies of insurance issued in reciprocating countries.

Where, in pursuance of an arrangement between India and any reciprocating country, the motor vehicle registered in the reciprocating country operates on any route or within any area common to the two countries and there is in force in relation to the use of the vehicle in the reciprocating country, a policy of insurance complying with the requirements of the law of insurance in force in that country, then, notwithstanding anything contained in section 147 but subject to any rules which may be made under section 164, such policy of insurance shall be effective throughout the route or area in respect of which, the arrangement has been made, as if the policy of insurance had complied with the requirements of this Chapter.

Section 149. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments and awards against persons insured in respect of third party risks.

(1) If, after a certificate of insurance has been issued under sub-section (3) of section 147 in favour of the person by whom a policy has been effected, judgment or award in respect of any such liability as is required to be covered by a policy under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 147 (being a liability covered by the terms of the policy) 1[for under the provisions of section 163A] is obtained against any person insured by the policy, then, notwithstanding that the insurer may be entitled to avoid or cancel or may have avoided or cancelled the policy, the insurer shall, subject to the provisions of this section, pay to the person entitled to the benefit of the decree any sum not exceeding the sum assured payable thereunder, as if he were the judgment debtor, in respect of the liability, together with any amount payable in respect of costs and any sum payable in respect of interest on that sum by virtue of any enactment relating to interest on judgments.

(2) No sum shall be payable by an insurer under sub-section (1) in respect of any judgment or award unless, before the commencement of the proceedings in which the judgment of award is given the insurer had notice through the Court or, as the case may be, the Claims Tribunal of the bringing of the proceedings, or in respect of such judgment or award so long as execution is stayed thereon pending an appeal; and an insurer to whom notice of the bringing of any such proceedings is so given shall be entitled to be made a party thereto and to defend the action on any of the following grounds, namely:-

(a) that there has been a breach of a specified condition of the policy, being one of the following conditions, namely:-

(i) a condition excluding the use of the vehicle-

(a) for hire or reward, where the vehicle is on the date of the contract of insurance a vehicle not covered by a permit to ply for hire or reward, or

(b) for organised racing and speed testing, or

(c) for a purpose not allowed by the permit under which the vehicle is used, where the vehicle is a transport vehicle, or

(d) without side-car being attached where the vehicle is a motor cycle; or

(ii) a condition excluding driving by a named person or persons or by any person who is not duly licensed, or by any person who has been disqualified for holding or obtaining a driving licence during the period of disqualification; or

(iii) a condition excluding liability for injury caused or contributed to by conditions of war, civil war, riot or civil commotion; or

(b) that the policy is void on the ground that it was obtained by the nondisclosure of a material fact or by a representation of fact which was false in some material particular.

(3) Where any such judgment as is referred to in sub-section (1) is obtained from a Court in a reciprocating country and in the case of a foreign judgment is, by virtue of the provisions of section 13 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908) conclusive as to any matter adjudicated upon by it, the insurer (being an insurer registered under the Insurance Act, 1938 (4 of 1938) and whether or not he is registered under the corresponding law of the reciprocating country) shall he liable to the person entitled to the benefit of the decree in the manner and to be the extent specified in sub-section (1), as if the judgment were given by a Court Bin India:

Provided that no sum shall be payable by the insurer in respect of any such judgment unless, before the commencement of the proceedings in which the judgment is given, the insurer had notice through the Court concerned of the bringing of the proceedings and the insurer to whom notice is so given is entitled Hinder the corresponding law of the reciprocating country, to be made a party to he proceedings and to defend the action on grounds similar to those specified in Hub-section (2).

(4) Where a certificate of insurance has been issued under sub-section (3) of section 147 to the person by whom a policy has been effected, so much of the policy as purports to restrict the insurance of the persons insured thereby by reference to any condition other than those in clause (b) of sub-section (2) shall, as respects such liabilities as are required to be covered by a policy under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 147, be of no effect:

Provided that any sum paid by the insurer in or towards the discharge of any liability of any person which is covered by the policy by virtue only of this subsection shall be recoverable by the insurer from that person.

(5) If the amount which an insurer becomes liable under this section to pay in respect of a liability incurred by a person insured by a policy exceeds the amount for which the insurer would apart from the provisions of this section be liable under the policy in respect of that liability, the insurer shall be entitled to recover the excess from that person.

(6) In this section the expression “material fact” and “material particular” means, respectively a fact or particular of such a nature as to influence the judgment of a prudent insurer in determining whether he will take the risk and, if so, at what premium and on what conditions, and the expression “liability covered by the terms of the policy” means a liability which is covered by the policy or which would be so covered but for the fact that the insurer is entitled to avoid or cancel or has avoided or cancelled the policy.

(7) No insurer to whom the notice referred to in sub-section (2) or sub-section (3) has been given shall be entitled to avoid his liability to any person entitled to the benefit of any such judgment or award as is referred to in sub-section (1) or in such judgment as is referred to in sub-section (3) otherwise than in the manner provided for in sub-section (2) or in the corresponding law of the reciprocating country, as the case may be.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section, “Claims Tribunal” means a Claims Tribunal constituted under section 165 and “award” means an award made by that Tribunal under section 168.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 47 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 149(1), 166 – Compensation – Insurers liability – Insurance policy of the owner of the vehicle covered six occupants of the vehicle in question, including the driver whereas there were 15 passengers in the vehicle and most of them died and few received injuries – The liability of the insurer would be confined to six persons only, notwithstanding the larger number of persons carried in the vehicle – Such excess number of persons would have to be treated as third parties, but since premium had been paid in the policy for them, the insurer would not be liable to make payment of the compensation amount as far as they are concerned -The Appellant Insurance Company shall deposit with the Tribunal the total amount of the amount awarded in favour of the awardees and the same is to be utilized to satisfy the claims of those claimants not covered by the Insurance Policy along with the persons so covered – The Insurance Company will be entitled to recover the amount paid by it, in excess of it liability from the owner of the vehicle, by putting the decree in execution – The total amount of the six awardees which are the highest shall be construed as the liability of the Insurance Company

UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s K.M. POONAM & ORS. [2011(2) SCALE 568 = JT 2011 (3) SC 149]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 149 and 166 – Motor Vehicle accident – Compensation – Liability of Insurer – Since the cheque for the premium amount was received by the company at 4.00 p.m. on May 7, 1998, the insurance must deemed to have commenced from that time and four hours late when the vehicle met with the accident, the owner must be deemed to be covered by the insurance policy despite mentioning in the cover note that insurance would commence from May 8, 1998.

ORIENTAL INSURANCE CO. LTD. v/s DHARAM CHAND & ORS. [2010(8) SCALE 501 = JT 2010 (9) SC 251]

Section 150. Rights of third parties against insurers on insolvency of the insured.

(1) Where under any contract of insurance effected in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, a person is insured against liabilities which he may incur to third parties, then-

(a) in the event of the person becoming insolvent or making a composition or arrangement with his creditors, or

(b) where the insured person is a company, in the event of a winding- up order being made or a resolution for a voluntary winding-up being passed with respect to the company or of a receiver or manager of the company’s business or undertaking being duly appointed, or of possession being taken by or on behalf of the holders of any debentures secured by a floating charge of any property comprised in or subject to the charge,

if, either before or after that event, any such liability is incurred by the insured person, his rights against the insurer under the contract in respect of the liability shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any provision of law, be transferred to and vest in the third party to whom the liability was so incurred.

(2) Where an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased debtor is made according to the law of insolvency, then, if any debt provable in insolvency is owing by the deceased in respect of a liability to a third party against which he was insured under a contract of insurance in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, the deceased debtor’s rights against the insurer in respect of that liability shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any provision of law, be transferred to and vest in the person to whom the debt is owing.

(3) Any condition in a policy issued for the purposes of this Chapter purporting either directly or indirectly to avoid the policy or to alter the rights of the parties thereunder upon the happening to the insured person of any of the events specified in clause (a) or clause (b) of sub-section (1) or upon the making of an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased debtor according to the law of insolvency shall be of no effect.

(4) Upon a transfer under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), the insurer shall be under the same liability to the third party as he would have been to the insured person, but-

(a) if the liability of the insurer to the insured person exceeds the liability of the insured person to the third party, nothing in this Chapter shall affect the rights of the insured person against the insurer in respect of the excess, and

(b) if the liability of the insurer to the insured person is less than the liability of the insured person to the third party, nothing in this Chapter shall affect the rights of the third party against the insured person in respect of the balance.

Section 151. Duty to give information as to insurance.

No person against whom a claim is made in respect of any liability referred to in clause (b) of section 147 shall on demand by or on behalf of the person making the claim refuse to state whether or not he was insured in respect of that liability by any policy issued under the provisions of this Chapter, or would have been so insured if the insurer had not avoided or cancelled the policy, nor shall he refuse, if he was or would have been so insured, to give such particulars with respect to that policy as were specified in the certificate of insurance issued in respect thereof.

(2) In the event of any person becoming insolvent or making a composition or arrangement with his creditors or in the event of an order being made for the administration of the estate of deceased person according to the law of insolvency, or in the event of a winding up order being made or a resolution for a voluntary winding-up being passed with respect to any company or of a receiver or manager of the company’s business or undertaking being duly appointed or of possession being taken by or on behalf of the holders of any debentures secured by a floating charge on any property comprised in or subject to the charge, it shall be the duty of the insolvent debtor, personal representative of the deceased debtor or company, as the case may be, or the official assignee or receiver in insolvency, trustee, liquidator, receiver or manager, or person in possession of the property to give at the request of any person claiming that the insolvent debtor, deceased debtor or company is under such liability to him as is covered by the provisions of this Chapter, such information as may reasonably be required by him for the purpose of ascertaining whether any rights have been transferred to and vested in him by section 150, and for the purpose of enforcing such rights, if any; and any such contract of insurance as purports whether directly or indirectly to avoid the contract or to alter the rights of the parties thereunder upon the giving of such information in the events aforesaid, or otherwise to prohibit or prevent the giving thereof in the said events, shall be of no effect.

(3) If, from the information given to any person in pursuance of sub-section (2) or otherwise, he has reasonable ground for supporting that there have or may have been transferred to him under this Chapter rights against any particular insurer, that insurer shall be subject to the same duty as is imposed by the said sub-section on the persons therein mentioned.

(4) The duty to give the information imposed by this section shall include a duty to allow all contracts of insurance, receipts for premiums, and other relevant documents in the possession or power of the person on whom the duty is so imposed to be inspected and copies thereof to be taken.

Section 152. Settlement between insurers and insured persons.

(1) No settlement made by an insurer in respect of any claim which might be made by a third party in respect of any liability of the nature referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 147 shall be valid unless such third party is a party to the settlement.

(2) Where a person who is insured under a policy issued for the purposes of (his Chapter has become insolvent, or where, if such insured person is a company, a winding- up order has been made or a resolution for a voluntary winding-up has been passed with respect to the company, no agreement made between the insurer and the insured person after the liability has been incurred to a third party and after the commencement of the insolvency or winding-up, as the case may be, nor any waiver, assignment or other disposition made by or payment made to the insured person after the commencement aforesaid shall be effective to defeat the rights transferred to the third party under this Chapter, but those rights shall be the same as if no such agreement, waiver, assignment or disposition or payment has been made.

Section 153. Saving in respect of sections 150,151 and 152.

(1) For the purposes of sections 150, 151 and 152 a reference to “liabilities to third parties” in relation to a person insured under any policy of insurance shall not include a reference to any liability of that person in the capacity of insurer under some other policy of insurance.

(2) The provisions of sections 150, 151, and 152 shall not apply where a company is wound-up voluntarily merely for the purposes of reconstruction or of an amalgamation with another company.

Section 154. Insolvency of insured persons not to affect liability of insured or claims by third parties.

Where a certificate of insurance has been issued to the person by whom a policy has been effected, the happening in relation to any person insured by the policy of any such event as is mentioned in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of section 150 shall, notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter, not affect any liability of that person of the nature referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 147; but nothing in this section shall affect any rights against the insurer conferred under the provisions of sections 150, 151 and 152 on the person to whom the liability was incurred.

Section 155. Effect of death on certain causes of action.

Notwithstanding anything contained in section 306 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 (39 of 1925), the death of a person in whose favour a certificate of insurance had been issued, if it occurs I after the happening of an event which has given rise to a claim under the provisions of this Chapter, shall not be a bar to the survival of any cause of action arising out of the said event against his estate or against the insurer.

Section 156. Effect of certificate of insurance.

When an insurer has issued a certificate of insurance in respect of a contract of insurance between the insurer and the insured person, then-

(a) if and so long as the policy described in the certificate has not been issued by the insurer to the insured, the insurer shall, as between himself and any other person except the insured, be deemed to have issued to the insured person a policy of insurance conforming in all respects with the description and particulars stated in such certificate; and

(b) if the insurer has issued to the insured the policy described in the certificate, but the actual terms of the policy are less favourable to persons claiming under or by virtue of the policy against the insurer either directly or through the insured than the particulars of the policy as stated in the certificate, the policy shall, as between the insurer and any other person except the insured, be deemed to be in terms conforming in all respects with the particulars stated in the said certificate.

Section 157. Transfer of certificate of insurance.

(1) Where a person in whose favour the certificate of insurance has been issued in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter transfers to another person the ownership of the motor vehicle in respect of which such insurance was taken together with the policy of insurance relating thereto, the certificate of insurance and the policy described in the certificate shall be deemed to have been transferred in favour of the person to whom the motor vehicle is transferred with effect from the date of its transfer.

1[Explanation.-For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that such deemed transfer shall include transfer of rights and liabilities of the said certificate of insurance and policy of insurance.]

(2) The transferee shall apply within fourteen days from the date of transfer in the prescribed form to the insurer for making necessary changes in regard to the fact of transfer in the certificate of insurance and the policy described in the certificate in his favour and the insurer shall make the necessary changes in the certificate and the policy of insurance in regard to the transfer of insurance.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 48 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 158. Production of certain certificates, licence and permit in certain cases

(1) Any person driving a motor vehicle in any public place shall, on being so required by a police officer in uniform authorised in this behalf by the State Government, produce-

(a) the certificate of insurance;

(b) the certificate of registration;

(c) the driving licence; and

(d) in the case of a transport vehicle, also the certificate of fitness referred to in section 56 and the permit, relating to the use of the vehicle.

(2) If, where owing to the presence of a motor vehicle in a public place an accident occurs involving death or bodily injury to another person, the driver of the vehicle does not at the time produce the certificates, driving licence and permit referred to in sub-section (1) to a police officer, he shall produce the said certificates, licence and permit at the police station at which he makes the report required by section 134.

(3) No person shall be liable to conviction under sub-section (1) or subsection (2) by reason only of the failure to produce the certificate of insurance if, within seven days from the date on which its production was required under sub-section (1), or as the case may be, from the date of occurrence of the accident, he produces the certificate at such police station as may have been specified by him to the police officer who required its production or, as the case may be, to the police officer at the site of the accident or to the officer-in-charge of the police station at which he reported the accident:

Provided that except to such extent and with such modifications as may be prescribed, the provisions of this sub-section shall not apply to the driver of a transport vehicle.

(4) The owner of a motor vehicle shall give such information as he may be required by or on behalf of a police officer empowered in this behalf by the State Government to give for the purpose of determining whether the vehicle was or was not being driven in contravention of section 146 and on any occasion when the driver was required under this section to produce his certificate of insurance.

(5) In this section, the expression “produce his certificate of insurance” means produce for examination the relevant certificate of insurance or such other evidence as may be prescribed that the vehicle was not being driven in contravention of section 146.

1[(6) As soon as any information regarding any accident involving death or bodily injury to any person is recorded or report under this section is completed by a police officer, the officer incharge of the police station shall forward a copy of the same within thirty days from the date of recording of information or, as the case may be, on completion of such report to the Claims Tribunal having jurisdiction and a copy thereof to the concerned insurer, and where a copy is made available to the owner, he shall also within thirty days of receipt of such report, forward the same to such Claims Tribunal and Insurer.]

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 49, for sub-section (6) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Criminal Procedure Code, 1973, Sections 451,457 -Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 158(6) – Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Section 159 – Motor Vehicles – Seized vehicles involved in commission of various offence – National waste while in custody of Police – Contention that earlier direction issued by the Apex Court in Suderbhai Ambalal Desai case are not complied with by the prosecuting agency – Considering the mandate of Section 451 read with Section 457 Cr.P.C. further direction with regard to seized vehicle given.

GENERAL INSURANCE COUNCIL & ORS. v/s STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH & ORS. [2010 AIR(SCW) 2967 = 2010(4) SCALE 141 = (2010) 6 SCC 768 = (2010) 5 SCR 97 = 2010 CRI. L. J. 2883 = (2010) 3 SCC(Cri) 226]

&

Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, Section 158(6) – Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, Rule 159 – Section 158(6) – MACT – Statutory obligation on the concerned police officers to forward Claims Tribunal having jurisdiction about the death or bodily injury to any persons so recorded in police station – Sending copy thereof to the concerned insurer and the owner of the offending vehicle – Provision mandatory – Direction to all State Government and Union Territories to instruct all concerned police officers to comply with the requirement of section 158(6) of the Act.

GENERAL INSURANCE COUNCIL & ORS v/s STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH & ORS [AIR 2007 SC 2696 = 2007 AIR(SCW) 4873 = (2007) 12 SCC 354 = 2007 (8) SCR 192 = (2007) 9 Scale 165 = (2008) 1 SCC(Cri) 384]

Section 159. Production of certificate of Insurance on application for authority to use vehicle.

A State Government may make rules requiring the owner of any motor vehicle when applying whether by payment of a tax or otherwise for authority to use the vehicle in a public place to produce such evidence as may be prescribed by those rules to the effect that either-

(a) on the date when the authority to use the vehicle comes into operation there will be in force the necessary policy of insurance in relation to the use of the vehicle by the applicant or by other persons on his order or with his permission, or

(b) the vehicle is a vehicle to which section 146 does not apply.

Section 160. Duty to furnish particulars of vehicle involved in accident.

A registering authority or the officer-in-charge of a police station shall, if so required by a person who alleges that he is entitled to claim compensation in respect of an accident arising out of the use of a motor vehicle, or if so required by an insurer against whom a claim has been made in respect of any motor vehicle, furnish to that person or to that insurer, as the case may be, on payment of the prescribed fee any information at the disposal of the said authority or the said police officer relating to the identification marks and other particulars of the vehicle and the name and address of the person who was using the vehicle at the time of the accident or was injured by it and the property, if any, damaged in such form and within such time as the Central Government may prescribe.

Section 161. Special provisions as to compensation in case of hit and run motor accident.

(1) For the purposes of this section, section 162 and section 163-

(a) “grievous hurt” shall have the same meaning as in the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860);

(b) “hit and run motor accident” means an accident arising out of the use of a motor vehicle or motor vehicles the identity whereof cannot be ascertained in spite of reasonable efforts for the purpose;

(c) “scheme” means the scheme framed under section 163.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 (57 of 1972) or any other law for the time being in force or any instrument having the force of law, the General Insurance Corporation of India formed under section 9 of the said Act and the insurance companies for the time being carrying on general insurance business in India shall provide for paying in accordance with the provisions of this Act and the scheme, compensation in respect of the death of, or grievous hurt to, persons resulting from hit and run motor accidents.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the scheme, there shall be paid as compensation-

(a) in respect of the death of any person resulting from a hit and run motor accident, a fixed sum of 1[twenty-five thousand rupees];

(b) in respect of grievous hurt to any person resulting from a hit and run motor accident, a fixed sum of 2[twelve thousand and five hundred rupees].

(4) The provisions of sub-section (1) of section 166 shall apply for the purpose of making applications for compensation under this section as they apply for the purpose of making applications for compensation referred to in that sub-section.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 50, for “eight thousand and five hundred rupees” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 50, for “two thousand rupees” (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 Sections 161,163 – Compensation – Injured, 45 years old, having income of Rs. 4,000/-p.m. – Likely to be increased – Right leg amputated – Overall disability of 50%. Held that additional amount of Rs. 2 lacs be paid.

GRIFAN v/s SARBJEET SINGH [(2000) 9 SCC 338 = JT 2000 (8) SC 55 = (2000) 7 Supreme 378]

Section 162. Refund in certain cases of compensation paid under section 161 (1).

(1) The payment of compensation in respect of the death of, or grievous hurt to, any person under section 161 shall be subject to the condition that if any compensation (hereafter in this sub-section referred to as the other compensation) or other amount in lieu of or by way of satisfaction of a claim for compensation is awarded or paid in respect of such death or grievous hurt under any other provision of this Act or any other law or otherwise so much of the other compensation or other amount aforesaid as is equal to the compensation paid under section 161 shall be refunded to the insurer.

(2) Before awarding compensation in respect of an accident involving the death of, or bodily injury to, any person arising out of the use of a motor vehicle or motor vehicles under any provision of this Act (other than section 161) or any other law, the Tribunal, Court or other authority awarding such compensation shall verify as to whether in respect of such death or bodily injury compensation has already been paid under section 161 or an application for payment of compensation is pending under that section, and such Tribunal, Court or other authority shall,-

(a) if compensation has already been paid under section 161, direct the person liable to pay the compensation awarded by it to refund to the insurer, so much thereof as is required to be refunded in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (1);

(b) if an application for payment of compensation is pending under section 161 forward the particulars as to the compensation awarded by it to the insurer.

Explanation.-For the purpose of this sub-section, an application for compensation under section 161 shall be deemed to be pending-

(i) if such application has been rejected, till the date of the rejection of the application, and

(ii) in any other case, till the date of payment of compensation in pursuance of the application.

Section 163. Scheme for payment of compensation in case of hit and run motor accidents.

(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make a scheme1 specifying, the manner in which the scheme shall be administered by the General Insurance Corporation, the form, manner and the time within which applications for compensation may be made, the officers or authorities to whom such applications may be made, the procedure to be followed by such officers or authorities for considering and passing orders on such applications, and all other matters connected with, or incidental to, the administration of the scheme and the payment of compensation.

(2) A scheme made under sub-section (1) may provide that-

(a) a contravention of any provision thereof shall be punishable with imprisonment for such term as may be specified but in no case exceeding three months, or with fine which may extend to such amount as may be specified but in no case exceeding five hundred rupees or with both;

(b) the powers, functions or duties conferred or imposed on any officer or authority by such scheme may be delegated with the prior approval in writing of the Central Government, by such officer or authority to any other officer or authority;

(c) any provision of such scheme may operate with retrospective effect from a date not earlier than the date of establishment of the Solatium, Fund under the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (4 of 1939) as it stood immediately before the commencement of this Act:

Provided that no such retrospective effect shall be given so as to prejudicially affect the interests of any person who may be governed by such provision.

1. Solatium Scheme, 1989 vide S.O. 440 (E), dated 12th June, 1989, published in the Gazette of India, Extra., Pt. II, sec. 3(ii) dated 12th June, 1989. See Universal’s Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989 along with allied material.

Section 163A. Special provisions as to payment of compensation on structured formula basis.

1[163A. Special provisions as to payment of compensation on structured formula basis.

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force or instrument having the force of law, the owner of the motor vehicle or the authorised insurer shall be liable to pay in the case of death or permanent disablement due to accident arising out of the use of motor vehicle, compensation, as indicated in the Second Schedule, to the legal heirs or the victim, as the case may be.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this sub-section, “permanent disability” shall have the same meaning and extent as in the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (8 of 1923).

(2) In any claim for compensation under sub-section (1), the claimant shall not be required to plead or establish that the death or permanent disablement in respect of which the claim has been made was due to any wrongful act or neglect or default of the owner of the vehicle or vehicles concerned or of any other person.

(3) The Central Government may, keeping in view the cost of living by notification in the Official Gazette, from time to time amend the Second Schedule.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 51 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 163A and 166 – Compensation – MACT claim filed u/s 166 of the Act but subsequently on an application treated the claim u/s 163-A and award passed and amount of compensation withdrawn by claimant – Thereafter, an application filed that the claim petition filed u/s 166 may be decided – Held that the respondents having obtained the compensation, finally determined u/s 163A of the Act are precluded from proceeding further with the petition filed u/s 166 of the Act – The impugned judgment of the High Court upholding the order passed by the Tribunal to permit the respondents to proceed further with the petition filed u/s 166 of the Act held not sustainable and liable to be set aside.

ORIENTAL INSURANCE CO.LTD. v/s DHANBAI KANJI GADHVI & ORS. [2011(2) SCALE 39 = 2011 AIR(SCW) 1269]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 163A, 166 – Compensation – Injury cases – Assessment of future loss of earnings due to permanent disability – Principles discussed.

RAJ KUMAR v/s AJAY KUMAR & ANR. [2010(12) SCALE 265 = (2011) 1 SCC 343]

Section 1[163B. Option to file claim in certain cases

Where a person is entitled to claim compensation under section 140 and section 163A, he shall file the claim under either of the said sections and not under both.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 51 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 164. Power of Central Government to make rules.

(1) The Central Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this Chapter, other than the matters specified in section 159.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-

(a) the forms to be used for the purposes of this Chapter;

(b) the making of applications for and the issue of certificates of insurance;

(c) the issue of duplicates to replace certificates of insurance lost, destroyed or mutilated;

(d) the custody, production, cancellation and surrender of certificates of insurance;

(e) the records to be maintained by insurers of policies of insurance issued under this Chapter;

(f) the identification by certificates or otherwise of persons or vehicles exempted from the provisions of this Chapter;

(g) the furnishing of information respecting policies of insurance by insurers;

(h) adopting the provisions of this Chapter to vehicles brought into India by persons making only a temporary stay therein or to vehicles registered in a reciprocating country and operating on any route or within any area in India by applying those provisions with prescribed modifications;

(i) the form in which and the time limit within which the particulars referred to in section 160 may be furnished; and

(j) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

Section 165. Claims Tribunals.

(1) A State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute one or more Motor Accidents Claims Tribunals (hereafter in this Chapter referred to as Claims Tribunal) for such area as may be specified in the notification for the purpose of adjudicating upon claims for compensation in respect of accidents involving the death of, or bodily injury to, persons arising out of the use of motor vehicles, or damages to any property of a third party so arising, or both.

Explanation.-For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the expression “claims for compensation in respect of accidents involving the death of or bodily injury to persons arising out of the use of motor vehicles” includes claims for compensation under section 140 1[and section 163A].

(2) A Claims Tribunal shall consist of such number of members as the State Government may think fit to appoint and where it consists of two or more members, one of them shall be appointed as the Chairman thereof.

(3) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a member of a Claims Tribunal unless he-

(a) is, or has been, a Judge of a High Court, or

(b) is, or has been a District Judge, or

(c) is qualified for appointment as a High Court Judge 1[or as a District Judge].

(4) Where two or more Claims Tribunals are constituted for any area, the State Government, may by general or special order, regulate the distribution of business among them.

1. Added by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 52 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 166. Application for compensation.

(1) An application for compensation arising out of an accident of the nature specified in sub-section (1) of section 165 may be made-

(a) by the person who has sustained the injury; or

(b) by the owner of the property; or

(c) where death has resulted from the accident, by all or any of the legal representatives of the deceased; or

(d) by any agent duly authorised by the person injured or all or any of the legal representatives of the deceased, as the case may be:

Provided that where all the legal representatives of the deceased have not joined in any such application for compensation, the application shall be made on behalf of or for the benefit of all the legal representatives of the deceased and the legal representatives who have not so joined, shall be impleaded as respondents to the application.

1[(2) Every application under sub-section (1) shall be made, at the option of the claimant, either to the Claims Tribunal having jurisdiction over the area in which the accident occurred, or to the Claims Tribunal within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the claimant resides or carries on business or within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant resides, and shall be in such form and contain such particulars as may be prescribed:

Provided that where no claim for compensation under section 140 is made in such application, the application shall contain a separate statement to that effect immediately before the signature of the applicant.]

2[***]

3[(4) The Claims Tribunal shall treat any report of accidents forwarded to it under sub-section (6) of section 158 as an application for compensation under this Act.]

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 53, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Sub.-section (3) omitted by Act 53 of 1994, sec. 53 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

3. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 53, for sub-section (4) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 166 – Compensation – Claim petition denied by the Tribunal as well as High Court on the ground that concerned vehicle was not involved in the accidentas in the FIR lodged by the brother of the victim neither the number of the vehicle nor the name of the driver was mentioned – Evidence of witness discarded solely on the ground that name of witness was not mentioned in the FIR, so it was not possible for the witness to see the incident – Held to be not a proper assessment of the fact situation in this case – In a case relating to motor accident claims the claimants are not required to prove the case as it is required to be done in a criminal trial – The Tribunal has applied multiplier of 16 even though the age of deceased had been determined as 29 years – Considering the age of the deceased of the victim the multiplier of 17 should be applied and the amount of compensation comes to Rs. 3,93,428/- apart from the amount of funeral expenses -Keeping in view the number of claimants of which three are minor children in exercise of its power under Article 142 of the Constitution an amount of Rs. 6 lacs awarded including the amounts of consortium and funeral expenses along with interest @7% from the date of presentation of the claim petition till the date of actual payment.

KUSUM LATA AND OTHERS v/s SATBIR AND OTHERS [2011 AIR(SCW) 1593 = (2011) 3 SCC 646]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 166 – Compensation – Addition of income for future prospectus – Multiplier – Split multiplier – Though there was evidence on record for future promotion of deceased who was 51 years of age but that not taken into account and taking income of the deceased at Rs. 16,000/- after applying multiplier of 11 compensation of Rs. 14,27,496/- awarded by the Tribunal and the same reduced to Rs. 11,82,000/- by introducing the concept of split multiplier and departed from the multiplier used by the Tribunal without disclosing any reason therefor – Multiplier of 11 applied by the Tribunal upheld – The judgment of the High Court held to be perverse and liable to be set aside -Taking into account the future prospectus of the deceased his income taken to be 20,000/- instead of Rs. 16,000/- and by applying multiplier of 11 the total compensation award rounded off to Rs. 18,0,0000.

K.R. MADHUSUDHAN & ORS. v/s ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER & ANR. [2011(2) SCALE 511 = 2011 AIR(SCW) 1390]

Section 167. Option regarding claims for compensation in certain cases.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (8 of 1923) where the death of, or bodily injury to, any person gives rise to a claim for compensation under this Act and also under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, the person entitled to compensation may without prejudice to the provisions of Chapter X claim such compensation under either of those Acts but not under both.

Section 168. Award of the Claims Tribunal.

On receipt of an application for compensation made under section 166, the Claims Tribunal shall, after giving notice of the application to the insurer and after giving the parties (including the insurer) an opportunity of being heard, hold an inquiry into the claim or, as the case may be, each of the claims and, subject to the provisions of section 162 may make an award determining the amount of compensation which appears to it to be just and specifying the person or persons to whom compensation shall be paid and in making the award the Claims Tribunal shall specify the amount which shall be paid by the insurer or owner or driver of the vehicle involved in the accident or by all or any of them, as the case may be:

Provided that where such application makes a claim for compensation under section 140 in respect of the death or permanent disablement of any person, such claim and any other claim (whether made in such application or otherwise) for compensation in respect of such death or permanent disablement shall be disposed of in accordance with the provisions of Chapter X.

(2) The Claims Tribunal shall arrange to deliver copies of the award to the parties concerned expeditiously and in any case within a period of fifteen days from the date of the award.

(3) When an award is made under this section, the person who is required to pay any amount in terms of such award shall, within thirty days of the date of announcing the award by the Claims Tribunal, deposit the entire amount awarded in such manner as the Claims Tribunal may direct.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 2(30),50 and 168 – Compensation – Liability of owner – ‘J’ registered owner of the vehicle sold the vehicle to ‘S’ – Notwithstanding the sale of vehicle neither the transferor ‘J’ nor the transferee ‘S’ took any step for change of the name of the owner in the certificate of registration of the vehicle – In view of the omission ‘J’ must be deemed to continue as the owner of the vehicle for the purpose of the Act even though under civil law he ceased to be its owner after sale of vehicle – ‘J’ whose name continued in the records of the registering authority as the owner of the truck was equally liable for payment of compensation amount – Since insurance policy in respect of the truck was taken out in ‘J’s name he was indemnified and the claim will be shifted to the insurer.

PUSHPA @ LEELA & ORS. v/s SHAKUNTALA & ORS. [2011 AIR(SCW) 562 = JT 2011 (1) SC 117 = 2011(1) SCALE 303 = (2011) 2 SCC 240 = AIR 2011 SC 682]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 163A,165(1),166,168,169(2) – Compensation – Claim petition – Maintainability – Death of owner-driver in accident – Claim petition file u/s 163A in which plea raised by the Insurance Company that claim petition not competent because the deceased was not a third party being the driver-owner of the vehicle under the Act 1988 and the same upheld by the Tribunal and the High Court – Held that the inquiry under Section 168 and the summary procedure that the Claims Tribunal has to follow do not contemplate the controversy arising out of claim application being decided in piecemeal – The Claims Tribunal required to dispose of all issues one way or the other in one go while deciding the claim application -The objection raised by the Insurance Company about the maintainability of claim petition is intricately connected with its liability which in the facts and circumstances of the case is dependent on the determination of the effect of additional premium paid by the insured to cover the risk of the driver and other terms of the policy – Matter remitted to the Tribunal for decision and passing of award.

BIMLESH AND ORS. v/s NEW INDIA ASSURANCE CO. LTD. [2010 AIR(SCW) 4581 = AIR 2010 SC 2591 = (2010) 8 SCC 591 = 2010(7) SCALE 732 = (2010) 9 SCR 605 = (2010) 3 SCC(Cri) 1025]

Section 169. Procedure and powers of Claims Tribunals.

(1) In holding any inquiry under section 168, the Claims Tribunal may, subject to any rules that may be made in this behalf, follow such summary procedure as it thinks fit.

(2) The Claims Tribunal shall have all the powers of a Civil Court for the purpose of taking evidence on oath and of enforcing the attendance of witnesses and of compelling the discovery and production of documents and material objects and for such other purposes as may be prescribed; and the Claims Tribunal shall be deemed to be a Civil Court for all the purposes of section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974).

(3) Subject to any rules that may be made in this behalf, the Claims Tribunal may, for the purpose of adjudicating upon any claim for compensation, choose one or more persons possessing special knowledge of and matter relevant to the inquiry to assist it in holding the inquiry.

Section 170. Impleading insurer in certain cases.

Where in the course of any inquiry, the Claims Tribunal is satisfied that-

(a) there is collusion between the person making the claim and the person against whom the claim is made, or

(b) the person against whom the claim is made has failed to contest the claim,

it may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, direct that the insurer who may be liable in respect of such claim, shall be impleaded as a party to the proceeding and the insurer so impleaded shall thereupon have, without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (2) of section 149, the right to contest the claim on all or any of the grounds that are available to the person against whom (he claim has been made.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 170 – MACT – Compensation – Award by Tribunal – Appeal by insurer – Dismissal by High Court on sole ground that the Tribunal while granting permission to the insurer to contest claim under Section 170 of the Act did not assign any reason for granting permission – Order of the High Court liable to be set aside.

NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED v/s MEGHJI NARAN SORATIYA & ORS. [(2009) 3 SCR 875 = 2009 AIR(SCW) 2340 = 2009(4) SCALE 50 = (2009) 12 SCC 796 = (2010) 1 SCC(Cri) 750]

&

Motor Vehicles Act (59 of 1988), Sections. 170(b), 173.- Advocate(S): P. K. Seth, S. K. Gupta, Anurag Pandey and Anil Arora, Advocates, for Appellant; Mehul Vakharia, P. Venugopal, P. S. Sudheer, Advocates, for M/s. K. J. John and Co., Advocates, for Respondents.

UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. LTD v/s JYOTSNABEN SUDHIRBHAI PATEL AND OTHERS [AIR 2003 SC 3127 = (2003) 7 SCC 212 = (2003) 6 Scale 288 = 2003 (Supp2) SCR 380 = JT 2003 (6) SC 547]

Section 171. Award of interest where any claim is allowed.

Where any Claims Tribunal allows a claim for compensation made under this Act, such Tribunal may direct that in addition to the amount of compensation simple interest shall also be paid at such rate and from such date not earlier than the date of making the claim as it may specify in this behalf.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Sections 163,168-A and 171- MACT – Compensation – Multiplier – Applicability of appropriate multiplier challenged – Deviation from multiplier as provided under Schedule not permissible unless special reason there for indicated – In case of first deceased aged 46 years, multiplier of 13 would be applicable and in case of second deceased aged 42 years, multiplier of 15 would be applicable – High Court applied multiplier of 11 and14 – Held that though High Court enhanced amount, refused to award interest, stating “since appeals are being disposed of at motion stage, no interest on enhanced amount of compensation will be paid to claimants” – Found it to be no good reason to deny interest on enhanced amount – It would be taken that amount enhanced liable to be paid to claimant’s right from beginning though enhanced later on appeal – By applying higher multipliers of 13 and 15 in regard to claimants of both parties respectively, amount of compensation shall be further increased – Interest would also be payable on said increased amount – Thus compensation enhanced with interest – Appeals allowed.

SWARAN LATA AND OTHERS v/s RAM CHET AND OTHERS [(2007) 15 SCC 650 = (2010) 3 SCC(Cri) 620]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 – Section 166, 168, 173 and 171 – MACT – Compensation – Permanent disability to the extent of 65% to 70% – Tribunal awarded compensation of Rs 15,36,460/- enhanced to Rs 21,60,460/- by High Court – Appeal to Supreme Court. Held, enhancements by High Court under headings “fracture of both the bones of right leg”, “compound segmental fracture of shaft of right femur” and “extra nourishment food and miscellaneous expenses”, set aside -Taking future promotions as uncertain and it may or may not happen depending on exigency of service “Loss of future income” reduced. Award by Tribunal under headings “plastic surgery” and “loss of marriage prospects”, set aside. But conveyance charges as awarded by High Court upheld, considering the fact that claimant has to go to hospital for proper check-up, Compensation reduced to Rs 12,61,400 with interest @ 9% p.a.

MANAGING DIRECTOR, BMTC v/s SYED NISAR AHMED [(2009) 16 SCC 414]

Section 172. Award of compensatory costs in certain cases.

(1) Any Claims Tribunal adjudicating upon any claim for compensation under this Act, may in any case where it is satisfied for reasons to be recorded by it in writing that-

(a) the policy of insurance is void on the ground that it was obtained by representation of fact which was false in any material particular, or

(b) any party or insurer has put forward a false or vexatious claim or defence, such Tribunal may make an order for the payment, by the party who is guilty of misrepresentation or by whom such claim or defence has been put forward of special costs by way of compensation to the insurer or, as the case may be, to the party against whom such claim or defence has been put forward.

(2) No Claims Tribunal shall pass an order for special costs under sub-section (1) for any amount exceeding one thousand rupees.

(3) No person or insurer against whom an order has been made under this section shall, by reason thereof be exempted from any criminal liability in respect of such mis-representation, claim or defence as is referred to in sub-section (1).

(4) Any amount awarded by way of compensation under this section in respect of any misrepresentation, claim or defence, shall be taken into account in any subsequent suit for damages for compensation in respect of such misrepresentation, claim or defence.

Section 173. Appeals.

(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2) any person aggrieved by an award of a Claims Tribunal may, within ninety days from the date of the award, prefer an appeal to the High Court:

Provided that no appeal by the person who is required to pay any amount in terms of such award shall be entertained by the High Court unless he has deposited with it twenty-five thousand rupees or fifty per cent, of the amount so awarded, whichever is less, in the manner directed by the High Court:

Provided further that the High Court may entertain the appeal after the expiry of the said period of ninety days, if it is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from preferring the appeal in time.

(2) No appeal shall lie against any award of a Claims Tribunal if the amount in dispute in the appeal is less than ten thousand rupees.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 173 – Motor Vehicle accident – Compensation – Income – Deductions – Net income – Deduction as 30% towards income tax as assessed by the High Court not disturbed – Held that while ascertaining the income of the deceased any deductions shown in the salary certificate as deductions towards GPF, life insurance premium, repayments of loans etc. should not be excluded from the income – The deduction towards income tax/surcharge alone should be considered to arrive at the net income of the deceased.

SHYAMWATI SHARMA & ORS. v/s KARAM SINGH & ORS. [JT 2010 (7) SC 214 = 2010 AIR(SCW) 4391 = 2010(6) SCALE 763 = (2010) 8 SCR 417 = (2010) 12 SCC 378]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 166,173 – Compensation – Multiplier – The age of deceased was 48 years at the time of accident – Multiplier of 13 applied by tribunal reduced to 10 by the High Court – Held that the Tribunal had rightly applied multiplier of 13 – Award of MACT restored – The interest @7.5% p.a. awarded by High Court from the date of petition till the date of payment upheld.

PODDUTOORI LALITA DEVI AND ANR. v/s A.P.S.R.T.C. REP. BY MANAGING DIRECTOR AND ANR. [2010(2) SCALE 587]

Section 174. Recovery of money from insurer as arrear of land revenue.

Where any amount is due from any person under an award, the Claims Tribunal may, on an application made to it by the person entitled to the amount, issue a certificate for the amount to the Collector and the Collector shall proceed to recover the same in the same manner as an arrear of land revenue.

Section 175. Bar on jurisdiction of Civil Courts.

Where any Claims Tribunal has been constituted for any area, no Civil Court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any question relating to any claim for compensation which may be adjudicated upon by the Claims Tribunal for that area, and no injunction in respect of any action taken or to be taken by or before the Claims Tribunal in respect of the claim for compensation shall be granted by the Civil Court.

Section 176. Power of State Government to make rules.

A State Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of sections 165 to 174, and in particular, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-

(a) the form of application for claims for compensation and the particulars it may contain, and the fees, if any, to be paid in respect of such application;

(b) the procedure to be followed by a Claims Tribunal in holding an inquiry under this Chapter;

(c) the powers vested in a Civil Court which may be exercised by a Claims Tribunal;

(d) the form and the manner in which and the fees (if any) on payment of which an appeal may by preferred against an award of a Claims Tribunal; and

(e) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed.

Section 177. General provision for punishment of offences.

Whoever contravenes any provision of this Act or of any rule, regulation or notification made thereunder shall, if no penalty is provided for the offence be punishable for the first offence with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees, and for any second or subsequent offence with fine which may extend to three hundred rupees.

Section 178. Penalty for travelling without pass or ticket and for dereliction of duty on the part of conductor and refusal to ply contract carriage, etc.

(1) Whoever travels in a stage carriage without having a proper pass or ticket with him or being in or having alighted from a stage carriage fails or refuses to present for examination or to deliver up his pass or ticket immediately on a requisition being made therefor, shall be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

Explanation.-In this section, “pass” and “ticket” have the meanings respectively assigned to them in section 124.

(2) If the conductor of a stage carriage, or the driver of a stage carriage performing the functions of a conductor in such stage carriage, whose duty is-

(a) to supply a ticket to a person travelling in a stage carriage on payment of fare by such person, either wilfully or negligently,-

(i) fails or refuses to accept the fare when tendered, or

(ii) fails or refuses to supply a ticket, or

(iii) supplies an invalid ticket, or

(iv) supplies a ticket of a lesser value, or

(b) to check any pass or ticket, either wilfully or negligently fails or refuses to do so,

he shall be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

(3) If the holder of a permit or the driver of a contract carriage refuses, in contravention of the provisions of this Act or rules made thereunder, to ply the contract carriage or to carry the passengers, he shall,-

(a) in the case of two-wheeled or three-wheeled motor vehicles, be punishable with fine which may extend to fifty rupees; and

(b) in any other case, be punishable with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.

Section 179. Disobedience of orders, obstruction and refusal of information.

(1) Whoever wilfully disobeys any direction lawfully given by any person or authority empowered under this Act to give such direction, or obstructs any person or authority in the discharge of any functions which such person or authority is required or empowered under this Act to discharge, shall, if no other penalty is provided for the offence be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

(2) Whoever, being required by or under this Act to supply any information, wilfully withholds such information or gives information which he knows to be false or which he does not believe to be true, shall, if no other penalty is provided for the offence, be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

Section 180. Allowing unauthorised persons to drive vehicles.

Whoever, being the owner or person in charge of a motor vehicle, causes or permits, any other person who does not satisfy the provisions of section 3 or section 4 to drive the vehicle shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Section 181. Driving vehicles in contravention of section 3 or section 4.

Whoever drives a motor vehicle in contravention of section 3 or section 4 shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

Section 182. Offences relating to licences.

(1) Whoever, being disqualified under this Act for holding or obtaining a driving licence drives a motor vehicle in a public place of in any other place, or applies for or obtains a driving licence or, not being entitled to have a driving licence issued to him free of endorsement, applies for or obtains a driving licence without disclosing the endorsement made on a driving licence previously held by him shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees or with both, and any driving licence so obtained by him shall be of no effect.

(2) Whoever, being disqualified under this Act for holding or obtaining a conductor’s licence, acts as a conductor of a stage carriage in a public place or plies for or obtains a conductor’s licence or, not being entitled to have a conductor’s licence issued to him free of endorsement, applies for or obtains a conductor’s licence without disclosing the endorsements made on a conductor’s licence previously held by him, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees, or with both, and any conductor’s licence so obtained by him shall be of no effect.

Section 1[182A. Punishment for offences relating to construction and maintenance of vehicles.

Any person who contravenes the provisions of sub-section (3) of section 109, shall be punishable with a fine of one thousand rupees for the first offence and with a fine of five thousand rupees for any subsequent offences.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 54 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 183. Driving at excessive speed, etc.

(1) Whoever drives a motor vehicle in contravention of the speed limits referred to in section 112 shall be punishable with fine which may extend to four hundred rupees, or, if having been previously convicted of an offence under this sub-section is again convicted of an offence under this sub-section, with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees.

(2) Whoever causes any person who is employed by him or is subject to his control in driving to drive a motor vehicle in contravention of the speed limits referred to in section 112 shall be punishable with fine which may extend to three hundred rupees, or, if having been previously convicted of an offence under this sub-section, is again convicted of an offence under this sub-section, with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

(3) No person shall be convicted of an offence punishable under sub-section (1) solely on the evidence of one witness to the effect that in the opinion of the witness such person was driving at a speed which was unlawful, unless that opinion is shown to be based on an estimate obtained by the use of some mechanical device.

(4) The publication of a time table under which or the giving of any direction that any journey or part of a journey is to be completed within a specified time shall, if in the opinion of the Court it is not practicable in the circumstances of the case for that journey or part of a journey to be completed in the specified time without contravening the speed limits referred to in section 112 be prima fade evidence that the person who published the time table or gave the direction has committed an offence punishable under sub-section (2).

Section 184. Driving dangerously.

Whoever drives a motor vehicle at a speed or in a manner which is dangerous to the public, having regard to all the circumstances of the case including the nature, condition and use of the place where the vehicle is driven and the amount of traffic which actually is at the time or which might reasonably be expected to be in the place, shall be punishable for the first offence with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, and for any second or subsequent offence if committed within three years of the commission of a previous similar offence with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, or with both.

Section 185. Driving by a drunken person or by a person under the influence of drugs.

Whoever, while driving, or attempting to drive, a motor vehicle,-

1[(a) has, in his blood, alcohol exceeding 30 mg. per 100 ml. of blood detected in a test by a breath analyser, or]

(b) is under this influence of a drug to such an extent as to be incapable of exercising proper control over the vehicle, shall be punishable for the first offence with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, or with both; and for a second or subsequent offence, if committed within three years of the commission of the previous similar offence, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine which may extend to three thousand rupees, or with both.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section, the drug or drugs specified by the Central Government in this behalf, by notification in the Official Gazette, shall be deemed to render a person incapable of exercising proper control over a motor vehicle.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 55, for clause (a) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 186. Driving when mentally or physically unfit to drive.

Whoever drives a motor vehicle in any public place when he is to his knowledge suffering from any disease or disability calculated to cause his driving of the vehicle to be a source of danger to the public, shall be punishable for the first offence with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees and for a second or subsequent offence with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

Section 187. Punishment for offences relating to accident.

Whoever fails to comply with the provisions of clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 132 or of section 133 or section 134 shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both or, if having been previously convicted of an offence under this section, he is again convicted of an offence under this section, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Section 188. Punishment for abetment of certain offences.

Whoever abets the commission of an offence under section 184 or section 185 or section 186 shall be punishable with the punishment provided for the offence.

Section 189. Racing and trials of speed.

Whoever without the written consent of the State Government permits or takes part in a race or trial of speed of any kind between motor vehicles in any public place shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with a fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

Section 190. Using vehicle in unsafe condition.

(1) Any person who drives or causes or allows to be driven in any public place a motor vehicle or trailer while the vehicle or trailer has any defect, which such person knows of or could have discovered by the exercise of ordinary care and which is calculated to render the driving of the vehicle a source of danger to persons and vehicles using such place, shall be punishable with fine which may extend to two hundred and fifty rupees or, if as a result of such defect an accident is caused causing bodily injury or damage to property, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

(2) Any person who drives or causes or allows to be driven, in any public place a motor vehicle, which violates the standards prescribed in relation to road safety, control of noise and air-pollution,’ shall be punishable for the first offence with a fine of one thousand rupees and for any second or subsequent offence with a fine of two thousand rupees.

(3) Any person who drives or causes or allows to be driven, in any public place a motor vehicle which violates the provisions of this Act or the rules made thereunder relating to the carriage of goods which are of dangerous or hazardous nature to human life, shall be punishable for the first offence which may extend to three thousand rupees, or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year, or with both, and for any second or subsequent offence with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees, or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, or with both.

Section 191. Sale of vehicle in or alteration of vehicle to condition contravening this Act.

Whoever being an importer of or dealer in motor vehicles, sells or delivers or offers to sell or deliver a motor vehicle or trailer in such condition that the use thereof in a public place would be in contravention of Chapter VII or any rule made thereunder or alters the motor vehicle or trailer so as to render its condition such that its use in a public place would be in contravention of Chapter VII or any rule made thereunder shall be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees:

Provided that no person shall be convicted under this section if he proves that he had reasonable cause to believe that the vehicle would not be used in a public place until it had been put into a condition in which it might lawfully be so used.

Section 192. Using vehicle without registration.

1[192. Using vehicle without registration.

(1) Whoever drives a motor vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicle to be used in contravention of the provisions of section 39 shall be punishable for the first offence with a fine which may extend to five thousand rupees but shall not be less than two thousand rupees for a second or subsequent offence with imprisonment which may extend to one year or with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees but shall not be less than five thousand rupees or with both:

Provided that the Court may, for reasons to be recorded, impose a lesser punishment.

(2) Nothing in this section shall apply to the use of a motor vehicle in an emergency for the conveyance of persons suffering from sickness or injuries or for the transport of food or materials to relieve distress or of medical supplies for a like purpose:

Provided that the person using the vehicle reports about the same to the Regional Transport Authority within seven days from the date of such use.

(3) The Court to which an appeal lies from any conviction in respect of an offence of the nature specified in sub-section (1), may set aside or vary any order made by the Court below, notwithstanding that no appeal lies against the conviction in connection with which such order was made.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 56, for section 192 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 192A. Using vehicle without permit.

1[192A. Using vehicle without permit.

(1) Whoever drives a motor vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicle to be used in contravention of the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 66 or in contravention of any condition of a permit relating to the route on which or the area in which or the purpose for which the vehicle may be used, shall be punishable for the first offence with a fine which may extend to five thousand rupees but shall not be less than two thousand rupees and for any subsequent offence with imprisonment which may extend to one year but shall not be less than three months or with fine which may extend lo ten thousand rupees but shall not be less than five thousand rupees or with both:

Provided that the court may for reasons to be recorded, impose a lesser punishment.

(2) Nothing in this section shall apply to the use of a motor vehicle in an emergency for the conveyance of persons suffering from sickness or injury or for the transport of materials for repair or for the transport of food or materials to relieve distress or of medical supplies for a like purpose:

Provided that the person using the vehicle reports about the same to the Regional Transport Authority within seven days from the date of such use.

(3) The court to which an appeal lies from any conviction in respect of an offence of the nature specified in sub-section (1), may set aside or vary any order made by the court below, notwithstanding that no appeal lies against the conviction in connection with which such order was made.]

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 56, for section 192 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 193. Punishment of agents and canvassers without proper authority.

Whoever engages himself as an agent or canvasser in contravention of the provisions of section 93 or of any rules made thereunder shall be punishable for the first offence with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees and for any second or subsequent offence with imprisonment which may extend to six’, months, or with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, or with both.

Section 194. Driving vehicle exceeding permissible weight.

1[(1) Whoever drivers I a motor vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicle to be driven in contravention of the provisions of section 113 or section 114 or section 115 shall be punishable with minimum fine of two thousand rupees and an additional amount of one thousand rupees per tonne of excess load, together with the liability to pay charges for off-loading of the excess load].

(2) Any driver of a vehicle who refuses to stop and submit his vehicle to weighing after being directed to do so by an officer authorised in this behalf under section 114 or removes or causes the removal of the load or part of it prior to weighing shall be punishable with fine which may extend to three thousand rupees.

1. Subs, by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 57, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 195. Imposition of minimum fine under certain circumstances.

(1) Whoever having been convicted of an offence under this Act or the rules made thereunder commits a similar offence on a second or subsequent occasion within three years of the commission of the previous offence, no Court shall, except for reasons to be recorded by it in writing, impose on him a fine of less than one-fourth of the maximum amount of the fine imposable for such offence.

(2) Nothing in sub-section (1) shall be construed as restricting the power of the Court from awarding such imprisonment as it considers necessary in the circumstances of the case not exceeding the maximum specified in this Act in respect of that offence

Section 196. Driving uninsured vehicle.

Whoever drives a motor vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicle to be driven in contravention of the provisions of section 146 shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Section 197. Taking vehicle without authority.

(1) Whoever takes and drives away any motor vehicle without having either the consent of the owner thereof or other lawful authority shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both:

Provided that no person shall be convicted under this section if the Court is satisfied that such person acted in the reasonable belief that he had lawful authority or in the reasonable belief that the owner would in the circumstances of the case have given his consent if he had been asked therefor.

(2) Whoever, unlawfully by force or threat of force or by any other form of intimidation, seizes or exercises control of a motor vehicle, shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

(3) Whoever attempts to commit any of the acts referred to in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) in relation to any motor vehicle, or abets the commission of any such act, shall also be deemed to have committed an offence under sub-section (1) or, as the case may be, sub-section (2).

Section 198. Unauthorised interference with vehicle.

Whoever otherwise than with lawful authority or reasonable excuse enters or moves any stationary motor vehicle or tampers with the brake or any part of the mechanism of a motor vehicle shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees.

Section 199. Offences by companies.

(1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the contravention and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:

Provided that nothing in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment provided in this Act, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything .contained in sub-section (1), where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, and it is proved that the offence was committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section-

(a) “company”, means any body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and

(b) “director”, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.

Section 200. Composition of certain offences.

(1) Any offence whether committed before or after the commencement of this Act punishable under section 177, section 178, section 179, section 180, section 181, section 182, sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of section 183, section 184, section 186, 1[section 189, sub-section (2) of section 190]; section 191, section 192, section 194, section 196, or section 198, may either before or after the institution of the prosecution, be compounded by such officers or authorities and for such amount as the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify in this behalf.

(2) Where an offence has been compounded under sub-section (1) the offender, if in custody, shall be discharged and no further proceedings shall be taken against him in respect of such offence.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 58, for “section 189″ (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 201. Penalty for causing obstruction to free flow of traffic.

(1) Whoever keeps a disabled vehicle on any public place, in such a manner, so as to cause impediment to the free flow of traffic, shall be liable for penalty up to fifty rupees per hour, so long as it remains in that position:

Provided that the vehicle involved in accidents shall be liable for penalty only from the time of completion of inspection formalities under the law:

1[Provided further that where the vehicle is removed by a Government agency, towing charges shall be recovered from the vehicle owner or person in-charge of such vehicle.]

2[(2) Penalties or towing charges under this section shall be recovered by such officer or authority as the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, authorise.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 59 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

2. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 59, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994)

Section 202. Power to arrest without warrant.

(1) A police officer in uniform may arrest without warrant any person who in his presence commits an offence punishable under section 184 or section 185 or section 197:

Provided that any person so arrested in connection with an offence punishable under section 185 shall, within two hours of his arrest, be subjected to a medical examination referred to in sections 203 and 204 by a registered medical practitioner failing which he shall be released from custody.

1[(2) A police officer in uniform may arrest without warrant any person, who has committed an offence under this Act, if such person refuses to give his name and address.]

(3) A police officer arresting without warrant the driver of a motor vehicle shall if the circumstances so require take or cause to be taken any steps he may consider proper for the temporary disposal of the vehicle.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 60, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 203. Breath tests.

1[(1) A police officer in uniform or an officer of the Motor Vehicles Department, as may be authorised in this behalf by that Department, may require any person driving or attempting to drive a motor vehicle in a public place to provide one or more specimens of breath for breath test there or nearby, if such police officer or officer has any reasonable cause to suspect him of having committed an offence under section 185:

Provided that requirement for breath test shall be made (unless, it is made) as soon as reasonably practicable after the commission of such offence.]

(2) If a motor vehicle is involved in an accident in a public place and a police officer in uniform has any reasonable cause to suspect that the person who was driving the motor vehicle at the time of the accident had alcohol in his blood or that he was driving under the influence of a drug referred to in section 185 he may require the person so driving the motor vehicle, to provide a specimen of his breath for a breath test-

(a) in the case of a person who is at a hospital as an indoor patient, at the hospital,

(b) in the case of any other person, either at or near the place where the requirement is made, or, if the police officer thinks fit, at a police station specified by the police officer:

Provided that a person shall not be required to provide such a specimen while at a hospital as an indoor patient if the registered medical practitioner in immediate charge of his case is not first notified of the proposal to make the requirement or objects to the provision of a specimen on the ground that its provision or the requirement to provide it would be prejudicial to the proper care or treatment of the patient.

(3) If it appears to a police officer in uniform, in consequence of a breath test carried out by him on any person under sub-section (1) or sub-section

(2) that the device by means of which the test has been carried out indicates the presence of alcohol in the person’s blood, the police officer may arrest that person without warrant except while that person is at a hospital as an indoor patient.

(4) If a person, required by a police officer under sub-section (1) or subsection (2) to provide a specimen of breath for a breath test, refuses or fails to do so and the police officer has reasonable cause to suspect him of having alcohol in his blood, the police officer may arrest him without warrant except while he is at a hospital as an indoor patient.

(5) A person arrested under this section shall while at a police station, be given an opportunity to provide a specimen of breath for a breath test there.

(6) The results of a breath test made in pursuance of the provisions of this section shall be admissible in evidence.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section “breath test”, means a test for the purpose of obtaining an indication of the presence of alcohol in a person’s blood carried out on one or more specimens of breath provided by that person, by means of a device of a type approved by the Central Government by notification in the Official Gazette, for the purpose of such a test.

1. Subs. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 61, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 204. Laboratory test.

(1) A person who has been arrested under section 203 may, while at a police station be required by a police officer to provide to such registered medical practitioner as may be produced by such police officer, a specimen of his blood for a laboratory test if,-

(a) it appears to the police officer that the device, by means of which breath test was taken in relation to such person, indicates the presence of alcohol in the blood of such person, or

(b) such person, when given the opportunity to submit to a breath test, has refused, omitted or failed to do so:

Provided that where the person required to provide such specimen is a female and the registered medical practitioner produced by such police officer is a male medical practitioner, the specimen shall be taken only in the presence of a female, whether a medical practitioner or not.

(2) A person while at a hospital as an indoor patient may be required by a police officer to provide at the hospital a specimen of his blood for a laboratory test-

(a) if it appears to the police officer that the device by means of which test is carried out in relation to the breath of such person indicates the presence of alcohol in the blood of such person, or

(b) if the person having been required, whether at the hospital or elsewhere, to provide a specimen of breath for a breath test, has refused, omitted or failed to do so and a police officer has reasonable cause to suspect him of having alcohol in his blood:

Provided that a person shall not be required to provide a specimen of his blood for a laboratory test under this sub-section if the registered medical practitioner in immediate charge of his case is not first notified of the proposal to make the requirement or objects to the provision of such specimen on the ground that its provision or the requirement to provide it would be prejudicial to the proper care or treatment of the patient.

(3) The results of a laboratory test made in pursuance of this section shall be admissible in evidence.

Explanation.-For the purposes of this section, “laboratory test” means the analysis of a specimen of blood made at a laboratory established, maintained or recognised by the Central Government or a State Government.

Section 205. Presumption of unfitness to drive.

In any proceeding for an offence punishable under section 185 if it is proved that the accused when requested by a police officer at any time so to do, had refused, omitted or failed to consent to the taking of or providing a specimen of his breath for a breath test or a specimen of his blood for a laboratory test, his refusal, omission or failure may, unless reasonable cause therefor is shown, be presumed to be a circumstance supporting any evidence given on behalf of the prosecution, or rebutting any evidence given on behalf of the defence, with respect to his condition at that time.

Section 206. Power of police officer to impound document.

(1) Any police officer or other person authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, if he has reason to believe that any identification mark carried on a motor vehicle or any licence, permit, certificate of registration, certificate of insurance or other document produced to him by the driver or person in charge of a motor vehicle is a false document within the meaning of section 464 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860) seize the mark or document and call upon the driver or owner of the vehicle to account for his possession of or the presence in the vehicle of such mark or document.

(2) Any police officer or other person authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, if he has reason to believe that the driver of a motor vehicle who is charged with any offence under this Act may abscond or otherwise avoid the service of a summons, seize any licence held by such driver and forward it into the Court taking cognizance of the offence and the said Court shall on the first appearance of such driver before it, return the licence to him in exchange for the temporary acknowledgment given under sub-section (3).

(3) A police officer or other person seizing a licence under sub-section (2) shall give to the person surrendering the licence a temporary acknowledgment therefor and such acknowledgment shall authorise the holder to drive until the licence has been returned to him or until such date as may be specified by the police officer or other person in the acknowledgment whichever is earlier:

Provided that if any Magistrate, police officer or other person authorised by the State Government in this behalf is, on an application made to him, satisfied that the licence cannot be, or has not been, returned to the holder thereof before the date specified in the acknowledgment for any reason for which the holder is not responsible, the Magistrate, police officer or other person, as the case may be, may extend the period of authorization to drive to such date as may be specified in the acknowledgment.

Section 207. Power to detain vehicles used without certificate of registration permit, etc.

(1) Any police officer or other person authorised in this behalf by the State Government may, if he has reason to believe that a motor vehicle has been or is being used in contravention of the provisions of section 3 or section 4 or section 39 or without the permit required by sub-section (1) of section 66 or in contravention or any condition of such permit relating to the route on which or the area in which or the purpose for which the vehicle may be used, seize and detain the vehicle, in the prescribed manner and for this purpose take or cause to be taken any steps he may consider proper for the temporary safe custody of the vehicle:

Provided that where any such officer or person has reason to believe that a motor vehicle has been or is being used in contravention of section 3 or section 4 or without the permit required by sub-section (1) of section 66 he may, instead of seizing the vehicle, seize the certificate of registration of the vehicle and shall issue an acknowledgment in respect thereof.

(2) Where a motor vehicle has been seized and detained under sub-section (1), the owner or person incharge of the motor vehicle may apply to the transport authority or any officer authorised in this behalf by the State Government together with the relevant documents for the release of the vehicle and such authority or officer may, after verification of such documents, by order release the vehicle subject to such conditions as the authority or officer may deem fit to impose.

Section 208. Summary disposal of cases.

(1) The Court taking cognizance of any offence (other than an offence which the Central Government may by rules specify in this behalf) under this Act,-

(i) may, if the offence is an offence punishable with imprisonment under this Act; and

(ii) shall, in any other case,

state upon the summons to be served on the accused person that he-

(a) may appear by pleader or in person; or

(b) may, by a specified date prior to the hearing of the charge, plead guilty to the charge and remit to the Court, by money order, such sum (not exceeding the maximum fine that may be imposed for the offence) as the Court may specify, and the plea of guilt indicated in the money order coupon itself:

Provided that the Court shall, in the case of any of the offences referred to in sub-section (2), state upon the summons that the accused person, if he pleads guilty, shall so plead in the manner specified in clause (b) and shall forward his driving licence to the Court with his letter containing such plea.

(2) Where the offence dealt with in accordance with sub-section (1) is an offence specified by the Central Government by rules for the purposes of this sub-section, the Court shall, if the accused person pleads guilty to the charge and forward his driving licence to the Court with the letter containing his plea, make an endorsement of such conviction on his driving licence.

(3) Where an accused person pleads guilty and remits the sum specified and has complied with the provisions of sub-section (1), or as the case may be, subsections (1) and (2), no further proceedings in respect of the offence shall be taken against him nor shall he be liable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, to be disqualified for holding or obtaining a licence by reason of his having pleaded guilty.

Section 209. Restriction on conviction.

No person prosecuted for an offence punishable under section 183 or section 184 shall be convicted unless-

(a) he was warned at the time the offence was committed that the question of prosecuting him would be taken into consideration, or

(b) within fourteen days from the commission of the offence, a notice specifying the nature of the offence and the time and place where it is alleged to have been committed was served on or sent by registered post to him or the person registered as the owner of the vehicle at the time of the commission of the offence, or

(c) within twenty-eight days of the commission of the offence, a summons for the offence was served on him:

Provided that nothing, in this section shall apply where the Court is satisfied that-

(a) the failure to serve the notice or summons referred to in this subsection was due to the fact that neither the name and address of the accused nor the name and address of the registered owner of the vehicle could with reasonable diligence have been ascertained in time, or

(b) such failure was brought about by the conduct of the accused.

Section 210. Courts to send intimation about conviction.

Every Court by which any person holding a driving licence is convicted of an offence under this Act or of an offence in the commission of which a motor vehicle was used, shall send intimation to-

(a) the licensing authority which issued the driving licence, and

(b) the licensing authority by whom the licence was last renewed,

and every such intimation shall state the name and address of the holder of the licence, the licence number, the date of issue and renewal of the same, the nature of the offence, the punishment awarded for the same and such other particulars as may be prescribed.

Section 211. Power to levy fee.

Any rule which the Central Government or the State Government is empowered to make under this Act may, notwithstanding the absence of any express provision to that effect, provide for the levy of such fees in respect of applications, amendment of documents, issue of certificates, licences, permits, tests, endorsements, badges, plates, countersignatures, authorisation, supply of statistics or copies of documents or orders and for any other purpose or matter involving the rendering of any service by the officers or authorities under this Act or any rule made thereunder as may be considered necessary:

Provided that the Government may, if it considers necessary so to do, in the public interest by general or special order, exempt any class of persons from the payment of any such fee either in part or in full.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Sections 211 and 65 – Motor Vehicle – Registration – Additional fee – Charging of – Whether the State Government to exercise the power to charge additional fee at the time of registration of the vehicle under Section 211? – Point left open.

STATE OF U.P. AND OTHERS, ZODIAC COM SOLUTIONS (P) LTD. v/s CYBER INFOTEC AND OTHERS, STATE OF U.P. AND OTHERS [(2005) 12 SCC 390]

Section 212. Publication, commencement and laying of rules and notifications.

(1) The power to make rules under this Act is subject to the condition of the rules being made after previous publication.

(2) All rules made under this Act shall be published in the Official Gazette, and shall unless some later date is appointed, come into force on the date of such publication.

(3) Every rule made by any State Government shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made before the State Legislature.

(4) Every rule made by the Central Government under this Act, every scheme made by the Central Government under sub-section (1) of section 75 and sub- section (1) of section 163 and every notification issued by the Central Government under sub-section (4) of section 41, sub-section (1) of section 58, subsection (1) of section 59, the proviso to sub-section (1) of section 112, 1[sub-section (4) of section 163A] and sub-section (4) of section 213 shall be laid, as soon as may 1 be after it is made, before each House of Parliament while it is in session for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule, scheme or notification or both Houses agree that the rule or scheme should not be made or the notification should not be issued, the rule, scheme or notification shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule, scheme or notification.

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 62 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Section 213. Appointment of motor vehicles officers.

(1) The State Government may, for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of the Act, establish a Motor Vehicles Department and appoint as officers thereof such persons as it thinks fit.

(2) Every such officer shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860).

(3) The State Government may make rules to regulate the discharge by officers of the Motor Vehicles Department of their functions and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power to prescribe the uniform to be worn by them, the authorities to which they shall be subordinate, the duties to be preformed by them, the powers (including the powers exercisable by police officers under this Act) to be exercised by them, and the conditions governing the exercise of such powers.

(4) The Central Government may, having regard to the objects of the Act, by notification in the Official Gazette prescribe the minimum qualifications which the said officers or any class thereof shall possess for being appointed as such.

(5) In addition to the powers that may be conferred on any officer of the Motor Vehicle Department under sub-section (3), such officer as may be empowered by the State Government in this behalf shall also have the power to,-

(a) make such examination and inquiry as he thinks fit in order to ascertain whether the provisions of this Act and the rules made thereunder are being observed;

(b) with such assistance, if any, as he thinks fit, enter, inspect and search any premises which is in the occupation of a person who, he has reason to believe, has committed an offence under this Act or in which a motor vehicle in respect of which such offence has been committed is kept:

Provided that,-

(i) any such search without a warrant shall be made only by an officer of the rank of a gazetted officer;

(ii) where the offence is punishable with fine only the search shall not be made after sunset and before sunrise;

(iii) where the search is made without a warrant, the gazetted officer concerned shall record in writing the grounds for not obtaining a warrant and report to his immediate superior that such search has been made;

(c) examine any person and require the production of any register or other document maintained in pursuance of this Act, and take on the spot or otherwise statements of any person which he may consider necessary for carrying out the purposes of this Act;

(d) seize or take copies of any registers or documents or portions thereof as he may consider relevant in respect of an offence under this Act which he has reason to believe has been committed;

(e) launch prosecutions in respect of any offence under this Act and to take a bond for ensuring the attendance of the offender before any Court;

(f) exercise such other powers as may be prescribed;

Provided that no person shall be compelled under this sub-section to answer any question or make any statement tending to incriminate himself.

(6) The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) shall, so far as may be apply to any search or seizure under this section as they apply to any search or seizure under the authority of any warrant issued under section 94 of the Code.

Section 214. Effect of appeal and revision on orders passed by original authority.

(1) When an appeal has been preferred or an application for revision has been made against any order passed by an original authority under this Act, the appeal or the application for revision shall not operate as a stay of the order passed by the original authority and such order shall remain in force pending the disposal of the appeal or the application for revision, as the case may be, unless the prescribed appellate authority or revisional authority otherwise directs.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), if an application made by a person for the renewal of permit has been rejected by the original authority and such person has preferred an appeal or made an application for revision under this Act against such rejection, the appellate authority or, as the case may be, the revisional authority may by order direct that the permit shall, notwithstanding the expiration of the term specified therein, continue to be valid until the appeal or application for revision is disposed of.

(3) No order made by a competent authority under this Act shall be reversed or altered on appeal or revision on account of any error, omission or irregularity in the proceedings, unless it appears to the prescribed appellate authority or revisional authority, as the case may be, that such error, omission or irregularity has, in fact, occasioned a failure of justice.

Section 215. Road Safety Councils and Committees.

(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute for the country a National Road Safety Council consisting of a Chairman and such other members as that Government considers necessary and on such terms and conditions as that Government may determine.

(2) A State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute for the State a State Road Safety Council consisting of a Chairman and such other members as that Government considers necessary and on such terms and conditions as that Government may determine.

(3) A State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute District Road Safety Committee for each district in the State consisting of a Chairman and such other members as that Government considers necessary and on such terms and conditions as that Government may determine.

(4) The Councils and Committees referred to in this section shall discharge such functions relating to the road safety programmes as the Central Government or the State Government, as the case may be, may, having regard to the objects of the Act, specify.

Section 216. Power to remove difficulties.

(1) If any difficulty arises in, giving effect to the provisions of this Act, the Central Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act as appear to it to be necessary or expedient for removing the difficulty:

Provided that no such order shall be made after the expiry of a period of three years from the date of commencement of this Act.

(2) Every order made under this section shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament

Section 217. Repeal and savings.

(1) The Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (4 of 1939) and any law corresponding to that Act in force in any State immediately before the commencement of this Act in that State (hereafter in this section referred to as the repealed enactments) are hereby repealed.

(2) Notwithstanding the repeal by sub-section (1) of the repealed enactments,-

(a) any notification, rule, regulation, order or notice issued, or any appointment or declaration made, or exemption granted or any confiscation made, or any penalty or fine imposed, any forfeiture, cancellation or any other thing done or any other action taken under the repealed enactments, and in force immediately before such commencement shall, so far as it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, be deemed to have been issued, made, granted, done or taken under the corresponding provision of this Act;

(b) any certificate of fitness or registration or licence or permit issued or granted under the repealed enactments shall continue to have effect after such commencement under the same conditions and for the same period as if this Act had not been passed;

(c) any document referring to any of the repealed enactments or the provisions thereof, shall be construed as referring to this Act or to the corresponding provisions of this Act;

(d) the assignment of distinguishing marks by the registering authority and the manner of display on motor vehicles in accordance with the provision of the repealed enactments shall, after the commencement of this Act, continue to remain in force until a notification under subsection (6) of section 41 of this Act is issued;

(e) any scheme made under section 68C of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (4 of 1939) or under the corresponding law, if any, in force in any State and pending immediately before the commencement of this Act shall be disposed of in accordance with the provisions of section 100 of this Act;

(f) the permits issued under sub-section (1A) of section 68F of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (4 of 1939) or under the corresponding provision, if any, in force in any State immediately before the commencement of this Act shall continue to remain in force until the approved scheme under Chapter VI of this Act is published.

(3) Any penalty payable under any of the repealed enactments may be recovered in the manner provided by or under this Act, but without prejudice to any action already taken for the recovery of such penalty under the repealed enactments.

(4) The mention of particular matters in this section shall not be held to prejudice or affect the general application of section 6 of the General Clauses Act, 1897 (10 of 1897) with regard to the effect of repeals.

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, Sections 166, 147,157 and 217 – MACT – Liability of insurer – Gratuitous passenger – Whether a statutory insurance policy under Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, intended to cover the risk to life or damage to properties of third parties, would cover the risk of death or injury to a gratuitous passenger carried in a private vehicle – Held, no – Observations made in Asha Rani’s case were in connection with carrying passengers in goods vehicle – Same would apply with equal force to gratuitous passengers in other vehicle also – Insurance policy, statutory policy – It owed no liability towards the injuries suffered by the deceased who was a pillion rider

UNITED INDIA INSURANCE CO. LTD., SHIMLA v/s TILAK SINGH AND OTHERS [AIR 2006 SC 1576 = (2006) 4 SCC 404 = 2006 (3) SCR 758 = JT 2006 (4) SC 280 = (2006) 4 Scale 67 = (2006) 2 SCC(Cri) 344]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 Section 95(2)-Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 Sections 147, 217-It is quite clear that sub-section (2) of Section 147 of the New Act directs that subject to proviso to sub-section (1), a statutory policy shall cover the amount of liability incurred except in respect of damage to any property of a third party for which a limit of rupees six thousand is specified. A careful reading of the proviso to sub-section (2) discloses that any policy of insurance, issued with any limited liability and in force immediately before the commencement of the New Act, shall continue to be effective for a period of four months after such commencement or till the date of expiry of such policy whichever is earlier.

NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. v/s BEHARI LAL AND OTHERS [AIR 2000 SC 3053 = (2000) 7 SCC 137 = JT 2000 (10) SC 39 = (2000) 6 Scale 177 = 2000 AIR(SCW) 3352 = (2000) 5 Supreme 747 = (2000) 1 SCC(Cri) 1319 = 2000 (Supp2) SCR 698]

Section 217A. Renewal of permits, driving licences and registration granted under the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939.

1[217A. Renewal of permits, driving licences and registration granted under the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939.

Notwithstanding the repeal by subsection (1) of section 217 of the enactments referred to in that sub-section, any certificate of fitness or registration or licence or permit issued or granted under the said enactments may be renewed under this Act.]

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 2000, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 11-8-2000).

SCH1. The First Schedule

1[THE FIRST SCHEDULE

MANDATORY SIGNS OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE OF THE MOTOR VEHICLES ACT, 1988

1. The Schedule subs, by S.O.475(E), dated 21 st June, 1989 (w.e.f. 1 -7-1989) and renumbered as the First Schedule by act 54 of 1994, sec. 63 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

SCH2. The Second Schedule

1[THE SECOND SCHEDULE

(See section 163A)

SCHEDULE FOR COMPENSATION FOR THIRD PARTY FATAL ACCIDENT/INJURY CASES CLAIMS

1. Fatal Accidents:

Annual Income Rs. 3000 Rs. 4200 Rs. 5400 Rs. 6600 Rs. 7800 Rs. 9000 Rs. 10200 Rs. 11400 Rs. 12000 Rs. 18000 Rs. 24000 Rs. 36000 Rs. 40000
AGE OF VICTIM MULTI- PLIER RUPEES IN (THOUSANDS
Compensation in case of death
Rs Rs Rs i. Rs.
Up to 15 yrs. 15 60 84 108 132 156 180 204 228 240 360 480 720 800
Above 15 yrs. but not exdg. 20 yrs. 16 57 79.8 102 125.4 148.2 171 193.8 216.6 228 342 456 684 760
Above 20 yrs. but not exdg. 25 yrs. 17 54 75.6 97.2 118.6 140.4 162 183.6 205.2 216 324 432 648 720
Above 25 yrs. but not exdg. 30 yrs. 18 51 71.4 91.8 112.2 132.6 153 173,4 193.8 204 306 408 612 680
Above 30 yrs. but not exdg. 35 yrs. 17 50 67.2 86.4 105.6 124.8 144 163.2 192.4 192 288 384 576 640
Above 35 yrs. but not exdg. 40 yrs. 16 50 63 81 95 117 135 153 171 180 270 380 540 600
Above 40 yrs. but not exdg. 45 yrs. 15 50 58.8 75.6 92.4 109.2 126 142,8 159.6 168 252 336 504 560
Above 45 yrs. but not exdg. 50 yrs. 13 50 50.4 64.8 79.2 93.6 108 122,4 136.8 144 216 286 432 480
Above 50 yrs. but not exdg. 55 yrs. 11 50 50 54 66 78 90 102 114 120 180 240 360 400
Above 55 yrs. but not exdg. 60 yrs. 8 50 50 50 52.8 62.4 72 81.6 91.2 96 114 192 286 320
Above 60 yrs. but not exdg. 65 yrs. 5 50 50 50 50 50 54 61.2 68.4 72 108 144 216 240
Above 65 yrs. 5 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 57 60 90 120 180 200

Note: The amount of compensation so arrived at in the case of fatal accident claims shall be reduced by l/3rd in consideration of the expenses which the victim would have incurred towards maintaining himself had he been alive.

2. Amount of compensation shall not be less than Rs. 50,000.

3. General Damage (in case of death):

The following General Damages shall be payable in addition to compensation outlined above:

(i) Funeral expenses -Rs. 2,000/-

(ii) Loss of Consortium, if beneficiary is the spouse -Rs. 5,000/-

(iii) Loss of Estate -Rs. 2,500/-

(iv) Medical Expenses-Actual expenses incurred before death supported by bills/vouchers but not exceeding -Rs. 15,000/-

4. General Damages in case of Injuries and Disabilities:

(i) Pain and Sufferings

(a) Grievous injuries -Rs. 5,000/-

(b) Non-grievous injuries -Rs. 1,000/-

(ii) Medical Expenses-Actual expenses incurred supported by bills/vouchers but not exceeding as one time payment -Rs. 15,000/-

5. Disability in non-fatal accidents:

The following compensation shall be payable in case of disability to the victim arising on of non-fatal accidents: Loss of income, if any, for actual period of disablement not exceeding fifty two weeks.

PLUS either of the following:-

(a) In case of permanent total disablement the amount payable shall be arrived at by multiplying the annual loss of income by the Multiplier applicable to the age on the date of determining the compensation, or

(b) In case of permanent partial disablement such percentage of compensation which would have been payable in the case of permanent total disablement as specified under item (a) above.

Injuries deemed to result in Permanent Total Disablement/Permanent Partial Disablement and percentage of loss of earning capacity shall be as per Schedule I under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923.

6. Notional income for compensation to those who had no income prior to accident:-

Fatal and disability in non-fatal accidents:-

(a) Non-earning persons -Rs. 15,000 p.a

(b) Spouse -Rs. l/3rd of income of the earning/surviving spouse.

In case of other injuries only “General Damage” as applicable.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 64 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Comment / Related Citation:

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Second Schedule – MACT – Compensation – Loss of income – Multiplier – Serious injuries in motor accident on left hand and right leg -Rod had to be inserted – Permanent disability assessed at 35% -Appellant’s income determined at Rs. 3,000/- p.m. – As he was aged 25 years multiplier of 17 should be applied – Calculating the amount of compensation on that basis he was entitled to Rs. 2,14,000/- towards loss of income instead of lump sum compensation of Rs. 1,75,000/- awarded by the High Court – He would also be entitled to medical expenses incurred by him and compensation on other heads would be granted to him as awarded by the Tribunal.

REJENDRA v/s PRADEEP AND OTHERS  [2009(13) SCALE 13]

&

Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, Section 163-A and Sch.II – MACT – Section 163A – Nature and scope – Invoking of provision Not necessary for claimant to establish any act of negligence on the part of driver – Not necessary even to plead that the death occurred owing to any wrongful act or neglect or default of owner of the vehicle – Quantum of compensation to be determined in terms of Schedule II appended thereto – Apart from amount of compensation only funeral expenses, loss of consortium (if beneficiary is the spouse), loss of estate, medical expense, would be payable – Schedule provides structured formula – It stipulates reduction of income of deceased by one-third in consideration of expenses which he would have incurred towards maintaining himself, had he been alive.

BANGALORE METROPOLITAN TPT. CORP. v/s SAROJAMMA & ANR. [AIR 2008 SC 3244 = (2008) 5 SCC 142 = JT 2008 (6) SC 63 = 2008 AIR(SCW) 5480 = 2008 (2) SCR 275 = (2008) 2 Scale 211 = (2008) 2 SCC(Cri) 545]

SCH2. THE SECOND SCHEDULE

Annual Income Rs. 3000 Rs. 4200 Rs. 5400 Rs. 6600 Rs. 7800 Rs. 9000 Rs. 10200 Rs. 11400 Rs. 12000 Rs. 18000 Rs. 24000 Rs. 36000 Rs. 40000
AGE OF VICTIM MULTI- PLIER RUPEES IN (THOUSANDS
Compensation in case of death
Rs Rs Rs i. Rs.
Up to 15 yrs. 15 60 84 108 132 156 180 204 228 240 360 480 720 800
Above 15 yrs. but not exdg. 20 yrs. 16 57 79.8 102 125.4 148.2 171 193.8 216.6 228 342 456 684 760
Above 20 yrs. but not exdg. 25 yrs. 17 54 75.6 97.2 118.6 140.4 162 183.6 205.2 216 324 432 648 720
Above 25 yrs. but not exdg. 30 yrs. 18 51 71.4 91.8 112.2 132.6 153 173,4 193.8 204 306 408 612 680
Above 30 yrs. but not exdg. 35 yrs. 17 50 67.2 86.4 105.6 124.8 144 163.2 192.4 192 288 384 576 640
Above 35 yrs. but not exdg. 40 yrs. 16 50 63 81 95 117 135 153 171 180 270 380 540 600
Above 40 yrs. but not exdg. 45 yrs. 15 50 58.8 75.6 92.4 109.2 126 142,8 159.6 168 252 336 504 560
Above 45 yrs. but not exdg. 50 yrs. 13 50 50.4 64.8 79.2 93.6 108 122,4 136.8 144 216 286 432 480
Above 50 yrs. but not exdg. 55 yrs. 11 50 50 54 66 78 90 102 114 120 180 240 360 400
Above 55 yrs. but not exdg. 60 yrs. 8 50 50 50 52.8 62.4 72 81.6 91.2 96 114 192 286 320
Above 60 yrs. but not exdg. 65 yrs. 5 50 50 50 50 50 54 61.2 68.4 72 108 144 216 240
Above 65 yrs. 5 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 57 60 90 120 180 200

Note: The amount of compensation so arrived at in the case of fatal accident claims shall be reduced by l/3rd in consideration of the expenses which the victim would have incurred towards maintaining himself had he been alive.

2. Amount of compensation shall not be less than Rs. 50,000.

3. General Damage (in case of death):

The following General Demages shall be payable in addition to compensation outlined above:

(i) Funeral expenses -Rs. 2,000/-

(ii) Loss of Consortium, if beneficiary is the spouse -Rs. 5,000/-

(iii) Loss of Estate -Rs. 2,500/-

(iv) Medical Expenses-Actual expenses incurred before death supported by bills/vouchers but not exceeding -Rs. 15,000/-

4. General Damages in case of Injuries and Disabilities:

(i) Pain and Sufferings

(a) Grievous injuries -Rs. 5,000/-

(b) Non-grievous injuries -Rs. 1,000/-

(ii) Medical Expenses-Actual expenses incurred supported by bills/vouchers but not exceeding as one time payment -Rs. 15,000/-

5. Disability in non-fatal accidents:

The following compensation shall be payable in case of disability to the victim arising on of non-fatal accidents: Loss of income, if any, for actual period of disablement not exceeding fifty two weeks.

PLUS either of the following:-

(a) In case of permanent total disablement the amount payable shall be arrived at by multiplying the annual loss of income by the Multiplier applicable to the age on the date of determining the compensation, or

(b) In case of permanent partial disablement such percentage of compensation which would have been payable in the case of permanent total disablement as specified under item (a) above.

Injuries deemed to result in Permanent Total Disablement/Permanent Partial Disablement and percentage of loss of earning capacity shall be as per Schedule I under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923.

6. Notional income for compensation to those who had no income prior to accident:-

Fatal and disability in non-fatal accidents:-

(a) Non-earning persons -Rs. 15,000 p.a

(b) Spouse -Rs. l/3rd of income of the earning/surviving spouse.

In case of other injuries only “General Damage” as applicable.]

1. Ins. by Act 54 of 1994, sec. 64 (w.e.f. 14-11-1994).

Delhi Sales Tax Act

Section 1. Short title, extent and commencement.

(1) This Act may be called the Delhi Sales Tax Act, 1975.

(2) It extends to the whole of the National Capital Territory of Delhi.

(3) It shall come into force on 3[such date] as the Administrator may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.

Section 2. Definitions:

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:-

(a) “Lieutenant. Governor” means Administrator of National Capital Territory of Delhi as appointed by the President under Article 239 of the Constitution.

(b) “Appellate Tribunal” means the Appellate Tribunalconstituted under section 13;

(c) “business” includes:-

(i) any trade, commerce or manufacture or any adventure or concern in the nature of trade, commerce or manufacture, whether or not such trade, commerce, manufacture, adventure or concern is carried on with a motive to make gain or profit and whether or not any gain or profit accrues from such trade, commerce, manufacture, adventure or concern, and

(ii) any transaction in connection with, or incidental ancillary to, such trade, commerce, manufacture, adventure or concern.

(d) “Commissioner” means the the Commissioner of Sales Tax appointed under sub-section (1) of section 9.

(e) ” Dealer” means any person who carries on business of selling goods in Delhi and it includes:-

(i) the Central Government or the State Government carrying on such business,

(ii) an incorporated society (including a co-operative society); Club or Association which sells or supplies goods whether or not in the course of
business to its members for cash or for deffered payment or for commission, remuneration or other valuable consideration;

 (iii) a manager, factor, broker, commission agent or any del credere or any mercantile agent,by whatever named called, and whether of the same
description as herein before mentioned or not, who sells goods belonging to any principal whether disclosed or not , and

(iv) an auctioner who sells or auctions goods belonging to any principal whether disclosed or not , and whether the offer of the intending purchaser is accepted by him or by the principal or a nominee of the principal;

(f) “Delhi” means the 5[National Capital Territory] of Delhi;

(g) “Goods” includes all materials, articles, commodities and all other kinds of movable property, but does not include newspaper, claim stocks,  shares, securities or money.

 (h) “Manufacture”, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means producing, making, extracting, altering, ornamenting, finishing or otherwise processing, treating or adapting any goods, but does not include any such process or mode of manufacture as prescribed.

(i) “Official Gazette” means the Delhi Gazette.

(j) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules;

(k) “registered ” means a dealer registered under this Act;

(l) “Sale” means any transfer of property in goods by one person to another for cash or for deferred payment or for any other valuable consideration and includes-

(i) A transfer of goods on hire purchase or other system of payment by instalments, but does not include a mortgage or hypothecation of or a
charge or pledge on goods;

(ii) Supply of goods by a society (including a Co-Operative Society), club, firm or any association to its members for cash or deferred payment, or for commission, remuneration or other valuable consideration, whether or not in course of business; and

(iii) Transfer of goods by an auctioner referred to in sub-clause (iv) of clause (e);

(m) Sale Price means the amount payable to the dealer as consideration for the sale of any goods including any sum charged for anything done by
the dealer in respect of the goods at the time of or before the delivery of the goods other than the cost of freight or delivery or the cost of installation, but less the sum which is allowed as cash discount on that good.

(n)”tax” means the tax payable under this Act;

(o) “turnover ” means the aggregate of the amount of sale price receivable, or if adelear so elects, actually received by a dealer in respect of any sale of property in goods, made during any prescribed period in any year after deducting the amount of sale price, if any, refunded by the delear to a purchaser in respect of any goods purchased and returned by the purchaser within the prescribed period;

PROVIDED that an election as aforesaid once made shall not be altered except with the permission of the Commissioner and on such terms and conditions, as he may think fit to impose;

(p)”year” means the financial year

CHAPTER-II. Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 3. Incidence of tax.

(1) Every dealer whose turnover of sales during the year immediately preceding the commencement of this Act exceeds the taxable quantum and every dealer who at the commencement of Act,is registered or liable to pay tax under Central Sales Tax Act,1956 (74 of 1956) shall be liable to pay tax under this Act on all sales effected by him on or after such commencement

(2) Every dealer to whom sub-section (1) does not apply, shall:

(i) with effect from the date immediately following the day on which his turnover calculated from the commencement of any year first exceeds, within such year, the taxable quantum, be liable to pay tax under this Act on all sales effected by him after that day.

(ii) if he becomes liable to pay tax under the Central Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956) or is registered as a dealer under the said act at any time after the commencement of of this Act, be liable to pay tax on all tax on all sales affected by him or on his behalf within Delhi on or after the date he become so liable or is registered under the said Act, whichever is earlier

(3) Every dealer who becomes liable to pay tax under this Act, shall continue to be so liable until the expiry of three consecutive years during each of which his turnover has failed to exceed the taxable quantum and such further period after the date of such expiry may be prescribed and on
the expiry of such further period his liability to pay tax shall cease:

PROVIDED that any dealer may, after the expiry of one-year following the year in which his turnover has failed to exceed the taxable quantum, apply for the cancellation of his certificate of registration, and on such cancellation, his liability to pay tax shall cease:

 PROVIDED FURTHER that in respect of any goods purchased by any dealer before the date of any cancellation and remaining unsold or unutilised for the purpose for which they are purchased , he shall be liable to pay so much of tax as would have been payable had he not been registered as a dealer on the date

(4) Every dealer whose liability to pay tax under this Act has ceased under sub-section (3),shall,if his turnover calculated from the commencement of any year again exceeds the taxable quantum, on any day within such year, be liable to pay such tax with effect from the date immediately following the day on which his turnover first exceeds the taxable quantum, on all sales affected by him after that day.

(5) Any dealer whose certificate of registration has been canceled under sub-section (3) of section 20,shall:

(i) if his turnover calculated from the date of cancellation of such certificate exceeds the taxable quantum on any day within the year ; or

(ii) if his turnover calculated from the commencement of any subsequent year, exceeds the taxable quantum on any day within the year ; be liable to pay tax under this Act with effect from the date immediately following the day on which such turn over again first exceed the taxable quantum on all sales effected by him after that day of goods imported by him from outside Delhi or manufactured by him in Delhi or purchased by him without payment of tax leviable under this Act.

(6) No dealer who deals exclusively on one or more classes of goods specified in the Third Schedule shallbe liable to pay any tax under this Act.

(7) For the purposes of this Act, “taxable quantum” means,

(a) in relation to any dealer who imports for sale any goods into Delhi – Nil,

(b) in relation to any dealer who manufactures goods for sale regardless of the value of goods manufactured – [Rs. 2,00,000-00] 1,

(c) in relation to any other dealer – [4,00,000-00] 2;

PROVIDED that if the 3[Lieutenant Governor] is of opinion that having regard to the difficulty in maintaining accounts or for other sufficient cause, the taxable quantum in respect of any class of dealers falling under clause (b) or (c) should be increased, the 4[Lieutenant Governor] may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix in respect of such class of dealers such taxable quantum, not exceeding 5[5,00,000 for clause (b) and Rs. 10,00,000] for clause (c), as may be specified in the notification.

6[Explanation. – For the purpose of computation of taxable quantum under sub-section (7), the turnover of sales effected by a dealer shall be
taken into account irrespective of whether such sales are taxable under this Act or not.]

 1. Increased from Rs. 1,00,000/- vide Notification No. F.101(48)/2001-Fin(A/Cs)138-146 dated 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001; earlier raised from Rs.30,000/- to Rs. 1,00,000/- vide Delhi Sales Tax    Amendment Act 1994 w.e.f. 8.4.1994.

2. Increased from Rs. 2,50,000/- vide Notification No. F.101(48)/2001-Fin(A/Cs)138-146 dated 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001; earlier raised from Rs.1,00,000/- to Rs. 2,50,000/- vide Delhi Sales Tax    Amendment Act 1994 w.e.f. 8.4.1994.

3. Subs. By Notification No. F.4/(120)/94 Fin.(G)/2137 to 2145 dated 2.3.1998; Delhi Act 1 of 1998, for “Union Territory” (w.e.f 2-3-1998).

4. Subs. By Notification No. F.4/(120)/94 Fin.(G)/2137 to 2145 dated 2.3.1998; Delhi Act 1 of 1998, for “Union Territory” (w.e.f 2-3-1998).

5. Subs. for the word “Rs. 2.50 lacs for clause (b) and Rs. 5.00 lacs ” by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f 8-4-1994.

6. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Act, 1994 w.e.f. 8-4-1994, and again by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f. 8.4.1994.

CHAPTER-II. Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 4. Rate of tax

(1) The tax payable by a dealer under this Act shall be levied –

(a) 1[ in the case of taxable turnover in respect of the goods specified in the first schedule, at the rate of twelve paise per rupee].

(b) in the case of taxable turnover inrespect of the goods specified in the second schedule, at such rate not exceeding four paise in a rupee as the 2[Lieutenant Governor] may, from time to time , by notification in the official Gazette, determine;

(C) in the case of taxable turnover in respect of any food or drink served for consumption in a hotel or restaurant or part thereof, with which a cabaret floor show or similar entertainment is provided therein, at the rate of forty paise in a rupee;

(d) 3[ (cc) in the case of taxable turnover in respect of the goods specified in the forth schedule, at the rate of twenty paise in a rupee.] (CCC) 4[***]

(i) in the case of taxable turnover of any other goods , at the rate of 5[eight paise] in a rupee;

PROVIDED that the 6[Lieutenant Governor] may 7[***] by notification in the Official Gazette, add to or omit from, or otherwise amend, the First Schedule, the Second Schedule or the Forth Schedule,either retrospectively or prospectively, and there upon the First Schedule, the Second Schedule 8[ or the case may be the Forth Schedule], shall be deemed to be amended accordingly:

PROVIDED FURTHER that no such amendment shall be made retrospectively if it would have the effect of prejudicially affecting the interest of any dealer:

PROVIDED ALSO that in respect of any goods or class of goods the 9[Lieutenant Governor] is of opinion that it is expedient in the interest of the general public so to do, he may 10[***] by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that the tax in respect of taxable turnover of such goods or class of goods shall, subject to such conditions may be specified, be levied at such modified rate not exceeding the rate applicable under this section , as may be specified in the notification.

(2) For the purposes of this Act, “taxable turnover” means that part of a dealer’s turnover during the prescribed period in any year which remains
after deducting there from :-

(i) sale of goods, the point of sale at which such goods shall be taxable is specified by the 11[Lieutenant Governor] under section 5 and in respect of which due tax is shown to the satisfaction of the commissioner to have been paid;

(ii) sale of goods declared tax-free under section 7;

(iii) sale of goods not liable to tax under section 8;

(iv) sale of goods which are proved to the satisfaction of the commissioner to have been purchased within a period of twelve months prior to the date of registration of the dealer and subjected to tax under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act,1941 (Bengal Act VI of 1941),as it wasthen in force, or under this Act;

(v) sale of registered dealer –

(A) of goods of the class or classes specified in the certificate of registration of such dealer,as being intended for use by him as raw materials in manufacture in Delhi of any goods, other than specified in the Third Schedule or news papers, –

(1) for sale by him inside Delhi; or

(2) for sale by him in the course of inter-State trade or commerce being a sale occasioning, or effected by transfer of documents of title of such goods during the movement of such goods from Delhi; or

(3) for sale by him in the course of export outside India being a sale occasioning the movements of such goods from Delhi, or a sale affected
by transfer of documents of title to such goods effected during the movement of such goods from Delhi, to a place outside India and after the goods have crossed the customs frontiers of India; or

(B) of goods of the class or classes specified in the certificate of the registration of such dealer as being intend for resale by him in Delhi, or for sale by him in the course of inter-state trade or commerce or in the course of export outside India in the manner specified in sub-item (2) or sub-item (3) (A), as the case may be; and

(C) of containers or other materials, used for the packing of goods, of the class or classes specified in the certificate of registration of such dealer, other than goods specified in the Third Schedule, intended for sale or resale;

(vi) such other sales as are exempt from payment of tax under section 66 or as may be prescribed :

PROVIDED that no deduction in respect of any sale referred to in subclause (iv) shall be allowed unless the goods, in respect of which deduction is claimed, are proved to have been sold by the dealer within a period of twelve months from the date of his registration and the claim for such deduction is included in the return required to be furnished by the dealer in respect of the said sale:

12[PROVIDED FURTHER that no deduction in respect of any sale referred to in sub-clause(v) shall be allowed unless a true declaration duly filled and signed by the registered dealer to whom the goods are sold and containing the prescribed particulars in the prescribed form obtainable from the prescribed authority in the manner and subject to such condition as may be prescribed is furnished in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time, by the dealer who sells the goods:]

PROVIDED ALSO that where any goods are purchased by a registered dealer for any of the purposes mentioned in sub-clause (v), but are not so utilised by him, the price of the goods so purchased shall shall be allowed to be deducted from the turnover of the selling dealer but shall be included in the taxable turnover of the purchasing dealer; and

 (b) the tax collected by the dealer under this Act as such and shown separately in cash memoranda or bills, as the case may be.

1. Rate of tax on goods under the First Schedule have been varied by Notification No. F.4(44)/90-Fin.(G) (ii) dated 8th February, 1993, Notification No. 4(11)/94-Fin.(G)(I), dated 19th May     194, Notification No. F.4(11)/94-Fin.(G), dated 2nd June 194, Notification No. F.4(1)/(99)-Fin. (G)(ii). dated March 31, 1999, etc.

2. Subs. by Notification No. F.4/(120)/94 Fin.(G)/2137 to 2145 dated 2.3.1998; Delhi Act 1 of 198, for “Union Territory” (w.e.f. 2-3-1998).
3. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Avt, 2000 w.e.f. 6-1-2000 for “lottery tickets at the rate of twenty paise in the rupee” [Inserted by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act,     1994 w.e.f. 3-12-1994].

4. Omitted by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Act, 2000, w.e.f. 6-1-2000 earlied read as “in the case of taxable turnover in respect of liquor (foreign and Indian made foreign liquor) at the     rate of fifteen paise in the rupee”.
5. Subs. by No. F.4(52)/99-Fin(G)(viii)/1564 dt. 15.1.2000 w.e.f. 16-1-2000.
6. Subs. for “Central Government” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

7. Words “with the previous approval of the Central Government and” deleted by Delhi Act 1 of 1998 w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

8. Inserted by The Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Act, 2000, w.e.f. 6-1-2000.

9. Subs for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

10. Words “with the previous approval of the Central Government and” deleted by Delhi Act 1 od 1998, (w.e.f. 2.3.1998).

11. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

12. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001 for “PROVIDED FURTHER that no deduction in respect of any sale referred to in sub-clause     (iv)shall be allowed unless a true declaration duly filled and signed by the registered dealer to whom the goods are sold containing the prescribed particulars in the particulars in the     prescribed form obtainable from obtainable from the prescribed authority is furnished in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time, by the dealer who sells the goods.”

CHAPTER-II. Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 5. Power of Administrator to prescribe points at which goods may be taxed

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Act, the 1[Lieutenant Governor] may, be notification in the Official Gazette and subject to such conditions, if any, as may be specified therein, specify the point of sale at which any goods or class of goods may be taxed, and on the issue of such notification, the points of sale in relation to any such goods or class of goods other than the point of sale so notified, shall be exempt from payment of tax under this Act:

2[PROVIDED that no such exemption shall be allowed unless a true declaration duly filled and signed by the registered dealer by whom the goods are sold and containing the prescribed particulars in the prescribed form obtainable form the prescribed authority in the manner and subject to such conditions as maybe prescribed is furnished in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time, by dealer who purchases the goods.]

PROVIDED FURTHER that the Administrator may, if he is of opinion that it is necessary in public interest so to do, by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt, subject to such restrictions and conditions as may be specified therein, any dealer or class of dealers from furnishing a declaration under the first provison

1. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
2. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001 for “PROVIDED that no such exemption shall be allowed unless a true declaration duly filled and signed by the registered dealer by whom the goods are sold and containing the prescribed particulars in the prescribed form the prescribed authority is furnished in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time, by who purchases the goods.”

CHAPTER-II, Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 6. Burden of proof

The burden of proving that in respect of any sale effected by a dealer he is not liable to pay tax under this Act shall lie on him.

CHAPTER-II, Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 7. Tax-free goods

(1) No tax shall be payable under this Act on the sale of goods specified in the Third Schedule subject to the conditions and exceptions, if any, set out therein.

(2) The 1[Lieutenant Governor may] by notification in the Official Gazette, add to, or omit from, or otherwise amend, the Third Schedule either retrospectively or prospectively, and thereupon the Third Schedule shall be deemed to be amended accordingly :

PROVIDED that no such amendment shall be made retrospectively if it would have the effect of prejudicially affecting the interests of any dealer.

 1. Subs. for “Administrator may with the previous approval of the Central Government and” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

CHAPTER II- Incidence and Levy of Tax

Section 8. Certain sales and purchases not liable to tax

Nothing in this Act or the rules made thereunder shall be deemed to impose, or authorise the imposition of a tax on any sale or purchase of any goods when such sale or purchase takes place-

(i) In the course of inter-state trade or commerce, or

(ii) Outside Delhi, or

(iii) In the course of the import of the goods into or export of the goods out of the territory of India

 Explanation- Section 3,4 and 5 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956) shall apply for determining whether or not a particular sale or purchase takes place in the manner indicated in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii) of this section.

CHAPTER III- Sales Tax Authorities and Appellate Tribunal

Section 9. Sales tax authority

(1) For carrying out the purposes of this Act, the 1[ Lieutenant Governor] shall appoint a person to be the Commissioner of Sales Tax.

(2) To assist the Commissioner in execution of his functions under this Act, the 2[ Lieutenant Governor] may appoint as many Additional Commissioners of Sales Tax, Sales Tax Officers and such other persons with such designations as the Administrator thinks necessary.

(3) The Commissioners shall have jurisdiction over the whole of Delhi and the other persons appointed under sub-section (2) shall have jurisdiction over such areas as Commissioner may specify.

(4) The Commissioner and other persons appointed under sub-section (2) shall exercise the powers may be conferred, and perform the duties as required by or under this Act.

 1. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
2. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

CHAPTER III- Sales Tax Authorities and Appellate Tribunal

Section 10. Delegation of Commissioner’s powers

Subject to such restrictions and conditions as may be prescribed, the Commissioner may by order in writing delegate any of his powers under this Act except those under sub-section (3) of section 9 and sub section (1) of section 52 to any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9.

PROVIDED that the powers of the Commissioner under clauses (i) to (vi) (both inclusive) of sub-section (3) of section 41 shall not be delegated to any person lower in rank than that of a Sales Tax Officer, and those under sub-section (1) of section 49 shall not be delegated to any person other than an Additional Commissioner of Sales Tax appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9.

CHAPTER III- Sales Tax Authorities and Appellate Tribunal

Section 11. Power to transfer Proceedings

(1) The Commissioner may, by order in writing, transfer any proceedings or class of proceedings under any provision of this Act from any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to any other person so appointed whether or not such other person has jurisdiction in respect of the area to which such proceedings or class of Proceeding relate, and the Commissioner may likewise transfer any such proceedings (including a proceeding already transferred under this section) from any such person to himself.

(2) The person to whom any proceeding is transferred under sub-section (1) shall proceed to dispose it of as if it had been initiated by himself.

 (3) The transfer of a proceeding shall not render necessary the reissue of any notice already issued before such transfer and the person to whom the proceeding is transferred may, in his discretion, continue, continue it from the stage at which it was left by the person from whom it was transferred.

 Explanation- For the purposes of this section, “proceedings” in relation to any person whose name is specified in any order issued thereunder, means all proceedings under this Act in respect of any year which may be pending on the date of such order or which may have been completed on or before such date, and includes also such proceedings which may be commenced after the date of such order in respect of any year.

CHAPTER III- Sales Tax Authorities and Appellate Tribunal

Section 12. Disputes regarding territorial jurisdiction

(1) No person shall be entitled to call in question the jurisdiction of any sales tax authority appointed under section 9, not being an appellate authority, after the expiry of ninety day from the date of receipt by that person of any notice under this Act issued by such sales tax authority.

(2) Any objection as to the jurisdiction of any such sales tax authority may be raised within the period aforesaid by submitting a memorandum to the authority concerned who shall refer the question to the Commissioner and the Commissioner shall after giving the person raising the objection a reasonable opportunity of being heard, make an order determining the question and his decision in this behalf shall be final.

CHAPTER III- Sales Tax Authorities and Appellate Tribunal

Section 13. Appellate Tribunal

 (1) The [Lieutenant Governor] shall, as soon as may be after the commencement of this Act, constitute an Appellate Tribunal Tribunal consisting of one or more members, as it thinks fit, to exercise the powers and discharge the functions conferred on the Appellate Tribunal by or under this Act:

 PROVIDED that where the Appellate Tribunal consists of one member that member shall be a person who has held a civil judicial post for at least ten years or who has been a member of the [Indian Legal Service] (not below Grade III) for at least three years or who has been in practice as an advocate for at least ten years, and where the Appellate Tribunal consists of more than one member, one such member shall be a person be a person qualified as aforesaid.

 (2) Where the number of members of the Appellate Tribunal is more than one, the 3[Lieutenant Governor] shall appoint one of those members to be the Chairman of the Appellate Tribunal.

 (3) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the qualifications and other conditions of service of the member or members constituting the Appellate Tribunal and the period for which such member or members shall hold office, shall be such as may be determined by the 4[Lieutenant Governor]

 (4) Any vacancy in the membership of the Appellate Tribunal shall be filled up by the 5[Lieutenant Governor] as soon as practicable.

 (5) Where the number of members of the Appellate Tribunal is more than one and if the members differ in opinion on any point, the point shall be decided according to the opinion of the majority, if there is a majority, if there is a majority, but if the members are equally divided, the decision of the Chairman of the Appellate Tribunal thereon shall be final.

 (6) Subject to the previous sanction of the 6[Lieutenant Governor], the Appellate Tribunal shall, for the purpose of regulating its procedure and disposal of its business, make regulations consistent with the provisions of this Act and the rules made thereunder.

 (7) The regulations made under sub-section (6) shall be published in the Official Gazette.

 (8) The Appellate Tribunal shall, for the purpose of discharging its functions, have all the powers which are vested in the Commissioner under section 42 and any proceeding before the Appellate Tribunal shall be deemed to be a judicial proceeding within the meaning of section 193 and 228, and for the purpose of section 196 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860) and the Appellate Tribunal shall be deemed to be a civil court for all the purposes of section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. (2 of 1974)

 3. Subs. for “Central Government” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
4. Subs. for “Central Legal Service” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
5. Subs. for “Central Government” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
6. Subs. for “Central Government”by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
7. Sub. for “Central Government” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
8. Subs. for “Central Government” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

CHAPTER IV- Registration, Amendment and Cancellation

Section 14. Registration

(1) No dealer shall, while being liable to pay tax under section 3, carry on business as a dealer unless he has been registered and possesses a certificate of registration.

(2) Every dealer required by sub-section (1) to be registered shall make an application for registration within such time, in such manner and to such authority, as may be prescribed.

(3) If the said authority is satisfied that the application is in order, it shall, in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed, register the applicant within the prescribed period and grant him a certificate of registration in the prescribed form which shall specify the goods or class of goods for the purposes of sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub-section 4:

PROVIDED that if the said authority is of opinion that the application is not in order, it shall, by an order passed within the said period and for reasons to be recorded in writing, reject the application;

PROVIDED FURTHER that no goods or class of goods in respect of which the 1[ point of sale] has been specified by the 2[Lieutenant Governor] under section 5 shall be specified in a certificate of registration, and where a notification is issued under that section subsequent to the grant of any certificate of registration in respect of any goods or class of goods specified in a certificate, the said certificate shall be deemed to have been amended to omit the references to such goods or class of goods.

 (4) For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the goods or class of goods to be specified in a certificate of registration granted under sub-section (3) of this section or sub-section (2) of section16 shall not include goods referred to in sub-clause (i) or sub clause (a) of sub-section(2) of section 4.

 1. Subs. by Act 38 of 1978, for “point of sale.”
2. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

Section 15. Voluntary registration

(1) Any dealer, other than a dealer who deals exclusively in one or more classes of goods specified in the Third Schedule whose turnover during a year exceeds twenty-five thousand rupees may, notwithstanding that he may not be liable to pay tax under section 3, apply for registration under this section.

(2) The provision of sub-section (2), (3) and (4) of section 14 shall, as far as may be, apply in relation to registration of dealers under this section.

(3) Every dealer who has been registered under this section shall, for so long as his registration remains in force, be liable to pay tax under this Act.

(4) The registration of a dealer under this section shall be in force for a period of not less than three complete years and shall remain in force thereafter unless cancelled under the provisions of this Act.

 CHAPTER IV- Registration, Amendment and Cancellation

Section 16. Provisional Registration

 (1) Any person who intends to establish a business in Delhi for purpose of manufacturing goods of a value exceeding thirty thousand rupees per year, may, not-with standing that he is not required to be registered under section 14, apply for provisional registration in such manner and to such authority as may be prescribed.

(2) If the said authority, after making such inquiry as it may consider necessary, is satisfied as to the bona fide intention of the person making the application, it may, subject to such restrictions and conditions it may impose, grant a provisional certificate of registration on such person furnishing such security as it may consider necessary and shall specify in such certificate the goods or class of goods for the purposes of sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4.

(3) Every person who has been granted a provisional certificate of registration under this section shall, for so long as such certificate is in force, be liable to pay tax under this Act.

(4) A provisional certificate of registration granted under this section shall be in force for such period as may be specified therein.

(5) The authority prescribed under sub-section (1) may, on application made in this behalf in the prescribed manner and subject to such restrictions and conditions as it may impose, extend, from time to time, the period specified in the provisional certificate of registration.

 (6) The provisions of section 18 shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to security required to be furnished under sub-section (2) of this section.

(7) If a person, who has been granted a provisional certificate of registration under this section, fails without sufficient cause to establish a business within the period specified in such certificate or fails to comply with any of the restrictions or conditions subject to which such certificate was granted, he shall be liable to pay a penalty equal to one and a half times the amount of tax which would have been payable had he not been so registered under this section.

Section 17. Special registration

(1) No dealer shall, while being liable to pay tax under sub-section (5) of section 3, carry on business as a dealer unless he obtained a special certificate of registration.

 (2) Every dealer required to be registered under sub-section (1) shall make an application for registration within such time, in such manner and to such authority, as may be prescribed.

(3) If the said authority is satisfied that the application is in order, it shall, in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed, grant a special certificate of registration to the applicant in the prescribed form:

 PROVIDED that the said authority shall not specify in any such certificate the goods or class of goods for the purposes of sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4.

Section 18. Security from certain class of dealers

(1) The Commissioner may, if it appears to him to be necessary so to do for the proper realisation of the Tax, composition money or other dues payable under this Act or for the proper custody and use of the forms referred to in the second proviso to clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4, or the first proviso to section 5, as the case may be, impose, for reasons to be recorded in writing as a condition of the grant of the certificate of registration under section 14, section 15 or section 17 to a dealer of the continuance in effect of such certificate granted to any dealer, a requirement that the dealer shall furnish in the prescribed manner and within such time as may be specified in the order of such security or, as the case may be, such additional security as may be so specified, for all or any of the aforesaid purposes

(2) No dealer shall be required to furnish any security or additional security under sub-section (1) unless he has been given an opportunity of being heard and the amount of security or additional security that may be required to be furnished, shall-

(a) in the case of a dealer liable to pay tax under sub-section (2) of section 3 who has applied for the grant of a certificate of registration under section 14, be such amount as the Commissioner may, having regard to the nature and size of the business of such dealer, determine for the payment of the tax for which the dealer may be or become liable under this Act:

(b) in a case where security is to be given for the proper custody and use of the forms referred to in sub-section (1), be the amount of tax determined by the Commissioner which is likely to be saved by dealer by the issue of such forms:

(c) in the case of a dealer liable to pay tax under sub-section (2) of section 3 who has applied for the grant of a certificate of registration under section 14, be such amount as the Commissioner may, having regard to the nature and size of the business of such dealer, determine for the payment of the tax for which the dealer may be or become liable under this Act:

 (3) Where the security or additional security furnished by a dealer is in the form of a security bond and the surety dies or becomes insolvent, the dealer shall, within thirty days of the occurrence of such event, inform the authority granting the certificate of registation and shall, within ninety days of such occurrence, execute a fresh surety bond.

(4) The Commissioner may be order, for good and sufficient cause, and after giving the dealer an opportunity of being heard, forfeit the whole or any part of the security furnished by a dealer.

(5) Where, by reason of an order under sub-section (4) the security furnished by any dealer is forfeited in whole or is rendered insufficient, he shall furnish a fresh security of the requisite amount or, as the case may be, shall make up the deficiency in such manner and within such period as may be specified in the order.

CHAPTER IV- Registration, Amendment and Cancellation

Section 19.Amendment of certificate of registration

(1)The Commissioner may, after considering any information furnished under this Act or otherwise received and after making such inquiry as he may deem fit, amend from time to time any certificate of registration.

 (2) An amendment of the certificate of registration made under sub-section (1) shall take effect:-

 (a) in the case of a change in the name, ownership or place of business, or opening of a new place of business, from the date of the contingency which necessitates the amendment whether or not information in that behalf is furnished within the time prescribed under section 40;

(b) in the case of any addition or modification in the description of any goods or class of goods in the certificate of registration, from the date of the contingency if information in that behalf is furnished within the time prescribed under section 40 and from the date of receipt of request for such addition or modification by the Commissioner, in any other case:

 (c) in the case of deletion of any goods or class of goods, from the date of order of deletion:

 PROVIDED that the Commissioner shall, before amending on his own motion a certificate of registration, give the dealer affected by such amendment a reasonable opportunity of being heard:

PROVIDED that where in consequence of a change in the ownership of a business the liability to pay tax of a dealer ceases, the amendment of the certificate of registration shall take effect from the date on which information in respect of such change is furnished under section 40.

(3) Any amendment of a certificate of registration under this section shall be without prejudice to any liability for tax or penalty imposable, or for any prosecution for an offence under this Act.

(4) For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that where a registered dealer-

 (a) effects a change in the name of his business: or

(b) is a firm and there is a change in the constitution of the firm without dissolution thereof: of

(c) is a trustee of a trust and there is a change in the trustees thereof:of

(d) is a guardian of a ward and there is a change in the guardian: of (e) is a Hindu undivided family and the business of such family is converted into a partnership business with all or any of the copartners as partners thereof,

then, merely by reason of any of the circumstances aforesaid, it shall not be necessary for the dealer, or 1[the firm which changed the constitution] or the new trustees, or the new guardian, or as the case may be, the partners of such partnership business, to apply for a fresh certificate of registration and on information being furnished in the manner required by section 40 the certificate of registration shall be amended.

 1 Subs. by Act 38 of 1978, for “the firm who charged the constitution.”

Section 20. Cancellation of certificate of registration

(1) Where-

(a) any business in respect of which a certificate of registration has been granted to a dealer under this Act, is discontinue ; or

(b) in the case of transfer of business by a dealer, the transferee already holds a certificate of registration under this Act; or

 (c) a dealer has ceased to be liable to pay tax under this Act, the Commissioner may cancel the certificate of registration of such dealer or the transferor, as the case may be, from such date as may be specified by him :

 PROVIDED that in a case referred to in clause (a) or clause (b), the certificate of registration shall be deemed to be inoperative with effect from the date of discontinuance or transfer of the business, as the case may be, and in a case referred to clause (c) from the date on which the dealer’s liability to pay tax has ceased, notwithstanding the fact that the order of cancellation is passed or that the particulars of the dealer regarding cancellation are published, as required by section 65, in the Official Gazette, after the aforesaid date:

 PROVIDED FURTHER that where a dealer has failed to furnish information regarding discontinuance of his business as required by section 40, the Commissioner shall before canceling the certificate from any specified date, publish in the Official Gazette, a notice of his intention so to do for the information of the dealer and shall hear objections, if any, of the dealer before passing the order.

 (2) A dealer registered under section 15 may, subject to the provisions of sub-section (4) of that section, apply in the prescribed manner not later than six months before the end of a year to the Commissioner for cancellation of his certificate of registration and the Commissioner shall, unless the dealer is liable to pay tax under section 3, cancel the certificate of registration accordingly, and such cancellation shall take effect from the end of the year.

 (3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) and (2), the Commissioner may at any time for reasons to be recorded in writing and after giving the dealer an opportunity of being heard, cancel the certificate of registration held by such dealer from such date as the Commissioner may specify in this behalf-

(a) if the dealer has failed to pay tax (including any penalty) due from him under any provisions of this Act; or

 (b) if the dealer holds or accepts or furnishes or causes to be furnished a declaration for the purposes of sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4 or section5 which he knows or has reason to be false; or

(c) if the dealer who has been required to furnish the security under the provisions of section 18 has failed to furnish the security under the provisions of section 18 has failed to furnish such security; or

(d) if the dealer contravenes or has contravened any of the provisions of this Act; or

 (e) if the dealer has been convicted of an offence under this Act or under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act 1941 (Bengal Act, VI of 1941), as then in force in Delhi; or

 (f) if there is any other reason which in the opinion of the Commissioner warrants such cancellation

 (4) (a) If an order of cancellation passed under sub-section (3) is set aside as a result of an appeal or other proceeding under this Act, the certificate of registration of the dealer shall be restored and he shall be liable to pay tax as if his certificate had not been canceled.

 (b) If any dealer whose certificate of registration has been restored under clause (a) satisfies the Commissioner that tax has been paid by such dealer on sale of goods made to him during the period his certificate of registration was inoperative which, but for the cancellation of such certificate he would not have paid, then the amount of such tax shall be adjusted or refunded in such manner as may be prescribed.

 (5) Every dealer who applies for cancellation of his registration shall surrender with his application the certificate of registration granted to him and every dealer whose registration is canceled otherwise than on the basis of his application shall surrender the certificate of registration within seven days of the date of communication to him of the order of cancellation.

(6) If a dealer fails to surrender his certificate of registration as provided in sub-section (5), the Commissioner may, by an order in writing and after giving the dealer an opportunity of being heard, direct that the dealer shall pay, by way of penalty, a sum not exceeding twenty-five rupees for every day of default.

(7) The cancellation of a certificate of registration shall not affect the liability of any person to pay tax due for any period prior to the date of such cancellation, but remains unpaid or is assessed thereafter notwithstanding that he is not liable to pay tax under this Act.

(8) Where by any order passed under this Act it is found that any person registered as a dealer ought not to have been so registered, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, such person shall be liable to pay tax for the period commencing with the date of his registration and ending with the date of such order, as if he were a dealer.

Section 21. Periodical payment of tax and filing or returns

(1) Tax payable under this Act shall be paid in the manner hereinafter provided at such intervals as may be prescribed.

(2) Every registered dealer and every other dealer who may be required so to do by the Commissioner by notice served in the prescribed manner shall furnish such returns of turnover by such dates and to such authority as may be prescribed.

(3)Every registered dealer required to furnish returns under sub-section (2) shall pay into Government Treasury or the Reserve Bank of India or in such other manner as may be prescribed, the full amount of tax due from him under this Act according to such return and shall where such payment is made into a Government Treasury or the Reserve Bank Of India furnish alongwith the return a receipt from such Treasury of Bank showing the payment of such amount.

(4)If any registered dealer discovers any mistake or error in any return furnished by him, he may at any time, before the expiry of three months next following the last date prescribed for furnishing of the return, furnish a revised return, and if the revised return shows a higher amount of tax to be due that was shown in the original return, it shallbe accompanied by a receipt showing payment in the manner provided in sub-section (3) of the excess amount.

(a)in the case of an individual, by the individual himself, and where the individual is absent from India by the individual concerned or by some person duly authorised by him in this behalf and where the individual is mentally incapacitated from attending to his affairs, by his guardian or by any other person competent to act on his behalf;

 (b)in the case of a Hindu undivided family, by a Karta, and where the Karta is absent from India or mentally incapacitated from attending to his affairs, by any other adult member of such family;

(c)in the case of a company or local authority, by the principal officer thereof;

 (d)in the case of a firm, by any partner thereof not being a minor;

(e)in the case of any other association, by any member of the association or the principal officer thereof; and

(f)in the case of any other person, by that person or by some person competent to act on his behalf.

(6)For the purposes of sub-section (5) of this section and section 59 the expression “principal officer” shall have the meaning assigned to it under clause (35) of section 2 of the Income-tax Act, 1961(43 of 1961).

Section 22. Collection of tax only by registered dealer

(1)No person who is not a registered dealer shall collect in respect of any sale of goods by him in Delhi any amount by way of tax under this Act, and no registered dealer shall make any such collection except in accordance with this Act and the rules made thereunder.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) a dealer who has been permitted by the Commissioner to make a lump sum payment under section 29 shall not collect any sum by way of tax on the sale of goods if made during the period to which such lump sum payment relates.

 CHAPTER V- Returns, Assessment, Recovery and Refund of Tax

Section 23. Assessment

 (1)The amount of tax due from a registered dealer shall be assessed separately for each year during which he is liable to pay the tax :

PROVIDED the when such dealer fails to furnish a return relating to any period of a year by the prescribed date, the Commissioner may, if he thinks fit, assess the tax due from such dealer separately for that period or any other period of such year :

 PROVIDED FURTHER that the Commissioner may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed and for reasons to be recorded in writing, assess the tax due from any dealer for a part of a year.

 (2)If the Commissioner is satisfied that the returns furnished in respect of any period are correct and complete, he shall assess the amount of tax due from the dealer on the basis of such return.

 (3)(a)If the Commissioner is not satisfied that the returns furnished in respect of any period are correct and complete and he thinks it necessary to require the presence of the dealer or the production of further evidence, he shall serve on such dealer in the prescribed manner a notice requiring him on a date and at a place specified therein either to attend and produce or cause to be produced all evidence on which such dealer relies in support of his returns, or to produce such evidence as is specified in the notice.

(b) On the date specified in the notice, or as soon as may be thereafter, the Commissioner shall, after considering all the evidence which may be produced, assess the amount of tax due from the dealer.

(4) If a dealer fails to comply with the terms of any notice issued under sub-section (3), the Commissioner shall assess to the best of his judgment the amount of tax due from him.

(5) If a dealer fails to furnish returns in respect of any period by the prescribed date, the Commissioner shall, after giving the dealer a reasonable opportunity of being heard, assess to the best of his judgment the amount of tax, if any, due from him.

 (6) If, upon information which has come into his possession, the Commissioner is satisfied that any dealer who has been liable to pay tax under this Act in respect of any period, has failed to get himself registered under section 14 or section 17, as the case may be , the Commissioner shall proceed in such manner as may be prescribed to assess to the best of this judgment the amount of tax due from the dealer in respect of such period and all subsequent periods and in making such assessment shall give the dealer a reasonable opportunity of being heard, and the Commissioner may, if he is satisfied that the default was made without reasonable cause, direct that the dealer shall pay, by way of penalty, in addition to the amount of the tax so assessed, a sum not exceeding twice that amount.

(7) 1[No assessment under the provisions of sub-sections (1) to (5) shall be made after the expiry of two years, and no assessment under the provision of subsection (6) shall be made after the expiry of six years from the end of the year in respect of which or part of which the tax is assessable:

PROVIDED that for the assessments of the years 1997-98, no assessments under the provisions of sub-sections (1) to (5) shall be made after the expiry of two and a half years 2[and no assessments of the year 1999-2000 under the provisions of the said sub-sections shall be made after the expiry of one year and nine months].

 PROVIDED FURTHER that where such assessment is made in consequence of, or to give effect to, any order of an appellate or revisional authority or of a court, the period of two years or six years, as the case may be, shall be reckoned from the date of such order and further that the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 24 regarding time limit for service of notice shall not apply for assessment made under this provision.

 Explanation : For the assessment made in consequence of, or to give effect to , any order of an appellate or revisional authority or of a court, the revised limitation period shall be applicable for the order to the appellate or revisional limitation period shall be applicable for the order of the appellate or revisional authority or of the court, made after the commencement of the Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000]

(8) Any assessment made under this section shall be without prejudice to any prosecution for an offense under this Act.

 1. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f. 9.8.2000 earlier read as: “No assessment under the provisions of sub-section (1) to (5) shall be made after the expiry of three years [substituted by “four years” vide the Delhi Sales Tax Amendment Act, 1997 (Delhi Act No. 2 of 1999) w.e.f. 1.12.1999] and no assessment under the provisions of sub-section (6) shall be made after the expiry of six years from the end of the year in respect of which or part of which the tax is assessable”.

PROVIDED that where such assessment is made in consequence of or to give effect to, any order of an appellate or revisional authority or of a court, the period of three years, [substituted by “four years” vide the Delhi Sales Tax amendment Act, 1997 (Delhi Act No. 2 of 1999) w.e f. 1.12.1999] or six years, as the case may be, shall be reckoned from the date of such order and further that the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 24 regarding time for service of notice shall not apply for assessment made under this proviso.”

2. Inserted by The Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Ordinance, 2001 (Ordinance No. 2 of 2000) (published in Delhi Gazette, Extraordinary No. 140 dt. 27 th August 2001

Section 24. Periodical payment of tax and filing or returns

(1) Tax payable under this Act shall be paid in the manner hereinafter provided at such intervals as may be prescribed.

 (2) Every registered dealer and every other dealer who may be required so to do by the Commissioner by notice served in the prescribed manner shall furnish such returns of turnover by such dates and to such authority as may be prescribed.

(3)Every registered dealer required to furnish returns under sub-section (2) shall pay into Government Treasury or the Reserve Bank of India or in such other manner as may be prescribed, the full amount of tax due from him under this Act according to such return and shall where such payment is made into a Government Treasury or the Reserve Bank Of India furnish alongwith the return a receipt from such Treasury of Bank showing the payment of such amount.

(4)If any registered dealer discovers any mistake or error in any return furnished by him, he may at any time, before the expiry of three months next following the last date prescribed for furnishing of the return, furnish a revised return, and if the revised return shows a higher amount of tax to be due that was shown in the original return, it shallbe accompanied by a receipt showing payment in the manner provided in sub-section (3) of the excess amount.

(a)in the case of an individual, by the individual himself, and where the individual is absent from India by the individual concerned or by some person duly authorised by him in this behalf and where the individual is mentally incapacitated from attending to his affairs, by his guardian or by any other person competent to act on his behalf;

 (b)in the case of a Hindu undivided family, by a Karta, and where the Karta is absent from India or mentally incapacitated from attending to his affairs, by any other adult member of such family;

(c)in the case of a company or local authority, by the principal officer thereof;

 (d)in the case of a firm, by any partner thereof not being a minor;

 (e)in the case of any other association, by any member of the association or the principal officer thereof; and

 (f)in the case of any other person, by that person or by some person competent to act on his behalf.

 (6)For the purposes of sub-section (5) of this section and section 59 the expression “principal officer” shall have the meaning assigned to it under clause (35) of section 2 of the Income-tax Act, 1961(43 of 1961).

 Section 25. Payment and recovery of tax

(1)The amount of Tax-

(2) No dealer shall be required to furnish any security or additional security under sub-section (1) unless he has been given an opportunity of being heard and the amount of security or additional security that may be required to be furnished, shall-

 (a) due where returns have been furnished without the receipt showing full payment thereof;and

 (b) assessed, reassessed or re-computed for any period under section 23 or section24, less the amount if any, already paid by the dealer in respect of the said period, shall together with any penalty that may be directed to be paid under any of the provisions of this section, sub-section (6) of section 23, section 55, section 56 or section 57 be paid by the dealer or the person liable therefor into Government Treasury or the Reserve Bank of India or in such other manner as may be prescribed within thirty days from the date of service of notice of demand issued by the Commissioner for this purpose :

 PROVIDED that where the Commissioner has reason to believe that it will be detrimental to revenue if the full period of thirty days aforesaid is allowed, he may direct that the sum specified in the notice of demand shall be paid within such period being a period less than the period of thirty days aforesaid, as may be specified by him in that notice.

 (2) On an application made before the expiry of the due date under sub-scetion (1), the Commissioner may, in respect of any particular dealer or person and for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the time for payment or allow payment by installment or grant stay, subject to such condition as he may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case.

(3) If the amount of tax and penalty, if any, is not paid within the time specified in sub section (1) or extended under sub-section (2), as the case may be, the dealer or the person liable therefor shall be deemed to be in default in respect of that amount.

 (4) In a case where payment by installment is allowed under sub-section (2) and the dealer or the person liable for such payment commits default in paying any one of the installment within the time fixed under that sub-section, the dealer or the person aforesaid shall be deemed to be in default in respect of the whole of the amount then outstanding and the other installment shall be deemed to have been due on the same date as the installment actually in default.

(5) When a dealer or a person is in default or is deemed to be in default in making payment of tax and penalty, if any, he shall, in addition to the amount of arrears payable under the foregoing sub-sections, be liable to pay, by way of penalty, an amount which in the case of a continuing default may be increased, from time to time, so however, that the total amount of penalty does not exceed the amount in arrears :

PROVIDED that, before levying any such penalty, the dealer or the person aforesaid shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

(6) Where as a result of any final order amount of tax and penalty, if any, with respect to the default, in the payment of which the penalty was levied, has been wholly reduced, the penalty levied shall be refunded.

(7) Any amount of tax or penalty in respect of which a dealer or person is in default, or any composition money due under section 29 or section 54 which remains unpaid, shall be recoverable as an arrear of land revenue :

PROVIDED that where security, other than in the form of surety bond, has been furnished by a dealer under sub-section (2) of section 16 or section 18, the Commissioner may, for good and sufficient reasons in writing, realised any amount of tax or penalty or composition money remaining unpaid as aforesaid or part thereof ordering forfeiture of the whole or any part of the security.

Section 26. Continuation of certain recovery proceedings

Where any notice of demand in respect of any tax or penalty or any other amount payable under this Act (hereafter in this section referred to as “Government dues”) is served upon any dealer, and any appeal, revision application or other proceeding is filed or taken in respect of such Government dues, then,-

(a)where such Government dues are enhanced in such appeal, revision or other proceeding, the Commissioner shall serve upon the dealer another notice of demand only in respect of the amount by which such Government dues are enhanced and any recovery proceeding in relation to such Government dues as are covered by the notice of demand served upon him before the disposal of such appeal, revision application or proceeding any, without the service of any fresh notice of demand, be continued from the stage at which such proceedings stood immediately before such disposal;

 (b) where such Government dues are reduced in such appeal, revision or proceeding.-

 (i)it shall not be necessary for the Commissioner to serve upon the dealer a fresh notice of demand;

 (ii) the Commissioner shall give intimation of such reduction to him and to the appropriate authority with whom recovery proceedings are pending;

 (iii) any recovery proceedings initiated on the basis of the notice of demand served upon him before the disposal of such appeal, revision application or proceeding may be continued in relation to the amount so reduced from the stage at which such proceedings stood immediately before such disposal.

 Section 27. Interest

(1) If any dealer fails to pay the tax due as required by sub-section (3) of section 21, he shall, in addition to the tax (including any penalty) due, be liable of pay simple interest on the amount so due at one per cent per month from the date immediately following the last date for the submission of the return under sub-section (2) of the said section for a period of one month thereafter for so long as he continues to make default in such payment or till the date of completion of assessment under section 23 whichever is earlier.

(2) When a dealer or a person is in default or is deemed to be in default in making the payment of tax, he shall, in addition to the amounts payable under section 23 or section 24, be liable to pay simple interest on such amount at one per cent per month from the date of such default for a period of one month, and at one and a half per cent per month thereafter for so long as he continues to make default in the payment of the said amount.

 (3) Where as a result of any final order the amount of tax (including any penalty) due or in default is wholly reduced, the amount of interest, if any, paid shall be refunded, or if such amount is varied, the interest due shall be calculated accordingly :

 PROVIDED that where any amount of tax payable is enhanced by any such order, interest shall be payable on the amount by which the tax is enhanced after the expiry of a period of three months from the date of the order :

PROVIDED FURTHER that where the realisation of any amount remains stayed by the order of any court or authority and such order is subsequently vacated, interest shall be payable also for any period during which such order remained in operation.

 (4) The interest payable under this section shall be deemed to be tax due under this Act.

Section 28. Special mode of recovery

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any law or contract to the contrary, the Commissioner may, at any time or from time to time, by notice in writing, a copy of which shall be forwarded to the dealer at his last known address, require-

 (a) Any person from whom any amount of money is due, or may become due, to a dealer on whom notice has been served under sub-section (1) of section 25, or

(b) any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for or on account of such dealer, to pay to the Commissioner, either forthwith upon the money becoming due or being held or within the time specified in the first mentioned notice (but not before the money becomes due or is held as aforesaid) so much of the money as is sufficient to pay the amount due by the dealer in respect of the arrears of tax and penalty under this Act, or the whole of the money when it is equal to or less than that amount .

Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-section, the amount of money due to a dealer from,or money held for or on account of a dealer by, any person, shall be calculated by the Commissioner after deducting therefrom such claims (if any) lawfully subsisting, as may have fallen due for payment by such dealer to such person.

(2) The Commissioner may amend or revoke any such notice or extend the time for making any payment in pursuance of the notice.

(3) Any person making any payment in compliance with a notice under this section shall be deemed to have made the payment under the authority of the dealer, and the receipt thereof by the Commissioner shall constitute a good and sufficient discharge of the liability of such person to the extent of the amount specified in the receipt.

(4) Any person discharging any liability to the dealer after receipt of the notice referred to in this section, shall be personally liable to the Commissioner to the extent of the liability discharged or to the extent of the liability of dealer for tax and penalty which ever is less.

(5)where a person to show a notice under this section is sent, proves to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the sum demanded or any part thereof is not due to the dealer or that he does not hold any money for or on account of the dealer, then, nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to require such person to pay any such sum or part thereof, as the case may be, to the Commissioner.

(6) Any amount of money which the aforesaid person is required to pay to the Commissioner, or for which he is personally liable to the Commissioner under this section shall, if it remains unpaid, be recoverable as an arrear of land revenue.

 (7) The Commissioner may apply to the court in whose custody there is money belonging to the dealer for payment to him of the entire amount of such money or if it is more than the tax and penalty, if any, due, an amount sufficient to discharge such tax and the penalty.

Section 29. Lump sum payment of tax

The Commissioner may, in such circumstances and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, permit any dealer to pay in lieu of the amount of tax payable by him under the provisions of this Act, a lump sum determined in the prescribed manner, by way of composition.

Section 30. Refund

(1)If any person satisfies the Commissioner that the amount of tax paid by him or on his behalf for any year exceeds the amount payable by him under this Act for that year, he shall, on making claim in the prescribed form and verified in the prescribed manner, be entitled to refund of the excess either by cash payment or at his option by deduction of such excess from the amount of tax and penalty (if any) due in respect of any other period :

PROVIDED that the Commissioner shall first apply such excess towards the recovery of amount in respect of which a notice under section 25 has been issued and shall then refund the balance, if any.

Explanation.- When no assessment is made, the due tax paid under section 21 by the dealer shall be deemed to be the tax payable under this Act.

(2) Where on account of death, incapacity, insolvency, liquidation or other cause a person is unable to claim or receive any refund due to him, his legal representative or the trustee or guardian or receiver, as the case may be, shall be entitled to claim or receive such refund for the benefit of such person or his estate.

(3) No claim for refund under sub-section (1) shall be allowed unless it is made within a period of twelve months from the date of the order giving rise to a claim for such refund, and the Commissioner shall, except as otherwise provided in this Act, refund any amount which becomes due to a dealer in the prescribed manner :

PROVIDED that the Commissioner may allow a claim for refund to be made after the expiry of the said period but not later than twelve months from such expiry, if he is satisfied that there was sufficient cause for not making such claim within that period.

(4) where an amount required to be refunded by the Commissioner to any person as a result of any order passed in appeal or other proceedings under this Act is not so refunded to him within ninety days from the date of his claim under sub-section (3),such person shall be entitled to be paid simple interest on such amount at one per cent per month from the date immediately following the expiry of the period of ninety days for a period of one month and at one and a half per cent per month, thereafter for so long as the refund is not made.

Explanation.- If the delay in making the refund during any of the periods referred to in this sub-section is attributable to the person making the claim, whether wholly or in part, the period of the delay attributable to him shall be excluded from the period for which interest is payable.

(5) Where any question arises as to the period to be excluded for the purposes of calculation of interest under sub-section (4), such question shall be determined by the Commissioner whose decision thereon shall be final.

(6) where an order giving rise to a refund is the subject matter of an appeal or further proceeding or where any other proceeding under this Act is pending and the Commissioner is of opinion that the grant of the refund is likely to adversely affect the revenue, the Commissioner may withhold the refund till such time as the Commissioner may determine.

(7) In any claim for refund, it shall not be open to the dealer to question the correctness of any assessment or other matter decided which has become final and conclusive or ask for a review of the same and the dealer shall not be entitled to any relief on such claim except refund of tax wrongly paid or paid in excess.

(8) Any tax levied and collected under this Act in respect of sale in Delhi of any declared goods which are subsequently sold in the course of inter-State trade or commerce, shall be reimbursed to the person making the sale in the course of inter-State trade or commerce, in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed.

 Explanation.- For the purpose of sub-section (8), “declared goods” means goods declared by section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956) to be of special importance in inter-State trade or commerce.

Section 31. Set-off

(1) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that delay beyond the prescribed period has occurred in the grant of a certificate of registration to a dealer and that such delay was not wholly due to any fault, commission or negligence on the part of the dealer, the amount of tax, if any, paid on sales of goods made to such dealer which would not have been payable but for the delay in the grant of a certificate of registration as aforesaid, shall be adjusted against any amount payable by the dealer under this Act. PROVIDED that-

(a) in case the amount of tax so paid by the dealer exceeds his liability to pay any amount under this Act the adjustment shall be made to the extent of such liability and the balance shall be refunded to the dealer; and

(b) in case there is no liability to pay amount under this Act, the entire amount of tax paid shall be refunded to the dealer;

PROVIDED FURTHER that the dealer shall not be entitled to any such adjustment or refund in respect of the goods, which are not specified in the certificate of registration granted to him.

(2) No application for adjustment or refund of tax under this section shall be entertained unless it is made within three months from the date on which a certificate of registration is granted to the dealer.

Section 32. Liability in case of transfer of Business

(1) Where a dealer, liable to pay tax under this Act, transfer his business in whole in part, by sale, gift, lease, leave or license, hire or in any other manner whatsoever, the dealer and the person to whom the business is so transferred shall jointly and severally be liable to pay the tax (including any penalty) due from the dealer upto the time of such transfer, whether such tax (including any penalty) has been assessed before such transfer, but has remained unpaid or is assessed thereafter.

(2) Where the transferee or the lease of a business referred to in sub-section (1) carries on such business either in his own name or in some other name, he shall be liable to pay tax on the sale of goods effected by him with effect from the date of such transfer and shall, if he is an existing dealer, apply within the prescribed time for amendment of his certificate of registration.

CHAPTER VI- Liability in Special Cases

Section 33. Liability in case of company liquidation

(1) Every person –

(a) who is a liquidator of any company which is being wound up whether under the orders of a court or otherwise ; or

(b) who has been appointed the receiver of any assets of a company (hereinafter reffered to as the “liquidator”), shall, within thirty days after he has become such liquidator, give notice of his appointment as such to the Commissioner.

(2) The Commissioner shall, after making such enquiries or calling for such information as he may deemed fit, notify the liquidator within three months from the date on which he receive notice of the appointment of the liquidator, the amount which in the opinion of the Commissioner would be sufficient to provide for any tax (including any penalty) which is then, or is likely thereafter, to become payable by the company.

(3) The Liquidator shall not part with any of the assets of the company or the properties in his hand until he has been notified by the Commissioner under sub-section (2) and on being so notified, the liquidator shall set aside an amount equal to the amount notified and, until he so set aside such amount , he shall not part with any of the assets of the company or the properties in his hand :

PROVIDED that nothing contained in this sub-section shall debar the liquidator from parting with such assets or properties in compliance with any order of a court or for the purpose of the payment of the tax and penalty, if any, payable by the company under this Act or for making any payment to secured creditors whose debts are entitled under law to priority of payment over debts due to Government on the date of liquidation or for meeting such costs and expenses of the winding up of the company as are in the opinion of the Commissioner reasonable

(4) If the liquidator fails to give notice in accordance with sub-section (1) or fails to set aside the amount as required by sub-section (3) or part with any assets of the company or the properties in his hand and contravention of the provisions of that subsection , shall be to the extent of such amount.

PROVIDED that if the amount of any tax and penalty, if any, payable by the company is notified under this subsection (2) the personal liability of the liquidator under this subsection shall be to the extent of such amount.

(5) Where there are more liquidator than one, the obligation and liabilities attached to the liquidator under this section shall attach to all the liquidators jointly and severally.

 (6) When any private company is wound up and any tax and penalty, if any, assessed under this Act on the company for any period , whether before or in the course of or after its liquidation , cannot be recovered, than every person who was a director of the private company at any time during the period for which the tax is due , shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of such tax and penalty, if any, unless he proves to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that non-recovery cannot be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on his part in relation to the affairs of the company.

(7) The provision for this section shall have effect notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other law for the time being in force.

 (8) For the purposes of this section, the expressions “company” and “private company shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them under clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (1) of section 3 of the companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956).

Section 34. Liabilities of partners of firm to pay tax

Not withstanding any contract to the contrary, where any firm is liable to pay any tax (including any penalty) under this Act, the firm and each of the partners of the firm shall be jointly and severally liable for such payment :

PROVIDED that where any such partner retires from the firm, he shall intimate the data of his retirement to the commissioner by a notice in that behalf in writing and he shall be liable to pay (including any penalty) remaining unpaid at the time of his retirement through unassessed on that date:

 from the date of retirement and any tax (including any penalty) due up to the date of his retirement though unassessed on that date :

 PROVIDED FURTHER that if no such intimation is given within fifteen days from the date of retirement, the liability of the partner under the first provision shall continue until the date on which such intimation is received by the Commissioner.

 CHAPTER VI- Liability in Special Cases

Section 35. Liability of guardians, trustees, etc.

 Where the business in respect of which tax is payable under this Act is carried on by, or is in charge of any guardian, trustee or agent of a minor or other incapacitated person on his behalf and for the benefit of such minor or other incapacitated person, the tax (including any penalty) shall be levied upon and recoverable from such guardian, trustee or agent, as the case may be, in like manner and to the same extent as it would be assessed upon and recoverable from any such minor or other incapacitated person, if he were of full age and of sound mind and if he were conducting the business himself, and all the provisions of this Act shall, so far may be, apply accordingly.

Section 36. Liability of Court of Wards, etc.

Where the estate or any portion of the estate of a dealer owning a business in respect of which taxis payable under this Act is under the control of the Court of Wards, the Administrator-General, the Official Trustee or any receiver manager (including any person, whatever be this designation, who in fact manages the business) appointed by or under any order of a court, the tax (including any penalty) shall be levied upon and be recoverable from such Court of Wards, Administrator-General, Official Trustee, receiver or manager in like manner and to the same extent as it would assessable upon and be recoverable from the dealer if he were conducting the business himself; and all the provisions of this Act shall, so far as may be, apply accordingly.

 Section 37. Liability in other cases

(1) Where a dealer is a firm or an association of persons or a Hindu undivided family, and such firm, association or family has discontinued business-

(a) the tax payable under this Act, by such firm, association or family up to the date of the discontinuance may be assessed as if no such discontinuance had taken place; and

 (b) every person who was at the time of such discontinuance a partner of such firm, or a member of such association or family, shall, notwithstanding such discontinuance be liable jointly and severally for the payment of tax assessed and penalty imposed and payable by such firm, association or family, whether such tax (including any penalty) has been assessed prior to or after such discontinuance, and subject as aforesaid, the provisions of this Act shall, so far as may be, apply as if every such person or partner or member were himself a dealer :

PROVIDED that where the partner of a firm liable to pay such tax (including any penalty) dies, the provision of subsection (4) shall, so far as may be, apply.

 (2) Where a change has occurred in the constitution of a firm or association, the partners or members of the firm or association as it existed after its reconstitution, shall, without prejudice to the provisions of section 34, jointly and severally be liable to pay tax (including any penalty) due from such firm or association for any period before its re-constitution.

(3) The provisions of subsection (1) shall, so far as may be, apply where the dealer, being a firm or association of persons is dissolved or where the dealer , being a Hindu undivided family, has affected partition with respect to the business carried on by it and accordingly references in that subsection to discontinuance shall be construed as references to dissolution or, as the case may be , to partition.

(4) Where the dealer is liable to pay tax under this Act dies, then –

(a) if a business is carried on by the dealer is continued after his death by his legal representative or any other person , such legal representative or other person, shall be liable to pay tax (including any penalty) due from the dealer under this Act, whether such tax (including any penalty) has been assessed before his death but has remained unpaid, or is assessed after his death;

(b) if the business carried on by the dealer is discontinued after his death, his legal representative shall be liable to pay out the estate of the deceased, to the extent the estate is capable of meeting the charge, the tax (including any penalty) due from the dealer under this Act, whether this tax (including any penalty) has been assessed before his death but has remained unpaid, or is assessed after his death, and the provisions of this Act shall, so far as may be, apply to such legal representative or other person as if he the dealer himself.

Explanation. – For this purposes of this section and section 40 “legal representative” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (11) of section 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908).

Section 38. Accounts

(1) Every dealer liable to pay tax under this Act, and every other dealer on whom a notice has been served to furnish returns under sub-section-2 of section 21 shall keep at his place of business a true account of the value of goods bought and sold by him, and if the Commissioner considers that such account is not sufficiently clear and intelligible to enable him to make a proper check of the returns reffered to in that sub-section, he may require such dealer by notice in writing to keep such accounts (including records of purchases and sales) as may be specified therein.

(2)The Commissioner may, by notification in the Official Gazette, direct any class of registered dealers generally to keep such accounts (including records of purchases and sales) as may be specified in the notification subject to such conditions and restrictions as may be prescribed.

CHAPTER VII- Liability to produce Accounts and supply of Information

Section 39. Memoranda of sales.

If a registered dealer –

(a)sells goods to another registered dealer, or

(b) makes sales in the course of inter-State trade or commerce, or

(c) sells any goods exceeding 1[one hundred rupees] in value in any one transaction to any other person, he shall issue to the purchaser a bill or cash memorandum serially numbered, signed and dated by him or his servant, manager or agent and showing therein his name and address and such other particulars as may be prescribed and he shall keep a duplicate or copy of such bill or cash memorandum duly signed and dated and preserve it for a period of not less than five years from the end of the year unless any proceedings in respect of that year are pending in which case they shall be preserved till the final decision in those proceedings:

PROVIDED that if in respect of any goods or class of goods or any dealers or class of dealers, the 2[lieutenant Governor] is of opinion that it is not practicable to issue any bills or cash memoranda for sales of goods exceeding 3[one hundred rupees] in value in any one transaction to any other person, he may, by notification in the Official Gazette, –

 (i) specify such amount exceeding 4[one hundred rupees] in value as the amount for the issue of such bills or cash memoranda:

(ii) exempt such goods or class of goods or dealers or class of dealers from the operation of this section.

1. Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment), 1994, and Subs. by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 for “ten rupees” w.e.f. 8.4.1994.
2. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f 2.3.1998.
3. Subs. for “ten rupees” by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment), 1994; Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt 19.2.2001 (w.e.f 8.4.1994).
4. Subs for “ten rupees” by Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment), 1994; Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt 19.2.2001 (w.e.f 8.4.1994).

Section 40. Information to be furnished regarding change of business

if any dealer to whom the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 21 apply –

(a) sells or otherwise disposes of his business or any part of his business or any place of business, or effects or comes to know of any other change in the ownership of the business; or

(b) discontinues his business or changes his place of business or warehouse, or opens a new place of business; or

(c) changes the name or nature of his business or effects any change in the goods or class of goods in which he carries on his business and which is or are specified in his certificate of registration; or

 (d) enters into partnership or other association in regard to his business , he shall, within the prescribed time, inform the prescribed authority accordingly, and if any such dealer dies, his legal representative shall in like manner inform the said authority.

CHAPTER VII. Liability to produce Accounts and supply of Information

Section 41. Production and inspection of accounts and documents and search of premises

 (1) The Commissioner may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, require any dealer 1[or any other person] –

(a) to produce before him such books of accounts, registers or documents,

 (b) to furnish such information relating to the stock of goods of, or purchases, sales or delivery of goods by the dealer or any other information relating to his business , as may be deemed necessary, for the purposes of this Act.

(2)(a) All books of accounts, registers and documents relating to the stock of goods, or purchases , sales deliveries of goods by any dealer, and

(b) All goods kept in any place of business or ware-house of any dealer, 2[or at any other place for and on behalf of a dealer] shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by the commissioner and the commissioner may take or cause to be taken such copies or extracts of the said books of accounts, registers or documents and such inventory of the goods found as appear to him necessary for the purposes of this Act.

 (3) Where the Commissioner, upon information in his possession or otherwise, has reasonable ground to believe that –

(a) any person to whom a notice under this Act was issued to produce or cause to be produced, any book of accounts or other documents has omitted or failed to produce or caused to be produced such books of accounts, or other documents, as required by such notice, or

 (b) any person to whom a notice as aforesaid has been or might be issued, will not, or would not, produce or caused to be produced any books of accounts or other documents which will be useful for, or relevant to , any proceeding under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941, Bengal Act (VI of 1941), as it was in force in Delhi, or under this Act, or

 (c) book of accounts, registers or documents of any dealer may be destroyed , mutilated, falsified or secreted or any sales by that dealer have been or may be suppressed, 3[or any goods have not been or may not be accounted for in the books of accounts, registers or other documents required to be maintained under this Act] with a view to evade or attempt to evade payment of tax due under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, the Commissioner or any other person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 if so authorised by the Commissioner may –

 (i) enter and search any building or place where he has reason to suspect that books of accounts and other documents 4[or the goods] or the sale proceeds are kept;

 (ii) break open the lock of any door, box, locker, safe, almirah or other receptacle for exercising the powers conferred by clause (1) where the keys thereof are not available ;

 (iii) seize any such books of accounts or other documents or any inventory of goods 5[or any goods] as appear to him necessary for the purposes of this Act;

 (iv) place marks of identification on any books of accounts or other documents or make or cause to be made extracts or copies therefrom ;

 (v) make a note or any inventory of any such money or goods found as a result of such search 6[or place marks of identification on such goods];

 (vi) seal the premises including the office, shop, godown, box, locker, sage, almirah or other receptacle if the owner or the person in occupation or in charge of such office, shop, godown, box, locker, safe, almirah, or other receptacle leaves the place or is not available or fails or refuses to open it when called upon to do so 7[or causes or attempts to cause obstruction to the Commissioner or the authorised officer in the discharge of his duties under this section.]

(4) The commissioner may requisition the services of any police officer or any public servant, or of both to assist him for all or any of the purposes specified in sub-section (3).

(5) where the Commissioner seizes, any books of accounts or other documents 8[or any goods], he shall give the dealer or the person present on his behalf, as the case may be, a receipt for the same and obtain acknowledgment of the receipt so given to him :

 PROVIDED that if the dealer or person from whose custody the books of accounts or other documents 9[or the goods] are seized refuses to give an acknowledgment, the Commissioner any leave the receipt at the premises and record this fact:

PROVIDED FURTHER that the dealer or person aforesaid may file objection before the Commissioner against such search, seizure or inventory within seven days of such search, seizure or inventory.

 10[(5A) Where it is not feasible to seize the accounts or other documents or the goods under sub-section (3), the Commissioner or the authorised officer, may serve on the owner or the person who is in immediate possession or control thereof, an order that he shall not remove or part with or otherwise deal with them except with the previous permission of the Commissioner or such officer.]

(6) The Commissioner shall keep in his custody the books of accounts, registers or documents seized under sub-section (3) for such period not later than the completion of all the prceedings under this Act in respect of years for which those books of accounts, registers or documets are relevant, as he considers necessary, and thereafter shall return the same to the dealer or any other person from whose custody or power they were

seized :

PROVIDED that the Commissioner may, before returning such books of accounts or other documents as aforesaid, place or cause to be placed such marks of identification thereon as appear to him to be necessary :

PROVIDED FURTHER that the Commissioner may, before returning the books of accounts and other documents, require that the dealer or the person, as the case may be, shall give written undertaking that the books of accounts and other documents shall be presented whenever required by any competent authority for any proceedings under this Act.

(7) Save as otherwise provided n this section, every search or seizure made under this section shall 11[as far as possible] be carried on in accordance with the provision of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), relating to searches or seizures made under that Code.

(8) The Commissioner may, for the purposes of this Act-

(a) require any person, including a banking company, post office or any officer thereof, to furnish information in relation to such points or matters or to furnish statements of accounts and affairs verified in the manner specified by him, giving information in relation to such points or matters as in his opinion will be useful for, or relevant to, any proceeding under this Act;

 (b) require any person-

(i) who transports or holds in custody, for delivery to or on behalf of any dealer any goods to give any information likely to be in his possession in respect of such goods or to permit inspection thereof, as the case may be ;

(ii) who maintains or has in his possession any books of accounts, registers or documents relating to the business of a dealer to produce such books of accounts, registers or documents for inspection.

(9) 12[If any person, who transports or holds in custody for delivery to or on behalf of any dealer any goods, on being required by the Commissioner under sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (8) of this section so to do, fails to give the information likely to be in his possession in respect of such goods or fails to permit inspection thereof, as the case may be, the Commissioner may pass any order of detention or seizure of goods in his custody or possession in respect of which the default is committed.

 (10) The order of detention or seizure passed under sub-section (9) of this section shall remain in force so long as the person concerned does not furnish information required under sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (8) or make proper arrangement for inspection of the goods under the said sub-section.

(11) If any person, who transports or holds in custody for delivery to or on behalf of any dealer any goods, on being required by the Commissioner under sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (8) of this section so to do, fails to give any information likely to be in his possessions in respect of such goods or fails to permit inspection thereof, as the case may be, without prejudice to any other action which may be taken against such person, a presumption may be raised that the goods, in respect of which he was failed to furnish information or permit inspection, were meant for sale by him and he is a dealer liable to pay tax under this Act and the provisions of this Act shall apply accordingly.

 (12) If any person commits default under clause (a) or sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of sub-section (8) of this section, the Commissioner may, without prejudice to any other action which may be taken against such person under any other provision of this Act, direct, after giving an opportunity of being heard to such person that such person shall pay by way of penalty a sum not exceeding fifty thousand rupees.

 (13) If the Commissioner is satisfied that any person on being required by him so to do, has failed to furnish the information in respect of the goods in his custody for delivery to or on behalf of any dealer or to permit inspection thereof under subclause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (8) of this section, the Commissioner may, by order in writing and after giving opportunity of being heard to such person, impose by way of penalty a sum not exceeding three and a half time the amount of tax leviable under this Act on the goods in respect of which the default was committed.

(14) Where an order of detention or seizure of goods is made under the provisions of this section, the Commissioner or the officer so authorised in this behalf may release the goods on such person exercising the option of paying by way of penalty such sum as may be directed, not exceeding three and a half times the amount of tax leviable on such goods under this Act.

(15) Where any premises including the office, shop, godown, box, locker, safe, almirah or other receptacle have been sealed under sub-section (3) of this section, the Commissioner, on an application made by the owner or the person in occupation or in charge of such shop, godown, box, locker, safe, almirah or other receptacle, may order de-sealing thereof on such terms and conditions including furnishing of security for such sum in such form and manners as may be directed.

(16) Where an order of detention of seizure of goods is made under this section and no claims lodged by any person with respect to such goods within a period of three months from the date of such order, the Commissioner may, by order in writing, direct the auction of such goods:

 PROVIDED that if the goods, in respect of which an order of detention or seizure is made, are of a perishable nature or subject to speed and natural decay or when the expenses of keeping them in custody are likely to exceed their value, the same may be ordered to be auctioned as soon as it is practicable soon after an order of detention or seizure of such goods is made; and the amount so realised by the auction of goods shall be remitted in the Government reasury immediately.

(17) Where an order imposing penalty is passed under sub-section (13) or an option of paying penalty is exercised under sub-section (14) of this section and the person liable fails to pay the penalty within the prescribed period, the goods detained or seized may be sold by public auction and the sale proceeds deposited in Government Treasury.

(18) Auction of goods to be made under sub-section (16) or sub-section (17) of this section shall be carried out in the manner prescribed for disposal of goods under sub-section (6) of section 64 of this Act.

(19) Any person entitled to the sale proceeds of goods auctioned under the provisions of this section shall, on application made to the Commissioner and upon sufficient proof, be paid the sale proceeds of the goods auctioned, after deducting the expenses of the sale and other incidental charges and the amount of sales tax and penalty leviable under this Act.

(20) No action shall lie for damages or for any other claim by any person against the Commissioner or any other officer authorised in this behalf for anything done in good faith in discharge of their duties under this section.]

41A[13 Furnishing of information by owners of cold stores, warehouses, godowns, etc.

 (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law for the time being in force every owner or lessee of a cold store, warehouse, godown or any such place, who stores goods for hire or reward shall maintain or cause to be maintained a correct and complete account indicating the full particulars of the person whose goods are stored and the quantity, value, date of delivery of such goods.

(2) Such accounts shall, on demand, be produced before the Commissioner or any officer authorised in this behalf who may take or cause to be taken such extracts therefrom or require such extracts to be furnished as he may consider necessary.

 (3) If any owner or lessee of a cold store, warehouse, godown or any other such place, who stores goods for hire or reward, contravenes any of the provisions of sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) in a manner likely to lead to evasion of any tax payable under this Act, the Commissioner may, without prejudice to any other action which may be taken against such owner or lessee under any other provision of this Act, direct, after giving an opportunity of being heard, that such owner or lessee shall pay by way of penalty a sum not exceeding three and a half times the tax, leviable on the goods in respect of which default is committed under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2).]

 1. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
2. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
3. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
4. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
5. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
6. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
7. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
8. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
9. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
10. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
11. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
12. Sub-section (9) to (20) were inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000. dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001.
13. Section 41A was inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001.

Section 42. Power of Commissioner and other authorities to take evidence on oath, etc.

 (1) The Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him shall, for the purposes of this Act, have the same powers as are vested n a court under the Code of Civil Procedure.1908 (5 of 1908), when trying a suit, in respect of the following matters, namely,-

(a) enforcing the attendance of any person and examining him on oath or affirmation ;

 (b) compelling the production of accounts and documents; and

(c) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses, and any proceeding under this Act before the Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him shall be deemed to be a judicial proceeding within the meaning of sections 193 and 228 and for the purposes of section 196 of the Indian Penal Code, (45 of 1860).

(2) Subject to any rules made in this behalf, any authority referred to in sub-section (1) may impound and retain in its custody for such period as it thinks fit any books of accounts or other documents produced before it in any proceedings under this Act :

 PROVIDED that a person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist the Commissioner shall not;-

 (a) impound any books of accounts or other documents without recording his reasons for so doing ; or

(b) retain in his custody any such books or documents for a period exceeding thirty days, without obtaining the approval of the Commissioner therefor.

Section 43. Appeals

 (1) Any person aggrieved by any order, not being an order mentioned in section 44 passed under this Act or the rules made thereunder, may appeal to the prescribed authority :

PROVIDED that where an order, not being an order mentioned in section 44 or made under section 47 is passed by the Commissioner, the person aggrieved may appeal therefrom to the Appellate Tribunal.

(2) The Commissioner or any person aggrieved by an order passed in appeal by the prescribed authority may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal against such order.

(3) Subject to the provisions of section 62, no appeal shall be entertained unless it is filed within sixty days from the date of service of the order appealed against.

(4) Every appeal filed under this section shall be in prescribed form and shall be verified in the prescribed manner and in the case of an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal filed by any person other than the Commissioner , shall be accompanied by a fee of fifty rupees.

 (5) No appeal against an order of assessment with or without penalty or against an order imposing the penalty shall be entertained by an appellate authority unless such appeal is accompanied by a satisfactory proof of the payment of tax with or without penalty or, as the case may be, of the payment of the penalty in respect of which the appeal has been preferred :

PROVIDED that the appellate authority may, if it thinks fit, for reasons to be recorded in writing, entertain an appeal against such order-

(a) without payment of the tax and penalty, if any, or as the case may be, of the penalty, on the appellant furnishing in the prescribed manner security for such amount as it may direct, or

 (b) on proof of payment of such smaller sum, with or without security for such amount of tax or penalty which remains unpaid, as it may direct :

PROVIDED FURTHER that no appeal shall be entertained by to appellate authority unless it is satisfied that such amount of tax as the appellant may admit to be due from him has been paid.

 (6) The appellate authority may, after giving the appellant an opportunity of being heard,-

(a) confirm reduce, enhance or annual the assessment (including any penalty imposed), or

(b) set aside the assessment (including any penalty imposed) and direct the assessing authority to make a fresh assessment after such further inquiry as may be directed,or

 (c) pass such order as it may think fit.

(7) Save as provided in section 45, an order passed by the Appellate Tribunal on appeal shall be final

Section 44. Non-appealable orders

No appeal and no application for revision shall lie against-

(a) a notice issued under this Act calling upon a dealer for assessment or asking a dealer to show cause as to why he should not be prosecuted for an offence under this Act ; or

(b) an order pertaining to the seizure or retention of books of accounts, registers and other documents ;or

(c) an order sanctioning prosecution under this Act ; or

(d) an interim order passed in the course of any proceedings under this Act.

Section 45. Statement of case to the High Court

(1) Within sixty days from the date of an order passed by the Appellate Tribunal under sub-sction (6) of section 43, the dealer or the Commissioner may, by application in writing, and accompanied, where the application is made by a dealer, by a fee of fifty rupees, require the Appellate Tribunal to refer to the High Court any question of law arising out of such order, and subject to the other provisions contained inthis section, the Appellate Tribunal shall, within one hundred and twenty days of the receipt of such application, draw up a statement of the case and refer it to the High Court :

 Provided that the Appellate Tribunal may, if it is satisfied that the dealer or the Commissioner was prevented by sufficient cause from presenting the application within the period here-in-before specified, allow it to be presented within a further period not exceeding thirty days.

(2) If the Appellate Tribunal refuses to state the case which it has been required to do, on the ground that no question of law arises, the dealer or the Commissioner, as the case may be, may within thirty days of the communication of such refuse either withdraw his application (and if he does so, any fee paid shall be refunded), or apply to the High Court against such refusal.

 (3) If upon receipt of an application under sub-section (2), the High Court is not satisfied as to the correctness of the decision of the Appellate Tribunal, it may require the Appellae Tribunal to state the case and refer it, and on receipt of such requisition, the Appellate Tribunal shall state the case and refer it accordingly.

 (4) If the High Court is not satisfied that the statement in as case referred to it is sufficient to enable it to determine the question so raised thereby, the Court may refer the case back to the Appellate Tribunal for the purpose of making such additions thereto or alterations therein as it may direct in that behalf.

 (5) The High Court upon the hearing of any such case shall decide the question of law raised thereby, and shall deliver its judgment thereon containing the grounds on which such decision is founded, and shall to the Appellate Tribunal a copy of such judgment under the seal of the Court and the signature of the Registrar, and the Appellate Tribunal shall dispose of the case accordingly.

(6) Where a reference is made to the High Court under this section, the costs [which shall not include the fee referred to in sub-section (1)] shall be in the discretion of the Court.

(7) The payment of the amount of tax and penalty (if any) due in accordance with the order of the Appellate Tribunal in respect of which an application has been made under sub-secion (1) shall not be stayed pending the disposal of such application or any reference made in consequence thereof but if such amount is reduced as a result of such reference, the excess tax paid shall be refunded in accordance with the provisions of section 30.

Section 46. Revision of orders prejudicial to revenue

(1) The Commissioner may call for and examine the record of any proceeding appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of revenue, he may, after giving the dealer an opportunity of being heard and after making or causing to be made such inquiry as he deems necessary, pass such order thereon as the circumstances of the case justify, including an order enhancing or modifying the assessment and penalty (if any) imposed or canceling the assessment and penalty (if any) imposed and directing fresh assessment

 PROVIDED that a final order under this section shall be made before the expiry of five years from the date of the order sought to be revised.

Section 47. Revision of other orders

(1) In the case of any order other than an order referred to in section 44 or to which section 46 applies, passed by a person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him, the Commissioner may, either on his own motion or on an application filed in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed, call for the record of any proceeding under this Act in which any such order has been passed and may make such inquiry or cause such inquiry to be made and, subject to the provisions of this Act, may pass such orders thereon, not being an order prejudicial to the dealer, as he thinks fit :

 PROVIDED that the Commissioner shall not revise any order under this subsection,-

 (a) where an appeal against the order is pending before the appellate authority under section 43 ; or

 (b) where, if such appeal lies, the time within which it may be filed has not expired ; or

 (c) where in the case of the second appeal, the dealer has not waived his right of appeal.

 (2) The Commissioner shall not on his own motion revise any order under this section after the expiry of two years from the date of the order sought to be revised.

 (3) In the case of an application for revision under this section by the dealer, the application shall be made within two years from the date on which the order in question was communicated to him or the date on which he otherwise comes to know of it, whichever is earlier.

Section 48. Rectification of mistakes

(1) The Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him, may at any time within two years from the date of any order passed by the Commissioner or by that person, as the case may be, on his own motion, rectify any mistake apparent from the record and shall within a like period rectify any such mistake which has been brought to his notice by any person affected by such order :

PROVIDED that no such rectification shall be made, if it has the effect of enhancing the tax or reducing the amount or refund, unless the Commissioner or the person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him, as the case may be, has given notice in writing to the person likely to be affected by the order to his intention to do so and has allowed such person a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

 (2) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall apply to the rectification of a mistake by an appellate authority under section 43 as they apply to the rectification of a mistake by the Commissioner.

 (3) Where any matter has been considered and decided in any preceding by way of appeal or revision relating to an order referred to in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), the authority passing such order may, notwithstanding anything contained in any law for the time being in force, amend the order under sub-section (1) or sub-sectin (2), as the case may be, in relation to any matter other than the matter which has been so considered and decided.

 (4) Where any such rectification has the effect of reducing the amount of the tax or penalty, the commissioner shall, in the prescribed manner, refund any amount due to such person.

(5) Where any such rectification has the effect of enhancing the amount of the tax or penalty, or reducing the amount of the refund, the Commissioner shall recover the amount due from such person in the manner provided for in Chapter V.

 (6) Save as provided in the foregoing sub-sections, and subject to such rules as may be prescribed, any assessment made or order passed under this Act or the rules made thereunder by any person appointed under section 9 or by the Appellate Tribunal may be reviewed by such person or by the Appellate Tribunal, as the case may be, suo moto or upon an application made in that behalf.

 (7) Before any order is passed under sub-section (6), which is likely to affect any person adversely, such person shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

 Section 49. Determination of disputed question

(1) If any question arises, otherwise than in proceedings before a court, or before the Commissioner has commenced assessment or reassessment of a dealer under section 23 or section 24, whether for the purposes of this Act,

(a) any person, society, club or association or any firm or any branch or department of any firm is a dealer; or

(b) any particular thing done to any goods amounts to or results in the manufacture of goods within the meaning of that term as given in clause (h) of section 2; or

 (c) any transaction is a sale, and if so, the sale price therefor; or

(d) any particular dealer is required to be registered; or

(e) any tax is payable in respect of any particular sale, or if the tax is payable, the rate thereof, the Commissioner shall, within such period as may be prescribed, make an order determining such question.

 Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-section, the Commissioner shall be deemed to have commenced assessment or reassessment of a dealer under section 23 or section 24, when the dealer is served with any notice by the Commissioner under section 23 or section 24, when the dealer is served with any notice by the Commissioner under section 23 or section 24, as the case may be.

(2) The Commissioner may direct that the determination shall not affect the liability of any person under this Act as respects any sale effected prior to the determination.

 (3) If any such question arises from any order already passed under this Act or under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941, [Bengal] Act, VI of 1941], as then in force in Delhi, on such question shall be entertained for determination under this section; but such question may be raised in appeal against, or by way of revision of such order.

CHAPTER IX- Offences and Penalties

Section 50. Offences

(1) Whoever-

(a) holds, gives, produces or accepts a declaration under the second proviso to clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4, or under the first proviso to section 5, which he knows or has reason to believe to be false; or

 (b) carries on business as a dealer without obtaining a certificate of registration as required under sub-section (1) of section 14 or sub-section (1) of section 17; or

 (c) not being a registered dealer, represents when purchasing goods that he is a registered dealer; or

 (d) being a registered dealer, represents when purchasing any goods or class of goods not covered by his certificate of registration, that such goods or class of goods are covered by such certificate; or

(e) fails to comply with the provisions of sub-section (5) of section20; or

(f) fails to submit any return as required by sub-section (2) of section 21 by the prescribed date or submits a false return ; or

(g) not being a registered dealer, collects any amount by way of tax under this Act or make any collection of such tax otherwise than in accordance with this Act or the rules made thereunder; or

 (h) fails to keep a true account of the value of goods bought or sold by him as required by section 38, or fails when required so to do under that section, to keep any account or record of purchases or sales specified in any notice or notification referred to in that section; or

 (i) fails or neglects to issue cash memorandum or bills as required under section 39; or

 (j) knowingly maintains or produces incorrect accounts, registers or documents or knowingly furnishes incorrect information; or

 (k) neglects to furnish any information required by section40; or

 (l) refuses to comply with any requirements made of him under section 41 1[or section 41A]; or

(m) closes his places of business with a view to preventing inspection under section 41; or

(n) obstructs or prevents any officer making inspection, search or seizure under section 41; or performing any functions under section 64, as the case may be; or

 (o) being the owner or person in charge of a goods vehicle fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any of the requirements contained in section 64; or

 (p) aids or abets any person in the commission of any offence specified in clauses (a) to (o),

 shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months or with fine, or with both, and where the offence is a continuing one, with a daily fine not exceeding two hundred rupees during the period of the continuance of the offence :

 PROVIDED that no prosecution for an offence under this Act shall be instituted in respect of the same facts in respects of which a penalty has been imposed under sub-section (6) of section 20, sub-section (6) of Section 23, section 55 section 56 or section 57:

PROVIDED FURTHER that a person shall not be deemed to have committed an offence under clause (b) if he had applied for registration under this Act in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 14, or sub-section (2) of section 17, as the case may be.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), if any person commits an offence under clause (a) or clause (f) or clause (j) or clause (l) or clause (m) or clause (o) of that sub-section and the court is satisfied that the offence has been committed willfully, he shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months and with fine, and where the offence is a continuing one, with a daily fine not exceeding three hundred rupees during the period of the continuance of the offence.

 Section 51. Offences by companies

(1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every person who at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:

 PROVIDED that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment provided in this Act, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of or that the commission of the offence is attributable to any neglect on the part of any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

 Explanation – means a body corposes of this section,-

(a) “company” means a body corporate, and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and

(b) “director”, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.

Section 52. Cognizance of offences

(1) No court shall take cognizance of any offence under this Act or rule made thereunder except with the previous sanction of the Commissioner, and no court inferior to that of a Metropolitan Magistrate shall try any such offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973(2 of 1974), all offences punishable under this Act or rules made thereunder shall be cognizable and bailable

Section 53. Investigation of offences

(1) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, the Commissioner may authorise either generally or in respect of a particular case or class of cases any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him to investigate all or any of the offences punishable under this Act.

(2) Every person so authorised shall, in the conduct of such investigation, exercise the powers conferred by the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), upon an officer in charge of a police station for the investigation of a cognizable offence.

Section 54. Composition of offences

(1) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, the Commissioner may accept, from any person alleged to have committed an offence under section 50 or under any rules made under this Act, either before or after the commencement of the proceedings against such person in respect of such offence, by way of composition for such offence, a sum not exceeding five thousand rupees or where the offence alleged to have been committed is under any of the clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (f) of that section, not exceeding three time the amount of tax which would thereby have been avoided, whichever is higher.

 (2) On payment in full of such sum as may be determined by the Commissioner under sub-sedtion (1);

 (a) no proceedings shall be commenced against such person as aforesaid; and

 (b) if any proceedings have already been commenced against such person as aforesaid, such proceeding shall not be further proceeded with.

Section 55. Imposition of penalty

 (1) If a dealer fails without reasonable cause to furnish any return by the prescribed date as required under sub-section (2) of section 21, or to pay the tax due according to the return as required under sub-section (3) of that section, the Commissioner may after giving the dealer an opportunity of being heard, direct that the dealer shall pay, by way of penalty in addition to the amount of tax payable, a sum not exceeding twice that amount or where no tax is payable a sum not exceeding two thousand rupees.

 (2) The penalties specified under sub-section (1) may be imposed by the Commissioner notwithstanding the fact that assessment proceeding have not been initiated against the dealer under section23.

Section 56. Penalty for concealment of sales or furnishing inaccurate particulars or making false representations

(1) If the Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him, in the course of any proceedings under this Act, is satisfied that a dealer has concealed the particulars of his sales or has furnished inaccurate particulars of his sales, he may, after giving the dealer a reasonable opportunity of being heard, direct that the dealer shall pay, be way of penalty, in addition to the amount of tax payable, a sum not exceeding two and a half times the amount of tax which would thereby have been avoided.

(2) If a person commits an offence under clause (a) of section 50, the Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him may, after giving that person a reasonable opportunity of being heard, by order in writing, impose upon such person by way of penalty, a sum not exceeding two and a half time the amount of tax which would thereby have been avoided.

(3) If a person purchasing goods commits an offence under clause (c) or cause d) of section 50, the authority which granted him, or as the case may be, is competent to grant him a certificate of registration under this Act, may, after giving him reasonable opportunity of being heard, by order in writing impose upon him by way of penalty, a sum not exceeding two and a half time the tax which would have been levied under this Act in respect of the sale to him of the goods, if the offence had not been committed.

Section 57. Penalty for contravening provision regarding collection of tax by dealers

 (1) If a person acts in contravention of the provisions of section 22, he shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding two and half times the tax wrongly collected :

 PROVIDED that the Commissioner shall not impose such penalty unless the person concerned has been given an opportunity of being heard.

Section 58. Service of notice when family is disrupted or firm is dissolved

 (1) Where a Hindu undivided family has been partitioned, notices under this Act shall be served on the person who was the last manager of the Hindu family, or if such person cannot be found, then on all adults who were members of the Hindu family, immediately before the partition.

(2) Where a firm or an association of persons is dissolved notices under this Act may be served on any person who was a partner (not being a minor) of the firm, or member of the association, as the case may be, immediately before its dissolution.

Section 59. Service of notice in the case of discontinued business

 Where an assessment is to be made in respect of business which has been discontinued, a notice under this Act shall be served in the case of a firm or an assoiciation of persons or any person who was a member of such firm or association at the time of its discontinuance or in the case of a company on the principal officer thereof.

 CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 60. Appearance before any authority in proceedings

 (1) Any person, who is entitled or require to attend before any authority in connection with any proceedings under this Act, may attend, –

(a) by a person authorised by him inwriting in his behalf, being a relative of a person regularly employed by him; or

(b) by the legal practitioner or chartered accountant who is not disqualified by or under sub-section(2); or

(c) by a sales tax practitioner who possesses the prescribed qualifications and is entered in the list, which the commissioner shall maintain in that behalf, who is not disqualified by or under sub-section (2).

 (2) The commissioner may, by order in writing and for reasons to be recorded therein, disqualify for such period as is stated in the order from attending before any such authority, any legal practitioner , chartered accountant or sales tax practitioner;

 (i) who has been dismissed from Government service; or

(ii) who being a legal practitioner or chartered accountant is found guilty of misconduct in connection with any proceedings under this Act by an authority empowered to take dusciplinary action against the members of the profession to which he belongs; or

 (iii) who being a legal practitioner is found guilty of such misconduct by the Commissioner.

 (3) No order of disqualification shall be made in respect of any particular person unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

 (4) Any person against whom any order of disqualification is made under this section may, within one month of the date of communication of such order, appeal to the 1[Lieutenant Governer] to have the order cancelled.

(5) The order of the Commissioner shall not take effect until one month of the making thereof or when an appeal is preferred, until the appeal is decided.

(6) The commissioner may at any time suo moto or on application made to him in this behalf, revoke any order made against any person under sub-section (2) and there uponsuch person shall cease to be disqualified.

1. Inserted vide Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt. 19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001

Section 61. Change of an incumbent of an office

(1)Whenever in respect of any proceeding under this Act the Commissioner or any person appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him, ceases to exercise jurisdiction and is succeeded by another who has and exercises jurisdiction, the person so succeeding may continue the proceeding was left by his predecessor :

 (1)PROVIDED that the dealer concerned may demand that before the proceeding is so continued, the previous proceeding is so continued, the previous proceeding or any part thereof be reopened or that before any order of assessment is passed against him, he be reheard.

Section 62. Extension of period of limitation in certain cases

(1) An appellate authority may admit an appeal under section 43 after the period of limitation laid down in that section, if the appellant satisfies the appellate authority that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal within such period.

 (2) In computing the period laid down under sections 43,45,46 and 47, the provisions of sections 4 and 12 of the Limitation Act, 1963 (36 of 1963), shall, so far as may be, apply.

 (3) In computing the period of limitation prescribed by or under any provision of this Act, or the rules made thereunder, other than sections 43,45,46 and 47, any period during which any proceeding is stayed by an order or injunction of any court shall be excluded.

 CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 63. Returns, etc. to be confidential

 (1) All particulars contained in any statement made, return furnished or accounts or documents produced in accordance with this Act, or in any record of evidence given in the course of any proceedings under this Act, other than this proceedings before a criminal court, shall save as provided in sub-section (3), be treated as confidential, and notwithstanding anything contained in the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (1 of 1872), no court shall , save as aforesaid, be entitled to require any servant of the Government to produce if any such statement, return, account, document or record or any part thereof, or to give evidence before it in respect thereof.

(2) If, save as provided in sub-section (3), any servant of the Government discloses any of the particulars referred to in sub-section (1), he shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to six months, and shall also be liable to fine.

 (3) Nothing in this section shall apply to the disclosure –

 (a) of any of the particulars referred to in sub-section (1) for the purposes of investigation or prosecution under this Act or the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860) or any other enactment for the time being in force; or

(b) of such facts to an officer of the Central Government or any State Government as may be necessary for verification of such facts or for the purposes of enabling that Government to levy to realise any tax imposed by it; or

 (c) of any of the particulars where such disclosure is occasioned by the lawful employment under this Act of any process for the service of any notice or recovery of any demand ; or

(d) of any of the particulars to a civil court in any suit or proceeding to which the Government or any sales tax authority is a party and which relates to any matter arising out of any proceeding under this Act or under any other law for the time being in force authorising any sales tax authority to exercise any powers thereunder; or

 (d) of any such particulars to a civil court in any suit or proceeding to which the Government or any sales tax authority is a party and which relates to any matter arising out of any proceeding under this Act or under any other law for the time being in force authorising any sales tax authority to exercise any powers thereunder ; or of any such particulars by any public servant where the disclosure is occasioned by the lawful exercise by him of his powers under the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 (2 of 1899) to impound an insufficiently stamped document ; or

(f) of any such particulars to the Reserve Bank of India as are required by that Bank to enable it to compile financial statistics of international investment and balance of payment ; or

 (g) of any such particulars to any officers appointed by the controller and Auditor-General of tax receipts or refunds ; or

 (h) of any such particulars relevant to any inquiry into a charge of misconduct in connection with income-tax proceedings against a legal practitioner or chartered accountant, to the authority empowered to take disciplinary action against members of the profession to which he belongs ; or

(i) of such particulars to the officers of the Central Government or any State Government for such purposes, as the 2[Lieutenant Governer] may by general or special order direct.

 2. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.

Section 64. Setting upof check-post and barriers

(1) the 3[Lieutenant Governer] may , by notification in the Official Gazette, setup check-posts or barriers, or both, at any place in Delhi with a view to preventing evasion of tax and other dues payable under this Act.

 (2) The owner or person in charge of a goods vehicle shall carry with him a goods vehicles record, a trip sheet or a log book, as the case may be and a bill of sale or delivery note containing such particulars as may be prescribed in respect of the goods vehicle and produce the same before any officer in charge of check post or barrier or any other officer as may be empowered by the 4[Lieutenant Governer] in this behalf.

 (3) The owner or person in charge of goods vehicle entering or leaving Delhi shall also file a declaration containing such particulars in the prescribed form obtainable from the prescribed authority and in such manner as may be prescribed, before the officer incharge of a check-post or barrier or before the other officer empowered as aforesaid:

 PROVIDED that where the owner or person in charge of a goods vehicle after filing a declaration at the time of entering Delhi that the goods are meant to be carried toa place outside Delhi, fails, without reasonable cause, to carry such goods outside Delhi within the prescribed period, he shall, in addition to the payment of tax, if any, be liable to a penalty not exceeding two and a half times the tax that would have been payable had the goods been sold inside Delhi or one thousand rupees, whichever is more.

 (4) At every check-post or barrier, or at any other place when so required by an officer empowered by the 5[Lieutenant Governor] in this behalf, the driver or any other person in charge of a goods vehicle shall stop the vehicle and keep it stationary so long as may be required by the officer in charge of the check-post or barrier or the officer empowered as aforesaid to search the goods vehicle or part thereof, examine the contents therein and inspect all records relating to the goods carried, which are in the possession of such driver or other person in charge, who shall, if so required, give his name and address and, the name and address or the owner of the vehicle as well as those of the consignor and consignee of the goods.

 6[(5) If on an examination of the contents in a goods vehicle or the inspection of records relating to the goods carried, any officer empowered by the lieutenant Governer in this behalf has reason to believe that the owner or person in charge of such goods vehicle is not carrying the documents as required by sub-section (2) or is not carrying proper and genuine documents or is attempting to evade payment of the tax under this Act, he may, for reasons to be recorded in writing and after hearing the owner or person in charge of goods vehicle, detain the goods or impound the goods vehicle along with the goods and documents relating to the goods and the goods vehicle:

PROVIDED that the goods vehicle, the goods or the documents so impounded or detained may be alllowed to be released in case the owner or his agent or the person in charge of the goods vehicle requests for the time to adduce further evidence in respect of goods ordered to be detained or impounded subject to furnishing of security to the satisfaction of such officer in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed for an amount of tax payable, if such goods were sold in Delhi:

PROVIDED FURTHER that where the owner or his agent or person in charge of the goods vehicle exercises the option of paying by way of penalty a sum equal to three and a half times the tax, which in the opinion of the officer so empowered, would be leviable on such goods, if such goods were sold in Delhi, the officer empowered in this behalf instead of detaining or impounding the goods vehicles shall release the same.

(5A) Where the goods are being carried without the documents or without proper and genuine documents or without being properly accounted for in the documents referred to in sub-section (2) of this section, the Commissioner or the officer so empowered by the lieutenant Governer in this behalf, may levy a penalty not exceeding three and a half times the amount of tax payable on such goods after giving reasonable opportunity of being heared to the person likely to be effected, against the proposed penalty.

 (5B) An officer empowered by the lieutenant Governer in this behalf to act under sub-section (5), may, in this discretion, permit the owner or person in charge of goods detained under sub-section (5) subject to an undertaking given by the owner or person incharge of goods vehicle-

 (i) that the goods shall be kept in the office, godown or other place within Delhi, belonging to the owner of the goods vehicle and in the custody of such owner,

 (ii) that the goods shall not be delivered to the consignor, consignee or any other person without orders in writing of the said officer, and for this purpose the person in charge of the goods vehicle shall furnish an authorization from the owner of the goods vehicle authorizing him to give such undertaking on his behalf.]

 (6) Where the security required to be furnished under sub-section (5) is not furnished within the prescribed period such goods shall be disposed of in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed.

Explanation:- For the purposes of this section, “goods vehicle” shall include a motor vehicle, vessel, boat, animal, and any other form of conveyance.

Section 65. Publication of names, etc of dealers whose certificates of registration are cancelled

The Commissioner shall, at intervals not exceeding three months, publish in the Official Gazette such particulars as may be prescribed the dealers whose certificate of registration are cancelled under the provision of this Act.

 CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 66. Exemptions

(1) If the 1[lieutenant Governer] is of opinion that it is necessary or expedient in the public interest so to do, he may 2[***], exempt, by notification in the Official Gazette, and subject to such conditions, if any impose specified class of sales by any specified class of dealers from payment of the whole or any part of the tax payable under this Act.

 (2) If inrespect of any sales which are exempt from payment of tax under sub-section (1), a breach of any of the conditions subject to which such exemption was granted is committed, the dealer is responsible for such breach shall be liable to pay tax in respect of all such sales as if no such exemption had been granted.

1. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
2. Words “with the previous approval of the Central Government” were deleted by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

 Section 67. Bar of suits in civil courts

(1) No suit shall be brought in any civil court to set aside or modify any assessment made or any order passed under this Act or the rules made thereunder and no prosecution, suit or other proceeding shall lie against the Government or any officer of the Government for anything in good faith done or intend to be done under this Act or the rules made thereunder.

Section 68. Transfers during pendency of proceedings void

Where, during the pendency of any proceedings under this Act, any person creates a charge on or parts with the possession by way of sale, mortgage, gift or exchange or any other mode of transfer whatsoever, of any of his assets in favour of other person, such charge or transfer shall be void as against any claim in respect of any tax or any other sum payable by such person as a result of the completion of the said proceedings.

Section 69. Chapter XXXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, not to apply to certain offences

Nothing in Chapter XXXVI, of the Code of Criminal Procedures, 1973 (2 of 1974) shall apply to –

 (i) any offence punishable under this Act ;or

(ii) any other offence which under the provisions of that Code may be tried along with such offence reffered to in clause (i) or clause (ii) may be taken cognizance of by the court having jurisdiction under this Act as if the provisions of that Chapter were not enacted. 70. Application of the provisions of the Delhi Land Reforms Act, 1954 for purposes of recovery of sales tax recoverable as arrears of land revenue

 For the purposes of recoverable as arrear of land revenue under this Act, the provisions of Delhi Land Reforms Act, 1954, as to recovery of arrears of land revenue shall notwithstanding anything contained in that Act or in any other enactment, be deemed to be in force throught Delhi and the provisions of the Revenue Recovery Act, 1890 (1 of 1890) shall have effect accordingly.

CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 71. Power to make rules

(1) The 1[Lieutenant Governer] may make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.

 (2) In particulars and without prejudice to the generality of the for going power, such rules may provide for, –

(a) the further period after the date of expiry of three consecutive years referred to in sub-section (3) of section 3 for which liability to pay tax of dealer shall continue ;

 2[(b)the particulars to be contained in a declaration under sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4, or under section 5, as the case may be, the form of such declaration, the authority from whom and the manner and conditions subject to which such forms shall be obtainable and the manner in which and the time within which such declaration is to be furnished ;]

 (c) the period of turnover, the manner in which the turnover in relation to sale of any goods under this Act shall be determined and the sales turnover which may be deducted under sub-clause (vi) of clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 4 ;

(d) the restrictions and conditions subject to which the Commissioner may delegate his powers under section 10

(e) the authority to whom applications for registration under section 14,15,16 and 17 may be made and the form of such applications and the fees payable in respect thereof ;

 (f) the procedure for and other matters incidential to registration of dealers, the granting of certificates of registration, the period within which such certificates shall be granted and the forms of such certificates ;

(g) the intervals at which, and the manner in which, the tax under this Act hall be payable under section 21 ;

 (h) the returns to be furnished under sub-section (2) of section 21 and the dates by which, and the authority to whom, such returns shall be furnished;

(i) the procedure to be followed for assessment under section 23;

(j) the circumtances in which, and the conditions subject to which, a dealer may be permitted to pay a lump sum by way of composition under section 29 and the manner of determining such sum;

(k) the form in which claims for refund or set-off may be preferred, the manner in which such claims for refund shall be verified and the refunds or set-off under this Act shall be allowed ;

 (l) the authority to whom information shall be furnished under section 40 ;

(m) the conditions under which the production of accounts or documents of accounts or the furnishing of information may be required under sub-section (1) of section 41 ;

(n) the form and manner in which, and the authority to whom, appeals against assessment may be filed under section 43, the manner in which such appeals shall be verified and the fees payable in respect thereof and the procedure, to be followed by the authority ;

(o) the form and the manner in which applications for revision under section 47 or for review under sub-section (5) of section 48 may be filed and the fee payable in respect thereof ;

(p) the conditions subject to which the Commissioner may authirise the persons appointed under sub-section (2) of section 9 to assist him to investigate offences under sub-section (1) of section 53

 (q) the conditions under which offences may be compounded under section 54 ;

 (r) the manner in which, and the time within which, applications shall be made (including fees payable in respect thereof), information furnished, securities given and notices served under this Act ;

 (s)any other matter which is required to be, or may be, prescribed.

 (3) Any rules made under this Act may provide that a contravention thereof shall be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, and in the case of a continuing contravention, with an additional fine which may extend to twenty-five rupees for every day during which such contravention continues after conviction for the first such contravention.

1. Subs. for “Administrator” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
2. Substituted by Delhi Sales Tax (Second Amendment) Act, 2000, dt.19.2.2001 w.e.f. 19.2.2001, earlier read as : “the particulars to be contained in a declaration under sub-clause (v) of clause (a) of sub sub-section (2) of section 4, or under sub section 5, as the case may be, the form of such declaration, the authority from whom such forms shall be obtainable and the manner in which and the time within which such declaration is to be furnished ;”.

CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 72. Rules to be laid before Legislative Assembly

 Every rule made under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made before the Legislative Assembly of the 1[National Capital Territory of Delhi], while it is in session for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or two or more successive sessions or the successive sessions aforesaid, 2[the House agrees in making any modification in the rule or the House agrees] that the rule should not be made, the rule shall have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so however, that any such modification or annulment without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.

 1. Subs. for “Union Territory” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998.
2. Subs. for “both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

CHAPTER X- Miscellaneous

Section 73. Repeal and savings

(1) The Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941, (Bengal Act VI of 1941 ) as in force in Delhi (here in after referred to as the said Act), is hereby repealed.

 PROVIDED that such repeal shall not effect the previous operation of the said Act or any right, title, obligation or liability already acquired, accrued or incurred thereunder and subject there to, any thing done or any action taken including any appointment, notification, notice, order, rule, form or certificate in the exercise of any power conferred by or under the said Act shall be deemed to have been done or taken in the exercise of the powers conferred by or under this Act, as if this Act were in force on the date on which such thing was done or action was taken, and all arrears of tax and other amounts due at the commencement of this Act may be recovered as if they had accures under this Act.

(2) Any application for revision pending immediately before the date on which the Appellate Tribunal is constituted under section 13 (hereafter in this section referred to as the notified date), before the Commitioner under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941, (Bengal Act VI of 1941) as in force in the 1[National Capital Territory of Delhi], shall on such date stand transferred to, and be disposed of by the Tribunal :

 PROVIDED that no application for revision shall be transferred to the Appellate Tribunal if the petitioner making the application for revision waives his right of appeal to the Tribunal if the petitioner making the application for revision waives his right of appeal to the Tribunal within fifteen days after the notified date, in which case the application for revision shall be disposed of by the Commissioner as if it were an application for revision made under section 47.

 (3) Any application for revision, pending immediately before the notified date, before the Commissioner and transferred to the Appellate Tribunal under sub-section (2) shall be disposed of by the Appellate Tribunal as if it were an appeal made under and in accordance with the provisions of section 43 of this Act.

 (4) Where an appeal against an order passed by an officer under this Act lies to the Appellate Tribunal after the notified date, and the period of limitation specified for filing such appeal under this Act has not expired, then , such appeal shall lie to the Tribunal within thirty days of the notified date or within the expiry of the period of limitation specified for filing such appeal, whichever is later.

1. Subs. for “Union Territory” by Delhi Act 1 of 1998, w.e.f. 2.3.1998

Section 74. Removal of difficulties

(1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this Act, the Central Government may, by general or special order published in the Official Gazette,make such provisions not inconsistent with the provision of this act as appear to it to be necessary or expedient for the removal of the difficulty:

PROVIDED that no such order shall be made after the expiration of one year from the commencement ofthis Act.

 (2) Every order made under sub-section (1) shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which will be comprised in one session or in two of more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or successive aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the order or both Houses agree that the order should not be made, the order shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or to be no effect, as the case may be ; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shallbe without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that order

Section 75. Transitional provisions

 Where a dealer liable to pay tax under the Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941, (Bengal Act, VI of 1941) as in force in Delhi immediately before the commencement of this Act is not liable to pay tax under the provisions of this Act, he shall, notwithstanding the repeal of the first mentioned Act, continue to be liable to pay tax on the sales made by him after such commencement of all goods –

 (i) purchased by him before such commencement,

 (ii) manufactured by him before or after such commencement out of raw material purchased before such commencement.

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

[Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(i) dated 15.01.2000 and Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(ii) dated 15.01.2000 w.e.f. 16.01.2000,

as amended from time to time]

S.N. Name of the goods
1. Motor vhicles including chassis of motor vehicles and motor bodies, but not including tractors, tyres, tubes, accessories, component parts and spare parts of motor vehicles
1[***]
1-A. 2[Motor cycles, motor cycle combinations, motor scooters, motorettes, two wheelers and three wheelers]
2.
(a) Refrigerators.
(b) Air-conditioning and other cooling appliances and apparatus including room coolers and water coolers
(c) All kind of cooking appliances, cooking ranges, microwve ovens and grills
(d) Vacuum cleaners, electrical and electronic air purifiers and dish washers
(e) Television sets 3[***], video cassette recorders, video cassette players, CD players, home-theaters and video camera
(f) Washing machines
(g) 4[Room Air Convectors] and air circulators
(h) Voltage stablizers, 5[6(***), Incerters] and transformers
(i) Transmission towers, 7[***]
(j) Electronic toys and games 8[***]
(k) 9[Video-CD and CVD players]
(l) 10[ACSR Conductors]
3. Telecommunication equipments including telephones, tele-printers, wireless equipment and fax machines 11[but excluding mobile phone hand sets]
4. Cinematographic equipments including cameras projectors and sound recording and reproducing equipments and spare partas, component parts and accessories required for use therewith and lenses, films and cinema carbons
5. All clocks, time pieces, watches, electrical time switches and mechanical timers and component parts, spare part and accessories thereof
6. All arms including rifles, revolvers pistols and ammunition for the same and component parts and accessories thereof
7. Cigarette eases and lighters
8. Typewriters, tabulating, calculating cash registeing, indexing, card punching, franking and addressing machines, tele-printers, duplicating machines and photocopying machines, component parts, spare parts and accessories thereof
9. Binoculars, telescopes and opera glasses and component parts, spare parts and accessories thereof
10. All type of cutlery including knives, forks and spoons
1112.
a. All goods made of glass including glassware, but not including glass bangles and optical lenses.
b. Utensils, kitchenware and tableware made of glass or china clay.
c. Glazed earthenware.
d. Chinaware including crockery
12. Vacuum flask of all kind (including thermos, thermic jugs, ice buckets or boxes urns and other domestic receptacles to keep food or beverages hot or cold) and refills therof
13. Picnic set sold as a single unit
14. Iron and steel safes and almirahs
15.
(a) Light Diesel oil/high speed Diesel
(b) Kerosene oil sold through modes other than fair price shops
16. Cosmetics, perfumery and toilet goods including soaps, shampoos, and hair oils but not including tooth brush, toothpaste, tooth powder and kumkum
17. Leather goods, excepting footwear, belts and sports articles made of leather
18. Furniture including iron and steel and moulded furniture, but excluding wooden furniture
19. Cushion and mattresses of foam, including foam sheets, pillows and other articles made from foam rubber, or plastic foam or other synthetic foam
20. Furs and skins with fur and articles made therefrom including garments made therof
21. Articles made of stainless steel excluding safety razor blades and surgical instruments or parts of industrial machinery and plant, Utensils, kitchenwares and Table wares made up of stainless steel
22. Plastic, PVC, celluliod, bakelite and rubber goods and goods made of similar other substances, but not including domestic goods having maximum retail price inclusive of all taxes upto two hundred rupees per item
23. Fireworks including coloured matches
24. Lifts and elevators of all kinds
2513.
a. All types of glazed of glazed & vitrum tiles, mosaic tiles and ceramic tiles.
b. All types of laminated sheets such as Sunmica Formica etc
26. Carpets of all kinds
27. Weatherproofing compounds
28. Ivory articles
29. 14[***]
30. All kinds of marble, granite and their tiles
31. Sandalwood and Oil thereof
32. 15[***]
33. Meat, Fish, fruits and Vegetables when sold in preserved form
34. Silk and garments made of silk, 16[***]
35. Musical Instruments
36. Synthetic Gems
37. Spark Plugs
38. Adhesives
39. 17[***]
40. Oxygen and Gases
41. Aeronautics, including aeroplanes, ground equipments, their accessories and parts
42.18 [***]
43.19 All tupes of Sanitary goods, Sanitary wares and fittings
44.20 Paints and Colours
45. 21[***]
46.22 Pan Masala and Gutkha
47.23 All kinds of preserved food articles when sold in sealed containers
48.24 Lubricants including all kinds of non petroleum lubricants
49.25 Imported Vanaspati
1 Omitted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin(G)/47 dt. 12.5.2000 w.e.f. 15.5.2000; earlier inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. january 25,2000 and read as: Explanation-Motor vehicles shall include motor cycles, motor cycle combination, motor scooters, motorettes, two-wheelers and three wheelers.
2 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin(G)/47 dt. 12.5.2000 w.e.f. 15.5.2000
3 Omitted vide Notification No.F.4/8/2000 Fin.(E-1)(i)/564 dt. 22.8.2000 w.e.f. 22.8.2000 earlier inserted w.e.f. April 1, 2000 and read as: “but not including black and white television sets.”
4 Substituted for “Fan” vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dt. 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
5 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin(G)/1576 dt. 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
6 Omitted the words “Un-interrupted Power Supply” vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001-FIN.(A/Cs)/2271/78 dated 31st August 2001 w.e.f. of 1st September 20001.
7 Words “Transmission wires” , ACSR conductors and cables” omitted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f January 25,2000.
8 Omitted vide Notification No. F.4/8/2000 Fin(E-1)(i)/564 dt. 22.8.2000 w.e.f 22.8.2000 earliar inserted w.e.f. 16.1.2000 and read as: “having maximum retail price greater than or equal to [two hundred fifty rupees] per piece excluding manufactured indigenously”. Earlier rupees “two hundreds” were substituted with “two hundred fifty rupees per piece” vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dated 31.03.2000 w.e.f. 01.03.2000.
9 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin(G)/1576 dt. 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
10 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4/8/2000 Fin.(E-1)(i)/564 dt.22.8.2000.
11 Inserted vide No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(vi)/318-27 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
12 Substituted for “All goods made of glass, including glassware, but not including glass bangles, utensils, kitchenware and table ware made of glass” vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. January 25, 2000.
13 Substituted for “All types of glazed and vitrum tiles mosaic tiles, laminated sheets like Suncica, Formica etc. “”vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dt. 24.1.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
14 Words “Aerated drinks” omitted vide No. F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dt. 31.03.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
15 Words “Dry Fruits including roasted and fried” omitted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. January 25, 2000.
16 Words “Silk fabrics” omitted vide No. F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dt. 31.03.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
17 Words “Asphaltic Roofing” omitted vide No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dt. 24.1.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
18 The words “Imported toys of all kinds” inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. January 25, 2000 and later omitted vide Notification No.F.101(88)/2001-Fin(a/cs)3108-16 dated 25th October 2001.
19 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
10 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
21 Words “Tyres and tubes of all kinds” omitted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dt. 31.3.2000. w.e.f. 1.4.2000; earlier inserted vide No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dt. 24.1.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
22 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
23 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4/8/2000 Fin.(E-1)/564 dated 22.8.2000 w.e.f. 22.8.2000.
24 Inserted vide No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(vi)/318-27 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
25 Inserted vide No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(vi)/318-27 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

[Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1519 dated 15.01.2000 and Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(iv) dated 15.01.2000 w.e.f. 16.01.2000, as amended from time to time]

S.N. Name of the goods
1. Coal including coke in all its forms
2. Cotton as defined in section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956)
3. Iron and steels as defined in section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956)
4. Jute as defined in section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956) 1 [and jute products]
5. Oil seeds as defined in section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956)
6. Hides and skins, whether in a raw or dressed state
7. Cotton yarn, but not including cotton yarn waste, as defined in section 14 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956)
8. Crude oil as defined u/s 14 of Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (74 of 1956)
9. Imported sugar in all forms
10. Imported textiles and fabrics in all forms
11. All kinds of edible oils, hydrogenated vegetable oil 2 [(vanaspati ghee but not including imported Vanaspati)] and gingili oil
12. Vegetable solvent oils and Bran oil
13. Vegetables,fruits, fish and meat not covered by any other entry in any other schedules appended to the Delhi Sales Tax Act 1975
14. kerosene sold through fair price shops
15.
Renewable energy devices, specified below:-
a. Flat plate solar collectors.
b. Concentrating and pipe type solar collectors
c. Solar cookers.
d. Solar water heaters and systems.
e. Air/gas/fluid heating systems.
f. Solar Crop dryers and systems
g. Solar refrigeration, cold storage and air conditioning systems.
h. Solar stills and desalination system
i. Solar pumps based on solar thermal and solar photo-voltaic conversion.
j. Solar power generating systems.
k. Solar photovoltaic modules and panels for water pumping and other applications.
l. Wind mills and any specially designed devices which run on wind mills.
m. Any special devices including electric generators and pump running on wind energy.
n. Bio-gas plants and bio-gas engines.
o. Electrically operated vehicles including battery powered or fuel-cell powered vehicles.
p. Agricultural and municipal waste conversion devices producing energy.
q. Equipment for utilizing ocean waves and thermal energy.
16.3
Kiryana items that is to say-
(a) all kinds of spices and condiments including cumin seeds, turmeric, ajwain, haldi, dhania, hing, methi, sonth, kalaunji, saunf, khatai, amchur, imli, 4[***], long-patta, dal-chini, tej-patta, javatri, jaiphal, pepper, elaichi of all kind;
(b) dried chilies, garlic and ginger, kankaul mirch;
(c) ararote, singhara, kuttu and their atta;
(d) kala namak, sendha namak;
(e) aam papar, mushrum, khumba and guchchi;
(f) gola, goley ka burada, seik narial;
(g) til, rai;
(h) postdana, 5[***], magaj of all kind;
(i) mungafali dana, sabudana;
(j) 6[***], roli;
(k) Mehandi Patti, pisi mehendi;
(l) Kesar.
17. Bidi leaves.
18. Starch.
19. Maize products.
20. Ready-made garments but not including those made of leather, fur, 7[khadi] and silk.
21. Hosiery goods 8[***] 9[but not including undergarments, that is to say underwear, vests, panties and brassieres having MRP per piece upto Rs. 100/-]
22.10 Utensils and kitchenwares including tablewares, but not including crockery, glazed earthenwares and those made of glass or china-clay
23. Bone-meal 11[***]
24. Pesticides, insecticides and weedicides.
25. Safety Matches, but not including hand made safety matches.
26. Ice.
27. All kinds of yarns, including staple yarn.
28. Raw wool.
29. Knitting yarn and knitting wool.
30. Raw silk.
31.
Packing materials as specified below:-
a. Gunny bags.
b. HDPE bags.
c. Corrugated boxes.
d. Plastic & tin containers including Barrels.
e. Wooden boxes, cardboard boxes.
f. Packing paper.
g. HDPE packs.
h. Thermocol Packs,
i. Polythene sheets used for packing only.
j. Empty bottles and cork.
k. Alkaline and bituminous packing materials.
32. Ores and minerals.
33. 12[***]
34. Bicycles, parts, 13[tyres and tubes] and accessories thereof.
35. G. I. Pipes.
36. Sponge Iron.
37. 14[Computer hardware], software 15[and accessories]
38. Electronic component and parts including Computer component and parts.
33. Meat, Fish, fruits and Vegetables when sold in preserved form
34. Silk and garments made of silk, 16[***]
35. Musical Instruments
36. Synthetic Gems
37. Spark Plugs
38. Adhesives
3917. Chemicals, industrial dyes and industrial whitening agents not covered under any other entry of any of the Schedules appended to the Delhi Sales Tax Act, 1975; including caustic soda but not including detergents, washing materials, household shitening agents, distilled water, paints, non-indystrrial dyes, colours, ink and bulk drugs
40. Tractors, 18[tractor chassis and spare parts thereof]
41. 19[***]
42. Plastics in raw form, normally used for manufacturing of plastic goods, but not including plastic colours.
43. Non ferrous metals and their alloys, such as aluminum, copper, brass and zinc, but not including finished goods made therfrom.
20[Exp;anation.- Finished goods will not include non-ferrous metals or their alloys in intermediate form such as ingots, billets, patta, etc. normally used as an input in the industry]
44. 21[Toys excluding those covered under First Schedule appended to the DST Act, 1975 and having MRP inclusive of all taxes less than Rs. 200 per piece or set as the case may be.]]
45. 22[***]
46. Dry fruits, 23[***]
47.24 Ferro alloys, super alloys and ferro-silicon
48.25 Bearings
49.26 V-Belts
50.27 Stainless steel, but not including finished goods made thereof
51.28 Silicon Carbide
52.29 Sewing Thread
53.30 Bricks other than refractory bricks
54.31 Mon-block pumpsets of 5 to 10 horsepwer used for agriculture purposes
55.32 Candles
56.33 [***]
57.34 Sweet and Khara (Namkeen)
58.35 Sulphar and Hydrogen Peroxide
59.36 Zipper/ Zip fastener
60.37 School Bags having MRP upto Rs. 300/-
61.38 Fresh Flowers
62.39 [***]
63.40 Medicinal Herbs 23[including Amla, harrad and bahera, sikakai, rattanjot and khusk pudina]
64.41 [***]
65.42 Semiya
66.43 Sports Goods
67.44 REP, DEPB and other tradable licences
68.45 Khoya
69.46 Chemical Fertilizer
70.47 [***]
71.48 [***]
72.49 Un-interrupted Power Supply
73.50 All cereals and pulses including all forms of rice and their brans when sold packed (upto 20 Kg. in weight) and under a brand name
74.51 All kind of flours and processed cereals and pulses such as maida, besan, suji, rice flour, dalia and atta (except atta made out of wheat) when sold packed (upto 20 Kg. in weight) and brand name.
75.52 Paper
76.53 Mobile phone hand sets
1 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99-Fin(G) dt. 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 14.4.2000
2 Substituted for the words “(vanaspati ghee)” vide No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
3 Substituted vide Notification No. F/101(11)/2000-Fin.(A/Cs)/21-27dt. 28.11.2000, w.e.f. 28.11.2000, for the words “Kiryana items including all items execepting medicinal herbs as notified by the Govt. of India, MHA under the CST Act vide notification No. F.14(12)/89-PPR/PF/Voll. III / 25274-523 dated 3.12.1997″. Earlier substituted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000. for the “Kiryana items that is to say – (a) all kinds of spices and condiments including cumin seeds, turmeric, ajwain, haldi, dhania, hing, methi, sonth, kalaunji, saunf, khatai, amchur, imli, amla, harra and bahera, ratanjot, long-patta, dal-chini, tej-patta, javatri jaiphal, pepper, elaichi of all kind; (b) dried chilies, garlic and ginger, kankaul mirch; (c) ararote, singhara, kuttu and their atta; (d) kala namak, sendha namak; (e) aam papar, mushrum, khumba and guchchi; (f) gola, goley ka burada, seik narial; (g) til, rai; (h) postdana, khushk pudina, magaj of all kind; (i) mungafali dana, sabudana; (j) hawan samagri,shikakai, roli; (k) sat-esabgoal, bhuj-esabgoal, bhusi-esabgoal; (l) mehendi patti, pisi mehendi; (m) keser. (n) herbs used in kitchen.”
4 Words omitted “amla, harrad and bahera, ratanjot” vide Notification No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/ (iv)/298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
5 Words omitted “Khushk pudina” vide Notification No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/ (iv)/298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
6 Works omitted “Sikakai” vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
7 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
8 Works omitted “excluding undergarments made of hosiery having maximum retail price upto Rs. 100/- “vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)2271-78 dated 31.8.2001 w.e.f. 1.9.2001. These words were earlier inserted vide No.f.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
9 Inserted vide Notification No. F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)(iv)/298-307 dt. 24.04.2002 w.e.f. 24.04.2000.
10 Substituted for “Utensils and kitchenwares including table wares” vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
11 The words “and chemical fertilizers” omitted vide Notification No. F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)120-128 dated 31.03.2001 w.e.f. 01.4.2001.
12 Words “Oil cake and De-oiled cakes” omitted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 -Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.1.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
13 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 -Fin.(G) dated 31.03.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
14 As per Clarification No. F.9(J)/97-98 Policy/22754-23157 dated 2/3/2000/ Computer Hardware means (I) Computer of analog or digital varieties and (II) Computer Peripherals such as (a) Computer moniter (b) Computer Keyboards (c) Computer printer * (d) Computer modms including set top modems used with cable TV for internet access (e) Multimedia kits # and (f) Computer scanners *
Note : * digital Photocopiers, digital fax machines which can also be used as Printers / Scanners are not covered under the Entry No.37 of Second Schedule as they are convered under specific Entry No.8 & 3 respectively of First Schedule taxable at 12%. # speakers ampli-speakers when not sold as part of multimedia kit will not be covered under this entry and will be taxed @ 8% being unspecified item and covered under unclassified general good. It is clarified that routers, networking switches and hubs will be covered under Entry No. 38. It is further clarified that UPS & CVT are not covered under this entry and they are taxable @ 12% being covered under Entry No. 2(h) of First Schedules.
15 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
16 Substituted for “Chemicals not covered under any other entry of any of the Schedules appended to the Delhi Sales tax Act, 1975; including caustic soda but not including detergents, washing materials, whitening agents, soda ash, distilled water, Paints, dyes and colours, Sulphur, ink and bulk durgs”vide notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 datd 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
17 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f.1.4.2000.
18 Omitted vide Notification No. F.4/8/2000 – Fin.(E-1)(i)/564 dt. 22.8.2000 w.e.f.22.8.2000 and read as: “Tea sold in loose form”. Earlier substituted for “Un-branded tea, sold in loose form” vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dt.31.3.2000 w.e.f.1.4.2000.
19 Inerted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
20 Substituted vide Notification No. F.4/8/99 – Fin.(E-1)(i)/564 dt.22.8.2000 w.e.f.22.8.2000 earlier read as: Toys having maximum retail price inclusive of all taxes less than Rs. 250 per piece excluding imported toys. [Rs.250/- substituted for Rs.200 vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f.1.4.2000]. [Words “excluding imported toys” inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
21 Words “Footwear having maximum retail price inclusive of all taxes less than Rs. 200 per pair” omitted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f.1.4.2000.
22 Words “other than canned, sold in sealed container or in packed form” omitted vide Notification No. F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G)/ dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f.1.4.2000. Earlier inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
23 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
24 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
25 Inserted vide Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f.25.1.2000.
26 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4.(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
27 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
28 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
29 Words substituted for “bricks used for construction of buildings” vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
30 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
31 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
32 Words “Dhoop and Agarbatti” omitted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dt. 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000. Earlier inserted vide No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dt. 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
33 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)/1576 dated 24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.1.2000.
34 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
35 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
36 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
37 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dated 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
38 Words “Silk Fabrics” omitted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001 – Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001. Earlier inserted vide No.F.4(75)/99 – Fin.(G) dt. 31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
39 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001 – Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.
40 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002 – Fin.(A/Cs)/(iv)298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
41 Words “Oil Cake” omitted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001 – Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001; Earlier inserted vide No.F.4/8//2000 – Fin.(E-1)(i)/654 dt. 22.8.2000 w.e.f. 22.8.2000.
42 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.
43 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.
44 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.
45 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.
46 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/2271-78 dt. 31.8.2001 w.e.f. 1.9.2001.
47 Entry “oil-cake” omitted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2004. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/2271-78 dt. 31.8.2001 w.e.f. 1.9.2001.
48 Entry “De-oiled cake” omitted vide Notifiction No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(iv)298-307 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/2271-78 dt. 31.8.2001 w.e.f. 1.9.2001.
49 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(69)/2001- Fin (A/Cs)2271-78 dt.31.08.2001 w.e.f 1.9.2001 ;
50 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002- Fin (A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt.24.04.2002 w.e.f 24.4.2002 ;
51 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002- Fin (A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt.24.04.2002 w.e.f 24.4.2002 ;
52 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002- Fin (A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt.24.04.2002 w.e.f 24.4.2002 ;
53 Inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002- Fin (A/Cs)/(iv)/298-307 dt.24.04.2002 w.e.f 24.4.2002 ;

THE THIRD SCHEDULE

[The Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Ordinance, 2000; No. F.4(52)-Fin.(G)/1435 dated 05.01.2000

w.e.f. January 06, 2000 as amended from time to time]

S.No. Name of the goods DST
1.
Petroleum Products other than liquid perroleum gas, diesel (HSD / LDO),1[Compressed Natural gas] and Kerosene such as
(i) Natural Gas ;
2[(ia) Naphtha] ;
(ii) Aviation Turbine Fuel ;
(iii) Spirit ;
(iv) Gasoline ;
(v) Fumace Oil ;
(vi) 3[***] ;
(vii) Organic Solvent ;
(viii) Coal Tar ;
(ix) Wax 4[except Petroleum wax used for manufacture of candles] ;
(x) Mixture and combination of above products
5[Petroleum wax used for manufacture of candles
12%
2. Liquor (Foreign and Indian Made Foreign Liquor) 20%
3. Country Liquor 20%
4. Narcotics (Bhaang) 20%
5. Molasses 20%
6. Rectified Spirit 20%
7. Lottery Tickers 20%
8.6 Aerated Tickets 712%
9.8 Brake Fluid 20%
1 Substituted for “Naphtha” vide No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(vii)/1546 & 1555 dt. 15.1.2000 w.e.f. 16.1.2000.
2 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(vii)/1546 & 1555 dt. 15.1.2000 w.e.f. 16.1.2000.
3 Entry omitted “Lubricants” vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002Fin.(A/Cs)/(ii)/278-87 dt.24.4.2000. w.e.f. 24.4.2002. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002Fin.(A/Cs)/(iii)/288-97 dt.24.4.2000. w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
4 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1585 dated.24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
5 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1585 dated.24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
6 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dated.31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
7 Substituted for “15%” vide Notification No.F.4/8/2000 Fin.(E-I)(i)/564 dt.22.08.2000 w.e.f. 22.08.2000
8 Substituted for “All kinds of Non-Petroleum Lubricants and Brake Fluid” vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(ii)/278-87 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.

THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

THE FORTH SCHEDULE
[(See section 4(1) (cc)]
[The Delhi Sales Tax (Amendment) Ordinance, 2000; No. F.4(52)-Fin.(G)/1435 dated 05.01.2000
w.e.f. January 06, 2000 as amended from time to time]
S.No. Name of the goods DST
1.
Petroleum Products other than liquid perroleum gas, diesel (HSD / LDO),1[Compressed Natural gas] and Kerosene such as
(i) Natural Gas ;
2[(ia) Naphtha] ;
(ii) Aviation Turbine Fuel ;
(iii) Spirit ;
(iv) Gasoline ;
(v) Fumace Oil ;
(vi) 3[***] ;
(vii) Organic Solvent ;
(viii) Coal Tar ;
(ix) Wax 4[except Petroleum wax used for manufacture of candles] ;
(x) Mixture and combination of above products
5[Petroleum wax used for manufacture of candles
12%
2. Liquor (Foreign and Indian Made Foreign Liquor) 20%
3. Country Liquor 20%
4. Narcotics (Bhaang) 20%
5. Molasses 20%
6. Rectified Spirit 20%
7. Lottery Tickers 20%
8.6 Aerated Tickets 712%
9.8 Brake Fluid 20%
1 Substituted for “Naphtha” vide No. F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(vii)/1546 & 1555 dt. 15.1.2000 w.e.f. 16.1.2000.
2 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)(vii)/1546 & 1555 dt. 15.1.2000 w.e.f. 16.1.2000.
3 Entry omitted “Lubricants” vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002Fin.(A/Cs)/(ii)/278-87 dt.24.4.2000. w.e.f. 24.4.2002. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002Fin.(A/Cs)/(iii)/288-97 dt.24.4.2000. w.e.f. 24.4.2002.
4 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1585 dated.24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
5 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(52)/99-Fin.(G)/1585 dated.24.01.2000 w.e.f. 25.01.2000.
6 Inserted vide Notification No.F.4(75)/99-Fin.(G) dated.31.3.2000 w.e.f. 1.4.2000.
7 Substituted for “15%” vide Notification No.F.4/8/2000 Fin.(E-I)(i)/564 dt.22.08.2000 w.e.f. 22.08.2000
8 Substituted for “All kinds of Non-Petroleum Lubricants and Brake Fluid” vide Notification No.F.101(112)/2002-Fin.(A/Cs)/(ii)/278-87 dt. 24.4.2002 w.e.f. 24.4.2002. Earlier inserted vide Notification No.F.101(48)/2001-Fin.(A/Cs)/120-128 dt. 31.3.2001 w.e.f. 1.4.2001.

SPECIAL RATE OF TAX

[Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)(viii)/1564 dated 15.01.2000

w.e.f. 16.01.2000]

1. Bullion 1%
2. Articles and ornaments made of gold or silver 1%
3. Precious stones 1%

GENERAL RATE OF TAX

[Notification No. F.4(52)/99 – Fin.(G)(viii)/1564 dated 15.01.2000
w.e.f. 16.01.2000]

All other goods covered by clause (d) of the sub-section (1) of Section 4 i.e. goods not specified in any of the Schedule to this Act 1%
2. Articles and ornaments made of gold or silver 1%
3. Precious stones 1%

Registration Act

Section 1. Short title, extent and commencement

[Act No. 16 of 1908]

[18th December 1908]

An Act to consolidate the enactments relating to the Registration of Documents.

Whereas it is expedient to consolidate the enactments relating to the registration of documents;

It is hereby enacted as follows:

(1) This Act may be called the 1[Registration Act, 1908.

2[(2) It extends to the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir:

Provided that the State Government may exclude any districts or tracts of country from its operation.]

(3) It shall come into force on the first day of January, 1909.

——————–

1. The word “Indian” omitted by Act No. 45 of 1969.

2. Subs. by Act No. 3 of 1951.

Section 2. Definitions

In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, –

(1) “Addition” means the place of residence, and the profession, trade, rank and title (if any) of person described, and, in the case of an Indian, his father’s name, or where he is usually described as the son of his mother, then his mother’s name;

(2) “Book” includes a portion of a book and also any number of sheets connected together with a view of forming a book or portion of a book;

(3) “District” and “sub-district” respectively mean a district and sub-district formed under this Act;

(4) “District Court” includes the High Court in its ordinary original Civil jurisdiction;

(5) “Endorsement” and “endorsed” include and apply to an entry in writing by a registering officer on a rider or covering slip to any document tendered for Registration under this Act;

(6) “Immovable property” includes land, buildings, hereditary allowances, rights to ways, lights, ferries, fisheries or any other benefit to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth, but not standing timber, growing crops nor grass;

[(6A) “India” means the territory of India excluding the State of Jammu and Kashmir ;

(7) “ Lease” includes a counter part, kabuliyat, an undertaking to cultivate or occupy, and an agreement to lease;

(8) “Minor” means a person who, according to the personal law to which he is subject, has not attained majority;

(9) “Movable property” includes standing timber, growing corps and grass, fruit upon and juice in trees, and property of every other description, except immovable property; and

(10) “Representative” includes the guardian of a minor and the committee or other legal curator of a lunatic or idiot.

Section 3. Inspector General of Registration

(1) The State Government shall appoint an officer to be the Inspector General of Registration for the territories subject to such Government:

Provided that the State Government may, instead of making such appointment, direct that all or any of the powers and duties hereinafter conferred and imposed upon the Inspector-General shall be exercised and performed by such officer or officers, and within such local limits, as the State Government appoints in this behalf.

(2) Any Inspector-General may hold simultaneously any other officer under the Government.

Section 4. Repealed

4. [Repealed.]

Section 5. Districts and sub-districts

(1) For the purposes of this Act, the State Government shall form districts and sub-districts, and shall prescribe, and may alter, the limits of such districts and sub-districts,

(2) The districts and sub-districts formed under this section, together with the limits thereof, and every alternation of such limits, shall be notified in the Official Gazette.

(3) Every such alternation shall take effect on such day after the date of the notification as is therein mentioned.

Section 6. Registrars and Sub-Registrars

The State Government may appoint such person, whether public officers or not, as it thinks proper, to be Registrars of the several districts, and to be Sub-Registrars of the several sub-districts, formed as aforesaid, respectively.

Section 7. Offices of Registrar and Sub-Registrar

(1) The State Government shall establish in every district and office to be styled the office of the Registrar and in every sub-district an office or offices to be styled the office of the Sub-Registrar or the offices of the Joint Sub-Registrars.

(2) The State Government may amalgamate with any office of a Registrar any office of a Sub-Registrar subordinate to such Registrar, and may authorize any Sub-Registrar whose office has been so amalgamated to exercise and perform, in addition to his own powers and duties, all or any of the powers and duties of the Registrar to whom he is subordinate:

Provided that no such authorization shall enable a Sub-Registrar to hear an appeal against an order passed by himself under this Act.

Section 8. Inspectors of Registration-offices

(1) The State Government may also appoint officers, to be called Inspectors of Registration-offices, and may prescribe the duties of such officers.

(2) Every such Inspector shall be subordinate to the Inspector-General.

Section 9. Repealed

9. [Repealed]. –

Section 10. Absence of Registrar or vacancy in his office

(1) When any Registrar, other than the Registrar of a district including a Presidency-town is absent otherwise than on duty in his district, or when his office is temporarily vacant, any person whom the Inspector-General appoints in this behalf, or, in default of such appointment, the Judge of the District Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the Registrar’s office is situate, shall be the Registrar during such absence or until the State Government fills up the vacancy.

(2) When the Registrar of a district including a Presidency-town is absent otherwise than on duty in his district, or when his office is temporarily vacant, any person whom, the Inspector-General appoints in this behalf shall be Sub-Registrar during such absence, or until the State Government fills up the vacancy.

Section 11. Absence of Registrar on duty in his district

When any Registrar is absent from his office on duty in his district, he may appoint any Sub-Registrar or other person in his district to perform, during such absence, all the duties of a Registrar except those mentioned in Sections 68 and 72.

Section 12. Absence of Sub-Registrar or vacancy in his office

When any Sub-Registrar is absent, or when his office is temporarily vacant, any person whom the Registrar of the district appoints in this behalf shall be Sub-Registrar during such absence, or until the vacancy is filled up.

Section 13. Report to State Government of appointments under Sections 10, 11 and 12

(1) All appointments made under Section 10, Section 11 or Section 12 shall be reported to the State Government by the Inspector-General.

(2) Such report shall be either special or general, as the State Government directs.

Section 14. Establishments of registering officers

[(1) Omitted

(2) State Government may allow proper establishments for the several offices under this Act.

Section 15. Seal of registering officers

The several Registrars and Sub-Registrars shall use a seal hearing the following inscription in English and in such other language as the State Government directs:-

“The seal of the Registrar (or of the Sub-Registrar) or”

Section 16. Register-books and fire-proof boxes

(1) The State Government shall provide for the office of every registering officer the books necessary for the purposes of this Act.

(2) The books so provided shall contain the forms form time to time prescribed by the Inspector-General, with the sanction of the State Government, and the pages Of Such books shall be consecutively numbered in print, and the number of pages in each book shall be certified on the title-page by the officer by whom Such books are issued.

(3) The State Government shall supply the office of every Registrar with a fireproof box, and shall in each District make suitable provision for the safe custody of the records connected with the registration of documents in such districts

Section 17. Documents of which registration is compulsory

(1) The following documents shall be registered, if the property to which they relate is situate in a district in which, and if they have been executed on or after the date on which, Act No, XVI of 1864, or the Indian Registration Act, 1866, or the Indian Registration Act, 1871, or the Indian Registration Act, 1877, or this Act came or comes into force, namely:-

(a) Instruments of gift of immovable property;

(b) Other non-testamentary instruments which purport or operate to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish, whether in present or in future, any right, title or interest, whether vested or contingent, of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, to or in immovable property;

(c) Non-testamentary instruments which acknowledge the receipt or payment of any consideration on account of the creation, declaration, assignment, limitation or extinction of any such right, title or interest; and

(d) Lease of immovable property from year to year, or for any term exceeding one year, or reserving a yearly rent;

(e) Non-testamentary instruments transferring or assigning any decree or order of a Court or any award when such decree or order or award purports or operates to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish, whether in present or in future, any right, title or interest, whether vested or contingent, of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards, to or in immovable property:

Provided that the State Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, exempt from the operation of this sub-section any lease executed in any district, or part of a district, the terms granted by which do not exceed five years and the annual rents reserved by which do not exceed fifty rupees.

(2) Nothing in clauses (b) and (c) of sub-section (1) applies to. –

(i) Any composition-deed; or

(ii) Any instrument relating to shares in a Joint Stock Company, notwithstanding that the assets of such Company consist in whole or in part of immovable property-, or

(iii) Any debenture issued by any such Company and not creating, declaring, assigning, limiting or extinguishing any right, title or interest, to or in immovable property except in so far as it entitles the holder to the security afforded by a registered instrument whereby the Company has mortgaged, conveyed or otherwise transferred the whole or party of its immovable property or any interest therein to trustees upon trust for the benefit of the holders of such debentures; or

(iv) Any endorsement upon or transfer of any debenture issued by any such Company; or

(v) Any document not itself creating, declaring, assigning, limiting or extinguishing any right, title or interest of the value of one hundred rupees and upwards to or in immovable property, but merely creating a right to obtain another document which will, when executed, create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any such right, title or interest; or

(vi) Any decree or order of a Court except a decree or order expressed to be made on a compromise and comprising immovable property other than that which is the subject-matter of the suit or proceeding, or (vii) Any grant of immovable property by Government or

(viii) Any instrument of partition made by a Revenue-officer; or

(ix) Any order granting a loan or instrument of collateral security granted under the land improvement Act, 1871, or the Land Improvement Loans Act, 1883; or

(x) Any order granting a loan under the Agriculturists Loans Act, 1884, or instrument for securing the repayment of a loan made under that Act; or

(xa) Any order made under the Charitable Endowments Act, 1890. (6 of 1890) vesting any property in a Treasurer of Charitable Endownments or divesting any such Treasurer of any property; or

(xi) Any endorsement on a mortgage-deed acknowledging the payment of the whole or any part of the mortgage-money, and any other receipt for payment of money due under a mortgage when the receipt does not purport to extinguish the mortgage; or

(xii) Any certificate of sale granted to the purchaser of any property sold by public auction by a Civil or Revenue-officer.

Explanation. – A document purporting or operating to effect a contract for the sale of immovable property shall not be deemed to require or ever to have required registration by reason only of the fact that such document contains a recital of the payment of any earnest money or of the whole or any part of the purchase money.

(3) Authorities to adopt a son, executed after the Ist day of January, 1872, and not conferred by a will, shall also be registered.

Section 18. Document of which registration is optional

Any of the following document may be registered under this Act, namely:

(a) Instruments (other than instrument of gift and wills) which purport or operate to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish, whether in present or in future, any right, title or interest, whether vested or contingent, of a value less than one hundred rupees, to or in immovable property;

(b) Instruments acknowledging the receipt or payment of any consideration of account of the creation, declaration, assignment, limitation or extinction of any such right, title or interest;

(c) Leases of immovable property for any term not exceeding one year, and leases exempted under Section 17;

(cc) Instruments transferring or assigning any decree or order of a Court or any award when such decree or order or award purports or operates to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish, whether in present or in future any right title or interest, whether vested or contingent, or a value less than one hundred rupees, to or in immovable property;

(d) Instruments (other than wills) which purport or operate to create, declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title or interest to or in movable property;

(e) Wills; and

(f) All other documents not required by Section 17 to be registered.

Section 19. Documents in language not understood by registering officer

If any document duly presented for registration be in a language which the registering officer does not understand, and which is not commonly used in the district, he shall refuse to register the documents, unless it be accompanied by a true translation into a language commonly used in the district and also by a true copy.

Section 20. Documents containing interlineations, blanks, erasures or alterations

(1) The registering officer may in his discretion refuse to accept for registration any document in which any interlineations, blank, erasure or alteration appears, unless the persons executing the document attest with their signature or initials such interlineations, blank, erasure or alteration.

(2) If the registering officer registers any such document, he shall, at the time of registering the same, make a note in the register of such interlineations, blank, erasure or alteration.

Section 21. Description of property and maps or plans

(1) No non-testamentary document relating to immovable property shall be accepted for registration unless it contains a description of such property sufficient to identify the same.

(2) Houses in towns shall be described as situate on the north or other side of the street or road (which should be specified) to which they front, and by their existing and former occupancies, and by their numbers if the houses in such street or road are numbered.

(3) Other houses and lands shall be described by their name, if any, and as being the territorial division in which they are situate, and by their superficial contents, the roads and other properties on which they abut, and their existing occupancies, and also, whenever it is practicable, by reference to a Government map or survey.

(4) No non-testamentary document containing a map or plan of any property comprised therein shall be accepted for registration unless it is accompanied by a true copy of the map or plan, or, in case such property is situate in several districts, by such number of true copies of the map or plan as are equal to the number of such districts.

Section 22. Description of houses and land by reference to Government maps or surveys

(1) Where it is, in the opinion of the State Government, practicable to describe houses, not being houses in towns, and lands by reference to a Government map or survey, the State Government may, by rule made under this Act, require that such houses and lands as aforesaid shall, for the purposes of Section 21, be so described.

(2) Save as otherwise provided by any rule made under sub-section (1), failure to comply with the provision of Section 21, subsection (2) or sub-section (3), shall not disentitle a document to be registered if the description of the property to which it relates is sufficient to identify that property.

Section 23. Time for presenting documents

Subject to the provisions contained in Section 24, 25 and 26, no document other than a will shall be accepted for registration unless presented for that purpose to the proper officer within four months from the date of its execution:

Provided that a copy of a decree or order may he presented within four months from the day on which the decree or order was made, or, where it is appealable, within four months from the day on which it becomes final.

Section 23 A. Re-registration of certain documents

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, if in any case a document requiring registration has been accepted for registration by a Registrar or Sub-Registrar from a person not duly empowered to present the same, and has been registered, any person claiming under such document may, within four months from his first becoming aware that the registration of such document is invalid, present such document or cause the same to be presented, in accordance with the provision of Part VI for re-registration in the office of the Registrar of the district in which the document was originally registered; and upon the Registrar being satisfied that the document was so accepted for registration from a person not duly empowered to present the same, he shall proceed to the re-registration of the document as if it has not been previously registered, and as if such presentation for re-registration was a presentation for registration made within the time allowed therefor under Part IV, and all the provisions of this Act, as to registration of documents, shall apply to such re-registration; and such document, if duly re-registered in accordance with the provisions of this section, shall be deemed to have been duly registered for all purposes from the date of its original registration:

Provided that, within three months, from the twelfth day of September 1917, any person claiming under a document to which this section applies may present the same or cause the same to be presented for re-registration in accordance with this section, whatever may have been the time when the first became aware that the registration of the document was invalid.

Section 24. Documents executed by several persons at different times

Where there are several persons executing a document at different times, such document may be presented for registration and re-registration within four months from the date of each execution.

Section 25. Provision where delay in presentation is unavoidable

(1) If, owing to urgent necessity or unavoidable accident, any document executed, or copy of a decree or order made, in India is not presented for registration in after the expiration of the time herein before prescribed in that behalf, the Registrar, in cases where the delay in presentation does not exceed four months, may direct that, on payment of a fine not exceeding ten times the amount of the proper registration-fee, such document shall be accepted for registration.

(2) Any application for such direction may be lodged with a Sub-Registrar, who shall, forthwith forward it to the Registrar to whom he is subordinate.

Section 26. Documents executed out of India

When a document purporting to have been executed by all or any of the parties out of India is not presented for registration in after the expiration of the time hereinbefore prescribed in that behalf, the registering officer, if satisfied. –

(a) That the instrument was so executed, and

(b) That it has been presented for registration within four months after its arrival in India,

May, on payment of the proper registration-fee, accept such document for registration.

Section 27. Wills may be presented or deposited at any time

A will may at any time be presented for registration or deposited in manner hereinafter provided.

Section 28. Place for registering documents relating of land

Save as in this Part otherwise provided every document mentioned in Section 17, sub-section (1), clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) Section 17, subsection (2), in so far as such document affects immovable property, and Section 18, clauses (a), (b) (c) and (cc), shall be presented for registration in the office of a Sub-Registrar within whose sub-district the whole or some portion of the property to which such document relates is situate.

Section 29. Place for registering other documents

(1) Every document not being a document referred to in Section 28 or a copy of a decree or order, may be presented for registration either in the office of the Sub-Registrar in whose sub-district the document was executed, or in the office of any other Sub-Registrar under the State Government at which all the persons executing and claiming under the document desire the same to be registered.

(2) A copy of a decree or order may be presented for registration in the office of the Sub-Registrar in whose sub-district the original decree or order was made, or, where the decree or order does not affect immovable property, in the office of any other Sub-Register under the State Government at which all the persons claiming under the decree or order desire the copy to be registered.

Section 30. Registration by Registrars in certain cases

(1) Any Registrar may in his discretion receive and register any document which might be registered by any Sub-Registrar subordinate to him.

(2) 1[The Registrar of a district in which a Presidency-town in included and the Registrar of the Delhi district] may receive and register any document referred to in Section 28 without regard to the situation in any part of India of the property to which the document relates.

——————–

1. Subs. by Act No. 45 of 1969, for “the Registrar of t district including a Presidency-town”.

Section 31. Registration or acceptance for deposit at private residence

In ordinary cases the registration or deposit of documents under this Act shall be made only at the office of the officer of the officer authorized to accept the same for registration or deposit:

Provided that such officer may on special cause being shown attend at the residence of any person desiring to present a document for registration or to deposit a will, and accept for registration or deposit such document or will.

Section 32. Persons to present documents for registration

Except in the cases mentioned in Sections 31, 88 and 89, every document to be registered under this Act, whether such registration be compulsory or optional, shall be presented at the proper registration-office,-

(a) By some person executing or claiming under the same, or, in the case of a copy of a decree or order, claiming under the decree or order, or

(b) By the representative or assign of such a person, or

(c) By the agent of such a person, representative or assign, duly authorized by power-of-attorney executed and authenticated in manner hereinafter mentioned.

Section 33. Power-of-attorney recognizable for purposes of Section 32

(1) For the purposes of Section 32, the following powers-of-attorney shall alone be recognized namely:-

(a) If the principal at the time of executing the power-of-attorney resides in any part of India in which this Act is for the time being in force, a power-of-attorney executed before and authenticated by the Registrar or Sub-Registrar within whose district or sub-district the principal resides;

(b) If the principal at the time aforesaid resides in any part of India in which this Act is not in force, a power-of-attorney executed before and authenticated by any Magistrate;

(c) If the principal at the time aforesaid does not reside in India, a power-of-attorney executed before and authenticated by a Notary Public, or any Court, Judge, Magistrate, Indian consul or Vice-Consul, or representative of the Central Government:

Provided that the following persons shall not be required to attend at ally registration office or Court for the purposes of executing ally such power-of-attorney as is mentioned in clauses (a) and (b) of this section, namely:-

(i) Persons who by reason of bodily infirmity are unable without risk or serious inconvenience are to attend;

(ii) Persons who are in jail under civil or criminal process; and

(iii) Persons exempt by law form personal appearance in Court.

Explanation. -In this sub-section “India” means India, as defined in clause (28) of Section 3 of the General Clauses Act, 1897.

(2) In the case of every such person the Registrar or Sub-Registrar or Magistrate, as the case may be, if satisfied that the power-of-attorney has been voluntarily executed by the person purporting to be the principal, may attest the same without requiring his personal attendance at the office or Court aforesaid.

(3) To obtain evidence as to the voluntary nature of the execution, the Registrar or Sub-Registrar or Magistrate may either himself go to the house of the person purporting to be the principal, or to the jail in which he is confined, and examine him, or issue a commission for his examination.

(4) Any power-of-attorney mentioned in this section may he proved by the production of it without further proof when it purports oil the face of it to have been executed before and authenticated by the person or Court hereinbefore mentioned in that behalf.

Section 34. Enquiry before registration by registering officer

(1) Subject to the provisions contained in this Part and in Sections 41, 43, 45, 69, 75, 77, 88, and 89, no document shall be registered under this Act, unless the persons executing such document or their representatives, assigns or agents authorized as aforesaid, appear before the registering officer within the time allowed for presentation under Sections 23, 24, 25, and 26:

Provided that, if owing to urgent necessity or unavoidable accident all such persons do not so appear, the Registrar, in cases where the delay in appearing does not exceed four months, may direct that oil payment of a fine not exceeding ten times the amount of the proper registration fee, in addition to the fine, it’ any, payable under Section 25, the document may be registered.

(2) Appearances under subsection (1) may be simultaneous or at different times.

The registering officer shall thereupon-

(a) Enquire whether or not such document was executed by the persons by whom it purports to have been executed;

(b) Satisfy himself as to the identity of the persons appearing before him and alleging that they have executed the document; and

(c) In the case of any person appearing as a representative, assign or agent, satisfy himself of the right of such person so to appear.

Section 35. Procedure on admission and denial of execution respectively

(1) (a) If all the persons executing the document appear personally before the registering officer and are personally known to him, or if he otherwise satisfied that they are the person they represent themselves to be, and if they all admit the execution of the document, or

(b) If in the case of any person appearing by a representative , assign or agent, such representative, assign or agent admits the execution, or

(c) If in the case of any person executing the document is dead, and his representative or assign appears before the registering officer and admits the execution, the registering officer shall register the document as directed in Section 58 to 61, inclusive.

(2) The registering officer may, in order to satisfy himself that the persons appearing before him are the persons they represent themselves to be, or for any other purpose contemplated by this Act, examine any one present in his office.

(3) (a) If any person by whom the document purports to be executed denies its execution, or

(b) If any such person appears to the registering officer to be a minor, an idiot or a lunatic, or

(c) If any person by whom the document purports to be executed is dead, and his representative or assign denies its execution, the registering officer shall refuse to register the document as to the person so denying, appearing or dead:

Provided that, where such officer is a Registrar, he shall fallow the procedure prescribed in Part XII:

Provided further that the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare that any Sub-Registrar named in the notification shall, in respect of documents sub-section and of Part XII.

Section 36. Procedure where appearance of executant or witness is desired

If any person–presenting any document for registration or claiming under any document, which is capable of being so presented, desires the appearance of any person whose presence or testimony is necessary for the registration of such document, the registering officer may, call upon such officer or Court as the State Government directs in this behalf to issue a summons requiring him to appear at the registration–office, either in person or by duly authorized agent, as in the summons may be mentioned, and at a time named therein.

Section 37. Officer or Court to issue and cause service of summons

The officer or Court, upon receipt of the peon’s fee payable in such cases, shall issue the summons accordingly, and cause it to be served upon the person whose appearance is so required.

Section 38. Persons exempt from appearance at registration-office

(1) (a) A person who by reason of bodily infirmity is unable without risk or serious inconvenience to appear at the registration-office, or

(b) A person in jail under civil or criminal process, or

(c) Person exempt by law from personal appearance in Court, and who would but for the provision next hereinafter contained be required to appear in person at the registration-office, shall not be required so to appear.

(2) In the case of every such person the registration-officer shall either himself go to the house of such person, or to the jail in which he is confined, and examine him or issue a commission for his examination.

Section 39. Law as to summonses commissions and witness

The law in force for the time being as to summonses, commissions and compelling the attendance of witnesses, and for their remuneration in suits before Civil Courts, shall, save as aforesaid and mutatis mutandis, apply to any summons or commission issued and any person summoned to appear under the provisions of this Act.

Section 40. Persons entitled to present wills and authorities to adopt

(1) The testator, or after his death any person claiming as executor or otherwise under a will, may present it to any Registrar or Sub-Registrar for registration.

(2) The donor, or after his death the donee, of any authority to adopt, or the adoptive son, may present it to any Registrar or Sub-Registrar for registration.

Section 41. Registration of wills and authorities to adopt

(1) A will or an authority to adopt presented for registration by the testator or donor, may be registered in the same manner as any other document.

(2) A will or authority to adopt presented for registration by any other person entitled to present it shall be registered if the registering officer is satisfied-

(a) That the will or authority was executed by the testator or donor, as the case may be;

(b) That the testator or donor is dead; and

(c) That the person presenting the will or authority is, under Section 40 entitled to present the same.

Section 42. Deposit of wills

Any testator may, either personally or by duly authorized agent deposit with any Registrar his will in a sealed cover superscribed with the name of the testator and that of his agent (if any) and with a statement of the nature of the document.

Section 43. Procedure on deposit of Wills

(1) On receiving such cover, the Registrar, if satisfied that the person presenting the same for deposit is the testator or his agent, shall transcribe in his Register-book No. 5 the superscription aforesaid, and shall note in the same book and on the said cover the, y ar, month, day and hour of such presentation and receipt, and the names of any persons who may testify to the identity of the testator or his agent, and any legible inscription which may be on the seal of the cover.

(2) The Registrar shall then place and retain the scaled cover in his fireproof box.

Section 44. Withdrawal of sealed cover deposited under Section 42

If the testator who has deposited such cover wishes to withdraw it, he may apply, either personally or by duly authorized agent, to the Registrar who holds it in deposit, and such Registrar, if satisfied that the applicant is actually the testator or his agent, shall deliver the cover accordingly.

Section 45. Proceedings on death of depositor

(1) If, on the death of a testator who has deposited a sealed cover under Section 42, application be made to the Registrar who holds it in deposit to open the same, and if the Registrar is satisfied that the testator is dead, he shall, in the applicant’s presence, open the cover, and, at the application’s expense, cause the contents thereof to be copied into his Book No. 3.

(2) When such copy has been made, the Registrar shill re-deposit the original will.

Section 46. Saving of certain enactments and powers of Courts

(1) Nothing herein-before contained shall affect the provisions of Section 259 of the Indian Succession Act, 1865, or of Section 81 of the Probate and Administration Act, 1881, or the power of any Court be order to compel the production of any will.

(2) When any such order is made, the Registrar shall, unless the will has been already copied under Section 45, open the cover and cause the will to be copied into his Book No. 3 and make a note on such copy that the original has been removed into Court in pursuance of the order aforesaid.

Section 47. Time from which registered document operates

A registered document shall operate from the time from which it would have commenced to operate if no registration thereof had been required or made, and not from the time of its registration.

Section 48. Registered documents relating to property when to take effect against oral agreements

All non-testamentary documents duly registered under this Act, and relating to any property, whether movable or immovable, shall take effect against any oral agreement or declaration relating to such property, unless where the agreement or declaration has been accompanied or followed by delivery of possession and the same constitutes a valid transfer under any law for the time being in force:

Provided that a mortgage by deposit of title deeds as defined in Section 58 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, shall take effect against any mortgage-deed Subsequently executed and registered which relates to the same property.

Section 49. Effect of non-registration of documents required to be registered

No document required by Section 17 or by any provision of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 to be registered shall-

(a) Affect any immovable property comprised therein, or

(b) Confer any power to adopt, or

(c) Be received as evidence of any transaction affecting such property or conferring such power; unless it has been registered:

Provided that an unregistered document affecting immovable property and required by this Act or the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, to be registered may be received as evidence of a contract in a suit for specific performance under Chapter 11 of the Specific Relief Act, 1877, or as evidence of part performance of a contract for the purposes of Section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1892, or as evidence of any collateral transaction not required to be effected by registered instrument.

Section 50. Certain registered documents relating to land to take effect against unregistered documents

(1) Every document of the kinds mentioned in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Section 17, sub-section (1) and clauses (a) and (b) of Section 18, shall, if duly registered, take effect as regards the property comprised therein, against every unregistered document relating to the same property, and not being a decree or order, whether such unregistered document be of the same nature as the registered document or not.

(2) Nothing in sub-section (1) applies to leases exempted under the provision to sub-section (1) of Section 17 or to any document mentioned in subsection (2) of the same section, or to any registered document which had not priority under the law in force at the commencement of this Act.

Explanation. -In cases where Act No. XVI of 1864 or the Indian Registration Act, 1866, was in force in the place and at the time in and at which such unregistered document was executed, “unregistered” means not registered according to such Act, and, where the document is executed after the first day of July, 1871, not registered under the Indian Registration Act, 1871, or the Indian Registration Act, 1877, or this Act.

Section 51. Register-books to be kept in the several offices

(1) The following books shall be kept in the several offices hereinafter named, namely: –
A-In all registration offices-

Book 1, “Register of non-testamentary documents relating to immovable property”;

Book 2, “Record of reasons for refusal to register”;

Book 3, “Register of wills and authorities to adopt”; and Book 4, “Miscellaneous Register;”

B-In the offices of Registrars-

Book 5, “Register of deposits of wills”-.

(2) In Book I shall be entered or filed all documents or memoranda registered under Sections 17, 18, and 89, which relate to immovable property, and are not wills.

(3) In Book 4 shall be entered all documents registered under clauses (d) and (f) of Section 18 which do not relate to immovable property.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to require more than one set of books where the office of the Registrar has been amalgamated with the office of a Sub-Registrar.

Section 52. Duties of registering officers when document presented

(1) (a) The day, hour and place of presentation, and the signature of every person presenting a document for registration, shall be endorsed on every such document at the time of presenting it;

(b) A receipt for such document shall be given by the registering officer to the person presenting the same; and

(c) Subject to the provisions contained in Section 62, every document admitted to registration shall without unnecessary delay be copied in the book appropriated therefor according to the order of its admission.

(2) All such books shall be authenticated at such intervals and in such manner as is from time to time prescribed by the Inspector-General.

Section 53. Entries to be numbered consecutively

All entries in each book shall be numbered in a consecutive series, which shall commence and terminate with the year, a fresh series being commenced at the beginning of each year.

Section 54. Current indexes and entries therein

In every office in which any of the books hereinbefore mentioned are kept, there shall be prepared current indexes of the contents of such books; and every entry in such indexes shall be made, so far as practicable, immediately after the registering officer has copied, or filed a memorandum of, the document to which it relates.

Section 55. Indexes to be made by registering officers, and their contents

(1) Four such indexes shall be made in all registration offices, and shall be named, respectively, Index No. 1, Index No. II, and Index No. III and Index No. IV.

(2) Index No. I shall contain the names and additions of all persons executing and of all persons claiming under every document entered or memorandum filed in Book No. 1

(3) Index No. II shall contain such particulars mentioned in Section 21 relating to every such document and memorandum as the Inspector-General from time to time directs in that behalf.

(4) Index No. III shall contain the names and additions of all persons executing every will and authority entered in Book No. 3, and of the executors and persons respectively appointed thereunder, and after the death of the testator or the donor (but not before) the names and additions of all persons claiming under the same.

(5) Index No. IV shall contain the names and additions of all persons executing and of all persons claiming under every document entered in Book No. 4.

(6) Each Index shall contain such other particulars, and shall be prepared in such form, as the Inspector-General from time to time directs.

Section 56. Repealed by Act No. 15 of 1929

56. [Repealed by Act No. 15 of 1929]

Section 57. Registering officers to allow inspection of certain books and indexes, and to give certified copies of entries

(1) Subject to the previous payment of the fees payable in that behalf, the Books Nos.1 and 2 and the Indexes relating to Book No. I shall be at all times open to inspection by any person applying to inspect the same; and, subject to the provisions of Section 62, copies of entries in such books shall be given to all persons applying for such copies.

(2) Subject to the same provisions, copies of entries in Book No. 3 in the Index relating thereto shall be given to the persons executing the documents to which such entries relate, or to their agents, and after the death of the executants (but not before) to any person applying for such copies.

(3) Subject to the same provisions, copies of entries in Book No. 4 and in the Index relating thereto shall be given to any person executing or claiming under the documents to which such entries respectively refer, or to his agent or representative.

(4) The requisite search under this section for entries in Book No. 3 and 4 shall be made only by the registering officer.

(5) All copies given under this section shall be signed and scaled by the registering officer, and shall admissible for the purpose of proving the contents of the original documents.

Section 58. Particulars to be endorsed on documents admitted to registration

(1) On every document admitted to registration, other than a copy of a decree or order, or a copy sent to a registering officer under Section 89, there shall be endorsed from time to time the following particulars, namely: –

(a) The signature and addition of every person admitting the execution of the document, and, if such execution has been admitted by the representative, assign or agent of any person, the signature and addition of such representative, assign or agent;

(b) The signature and addition of every person examined in reference to such document under any of the provisions of this Act; and

(c) Any payment of money or delivery of goods make in the presence of the registering officer in reference to the execution to the document, and any admission of receipt of consideration, in whole or in part, made in his presence in reference to such execution.

(2) If any person admitting the execution of a document refuses to endorse the same, the registering officer shall nevertheless register it, but shall at the same time endorse a note of such refusal.

Section 59. Endorsements to be dated and signed by registering officer

The registering officer shall affix the date and his signature to all endorsements made under section 52 and 58, relating to the same document and made in his presence on the same day.

Section 60. Certificate of registration

(1) After such of the provisions of sections 34, 35, 58 and 59 as apply to any document presented for registration have been complied with, the registering officer shall endorse thereon a certificate containing the word registered,” together with the number and page of the book in which the document has been copied.

(2) Such certificate shall be signed, sealed and dated by the registering officer, and shall then be admissible for the purpose of proving that the document has been duty registered in manner provided by this Act, and that the facts mentioned in the endorsements referred to in Section 59 have occurred as therein mentioned.

Section 61. Endorsements and certificate to be copied and document returned

(1) The endorsements and certificate referred to and mentioned in Sections 59 and 60 shall thereupon be copied into the margin of the Register-book, and the copy of the map or plan (if any) mentioned in Section 21 be filed in Book No. 1.

(2) The registration of the document shall thereupon be deemed complete, and the document shall then be returned to the person who presented the same for registration, or to such other person (if any) as he has nominated in writing in that behalf on the receipt mentioned in Section 52.

Section 62. Procedure on presenting document in language unknown to registering officer

(1) When a document is presented for registration under Section 19, the translation shall be transcribed in the register of documents of the nature of the original, and, together with the copy referred to in Section 19, shall be filed in the registration office.

(2) The endorsements and certificate respectively mentioned in Sections 59 and 60 shall be made on the original, and, for the purpose of making the copies and memoranda required by Sections 57, 64, 65 and 66, the translation shall be treated as it were the original.

Section 63. Power to administer oaths and record of substance of statements

(1) Every registering officer may at his discretion administer an oath to any person examined by him under the provisions of this Act.

(2) Every such officer may also at his discretion record a note of the substance of the statement made by each such person, and such statement shall be read over, or (if made in a language with which such person is not acquainted) interpreted to him in a language with which he is acquainted, and, if he admits the correctness of such note, it shall be signed by the registering officer.

(3) Every such note so signed shall be admissible for the purpose that the statements therein recorded were made by the persons and under the circumstances therein stated,

Section 64. Procedure where document relates to land in several sub-districts

Every Sub-Registrar on registering a non-testamentary document relating to immovable property not wholly situate in his own sub district shall make a memorandum thereof and of the endorsement and certificate (if any) thereon, and send the same to every other Sub-Registrar subordinate to the same Registrar as himself in whose sub district any part of such property is sit-date, and such Sub-Registrar shall file the memorandum in his Book No. 1.

Section 65. Procedure where document relates to land in several districts

(1) Every Sub-Registrar on registering a non-testamentary document relating to immovable property situate in more districts than one shall also forward a copy thereof and of the endorsement and certificate (if any) thereon, together with a copy of the map or plan (if any) mentioned in Section 21, to the Registrar of every district in which any part of such property is situate other than the district in which his own sub-district is situate.

(2) The Registrar on receiving the same shall file in his Book No. 1., the copy of the document and the copy of the map or plan (if any), and shall forward a memorandum of the document to each of the Sub-Registrars subordinate to him within whose sub district any part of such property is situate; and every Sub-Registrar receiving such memorandum shall file in his Book No. l.

Section 66. Procedure after registration of documents relating to land

(1) On registering any non-testamentary document relating to immovable property. the Registrar shall forward a memorandum of such document to each Sub-Registrar subordinate to himself in whose sub-district any part of the property is situate.

(2) The registered shall also forward a copy of such document together with a copy of the map or plan (if any) mentioned in Section 21, to every other Registrar in whose district any part of such property is situate.

(3) Such Registrar on receiving any such copy shall file it in his Book No. 1, and shall also send a memorandum of the copy to each of the Sub-Registrars subordinate to him within whose sub-district any part of the property is situate.

(4) Every Sub-Registrar receiving any memorandum under this section shall file it in his Book No. 1.

Section 67. Procedure after registration under Section 30 sub-section (2)

On any document being registered under Section 30, subsection (2), a copy of such document and of the endorsements and certificate thereon shall be forwarded to every Registrar within whose district any part of the property to which the instrument relates is situate, and the Registrar receiving such copy shall follow the procedure prescribed for him in Section 66, sub-section (1).

Section 68. Power of Registrar to superintend and control Sub-Registrars

(1) Every Sub-Registrar shall perform the duties of his office under the superintendence and control of the Registrar in whose district the office of such Sub-Registrar is situate.

(2) Every Registrar shall have authority to issue (whether on complaint or otherwise) any order consistent with this Act which he considers necessary in respect of any act or omission of any Sub-Registrar subordinate to him or in respect of the rectification of any error regarding the book or the office in which any document has been registered.

Section 69. Power of Inspector-General to superintend registration-offices and make rules

(1) The Inspector-General shall exercise a general superintendence over all the registration-offices in the territories under the State Government, and shall have power from time to time to make rules consistent with this Act-

(a) Providing for the safe custody of books, papers and documents;

(b) Declaring what languages shall be deemed to be commonly used in each district;

(c) Declaring what territorial divisions shall be recognized under Section 21;

(d) Regulating the amount of fines imposed under Section 25 and 34, respectively;

(e) Regulating the exercise of the discretion reposed in the registering officer by Section 63;

(f) Regulating the form in which registering officers are to make memoranda of documents;

(g) Regulating the authentication by Registrars and Sub-Registrars of the books kept in their respective offices under Section 51:

(gg) Regulating the manner in which the instruments referred to in subsection (2) of Section 88 may be presented for registration;

(h) Declaring the particulars to be contained in Indexes Nos. 1, 11, III and IV respectively;

(i) Declaring the holidays that shall be observed in the registration-offices; and

(j) Generally, regulating the proceedings of the Registrars and Sub-Registrar.

(2) The rules so made shall be submitted to the State Government for approval, and after they have been approved, they shall be published in the Official Gazette, Vince oil publication shall have effect as if enacted in this Act.

Section 70. Power of Inspector-General to remit fines

The Inspector-General may also, in the exercise of his discretion, remit wholly or in part the difference between any fine levied under Section 25 or Section 34, and the amount of the proper registration fee.

Section 71. Reasons for refusal to register to be recorded

(1) Every Sub-Registrar refusing to register a document, except on the ground that the property to which it relates is not situate within his sub-district, shall make an order of refusal and record his reasons for such order in his Book No. 2, and endorse the words “registration refused” on the document; and, on application made by any person executing of claiming under the document, shall, without payment and unnecessary delay, give him a copy of the reasons so recorded.

(2) No registering officer shall accept for registration a document so endorsed unless and until, under the provisions hereinafter contained, the document is directed to be registered.

Section 72. Appeal to Registrar from orders of Sub-Registrar refusing registration on ground other than denial of execution

(1) Except where the refusal is made on the ground of denial of execution, an appeal shall lie against an order of a Sub-Registrar refusing to admit a document to registration (whether the registration of such document is compulsory or optional) to the Registrar to whom such Sub-Registrar is subordinate, if presented to such Registrar within thirty days from the date of the order; and the Registrar may reverse or alter such order.

(2) If the order of the Registrar directs the document to be registered and the document is duly presented for registration within thirty days after the making of such order, the Sub-Registrar shall obey the same, and thereupon shall, so far follow the procedure prescribed in Sections 58, 59 and 60; and take effect as if the document had been registered when it was registration.

Section 73. Application to Registrar where Sub-Registrar refuses of denial execution

(1) When a Sub-Registrar has refused to the ground that any person by whom it purports to be executed, assign, denies its execution, any person claiming under such document, or his representative, assign or agent authorized as aforesaid, may, within thirty days after the making of the order of refusal, apply to the Registrar to whom such Sub-Registrar is subordinate in order to establish his right to have the document registered.

(2) Such application shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a copy of the reasons recorded under Section 71, and the statements in the application shall be verified by the applicant in manner required by law for the verification of plaints.

Section 74. Procedure of Registrar on such application

In such case, and also where such denial as aforesaid is made before a Registrar in respect of a document presented for registration to him, the Registrar shall, as soon as conveniently may be, enquire. –

(a) Whether the document has been executed;

(b) Whether the requirements of the law for the time being in force have been complied with on the part of the applicant or person presenting the document for registration, as the case may be, so as to entitle the document to registration.

Section 75. Order by Registrar to register and procedure thereon

(1) If the Registrar finds that the document has been executed and that the said requirements have been complied with, he shall order the document to be registered.

(2) If the document is duly presented for registration within thirty days after the making of such order, the registering officer shall obey the same and thereupon shall, so far as may be practicable, follow the procedure prescribed in Sections 58, 59 and 60.

(3) Such registration shall take effect as if the document had been registered when it was first duly presented for registration.

(4) The Registrar may, for the purpose of any enquiry under Section 74, summon and enforce the attendance of witness, and compel them to give evidence, as if he were a Civil Court, and he may also direct by whom the whole or any part of the costs of any such enquiry shall be paid, and such costs shall be recoverable as if they had been awarded in a suit under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.

Section 76. Order of refusal by Registrar

(1) Every Registrar refusing. –

(a) To register a document except on the ground that the property to which it relates is not situate within his district or that the document ought to be registered in the office of a Sub-Registrar, or

(b) To direct the registration of a document under Section 72 or Section 75, shall make an order of refusal and record the reasons for such order in his Book No.2, and, on application made by any person executing or claiming under the document, shall, without unnecessary delay, give him a copy of the reasons so recorded.

(2) No appeal lies form any order by a Registrar under this section or Section 72.

Section 77. Suit in case of order of refusal by Registrar

(1) Where the Registrar refuses to order the document to be registered, under Section 72 or Section 76, any person claiming under such document, or his representative, assign or agent, may, within thirty days after the making of the order of refusal, institute in the Civil Court, within the local limits of whose original jurisdiction is situate the office in which the document is sought to be registered, a suit for a decree directing the document to be registered in such office if it be duly presented for registration within thirty days after the passing of such decree.

(2) The provisions contained in sub-section (2) and (3) of Section 75 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to all documents presented for registration in accordance with any such decree, and, notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the documents shall be receivable in evidence in such suit.

Section 78. Fees to be fixed by State Government

The State Government shall prepare a table of fees payable. –

(a) For the registration of documents;

(b) For searching the registers;

(c) For making or granting copies of reasons, entries or documents, before, on or after registration;

And of extra or additional fees payable;

(d) For every registration under Section 30;

(e) For the issue of commissions;

(f) For filing translations;

(g) For attending at private residences;

(h) For the safe custody and return of documents; and

(i) For such other matters as appear to the State Government necessary to effect the purposes of this Act.

Section 79. Publication of fees

A table of the fees so payable shall be published in the Official Gazette, and a copy thereof in English and the vernacular language of the district shall be exposed to public view in every registration office.

Section 80. Fees payable on presentation

All fees for the registration of documents under this Act shall be payable on the presentation of such documents.

Section 81. Penalty for incorrectly endorsing, copying, translating or registering documents with intent to injure

Every registering officer appointed under this Act and every person employed in his office for the purpose of this Act, who, being charged with the endorsing, copying, translating or registering of any document presented or deposited under its provisions, endorses, copies, translates or registers such document in a manner which he knows or believes to be incorrect intending thereby to cause or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause, injury, as defined in the Indian Penal Code, to any person, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

Section 82. Penalty for making false statement, delivering false copies or translations, false personation, and abatement. Whoever

(a) Intentionally makes any false statement, whether on oath or not, and whether it has been recorded or not, before any officer acting in execution of this Act, in any proceeding or enquiry under this Act; or

(b) Intentionally delivers to a registering officer, in any proceeding under Section 19 or Section 21, a false copy or translation of a document, or a false copy of a map or plan; or

(c) Falsely pesonates another, and in such assumed character presents any document, or makes any admission or statement, or causes any summons or commission to be issued, or does any other act in any proceeding or enquiry under this Act; or

(d) Abets anything made punishable by this Act;

Shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term, which may extend to seven years; or with fine, or with both.

Section 83. Registering officer may commence prosecutions

(1) A prosecution for any offence under this Act coming to the knowledge of a registering officer in his official capacity may be commenced by or with the permission of the Inspector-General, the Registrar or the Sub-Registrar, in whose territories, district or sub district, as the case may be, the offence has been committed.

(2) Offences punishable under this Act shall be triable by any Court or officer exercising powers not less than those of a Magistrate of the second class.

Section 84. Registering officers to be deemed public servants

(1) Every registering officer appointed under this Act shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of the Indian Penal Code.

(2) Every person shall be legally bound to furnish information to such registering officer when required by him to do so.

(3) In Section 228 of the Indian Penal Code, the words “Judicial proceeding” shall be deemed to include any proceeding under this Act.

Section 85. Destruction of unclaimed documents

Documents (other than wills) remaining unclaimed in any registration-office for a period exceeding two years may be destroyed.

Section 86. Registering officer not liable for thing bona fide done or refused in his official capacity

No registering officer shall be liable to any suit, claim or demand by reason of anything in good faith done or refused in his official capacity.

Section 87. Nothing so done invalidated by defect in appointment or procedure

Nothing done in good faith pursuant to this Act or any Act hereby repealed, by any registering officer, shall be deemed invalid merely by reason of any defect in his appointment or procedure.

Section 88. Registration of documents executed by Government officers or certain public functionaries

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, it shall not he necessary for

(a) Any officer of Government, or

(b) Any Administrator General, Official Trustee or Official Assignee, or

(c) The Sheriff, Receiver or Registrar of a High Court, or

(d) The holder for the time being of such other public office as may be specified in a notification in the Official Gazette issued in that behalf by the State Government, to appear in person or by agent at any registration-office in any proceeding connected with the registration of any instrument executed by him or in his favour, in his official capacity, or to sign as provided in Section 58.

(2) Any instrument executed by or in favour of an officer of Government or any other person referred to in subsection (1) may be presented for registration in such manner as may be prescribe by rules made under Section 69.

(3) The registering officer to whom any instrument is presented for registration under this section may, if he things fit, refer to any Security to Government or to such officer of Government or other person referred to in subsection (1) for information respecting the same and, oil being satisfied of the execution thereof shall register the instrument.

Section 89. Copies of certain orders, certificates and instruments to be sent to registering officers and filed

(1) Every officer granting a loan under the Land Improvement Loans Act, 1883, shall send a copy of his order to the registering officer within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the land to be improved or of the land to be granted as collateral security, is situate, and such registering officer shall file the copy in his Book No. 1.

(2) Every Court granting a certificate of sale of immovable property under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, shall send a copy of such certificate to the registering officer within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the immovable property comprised in such certificate is situate, and such officer shall file the copy in his Book No.1.

(3) Every officer granting a loan under the Agricultures Loans Act, 1884, shall send a copy of any instrument whereby immovable property is mortgaged for the purpose of securing the repayment of the loan, and, if any Such property is mortgaged for the sale purpose in the order granting the loan, a copy also of that order, to the registering officer within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the property so mortgaged is situate, and such registering officer shall file the copy or copies, as the case may be, in his Book No. 1.

(4) Every Revenue-officer granting a certificate of sale to the purchaser of immovable property sold by public auction shall send a copy of the certificate to the registering officer within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the immovable property comprised in the certificate is situate, and such officer shall file the copy in his Book No. 1.

Section 90. Exemption of certain documents executed by or in favour of Government

(1) Nothing contained in this Act or in the Indian Registration Act, 1877, or in the Indian Registration Act, 1871, or in any Act thereby repealed, shall be deemed to require, or to have at any time required, the registration of any of the following documents or maps, namely:

(a) Documents issued, received or attested by any officer engaged in making a settlement or revision or settlement of land-revenue, and which from part of the records of such settlement; or

(b) Documents and maps issued, received or authenticated by any officer engaged on behalf of Government in making or revising the survey of any land, and which form part of the record of such survey; or

(c) Documents which, under any law for the time being in force, are filed periodically in any revenue-office by Patwaris or other officers charged with the preparation of village records; or

(d) Sanads, inam title-deeds and other documents purporting to be or to evidence grants or assignments by Government of land or of any interest in land; or

(e) Notices given under Section 74 or Section 76 of the Bombay Land-Revenue Code, 1879, or relinquishment of occupancy by occupants, or of alienated land by holders of such land.

(2) All such documents and maps shall, for the purposes of sections 48 and 49, be deemed to have been and to be registered in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

Section 91. Inspection and copies of such documents

Subject to such rules and the previous payment of such fees as the State Government prescribes in this behalf, all documents and maps mentioned in Section 90, clauses (a), (b), (c) and (e), and all registers of the documents mentioned in clause (d), shall be open to the inspection of any person applying to inspect the same, and, subject as aforesaid, copies of such documents shall be given to all persons applying for such copies.

Section 92. Rep. by the Government of India (Adaption of Indian Laws) Order, 1937

92. [Rep. by the Government of India (Adaption of Indian Laws) Order, 1937.]

Section 93. Repeals

93. [Repeals.] Rep. by the Repealing Act, 1938 (1 of 1938),

Schedule

THE SCHEDULE

[Repeal of enactments.] Rep. by the Repealing Act 1938 (1 of 1938)]

Payment of Gratuity Act

Section 1. SHORT TITLE, EXTENT, APPLICATION AND COMMENCEMENT. 

(1) This Act may be called the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.

(2) It extends to the whole of India: Provided that in so far as it relates to plantations or ports, it shall not extend to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(3) It shall apply to –

(a) every factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port and railway company;

(b) every shop or establishment within the meaning of any law for the time being in force in relation to shops and establishments in a State, in which ten or more persons are employed, or were employed, on any day of the preceding twelve months;

(c) such other establishments or class of establishments, in which ten or more employees are employed, or were employed, on any day of the preceding twelve months, as the Central Government may, by notification, specify in this behalf.

(3A) A shop or establishment to which this Act has become applicable shall continue to be governed by this Act notwithstanding that the number of persons employed therein at any time after it has become so applicable falls below ten.

(4) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification, appoint.

Section 2. DEFINITIONS. 

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, –

(a) “appropriate Government” means, –

(i) in relation to an establishment –

(a) belonging to, or under the control of, the Central Government,

(b) having branches in more than one State,

(c) of a factory belonging to, or under the control of, the Central Government,

(d) of a major port, mine, oilfield or railway company, the Central Government, (ii) in any other case, the State Government;

(b) “completed year of service” means continuous service for one year;

(c) “continuous service” means continuous service as defined in section 2A;

(d) “controlling authority” means an authority appointed by the appropriate Government under section 3;

(e) “employee” means any person (other than an apprentice) employed on wages, in any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop, to do any skilled, semi-skilled, or unskilled, manual, supervisory, technical or clerical work, whether the terms of such employment are express or implied, and whether or not such person is employed in a managerial or administrative capacity, but does not include any such person who holds a post under the Central Government or a State Government and is governed by any other Act or by any rules providing for payment of gratuity.

Explanation : (f) “employer” means, in relation to any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop –

(i) belonging to, or under the control of, the Central Government or a State Government, a person or authority appointed by the appropriate Government for the supervision and control of employees, or where no person or authority has been so appointed, the head of the Ministry or the Department concerned,

(ii) belonging to, or under the control of, any local authority, the person appointed by such authority for the supervision and control of employees or where no person has been so appointed, the chief executive office of the local authority,

(iii) in any other case, the person, who, or the authority which, has the ultimate control over the affairs of the establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop, and where the said affairs are entrusted to any other person, whether called a manager, managing director or by any other name, such person;

(g) “factory” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (m) of section 2 of the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948);

(h) “family”, in relation to an employee, shall be deemed to consist of –

(i) in the case of a male employee, himself, his wife, his children, whether married or unmarried, his dependent parents and the dependent parents of his wife and the widow and children of his predeceased son, if any,

(ii) in the case of a female employee, herself, her husband, her children, whether married or unmarried, her dependent parents and the dependent parents of her husband and the widow and children of her predeceased son, if any :

Explanation : Where the personal law of an employee permits the adoption by him of a child, any child lawfully adopted by him shall be deemed to be included in his family, and where a child of an employee has been adopted by another person and such adoption is, under the personal law of the person making such adoption, lawful, such child shall be deemed to be excluded from the family of the employee;

(i) “major port” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (8) of section 3 of the Indian Ports Act, 1908 (15 of 1908);

(j) “mine” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (j) of sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952);

(k) “notification” means a notification published in the Official Gazette;

(l) “oilfield” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (e) of section 3 of the Oilfields (Regulation and Development) Act, 1948 (53 of 1948);

(m) “plantation” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (f) of section 2 of the Plantations Labour Act, 1951 (69 of 1951);

(n) “port” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (4) of section 3 of the Indian Ports Act, 1908 (15 of 1908);

(o) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(p) “railway company” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (5) of section 3 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (9 of 1890);

(q) “retirement” means termination of the service of an employee otherwise than on superannuation;

(r) “superannuation”, in relation to an employee, means the attainment by the employee of such age as is fixed in the contract or conditions of service at the age on the attainment of which the employee shall vacate the employment;

(s) “wages” means all emoluments which are earned by an employee while on duty or on leave in accordance with the terms and conditions of his employment and which are paid or are payable to him in cash and includes dearness allowance but does not include any bonus, commission, house rent allowance, overtime wages and any other allowance.

Section 2 A. CONTINUOUS SERVICE. 

For the purposes of this Act, – (1) an employee shall be said to be in continuous service for a period if he has, for that period, been in uninterrupted service, including service which may be interrupted on account of sickness, accident, leave, absence from duty without leave (not being absence in respect of which an order treating the absence as break in service has been passed in accordance with the standing order, rules or regulations governing the employees of the establishment), lay off, strike or a lock-out or cessation of work not due to any fault of the employee, whether such uninterrupted or interrupted service was rendered before or after the commencement of this Act.

(2) where an employee (not being an employee employed in a seasonal establishment) is not in continuous service within the meaning of clause (1), for any period of one year or six months, he shall be deemed to be in continuous service under the employer –

(a) for the said period of one year, if the employee during the period of twelve calendar months preceding the date with reference to which calculation is to be made, has actually worked under the employer for not less than – (i) one hundred and ninety days, in the case of an employee employed below the ground in a mine or in an establishment which works for less than six days in a week; and (ii) two hundred and forty days, in any other case;

(b) for the said period of six months, if the employee during the period of six calendar months preceding the date with reference to which the calculation is to be made, has actually worked under the employer for not less than –

(i) ninety-five days, in the case of an employee employed below the ground in a mine or in an establishment which works for less than six days in a week; and

(ii) one hundred and twenty days, in any other case;

Explanation : For the purpose of clause (2), the number of days on which an employee has actually worked under an employer shall include the days on which –

(i) he has been laid-off under an agreement or as permitted by standing orders made under the Industrial Employment (Standing Order’s) Act, 1946 (20 of 1946), or under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 (14 of 1947), or under any other law applicable to the establishment;

(ii) he has been on leave with full wages, earned in the previous year;

(iii) he has been absent due to temporary disablement caused by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment; and

(iv) in the case of a female, she has been on maternity leave; so, however, that the total period of such maternity leave does not exceed twelve weeks.

(3) where an employee employed in a seasonal establishment, is not in continuous service within the meaning of clause (1), for any period of one year or six months, he shall be deemed to be in continuous service under the employer for such period if he has actually worked for not less than seventy-five per cent of the number of days on which the establishment was in operation during such period.

Section 3. CONTROLLING AUTHORITY. 

The appropriate Government may, by notification, appoint any officer to be a controlling authority, who shall be responsible for the administration of this Act and different controlling authorities may be appointed for different areas.

Section 4. PAYMENT OF GRATUITY.

(1) Gratuity shall be payable to an employee on the termination of his employment after he has rendered continuous service for not less than five years, – (a) on his superannuation, or

(b) on his retirement or resignation, or

(c) on his death or disablement due to accident or disease : Provided that the completion of continuous service of five years shall not be necessary where the termination of the employment of any employee is due to death or disablement :

Provided further that in the case of death of the employee, gratuity payable to him shall be paid to his nominee or, if no nomination has been made, to his heirs, and where any such nominees or heirs is a minor, the share of such minor, shall be deposited with the controlling authority who shall invest the same for the benefit of such minor in such bank or other financial institution, as may be prescribed, until such minor attains majority.

Explanation : For the purposes of this section, disablement means such disablement as incapacitates an employee for the work which he was capable of performing before the accident or disease resulting in such disablement.

(2) For every completed year of service or part thereof in excess of six months, the employer shall pay gratuity to an employee at the rate of fifteen days’ wages based on the rate of wages last drawn by the employee concerned : Provided that in the case of a piece-rated employee, daily wages shall be computed on the average of the total wages received by him for a period of three months immediately preceding the termination of his employment, and, for this purpose, the wages paid for any overtime work shall not be taken into account :

Provided further that in the case of an employee who is employed in a seasonal establishment and who is not so employed throughout the year, the employer shall pay the gratuity at the rate of seven days’ wages for each season.

Explanation : In the case of a monthly rated employee, the fifteen days’ wages shall be calculated by dividing the monthly rate of wages last drawn by him by twenty-six and multiplying the quotient by fifteen.

(3) The amount of gratuity payable to an employee shall not exceed three lakhs and fifty thousand rupees.

(4) For the purpose of computing the gratuity payable to an employee who is employed, after his disablement, on reduced wages, his wages for the period preceding his disablement shall be taken to be the wages received by him during that period, and his wages for the period subsequent to his disablement shall be taken to be the wages as so reduced.

(5) Nothing in this section shall affect the right of an employee to receive better terms of gratuity under any award or agreement or contract with the employer.

(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), –

(a) the gratuity of an employee, whose services have been terminated for any act, willful omission or negligence causing any damage or loss to, or destruction of, property belonging to the employer, shall be forfeited to the extent of the damage or loss so caused.

(b) the gratuity payable to an employee may be wholly or partially forfeited –

(i) if the services of such employee have been terminated for his riotous or disorderly conduct or any other act of violence on his part, or

(ii) if the services of such employee have been terminated for any act which constitutes an offence involving moral turpitude, provided that such offence is committed by him in the course of his employment.

Section 4 A. COMPULSORY INSURANCE. 

(1) With effect from such date as may be notified by the appropriate Government in this behalf, every employer, other than an employer or an establishment belonging to, or under the control of, the Central Government or a State Government, shall, subject to the provisions of sub-section (2), obtain an insurance in the manner prescribed, for his liability for payment towards the gratuity under this Act, from the Life Insurance Corporation of India established under the Life Insurance Corporation of India Act, 1956 (31 of 1956) or any other prescribed insurer : Provided that different dates may be appointed for different establishments or class of establishments or for different areas.

(2) The appropriate Government may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, exempt every employer who had already established an approved gratuity fund in respect of his employees and who desires to continue such arrangement, and every employer employing five hundred or more persons who establishes an approved gratuity fund in the manner prescribed from the provisions of sub-section (1).

(3) For the purpose of effectively implementing the provisions of this section, every employer shall within such time as may be prescribed get his establishment registered with the controlling authority in the prescribed manner and no employer shall be registered under the provisions of this section unless he has taken an insurance referred to in sub-section (1) or has established an approved gratuity fund referred to in sub-section (2).

(4) The appropriate Government may, by notification, make rules to give effect to the provisions of this section and such rules may provide for the composition of the Board of Trustees of the approved gratuity fund and for the recovery by the controlling authority of the amount of the gratuity payable to an employee from the Life Insurance Corporation of India or any other insurer with whom an insurance has been taken under sub-section (1), or as the case may be, the Board of Trustees of the approved gratuity fund.

(5) Where an employer fails to make any payment by way of premium to the insurance referred to in sub-section (1) or by way of contribution to an approved gratuity fund referred to in sub-section (2), he shall be liable to pay the amount of gratuity due under this Act (including interest, if any, for delayed payments) forthwith to the controlling authority.

(6) Whoever contravenes the provisions of sub-section (5) shall be punishable with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees and in the case of a continuing offence with a further fine which may extend to one thousand rupees for each day during which the offence continues.

Explanation : In this section “approved gratuity fund” shall have the same meaning as in clause (5) of section 2 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961).

Section 5. POWER TO EXEMPT. 

(1) The appropriate Government may, by notification, and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notification, exempt any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop to which this Act applies from the operation of the provisions of this Act if, in the opinion of the appropriate Government, the employees in such establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop are in receipt of gratuity or pensionary benefits not less favourable than the benefits conferred under this Act.

(2) The appropriate Government may, by notification and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notification, exempt any employee or class of employees employed in any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop to which this Act applies from the operation of the provisions of this Act, if, in the opinion of the appropriate Government, such employee or class of employees are in receipt of gratuity or pensionary benefits not less favourable than the benefits conferred under this Act.

(3) A notification issued under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) may be issued retrospectively a date not earlier than the date of commencement of this Act, but no such notification shall be issued so as to prejudicially affect the interests of any person.

Section 6. NOMINATION. 

(1) Each employee, who has completed one year of service, shall make, within such time, in such form and in such manner, as may be prescribed, nomination for the purpose of the second proviso to sub-section (1) of section 4.

(2) An employee may in his nomination, distribute the amount of gratuity payable to him, under this Act amongst more than one nominee.

(3) If an employee has a family at the time of making a nomination, the nomination shall be made in favour of one or more members of his family, and any nomination made by such employee in favour of a person who is not a member of his family, shall be void.

(4) If at the time of making a nomination the employee has no family, the nomination may be made in favour of any person or persons but if the employee subsequently acquires a family, such nomination shall forthwith become invalid and the employee shall make, within such time as may be prescribed, a fresh nomination in favour of one or more members of his family.

(5) A nomination may, subject to the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4), be modified by an employee at any time, after giving to his employer a written notice in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed, of his intention to do so.

(6) If a nominee predeceases the employee, the interest of the nominee shall revert to the employee who shall make a fresh nomination, in the prescribed form, in respect of such interest.

(7) Every nomination, fresh nomination or alteration of nomination, as the case may be, shall be sent by the employee to his employer, who shall keep the same in his safe custody.

Section 7. DETERMINATION OF THE AMOUNT OF GRATUITY. 

(1) A person who is eligible for payment of gratuity under this Act or any person authorised, in writing, to act on his behalf shall send a written application to the employer, within such time and in such form, as may be prescribed, for payment of such gratuity.

(2) As soon as gratuity becomes payable, the employer shall, whether an application referred to in sub-section (1) has been made or not, determine the amount of gratuity and give notice in writing to the person to whom the gratuity is payable and also to the controlling authority specifying the amount of gratuity so determined.

(3) The employer shall arrange to pay the amount of gratuity within thirty days from the date it becomes payable to the person to whom the gratuity is payable.

(3A) If the amount of gratuity payable under sub-section (3) is not paid by the employer within the period specified in sub-section (3), the employer shall pay, from the date on which the gratuity becomes payable to the date on which it is paid, simple interest at such rate, not exceeding the rate notified by the Central Government from time to time for repayment of long-term deposits, as that Government may, by notification specify : Provided that no such interest shall be payable if the delay in the payment is due to the fault of the employee and the employer has obtained permission in writing from the controlling authority for the delayed payment on this ground.

(4) (a) If there is any dispute as to the amount of gratuity payable to an employee under this Act or as to the admissibility of any claim of, or in relation to, an employee for payment of gratuity, or as to the person entitled to receive the gratuity, the employer shall deposit with the controlling authority such amount as he admits to be payable by him as gratuity.

(b) Where there is a dispute with regard to any matter or matters specified in clause (a), the employer or employee or any other person raising the dispute may make an application to the controlling authority for deciding the dispute.

(c) The controlling authority shall, after due inquiry and after giving the parties to the dispute a reasonable opportunity of being heard, determine the matter or matters in dispute and if, as a result of such inquiry any amount is found to be payable to the employee, the controlling authority shall direct the employer to pay such amount or, as the case may be, such amount as reduced by the amount already deposited by the employer.

(d) The controlling authority shall pay the amount deposited, including the excess amount, if any, deposited by the employer, to the person entitled thereto.

(e) As soon as may be after a deposit is made under clause (a), the controlling authority shall pay the amount of the deposit –

(i) to the applicant where he is the employee; or

(ii) where the applicant is not the employee, to the nominee or, as the case may be, the guardian of such nominee or heir of the employee if the controlling authority is satisfied that there is no dispute as to the right of the applicant to receive the amount of gratuity.

(5) For the purpose of conducting an inquiry under sub-section (4), the controlling authority shall have the same powers as are vested in a court, while trying a suit, under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908), in respect of the following matters, namely :-

(a) enforcing the attendance of any person or examining him on oath;

(b) requiring the discovery and production of documents;

(c) receiving evidence on affidavits;

(d) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses.

(6) Any inquiry under this section shall be a judicial proceeding within the meaning of sections 193 and 228, and for the purpose of section 196, of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860).

(7) Any person aggrieved by an order under sub-section (4) may, within sixty days from the date of the receipt of the order, prefer an appeal to the appropriate Government or such other authority as may be specified by the appropriate Government in this behalf : Provided that the appropriate Government or the appellate authority, as the case may be, may, if it is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from preferring the appeal within the said period of sixty days, extend the said period by a further period of sixty days.

Provided further that no appeal by an employer shall be admitted unless at the time of preferring the appeal, the appellant either produces a certificate of the controlling authority to the effect that the appellant has deposited with him an amount equal to the amount of gratuity required to be deposited under sub-section (4), or deposits with the appellate authority such amount.

(8) The appropriate Government or the appellate authority, as the case may be, may, after giving the parties to the appeal a reasonable opportunity of being heard, confirm, modify or reverse the decision of the controlling authority.

Section 7 A. INSPECTORS. 

(1) The appropriate Government may, by notification, appoint as many Inspectors, as it deems fit, for the purposes of this Act.

(2) The appropriate Government may, by general or special order, define the area to which the authority of an Inspector so appointed shall extend and where two or more Inspectors are appointed for the same area, also provide, by such order, for the distribution or allocation of work to be performed by them under this Act.

(3) Every Inspector shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (45 of 1860).

Section 7 B. POWERS OF INSPECTORS. 

(1) Subject to any rules made by the appropriate Government in this behalf, an Inspector may, for the purpose of ascertaining whether any of the provisions of this Act or the conditions, if any, of any exemption granted thereunder, have been complied with, exercise all or any of the following powers, namely :-

(a) require an employer to furnish such information as he may consider necessary;

(b) enter and inspect, at all reasonable hours, with such assistants (if any),

being persons in the service of the Government or local or any public authority, as he thinks fit, any premises of or place in any factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company, shop or other establishment to which this Act applies, for the purpose of examining any register, record or notice or other document required to be kept or exhibited under this Act or the rules made thereunder, or otherwise kept or exhibited in relation to the employment of any person or the payment of gratuity to the employees, and require the production thereof for inspection;

(c) examine with respect to any matter relevant to any of the purposes aforesaid, the employer or any person whom he finds in such premises or place and who, he has reasonable cause to believe, is an employee employed therein;

(d) make copies of, or take extracts from, any register, record, notice or other document, as he may consider relevant, and where he has reason to believe that any offence under this Act has been committed by an employer, search and seize with such assistance as he may think fit, such register, record, notice or other document as he may consider relevant in respect of that offence;

(e) exercise such other powers as may be prescribed.

(2) Any person required to produce any register, record, notice or other document or to give any information by an Inspector under sub-section (1) shall be deemed to be legally bound to do so within the meaning of sections 175 and 176 of the Indian Penal Code 1860 (45 of 1860).

(3) The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) shall so far as may be, apply to any search or seizure under this section as they apply to any search or seizure made under the authority of a warrant issued under section 94 of that Code.

Section 8. RECOVERY OF GRATUITY. 

If the amount of gratuity payable under this Act is not paid by the employer, within the prescribed time, to the person entitled thereto, the controlling authority shall, on an application made to it in this behalf by the aggrieved person, issue a certificate for that amount to the Collector, who shall recover the same, together with compound interest thereon at such rate as the Central Government may, by notification, specify, from the date of expiry of the prescribed time, as arrears of land revenue and pay the same to the person entitled thereto :

Provided that the controlling authority shall, before issuing a certificate under this section, give the employer a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the issue of such certificate :

Provided further that the amount of interest payable under this section shall, in no case exceed the amount of gratuity payable under this Act.

Section 9. PENALTIES. 

(1) Whoever, for the purpose of avoiding any payment to be made by himself under this Act or of enabling any other person to avoid such payment, knowingly makes or causes to be made any false statement or false representation shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees or with both.

(2) An employer who contravenes, or makes default in complying with, any of the provisions of this Act or any rule or order made thereunder shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than three months but which may extend to one year, or with fine which shall not be less than ten thousand rupees but which may extend to twenty thousand rupees, or with both :

Provided that where the offence relates to non-payment of any gratuity payable under this Act, the employer shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to two years unless the court trying the offence, for reasons to be recorded by it in writing, is of opinion that a lesser term of imprisonment or the imposition of a fine would meet the ends of justice.

Section 10. EXEMPTION OF EMPLOYER FROM LIABILITY IN CERTAIN CASES. 

Where an employer is charged with an offence punishable under this Act, he shall be entitled, upon complaint duly made by him and on giving to the complainant not less than three clear days’ notice in writing of his intention to do so, to have any other person whom he charges as the actual offender brought before the court at the time appointed for hearing the charge; and if, after the commission of the offence has been proved, the employer proves to the satisfaction of the court – (a) that he has used due diligence to enforce the execution of this Act, and

(b) that the said other person committed the offence in question without his knowledge, consent or connivance, that other person shall be convicted of the offence and shall be liable to the like punishment as if he were the employer and the employer shall be discharged from any liability under this Act in respect of such offence :

Provided that in seeking to prove as aforesaid, the employer may be examined on oath and his evidence and that of any witness whom he calls in his support shall be subject to cross-examination on behalf of the person he charges as the actual offender and by the prosecutor :

Provided further that, if the person charged as the actual offender by the employer cannot be brought before the court at the time appointed for hearing the charge, the court shall adjourn the hearing from time to time for a period not exceeding three months and if by the end of the said period the person charged as the actual offender cannot still be brought before the court, the court shall proceed to hear the charge against the employer and shall, if the offence be proved, convict the employer.

Section 11. COGNIZANCE OF OFFENCES. 

(1) No court shall take cognizance of any offence punishable under this Act save on a complaint made by or under the authority of the appropriate Government : Provided that where the amount of gratuity has not been paid, or recovered, within six months from the expiry of the prescribed time, the appropriate Government shall authorise the controlling authority to make a complaint against the employer, whereupon the controlling authority shall, within fifteen days from the date of such authorisation, make such complaint to a Magistrate having jurisdiction to try the offence.

(2) No court inferior to that of a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial Magistrate of the first class shall try any offence punishable under this Act.

Section 12. PROTECTION OF ACTION TAKEN IN GOOD FAITH. 

No suit or other legal proceeding shall lie against the controlling authority or any other person in respect of anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act or any rule or order made thereunder.

Section 13. PROTECTION OF GRATUITY. 

No gratuity payable under this Act and no gratuity payable to an employee employed in any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop exempted under section 5 shall be liable to attachment in execution of any decree or order of any civil, revenue or criminal court.

Section 14. ACT TO OVERRIDE OTHER ENACTMENTS, ETC. 

The provisions of this Act or any rule made thereunder shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any enactment other than this Act or in any instrument or contract having effect by virtue of any enactment other than this Act.

Section 15. POWER TO MAKE RULES.

(1) The appropriate Government may, by notification make rules for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Act. (2) Every rule made by the Central Government under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall, thereafter, have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.

Bankers Book Evidence Act

Section 1. Title and extent.

Act title 18 of 1891 [1st October, 1891.]

An Act to amend the Law of Evidence with respect to Bankers’ Books. WHEREAS it is expedient to amend the Law of Evidence with respect to Bankers’ Books; It is hereby enacted as follows:

(1) This Act may be called THE BANKER’S BOOKS EVIDENCE ACT, 1891.

(2) It extends to 2the whole of India 3[except the State of Jammu and Kashmir.]4[***] 5[***]

———-

1. This Act has been extended to Pondicherry by Act 26 of 1968, sec. 3 and Sch.

2. Subs. by A.O. 1950, for “all the provinces of India ”.

3. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “except Part B States”.

4. The word “and” rep. by Act 10 of 1914.

5. Sub-section (3) rep. by Act 10 of 1914.

Section 2. Definitions.

In this Act, unless there is something repugnant in the subject or context,-

2[(1) “Company” means any company as defined in Section 3 of the Companies Act,1956, and includes a foreign company within the meaning of Section 591 of that Act;

(1A) “Corporation” means any body corporate established by any law for the time being in force in India and includes the Reserve Bank of India, the State Bank of India and any subsidiary bank as defined in the State Bank of India (Subsidiary Banks) Act, 1959.]

(2) “Bank” and “bankers”, mean-

3[(a) Any company or corporation carrying on the business of banking.]

(b) Any partnership of individual to whose books the provisions of this Act shall have been extended as hereinafter provided,

4[(c) Any post office savings bank or money order office;]

5(3) “Bankers’ books” include ledgers, day-books, cash-books, account-books and all other books used in the ordinary business of a bank;

6(4) “Legal proceeding” means any proceeding or inquiry in which evidence is or may be given, and includes an arbitration;

(5) “The Court” means the person or persons before whom a legal proceeding is held or taken;

(6) “Judge” means a Judge of a High Court;

(7) “Trail” means any hearing before the Court at which evidence is taken; and

78 “Certified copy” means a copy of any entry in the books of a bank together with certificate written at the foot of such copy that it is a true copy of such entry, that such entry is contained in one of the ordinary books of the bank and was made in the usual and ordinary course of business, and that such book is still in the custody of the bank, such certificate being dated and subscribed by the principal accountant or manager of the bank with his name and official title.

(b) consist of printouts of data stored in a floppy, disc, tape or any other electro-magnetic data storage device, a printout of such entry or a copy of such printout together with such statements certified in accordance with the provisions of section 2A.]

8[(c) a printout of any entry in the books of a bank stored in a micro film, magnetic tape or in any other form of mechanical or electronic data retrieval mechanism obtained by a mechanical or other process which in itself ensures the accuracy of such printout as a copy of such entry and such printout contains the certificate in accordance with the provisions of section 2A.]

———-

1. This Act has been extended to Pondicherry by Act 26 of 1968, sec. 3 and Sch.

2. Subs. by Act 56 of 1962, sec. 4, for clause (1) (w.e.f. 14-12-1962).

3. Subs. by Act 56 of 1962, sec. 4, for sub-clause (a) (w.e.f. 14-12-1962).

4. Added by Act 1 of 1893, sec. 2.

5. Subs. by Act 55 of 2002, sec. 11, for clause (3) (w.e.f. 6-2-2003). Earlier clause (3) was substituted by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 93 and Sch. III (w.e.f. 17-10-2000). Clause (3), before substitution by Act 55 of 2002, stood as under:

‘(3) “bankers’ books” include ledgers, day-books, cash-books, account-books and all other books used in the ordinary bussiness of a bank whether kept in the written form or as printouts of data stored in a floppy disc, tape or any other form of electro-magnetic data storage device;’.

6. Subs. by Act 1 of 1984, sec. 2(a)(i), for clause (4) (w.e.f. 15-2-1984).

7. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 93 and Sch. III, for clause (8) (w.e.f. 17-10-2000). Earlier clause (8) was amended by Act 1 of 1984, sec. 2(a)(ii) (w.e.f. 15-2-1984).

8. Ins. by Act 55 of 2002, sec. 11 (w.e.f. 6-2-2003).

Section 2A. Conditions in the printout.

1[2A. Conditions in the printout.—A printout of entry or a copy of printout referred to in sub-section (8) of section 2 shall be accompanied by the following, namely:—

(a) a certificate to the effect that it is a printout of such entry or a copy of such printout by the principal accountant or branch manager; and

(b) a certificate by a person in-charge of computer system containing a brief description of the computer system and the particulars of—

(A) the safeguards adopted by the system to ensure that data is entered or any other operation performed only by authorised persons;

(B) the safeguards adopted to prevent and detect unauthorised change of data;

(C) the safeguards available to retrieve data that is lost due to systemic failure or any other reasons;

(D) the manner in which data is transferred from the system to removable media like floppies, discs, tapes or other electro-magnetic data storage devices;

(E) the mode of verification in order to ensure that data has been accurately transferred to such removable media;

(F) the mode of identification of such data storage devices;

(G) the arrangements for the storage and custody of such storage devices;

(H) the safeguards to prevent and detect any tampering with the system; and

(I) any other factor which will vouch for the integrity and accuracy of the system.

(c) a further certificate from the person in-charge of the computer system to the effect that to the best of his knowledge and belief, such computer system operated properly at the material time, he was provided with all the relevant data and the printout in question represents correctly, or is appropriately derived from, the relevant data.]

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 93 and Sch. III (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 3. Powers to extend provisions of Act.

The State Government may from time to time, by notification in the Official Gazette, extend the provisions of this Act to the books of any partnership or individual carrying on business of bankers within the territories under its administration, and keeping a set of not less than three ordinary account-books namely, a cash-book, a day-book or journal, an a ledger, and may in like manner rescind any such notification.

Section 4. Mode of proof of entries in Bankers’ Books.

Subject to the provisions of this Act, a certified copy of any entry in a Banker’s book shall in all legal proceedings be received as prima facie evidence of the existence of such entry, and shall be admitted as evidence of the matters, transactions and accounts therein recorded in every case where, and to the same extent as, the original entry itself is now by law admissible, but not further or otherwise.

Section 5. Case in which officer of bank not comparable to produce books.

No officer of a bank shall in any legal proceeding to which the bank is not a party be comparable to produce any baker’s book the contents of which can be proved under this Act, or to appear as a witness to prove the matters, transactions and accounts therein recorded, unless by order of the Court or a Judge made for special cause.

Section 6. Inspection of Books by order of Court or Judge.

(1) On the application of any party to a legal proceeding the Court or a Judge may order that such party be at liberty to inspect and take copies of any entries in a Banker’s Book for any of the purposes of such proceeding, or may order the bank to prepare and produce, within a time to be specified in the order, certified copies of all such entries, accompanied by a further certificate that no other entries are to be found in the books of the Bank relevant to the matters in issue in such proceeding, and such further certificate shall be dated and subscribed in manner herein before directed in reference to certified copies.

(2) An Order under this or the preceding Section may be made either with or without summoning the Bank and shall be served on the Bank three clear days (exclusive of Bank holidays) before the same is to be obeyed, unless the Court or Judge shall otherwise direct.

(3) The Bank may at any time before the time limited for obedience to any such order as aforesaid either offer to produce their books at the trial or give notice of their intention to show cause against such Order, and thereupon the same shall not be enforced without further order.

Section 7. Costs.

(1) The costs of any application to the Court or a Judge under or for the purposes of this Act and the costs of anything done or to be done under an Order of the Court or a Judge made under or for the purposes of this Act shall be in the discretion of the Court or Judge, who may further Order such costs or any part thereof to be paid to any party by the Bank if they have been incurred in consequence of any fault or improper delay on the part of the Bank.

(2) Any Order made under this Section for the payment of costs to or by a Bank may be enforced as if the Bank were a party to the proceeding.

(3) Any Order under this Section awarding costs may, on application to any Court of Civil Judicature designated in the Order, be executed by such Court as if the Order were a decree for money passed by itself:

Provided that nothing in this Sub-Section shall be construed to derogate from any power which the Court or Judge making the Order may poss for the enforcement of its or his directions with respect to the payment of costs.

Section 8. Order of Court to be construed to be order made by specified officer.

2[8. Order of Court to be construed to be order made by specified officer. —In the application of sections 5, 6 and 7 to any investigation or inquiry referred to in sub-clause (iii) of clause (4) of section 2, the order of a Court or a Judge referred to in the said sections shall be construed as referring to an order made by an officer of a rank not lower than the rank of a Superintendent of Police as may be specified in this behalf by the appropriate Government.

Explanation .—In this section, “appropriate Government” means the Government by which the police officer or any other person conducting the investigation or inquiry is employed.]

———————————-

1. This Act has been extended to Pondicherry by Act 26 of 1968, sec. 3 and Sch.

2. Ins. by Act 1 of 1984, sec. 2(b) (w.e.f. 15-2-1984).

Employees State Insurance Act

Section 1. Short title, extent, commencement and application.

(1) This act may be called the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948.

(2) It extends to the whole of India.1[***]

(3) It shall come into force on such date or dates as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint, and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of this Act and 2for different States or for different parts thereof.

(4) It shall apply, in the first instance, to all factories (including factories belonging to the Government other than seasonal factories :

3Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall apply to a factory or establishment belonging to or under the control of the Government whose employees are otherwise in receipt of benefits substantially similar or superior to the benefits provided under this Act.

(5) The appropriate Government may, in consultation with the Corporation and 4where the appropriate Government is a State Government, with the approval of the Central Government, after giving six months’ notice of its intention of so doing by notification in the Official Gazette, extend the provision of this Act or any of them, to any other establishment or class of establishments, industrial, commercial, agriculture or otherwise :

5Provided that where the provisions of this Act have been brought into force in any part of a State, the said provisions shall stand extended to any such establishment or class of establishments within that part if the provisions have already been extended to similar establishment or class of establishments in another part of that State.

6 (6) A factory or an establishment to which this Act applies shall continue to be governed by this Act notwithstanding that the number of persons employed therein at any time falls below the limit specified by or under this Act or the manufacturing process therein ceases to be carried on with the aid of power.

—————

1. The words “except the State of Jammu and Kashmir” which were subs. for “except Part B States” by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 2, have been omitted by Act 51 of 1970, sec. 2 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-9-1971).

2. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 2, for “for different States” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

3. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 2(i) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 2, for “with the approval of the Central Government” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

5. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 2(ii) (w.e.f. 16-5-1990).

6. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 2(iii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 2. Definitions.

In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, – (1) “appropriate Government” means, in respect of establishment under the control of the Central Government or 1a railway administration or a major port or a mine oilfield, the Central Government, and in all other cases, the State Government;

2[***]

(3) “confinement” means labour resulting in the issue of a living child, or labour after twenty six weeks of pregnancy resulting in the issue of a child whether alive or dead;

(4) “contribution” means the sum of money payable to the Corporation by the principal employer in respect of an employee and includes any amount payable by or on behalf of the employee in accordance with the provisions of this Act;

3[***]

4(6) “Corporation” means the Employees State Insurance Corporation set up under this Act;

(6A) “dependant” means any of the following relatives of a deceased insured person, namely :- (i) a widow, a minor legitimate or adopted son, an unmarried legitimate or adopted 5daughter;

6(ia) a widowed mother;

(ii) if wholly dependent on the earnings of the insured person at the time of his death, a legitimate or adopted son or daughter who has attained the age of eighteen years and is infirm;

(iii) if wholly or in part dependent on the earnings of the insured person at the time of his death, –

(a) a parent other than a widowed mother,

(b) a minor illegitimate son, an unmarried illegitimate daughter or a daughter legitimate or adopted or illegitimate if married and a minor or if widowed and a minor,

(c) a minor brother or an unmarried sister or a widowed sister if a minor,

(d) a widowed daughter-in-law,

(e) a minor child of a pre-deceased son,

(f) a minor child of a pre-deceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive, or

(g) a paternal grand-parent if no parent of the insured person is alive;

(7) “duly appointed” means appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Act or with the rules or regulations made thereunder;

7(8) “employment injury” means a personal injury to an employee caused by accident or an occupational disease arising out of and in the course of his employment, being an insurable employment, whether the accident occurs or the occupational disease is contracted within or outside the territorial limits of India;

(9) “employee” means any person employed for wages in or in connection with the work of a factory or establishment to which this Act applies and –

(i) who is directly employed by the principal employer on any work of, or incidental or preliminary to or connected with the work of, the factory or establishment, whether such work is done by the employee in the factory or establishment or elsewhere; or

(ii) who is employed by or through an immediate employer on the premises of the factory or establishment or under the supervision of the principal employer or his agent on work which is ordinarily part of the work of the factory or establishment or which is preliminary to the work carried on in or incidental to the purpose of the factory or establishment; or

(iii) whose services are temporarily lent or let on hire to the principal employer by the person with whom the person whose services are so lent or let on hire has entered into a contract of service; 8and includes any person employed for wages on any work connected with the administration of the factory or establishment or any part, department or branch thereof or with the purchase of raw materials for, or the distribution or sale of the products of, the factory or establishment 9or any person engaged as an apprentice, not being an apprentice engaged under the Apprentices Act, 1961 (52 of 1961), or under the standing orders of the establishment; but does not include –

(a) any member of 10the Indian naval, military or air forces; or

11(b) any person so employed whose wages (excluding remuneration for overtime work) exceed 12such wages as may be prescribed by the Central Government :

Provided that an employee whose wages (excluding) remuneration for overtime work) exceed 12such wages as may be prescribed by the Central Government at any time after (and not before) the beginning of the contribution period, shall continue to be an employee until the end of that period;

(10) “exempted employee” means an employee who is not liable under this Act to pay the employees’ contribution.

13(11) “family” means all or any of the following relatives of an insured person, namely :- (i) a spouse;

(ii) a minor legitimate or adopted child dependent upon the insured person;

(iii) a child who is wholly dependent on the earnings of the insured person and who is (a) receiving education, till he or she attains the age of twenty-one years, (b) an unmarried daughter;

(iv) a child who is infirm by reason of any physical or mental abnormality or injury and is wholly dependent on the earnings of the insured person, so long as the infirmity continues;

(v) dependent parents;

(12) “factory” means any premises including the precincts thereof – (a) whereon ten or more persons are employed or were employed for wages on any day of the preceding twelve months, and in any part of which a manufacturing process is being carried on with the aid of power or is ordinarily so carried on, or

(b) whereon twenty or more persons are employed or were employed for wages on any day of the preceding twelve months, and in any part of which a manufacturing process is being carried on without the aid of power or is ordinarily so carried on, but does not include a mine subject to the operation of the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952) or a railway running shed;

(13) “immediate employer” in relation to employees employed by or through him, means a person who has undertaken the execution, on the premises of factory or an establishment to which this Act applies or under the supervision of the principal employer or his agent, of the whole or any part of any work which is ordinarily part of the work of the factory or establishment of the principal employer or is preliminary to the work carried on in, or incidental to the purpose of, any such factory or establishment, and includes a person by whom the services of an employee who has entered into a contract of service with him are temporarily lent or let on hire to the principal employer 14and includes a contractor;

15(13A) “insurable employment” means an employment in a factory or establishment to which this Act applies;

(14) “insured person” means a person who is or was an employee in respect of whom contributions are or were payable under this Act and who is, by reason thereof, entitled to any of the benefits provided by this Act;

15(14A) “managing agent” means any person appointed or acting as the representative of another person for the purpose of carrying on such other person’s trade or business, but does not include an individual manager subordinate to an employer;

16(14AA) “manufacturing process” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948);

(14B) “mis-carriage” means expulsion of the contents of a pregnant uterus at any period prior to or during the twenty-sixth week of pregnancy but does not include any mis-carriage, the causing of which is punishable under the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860);

(15) “occupier” of the factory shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Factories Act, 171948 (63 of 1948);

15(15A) “permanent partial disablement” means such disablement of a permanent nature, as reduces the earning capacity of an employee in every employment which he was capable of undertaking at the time of the accident resulting in the disablement : Provided that every injury specified in Part II of the Second Schedule shall be deemed to result in permanent partial disablement.

(15B) “permanent total disablement” means such disablement of a permanent nature as incapacitates an employee for all work which he was capable of performing at the time of the accident resulting in such disablement :

Provided that permanent total disablement shall be deemed to result from every injury specified in Part I of the Second Schedule or from any combination of injuries specified in Part II thereof where the aggregate percentage of the loss of earning capacity, as specified in the said Part II against those injuries, amounts to one hundred per cent or more.

18(15C) “power” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948);

(16) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(17) “principal employer” means – (i) in a factory, the owner or occupier of the factory and includes the managing agent of such owner or occupier, the legal representative of a deceased owner or occupier, and where a person has been named as the manager of the factory under 19[the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948)], the person so named;

(ii) in any establishment under the control of any department of any Government in India, the authority appointed by such Government in this behalf or where no authority is so appointed, the head of the department;

(iii) in any other establishment, any person responsible for the supervision and control of the establishment;

(18) “regulation” means a regulation made by the Corporation;

(19) “Schedule” means a Schedule to this Act;

20(19A) “seasonal factory” means a factory which is exclusively engaged in one or more of the following manufacturing processes, namely, cotton ginning, cotton or jute pressing, decortications of ground-nuts, the manufacture of coffee, indigo, lac, rubber, sugar (including gur) or tea or any manufacturing process which is incidental to or connected with any of the aforesaid processes and includes a factory which is engaged for a period not exceeding seven months in a year –

(a) in any process of blending, packing or repacking of tea or coffee; or

(b) in such other manufacturing process as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify;

(20) “sickness” means a condition which requires medical treatment and attendance and necessitates abstention from work on medical grounds;

(21) “temporary disablement” means a condition resulting from an employment injury which requires medical treatment and renders an employee, as a result of such injury, temporarily incapable of 21[doing the work which he was doing prior to or at the time of the injury];

(22) “wages” means all remuneration paid or payable in cash to an employee, if the terms of the contract of employment, express or implied, were fulfilled and includes 22[any payment to an employee in respect of any period of authorised leave, lock-out, strike which is not illegal or lay-off and] other additional remunera­tion, if any, 23[paid at intervals not exceeding two months], but does not include—

(b) any travelling allowance or the value of any traveling concession;

(c) any sum paid to the person employed to defray special expenses entailed on him by the nature of his employment; or

(d) any gratuity payable on discharge.

24(23) “wage period” in relation to an employee means the period in respect of which wages are ordinarily payable to him whether in terms of the contract of employment, express or implied or otherwise;

25(24) all other words and expressions used but not defined in this Act and defined in the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 (14 of 1947), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

—————

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “a federal railway”.

2. Clause (2) omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(i) (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

3. Clause (5) omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(ii) (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

4. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

5. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(iii), for “daughter or a widowed mother, and” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

6. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(iii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

7. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2, for the original clause (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

8. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2, for “but does not include” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

9. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(iv), for “but does not include” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

10. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “His Majesty’s”.

11. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2, for the original sub-clause (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

12. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(iv), for “one thousand and six hundred rupees a month” (w.e.f. 12-1991).

13. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(v), for clauses (11) and (12) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

14. Added by Act 29 of 1989 sec. 3(vi) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

15. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

16. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(vii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

17. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 3, for “1934” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

18. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(ix) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

19. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 3, for “clause (e) of sub-section (1) of section 9 of the Factories Act, 1934” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

20. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 3(ix) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

21. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2, for “work” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

22. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

23. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 3, for “paid at regular intervals after the last day of the wage period” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

24. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 2, for clause (23) (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

25. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 2, for the original clause (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 2A. Registration of factories and establishments.

1REGISTRATION OF FACTORIES AND ESTABLISHMENTS. Every factory or establishment to which this Act applies shall be registered within such time and in such manner as may be specified in the regulations made in this behalf.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 3. Establishment of employees’ state insurance corporation.

(1) With effect from such date* as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint in this behalf, there shall be established for the administration of the scheme of Employees’ State Insurance in accordance with the provisions of this Act a Corporation to be known as the Employees’ State Insurance Corporation.

(2) The Corporation shall be a body corporate by the name of Employees’ State Insurance Corporation having perpetual succession and a common seal and shall by the said name sue and be sued.

—————

*  1st October, 1948, vide Gazette of India, 1948, Extra., p. 1441.

Section 4. Constitution of corporation.

The Corporation shall consist of the following members, namely :

1(a) a Chairman to be 2appointed by the Central Government;

(b) a Vice-Chairman to be appointed by the Central Government;

(c) not more than five persons to be appointed by the Central Government.3[***]

(d) one person each representing each of the 4States in which this Act is in force to be appointed by the State Government concerned;

(e) one person to be 2appointed by the Central Government to represent the 5Union territories;

(f)6 persons representing employers to be appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of employers as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central Government;

(g)6 ten persons representing employees to be appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of employees as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central Government;

(h) two persons representing the medical profession to be 2appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of medical practitioners as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central 7Government;

8(i) three members of Parliament of whom two shall be members of the House of the People (Lok Sabha) and one shall be a member of the Council of States (Rajya Sabha) elected respectively by the members of the House of the people and the members of the Council of States; and

(j) the Director General of the Corporation, ex officio.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 4, for the original clauses (a) and (b) (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominated” and “nomina­tion” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. The words “of whom at least three shall be officials of the Central Government” omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

4. Subs. by A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “Part A States and B States”.

5. Subs. by the A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “Part C States”.

6. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “five” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

7. The word “and” omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

8. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 4, for clause (i) (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 5. Term of office of members of the corporation.

(1) Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, the term of office of members of the Corporation, other than 1the members referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of section 4 and the ex officio member, shall be four years commencing from the date on which their 2appointment or election is notified :

Provided that a member of the corporation shall, notwithstanding the expiry of the said period of four years, continue to hold office until the 2appointment or election of his successor is notified.

(2) The members of the Corporation referred to in clauses 3(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of section 4 shall hold office during the pleasure of the Government 3appointing them.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 5, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominating”, “re-nomination” and “nominated” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 5, for “(c), (d) and (e)” (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 6. Eligibility for re-nomination or re-election.

An outgoing member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee, or the Medical Benefit Council shall be eligible for 1reappointment or re-election as the cases may be.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominating”, “re-nomination” and “nominated” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 7. Authentication of orders, decisions, etc.

All orders and decisions of the Corporation shall be authenticated by the signature of the Director General of the Corporation and all other instruments issued by the Corporation shall be authenticated by the signature of the Director General or such other officer of the Corporation as may be authorised by him.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 6, for section 7 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 8. Constitution of standing committee.

A Standing Committee of the Corporation shall be constituted from among its members, consisting of –

(a) a Chairman, 1[appointed] by the Central Government;

(b) three members of the Corporation, 1[appointed] by the Central Government];

2[(bb) three members of the Corporation representing such three State Governments thereon as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify from time to time;]

(c) 3[eight] members elected by the Corporation as follows:—

4[***]

(ii) 5[three] members from among the members of the corporation representing employers;

(iii) 5[three] members from among the members of the Corporation representing employees;

(iv) one member from among the members of the Corporation repre­senting the medical profession; and

(v) one member from among the members of the Corporation elected by 6[Parliament];

7[(d) the Director General of the Corporation, ex officio].

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominating”, “re-nomination” and “nominated” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

3. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 7, for “six” (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

4. Sub-clause (i) omitted by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

5. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 7, for “two” (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

6. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Central Legislature”.

7. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 7 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 9. Term of office of members of standing committee.

(1) Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, the term of office of a member of the Standing Committee, other than a member referred to in clause (a) or 1Clause (b) or clause (bb) of section 8, shall be two years from the date on which his election is notified :

Provided that a member of the Standing Committee, shall, notwithstanding the expiry of the said period of two years, continue to hold office until the election of his successor is notified :

Provided further that a member of the Standing Committee shall cease to hold office when he ceases to be a member of the Corporation.

(2) A member of the Standing Committee referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) or clause (bb) of section 8 shall hold office during the pleasure of the Central Government.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 6, for “clause (b)” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 10. Medical benefit council.

(1) The Central Government shall constitute a Medical Benefit Council consisting of – (a) the Director General, Health Services, ex officio, as Chairman;

(b) a Deputy Director-General, Health Services, to be appointed by the Central Government;

(c) the Medical Commissioner of the Corporation, ex officio;

(d)  one member each representing each of the 2[3[States (other than Union territories)] in which this Act is in force] to be 1[appointed] by the State Government concerned;

(e) three members representing employers to be appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of employers as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central Government;

(f) three members representing employees to be appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of employees as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central Government; and

(g) three members, of whom not less than one shall be a woman, representing the medical profession, to be appointed by the Central Government in consultation with such organisations of medical practitioners as may be recognised for the purpose by the Central Government.

(2) Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, the term of office of a member of the Medical Benefit Council, other than a member referred to in any of the clause (a) to (d) of sub-section (1), shall be four years from the date on which his appointment is notified :

5[Provided that a member of the Medical Benefit Council, shall, notwithstanding the expiry of the said period of four years continue to hold office until the 4[appointment] of his successor is notified].

(3) A member of the Medical Benefit Council referred to in clauses (b) and (d) of sub-section (1) shall hold office during the pleasure of the Government appointing him.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4 for “nominated”, “nominations” and “nominating” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 7, for “Part A States” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

3. Subs. by the A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “Part A States or Part B States”.

4. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominated”, “nomination” and “nominating” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

5. Added by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 8 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 11. Resignation of membership.

A member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council may resign his office by notice in writing to the Central Government and his seat shall fall vacant on the acceptance of the resignation by that Government.

Section 12. Cessation of membership.

1(1) A member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council shall cease to be a member of that body if he fails to attend three consecutive meetings thereof :

Provided that the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council, as the case may be, may, subject to rules made by the Central Government in this behalf, restore him to membership.

2(2) Where in the opinion of the Central Government any person 3appointed or elected to represent employers, employees or the medical profession on the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council, as the case may be, has ceased to represent such employers, employees or the medical profession, the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare that with effect from such date as may be specified therein such person shall cease to be a member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council, as the case may be.

4(3) A person referred to in clause (i) of section 4 shall cease to be a member of the Corporation, when he ceases to be a member of Parliament.

—————

1. Section 12 re-numbered as sub-section (1) thereof by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 8 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 8 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominated”, “nomination” and “nominating” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 13. Disqualification.

A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as or for being a member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council –

(a) if he is declared to be of unsound mind by a competent Court; or

(b) if he is an undercharged insolvent; or

(c) if he has directly or indirectly by himself or by his partner any interest in a subsisting contract with, or any work being done for, the Corporation except as a medical practitioner or as a shareholder (not being a Director) of a company; or

(d) if before or after the commencement of this Act, he has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude.

Section 14. Filling of vacancies.

(1) Vacancies in the office of 1appointed or elected members of the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council shall be filled by appointment or election, as the case may be.

(2) A member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council appointed or elected to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office only so long as the member in whose place he is 2appointed or elected would have been entitled to hold office if the vacancy had not occurred.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominated”, “nomination” and “nominating” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominated” and “nomina­tion” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 15. Fees and allowances.

Members of the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council shall receive such fees and allowances as may from time to time be prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 16. Principal officers.

(1) The Central Government may, in consultation with the Corporation, appoint a Director General and a Financial Commissioner.

(2) The Director General shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

(3)2 The Director General and the Financial Commissioner shall be whole time officers of the Corporation and shall not undertake any work unconnected with their office without the sanction of the Central Government 3and of the Corporation.

(4) 2The Director General or the Financial Commissioner shall hold office for such period, not exceeding five years, as may be specified in the order appointing him. An outgoing Director General or the Financial Commissioner shall be eligible for reappointment if he is otherwise qualified.

(5) 2The Director General or the Financial Commissioner shall receive such salary and allowances as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

(6) A person shall be disqualified from being appointed as or for being the Director General or the Financial Commissioner if he is subject to any of the disqualification specified in section 13.

(7) The Central Government may at any time remove the 4Director General or the Financial Commissioner from office and shall do so if such removal is recommended by a resolution of the Corporation passed at a special meeting called for the purpose and supported by the votes of not less than two-thirds of the total strength of the Corporation.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 6, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 6, for “The Principal Officers” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 10 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

4. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 6, for “A Principal Officer” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 17. Staff.

(1) The Corporation may employ such other staff of offi­cers and servants as may be necessary for the efficient transac­tion of its business provided that the sanction of the Central Government shall be obtained for the creation of any post 1[the maximum monthly salary of which 2[exceeds such salary as may be prescribed by the Central Government].

3[(2) (a) The method of recruitment, salary and allowances, discipline and other conditions of service of the members of the staff of the Corporation shall be such as may be specified in the regulations made by the Corporation in accordance with the rules and orders applicable to the officers and employees of the Central Government drawing corresponding scales of pay:

Provided that where the Corporation is of the opinion that it is necessary to make a departure from the said rules or orders in respect of any of the matters aforesaid, it shall obtain the prior approval of the Central Government.

(b) In determining the corresponding scales of pay of the members of the staff under clause (a), the Corporation shall have regard to the educational qualifications, method of recruitment, duties and responsibilities of such officers and employees under the Central Government and in case of any doubt, the Corporation shall refer the matter to the Central Government whose decision thereon shall be final.]

(3) Every appointment to 4[posts 5[(other than medical posts)] corresponding to 6[Group A and Group B] posts under the Central Government], shall be made in consultation with the 7[Union] Public Service Commission:

Provided that this sub-section shall not apply to an officiating or temporary appointment for 8[a period] not exceeding one year:

9[Provided further that any such officiating or temporary ap­pointment shall not confer any claim for regular appointment and the services rendered in that capacity shall not count towards seniority or minimum qualifying service specified in the regula­tions for promotion to next higher grade.]

9([4) If any question arises whether a post corresponds to a 6[Group A and Group B] post under the Central Government, the question shall be referred to that Government whose decision thereon shall be final.]

—————

1. Subs. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 3, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

2. Subs by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 7, for “exceeds two thousand and two hundred fifty rupees” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 7, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 8-11-1989).

4. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 11, for “post carrying a maximum monthly pay to five hundred rupees and above” (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

5. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 7(iii)(a) (w.e.f. 16-5-1990).

6. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 3, for “Class I or Class II” (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

7. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Federal”.

8. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 7(iii), for “an aggregate period” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

9. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 7(iii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 18. Powers of the standing committee.

(1) Subject to the general superintendence and control of the Corporation, the Standing Committee shall administer the affairs of the Corporation and may exercise any of the powers and perform any of the functions of the Corporation.

(2) The Standing Committee shall submit for the consideration and decision of the Corporation all such cases and matters as may be specified in the regulations made in this behalf.

(3) The Standing Committee may, in its discretion, submit any other case or matter for the decision of the Corporation.

Section 19. Corporation’s power to promote measures for health, etc., of insured persons.

The Corporation may, in addition to the scheme of benefits specified in this Act, promote measures for the improvement of the health and welfare of insured persons and for the rehabilitation and re-employment of insured persons who have been disabled or injured and may incur in respect of such measures expenditure from the funds of the Corporation within such limits as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 20. Meetings of corporation, standing committee and medical benefit council.

Subject to any rules made under this Act, the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council shall meet at such times and places and shall observe such rules or procedure in regard to transaction of business at their meetings as may be specified in the regulations made in this behalf.

Section 21. Super session of the corporation and standing committee.

(1) If in the opinion of the Central Government, the Corporation or the Standing Committee persistently makes default in performing the duties imposed on it by or under this Act or abuses its powers, that Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, supersede the Corporation, or in the case of the Standing Committee, supersede, in consultation with the Corporation, the Standing Committee :

Provided that before issuing a notification under this sub-section the Central Government shall give a reasonable opportunity to the Corporation or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, to show cause why it should not be superseded and shall consider the explanations and objections, if any, of the Corporation or the Standing Committee, as the case may be.

(2) Upon the publication of a notification under sub-section (1) superseding the Corporation or the Standing Committee, all the members of the Corporation or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, shall, as from the date of such publication, be deemed to have vacated their offices.

(3) When the Standing Committee has been superseded, a new Standing Committee shall be immediately constituted in accordance with section 8.

(4) When the Corporation has been superseded, the Central Government may – (a) immediately appoint or cause to be 1appointed or elected new members to the Corporation in accordance with section 4 and may constitute a new Standing Committee under section 8;

(b) in its discretion, appoint such agency, for such period as it may think fit, to exercise the powers and perform the functions of the corporation and such agency shall be competent to exercise all the powers and perform all the functions of the Corporation.

(5) The Central Government shall cause a full report of any action taken under this section and the circumstances leading to such action to be laid before 2Parliament at the earliest opportunity and in any case not later than three months from the date of the notification superseding the Corporation or the Standing Committee, as the case may be.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nominate” and “nominated” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Subs. by A.O. 1950, for “the Central Legislature”.

Section 22. Duties of medical benefits council.

The Medical Benefit Council shall –

(a) advise 1the Corporation and the Standing Committee on matters relating to the administration of medical benefit, the certification for purposes of the grant of benefits and other connected matters;

(b) have such powers and duties of investigation as may be prescribed in relation to complaints against medical practitioners in connection with medical treatment and attendance; and

(c) perform such other duties in connection with medical treatment and attendance as may be specified in the regulations.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 9, for “the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Commissioner” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 23. Duties of director general and the financial commissioner.

The Director General and the Financial Commissioner shall exercise such powers and discharge such duties as may be prescribed.

They shall also perform such other functions as may be specified in the regulations.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 8, for “Principal Officers”  (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 24. Acts of corporation, etc., not invalid by reason of defect in constitution, etc.

No act of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council shall be deemed to be invalid by reason of any defect in the constitution of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council, or on the ground that any member thereof was not entitled to hold or continue in office by reason of any disqualification or of any irregularity in his 1appointment or election, or by reason of such act having been done during the period of any vacancy in the office of any member of the Corporation, the Standing Committee or the Medical Benefit Council.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 4, for “nomination”  (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 25. Regional boards, local committees, regional and local medical benefit councils.

The Corporation may appoint Regional Boards, Local Committees and Regional and Local Medical Benefit, Councils in such areas and in such manner, and delegate to them such powers and functions, as may be provided by the regulations.

Section 26. Employees’ state insurance fund.

(1) All contributions paid under this act and all other moneys received on behalf of the Corporation shall be paid into a fund called the Employees’ State Insurance Fund which shall be held and administered by the Corporation for the purposes of this Act.

(2) The Corporation may accept grants, donations and gifts from the Central or any State Government,1 local authority, or any individual or body whether incorporated or not, for all or any of the purposes of this Act.

2(3) Subject to the other provisions contained in this Act and to any rules or regulations made in this behalf, all moneys accruing or payable to the said Fund shall be paid into the Reserve Bank of India or such other bank as may be approved by the Central Government to the credit of an account styled the Account of the Employees’ State Insurance Fund.

(4) Such account shall be operated on by such officer as may be authorised by the Standing Committee with the approval of the Corporation.

—————

1. The words “Part B State,” omitted by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 10 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 10, for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 27. Grant by the central government.

[Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act</em>,<em> 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 12 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 8. Purposes for which the fund may be expended.

Subject to the provisions of this Act and of any rules made by the Central Government in that behalf, the Employees’ State Insurance Fund shall be expended only for the following purposes, namely :

(i) payment of benefits and provision of medical treatment and attendance to insured persons and, where the medical benefit is extended to their families, the provision of such medical benefit to their families, in accordance with the provisions of this Act and defraying the charges and costs in connection therewith;

(ii) payment of fees and allowances to members of the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council, the Regional Boards, Local Committees and Regional and Local Medical Benefit Councils;

(iii) payment of salaries, leave and joining time allowances, traveling and compensatory allowances, gratuities and compassionate allowances, pensions, contributions to provident or other benefit fund of officers and servants of the Corporation and meeting the expenditure in respect of offices and other services set up for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions of this Act;

(iv) establishment and maintenance of hospitals, dispensaries and other institutions and the provisions of medical and other ancillary services for the benefit of insured persons and where the medical benefit is extended to their families, their families;

(v) payment of contributions to any State Government, 1[***] local authority or any private body or individual, towards the cost of medical treatment and attendance provided to insured persons and, where the medical benefit is extended to their families, their families, including the cost of any building and equipment, in accordance with any agreement entered into by the Corporation;

(vi) defraying the cost (including all expenses of auditing the accounts of the Corporation and of the valuation of its assets and liabilities;

(vii) defraying the cost (including all expenses) of the Employees’ Insurance Courts set up under this Act;

(viii) payment of any sums under any contract entered into for the purposes of this Act by the Corporation or the Standing Committee or by any officer duly authorised by the Corporation or the Standing Committee in that behalf;

(ix) payment of sums under any decree, order or award of any Court or Tribunal against the Corporation or any of its officers or servants for any act done in the execution of his duty or under a compromise or settlement of any suit or other legal proceeding or claim instituted or made against the Corporation;

(x) defraying the cost and other charges of instituting or defending any civil or criminal proceedings arising out of any action taken Under this Act;

(xi) defraying expenditure, within the limits prescribed, on measures for the improvement of the health and welfare of insured persons and for the rehabilitation and re-employment of insured persons who have been disabled or injured; and

(xii) such other purposes as may be authorised by the Corporation with the previous approval of the Central Government.

———

1. The words “Part B State”, omitted by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 11 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 28A. Administrative expenses.

The types of expenses which may be termed as administrative expenses and the percentage of the income of the Corporation which may be spent for such expenses shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government and the Corporation shall keep its administrative expenses within the limit so prescribed by the Central Government.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 1-5-1997).

Section 29. Holding of property, etc.

(1) The Corporation may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government, acquire and hold property both movable and immovable, sell or otherwise transfer any movable or immovable property which may have become vested in or have been acquired by it and do all things necessary for the purposes for which the Corporation is established.

(2) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government, the Corporation may from time to time, invest any moneys which are not immediately required for expenses properly defrayable under this Act and may, subject as aforesaid, from time to time re-invest or realise such investments.

(3) The Corporation may, with the previous sanction of the Central Government and on such terms as may be prescribed by it, raise loans and take measures for discharging such loans.

(4) The Corporation may constitute for the benefit of its staff or any class of them, such provident or other benefit fund as it may think fit.

Section 30. Vesting of the property in the corporation.

All property acquired before the establishment of the Corporation shall vest in the Corporation and all income derived and expenditure incurred in this behalf shall be brought into the books of the Corporation.

Section 31. Expenditure by central government to be treated as a loan.

[Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 12 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967)].

Section 32. Budget estimates.

The Corporation shall in each year frame a budget showing the probable receipts and the expenditure which it proposes to incur during the following year and shall submit a copy of the budget for the approval of the Central Government before such date as may be fixed by it in that behalf.

The budget shall contain provisions adequate in the opinion of the Central Government for the discharge of the liabilities incurred by the Corporation and for the maintenance of a working balance.

Section 33. Accounts.

The Corporation shall maintain correct accounts of its income and expenditure in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Section 34. AUDIT.

(1) The accounts of the Corporation shall be audited annually by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and any expenditure incurred by him in connection with such audit shall be payable by the Corporation to the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.

(2) The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and any person appointed by him in connection with the audit of the accounts of the Corporation shall have the same rights and privileges and authority in connection with such audit as the Comptroller and Auditor-General has, in connection with the audit of Government accounts and, in particular, shall have the right to demand the production of books, accounts, connected vouchers and other documents and papers and to inspect any of the offices of the Corporation.

(3) The accounts of the Corporation as certified by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India or any other person appointed by him in this behalf together with the audit report thereon shall be forwarded to the Corporation which shall forward the same to the Central Government along with its s on the report of the Comptroller and Auditor-General.

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 10, for section 34 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 35. Annual report.

The Corporation shall submit to the Central Government an annual report of its work and activities.

Section 36. Budget, audited accounts and the annual report to be placed before parliament.

The annual report, the audited accounts of the Corporation, 1[together with 2[the report of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India thereon and the s of the Corporation on such report under section 34, and the budget as finally adopted by the Corporation shall be placed before 3[Parliament] 4[***]..

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1986, sec. 13 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 11, for “auditor’s report thereon” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Central Legislature”.

4. The words “and published in the Gazette of India” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 11 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 37. Valuation of assets and liabilities.

The Corporation shall, at intervals of five years, have a valuation of its assets and liabilities made by a valuer appointed with the approval of the Central Government :

Provided that it shall be open to the Central Government to direct a valuation to be made at such other times as it may consider necessary.

Section 38. All employees to be insured.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, all employees in factories, or establishments to which this Act applies shall be insured in the manner provided by this Act.

s

The Employees’ State Insurance Act is aimed at conferring benefits on employees in case of sickness, maternity and employment injury. Section 38 of the Act mandates that all the employees in the factories or establishments shall be insured. The initial and vital endeavour should be to identify the beneficiaries or the employees for insurance; Transport Corporation of India v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, AIR 2000 SC 238.

Section 39. Contributions.

(1) The contribution payable under this Act in respect of an employee shall comprise contribution payable by the employer (hereinafter referred to as the employer’s contribution) and contribution payable by the employee (hereinafter referred to as the employee’s contribution) and shall be paid to the Corporation.

1(2) The contributions shall be paid at such rates as may be prescribed by the Central Government

Provided that the rates so prescribed shall not be more than the rates which were in force immediately before the commencement of the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1989.

2[(3) The wage period in relation to an employee shall be the unit in respect of which all contributions shall be payable under this Act.]

(4) The contributions payable in respect of each 3[wage period] shall ordinarily fall due on the last day of the 3[wage period], and where an employee is employed for part of the 3[wage period], or is employed under two or more employers during the same 3[wage period], the contributions shall fall due on such days as may be specified in the regulations.

4(5) (a) If any contribution payable under this Act is not paid by the principal employer on the date on which such contribution has become due, he shall be liable to pay simple interest at the rate of twelve per cent per annum or at such higher rate as may be specified in the regulations till the date of its actual payment :

Provided that higher interest specified in the regulations shall not exceed the lending rate of interest charged by any scheduled bank.

(b) Any interest recoverable under clause (a) may be recovered as an arrear of land revenue or under section 45C to section 45-I.

Explanation : In this sub-section, “scheduled bank” means a bank for the time being included in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (2 of 1934).

S

(i) No contribution need to be made on the incentive offered to the employees for a limited period and was paid at staggered intervals; Employees State Insurance Corpn., Hyderabad v. A.P. Electrical Equipment Corporation a Unit of ECE Industries Ltd., Visakhapattnam, 2005 LLR 466.

(ii) Payment of statutory interest on delayed deposit of E.S.I. contribution cannot be waived even when the E.I. Court has granted payment by instalments; Employee State Insurance Corpn. v. Bagsvig, 2005 LLR 983.

(iii) The liability to pay the entire contribution under section 39 is of the employer; Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Fashion Fab­rics, (1990) 2 CLR 844 (Ker).

(iv) Contribution is payable by the employer even in respect of casual labourers under section 39(3) and (4); Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Jaipur Enterprises, (1988) 56 FLR 207 (Raj).

(v) The employer is statutorily bound to contribute, whether he has sufficient resources or not; South India Viscose Co-op. Stores Ltd. v. Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1986) 68 FLR 329 (Mad).

(vi) Contribution for the past period is recoverable even if the employees had not availed the benefit of insurance; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Hotel Kalpaka International, 1993 LLR 177 (SC).

(vii) Contributions are to be paid only on the wages payable to the eligible employees; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Vijayamohini Mills, (1990) 76 FJR 246 (Ker).

(viii) Only wages paid to the employees can be reckoned for calculation of contributions; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Ram Lal Textiles, (1990) 61 FLR 298.

(ix) The E.S.I.C. must hear an employer before determining the contribution to be payable by him if there is any dispute regard­ing such liability; Rameshwar Jute Mills Ltd. v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, AIR 1986 Pat 228.

(x) The employer can claim refund of ESI contributions which have been deposited by mistake; Anil Textile Industry v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1992) 64 FLR 856 (Raj).

(xi) Section 39(5)(a) applies where the employer fails to make contributions. If such failure is on account of circumstances beyond his control or if the circumstances make it impossible for the employer to make contributions even if he wanted to do so, unless he risks being hauled up for contempt of court, such failure on the part of the employer in making payments in time cannot be called a failure within the meaning of clause (a) of sub-section (5) so as to call for levying of interest; H.M.T. Ltd. v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1998) 92 FJR 454 (Kar).

(xii) The applicability of the clause (a) of sub-section (5) of section 39 of the Act is where the employer fails to make contributions. If such failure is on account of circumstances beyond his control or if the circumstances make it impossible for the employer to make contributions even if he wanted to do so unless the risks being hauled up for contempt of Court, such failure on the part of the employer in making payment in time cannot be called a failure within the meaning of this provision; Fenner (India) Ltd. v. Joint Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (2003) 2 LLJ 447 (Mad).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 12, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

2. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 4, for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

3. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 4, for “week” (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

4. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 12(ii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 40. Principal employer to pay contributions in the first instance.

(1) The principal employer shall pay in respect of every employee, whether directly employed by him or by or through an immediate employer, both the employer’s contribution and the employee’s contribution.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other enactment but subject to the provisions of this Act and the regulations, if any, made there under, the principal employer shall, in the case of an employee directly employed by him (not being an exempted employee), be entitled to recover from the employee the employee’s contribution by deduction from his wages and not otherwise :

Provided that no such deduction shall be made from any wages other than such as relate to the period or part of the period in respect of which the contribution is payable, or in excess of the sum representing the employee’s contributing for the period.

(3) Notwithstanding any contract to the contrary, neither the principal employer nor the immediate employer shall be entitled to deduct the employer’s contribution from any wages payable to an employee or otherwise to recover it from him.

(4) Any sum deducted by the principal employer from wages under this Act shall be deemed to have been entrusted to him by the employee for the purpose of paying the contribution in respect of which it was deducted.

(5) The principal employer shall bear the expenses of remitting the contributions to the Corporation.

S

(i) Principal employer is liable to pay contributions; Vemly Hotels v. Kuldeep Singh, (1987) 55 FLR 183 (Bom).

(ii) The employer’s liability to contribute continues till the closure of factory or establishment; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Hotel Kalpaka International, 1993 LLR 117 (SC).

Section 41. Recovery of contributions from immediate employer.

(1) A principal employer, who has paid contribution in respect of an employee employed by or through an immediate employer, shall be entitled to recover the amount of the contribution so paid (that is to say the employer’s contribution as well as the employee’s contribution, if any) from the immediate employer, either by deduction from any amount payable to him by the principal employer under any contract, or as a debt payable by the immediate employer.

1(1A) The immediate employer shall maintain a register of employees employed by or through him as provided in the regulations and submit the same to the principal employer before the settlement of any amount payable under sub-section (1).

(2) In the case referred to in sub-section (1), the immediate employer shall be entitled to recover the employee’s contribution from the employee employed by or through him by deduction from wages and not otherwise, subject to the conditions specified in the proviso to sub-section (2) of section 40.

2[***]

—————

1. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 13 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

2. Explanation omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 14 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 42. General provisions as to payment of contributions.

(1) No employee’s contribution shall be payable by or on behalf of an employee whose average daily wages are below 1during a wage period are below 2Such wages as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Explanation.—The average daily wages of an employee shall be calculated 3[in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government].

(2) Contribution (both the employer’s contribution and the em­ployee’s contribution) shall be payable by the principal employer for each 4[wage period], 5[in respect of the whole or part of which wages are payable to the employee and not otherwise].

6[***]

7[***]

—————

1. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 5, for “are below one rupee and fifty paise” (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 14, for “six rupees” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 14, for “in such manner specified in the First Schedule”(w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

4. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 5, for “week” (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

5. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 15, for “during the whole or part of which an employee is employed” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

6. Sub-section (3) omitted by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

7. Sub-sections (4) and (5) omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 15 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 43. Method of payment of contribution.

Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Corporation may make regulations for any matter relating or incidental to the payment and collection of contributions payable under this Act and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power such regulations may provide for –

(a) the manner and time of payment of contributions;

(b) the payment of contributions by means of adhesive or other stamps affixed to or impressed upon books, cards or otherwise and regulating the manner, times and conditions in, at and under which, such stamps are to be affixed or impressed;

(bb) the date by which evidence of contributions having been paid is to be received by the Corporation;

(c) the entry in or upon books or cards of particulars of contributions paid and benefits distributed in the case of the insured persons to whom such books or cards relate; and

(d) the issue, sale, custody, production, inspection and delivery of books or cards and the replacement of books or cards which have been lost, destroyed or defaced.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 16 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 44. Employers to furnish returns and maintain registers in certain cases.

1EMPLOYERS TO FURNISH RETURNS AND MAINTAIN REGISTERS IN CERTAIN CASES. (1) Every principal and immediate employer shall submit to the Corporation or to such officer of the Corporation as it may direct such returns in such form and containing such particulars relating to persons employed by him or to any factory or establishment in respect of which he is the principal or immediate employer as may be specified in regulations made in this behalf.

(2) Where in respect of any factory or establishment the Corporation has reason to believe that a return should have been submitted under sub-section (1) but has not been so submitted, the Corporation may require any person in charge of the factory or establishment to furnish such particulars as it may consider necessary for the purpose of enabling the Corporation to decide whether the factory or establishment is a factory or establishment to which this Act applies.

(3) Every principal and immediate employer shall maintain such registers or records in respect of his factory or establishment as may be required by regulations made in this behalf.

s

It is mandatory on the part of the establishment to maintain the records and to produce the same whenever demanded by the authorities. If there is contravention, the punishment as stipulated by section 85(g) of the Act will be imposed; State through the Manager, State Insurance Corporation, Gulbarga v. Kranthi Kumar, 2005 LLR 376.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 12, for section 44 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 45. Inspectors, their functions and duties.

(1) The Corporation may appoint such persons as Inspectors, as it thinks fit, for the purposes of this Act, within such local limits as it may assign to them.

(2) Any Inspector appointed by the Corporation under sub-section (1) (hereinafter referred to as Inspector), or other official of the Corporation authorised in this behalf by it may, for the purposes of enquiring into the correctness of any of the particulars stated in any return referred to in section 44 or for the purpose of ascertaining whether any of the provisions of this Act has been complied with –

(a) require any principal or immediate employer to furnish to him such information as he may consider necessary for the purposes of this Act; or

(b) at any reasonable time enter any office, establishment, factory or other premises occupied by such principal or immediate employer and require any person found in charge thereof to produce to such Inspector or other official and allow him to examine such accounts, books and other documents relating to the employment of persons and payment of wages or to furnish to him such information as he may consider necessary; or

(c) examine, with respect to any matter relevant to the purposes aforesaid, the principal or immediate employer, his agent or servant, or any person found in such factory, establishment, office or other premises, or any person whom the said Inspector or other official has reasonable cause to believe to be or to have been an employee;

1(d) make copies of, or take extracts from, any register, account book or other document maintained in such factory, establishment, office or, other premises;

(e) exercise such other powers as may be prescribed.

(3) An Inspector shall exercise such functions and perform such duties as may be authorised by the Corporation or as may be specified in the regulations.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 13 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 45A. Determination of contributions in certain cases.

145A. DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS IN CERTAIN CASES. -(1) Where in respect of a factory or establishment no returns, particulars, registers or records are submitted, furnished or maintained in accordance with the provisions of section 44 or any Inspector or other official of the Corporation referred to in sub-section (2) of section 45 is 2prevented in any manner by the principal or immediate employer or any other person, in exercising his functions or discharging his duties under section 45, the Corporation may, on the basis of information available to it, by order, determine the amount of contributions payable in respect of the employees of that factory or establishment :

3Provided that no such order shall be passed by the Corporation unless the principal or immediate employer or the person in charge of the factory or establishment has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard;

(2) An order made by the Corporation under sub-section (1) shall be sufficient proof of the claim of the Corporation under section 75 or for recovery of the amount determined by such order as an arrears of land revenue under section 45B 4or the recovery under section 45C to section 45-I.

S

(i) The plea of the employer that he was not allowed to produce all documents and the registers to attract the applicability of the E.S.I. Act will not be tenable when these have been found to be bogus; Srinidhi Bars and Restaurant, Bangalore v. Regional Director, E.S.I. Corporation, Bangalore, 2006 LLR 41.

(ii) Assessment is ad hoc with record; R.S. Ganesh Das Dhomi Mal v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1988) 56 FLR 111 (Del).

(iii) The Limitation Act will have no scope for operation in respect of any claims arising under section 45A of the Act; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Ramadas Reddiar, (1980) 56 FJR 490 (Mad).

(iv) Amount determined under section 45A can be recovered from the employer as arrears of land revenue; Modi Steels v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1989) 59 FLR 176 (All).

(v) Regional Director and not the ESI Inspector is empowered to determine the contributions by giving opportunity to the employer; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, Jaipur v. Bharat Motors, Sri Ganganagar, 2001 LLR 49 (Raj HC).

(vi) In the absence of an order determining the amount payable under section 45A of the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948, recovery proceedings under section 45B of the Act could not be initiated; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Depot Manager, M.P.S.R.T.C., (2003) 2 LLJ 351 (MP).

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 15, for “obstructed” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 15 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Added by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 15 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 45B. Recovery of contributions.

1[45B. Recovery of contributions.—Any contribution payable under this Act may be recovered as an arrears of land revenue.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 45C. Issue of certificate to the recovery officer.

1[45C. Issue of certificate to the Recovery Officer.(1) Where any amount is in arrear under this Act, the authorised officer may issue, to the Recovery Officer, a certificate under his signature specifying the amount of arrears and the Recovery Officer, on receipt of such certificate, shall proceed to recover the amount specified therein from the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer by one or more of the modes mentioned below :

(a) attachment and sale of the movable or immovable property of the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer;

(b) arrest of the employer and his detention in prison;

(c) appointing a receiver for the management of the movable or immovable properties of the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the employer :

Provided that the attachment and sale of any property under this sections shall first be effected against the properties of the factory or establishment and where such attachment and sale is insufficient for recovering the whole of the amount of arrears specified in the certificate, the Recovery Officer may take such proceedings against the property of the employer for recovery of the whole or any part of such arrears.

(2) The authorised officer may issue a certificate under sub-section (1)

notwithstanding that proceedings for recovery of the arrears by any other mode have been taken.

s

Attachment of Bank account of the defaulter can be undertaken for recovery of dues, notwithstanding issuance of certificate under section 45C;Ranchi Refractories v. Regional Director, Employee State Insurance Corporation, Patna, 2005 LLR 620.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 16 (w.e.f. 1-9-1991).

Section 45D. Recovery officer to whom certificate is to be forwarded.

1[45D. Recovery Officer to whom certificate is to be forwarded.— (1) The authorised officer may forward the certificate referred to in section 45C to the Recovery Officer within whose jurisdiction the employer –

(a) carries on his business or profession or within whose jurisdiction the principal place of his factory or establishment is situate; or

(b) resides or any movable or immovable property of the factory or establishment or the principal or immediate employer is situate.

(2) Where a factory or an establishment or the principal or immediate employer has property within the jurisdiction of more than one Recovery Officer and the Recovery Officer to whom a certificate is sent by the authorised officer –

(a) is not able to recover the entire amount by the sale of the property, movable or immovable, within his jurisdiction; or

(b) is of the opinion that, for the purpose of expediting or securing the recovery of the whole or any part of the amount, it is necessary so to do, he may send the certificate or, where only a part of the amount is to be recovered, a copy of the certificate certified in the manner prescribed by the Central Government and specifying the amount to be recovered to the Recovery Officer within whose jurisdiction the factory or establishment or the principal or immediate employer has property or the employer resides, and thereupon that Recovery Officer shall also proceed to recover the amount due under this section as if the certificate or the copy thereof had been the certificate sent to him by the authorised officer.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f.17-6-1967).

Section 45E. Validity of certificate and amendment thereof.

1[45E. Validity of certificate and amendment thereof.—(1) When the authorised officer issues a certificate to a Recovery Officer under section 45C, it shall not be open to the factory or establishment or the principal or immediate employer to dispute before the Recovery Officer the correctness of the amount, and no objection to the certificate on any other ground shall also be entertained by the Recovery Officer.

(2) Notwithstanding the issue of a certificate to a Recovery Officer, the authorised officer shall have power to withdraw the certificate or correct any clerical or arithmetical mistake in the certificate by sending an intimation to the Recovery Officer.

(3) The authorised officer shall intimate to the Recovery Officer any orders withdrawing or canceling a certificate or any correction made by him under sub-section (2) or any amendment made under sub-section (4) of section 45F.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 45F. Stay of proceedings under certificate and amendment or withdrawal thereof.

1[45F. Stay of proceedings under certificate and amendment or withdrawal thereof.—(1) Notwithstanding that a certificate has been issued to the Recovery Officer for the Recovery of any amount, the authorised officer may grant time for the payment of the amount, and thereupon the Recovery Officer shall stay the proceedings until the expiry of the time so granted.

(2) Where a certificate for the recovery of amount has been issued, the authorised officer shall keep the Recovery Officer informed of any amount paid or time granted for payment, subsequent to the issue of such certificate.

(3) Where the order giving rise to a demand of amount for which a certificate for recovery has been issued has been modified in appeal or other proceedings under this Act, and, as a consequence thereof, the demand is reduced but the order is the subject-matter of a further proceeding under this Act, the authorised officer shall stay the recovery of such part of the amount of the certificate as pertains to the said reduction for the period for which the appeals or other proceeding remains pending.

(4) Where a certificate for the recovery of amount has been issued and subsequently the amount of the outstanding demand is reduced as a result of an appeal or other proceeding under this Act, the authorised officer shall, when the order which was the subject-matter of such appeal or other proceeding has become final and conclusive, amend the certificate or withdraw it, as the case may be.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 45G. Other modes of recovery.

1[45G. Other modes of recovery.—(1) Notwithstanding the issue of a certificate to the Recovery Officer under section 45C, the Director General or any other officer authorised by the Corporation may recover the amount by any one or more of the modes provided in this section.

(2) If any amount is due from any person to any factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer who is in arrears, the Director General or any other officer authorised by the Corporation in this behalf may require such person to deduct from the said amount the arrears due from such factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer under this Act and such person shall comply with any such requisition and shall pay the sum so deducted to the credit of the Corporation :

Provided that nothing in this sub-section shall apply to any part of the amount exempt from attachment in execution of a decree of a civil court under section 60 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (5 of 1908).

(3) (i) The Director General or any other officer authorised by the Corporation in this behalf may, at any time or from time to time, by notice in writing, require any person from whom money is due or may become due to the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer or any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for or on account of the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer, to pay to the Director General either forthwith upon the money becoming due or being held or at or within the time specified in the notice (not being before the money becomes due or is held) so much of the money as if sufficient to pay the amount due from the factory or establishment or, as the case may be, the principal or immediate employer in respect of arrears or the whole of the money when it is equal to or less than that amount.

(ii) A notice under this sub-section may be issued to any person who holds or may subsequently hold any money for or on account of the principal or immediate employer jointly with any other person and for the purposes of this sub-section, the shares of the joint-holders in such account shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, to be equal.

(iii) A copy of the notice shall be forwarded to the principal or immediate employer at his last address known to the Director General or, as the case may be, the officer so authorised and in the case of a joint account to all the joint-holders at their last addresses known to the Director General or the officer so authorised.

(iv) Save as otherwise provided in this sub-section, every person to whom a notice is issued under this sub-section shall be bound to comply with such notice, and, in particular, where any such notice is issued to a post office, bank or an insurer, it shall not be necessary for any pass book, deposit receipt, policy or any other document to be produced for the purpose of any entry, endorsement or the like being made before payment is made notwithstanding any rule, practice or requirement to the contrary.

(v) Any claim respecting any property in relation to which a notice under this sub-section has been issued arising after the date of the notice shall be void as against any demand contained in the notice.

(vi) Where a person to whom a notice under this sub-section is sent objects to it by a statement on oath that the sum demanded or any part thereof is not due to the principal or immediate employer or that he does not hold any money for or on account of the principal or immediate employer, then, nothing contained in this sub-section shall be deemed to require such person to pay any such sum or part thereof, as the case may be, but if it is discovered that such statement was false in any material particular, such person shall be personally liable to the Director General or the Officer so authorised to the extent of his own liability to the principal or immediate employer on the date of the notice, or to the extent of the principal or immediate employer’s liability for any sum due under this Act, whichever is less.

(vii) The Director General or the officer so authorised may, at any time or from time to time, amend or revoke any notice issued under this sub-section or extend the time for making any payment in pursuance of such notice.

(viii) The Director General or the officer so authorised shall grant a receipt for any amount paid in compliance with a notice issued under this sub-section and the person so paying shall be fully discharged from his liability to the principal or immediate employer to the extent of the amount so paid.

(ix) any person discharging any liability to the principal or immediate employer after the receipt of a notice under this sub-section shall be personally liable to the Director General or the officer so authorised to the extent of his own liability to the principal or immediate employer so discharge or to the extent of the principal or immediate employer’s liability for any sum due under this Act, whichever is less.

(x) If the person to whom a notice under this sub-section is sent fails to make payment in pursuance thereof to the Director General or the officer so authorised, he shall be deemed to be a principal or immediate employer in default in respect of the amount specified in the notice and further proceedings may be taken against him for the realization of the amount as if it were an arrear due from him, in the manner provided in sections 45C to 45F and the notice shall have the same effect as an attachment of a debt by the Recovery Officer in exercise of his powers under section 45C.

(4) The Director General or the officer authorised by the Corporation in this behalf may apply to the court in whose custody there is money belonging to the principal or immediate employer for payment to him of the entire amount of such money, or if it is more than the amount due, an

amount sufficient to discharge the amount due.

(5) The Director General or any officer of the Corporation may, if so authorised by the Central Government by general or special order, recover any arrears of amount due from a factory or an establishment or, as the case may be, from the principal or immediate employer by distrait and sale of its or his movable property in the manner laid down in the Third Schedule to the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961).

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 45H. Application of certain provisions of the income-tax act.

1[45H. Application of certain provisions of the Income-tax Act.

The provisions of the Second and Third Schedules to the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961) and the Income-tax (Certificate Proceedings) Rules, 1962, as in force from time to time, shall apply with necessary modifications as if the said provisions and the rules referred to the arrears of the amount of contributions, interests or damages under this Act instead of to the income-tax :

Provided that any reference in the said provisions and the rules to the “assessee” shall be construed as a reference to a factory or an establishment or the principal or immediate employer under this Act.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 45-I. Definitions.

1 DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of sections 45C to 45H, –

(a) “authorised officer” means the Director General, Insurance Commissioner, Joint Insurance Commissioner, Regional Director or such other officer as may be authorised by the Central Government, by notification in the Official Gazette;

(b) “Recovery Officer” means any officer of the Central Government, State Government or the Corporation, who may be authorised by the Central Government, by notification in the Official Gazette, to exercise the powers of a Recovery Officer under this Act.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 17 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 46. Benefits.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the insured persons, 1[their dependants or the persons hereinafter mentioned, as the case may be,] shall be entitled to the follow­ing benefits, namely:

(a) periodical payments to any insured person in case of his sickness certified by a duly appointed medical practitioner 2[or by any other person possessing such qualifications and experience as the Corporation may, by regulations, specify in this behalf] (hereinafter referred to as sickness benefit);

3[(b) periodical payments to an insured woman in case of confine­ment or mis-carriage or sickness arising out of pregnancy, con­finement, premature birth of child or miscarriage, such woman being certified to be eligible for such payments by an authority specified in this behalf by the regulations (hereinafter referred to as maternity benefit);]

(c) periodical payments to an insured person suffering from disa­blement as a result of an employment injury sustained as an employee under this Act and certified to be eligible for such payments by an authority specified in this behalf by the regula­tions (hereinafter referred to as disablement benefit);

(d) periodical payments to such dependants of an insured person who dies as a result of an employment injury sustained as an employee under this Act, as are entitled to compensation under this Act (hereinafter referred to as dependants’ benefit); 4[***]

(e) medical treatment for and attendance on insured persons (hereinafter referred to as medical benefit); 2[and]

2[(f) payment to the eldest surviving member of the family of an insured person who has died, towards the expenditure on the funeral of the deceased insured person, or, where the insured person did not have a family or was not living with his family at the time of his death, to the person who actually incurs the expenditure on the funeral of the deceased insured person (to be known as 5[funeral expenses]):

Provided that the amount of such payment shall not exceed 6[such amount as may be prescribed by the Central Government] and the claim for such payment shall be made within three months of the death of the insured person or within such extended period as the Corporation or any officer or authority authorised by it in this behalf may allow.]

(2) The Corporation may, at the request of the appropriate Gov­ernment, and subject to such conditions as may be laid down in the regulations, extend the medical benefits to the family of an insured person.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 18, for “or, as the case may be, their dependants” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 18 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

3. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 18, for original clause (b) (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

4. The word “and” omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 18 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

5. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 17, for “funeral benefit” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

6. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 17, for “one hundred rupees” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 47. When person eligible for sickness benefit.

[Rep. by the Employee’s State Insurance [Amendment] Act, 1989 (29 of 1989), sec. 18 (1-2-1991)].

Section 48. When person deemed available for employment.

[Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 20 (28-1-1968).]

Section 49. Sickness benefit.

1[49. Sickness benefit.—The qualification of a person to claim sickness benefit, the conditions subject to which such benefit may be given, the rates and period thereof shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 19, for section 49 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 50. Maternity benefit.

1[50. Maternity benefit.—The qualification of an insured woman to claim maternity benefit, the conditions subject to which such benefit may be given, the rates and period thereof shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 19, for section 50 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 51. Disablement benefit.

1[51. Disablement benefit.—Subject to the provisions of this Act 2[***],—

(a) a person who sustains temporary disablement for not less than three days (excluding the day of accident) shall be entitled to periodical payment 3[at such rates and for such periods and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government];

(b) a person who sustains permanent disablement, whether total or partial, shall be entitled to periodical payment 3[at such rates and for such periods and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government]:

4[***]]

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 23, for the original section 51 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. The words “and the regulations, if any” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 20 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 20, for “for the period of such disablement in accordance with the provisions of the First Schedule” (w.e.f. -2-1991).

4. Proviso omitted by Act 29 of 1991, sec. 20 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 51A. Presumption as to accident arising in course of employment.

1[51A. Presumption as to accident arising in course of employment.—For the purposes of this Act, an accident arising in the course of an insured person’s employment shall be presumed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, also to have arisen out of that employment.

S

Accident arisen out of employment is to be presumed and no other evidence is required; Harjinder Kaur v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1987) 55 FLR 772 (P&H).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 23, for the original section 51 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 51B. Accidents happening while acting in breach of regulations, etc.

1[51B. Accidents happening while acting in breach of regulations, etc.An accident shall be deemed to arise out of and in the course of an insured person’s employment notwithstanding that he is at the time of the accident acting in contravention of the provisions of any law applicable to him, or of any orders given by or on behalf of his employer or that he is acting without instructions from his employer, if –

(a) the accident would have been deemed so to have arisen had the act not been done in contravention as aforesaid or on without instructions from his employer, as the case may be; and

(b) the act is done for the purpose of and in connection with the employer’s trade or business.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 23, for the original section 51 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 51C. Accidents happening while traveling in employer’s transport.

1[51C. Accidents happening while travelling in employer’s trans­port.—(1) An accident happening while an insured person is, with the express or implied permission of his employer, traveling as a passenger by any vehicle to or from his place of work shall, notwithstanding that he is under no obligation to his employer to travel by that vehicle, be deemed to arise out of and in the course of his employment, if –

(a) the accident would have been deemed so to have arisen had he been under such obligation; and

(b) at the time of the accident, the vehicle –

(i) is being operated by or on behalf of his employer or some other person by whom it is provided in pursuance of arrangements made with his employer, and

(ii) is not being operated in the ordinary course of public transport service.

(2) In this section “vehicle” includes a vessel and an aircraft.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 23, for the original section 51 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 51D. Accidents happening while meeting emergency.

1[51D. Accidents happening while meeting emergency.—An accident happening to an insured person in or about any premises at which he is for the time being employed for the purpose of his employer’s trade or business shall be deemed to arise out of and in the course of his employment, if it happens while he is taking steps, on an actual or supposed emergency at those premises, to rescue, succor or protect persons who are, or are thought to be or possibly to be, injured or imperiled, or to avert or minimize serious damage to property.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 23, for the original section 51 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 52. Dependant’s benefits.

1[52. Dependant’s benefit.—(1) If an insured person dies as a result of an employment injury sustained as an employee under this Act (whether or not he was in receipt of any periodical payment for temporary disablement in respect of the injury) dependant’s benefit shall be payable 2[at such rates and for such period and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government] to his dependants specified in 3[sub-clause (i), sub-clause (ia) and] sub-clause (ii) of clause (6A) of sec­tion 2.

(2) In case the insured person dies without leaving behind him the dependants as aforesaid, the dependants’ benefit shall be paid to the other dependants of the deceased at such rates and for such period and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 24, for the original section 52 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 21, for “in accordance with the provisions of the First Schedule” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

3.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 21, for “sub-clause (i) and” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 52A. Occupational disease.

1[52A. Occupational disease.—(1) If an employee employed in any employment specified in Part A of the Third Schedule contracts any disease specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment, or if an employee employed in the employment specified in Part B of that Schedule for a continuous period of not less than six months contracts any disease specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment or if an employee employed in any employment specified in Part C of that Schedule for such continuous period as the Corporation may specify in respect of each such employment, contracts any disease specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment, the contracting of the disease shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be an “employment injury” arising out of and in the course of employment.

(2) (i) Where the Central Government or a State Government, as the case may be, adds any description of employment to the employments specified in Schedule III to the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (8 of 1923), by virtue of the powers vested in it under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the said Act, the said description of employment and the occupational diseases specified under that sub-section as peculiar to that description of employment shall be deemed to form part of the Third Schedule.

(ii) Without prejudice to the provisions of clause (i), the Corporation after giving, by notification in the Official Gazette, not less than three months’ notice of its intention so to do, may, by a like notification, add any description of employment to the employments specified in the Third Schedule and shall specify in the case of employments so added the diseases which shall be deemed for the purposes of this section to be occupational diseases peculiar to those employments respectively and thereupon the provisions of this Act shall apply, as if such diseases had been declared by this Act to be occupational diseases peculiar to those employments.

(3) Save as provided by sub-sections (1) and (2), no benefit shall be payable to an employee in respect of any disease unless the disease is directly attributable to a specific injury by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment.

(4) The provisions of section 51A shall not apply to the cases to which this section applies.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 24, for the original section 52 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 53. Bar against receiving or recovery of compensation or damages under any other law.

1[53. Bar against receiving or recovery of compensation or damag­es under any other law.An insured person or his dependants shall not be entitled to receive or recover, whether from the employer of the insured person or from any other person, any compensation or damages under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (8 of 1923), or any other law for the time being in force or otherwise, in respect of an employment injury sustained by the insured person as an employee under this Act.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 25, for the original section 53 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 54. Determination of question of disablement.

1DETERMINATION OF QUESTION OF DISABLEMENT. Any question – (a) whether the relevant accident has resulted in permanent disablement; or

(b) whether the extent of loss of earning capacity can be assessed provisionally or finally; or

(c) whether the assessment of the proportion of the loss of earning capacity is provisional or final; or

(d) in the case of provisional assessment, as to the period for which such

assessment shall hold good, shall be determined by a medical board constituted in accordance with the provisions of the regulations and any such question shall hereafter be referred to as the “disablement question”

———

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 26, for the original section 54 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 54A. References to medical boards and appeals to medical appeal tribunals and employees’ insurance courts.

1[54A. References to medical boards and appeals to medical appeal tribunals and Employees’ Insurance Courts.

(1) The case of any insured person for permanent disablement benefit shall be referred by the corporation to a medical board for determination of the disablement question and if, on that or any subsequent reference, the extent of loss of earning capacity of the insured person is provisionally assessed, it shall again be so referred to the medical board not later than the end of the period taken into account by the provisional assessment.

(2) If the insured person or the Corporation is not satisfied with the decision of the medical board, the insured person or the Corporation may appeal in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time to – (i) the medical appeal tribunal constituted in accordance with the provisions of the regulations with a further right of appeal in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed time to the Employees’ Insurance Court, or

(ii) the Employees’ Insurance Court directly :

2Provided that no appeal by an insured person shall lie under this sub-section if such person has applied for commutation of disablement benefit on the basis of the decision of the medical board and received the commuted value of such benefit :

Provided further that no appeal by the Corporation shall lie under this sub-section if the Corporation paid the commuted value of the disablement benefit on the basis of the decision of the medical board.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 26, for the original section 54 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2.  Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 22 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 55. Review of decisions by medical board or medical appeal tribunal.

1[55. Review of decisions by medical board or medical appeal tribunal.—(1) Any decision under this Act of a medical board or a medical appeal tribunal may be reviewed at any time by the medical board or the medical appeal tribunal, as the case may be, if it is satisfied by fresh evidence that the decision was given in consequence of the non-disclosure or misrepresentation by the employee or any other person of a material fact (whether the non-disclosure or misrepresentation was or was not fraudulent).

(2) Any assessment of the extent of the disablement resulting from the relevant employment injury may also be reviewed by a medical board, if it is satisfied that since the making of the assessment there has been a sub-spatial and unforeseen aggravation of the results of the relevant injury :

Provided that an assessment shall not be reviewed under this sub-section unless the medical board is of opinion that having regard to the period taken into account by the assessment and the probable duration of the aggravation aforesaid, substantial injustice will be done by not reviewing it.

(3) Except with the leave of a medical appeal tribunal, an assessment shall not be reviewed under sub-section (2) on any application made less than five years, or in the case of a provisional assessment, six months, from the date thereof and on such a review the period to be taken into account by any revised assessment shall not include any period before the date of the application.

(4) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this section, a medical board may deal with a case of review in any manner in which it could deal with it on an original reference to it, and in particular may make a provisional assessment notwithstanding that the assessment under review was final; and the provisions of section 54A shall apply to an application for review under this section and to a decision of a medical board in connection with such application as they apply to a case for disablement benefit under that section and to a decision of the medical board in connection with such case.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 27, for the original section 55 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 55A. Review of dependants’ benefit.

1[55A. Review of dependants’ benefit.—(1) Any decision awarding dependants’ benefit under this Act may be reviewed at any time by the Corporation if it is satisfied by fresh evidence that the decision was given in consequence of non-disclosure or misrepresentation by the claimant or any other person of a material fact (whether the non-disclosure, or misrepresentation was or was not fraudulent) or that the decision is no longer in accordance with this Act due to any birth or death or due to the marriage, re-marriage or cesser of infirmity of, or attainment of the age of eighteen years by, a claimant.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Corporation may, on such review as aforesaid, direct that the dependent’s benefit be continued, increased, reduced or discontinued.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 27, for the original section 55 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 56. Medical benefit.

(1) An insured person or (where such medical benefit is extended to his family) a member of his family whose condition requires medical treatment and attendance shall be entitled to receive medical benefit.

(2) Such medical benefit may be given either in the form of out patient treatment and attendance in a hospital or dispensary, clinic or other institution or by visits to the home of the insured person or treatment as inpatient in a hospital or other institution.

(3) A person shall be entitled to medical benefit during any 1[period] for which contributions are payable in respect of him or in which he is qualified to claim sickness benefit or maternity benefit 2[or is in receipt of such disablement benefit as does not disentitle him to medical benefit under the regulations]:

Provided that a person in respect of whom contribution ceases to be payable under this Act may be allowed medical benefit for such period and of such nature as may be provided under the regulations :

3Provided further that an insured person who ceases to be in insurable employment on account of permanent disablement shall continue, subject to payment of contribution and such other conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government, to receive medical benefit till the date on which he would have vacated the employment on attaining the age of superannuating had he not sustained such permanent disablement :

Provided also that an insured person, who has attained the age of super-annotation, and his spouse shall be eligible to receive medical benefit subject to payment of contribution and such other conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Explanation : In this section, “superannuating”, in relation to an insured person, means the attainment by that person of such age as is fixed in the contract or conditions of service as the age on the attainment of which he shall vacate the insurable employment or the age of sixty years where no such age is fixed and the person is no more in the insurable employment.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 8, for “week” (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

2. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 17, for “or, as provided under the regulations, is in receipt of disablement benefit” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

3. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 57. Scale of medical benefit.

(1) An insured person and (where such medical benefit is extended to his family) his family shall be entitled to receive medical benefit only of such kind and on such scale as may be provided by the State Government or by the Corporation, and an insured person or, where such medical benefit is extended to his family, his family shall not have a right to claim any medical treatment except such as is provided by the dispensary, hospital, clinic or other institution to which he or his family is allotted, or as may be provided by the regulations.

(2) Nothing in this Act shall entitle an insured person and (where such medical benefit is extended to his family) his family to claim reimbursement from the Corporation of any expenses incurred in respect of any medical treatment, except as may be provided by the regulations.

Section 58. Provision of medical treatment by state government.

(1) The State Government shall provide for insured persons and (where such benefit is extended to their families) their families in the State reasonable medical, surgical and obstetric treatment :

Provided that the State Government may, with the approval of the Corporation, arrange for medical treatment at clinics of medical practitioners on such scale and subject to such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon.

(2) Where the incidence of sickness benefit payment to insured persons in any State is found to exceed the all-India average, the amount of such excess shall be shared between the Corporation and the (Substituted for “Provincial” and “Province” by the A. O. 1950) State Government in such proportion as may be fixed by agreement between them :

Provided that the Corporation may in any case waive the recovery of the whole or any part of the share which is to be borne by the State Government.

(3) The corporation may enter into an agreement with a State Government in regard to the nature and scale of the medical treatment that should be

provided to insured persons and (where such medical benefit is extended to the families) their families (including provision of buildings, equipment, medicines, and staff) and for the sharing of the cost thereof and of any excess in the incidence of sickness benefit to insured persons between the Corporation and the State Government.

(4) In default of agreement between the Corporation and any State Government as aforesaid the nature and extent of the medical treatment to be provided by the State Government and the proportion in which the cost thereof and of the excess in the incidence of sickness benefit shall be shared between the Corporation and that Government, shall be determined by an arbitrator (who shall be or shall have been a Judge of the High Court of a State appointed by the Chief Justice of India (and the award of the arbitrator) shall be binding on the Corporation and the State Government.

—————

1.  Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “High Court of a Province”.

2.  Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 18, for “for a Part A State” (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 59. Establishment and maintenance of hospitals, etc., by corporation.

(1) The Corporation may, with the approval of the State Government establish and maintain in a State such hospitals, dispensaries and other medical and surgical services as it may think fit for the benefit of insured persons and (where such medical benefit is extended to their families) their families.

(2) The Corporation may enter into agreement with any1[***] local authority, private body or individual in regard to the provision of medical treatment and attendance for insured persons and (where such medical benefit is extended to their families) their families, in any area and sharing the cost thereof.

—————

1.  The words “Part B State”, omitted by the A.O. (No. 4) 1957 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

Section 59A. Provision of medical benefit by the corporation in lieu of state government.

1[59A. Provision of medical benefit by the Corporation in lieu of State Government.—(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of this Act, the Corporation may, in consultation with the State Government, undertake the responsibility for providing medical benefit to insured persons and where such medical benefit is extended to their families, to the families of such insured persons in the State subject to the condition that the State Government shall share the cost of such medical benefit in such proportion as may be agreed upon between the State Government and the Corporation.

(2) In the event of the Corporation exercising its power under sub-section (1), the provisions relating to medical benefit under this Act shall apply, so far as may be, as if a reference therein to the State Government were a reference to the Corporation.

—————

1.  Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 28 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 60. Benefit not assignable or attachable.

(1) The right to receive any payment of any benefit under this Act shall not be transferable or assignable.

(2) No cash benefit payable under this Act shall be liable to attachment or sale in execution of any decree or order of any Court.

Section 61. Bar of benefits under other enactments.

When a person is entitled to any of the benefits provided by this Act, he shall not be entitled to receive any similar benefit admissible under the provisions of any other enactment

Section 62. Persons not to commute cash benefits.

Save as may be provided in the regulations no person shall be entitled to commute for a lump sum any 1[disablement benefit] admissible under this Act.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 24, for “periodical payment” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 63. Persons not entitled to receive benefit in certain cases.

Save as may be provided in the regulations, no person shall be entitled to sickness benefit or disablement benefit for temporary disablement on any day on which he works or remains on leave or on a holiday in respect of which he receives wages or on any day on which he remains on strike.

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 25, for section 63 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 64. Recipients of sickness or disablement benefit to observe conditions.

A person who is in receipt of sickness benefit or disablement benefit (other than benefit granted on permanent disablement) –

(a) shall remain under medical treatment at a dispensary, hospital, clinic or other institution provided under this act and shall carry out the instructions given by the medical officer or medical attendant in charge thereof;

(b) shall not while under treatment do anything which might retard or prejudice his chances of recovery.

(c) shall not leave the area in which medical treatment provided by this Act is being given, without the permission of the medical officer, medical attendant or such other authority as may be specified in this behalf by the regulations; and

(d) shall allow himself to be examined by any duly appointed medical officer 1[***] or other person authorised by the Corpora­tion in this behalf.

—————

1. The words “or sick visitor” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 26 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 65. Benefits not to be combined.

(1) An insured person shall not be entitled to receive for the same period –

(a) both sickness benefit and maternity benefit; or

(b) both sickness benefit and disablement benefit for temporary disablement; or

(c) both maternity benefit and disablement benefit for temporary disablement.

(2) Where a person is entitled to more than one of the benefits mentioned in sub-section (1), he shall be entitled to choose which benefit he shall receive.

Section 66. Corporation’s right to recover damages from employer in certain cases.

Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 29 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967)

Section 67. Corporations right to be indemnified in certain cases.

Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 29 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).]

Section 68. Corporation’s rights where a principal employer fails or neglects to pay any contribution.

(1) If any principal employer fails or neglects to pay any contribution which under this Act he is liable to pay in respect of any employee and by reason thereof such person becomes disentitle to any benefit or entitled to a benefit on a lower scale, the Corporation may, on being satisfied that the contribution should have been paid by the principal employer, pay to the person the benefit at the rate to which he would have been entitled if the failure or neglect had not occurred and the Corporation shall be entitled to recover from the principal employer either –

1(i) the difference between the amount of benefit which is paid by the Corporation to the said person and the amount of the benefit which would have been payable on the basis of the contributions were in fact paid by the employer; or

(ii) twice the amount of the contribution which the employer failed or neglected to pay, whichever is greater.

(2) The amount recoverable under this section may be recovered as if it were an arrear of land-revenue 2[or under section 45C to section 45-I].

S

Default is sufficient for the levy and recovery of damages; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v.Jaipur Spinning and Weaving Mills Ltd., (1988) 56 FLR 431 (Raj).

—————

1.  Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 19, for clause (i) (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2.  Added by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 69. Liability of owner or occupier of factories, etc., for excessive sickness benefit.

1) Where the Corporation considers that the incidence of sickness among insured persons is excessive by reason of –

(i) unsanitary working conditions in a factory or establishment or the neglect of the owner or occupier of the factory or establishment to observe any health regulations enjoined on him by or under any enactment, or

(ii) unsanitary conditions of any tenements or lodgings occupied by insured persons and such unsanitary conditions are attributable to the neglect of the owner of the tenements or lodgings to observe any health regulations enjoined on him by or under any enactment, the Corporation may send to the owner or occupier of the factory or establishment or to the owner of the tenements or lodgings, as the case may be, a claim for the payment of the amount of the extra expenditure incurred by the Corporation as sickness benefit; and if the claim is not settled by agreement, the Corporation may refer the matter, with a statement in support of its claim, to the appropriate Government.

(2) If the appropriate Government is of opinion that a prima facie case for inquiry is disclosed, it may appoint a competent person or persons to hold an inquiry into the matter.

(3) If upon such inquiry it is proved to the satisfaction of the person or persons holding the inquiry that the excess in incidence of sickness among the insured persons is due to the default or neglect of the owner or occupier of the factory or establishment or the owner of the tenements or lodgings, as the case may be, the said person or persons shall determine the amount of the extra expenditure incurred as sickness benefit, and the person or persons by whom the whole or any part of such amount shall be paid to the Corporation.

(4) A determination under sub-section (3) may be enforced as if it were a decree for payment of money passed in a suit by a Civil Court.

(5) For the purposes of this section “owner” of tenements or lodgings shall include any agent of the owner and any person who is entitled to collect the rent of the tenements or lodgings as a lessee of the owner.

Section 70. Repayment of benefit improperly received.

(1) Where any person has received any benefit or payment under this Act when he is not lawfully entitled thereto, he shall be liable to repay to the Corporation the value of the benefit or the amount of such payment, or in the case of his death his representative shall be liable to repay the same from the assets of the deceased, if any, in his hands.

(2) The value of any benefits received other than cash payments shall be determined by such authority as may be specified in the regulations made in this behalf and the decision of such authority shall be final.

(3) The amount recoverable under this section may be recovered as if it were an arrear of land-revenue 1or under section 45-C to section 45-I.

—————

1. Added by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 71. Benefit payable up to and including day of death.

1 If a person during any period for which he is entitled to a cash benefit under this Act, the amount of such benefit up to and including the day of his death shall be paid to any person nominated by the deceased person in writing in such form as may be specified in the regulations or, if there is no such nomination, to the heir or legal representative of the deceased person.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 28, for “Except as provided in the provision to sub-section (2) of section 50, if a person dies” (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 72. Employer not to reduce wages, etc.

No employer by reason only of his liability for any contributions payable under this act shall, directly or indirectly, reduce the wages of any employee, or except as provided by the regulations, discontinue or reduce benefits payable to him under the conditions of his service which are similar to the benefits conferred by this Act.

Section 73. Employer not to dismiss or punish employee during period of sickness, etc.

(1) No employer shall dismiss, discharge, or reduce or otherwise punish an employee during the period the employee is in receipt of sickness benefit or maternity benefit, nor shall he, except as provided under the regulations, dismiss, discharge or reduce or otherwise punish an employee during the period he is in receipt of disablement benefit for temporary disablement or is under medical treatment for sickness or is absent from work as a result of illness duly certified in accordance with the regulations to arise out of the pregnancy or confinement rendering the employee unfit for work.

(2) No notice of dismissal or discharge or reduction given to an employee during the period specified in sub-section (1) shall be valid or operative.

S

(i) Section 73 is not applicable to a case where termination of services follows automatically; Moti Singh v. Factory Manager, Cimmco Ltd., (1989) 58 FLR 900 (Raj).

(ii) The employer cannot dismiss, discharge or reduce or otherwise punish the employee during the period an employee is in receipt of sickness benefits or maternity benefits; Management of Guest Keen Williams Ltd. v. Presiding Officers, 2nd Addl. Labour Court, (1992) 1 CLR 433 (Karn).

Section 74. Constitution of employees’ insurance court.

(1) The State Government shall, by notification in the Official Gazette, constitute an Employees’ Insurance Court for such local area as may be specified in the notification.

(2) The Court shall consist of such number of Judges as the State Government may think fit.

(3) Any person who is or has been a judicial officer or is a legal practitioner of five years standing shall be qualified to be a Judge of the Employees’ Insurance Court.

(4) The State Government may appoint the same Court for two or more local areas or two or more Courts for the same local area.

(5) Where more than one Court has been appointed for the same local area, the State Government may by general or special order, regulate the distribution of business between them.

S

An employee insured under this Act cannot claim ‘compensation’ under the Workmen’s Compensation Act; Abad Fisheries v. Commis­sioner for Workmen’s Compensation, (1985) 50 FLR 512.

Section 75. Matters to be decided by employees’ insurance court.

(1) If any question or dispute arises as to – (a) whether any person is an employee within the meaning of this Act or whether he is liable to pay the employee’s contribution, or

(b) the rate of wages or average daily wages of an employee for the purposes of this Act, or

(c) the rate of contribution payable by a principal employer in respect of any employee, or

(d) the person who is or was the principal employer in respect of any employee, or

(e) the right of any person to any benefit and as to the amount and duration thereof, or

1[(ee) any direction issued by the Corporation under section 55A on a review of any payment of dependants’ benefit, or]

2[***]

(g) any other matter which is in dispute between a principal employer and the Corporation, or between a principal employer and an immediate employer or between a person and the Corporation or between an employee and a principal or immediate employer, in respect of any contribution or benefit or other dues payable or recoverable under this Act, 3[or any other matter required to be or which may be decided by the Employees’ Insurance Court under this Act],

such question or dispute 4[subject to the provisions of sub-section (2A)] shall be decided by the Employees’ Insurance Court in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(2) 4[Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2A), the follow­ing claims] shall be decided by the Employees’ Insurance Court, namely:—

(a) claim for the recovery of contributions from the principal employer;

(b) claim by a principal employer to recover contributions from any immediate employer;

5[***]

(d) claim against a principal employer under section 68;

(e) claim under section 70 for the recovery of the value or amount of the benefits received by a person when he is not law­fully entitled thereto; and

(f) any claim for the recovery of any benefit admissible under this Act.

6[(2A) If in any proceedings before the Employees’ Insurance Court a disablement question arises and the decision of a medical board or a medical appeal tribunal has not been obtained on the same and the decision of such question is necessary for the determination of the claim or question before the Employees’ Insurance Court, that Court shall direct the Corporation to have the question decided by this Act and shall thereafter proceed with the determination of the claim or question before it in accordance with the decision of the medical board or the medical appeal tribunal, as the case may be, except where an appeal has been filed before the Employees’ Insurance Court under sub-section (2) of section 54A in which case the Employees’ Insurance Court may itself determine all the issues arising before it.]

7[(2B)No matter which is in dispute between a principal employer and the Corporation in respect of any contribution or any other dues shall be raised by the principal employer in the Employees’ Insurance Court unless he has deposited with the Court fifty per cent of the amount due from him as claimed by the Corporation :

Provided that the Court may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, waive or reduce the amount to be deposited under this sub-section.

(3) No Civil Court shall have jurisdiction to decide or deal with any question or dispute as aforesaid or to adjudicate on any liability which by or under this Act is to be decided by a medical board, or by a medical appeal tribunal or by the Employees’ Insurance Court.

S

(i) When an appropriate remedy is available for appeal under section 75 of the E.S.I. Act, the employer cannot file a writ petition; Tuticorin Thermal Power Station Industrial Cooperative Society Ltd. v. Deputy Regional Director, E.S.I. Corpn., Madurai, 2005 LLR 963.

(ii) Section 75(2A) is applicable in cases of unscheduled inju­ries; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Hari Hazra, (1989) 58 FLR 762 (Cal).

(iii) Insurance Court is a court for all practical purposes; J.C. Patel Kamalaben v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1987) 55 FLR 337 (Bom).

(iv) Jurisdiction of civil court on a dispute as to whether this Act is applicable to a factory or not has been excluded under section 75(3); Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Nirmala Chemical Industries, (1994) 1 ALT 4 (DN) AP.

(v) Applying the theory of notional extension, the E.S.I.C. will be liable to pay compensation to the employee’s dependants, who died on his way to the factory; Sheela v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1990) 77 FJR 119 (P&H).

(vi) The ESI Court has power to grant an injunction or interim stay; Aggarwal Hardware Industries v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, 1976 Lab IC 1354.

(vii) A Civil Court cannot determine whether this Act is applica­ble to an establishment or not; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Jalandhar Gymkhana Club, 1992 LLR 733 (P&H).

(viii) Jurisdiction of a civil court is barred/ousted; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Jalandhar Gymkhana Club, 1992 LLR 733 (P&H).

(ix) The cause of action for contribution would arise only after the decision of the Insurance Court in the proceedings laid under section 75 of the Act. Therefore, in all matters arising for consideration of the Court under section 75 which relate back to the period anterior to October 20, 1989, from when on the amended Act came into force, the bar of limitation would not operate; Deputy Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Bhuwalka Steel Industries Ltd., (2003) 2 LLJ 348 (Kar).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32, for clause (ee) (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. Clause (f) omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

3. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

4. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32, for “The following claims” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

5. Clause (c) omitted by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

6. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

7. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 29 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

8. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 32, for “the Employees’ Insurance Court” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

Section 76. Institution of proceedings, etc.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made by the State Government, all proceedings before the Employees’ Insurance Court shall be instituted in the Court appointed for the local area in which the insured person was working at the time the question or dispute arose.

(2) If the Court is satisfied that any matter arising out of any proceeding pending before it can be more conveniently dealt with by any other Employees’ Insurance Court in the same State, it may, subject to any rules made by the State Government in this behalf, order such matter to be transferred to such other Court for disposal and shall forthwith transmit to such other Court the records connected with that matter.

(3) The State Government may transfer any matter pending before any Employees’ Insurance Court in the State to any such Court in another State with the consent of the State Government of that State.

(4) The Court to which any matter is transferred under sub-section (2) or sub-section (3) shall continue the proceedings as if they had been originally instituted in it.

Section 77. Commencement of proceedings.

(1) The proceedings before an Employees’ Insurance Court shall be commenced by application.

1 (1A) Every such application shall be made within a period of three years from the date on which the cause of action arose.

Explanation : For the purpose of this sub-section, –

(a) the cause of action in respect of a claim for benefit shall not be deemed to arise unless the insured person or in the case of dependants’ benefit, the dependants of the insured person claims or claim that benefit in accordance with the regulations made in that behalf within a period of twelve months after the claim became due or within such further period as the Employees’ Insurance Court may allow on grounds which appear to it to be reasonable;

2(b) the cause of action in respect of a claim by the Corporation for recovering contributions (including interest and damages) from the principal employer shall be deemed to have arisen on the date on which such claim is made by the Corporation for the first time : Provided that no claim shall be made by the Corporation after five years of the period to which the claim relates;

(c) the cause of action in respect of a claim by the principal employer for recovering contributions from an immediate employer shall not be deemed to arise till the date by which the evidence of contributions having been paid s due to be received by the Corporation under the regulation.

(2) Every such application shall be in such form and shall contain such particulars and shall be accompanied by such fee, if any, as may be prescribed by rules made by the State Government in consultation with the Corporation.

S

(i) For disablement benefit, ESIC should be approached first; Radhey Shyam v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1989) 58 FLR 133 (MP).

(ii) An insured employee cannot claim “disablement benefit” from the Employees’ Insurance Court without first approaching the E.S.I.C.; Radhey Shyam v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1989) 58 FLR 133 (MP).

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 33 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 30, for clause (b) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 78. Powers of employees’ insurance court.

(1) The Employees’ Insurance Court shall have all the powers of a Civil Court for the purposes of summoning and enforcing the attendance of witnesses, compelling the discovery and production of documents and material objects, administering oath and recording evidence and such Court shall be deemed to be a Civil Court within the meaning of 11[section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Proce­dure, 1973 (2 of 1974)].

(2) The Employees’ Insurance Court shall follow such procedure as may be prescribed by rules made by the State Government.

(3) All costs incidental to any proceeding before an Employees’ Insurance Court shall, subject to such rules as may be made in this behalf by the (Substituted for “Provincial” by the A. O. 1950) [State] Government, be in the discretion of the Court.

(4) An order of the Employees’ Insurance Court shall be enforceable as if it were a decree passed in a suit by a Civil Court.

S

Only some of the powers of the Civil Court have been conferred on the ESI Court;Arul Theatre v. Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation (1987) 55 FLR 3 (Bom).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 9, for “section 195 Chapter XXXV of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898” (w.e.f.27-1-1985).

Section 79. Appearance by legal practitioners, etc.

Any application, appearance or act required to be made or done by any person to or before an Employees’ Insurance Court (other than appearance of a person required for the purpose of his examination as a witness) may be made or done by a legal practitioner or by an officer of a registered trade union authorised in writing by such person or with the permission of the Court, by any other person so authorised.

Section 80. Benefit not admissible unless claimed in time.

[Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1966 (44 of 1966), sec. 34 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).]

Section 81. Reference to high court.

An Employees’ Insurance Court may submit any question of law for the decision of the High Court arid if it does so, shall decide the question pending before it in accordance with such decision.

Section 82. Appeal.

(1) Save as expressly provided in this section, no appeal shall lie from an order of an Employees’ Insurance Court.

(2) An appeal shall lie to the High Court from an order of an Employees’ Insurance Court if it involves a substantial question of law.

(3) The period of limitation for an appeal under this section shall be sixty days.

(4) The provisions of sections 5 and 12 of the 1limitation Act, 1963 (36 of 1963) shall apply to appeals under this section.

S

(i) Different units of appellant constitute single unit for the purpose of application of the Act; Srinidhi Silks and Textiles, Shimoga v. Regional Director, E.S.I. Corporation, Bangalore, 2006 LLR 76.

(ii) Recommendations of Medical Board are not binding on the E.S.I. Court; Chhotelal v. Regional Director of Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1989) 58 FLR 158 (MP).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 31, for “Indian Limitation Act, 1908 (9 of 1908) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 83. Stay of payment pending appeal.

Where the Corporation has presented an appeal against an order of the Employees’ Court, that Court may, and if so directed by the High Court, shall, pending the decision on the appeal, withhold the payment of any sum directed to be paid by the order appealed against.

Section 84. Punishment for false statement.

Whoever, for the purpose of causing any increase in payment or benefit under this Act, or for the purpose of causing any payment or benefit to be made where no payment or benefit is authorised by or under this Act, or for the purpose of avoiding any payment to be made by himself under this Act or enabling any other person to avoid any such payment, knowingly makes or causes to be made any false statement or false representation, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 1six months or with fine not exceeding 2two thousand rupees or with both :

3Provided that where an insured person is convicted under this section, he shall not be entitled for any cash benefit under this Act for such period as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 32(i), for “three months” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 32, for “five hundred” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 32(iii) (w.e.f. 1-2-1991).

Section 85. Punishment for failure to pay contributions, etc.

If any person – (a) fails to pay any contribution which under this Act he is liable to pay, or

(b) deducts or attempts to deduct from the wages of an employee the whole or any part of the employer’s contribution, or

(c) in contravention of section 72 reduces the wages or any privileges or benefits admissible to an employee, or

(d) in contravention of section 73 or any regulation dismisses, discharges, reduces or otherwise punishes an employee, or

(e) fails or refuses to submit any return required by the regulations or makes a false return, or

(f) obstructs any Inspector or other official of the Corporation in the discharge of his duties, or

(g) is guilty of any contravention of or non-compliance with any of the requirements of this Act or the rules or the regulations in respect of which no special penalty is provided,

1[he shall be punishable—

2[(i) where he commits an offence under clause (a), with impris­onment for a term which may extend to three years but—

(a) which shall not be less than one year, in case of failure to pay the employee’s contribution which has been deducted by him from the employee’s wages and shall also be liable to fine of ten thousand rupees;

(b) which shall not be less than six months, in any other case and shall also be liable to fine of five thousand rupees :

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons to be recorded in the judgment, impose a sentence or imprisonment for a lesser term; (ii) where he commits an offence under any of the clauses (b) to (g) (both inclusive), with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with fine which may extend to four thousand rupees, or with both.

S

(i) Offences on the part of the employer for non-compliance of the provisions of the Act does not get wiped off with the belated payment; Sub-Regional Office, E.S.I. Corporation v. Krishchand Shetty, 2005 LLR 853.

(ii) As a partner of the firm owning the factory, he is liable to be prosecuted for non-distribution of the identity/contribution cards; Shankar Bhattacharjee v. Bholanath Ghosh, (1987) 1 CLR 413 (Cal).

—————

1. Subs. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 4, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 33, for clauses (i) and (ii) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 85A. Enhanced punishment in certain cases after previous conviction.

1 ENHANCED PUNISHMENT IN CERTAIN CASES AFTER PREVIOUS CONVICTION. –

Whoever, having been convicted by a court of an offence punishable under this Act, commits the same offence shall, for every such subsequent offence, be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 2two years and with fine of five thousand rupees :

Provided that where such subsequent offence is for failure by the employer to pay any contribution which under this Act he is liable to pay, he shall, for every such subsequent offence, be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 3five years but which shall not be less than two years and shall also be liable to fine of twenty-five thousand rupees.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 34, for “one year or with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, or both” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 34, for certain words (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 85B. Power to recover damages.

1[85B. Power to recover damages.—(1) Where an employer fails to pay the amount due in respect of any contribution or any other amount payable under this Act, the Corporation may recover 2[from the employer by way of penalty such damages not exceeding the amount of arrears as may be specified in the regulations]:

Provided that before recovering such damages, the employer shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard:

3[Provided further that the Corporation may reduce or waive the damages recoverable under this section in relation to an estab­lishment which is a sick industrial company in respect of which a scheme for rehabilitation has been sanctioned by the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction established under section 4 of the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 (1 of 1986), subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified in regulations.]

(2) Any damages recoverable under sub-section (1) may be recov­ered as an arrear of land revenue 4[or under section 45C to section 45-I].]

S

(i) Damages may be levied for delay in payment of contributions; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Indoflex Pvt. Ltd., (1988) 56 FLR 109 (Raj).

(ii) Section 68 has no bearing on section 85B; Hind Art Press v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1989) 59 FLR 778 (Karn).

(iii) Levy of damages is penal in nature. Damages cannot, there­fore, be levied in a cursory manner; Beama Mfg. (P.A.) Ltd. v. Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1990) 2 LLN 24 (Mad).

(iv) In recovering the damages as envisaged in section 85B, if at a given point of time it is found that the extent of damages claimed would exceed the ceiling of 100 per cent, such damages would get frozen and can not be recovered to the extent to which the ceiling prescribed by section 85B got exceeded; Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. Nasniat Pharmaceuticals Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., (1998) 1 SCC 185.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

2. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 35, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-1-1992)

.3. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 35 (w.e.f. 1-1-1992).

4. Added by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 35 (w.e.f. 1-1-1992).

Section 85C. Power of court to make orders.

1[85C. Power of Court to make orders.—(1) Where an employer is convicted of an offence for failure to pay any contribution payable under this Act, the court may, in addition to awarding any punishment, by order, in writing, require him within a period specified in the order (which the court may if it thinks fit and on application in that behalf, from time to time, extend), to pay the amount of contribution in respect of which the offence was committed 2and to furnish the return relating to such contributions.

(2) Where an order is made under sub-section (1), the employer shall not be liable under this Act in respect of the continuation of the offence during the period or extended period, if any, allowed by the court, but if, on the expiry of such period or extended period, as the case may be, the order of the court has not been fully complied with, the employer shall be deemed to have committed a further offence and shall be punishable with imprisonment in respect thereof under section 85 and shall also be liable to pay fine which may extend to 3one thousand rupees for every day after such expiry on which the order has not been complied with.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

2. Added by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 36 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989)

3.  Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 36, for “one hundred” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 86. Prosecutions.

(1) No prosecution under this Act shall be instituted except by or with the previous sanction of the Insurance Commissioner 1or of such other officer of the corporation as may be authorised in this behalf by the 2Director General of the Corporation.

3(2) No court inferior to that of a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the First Class shall try any offence under this Act.

(3) No Court shall take cognizance of any offence under this Act except on a complaint made in writing in respect thereof 4[***]

—————

1. Added by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 22 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 35, for “Central Government” (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 37, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Certain words omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 37 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 86A. Offences by companies.

1 (1) If the person committing an offence under this Act is a company, every person, who at the time the offence was committed was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly : Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any person liable to any punishment, if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where an offence under this Act has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to, any neglect on the part of, any director or manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

Explanation : For the purposes of this section, – (i) “company” means any body corporate and includes a firm and other associations of individuals; and (ii) “director” in relation to –

(a) a company, other than a firm, means the managing director or a whole-time director;

(b) a firm means a partner in the firm.

S

When an offence has been committed by a company and to make a director liable, the averments in the complaint or the documents produced along with the complaint must prima facie indicate that such director was in charge of and responsible for the conduct of the business of the company; Siddharth Kejriwal v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, (1998) 92 FJR 89 (Karn).

—————

1. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 38 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 87. Exemption of a factory or establishment or class of factories, or establishments.

The appropriate Government, may, by notification in the Official Gazette and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notification, exempt any factory or establishment or class of factories or establishments in any specified area from the operation of this Act for a period not exceeding one year and may from time to time by like notification renew any such exemption for periods not exceeding one year at a time.

Section 88. Exemption of persons or class of persons.

The appropriate Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette and subject to such conditions as it may deem fit to impose, exempt any persons or class of persons employed in any factory or establishment or class of factories or establishments to which this Act applies from the operation of the Act.

S

Exempting persons or class of persons from coverage under ESI Act should not be in a mechanical manner hence an employer, seeking exemption under ESI Act, has to prove that medical facilities and other benefits as extended to employees are better than those under the ESI Act; Lark Laboratories (India) Ltd. v. Government of NCT of Delhi, 2006 LLR 1093: 2007 (1) LLJ 72 (Del HC).

Section 89. Corporation to make representation.

No exemption shall be granted or renewed under section 87 or section 88, unless a reasonable opportunity has been given to the Corporation to make any representation it may wish to make in regard to the proposal and such representation has been considered by the appropriate Government.

Section 90. Exemption of factories or establishments belonging to government or any local authority.

The appropriate Government may, 1after consultation with the Corporation, by notification in the Official Gazette and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notifications, exempt any factory or establishment belonging to 2[***] any local authority from the operation of this Act, if the employees in any such factory or establishment are otherwise in receipt of benefits substantially similar or superior to the benefits provided under this Act.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 36 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

2. The words “The Government or” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 39 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 91. Exemption from one or more provisions of the act.

The appropriate Government may, with the consent of the Corporation, by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt any employees or class of employees in any factory or establishment or class of factories or establishments from one or more of the provisions relating to the benefits provided under this Act.

Section 91A. Exemptions to be either prospective or retrospective.

1[91A. Exemptions to be either prospective or retrospective.

Any notification granting exemption under section 87, section 88, section 90 or section 91 may be issued so as to take effect either prospectively or retrospectively on such date as may be specified therein.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 37 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 91B. Misuse of benefits.

1[91B. Misuse of benefits.—If the Central Government is satisfied that the benefits under this Act are being misused by insured persons in a factory or establishment, that Government may, by order, published in the Official Gazette, disentitle such persons from such of the benefits as it thinks fit :

Provided that no such order shall be passed unless a reasonable opportunity of being heard is given to the concerned factory or establishment, insured persons and the trade unions registered under the Trade Unions Act, 1926 (16 of 1926), having members in the factory or establishment.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 40 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 91C. Writing off of losses.

1 WRITING OFF OF LOSSES. -Subject to the conditions as may be prescribed by the Central Government, where the Corporation is of opinion that the amount of contribution, interest and damages due to the Corporation is irrecoverable, the Corporation may sanction the writing off finally of the said amount.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 40 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 92. Power of central government to give directions.

1(1) The Central Government may give directions to a State Government as to the carrying into execution of this Act in the State.

2(2) The Central Government may, from time to time, give such directions to the Corporation as it may think fit for the efficient administration of the Act, and if any such direction is given, the Corporation shall comply with such direction.

————

1. Section 92 renumbered as sub-section (1) thereof by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 41 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 41 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).93. CORPORATION OFFICERS AND SERVANTS TO BE PUBLIC SERVANTS. –

All officers and servants of the Corporation shall be deemed to be public servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860).

Section 93A. Liability in case of transfer of establishment.

1[93A. Liability in case of transfer of establishment.—Where an employer, in relation to a factory or establishment, transfers that factory or establishment in whole or in part, by sale, gift, lease or licence or in any other manner whatsoever, the employer and the person to whom the factory or establishment is so transferred shall jointly and severally be liable to pay the amount due in respect of any contribution or any other amount payable under this Act in respect of the periods up to the date of such transfer :

Provided that the liability of the transferee shall be limited to the value of the assets obtained by him by such transfer.

S

A plain reading of section 93A of the ESI Act, makes it clear that the word ‘transfer’ in section 93A has a different connection than ‘transfer’ under the Transfer of Property Act, hence the purchaser of property cannot be held liable to pay ESI contributions of an establishment; ANK Seals, Nagpur v. Employees’ State Insurance Corporation, Nagpur, 2006 LLR (SN) 1277: 2007 (1) LLJ 310 (Bom HC).

—————

1. Ins. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 6 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

Section 94. Contributions, etc., due to corporation to have priority over other debts.

There shall be deemed to be included among the debts which, under section 49 of the Presidency-towns Insolvency Act, 1909 (3 of 1909),or under section 61 of the Provincial Insolvency Act, 1920 (5 of 1920), 1or under any law relating to insolvency in force 2in the territories which, immediately before the 1st November, 1956, were comprised in a Part B State, 3or under section 530 of the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956), are in the distribution of the property of the insolvent or in the distribution of the assets of a company being wound up, to be paid in priority to all other debts, the amount due in respect of any contribution or any other amount payable under this Act the liability wherefore accrued before the date of the order of adjudication of the insolvent or the date of the winding up, as the case may be.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 23 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2. Subs. by A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “in a Part B State”.

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 42, for “or under section 230 of the Indian Companies Act, 1913 (7 of 1913)” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 94A. Delegation of powers.

1[94A. Delegation of powers.—The Corporation, and, subject to any regulations made by the Corporation in this behalf, the Standing Committee may direct that all or any of the powers and functions which may be exercised or performed by the Corporation or the Standing Committee, as the case may be, may, in relation to such matters and subject to such conditions, if any, as may be specified, be also exercisable by any officer or authority subordinate to the Corporation.

S

Delegation of power in matter of levy may be made in favour of all officers; Regional Director, Employees’ State Insurance Corporation v. P.B. Bhaskaran, (1988) 56 FLR 9 (Summary) Ker.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 24 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

Section 95. Power of central government to make rules.

(1) The Central Government may, 1after consultation with the Corporation and subject to the condition of previous publication, make rules not inconsistent with this Act for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions thereof.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:

2(a) the limit of wages beyond which a person shall not be deemed to be an employee;

(ab) the limit of maximum monthly salary for the purpose of sub-section (1) of section 17;

3(ac) the manner in which 4appointments and elections of members of the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council shall be made;

(b) the quorum at meetings of the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council and the minimum number of meetings of those bodies to be held in a year;

(c) the records to be kept of the transaction of business by the Corporation, the Standing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council;

(d) the powers and duties of the 5Director General and the Financial Commissioner and the conditions of their service;

(e) the powers and duties of the Medical Benefit Council;

6(ea) the types of expenses which may be termed as administrative expenses, the percentage of income of the corporation which may be spent for such expenses;

(eb) the rates of contributions and limits of wages below which employees are not liable to pay contribution;

(ec) the manner of calculation of the average daily wage;

(ed) the manner of certifying the certificate to recover amount by the Recovery Officer;

(ee) the amount of funeral expenses;

(ef) the qualifications, conditions, rates and period of sickness benefit, maternity benefit, disablement benefit and dependents benefit;

(eg) the conditions for grant of medical benefits for insured persons who cease to be in insurable employment on account of permanent disablement;

(eh) the conditions for grant of medical benefits for persons who have attained the age of superannuation;

07(ei) the manner in which and the time within which appeals may be filed to medical appeal tribunals or Employees’ Insurance Courts;

(f) the procedure to be adopted in the execution of contracts;

(g) the acquisition, holding and disposal of property by the Corporation;

(h) the raising and repayment of loans;

(i) the investment of the funds of the Corporation and of any provident or other benefit fund and their transfer or realisation;

(j) the basis on which the periodical valuation of the assets and liabilities of the Corporation shall be made;

(k) the bank or banks in which the funds of the Corporation may be deposited, the procedure to be followed in regard to the crediting of money accruing or payable to the Corporation and the manner in which any sums may be paid out of the Corporation funds and the officers by whom such payment may be authorised;

(l) the accounts to be maintained by the Corporation and the forms in which such accounts shall be kept and the times at which such accounts shall be audited;

(m) the publication of the accounts of the Corporation and the report of auditors, the action to be taken on the audit report, the powers of auditors to disallow and surcharge items of expenditure and the recovery of sums so disallowed or surcharged;

(n) the preparation of budget estimates and of supplementary estimates and the manner in which such estimates shall be sanctioned and published;

(o) the establishment and maintenance of provident or other benefit fund for officers and servants of the Corporation; 8

9(oa) the period of non-entitlement for cash benefit in case of conviction of an insured person;

(p) any matter which is required or allowed by this Act to be prescribed by the Central Government.

10(2A) The power to make rules conferred by this section shall include the power to give retrospective effect, from a date not earlier than the date of commencement of this Act, to the rules or any of them but no retrospective effect shall be given to any rule so as to prejudicially affect the interest of any person other than the Corporation to whom such rule may be applicable.

(3) Rules made under this sections shall be published in the Official Gazette and thereupon shall have effect as if enacted in this Act.

11(4) Every rule made under this section shall be laid, as soon as may be

after it is made, before each House of Parliament while it is in session for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall thereafter has effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule.

___________________

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 38 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

3. Clause (a) re-lettered as clause (ac) by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43, for “nominations” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

5. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43, for “Principal Officers” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

6. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

7. Clause (ee) re-lettered as clause (ei) by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

8. The word “and” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43(v) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

9. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 43 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

10. Ins. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 10 (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

11. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 38 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

12. Subs. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 7, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

Section 96. Power of state governments to make rules.

(1) The State Government may, 1after consultation with the Corporation and, subject to the condition of previous publication, make rules not inconsistent with this Act in regard to all or any of the following matters, namely :

(a) the constitution of Employees’ Insurance Courts, the qualifications of persons who may be appointed Judges thereof, and the conditions of service of such Judges;

(b) the procedure to be followed in proceedings before such Courts and the execution of orders made by such Courts;

(c) the fee payable in respect of applications made to the Employees’ Insurance Court, the costs incidental to the proceedings in such court, the form in which applications should be made to it and the particulars to be specified in such applications;

(d) the establishment of hospitals, dispensaries and other institutions, the allotment of insured persons or their families to any such hospital, dispensary or other institution;

(e) the scale of medical benefit which shall be provided at any hospital, clinic, dispensary or institution, the keeping of medical records and the furnishing of statistical returns;

(f) the nature and extent of the staff, equipment and medicines that shall be provided at such hospitals, dispensaries and institutions;

(g) the conditions of service of the staff employed at such hospitals, dispensaries and institutions; and

(h) any other matter which is required or allowed by this Act to be prescribed by the State Government.

(2) Rules made under this section shall be published in the Official Gazette and thereupon shall have effect as if enacted in this Act.

(3) Every rule made under this section shall be laid as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of the State Legislature where it consists of two Houses, or, where such Legislature consists of one House, before that House.

2[(3) Every rule made under this section shall be laid as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of the State Legisla­ture where it consists of two Houses, or, where such Legislature consists of one House, before that House.]

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 39 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

2. Ins. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 11 (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

Section 97. Power of corporation to make regulations.

(1) The Corpora­tion may, 1[***] subject to the condition of previous publica­tion, make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act and the rules made thereunder, for the administration of the affairs of the Corporation and for carrying into effect the provisions of this Act.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such regulations may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:—

(i) the time and place of meetings of the Corporation, the Stand­ing Committee and the Medical Benefit Council and the procedure to be followed at such meetings;

2[(ia) the time within which and the manner in which a factory or establishment shall be registered;]

(ii) the matters which shall be referred by the Standing Commit­tee to the Corporation for decision;

(iii) the manner in which any contribution payable under this Act shall be assessed and collected;

3[(iiia) the rate of interest higher than twelve per cent. on delayed payment of contributions;]

(iv) reckoning of wages for the purpose of fixing the contribu­tion payable under this Act;

4[(iva) the register of employees to be maintained by the imme­diate employer;

(ivb) the entitlement of sickness benefit or disablement benefit for temporary disablement on any day on which person works or remains on leave or on holiday and in respect of which he re­ceives wages or for any day on which he remains on strike;]

(v) the certification of sickness and eligibility for any cash benefit;

5[(vi) the method of determining whether an insured person is suffering from one or more of the diseases specified in the Third Schedule;]

(vii) the assessing of the money value of any benefit which is not a cash benefit;

(viii) the time within which 6[and the form and manner in which] any claim for a benefit may be made and the particulars to be specified in such claim;

(ix) the circumstances in which an employee in receipt of disa­blement benefit may be dismissed, discharged, reduced or other­wise punished;

(x) the manner in which and the place and time at which any benefit shall be paid;

(xi) the method of calculating the amount of cash benefit payable and the circumstances in which and the extent to which commuta­tion of disablement and dependant’s benefits, may be allowed and the method of calculating the commutation value;

(xii) the notice of pregnancy or of confinement and notice and proof of sickness;

7[(xiia) specifying the authority competent to give certificate of eligibility for maternity benefit;

(xiib) the manner of nomination by an insured woman for payment of maternity benefit in case of her or her child’s death;

(xiic) the production of proof in support of claim for maternity benefit or additional maternity benefit;]

(xiii) the conditions under which any benefit may be suspended;

(xiv) the conditions to be observed by a person when in receipt of any benefit and the periodical medical examination of such persons;

8[***]

(xvi) the appointment of medical practitioners for the purposes of this Act, the duties of such practitioners and the form of medical certificates;

7[(xvia) the qualifications and experience which a person should possess for giving certificate of sickness;

(xvib) the constitution of medical boards and medical appeal tribunals;]

(xvii) the penalties for breach of regulations by fine (not exceeding two days’ wages for a first breach and not exceeding three days’ wages for any subsequent breach) which may be imposed on employees;

9[(xviia) the amount of damages to be recovered as penalty;

(xviib) the terms and conditions for reduction or waiver of damages in relation to a sick industrial company;]

(xviii) the circumstances in which and the conditions subject to which any regulation may be relaxed, the extent of such relaxa­tion, and the authority by whom such relaxation may be granted;

10[(xix) the returns to be submitted and the registers or records to be maintained by the principal and immediate employers, the forms of such returns, registers or records, and the times at which such returns should be submitted and the particulars which such returns, registers and records should contain;]

(xx) the duties and powers of Inspectors and other officers and servants of the Corporation;

11[(xxi) the method of recruitment, pay and allowances, disci­pline, superannuation benefits and other conditions of service of the officers and servants of the Corporation other than the 12[Director General and Financial Commissioner];]

(xxii) the procedure to be followed in remitting contributions to the Corporation; and

(xxiii) any matter in respect of which regulations are required or permitted to be made by this Act.

13[(2A) The condition of previous publication shall not apply to any regulations of the nature specified in clause (xxi) of sub-section (2).]

(3) Regulations made by the Corporation shall be published in the Gazette of India and thereupon shall have effect as if enacted in this Act.

14[(4) Every regulation shall, as soon as may be, after it is made by the Corporation, be forwarded to the Central Government and that Government shall cause a copy of the same to be laid before each House of Parliament, while it is in session for a total period of thirty days, which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any modification in the regulation or both Houses agree that the regulation should not be made, the regulation shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that regulation.]

—————

1. The words “with the prior approval of the Central Government” omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

2. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 40 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

3. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44, for clause (iiia) (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

4. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

5. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 40, for clause (vi) (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

6. Subs. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 40, for “and the form in which” (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

7. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 40 (w.e.f. 28-1-1968).

8. Clause (xv) omitted by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

9. Ins. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

10. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 25, for clause (xix) (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

11. Subs. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 25, for clause (xxi) (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

12. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 44, for “Principal Officers” (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

13. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 25 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

14. Ins. by Act 45 of 1984, sec. 12 (w.e.f. 27-1-1985).

Section 98. Corporation may undertake duties in the indian states.

[Rep. by the Employees’ State Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1951 (53 of 1951), sec. 26.]

Section 99. Medical care for the families of insured persons.

1[99. Medical care for the families of insured persons.—At any time when its funds so permit, the Corporation may provide or contribute towards the cost of medical care for the families of insured persons.

—————

1. Subs. by Act 29 of 1989, sec. 45, for section 99 (w.e.f. 20-10-1989).

Section 99A. Power to remove difficulties.

1[99A. Power to remove difficulties.—(1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this Act, the Central Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions or give such directions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, as appears to it to be necessary or expedient for removing the difficulty.

(2) Any order made under this section shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith in any rules or regulations made under this Act.

—————

1. Ins. by Act 44 of 1966, sec. 41 (w.e.f. 17-6-1967).

Section 100. Repeals and savings.

1[100. Repeals and savings.—If, immediately before the day on which this Act comes into force 2[in any part of the territories which, immediately before the 1st November, 1956, were comprised in a Part B State], there is in force in 3[that part] any law corresponding to this Act, that law shall, on such day, stand repealed:

Provided that the repeal shall not affect – (a) the previous operations of any such law; or

(b) any penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred in respect of any offence committed against any such law, or

(c) any investigation or remedy in respect of any such penalty, forfeiture or punishment; and any such investigation, legal proceeding or remedy, may be instituted continued or enforced and any such penalty, forfeiture or punishment may be imposed, as if this Act had not been passed :

Provided further that subject to the preceding proviso anything done or any action taken under any such law shall be deemed to have been done or taken under the corresponding provision of this Act and shall continue in force accordingly unless and until superseded by anything done or any action taken under this Act

—————

1. Ins. by Act 53 of 1951, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 6-10-1951).

2. Subs. by the A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “in a Part B State”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. (No. 3) 1956, for “that State”.

The first schedule.

OMITTED BY THE EMPLOYEES’ STATE INSURANCE (AMENDMENT) ACT, 1989, W.E.F. 1-2-1991.

The Second Schedule.

Serial No. Description of injury Percentage of loss of earning capacity
PART I
LIST OF INJURIES DEEMED TO RESULT IN PERMANENT TOTAL DISABLEMENT
1 Loss of both hands or amputation at higher sites 100
2 Loss of a hand and a foot 100
3 Double amputation through leg or thigh, or amputation through leg or thigh on one side and loss of other foot. 100
4 Loss of sight to such an extent as to render the claimant unable to perform any work for which eye sight is essential 100
5 Very severe facial disfigurement 100
6 Absolute deafness 100
PART II
LIST OF INJURIES DEEMED TO RESULT IN PERMANENT PARTIAL DISABLEMENT

Amputation – upper limbs (either arm)
7 Amputation through shoulder joint 90
8 Amputation below shoulder with stump less than 20.32 c.m. from tip of acrimony 80
9 Amputation from 20.32 c.m. from tip of acrimony to less than 11.43 c.m. below tip of olecranon 70
10 Loss of a hand or of the thumb and four fingers of one hand or amputation from 11.43 c.m. below tip of olecranon 60
11 Loss of thumb 30
12 Loss of thumb and its metacarpal bone 40
13 Loss of four fingers of one hand 50
14 Loss of three fingers of one hand 30
15 Loss of two fingers of one hand 20
16 Loss of terminal phalanx of thumb 20
16A Guillotine amputation of the tip of the thumb without loss of bone Amputation-lower limbs 10
Amputation-lower limbs
17 Amputation of both feet resulting in end-bearing stumps 90
18 Amputation through both feet proximal to the metatarso-phalangeal joint 80
19 Loss of all toes of both feet through the metatarso-phalangeal joint 40
20 Loss of all toes of both feet proximal to the proximal inter-phalangeal joint 30
21 Loss of all toes of both feet distal to the proximal inter-phalangeal joint 20
22 Amputation at hip 90
23 Amputation below hip with stump not exceeding 12.70 c.m. in length measured from tip of great trenchanter 80
24 Amputation below hip with stump exceeding 12.70 c.m. in length measured from tip of great trenchanter but not beyond middle thigh 70
25 Amputation below middle thigh to 8.89 c.m. below knee 60
26 Amputation below knee with stump exceeding 8.89 c.m. but not exceeding 12.70 c.m. 50
27 Amputation below knee with stump exceeding 12.70 c.m. 50
28 Amputation of one foot resulting in end-bearing 50
29 Amputation through one foot proximal to the metatarso-phalangeal joint 50
30 Loss of all toes of one foot through the metatarso-phalangeal joint Other injuries 20
31 Loss of one eye, without complications, the other being normal 40
32 Loss of vision of one eye without complications or disfigurement of eye-ball, the other being normal 30
32A Partial loss of vision of one eye Loss of – A – Fingers of right or left hand index finger 10
33 Whole 14
34 Two phalanges 11
35 One phalanx 9
36 Guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone Middle finger 5
37 Whole 12
38 Two phalanges 9
39 One phalanx 7
40 Guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone Ring or little finger 4
41 Whole 7
42 Two phalanges 6
43 One phalanx 5
44 Guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone
B. – Toes of right or left foot Great toe
2
45 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 14
46 Part, with some loss of bone Any other toe 3
47 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 3
48 Part, with some loss of bone Two toes of one foot, excluding great toe 1
49 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 5
50 Part, with some loss of bone Three toes of one foot, excluding great toe 2
51 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 6
52 Part, with some loss of bone Four toes of one foot, excluding great toe 3
53 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 9
54 Part, with some loss of bone 3

 

NOTE. – Complete and permanent loss of the use of any limb or member referred to in this Schedule shall be deemed to be the equivalent of the loss of that limb or member.

The Third Schedule.

1[THE THIRD SCHEDULE

(See section 52A)

LIST OF OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES

No.1 Occupational disease Employment
PART A
1 Infectious and parasitic diseases contracted in an occupation where there is a particular risk of contamination (a) All work involving exposure to health or laboratory work;(b) All work involving exposure to veterinary work;
(c) Work relating to handling animals, animal carcasses, part of such carcasses, or merchandise which may have been contaminated by animals or animal carcasses;
(d) Other work carrying a
particular risk of contamination.
Diseases caused by work in compressed air All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by lead or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Poisoning by nitrous fumes All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Poisoning by organphosphorus compounds. All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.

PART B

Diseases caused by phosphorus or its toxic All work involving exposure to the compounds concerned.
Diseases caused by mercury or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by benzene or its toxic homologues All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by nitro and amido toxic derivatives of benzene or its homologues. All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by chromium or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by arsenic or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by radioactive substances and ionising radiations All work involving exposure to the action of radioactive substances or
ionising radiations.
Primary epithelomatous cancer of the skin caused by tar, pitch, bitumen, mineral oil, anthracene, or the compounds, products of residues of these substances All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by the toxic halogen derivatives of hydrocarbons (of the aliphatic and aromatic series) All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by carbon disulphide All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Occupational cataract due to infra-red radiations All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by manganese or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Skin diseases caused by physical, chemical or biological agents not included in other items All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Hearing impairment caused by noise All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Poisoning by dinitrophenol or a homologue or by substituted dinitrophenol or by the salts of such substances All work involving exposure to the action of radioactive substances or
ionising radiations.
Diseases caused by beryllium or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused bycadmium or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Occupational asthama caused by recognised sensitising agents inherent to the work process All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by flourine or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by nitro-glycerine or other nitroacid esters All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by alcohols and ketones. All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Diseases caused by asphyxiants: carbon monoxide, and its toxic derivatives,hydrogen sulfide All work involving exposure to the action of radioactive substances or ionising radiations.
Lung cancer and mesotheliomas caused by asbestos. All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Primary neoplasm of the epithelial lining of the the urinary bladder or the kidney or the ureter All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.

PART C

Pneumoconioses caused by sclerogenic mineral dust (silicosis, anthraoosilicosis asbestosis) and silico-tuberculosis provided that silicosis is an essential factor in causing the resultant incapacity or death All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Bagassosis All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Bronchopulmonary diseases caused by cotton, flax hemp and sisal dust (Byssinosis) All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Extrinsic allergic alveelitis caused by the inhalation of organic dusts All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.
Bronchopulmonary diseases caused by hard metals All work involving exposure to the risk concerned.

 

Constitution of India

Section 1. Name and territory of the Union

(1) India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States.

1[(2) The States and Territories thereof shall be a specified in the First Schedule.]

(3) The Territory of the India shall comprise-

(a) the Territories of the States;

2[(b) the Union Territories specified in the First Schedule; and

(c) such other Territories as may be acquired;

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, Sec. 2, for clause (2).

2. 1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, Sec. 2, for sub-clause (b).

Section 2. Admission or establishment of new States

Parliament may by law admit into the Union, or establish, new States on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit.

Section 2A. Sikkim to be associated with the Union

12A. [Sikkim to be associated with the Union.]

Rep. by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 5 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1974, s.2 (w.e.f. 1-3 1975).

Section 3. Formation of new States and alteration of areas, boundaries or names of existing States

Parliament may by law-

(a) Form a new State by separation of territory from any State or by uniting two or more States or parts of States or by uniting any territory to a part of any State;

(b) Increase the area of any State;

(c) Diminish the area of any State;

(d) Alter the boundaries of any State;

(e) Alter the name of any State:

1[Provided that no Bill for the purpose shall be introduced in either House of Parliament except on the recommendation of the President and unless, where the proposal contained in the Bill affects the area, boundaries or name of any of the States 2***, the Bill has been referred by the President to the Legislature of that State for expressing its views thereon within such period as may be specified in the reference or within such further period as the President may allow and the period so specified or allowed has expired.]

3[Explanation I.

In this article, in clauses (a) to (e), “State” includes a Union territory, but in the proviso, “State” does not include a Union territory.

Explanation II.

The power conferred on Parliament by clause (a) includes the power to form a new State or Union territory by uniting a part of any State or Union territory to any other State or Union territory.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifth Amendment) Act, 1955, s. 2, for the proviso

2. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Eighteenth Amendment) Act, 1966, s. 2.

Section 4. Laws made under articles 2 and 3 to provide for the amendment of the First and the Fourth Schedules and supplemental, incidental and consequential matters

(1) Any law referred to in article 2 or article 3 shall contain such provisions for the amendment of the First Schedule and the Fourth Schedule as may be necessary to give effect to the provisions of the law and may also contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions (including provisions as to representation in Parliament and in the Legislature or Legislatures of the State or States affected by such law) as Parliament may deem necessary.

(2) No such law as aforesaid shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.

Section 5. Citizenship at the commencement of the Constitution

At the commencement of this Constitution, every person who has his domicile in the territory of India and-

(a) Who was born in the territory of India; or

(b) Either of whose parents was born in the territory of India; or

(c) Who has been ordinarily resident in the territory of India for not less than five years immediately preceding such commencement, Shall be a citizen of India.

Section 6. Rights of citizenship of certain persons who have migrated to India from Pakistan.

Notwithstanding anything in article 5, a person who has migrated to the territory of India from the territory now included in Pakistan shall be deemed to be a citizen of India at the commencement of this Constitution if-

(a) He or either of his parents or any of his grand-parents was born in India as defined in the Government of India Act, 1935 (as originally enacted); and

(b) (i) In the case where such person has so migrated before the nineteenth day of July, 1948, he has been ordinarily resident in the territory of India since the date of his migration, or

(ii) In the case where such person has so migrated on or after the nineteenth day of July, 1948, he has been registered as a citizen of India by an officer appointed in that behalf by the Government of the Dominion of India on an application made by him therefor to such officer before the commencement of this Constitution in the form and manner prescribed by that Government:

Provided that no person shall be so registered unless he has been resident in the territory of India for at least six months immediately preceding the date of his application.

(2) No such law as aforesaid shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes

Section 7. Rights of citizenship of certain migrants to Pakistan

Notwithstanding anything in articles 5 and 6, a person who has after the first day of March, 1947, migrated from the territory of India to the territory now included in Pakistan shall not be deemed to be a citizen of India:

Provided that nothing in this article shall apply to a person who, after having so migrated to the territory now included in Pakistan, has returned to the territory of India under a permit for resettlement or permanent return issued by or under the authority of any law and every such person shall for the purposes of clause (b) of article 6 be deemed to have migrated to the territory of India after the nineteenth day of July, 1948.

Section 8. Rights of citizenship of certain persons of Indian origin residing outside India

Notwithstanding anything in article 5, any person who or either of whose parents or any of whose grand-parents was born in India as defined in the Government of India Act, 1935 (as originally enacted), and who is ordinarily residing in any country outside India as so defined shall be deemed to be a citizen of India if he has been registered as a citizen of India by the diplomatic or consular representative of India in the country where he is for the time being residing on an application made by him therefor to such diplomatic or consular representative, whether before or after the commencement of this Constitution, in the form and manner prescribed by the Government of the Dominion of India or the Government of India.

Section 9. Persons voluntarily acquiring citizenship of a foreign State not to be citizens

No person shall be a citizen of India by virtue of article 5, or be deemed to be a citizen of India by virtue of article 6 or article 8, if he has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of any foreign State.

Section 10. Continuance of the rights of citizenship

Every person who is or is deemed to be a citizen of India under any of the foregoing provisions of this Part shall, subject to the provisions of any law that may be made by Parliament, continue to be such citizen.

Section 11. Parliament to regulate the right of citizenship by law

Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Part shall derogate from the power of Parliament to make any provision with respect to the acquisition and termination of citizenship and all other matters relating to citizenship

Section 12. Definition

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, “the State” includes the Government and Parliament of India and the Government and the Legislature of each of the States and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India.

Section 13. Laws inconsistent with or in derogation of the fundamental rights

(1) All laws in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Part, shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, be void.

(2) The State shall not make any law, which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by this Part and any law made in contravention of this clause shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.

(3) In this article, unless the context otherwise requires, –

(a) “Law” includes any Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule, regulation, notification, custom or usage having in the territory of India the force of law;

(b) “Laws in force” includes laws passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwithstanding that any such law or any part thereof may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.

1[(4) Nothing in this article shall apply to any amendment of this Constitution made under article 368.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971, s.2.

Section 14. Equality before law

The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India.

Section 15. Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth

(1) The State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them.

(2) No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them, be subject to any disability, liability, restriction or condition with regard to-

(a) Access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment; or

(b) The use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of State funds or dedicated to the use of the general public.

(3) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from making any special provision for women and children.

1[(4) Nothing in this article or in clause (2) of article 29 shall prevent the State from making any special provision for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes.]

1. Added by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 2.

Section 16. Equality of opportunity in matters of public employment

(1) There shall be equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State.

(2) No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, be ineligible for, or discriminated against in respect of, any employment or office under the State.

(3) Nothing in this article shall prevent Parliament from making any law prescribing, in regard to a class or classes of employment or appointment to an office 1[under the Government of, or any local or other authority within, a State or Union territory, any requirement as to residence within that State or Union territory] prior to such employment or appointment.

(4) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from making any provision for the reservation of appointment or posts in favour of any backward class of citizen which, in the opinion of the State, is not adequately represented in the services under the State.

2[(4A) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from making any provision for reservation 4[in matters of promotion to any class] or classes of posts in the services under the State in favour of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes which, in the opinion of the State, are not adequately represented in the services under the State.]

3[(4B) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from considering any unfilled vacancies of a year which are reserved for being filled up in that year in accordance with any provision for reservation made under clause (4) or clause (4A) as a separate class of vacancies to be filled up in any succeeding year or years and such class of vacancies shall not be considered together with the vacancies of the year in which they are being filled up for determining the ceiling of fifty per cent. reservation on total number of vacancies of that year.]

(5) Nothing in this article shall affect the operation of any law which provides that the incumbent of an office in connection with the affairs of any religious or denominational institution or any member of the governing body thereof shall be a person professing a particular religion or belonging to a particular denomination.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch., for “under any State specified in the First Schedule or any local or other authority within its territory, any requirement as to residence within that State”.

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-seventh Amendment) Act, 1995,s. 2. (w.e.f. 17-6-1995).

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Eighty-first Amendment) Act, 2000, s.2 (w.e.f. 09-06-2000)

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fifth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 2 (w.r.e.f. 17-6-1995).

Section 17. Abolition of Untouchability

“Untouchability” is abolished and its practice in any form is forbidden. The enforcement of any disability rising out of “Untouchability” shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law.

Section 18. Abolition of titles

(1) No title, not being a military or academic distinction, shall be conferred by the State.

(2) No citizen of India shall accept any title from any foreign State.

(3) No person who is not a citizen of India shall, while he holds any office of profit or trust under the State, accept without the consent of the President any title from any foreign State.

(4) No person holding any office of profit or trust under the State shall, without the consent of the President, accept any present, emolument, or office of any kind from or under any foreign State.

Section 19. Protection of certain rights regarding freedom of speech, etc.

(1) All citizens shall have the right-

(a) To freedom of speech and expression;

(b) To assemble peaceably and without arms;

(c) To form associations or unions;

(d) To move freely throughout the territory of India;

(e) To reside and settle in any part of the territory of India; 1[and]

(f) 2* * * * *

(g) To practise any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or business.

3[(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the operation of any existing law, or prevent the State from making any law, in so far as such law imposes reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause in the interests of 4[the sovereignty and integrity of India,] the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality, or in relation to contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence.]

(3) Nothing in sub-clause (b) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of 4[the sovereignty and integrity of India or] public order, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause.

(4) Nothing in sub-clause (c) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of 4[the sovereignty and integrity of India or] public order or morality, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause.

(5) Nothing in 5[sub-clauses (d) and (e)] of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of any of the rights conferred by the said sub-clauses either in the interests of the general public or for the protection of the interests of any Scheduled Tribe.

(6) Nothing in sub-clause (g) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of the general public, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause, and, in particular, 6[nothing in the said sub-clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it relates to, or prevent the State from making any law relating to, –

(i) The professional or technical qualifications necessary for practising any profession or carrying on any occupation, trade or business, or

(ii) The carrying on by the State, or by a corporation owned or controlled by the State, of any trade, business, industry or service, whether to the exclusion, complete or partial, of citizens or otherwise].

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 2 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Sub-clause (f) omitted by s. 2, Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 3, for cl. (2) (with retrospective effect

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 2.

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 2, for “sub-clauses (d), (e) and (f)” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979)

6. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 3, for certain words.

Section 20. Protection in respect of conviction for offences

(1) No person shall be convicted of any offence except for violation of a law in force at the time of the commission of the Act charged as an offence, nor be subjected to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under the law in force at the time of the commission of the offence.

(2) No person shall be prosecuted and punished for the same offence more than once.

(3) No person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.

Section 21. Protection of life and personal liberty

No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.

Section 21A. Right to education

1[21A. Right to education.

The State shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the State may, by law, determine.]

1. Ins. By the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002.

22. Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases

122. Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases.

(1) No person who is arrested shall be detained in custody without being informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest nor shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by, a legal practitioner of his choice.

(2) Every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magistrate within a period of twenty-four hours of such arrest excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate and no such person shall be detained in custody beyond the said period without the authority of a magistrate.

(3) Nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply-

(a) To any person who for the time being is an enemy alien; or

(b) To any person who is arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention.

(4) No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than three months unless-

(a) An Advisory Board consisting of persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of three months that there is in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention:

Provided that nothing in this sub-clause shall authorise the detention of any person beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made by Parliament under sub-clause (b) of clause (7); or

(b) Such person is detained in accordance with the provisions of any law made by Parliament under sub-clauses (a) and (b) of clause (7).

(5) When any person is detained in pursuance of an order made under any law providing for preventive detention, the authority making the order shall, as soon as may be, communicate to such person the grounds on which the order has been made and shall afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.

(6) Nothing in clause (5) shall require the authority making any such order as is referred to in that clause to disclose facts which such authority considers to be against the public interest to disclose.

(7) Parliament may by law prescribe-

(a) The circumstances under which, and the class or classes of cases in which, a person may be detained for a period longer than three months under any law providing for preventive detention without obtaining the opinion of an Advisory Board in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause (a) of clause (4);

(b) The maximum period for which any person may in any class or classes of cases be detained under any law providing for preventive detention; and

(c) The procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board in an inquiry under sub-clause (a) of clause (4).

1. On the enforcement of s. 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, art. 22 shall stand amended as directed in s. 3 of that Act. For the text of s. 3 of that Act, see Appendix III.

Section 23. Prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour

(1) Traffic in human beings and begar and other similar forms of forced labour are prohibited and any contravention of this provision shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law.

(2) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from imposing compulsory service for public purposes, and in imposing such service the State shall not make any discrimination on grounds only of religion, race, caste or class or any of them.

Section 24. Prohibition of employment of children in factories, etc.

No child below the age of fourteen years shall be employed to work in any factory or mine or engaged in any other hazardous employment.

Section 25. Freedom of conscience and free profession, practice and propagation of religion.

(1) Subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of this Part, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion.

(2) Nothing in this article shall affect the operation of any existing law or prevent the State from making any law-

(a) Regulating or restricting any economic, financial, political or other secular activity which may be associated with religious practice;

(b) Providing for social welfare and reform or the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.

Explanation I. The wearing and carrying of kirpans shall be deemed to be included in the profession of the Sikh religion.

Explanation II. In sub-clause (b) of clause (2), the reference to Hindus shall be construed as including a reference to persons professing the Sikh, Jaina or Buddhist religion, and the reference to Hindu religious institutions shall be construed accordingly.

Section 26. Freedom to manage religious affairs.

Subject to public order, morality and health, every religious denomination or any section thereof shall have the right-

(a) To establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes;

(b) To manage its own affairs in matters of religion;

(c) To own and acquire movable and immovable property; and

(d) To administer such property in accordance with law.

Section 27. Freedom as to payment of taxes for promotion of any particular religion

No person shall be compelled to pay any taxes, the proceeds of which are specifically appropriated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or religious denomination.

Section 28. Freedom as to attendance at religious instruction or religious worship in certain educational institutions

(1) No religious instruction shall be provided in any educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall apply to an educational institution, which is administered by the State but has been established under any endowment or trust which requires that religious instruction shall be imparted in such institution.

(3) No person attending any educational institution recognised by the State or receiving aid out of State funds shall be required to take part in any religious instruction that may be imparted in such institution or to attend any religious worship that may be conducted in such institution or in any premises attached thereto unless such person or, if such person is a minor, his guardian has given his consent thereto.

Section 29. Protection of interests of minorities

(1) Any section of the citizens residing in the territory of India or any part thereof having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to conserve the same.

(2) No citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or receiving aid out of State funds on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them.

Section 30. Right of minorities to establish and administer educational institutions

(1) All minorities, whether based on religion or language, shall have the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.

1[(1A) In making any law providing for the compulsory acquisition of any property of any educational institution established and administered by a minority, referred to in clause (1), the State shall ensure that the amount fixed by or determined under such law for the acquisition of such property is such as would not restrict or abrogate the right guaranteed under that clause.]

(2) The State shall not, in granting aid to educational institutions, discriminate against any educational institution on the ground that it is under the management of a minority, whether based on religion or language 2[* * *]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 4 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. The sub-heading “Right to Property” omitted by s. 5, Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 31. Compulsory acquisition of property

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 6 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 31A. Saving of laws providing for acquisition of estates, etc.

1[Saving of Certain Laws]

2[31A. Saving of laws providing for acquisition of estates, etc.

3[(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in article 13, no law providing for-

(a) The acquisition by the State of any estate or of any rights therein or the extinguishment or modification of any such rights, or

(b) The taking over of the management of any property by the State for a limited period either in the public interest or in order to secure the proper management of the property, or

(c) The amalgamation of two or more corporations either in the public interest or in order to secure the proper management of any of the corporations, or

(d) The extinguishment or modification of any rights of managing agents, secretaries and treasurers, managing directors, directors or managers of corporations, or of any voting rights of shareholders thereof, or

(e) The extinguishment or modification of any rights accruing by virtue of any agreement, lease or licence for the purpose of searching for, or winning, any mineral or mineral oil, or the premature termination or cancellation of any such agreement, lease or licence, shall be deemed to be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by 4[article 14 or article 19]:

Provided that where such law is a law made by the Legislature of a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply thereto unless such law, having been reserved for the consideration of the President, has received his assent:]

5[Provided further that where any law makes any provision for the acquisition by the State of any estate and where any land comprised therein is held by a person under his personal cultivation, it shall not be lawful for the State to acquire any portion of such land as is within the ceiling limit applicable to him under any law for the time being in force or any building or structure standing thereon or appurtenant thereto, unless the law relating to the acquisition of such land, building or structure, provides for payment of compensation at a rate which shall not be less than the market value thereof.]

(2) In this article, –

6[(a) The expression “estate” shall, in relation to any local area, have the same meaning as that expression or its local equivalent has in the existing law relating to land tenures in force in that area and shall also include-

(i) Any jagir, inam or muafi or other similar grant and in the States of 7[Tamil Nadu] and Kerala, any janmam right;

(ii) Any land held under ryotwari settlement;

(iii) Any land held or let for purposes of agriculture or for purposes ancillary thereto, including waste land, forest land, land for pasture or sites of buildings and other structures occupied by cultivators of land, agricultural labourers and village artisans;]

(b) The expression “rights”, in relation to an estate, shall include any rights vesting in a proprietor, sub-proprietor, under-proprietor, tenure-holder, 8[raiyat, under-raiyat] or other intermediary and any rights or privileges in respect of land revenue.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 3 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 4 (with retrospective effect).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955, s. 3, for cl. (1) (with retrospective effect).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 7, for “article 14, article 19 or article 31″ (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act, 1964, s. 2.

6. Subs. by s. 2, the Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act, 1964, for sub-clause (a) (with retrospective effect).

7. Subs. by the Madras State (Alteration of Name) Act, 1968 (53 of 1968), s. 4, for “Madras” (w.e.f. 14-1-1969).

8. Ins. by the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955, s. 3 (with retrospective effect).

Section 31B. Validation of certain Acts and Regulations

1[31B. Validation of certain Acts and Regulations.

Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions contained in article 31A, none of the Acts and Regulations specified in the Ninth Schedule nor any of the provisions thereof shall be deemed to be void, or ever to have become void, on the ground that such Act, Regulation or provision is inconsistent with, or takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by, any provisions of this Part, and notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court or Tribunal to the contrary, each of the said Acts and Regulations shall, subject to the power of any competent Legislature to repeal or amend it, continue in force.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 5. (w.e.f. 8-6-1951)

Section 31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain directive principles

1[31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain directive principles.

Notwithstanding anything contained in article 13, no law giving effect to the policy of the State towards securing 2[all or any of the principles laid down in Part IV] shall be deemed to be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by 3[article 14 or article 19]; 4[and no law containing a declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy shall be called in question in any court on the ground that it does not give effect to such policy:

Provided that where such law is made by the Legislature of a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply thereto unless such law, having been reserved for the consideration of the President, has received his assent.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1971, s.3 (w.e.f. 20-4-1972).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 4, for “the principles specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39″ (w.e.f. 3-1-1977). Section 4 has been declared invalid by the Supreme Court in Minerva Mills Ltd. and Others Vs. Union of India and Others (1980) 2. S.C.C. 591.

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 8, for “article 14, article 19 or article 31″ (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

4. In Kesavananda Bharati Vs. The State of Kerala, (1973) Supp. S.C.R.1, the Supreme Court held the provision in italics to be invalid.

Section 31D. Saving of laws in respect of anti-national activities

1[31D. [Saving of laws in respect of anti-national activities.]

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 2 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 5 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 32. Remedies for enforcement of rights conferred by this Part

(1) The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is guaranteed.

(2) The Supreme Court shall have power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of

(3) Without prejudice to the powers conferred on the Supreme Court by clauses (1) and (2), Parliament may by law empower any other court to exercise within the local limits of its jurisdiction all or any of the powers exercisable by the Supreme Court under clause (2).

(4) The right guaranteed by this article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution.

Section 32A. Constitutional validity of State laws not to be considered in proceedings under article 32

1[32A. [Constitutional validity of State laws not to be considered in proceedings under article 32.]

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 3 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

1. Ins. by s. 6, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 33. Power of Parliament to modify the rights conferred by this Part in their application to Forces, etc.

1[33. Power of Parliament to modify the rights conferred by this Part in their application to Forces, etc.

Parliament may, by law, determine to what extent any of the rights conferred by this Part shall, in their application to, –

(a) The members of the Armed Forces; or

(b) The members of the Forces charged with the maintenance of public order; or

(c) Persons employed in any bureau or other organisation established by the State for purposes of intelligence or counter intelligence; or

(d) Persons employed in, or in connection with, the telecommunication systems set up for the purposes of any Force, bureau or organisation referred to in clauses (a) to (c),

be restricted or abrogated so as to ensure the proper discharge of their duties and the maintenance of discipline among them.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fiftieth Amendment) Act, 1984, s. 2, for art. 33(w.e.f.11-9-1984).

Section 34. Restriction on rights conferred by this Part while martial law is in force in any area

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, Parliament may by law indemnify any person in the service of the Union or of a State or any other person in respect of any act done by him in connection with the maintenance or restoration of order in any area within the territory of India where martial law was in force or validate any sentence passed, punishment inflicted, forfeiture ordered or other act done under martial law in such area.

Section 35. Legislation to give effect to the provisions of this Part

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) Parliament shall have, and the Legislature of a State shall not have, power to make laws-

(i) With respect to any of the matters which under clause (3) of article 16, clause (3) of article 32, article 33 and article 34 may be provided for by law made by Parliament; and

(ii) For prescribing punishment for those acts which are declared to be offences under this Part;

and Parliament shall, as soon as may be after the commencement of this Constitution, make laws for prescribing punishment for the acts referred to in sub-clause (ii);

(b) any law in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in the territory of India with respect to any of the matters referred to in sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or providing for punishment for any act referred to in sub-clause (ii) of that clause shall, subject to the terms thereof and to any adaptations and modifications that may be made therein under article 372, continue in force until altered or repealed or amended by Parliament.

In this article, the expression “law in force” has the same meaning as in article 372.

Section 36. Definition

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, “the State” has the same meaning as in Part III.

Section 37. Application of the principles contained in this Part

The provisions contained in this Part shall not be enforceable by any court, but the principles therein laid down are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country and it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.

Section 38. State to secure a social order for the promotion of welfare of the people

1[(1)] The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of the national life.

2[(2) The State shall, in particular, strive to minimise the inequalities in income, and endeavour to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not only amongst individuals but also amongst groups of people residing in different areas or engaged in different vocations.]

1. Art. 38 renumbered as cl. (1) thereof by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 9 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Ins. by s. 9, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 39. Certain principles of policy to be followed by the State

The State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing-

(a) That the citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood;

(b) That the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good;

(c) That the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment;

(d) That there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women;

(e) That the health and strength of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength

1[(f) That children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral and material abandonment.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 7, for cl. (f) (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 39A. Equal justice and free legal aid

1[39A. Equal justice and free legal aid.

The State shall secure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice, on a basis of equal opportunity, and shall, in particular, provide free legal aid, by suitable legislation or schemes or in any other way, to ensure that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic or other disabilities.]

1. Ins. by s. 8, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 40. Organisation of village panchayats

The State shall take steps to organise village panchayats and endow them with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as units of self-government.

Section 41. Right to work, to education and to public assistance in certain cases

The State shall, within the limits of its economic capacity and development, make effective provision for securing the right to work, to education and to public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness and disablement, and in other cases of undeserved want.

Section 42. Provision for just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief

The State shall make provision for securing just and humane conditions of work and for maternity relief

Section 43. Living wage, etc., for workers

The State shall endeavour to secure, by suitable legislation or economic organisation or in any other way, to all workers, agricultural, industrial or otherwise, work, a living wage, conditions of work ensuring a decent standard of life and full enjoyment of leisure and social and cultural opportunities and, in particular, the State shall endeavour to promote cottage industries on an individual or co-operative basis in rural areas.

Section 43A. Participation of workers in management of industries

1[Participation of workers in management of industries.

The State shall take steps, by suitable legislation or in any other way, to secure the participation of workers in the management of undertakings, establishments or other organisations engaged in any industry.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act,1976, sec.9 (w.e.f.3-1-1977).

Section 44. Uniform civil code for the citizens

The State shall endeavour to secure for the citizens a uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.

Section 45. Provision for early childhood care and education to children below the age of six years

1[45. Provision for early childhood care and education to children below the age of six years.

The State shall endeavours to provide early childhood care and education for all children until they complete the age of six years.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002 for “45. Provision for free and compulsory education for children.- The State shall endeavour to provide, within a period of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution, for free and compulsory education for all children until they complete the age of fourteen years.”

Section 46. Promotion of educational and economic interests of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other weaker sections

The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people, and, in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation

Section 47. Duty of the State to raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living and to improve public health

The State shall regard the raising of the level of nutrition and the standard of living of its people and the improvement of public health as among its primary duties and, in particular, the State shall endeavour to bring about prohibition of the consumption except for medicinal purposes of intoxicating drinks and of drugs which are injurious to health.

Section 48. Organisation of agriculture and animal husbandry

The State shall endeavour to organise agriculture and animal husbandry on modern and scientific lines and shall, in particular, take steps for preserving and improving the breeds, and prohibiting the slaughter, of cows and calves and other milch and draught cattle

Section 48A. Protection and improvement of environment and safeguarding of forests and wild life

1[Protection and improvement of environment and safeguarding of forests and wild life.

The State shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wild life of the country.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976,sec. 10 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 49. Protection of monuments and places and objects of national importance

It shall be the obligation of the State to protect every monument or place or object of artistic or historic interest, 1[declared by or under law made by Parliament] to be of national importance, from spoliation, disfigurement, destruction, removal, disposal or export, as the case may be.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 27, for “declared by Parliament by law”.

Section 50. Separation of judiciary from executive

The State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State.

Section 51. Promotion of international peace and security

The State shall endeavour to- (a) promote international peace and security; (b) maintain just and honourable relations between nations; (c) foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised peoples with one another; and (d) encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

Section 51A. Fundamental Duties

1[PART IV-A

FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES

It shall be the duty of every citizens of India-

(a) To abide by the Constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the National Flag and the National Anthem;

(b) To cherish and follow the noble ideals which inspired our national struggle for freedom;

(c) To uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India;

(d) To defend the country and render national service when called upon to do so;

(e) To promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood amongst all the people of India transcending religious, linguistic and regional or sectional diversities; to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women;

(f) To value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture;

(g) To protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wild life, and to have compassion for living creatures;

(h) To develop the scientific temper, humanism and the spirit of inquiry and reform;

(i) To safeguard public property and to abjure violence;

(j) To strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective activity so that the nation constantly rises to higher levels of endeavour and achievement.]

2[(k) who is a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for education to his child or, as the case may be, ward between the age of six and fourteen years]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 11 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Ins. By the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002.

Section 52. The President of India

There shall be a President of India.

Section 53. Executive power of the Union

(1) The executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with this Constitution.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the supreme command of the Defence Forces of the Union shall be vested in the President and the exercise thereof shall be regulated by law.

(3) Nothing in this article shall-

(a) Be deemed to transfer to the President any functions conferred by any existing law on the Government of any State or other authority; or

(b) Prevent Parliament from conferring by law functions on authorities other than the President.

Section 54. Election of President

The President shall be elected by the members of an electoral college consisting of-

(a) The elected members of both Houses of Parliament; and

(b) The elected members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States.

1[Explanation. In this article and in article 55, State includes the National Capital Territory of Delhi and the Union territory of Pondicherry.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventieth Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1995).

Section 55. Manner of election of President

(1) As far as practicable, there shall be uniformity in the scale of representation of the different States at the election of the President.

(2) For the purpose of securing such uniformity among the States interest as well as parity between the States as a whole and the Union, the number of votes which each elected member of Parliament and of the Legislative Assembly of each State is entitled to cast at such election shall be determined in the following manner: –

(a) Every elected member of the Legislative Assembly of a State shall have as many votes as there are multiples of one thousand in the quotient obtained by dividing the population of the State by the total number of the elected members of the Assembly;

(b) If, after taking the said multiples of one thousand, the remainder is not less than five hundred, then the vote of each member referred to in sub-clause (a) shall be further increased by one;

(c) Each elected member of either House of Parliament shall have such number of votes as may be obtained by dividing the total number of votes assigned to the members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States under sub-clauses (a) and (b) by the total number of the elected members of both Houses of Parliament, fractions exceeding one-half being counted as one and other fractions being disregarded.

(3) The election of the President shall be held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot.

1[Explanation. In this article, the expression “population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published:

Provided that the reference in this Explanation to the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 2[2026] have been published, be construed as a reference to the 1971 census.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 12, for the Explanation (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 2, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

Section 56. Term of office of President

(1) The President shall hold office for a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:

Provided that-

(a) The President may, by writing under his hand addressed to the Vice-President, resign his office;

(b) The President may, for violation of the Constitution, be removed from office by impeachment in the manner provided in article 61;

(c) The President shall, notwithstanding the expiration of his term, continue to hold office until his successor enters upon his office.

(2) Any resignation addressed to the Vice-President under clause (a) of the proviso to clause (1) shall forthwith be communicated by him to the Speaker of the House of the People.

Section 57. Eligibility for re-election

A person who holds, or who has held, office as President shall, subject to the other provisions of this Constitution, be eligible for re-election to that office.

Section 58. Qualifications for election as President

(1) No person shall be eligible for election as President unless he-

(a) Is a citizen of India?

(b) Has completed the age of thirty-five years, and

(c) Is qualified for election as a member of the House of the People.

(2) A person shall not be eligible for election as President if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State or under any local or other authority subject to the control of any of the said Governments.

Explanation. For the purposes of this article, a person shall not be deemed to hold any office of profit by reason only that he is the President or Vice-President of the Union or the Governor 1[***] of any State or is a Minister either for the Union or for any State.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh or Uparajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 59. Conditions of President’s office

(1) The President shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State, and if a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State be elected President, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as President.

(2) The President shall not hold any other office of profit.

(3) The President shall be entitled without payment of rent to the use of his official residences and shall be also entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privileges as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.

(4) The emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.

Section 60. Oath or affirmation by the President

Every President and every person acting as President or discharging the functions of the President shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe in the presence of the Chief Justice of India or, in his absence, the senior-most Judge of the Supreme Court available, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say-

“I, A.B., do (swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm) that I will faithfully execute the office of President (or discharge the functions of the President) of India and will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the law and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of India.”.

Section 61. Procedure for impeachment of the President

(1) When a President is to be impeached for violation of the Constitution, the charge shall be preferred by either House of Parliament.

(2) No such charge shall be preferred unless-

(a) The proposal to prefer such charge is contained in a resolution which has been moved after at least fourteen days’ notice in writing signed by not less than one-fourth of the total number of members of the House has been given of their intention to move the resolution, and

(b) Such resolution has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the total membership of the House.

(3) When a charge has been so preferred by either House of Parliament, the other House shall investigate the charge or cause the charge to be investigated and the President shall have the right to appear and to be represented at such investigation.

(4) If as a result of the investigation a resolution is passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the total membership of the House by which the charge was investigated or caused to be investigated, declaring that the charge preferred against the President has been sustained, such resolution shall have the effect of removing the President from his office as from the date on which the resoultion is so passed.

Section 62. Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of President and the term of office of person elected to fill casual vacancy

(1) An election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of office of President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.

(2) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of President occurring by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise shall be held as soon as possible after, and in no case later than six months from, the date of occurrence of the vacancy; and the person elected to fill the vacancy shall, subject to the provisions of article 56, be entitled to hold office for the full term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office.

Section 63. The Vice-President of India

There shall be a Vice-President of India.

Section 64. The Vice-President to be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States

The Vice-President shall be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States and shall not hold any other office of profit:

Provided that during any period when the Vice-President acts as President or discharges the functions of the President under article 65, he shall not perform the duties of the office of Chairman of the Council of States and shall not be entitled to any salary or allowance payable to the Chairman of the Council of States under article 97.

Section 65. The Vice-President to act as President or to discharge his functions during casual vacancies in the office, or during the absence, of President

(1) In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the office of the President by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise, the Vice-President shall act as President until the date on which a new President elected in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter to fill such vacancy enters upon his office.

(2) When the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the Vice-President shall discharge his functions until the date on which the President resumes his duties.

(3) The Vice-President shall, during, and in respect of, the period while he is so acting as, or discharging the functions of, President, have all the powers and immunities of the President and be entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privileges as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.

Section 66. Election of Vice-President

(1) The Vice-President shall be elected by the 1[members of an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament] in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot.

(2) The Vice-President shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State, and if a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State be elected Vice-President, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as Vice-President.

(3) No person shall be eligible for election as Vice-President unless he-

(a) Is a citizen of India?

(b) Has completed the age of thirty-five years; and

(c) Is qualified for election as a member of the Council of States.

(4) A person shall not be eligible for election as Vice-President if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State or under any local or other authority subject to the control of any of the said Governments.

Explanation. For the purposes of this article, a person shall not be deemed to hold any office of profit by reason only that he is the President or Vice-President of the Union or the Governor 2[***] of any State or is a Minister either for the Union or for any State.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Eleventh Amendment) Act, 1961, s. 2, for “members of both Houses of Parliament assembled at a joint meeting”.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh or Uparajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 67. Term of office of Vice-President

The Vice-President shall hold office for a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:

Provided that-

(a) A Vice-President may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office;

(b) A Vice-President may be removed from his office by a resolution of the Council of States passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council and agreed to by the House of the People; but no resolution for the purpose of this clause shall be moved unless at least fourteen days’ notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution;

(c) A Vice-President shall, notwithstanding the expiration of his term, continue to hold office until his successor enters upon his office.

Section 68. Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of Vice-President and the term of office of person elected to fill casual vacancy

(1) An election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of office of Vice-President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.

(2) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of Vice-President occurring by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise shall be held as soon as possible after the occurrence of the vacancy, and the person elected to fill the vacancy shall, subject to the provisions of article 67, be entitled to hold office for the full term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office.

Section 69. Oath or affirmation by the Vice-President

Every Vice-President shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say-

“I, A.B., do (swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm) that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter.”.

Section 70. Discharge of President’s functions in other contingencies

Parliament may make such provision as it thinks fit for the discharge of the functions of the President in any contingency not provided for in this Chapter.

Section 71. Matters relating to, or connected with, the election of a President or Vice-President

1[71. Matters relating to, or connected with, the election of a President or Vice-President.

(1) All doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with the election of a President or Vice-President shall be inquired into and decided by the Supreme Court whose decision shall be final.

(2) If the election of a person as President or Vice-President is declared void by the Supreme Court, acts done by him in the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of the office of President or Vice-President, as the case may be, on or before the date of the decision of the Supreme Court shall not be invalidated by reason of that declaration.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may by law regulate any matter relating to or connected with the election of a President or Vice-President.

(4) The election of a person as President or Vice-President shall not be called in question on the ground of the existence of any vacancy for whatever reason among the members of the electoral college electing him.]

1. Art. 71 has been successively subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 2 (w.e.f. 10-8-1975) and the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s.10, to read as above (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 72. Power of President to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute sentences in certain cases

(1) The President shall have the power to grant pardons, reprieves, respites or remissions of punishment or to suspend, remit or commute the sentence of any person convicted of any offence-

(a) In all cases where the punishment or sentence is by a Court Martial;

(b) In all cases where the punishment or sentence is for an offence against any law relating to a matter to which the executive power of the Union extends;

(c) In all cases where the sentence is a sentence of death.

(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the power conferred by law on any officer of the Armed Forces of the Union to suspend, remit or commute a sentence passed by a Court Martial.

(3) Nothing in sub-clause (c) of clause (1) shall affect the power to suspend, remit or commute a sentence of death exercisable by the Governor 1[***] of a State under any law for the time being in force.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 73. Extent of executive power of the Union

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the executive power of the Union shall extend-

(a) To the matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws; and

(b) To the exercise of such rights, authority and jurisdiction as are exercisable by the Government of India by virtue of any treaty or agreement: Provided that the executive power referred to in sub-clause (a) shall not, save as expressly provided in this Constitution or in any law made by Parliament, extend in any State 1[***] to matters with respect to which the Legislature of the State has also power to make laws.

(2) Until otherwise provided by Parliament, a State and any officer or authority of a State may, notwithstanding anything in this article, continue to exercise in matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws for that State such executive power or functions as the State or officer or authority thereof could exercise immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitutuion (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 74. Council of Ministers to aid and advise President

1[(1) There shall be a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at the head to aid and advise the President who shall, in the exercise of his functions, act in accordance with such advice:]

2[Provided that the President may require the Council of Ministers to reconsider such advice, either generally or otherwise, and the President shall act in accordance with the advice tendered after such reconsideration.]

(2) The question whether any, and if so what, advice was tendered by Ministers to the President shall not be inquired into in any court.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 13, for cl.(1) (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 11 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 75. Other provisions as to Ministers

(1) The Prime Minister shall be appointed by the President and the other Ministers shall be appointed by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister.

(2) The Ministers shall hold office during the pleasure of the President.

(3) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the House of the People.

(4) Before a Minister enters upon his office, the President shall administer to him the oaths of office and of secrecy according to the forms set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

(5) A Minister who for any period of six consecutive months is not a member of either House of Parliament shall at the expiration of that period cease to be a Minister.

(6) The salaries and allowances of Ministers shall be such as Parliament may from time to time by law determine and, until Parliament so determines, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule.

Section 76. Attorney-General for India

(1) The President shall appoint a person who is qualified to be appointed a Judge of the Supreme Court to be Attorney-General for India.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Attorney-General to give advice to the Government of India upon such legal matters, and to perform such other duties of a legal character, as may from time to time be referred or assigned to him by the President, and to discharge the functions conferred on him by or under this Constitution or any other law for the time being in force.

(3) In the performance of his duties the Attorney-General shall have right of audience in all courts in the territory of India.

(4) The Attorney-General shall hold office during the pleasure of the President, and shall receive such remuneration as the President may determine.

Section 77. Conduct of business of the Government of India

(1) All executive action of the Government of India shall be expressed to be taken in the name of the President.

(2) Orders and other instruments made and executed in the name of the President shall be authenticated in such manner as may be specified in rules 1to be made by the President, and the validity of an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed by the President.

(3) The President shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the business of the Government of India, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said business.

2[* * * ]

1. See Notifn. No. S.O. 2297, dated the 3rd November, 1958, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, 1958, Pt.II, s. 3 (ii), p.1315, as amended from time to time.

2. Cl.(4) was ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 14 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 12 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 78. Duties of Prime Minister as respects the furnishing of information to the President, etc.

It shall be the duty of the Prime Minister-

(a) To communicate to the President all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation;

(b) To furnish such information relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation as the President may call for; and

(c) If the President so requires, to submit for the consideration of the Council of Ministers any matter on which a decision has been taken by a Minister but which has not been considered by the Council.

Section 79. Constitution of Parliament

There shall be a Parliament for the Union which shall consist of the President and two Houses to be known respectively as the Council of States and the House of the People.

Section 80. Composition of the Council of States

(1) 1[2[***] The Council of States] shall consist of-

(a) Twelve members to be nominated by the President in accordance with the provisions of clause (3); and

(b) Not more than two hundred and thirty-eight representatives of the States 3[and of the Union territories].

(2) The allocation of seats in the Council of States to be filled by representatives of the States 3[and of the Union territories] shall be in accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in the Fourth Schedule.

(3) The members to be nominated by the President under sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical experience in respect of such matters as the following, namely: –

Literature, science, art and social service.

(4) The representatives of each State 4[***] in the Council of States shall be elected by the elected members of the Legislative Assembly of the State in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

(5) The representatives of the 5[Union territories] in the Council of States shall be chosen in such manner as Parliament may by law prescribe.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1974, s. 3, for “The Council of States” (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).

2. The words “Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 of the Tenth Schedule,” omitted by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 5 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

3. Added by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 3.

4. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 3.

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 3, for “States specified in Part C of the First Schedule”.

Section 81. Composition of the House of the People

1[81. Composition of the House of the People.

(1) Subject to the provisions of article 331 9[***],] the House of the People shall consist of-

(a) Not more than 2[five hundred and thirty members] chosen by direct election from territorial constituencies in the States, and

(b) Not more than 3[twenty members] to represent the Union territories, chosen in such manner as Parliament may by law provide.

(2) For the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (1), –

(a) There shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in the House of the People in such manner that the ratio between that number and the population of the State is, so far as practicable, the same for all States; and

(b) Each State shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and the number of seats allotted to it is, so far as practicable, the same throughout the State:

4[Provided that the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this clause shall not be applicable for the purpose of allotment of seats in the House of the People to any State so long as the population of that State does not exceed six millions.]

(3) In this article, the expression “population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published:

5[Provided that the reference in this clause to the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 6[2026] have been published, 7[be construed, (i) for the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (2) and the proviso to that clause, as a reference to the 1971 census; and

(ii) for the purpose of sub-clause (b) of clause (2) as a reference to the 8[2001] census]]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 4, for arts. 81 and 82.

2. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, “five hundred and twenty-five members” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-first Amendment) Act, 1973, s. 2, for “twenty-five members”.

4. Ins. by s. 2, the Constitution (Thirty-first Amendment) Act, 1973

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 15 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

6. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 3, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

7. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 3, for “be construed as a reference to the 1971 census” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

8. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-Seventh Amendment) Act, 2003, for the words “1991”

9. The words and figure “and pargraph 4 of th Tenth Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

Section 82. Readjustment after each census

5[Readjustment after each census.

Upon the completion of each census, the allocation of seats in the House of the People to the States and the division of each State into territorial constituencies shall be readjusted by such authority and in such manner as Parliament may by law determine:

Provided that such readjustment shall not affect representation in the House of the People until the dissolution of the then existing House:]

1[Provided further that such readjustment shall take effect from such date as the President may, by order, specify and until such readjustment takes effect, any election to the House may be held on the basis of the territorial constituencies existing before such readjustment:

Provided also that until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 2[2026] have been published, it shall not be necessary to 3[readjust –

(i) the allocation of seats in the House of the People to the States as readjusted on the basis of the 1971 census; and

(ii) the division of each State into territory constituencies as may be readjusted on the basis of the 4[2001] census,

under this article]]

1. Ins. by s. 16, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 4, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 4, for certain words (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

4. Subs. by the

Constitution (Eighty-Seventh Amendment) Act, 2003, for the words “1991”.

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 4, for article 82.

Section 83. Duration of Houses of Parliament

(1) The Council of States shall not be subject to dissolution, but as nearly as possible one-third of the members thereof shall retire as soon as may be on the expiration of every second year in accordance with the provisions made in that behalf by Parliament by law.

(2) The House of the People, unless sooner dissolved, shall continue for 1[five years] from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer and the expiration of the said period of 1[five years] shall operate as a dissolution of the House:

Provided that the said period may, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, be extended by Parliament by law for a period not exceeding one year at a time and not extending in any case beyond a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 13, for “six years” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979). The words “six years” were subs. for the original words “five years” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s.17 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 84. Qualification for membership of Parliament

A person shall not be qualified to be chosen to fill a seat in Parliament unless he-

1[(a) Is a citizen of India, and makes and subscribes before some person authorized in that behalf by the Election Commission an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule;]

(b) Is, in the case of a seat in the Council of States, not less than thirty years of age and, in the case of a seat in the House of the People, not less than twenty-five years of age; and

(c) Possesses such other qualifications as may be prescribed in that behalf by or under any law made by Parliament.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 3 for cl. (a).

Section 85. Sessions of Parliament, prorogation and dissolution

1[85. Sessions of Parliament, prorogation and dissolution.

(1) The President shall from time to time summon each House of Parliament to meet at such time and place as he thinks fit, but six months shall not intervene between its last sitting in one session and the date appointed for its first sitting in the next session.

(2) The President may from time to time-

(a) Prorogue the House or either House;

(b) Dissolve the House of the People.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 6, for art. 85. (w. e. f.18/6/1951)

Section 86. Right of President to address and send messages to Houses

(1) The President may address either House of Parliament or both Houses assembled together, and for that purpose require the attendance of members.

(2) The President may send messages to either House of Parliament, whether with respect to a Bill then pending in Parliament or otherwise, and a House to which any message is so sent shall with all convenient despatch consider any matter required by the message to be taken into consideration.

Section 87. Special address by the President

(1) At the commencement of 1[the first session after each general election to the House of the People and at the commencement of the first session of each year] the President shall address both Houses of Parliament assembled together and inform Parliament of the causes of its summons.

(2) Provision shall be made by the rules regulating the procedure of either House for the allotment of time for discussion of the matters referred to in such address 2[***].

1. Subs. by s. 7, the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, for “every session”.

2. The words “and for the precedence of such discussion over other business of the House” omitted by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 7.

Section 88. Rights of Ministers and Attorney-General as respects Houses

Every Minister and the Attorney-General of India shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, either House, any joint sitting of the Houses, and any committee of Parliament of which he may be named a member, but shall not by virtue of this article be entitled to vote.

Section 89. The Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Council of States.

(1) The Vice-President of India shall be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States.

(2) The Council of States shall, as soon as may be, choose a member of the Council to be Deputy Chairman thereof and, so often as the office of Deputy Chairman becomes vacant, the Council shall choose another member to be Deputy Chairman thereof.

Section 90. Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the office of Deputy Chairman.

A member holding office as Deputy Chairman of the Council of States-

(a) Shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the Council;

(b) May at any time, by writing under his hand addressed to the Chairman, resign his office; and

(c) May be removed from his office by a resolution of the Council passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council:

Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days’ notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution.

Section 91. Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Chairman.

(1) While the office of Chairman is vacant, or during any period when the Vice-President is acting as, or discharging the functions of, President, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Chairman, or, if the office of Deputy Chairman is also vacant, by such member of the Council of States as the President may appoint for the purpose.

(2) During the absence of the Chairman from any sitting of the Council of States the Deputy Chairman, or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the Council, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be determined by the Council, shall act as Chairman.

Section 92. The Chairman or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under consideration.

(1) At any sitting of the Council of States, while any resolution for the removal of the Vice-President from his office is under consideration, the Chairman, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Chairman, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 91 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Chairman, or, as the case may be, the Deputy Chairman, is absent.

(2) The Chairman shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Council of States while any resolution for the removal of the Vice-President from his office is under consideration in the Council, but, notwithstanding anything in article 100, shall not be entitled to vote at all on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings.

Section 93. The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of the People.

The House of the People shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the House to be respectively Speaker and Deputy Speaker thereof and, so often as the office of Speaker or Deputy Speaker becomes vacant, the House shall choose another member to be Speaker or Deputy Speaker, as the case may be.

Section 94. Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Speaker and Deputy Speaker.

A member holding office as Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the House of the People-

(a) Shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the House of the People;

(b) May at any time, by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Speaker, to the Deputy Speaker, and if such member is the Deputy Speaker, to the Speaker, resign his office; and

(c) May be removed from his office by a resolution of the House of the People passed by a majority of all the then members of the House:

Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days’ notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution:

Provided further that, whenever the House of the People is dissolved, the Speaker shall not vacate his office until immediately before the first meeting of the House of the People after the dissolution.

Section 95. Power of the Deputy Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Speaker

(1) While the office of Speaker is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Speaker or, if the office of Deputy Speaker is also vacant, by such member of the House of the People as the President may appoint for the purpose.

(2) During the absence of the Speaker from any sitting of the House of the People the Deputy Speaker or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the House, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be determined by the House, shall act as Speaker.

Section 96. The Speaker or the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under consideration

(1) At any sitting of the House of the People, while any resolution for the removal of the Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Speaker, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Speaker, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 95 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Speaker, or, as the case may be, the Deputy Speaker, is absent.

(2) The Speaker shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the House of the People while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the House and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 100, be entitled to vote only in the first instance on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.

Section 97. Salaries and allowances of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman and the Speaker and Deputy Speaker

There shall be paid to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States, and to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People, such salaries and allowances as may be respectively fixed by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries and allowances as are specified in the Second Schedule

Section 98. Secretariat of Parliament

(1) Each House of Parliament shall have a separate secretarial staff:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as preventing the creation of posts common to both Houses of Parliament.

(2) Parliament may by law regulate the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of either House of Parliament.

(3) Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (2), the President may, after consultation with the Speaker of the House of the People or the Chairman of the Council of States, as the case may be, make rules regulating the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the House of the People or the Council of States, and any rules so made shall have effect subject to the provisions of any law made under the said clause.

Section 99. Oath or affirmation by members

Every member of either House of Parliament shall, before taking his seat, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

Section 100. Voting in Houses, power of Houses to act notwithstanding vacancies and quorum

(1) Save as otherwise provided in this Constitution, all questions at any sitting of either House or joint sitting of the Houses shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present and voting, other than the Speaker or person acting as Chairman or Speaker. The Chairman or Speaker, or person acting as such, shall not vote in the first instance, but shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes.

(2) Either House of Parliament shall have power to act notwithstanding any vacancy in the membership thereof, and any proceedings in Parliament shall be valid notwithstanding that it is discovered subsequently that some person who was not entitled so to do sat or voted or otherwise took part in the proceedings.

(3) Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the quorum to constitute a meeting of either House of Parliament shall be one-tenth of the total number of members of the House.

(4) If at any time during a meeting of a House there is no quorum, it shall be the duty of the Chairman or Speaker, or person acting as such, either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Section 101. Vacation of seats

(1) No person shall be a member of both Houses of Parliament and provision shall be made by Parliament by law for the vacation by a person who is chosen a member of both Houses of his seat in one House or the other.

(2) No person shall be a member both of Parliament and of a House of the Legislature of a State 1[***], and if a person is chosen a member both of Parliament and of a House of the Legislature of 2[a State], then, at the expiration of such period as may be specified in rules 3made by the President, that person’s seat in Parliament shall become vacant, unless he has previously resigned his seat in the Legislature of the State.

(3) If a member of either House of Parliament-

(a) Becomes subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in 4[clause (1) or clause (2) of article 102], or

5[(b) Resigns his seat by writing under his hand addressed to the Chairman or the Speaker, as the case may be, and his resignation is accepted by the Chairman or the Speaker, as the case may be,] his seat shall thereupon become vacant:

6[Provided that in the case of any resignation referred to in sub-clause (b), if from information received or otherwise and after making such inquiry as he thinks fit, the Chairman or the Speaker, as the case may be, is satisfied that such resignation is not voluntary or genuine, he shall not accept such resignation.]

(4) If for a period of sixty days a member of either House of Parliament is without permission of the House absent from all meetings thereof, the House may declare his seat vacant: Provided that in computing the said period of sixty days no account shall be taken of any period during which the House is prorogued or is adjourned for more than four consecutive days.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for “such a State”.

3. See the Prohibition of Simultaneous Membership Rules, 1950, published with the Ministry of Law Notification No. F.46/50-C, dated the 26th January, 1950, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, p.678

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985, s. 2, for “clause (1) of article 102″ (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-third Amendment) Act, 1974, s. 2, for sub-clause (b).

6. Ins. by s. 2, the Constitution (Thirty-third Amendment) Act, 1974.

Section 102. Disqualifications for membership

(1) A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of either House of Parliament-

(a) If he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State, other than an office declared by Parliament by law not to disqualify its holder;

(b) If he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court;

(c) If he is an undischarged insolvent;

(d) If he is not a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State, or is under any acknowledgment of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State;

(e) If he is so disqualified by or under any law made by Parliament.

1[Explanation. For the purposes of this clause] a person shall not be deemed to hold an office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State by reason only that he is a Minister either for the Union or for such State.

2[(2) A person shall be disqualified for being a member of either House of Parliament if he is so disqualified under the Tenth Schedule.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985, s. 3 for “(2) For the purposes of this article” (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

2. Ins. by s. 3, ibid. (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

Section 103. Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members

1[103. Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members.

(1) If any question arises as to whether a member of either House of Parliament has become subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in clause (1) of article 102, the question shall be referred for the decision of the President and his decision shall be final.

(2) Before giving any decision on any such question, the President shall obtain the opinion of the Election Commission and shall act according to such opinion.]

1. Art. 103 has been successively subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 20 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977) and the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 14, to read as above (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 104. Penalty for sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article 99 or when not qualified or when disqualified

If a person sits or votes as a member of either House of Parliament before he has complied with the requirements of article 99, or when he knows that he is not qualified or that he is disqualified for membership thereof, or that he is prohibited from so doing by the provisions of any law made by Parliament, he shall be liable in respect of each day on which he so sits or votes to a penalty of five hundred rupees to be recovered as a debt due to the Union.

Section 105. Powers, privileges, etc., of the Houses of Parliament and of the members and committees thereof

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the rules and standing orders regulating the procedure of Parliament, there shall be freedom of speech in Parliament.

(2) No member of Parliament shall be liable to any proceedings in any court in respect of anything said or any vote given by him in Parliament or any committee thereof, and no person shall be so liable in respect of the publication by or under the authority of either House of Parliament of any report, paper, votes or proceedings.

(3) In other respects, the powers, privileges and immunities of each House of Parliament, and of the members and the committees of each House, shall be such as may from time to time be defined by Parliament by law, and, until so defined, 1[shall be those of that House and of its members and committees immediately before the coming into force of section 15 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978].

(4) The provisions of clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to persons who by virtue of this Constitution have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, a House of Parliament or any committee thereof as they apply in relation to members of Parliament.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 15, for certain words (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 106. Salaries and allowances of members

Members of either House of Parliament shall be entitled to receive such salaries and allowances as may from time to time be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that respect is so made, allowances at such rates and upon such conditions as were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India

Section 107. Provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills

(1) Subject to the provisions of articles 109 and 117 with respect to Money Bills and other financial Bills, a Bill may originate in either House of Parliament.

(2) Subject to the provisions of articles 108 and 109, a Bill shall not be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of Parliament unless it has been agreed to by both Houses, either without amendment or with such amendments only as are agreed to by both Houses.

(3) A Bill pending in Parliament shall not lapse by reason of the prorogation of the Houses.

(4) A Bill pending in the Council of States which has not been passed by the House of the People shall not lapse on a dissolution of the House of the People.

(5) A Bill which is pending in the House of the People, or which having been passed by the House of the People is pending in the Council of States, shall, subject to the provisions of article 108, lapse on a dissolution of the House of the People.

Section 108. Joint sitting of both Houses in certain cases

(1) If after a Bill has been passed by one House and transmitted to the other House-

(a) The Bill is rejected by the other House; or

(b) The Houses have finally disagreed as to the amendments to be made in the Bill; or

(c) More than six months elapse from the date of the reception of the Bill by the other House without the Bill being passed by it, the President may, unless the Bill has elapsed by reason of a dissolution of the House of the People, notify to the Houses by message if they are sitting or by public notification if they are not sitting, his intention to summon them to meet in a joint sitting for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill: Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to a Money Bill.

(2) In reckoning any such period of six months as is referred to in clause (1), no account shall be taken of any period during which the House referred to in sub-clause (c) of that clause is prorogued or adjourned for more than four consecutive days.

(3) Where the President has under clause (1) notified his intention of summoning the Houses to meet in a joint sitting, neither House shall proceed further with the Bill, but the President may at any time after the date of his notification summon the Houses to meet in a joint sitting for the purpose specified in the notification and, if he does so, the Houses shall meet accordingly.

(4) If at the joint sitting of the two Houses the Bill, with such amendments, if any, as are agreed to in joint sitting, is passed by a majority of the total number of members of both Houses present and voting, it shall be deemed for the purposes of this Constitution to have been passed by both Houses:

Provided that at a joint sitting-

(a) If the Bill, having been passed by one House, has not been passed by the other House with amendments and returned to the House in which it originated, no amendment shall be proposed to the Bill other than such amendments (if any) as are made necessary by the delay in the passage of the Bill;

(b) If the Bill has been so passed and returned, only such amendments as aforesaid shall be proposed to the Bill and such other amendments as are relevant to the matters with respect to which the Houses have not agreed

and the decision of the person presiding as to the amendments which are admissible under this clause shall be final.

(5) A joint sitting may be held under this article and a Bill passed thereat, notwithstanding that a dissolution of the House of the People has intervened since the President notified his intention to summon the Houses to meet therein.

Section 109. Special procedure in respect of Money Bills

(1) A Money Bill shall not be introduced in the Council of States.

(2) After a Money Bill has been passed by the House of the People it shall be transmitted to the Council of States for its recommendations and the Council of States shall within a period of fourteen days from the date of its receipt of the Bill return the Bill to the House of the People with its recommendations and the House of the People may thereupon either accept or reject all or any of the recommendations of the Council of States.

(3) If the House of the People accepts any of the recommendations of the Council of States, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses with the amendments recommended by the Council of States and accepted by the House of the People.

(4) If the House of the People does not accept any of the recommendations of the Council of States, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the House of the People without any of the amendments recommended by the Council of States.

(5) If a Money Bill passed by the House of the People and transmitted to the Council of States for its recommendations is not returned to the House of the People within the said period of fourteen days, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said period in the form in which it was passed by the House of the People.

Section 110. Definition of “Money Bills”

(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Bill shall be deemed to be a Money Bill if it contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely: –

(a) The imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax;

(b) The regulation of the borrowing of money or the giving of any guarantee by the Government of India, or the amendment of the law with respect to any financial obligations undertaken or to be undertaken by the Government of India;

(c) The custody of the Consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of India, the payment of moneys into or the withdrawal of moneys from any such Fund;

(d) The appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India;

(e) The declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India or the increasing of the amount of any such expenditure;

(f) The receipt of money on account of the Consolidated Fund of India or the public account of India or the custody or issue of such money or the audit of the accounts of the Union or of a State; or

(g) Any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f).

(2) A Bill shall not be deemed to be a Money Bill by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.

(3) If any question arises whether a Bill is a Money Bill or not, the decision of the Speaker of the House of the People thereon shall be final.

(4) There shall be endorsed on every Money Bill when it is transmitted to the Council of States under article 109, and when it is presented to the President for assent under article 111, the certificate of the Speaker of the House of the People signed by him that it is a Money Bill.

Section 111. Assent to Bills

When a Bill has been passed by the Houses of Parliament, it shall be presented to the President, and the President shall declare either that he assents to the Bill, or that he withholds assent therefrom:

Provided that the President may, as soon as possible after the presentation to him of a Bill for assent, return the Bill if it is not a Money Bill to the Houses with a message requesting that they will reconsider the Bill or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message, and when a Bill is so returned, the Houses shall reconsider the Bill accordingly, and if the Bill is passed again by the Houses with or without amendment and presented to the President for assent, the President shall not withhold assent therefrom.

Section 112. Annual financial statement

(1) The President shall in respect of every financial year cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditure of the Government of India for that year, in this Part referred to as the “annual financial statement”.

(2) The estimates of expenditure embodied in the annual financial statement shall show separately-

(a) The sums required to meet expenditure described by this Constitution as expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India; and

(b) The sums required to meet other expenditure proposed to be made from the Consolidated Fund of India, and shall distinguish expenditure on revenue account from other expenditure.

(3) The following expenditure shall be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India-

(a) The emoluments and allowances of the President and other expenditure relating to his office;

(b) The salaries and allowances of the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States and the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People;

(c) Debt charges for which the Government of India is liable including interest, sinking fund charges and redemption charges, and other expenditure relating to the raising of loans and the service and redemption of debt;

(d) (i) The salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of the Supreme Court;

(ii) The pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of the Federal Court;

(iii) The pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of any High Court which exercises jurisdiction in relation to any area included in the territory of India or which at any time before the commencement of this Constitution exercised jurisdiction in relation to any area included in 1[a Governor’s Province of the Dominion of India];

(e) The salary, allowances and pension payable to or in respect of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India;

(f) Any sums required to satisfy any judgment, decree or award of any court or arbitral tribunal;

(g) Any other expenditure declared by this Constitution or by Parliament by law to be so charged.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch., for “a Province corresponding to a State specified in Part A of the First Schedule”(w. e. f. 19/10/1956).

Section 113. Procedure in Parliament with respect to estimates

(1) So much of the estimates as relates to expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India shall not be submitted to the vote of Parliament, but nothing in this clause shall be construed as preventing the discussion in either House of Parliament of any of those estimates.

(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted in the form of demands for grants to the House of the People, and the House of the People shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent to any demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.

(3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the President.

Section 114. Appropriation Bills

(1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 113 have been made by the House of the People, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of India of all moneys required to meet-

(a) The grants so made by the House of the People; and

(b) The expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India but not exceeding in any case the amount shown in the statement previously laid before Parliament.

(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in either House of Parliament which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering the destination of any grant so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India, and the decision of the person presiding as to whether an amendment is inadmissible under this clause shall be final.

(3) Subject to the provisions of articles 115 and 116, no money shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Fund of India except under appropriation made by law passed in accordance with the provisions of this article.

Section 115. Supplementary, additional or excess grants

(1) The President shall-

(a) If the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions of article 114 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during the current financial year for supplementary or additional expenditure upon some new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or

(b) If any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in excess of the amount granted for that service and for that year, cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament another statement showing the estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to the House of the People a demand for such excess, as the case any be.

(2) The provisions of articles 112, 113 and 114 shall have effect in relation to any such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a grant and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure or grant.

Section 116. Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants

(1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, the House of the People shall have power-

(a) To make any grant in advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure prescribed in article 113 for the voting of such grant and the passing of the law in accordance with the provisions of article 114 in relation to that expenditure;

(b) To make a grant for meeting an unexpected demand upon the resources of India when on account of the magnitude or the indefinite character of the service the demand cannot be stated with the details ordinarily given in an annual financial statement;

(c) To make an exceptional grant which forms no part of the current service of any financial year; and Parliament shall have power to authorise by law the withdrawal of moneys from the Consolidated Fund of India for the purposes for which the said grants are made.

(2) The provisions of articles 113 and 114 shall have effect in relation to the making of any grant under clause (1) and to any law to be made under that clause as they have effect in relation to the making of a grant with regard to any expenditure mentioned in the annual financial statement and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure.

Section 117. Specaal provisions as to financial Bills

(1) A Bill or amendment making provision for any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f) of clause (1) of article 110 shall not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the President and a Bill making such provision shall not be introduced in the Council of States:

Provided that no recommendation shall be required under this clause for the moving of an amendment making provision for the reduction or abolition of any tax.

(2) A Bill or amendment shall not be deemed to make provision for any of the matters aforesaid by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.

(3) A Bill which, if enacted and brought into operation, would involve expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of India shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless the President has recommended to that House the consideration of the Bill.

Section 118. Rules of procedure

(1) Each House of Parliament may make rules for regulating, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, its procedure and the conduct of its business.

(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution with respect to the Legislature of the Dominion of India shall have effect in relation to Parliament subject to such modifications and adaptations as may be made therein by the Chairman of the Council of States or the Speaker of the House of the People, as the case may be.

(3) The President, after consultation with the Chairman of the Council of States and the Speaker of the House of the People, may make rules as to the procedure with respect to joint sittings of, and communications between, the two Houses.

(4) At a joint sitting of the two Houses the Speaker of the House of the People, or in his absence such person as may be determined by rules of procedure made under clause (3), shall preside.

Section 119. Regulation by law of procedure in Parliament in relation to financial business

Parliament may, for the purpose of the timely completion of financial business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of business in, each House of Parliament in relation to any financial matter or to any Bill for the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India, and, if and so far as any provision of any law so made is inconsistent with any rule made by a House of Parliament under clause (1) of article 118 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to Parliament under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.

Section 120. Language to be used in Parliament

(1) Notwithstanding anything in Part XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in Parliament shall be transacted in Hindi or in English:

Provided that the Chairman of the Council of States or Speaker of the House of the People, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who cannot adequately express himself in Hindi or in English to address the House in his mother-tongue.

(2) Unless Parliament by law otherwise provides, this article shall, after the expiration of a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, have effect as if the words “or in English” were omitted therefrom.

Section 121. Restriction on discussion in Parliament

No discussion shall take place in Parliament with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties except upon a motion for presenting an address to the President praying for the removal of the Judge as hereinafter provided.

Section 122. Courts not to inquire into proceedings of Parliament

(1) The validity of any proceedings in Parliament shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.

(2) No officer or member of Parliament in whom powers are vested by or under this Constitution for regulating procedure or the conduct of business, or for maintaining order, in Parliament shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the exercise by him of those powers.

Section 123. Power of President to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Parliament

(1) If at any time, except when both Houses of Parliament are in session, the President is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require.

(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament, but every such Ordinance-

(a) Shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament and shall cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of Parliament, or, if before the expiration of that period resolutions disapproving it are passed by both Houses, upon the passing of the second of those resolutions; and

(b) May be withdrawn at any time by the President. Explanation.

Where the Houses of Parliament are summoned to reassemble on different dates, the period of six weeks shall be reckoned from the later of those dates for the purposes of this clause.

(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which Parliament would not under this Constitution be competent to enact, it shall be void.

1. Cl. (4) was ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 2 (retrospectively) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 16 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 124. Establishment and constitution of Supreme Court

(1) There shall be a Supreme Court of India consisting of a Chief Justice of India and, until Parliament by law prescribes a larger number, of not more than seven1 other Judges.

(2) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal after consultation with such of the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts in the States as the President may deem necessary for the purpose and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty-five years:

Provided that in the case of appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of India shall always be consulted:

Provided further that-

(a) A Judge may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office;

(b) A Judge may be removed from his office in the manner provided in clause (4).

2[(2A) The age of a Judge of the Supreme Court shall be determined by such authority and in such manner as Parliament may by law provide.]

(3) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court unless he is a citizen of India and-

(a) Has been for at least five years a Judge of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or

(b) Has been for at least ten years an advocate of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or

(c) Is, in the opinion of the President, a distinguished jurist.

Explanation I. In this clause “High Court” means a High Court which exercises, or which at any time before the commencement of this Constitution exercised, jurisdiction in any part of the territory of India.

Explanation II. In computing for the purpose of this clause the period during which a person has been an advocate, any period during which a person has held judicial office not inferior to that of a district judge after he became an advocate shall be included.

(4) A Judge of the Supreme Court shall not be removed from his office except by an order of the President passed after an address by each House of Parliament supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting has been presented to the President in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

(5) Parliament may by law regulate the procedure for the presentation of an address and for the investigation and proof of the misbehaviour or incapacity of a Judge under clause (4).

(6) Every person appointed to be a Judge of the Supreme Court shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

(7) No person who has held office as a Judge of the Supreme court shall plead or act in any court or before any authority within the territory of India.

1. Now “twenty-five”, vide the Supreme Court (number of Judges) Amendment Act, 1986 (Act 22 of 1986).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 2.

Section 125. Salaries, etc., of Judges

1[(1) There shall be paid to the Judges of the Supreme Court such salaries as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries as are specified in the Second Schedule.]

(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such privileges and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law made by Parliament and, until so determined, to such privileges, allowances and rights as are specified in the Second Schedule:

Provided that neither the privileges nor the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986, s. 2, for cl. (1) (w.e.f. 1-4-1986).

Section 126. Appointment of acting Chief Justice

When the office of Chief Justice of India is vacant or when the Chief Justice is, by reason of absence or otherwise, unable to perform the duties of his office, the duties of the office shall be performed by such one of the other Judges of the Court as the President may appoint for the purpose.

Section 127. Appointment of ad hoc, Judges

(1) If at any time there should not be a quorum of the Judges of the Supreme Court available to hold or continue any session of the Court, the Chief Justice of India may, with the previous consent of the President and after consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court concerned, request in writing the attendance at the sittings of the Court, as an ad hoc Judge, for such period as may be necessary, of a Judge of a High Court duly qualified for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court to be designated by the Chief Justice of India.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Judge who has been so designated, in priority to other duties of his office, to attend the sittings of the Supreme Court at the time and for the period for which his attendance is required, and while so attending he shall have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges, and shall discharge the duties, of a Judge of the Supreme Court.

Section 128. Attendance of retired Judges at sittings of the Supreme Court

Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Chief Justice of India may at any time, with the previous consent of the President, request any person who has held the office of a Judge of the Supreme Court or of the Federal Court 1[or who has held the office of a Judge of a High Court and is duly qualified for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court] to sit and act as a Judge of the Supreme Court, and every such person so requested shall, while so sitting and acting, be entitled to such allowances as the President may by order determine and have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of, but shall not otherwise be deemed to be, a Judge of that Court:

Provided that nothing in this article shall be deemed to require any such person as aforesaid to sit and act as a Judge of that Court unless he consents so to do.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 3.

Section 129. Supreme Court to be a court of record

The Supreme Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself.

Section 130. Seat of Supreme Court

The Supreme Court shall sit in Delhi or in such other place or places, as the Chief Justice of India may, with the approval of the President, from time to time, appoint.

Section 131. Original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Supreme Court shall, to the exclusion of any other court, have original jurisdiction in any dispute-

(a) Between the Government of India and one or more States; or

(b) Between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other; or

(c) Between two or more States,

If and in so far as the dispute involves any question (whether of law or fact) on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends:

1[Provided that the said jurisdiction shall not extend to a dispute arising out of any treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or other similar instrument which, having been entered into or executed before the commencement of this Constitution, continues in operation after such commencement, or which provides that the said jurisdiction shall not extend to such a dispute.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 5, for the proviso.

Section 131A. Exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court in regard to questions as to constitutional validity of Central laws

1[131A. Exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court in regard to questions as to constitutional validity of Central laws.

[Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977 sec. 4 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).]]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 23 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 132. Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in certain cases

(1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court in the territory of India, whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, 1[if the High Court certifies under article 134A] that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution.

2[* * *]

(3) Where such a certificate is given, 3[***] any party in the case may appeal to the Supreme Court on the ground that any such question as aforesaid has been wrongly decided 3[***].

Explanation. For the purposes of this article, the expression “final order” includes an order deciding an issue, which, if decided in favour of the appellant, would be sufficient for the final disposal of the case.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 17, for “if the High Court certifies” (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

2. Cl. (2) omitted by s. 17, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

3. Certain words omitted by s. 17, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

Section 133. Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in regard to civil matters

1[(1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court in the territory of India 2[if the High Court certifies under article 134A-]

(a) That the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance; and

(b) That in the opinion of the High Court the said question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.]

(2) Notwithstanding anything in article 132, any party appealing to the Supreme Court under clause (1) may urge as one of the grounds in such appeal that a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution has been wrongly decided.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this article, no appeal shall, unless Parliament by law otherwise provides, lie to the Supreme Court from the judgment, decree or final order of one Judge of a High Court.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment) Act, 1972, s. 2, for cl. (1) (w.e.f. 27-2-1973).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 18, for “if the High Court certifies-” (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

Section 134. Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in regard to criminal matters

(1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court in the territory of India if the High Court-

(a) Has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or

(b) Has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any court subordinate to its authority and has in such trial convicted the accused person and sentenced him to death; or

(c) 1[certifies under article 134A] that the case is a fit one for appeal to the Supreme Court:

Provided that an appeal under sub-clause (c) shall lie subject to such provisions as may be made in that behalf under clause (1) of article 145 and to such conditions as the High Court may establish or require.

(2) Parliament may by law confer on the Supreme Court any further powers to entertain and hear appeals from any judgment, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court in the territory of India subject to such conditions and limitations as may be specified in such law.

1. Subs. by s. 19, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, for “certifies” (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

Section 134A. Certificate for appeal to the Supreme Court

1[134A. Certificate for appeal to the Supreme Court .

Every High Court, passing or making a judgment, decree, final order, or sentence, referred to in clause (1) of article 132 or clause (1) of article 133, or clause (1) of article 134, –

(a) May, if it deems fit so to do, on its own motion; and

(b) Shall, if an oral application is made, by or on behalf of the party aggrieved, immediately after the passing or making of such judgment, decree, final order or sentence,

Determine, as soon as may be after such passing or making, the question whether a certificate of the nature referred to in clause (1) of article 132, or clause (1) of article 133 or, as the case may be, sub-clause (c) of clause (1) of article 134, may be given in respect of that case.]

1. Ins. by s. 20, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

Section 135. Jurisdiction and powers of the Federal Court under existing law to be exercisable by the Supreme Court

Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the Supreme Court shall also have jurisdiction and powers with respect to any matter to which the provisions of article 133 or article 134 do not apply if jurisdiction and powers in relation to that matter were exercisable by the Federal Court immediately before the commencement of this Constitution under any existing law.

Section 136. Special leave to appeal by the Supreme Court

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Supreme Court may, in its discretion, grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any court or tribunal in the territory of India.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall apply to any judgment, determination, sentence or order passed or made by any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces.

Section 137. Review of judgments or orders by the Supreme Court

Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament or any rules made under article 145, the Supreme Court shall have power to review any judgment pronounced or order made by it.

Section 138. Enlargement of the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court

(1) The Supreme Court shall have such further jurisdiction and powers with respect to any of the matters in the Union List as Parliament may by law confer.

(2) The Supreme Court shall have such further jurisdiction and powers with respect to any matter as the Government of India and the Government of any State may by special agreement confer, if Parliament by law provides for the exercise of such jurisdiction and powers by the Supreme Court.

Section 139. Conferment on the Supreme Court of powers to issue certain writs

Parliament may by law confer on the Supreme Court power to issue directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for any purposes other than those mentioned in clause (2) of article 32.

Section 139A. Transfer of certain cases

1 [139A. Transfer of certain cases.

2 [(1) Where cases involving the same or substantially the same questions of law are pending before the Supreme Court and one or more High Courts or before two or more High Courts and the Supreme Court is satisfied on its own motion or on an application made by the Attorney-General of India or by a party to any such case that such questions are substantial questions of general importance, the Supreme Court may withdraw the case or cases pending before the High Court or the High Courts and dispose of all the cases itself:

Provided that the Supreme Court may after determining the said questions of law return any case so withdrawn together with a copy of its judgment on such questions to the High Court from which the case has been withdrawn, and the High Court shall on receipt thereof, proceed to dispose of the case in conformity with such judgment.]

(2) The Supreme Court may, if it deems it expedient so to do for the ends of justice, transfer any case, appeal or other proceedings pending before any High Court to any other High Court.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 24 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 21, for cl. (1) (w.e.f. 1-8-1979).

Section 140. Ancillary powers of Supreme Court

Parliament may by law make provision for conferring upon the Supreme Court such supplemental powers not inconsistent with any of the provisions of this Constitution as may appear to be necessary or desirable for the purpose of enabling the Court more effectively to exercise the jurisdiction conferred upon it by or under this Constitution.

Section 141. Law declared by Supreme Court to be binding on all courts

The law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India.

Section 142. Enforcement of decrees and orders of Supreme Court and orders as to discovery, etc.

(1) The Supreme Court in the exercise of its jurisdiction may pass such decree or make such order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it, and any decree so passed or order so made shall be enforceable throughout the territory of India in such manner as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament and, until provision in that behalf is so made, in such manner as the President may by order 1prescribe.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the Supreme Court shall, as respects the whole of the territory of India, have all and every power to make any order for the purpose of securing the attendance of any person, the discovery or production of any documents, or the investigation or punishment of any contempt of itself.

1. See the Supreme Court (Decrees and Orders) Enforcement Order, 1954 (C.O. 47).

Section 143. Power of President to consult Supreme Court.

(1) If at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or fact has arisen, or is likely to arise, which is of such a nature and of such public importance that it is expedient to obtain the opinion of the Supreme Court upon it, he may refer the question to that Court for consideration and the Court may, after such hearing as it thinks fit, report to the President its opinion thereon.

(2) The President may, notwithstanding anything in 1[***] the proviso to article 131, refer a dispute of the kind mentioned in the 2[said proviso] to the Supreme Court for opinion and the Supreme Court shall, after such hearing as it thinks fit, report to the President its opinion thereon.

1. The words, brackets and figure “clause (i) of” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for “said clause”.

Section 144. Civil and judicial authorities to act in aid of the Supreme Court

All authorities, civil and judicial, in the territory of India shall act in aid of the Supreme Court.

Section 144A. Special provisions as to disposal of questions relating to constitutional validity of laws

1[144A. Special provisions as to disposal of questions relating to constitutional validity of laws.

[Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 5 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 25 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 145. Rules of Court, etc.

(1) Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the Supreme Court may from time to time, with the approval of the President, make rules for regulating generally the practice and procedure of the Court including-

(a) Rules as to the persons practising before the Court;

(b) Rules as to the procedure for hearing appeals and other mattters pertaining to appeals including the time within which appeals to the Court are to be entered;

(c) Rules as to the proceedings in the Court for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III;

1 [(cc) Rules as to the proceedings in the Court under 2[article 139A];]

(d) Rules as to the entertainment of appeals under sub-clause (c) of clause (1) of article 134;

(e) Rules as to the conditions subject to which any judgment pronounced or order made by the Court may be reviewed and the procedure for such review including the time within which applications to the Court for such review are to be entered;

(f) Rules as to the costs of and incidental to any proceedings in the Court and as to the fees to be charged in respect of proceedings therein;

(g) Rules as to the granting of bail;

(h) Rules as to stay of proceedings;

(i) Rules providing for the summary determination of any appeal which appears to the Court to be frivolous or vexatious or brought for the purpose of delay;

(j) Rules as to the procedure for inquiries referred to in clause (1) of article 317.

(2) Subject to the 3 [provisions of 4 [***] clause (3)], rules made under this article may fix the minimum number of Judges who are to sit for any purpose, and may provide for the powers of single Judges and Division Courts.

(3) 5 [4 [***] The minimum number of Judges who are to sit for the purpose of deciding any case involving a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution or for the purpose of hearing any reference under article 143 shall be five:

Provided that, where the Court hearing an appeal under any of the provisions of this Chapter other than article 132 consists of less than five Judges and in the course of the hearing of the appeal the Court is satisfied that the appeal involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the appeal, such Court shall refer the question for opinion to a Court constituted as required by this clause for the purpose of deciding any case involving such a question and shall on receipt of the opinion dispose of the appeal in conformity with such opinion.

(4) No judgment shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save in open Court, and no report shall be made under article 143 save in accordance with an opinion also delivered in open Court.

(5) No judgment and no such opinion shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save with the concurrence of a majority of the Judges present at the hearing of the case, but nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prevent a Judge who does not concur from delivering a dissenting judgment or opinion.

1. Ins. by s. 26, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 6, for “articles 131A and 139A” (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 26, for “provisions of clause (3)” (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

4. Certain words omitted by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 6 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 26, for “The minimum number” (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 146. Officers and servants and the expenses of the Supreme Court

(1) Appointments of officers and servants of the Supreme Court shall be made by the Chief Justice of India or such other Judge or officer of the Court as he may direct:

Provided that the President may by rule require that in such cases as may be specified in the rule, no person not already attached to the Court shall be appointed to any office connected with the Court, save after consultation with the Union Public Service Commission.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the conditions of service of officers and servants of the Supreme Court shall be such as may be prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice of India or by some other Judge or officer of the Court authorised by the Chief Justice of India to make rules for the purpose:

Provided that the rules made under this clause shall, so far as they relate to salaries, allowances, leave or pensions, require the approval of the President.

(3) The administrative expenses of the Supreme Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of the officers and servants of the Court, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India, and any fees or other moneys taken by the Court shall form part of that Fund.

Section 147. Interpretation

In this Chapter and in Chapter V of Part VI, references to any substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution shall be construed as including references to any substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Government of India Act, 1935 (including any enactment amending or supplementing that Act), or of any Order in Council or order made thereunder, or of the Indian Independence Act, 1947, or of any order made thereunder.

Section 148. Comptroller and Auditor-General of India

(1) There shall be a Comptroller and Auditor-General of India who shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal and shall only be removed from office in like manner and on the like grounds as a Judge of the Supreme Court.

(2) Every person appointed to be the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

(3) The salary and other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General shall be such as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until they are so determined, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule:

Provided that neither the salary of a Comptroller and Auditor-General nor his rights in respect of leave of absence, pension or age of retirement shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

(4) The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall not be eligible for further office either under the Government of India or under the Government of any State after he has ceased to hold his office.

(5) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and of any law made by Parliament, the conditions of service of persons serving in the Indian Audit and Accounts Department and the administrative powers of the Comptroller and Auditor-General shall be such as may be prescribed by rules made by the President after consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor-General.

(6) The administrative expenses of the office of the Comptroller and Auditor-General, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of persons serving in that office, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India.

Section 149. Duties and powers of the Comptroller and Auditor-General

The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States and of any other authority or body as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States as were conferred on or exercisable by the Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in relation to the accounts of the Dominion of India and of the Provinces respectively.

Section 150. Form of accounts of the Union and of the States

1[150. Form of accounts of the Union and of the States.

The accounts of the Union and of the States shall be kept in such form as the President may, 2[on the advice of] the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, prescribe.]

1. Subs. by s. 27, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, for art. 150 (w.e.f. 1-4-1977).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 22, for “after consultation with” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 151. Audit reports

(1) The reports of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India relating to the accounts of the Union shall be submitted to the President, who shall cause them to be laid before each House of Parliament.

(2) The reports of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India relating to the accounts of a State shall be submitted to the Governor 1[***] of the State, who shall cause them to be laid before the Legislature of the State.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 152. Definition

Part VI The State 1[***] Chapter I General

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression “State” does not include the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

Section 153. Governors of States

There shall be a Governor for each State:

1[Provided that nothing in this article shall prevent the appointment of the same person as Governor for two or more States.]

1. Added by s. 6, the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956

Section 154. Executive power of State

(1) The executive power of the State shall be vested in the Governor and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with this Constitution.

(2) Nothing in this article shall-

(a) Be deemed to transfer to the Governor any functions conferred by any existing law on any other authority; or

(b) Prevent Parliament or the Legislature of the State from conferring by law functions on any authority subordinate to the Governor.

Section 155. Appointment of Governor

The Governor of a State shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.

Section 156. Term of office of Governor

(1) The Governor shall hold office during the pleasure of the President.

(2) The Governor may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office.

(3) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this article, a Governor shall hold office for a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:

Provided that a Governor shall, notwithstanding the expiration of his term, continue to hold office until his successor enters upon his office.

Section 157. Qualifications for appointment as Governor

No person shall be eligible for appointment as Governor unless he is a citizen of India and has completed the age of thirty-five years.

Section 158. Conditions of Governor’s office

(1) The Governor shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State specified in the First Schedule, and if a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any such State be appointed Governor, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as Governor.

(2) The Governor shall not hold any other office of profit.

(3) The Governor shall be entitled without payment of rent to the use of his official residences and shall be also entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privileges as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.

1[(3A) Where the same person is appointed as Governor of two or more States, the emoluments and allowances payable to the Governor shall be allocated among the States in such proportion as the President may by order determine.]

(4) The emoluments and allowances of the Governor shall not be diminished during his term of office.

1. Ins. by s. 7, the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

Section 159. Oath or affirmation by the Governor

Every Governor and every person discharging the functions of the Governor shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe in the presence of the Chief Justice of the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to the State, or, in his absence, the senior most Judge of that Court available, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say-

“I, A. B., do (swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm) that I will faithfully execute the office of Governor (or discharge the functions of the Governor) of ………….(name of the State) and will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the law and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of …..(name of the State).”

Section 160. Discharge of the functions of the Governor in certain contingencies

The President may make such provision as he thinks fit for the discharge of the functions of the Governor of a State in any contingency not provided for in this Chapter

Section 161. Power of Governor to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute sentences in certain cases

The Governor of a State shall have the power to grant pardons, reprieves, respites or remissions of punishment or to suspend, remit or commute the sentence of any person convicted of any offence against any law relating to a matter to which the executive power of the State extends.

Section 162. Extent of executive power of State

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the executive power of a State shall extend to the matters with respect to which the Legislature of the State has power to make laws:

Provided that in any matter with respect to which the Legislature of a State and Parliament have power to make laws, the executive power of the State shall be subject to, and limited by, the executive power expressly conferred by this Constitution or by any law made by Parliament upon the Union or authorities thereof.

Section 163. Council of Ministers to aid and advise Governor

(1) There shall be a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister at the head to aid and advise the Governor in the exercise of his functions, except in so far as he is by or under this Constitution required to exercise his functions or any of them in his discretion.

(2) If any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as respects which the Governor is by or under this Constitution required to act in his discretion, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and the validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the ground that he ought or ought not to have acted in his discretion.

(3) The question whether any, and if so what, advice was tendered by Ministers to the Governor shall not be inquired into in any court.

Section 164. Other provisions as to Ministers

(1) The Chief Minister shall be appointed by the Governor and the other Ministers shall be appointed by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Minster, and the Ministers shall hold office during the pleasure of the Governor:

Provided that in the States of Bihar, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa, there shall be a Minister in charge of tribal welfare who may in addition be in charge of the welfare of the Scheduled Castes and backward classes or any other work.

1(1A) The total number of Ministers, including the Chief Minister, in the Council of Ministers in a State shall not exceed fifteen per cent of the total number of members of the Legislative Assembly of the State.

Provided that the number of Ministers, including the Chief Minister in a State shall not be less than twelve:

Provided further that where the total number of Ministers Including the Chief MInister in the Council of Ministers in any State at the commencement of the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendment) Act, 2003 exceeds the said fifteen per cent or the number specified in the first proviso, as the case may be, then the total number of Ministers in that State shall be brought in conformity with the provisions of this clause within six months from such date as the President may by public notification appoint.

(1B) A member of the Legislative Assembly of a State or either House of the Legislature of a State having Legislative Council belonging to any political party who is disqualified for being a member of that house under paragraph 2 of the Tenth Schedule shall also be disqualified to be appointed as a Minister under clause (1) for duration of the period commencing from the date of his disqualification till the date on which the term of his office as such member would expire or where he contests any election to the Legislative Assembly of a State or either House of the Legislature of a State having Legislative Council, as the case may be, before the expiry of such period, till the date on which he is declared elected, whichever is earlier.]

(2) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the Legislative Assembly of the State.

(3) Before a Minister enters upon his office, the Governor shall administer to him the oaths of office and of secrecy according to the forms set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

(4) A Minister who for any period of six consecutive months is not a member of the Legislature of the State shall at the expiration of that period cease to be a Minister.

(5) The salaries and allowances of Ministers shall be such as the Legislature of the State may from time to time by law determine and, until the Legislature of the State so determines, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendmen) Act, 2003, sec.3 (w.e.f.1/1/2004).

Section 165. Advocate-General for the State

(1) The Governor of each State shall appoint a person who is qualified to be appointed a Judge of a High Court to be Advocate-General for the State.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Advocate-General to give advice to the Government of the State upon such legal matters, and to perform such other duties of a legal character, as may from time to time be referred or assigned to him by the Governor, and to discharge the functions conferred on him by or under this Constitution or any other law for the time being in force.

(3) The Advocate-General shall hold office during the pleasure of the Governor, and shall receive such remuneration as the Governor may determine.

Section 166. Conduct of business of the Government of a State.

(1) All executive action of the Government of a State shall be expressed to be taken in the name of the Governor.

(2) Orders and other instruments made and executed in the name of the Governor shall be authenticated in such manner as may be specified in rules to be made by the Governor, and the validity of an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed by the Governor.

(3) The Governor shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the business of the Government of the State, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said business in so far as it is not business with respect to which the Governor is by or under this Constitution required to act in his discretion.

1[* * *]

1. Cl. (4) was ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 28 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 23 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 167. Duties of Chief Minister as respects the furnishing of information to Governor, etc.

It shall be the duty of the Chief Minister of each State-

(a) To communicate to the Governor of the State all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposals for legislation;

(b) To furnish such information relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposals for legislation as the Governor may call for; and

(c) If the Governor so requires, to submit for the consideration of the Council of Ministers any matter on which a decision has been taken by a Minister but which has not been considered by the Council.

Section 168. Constitution of Legislatures in States.

(1) For every State there shall be a Legislature which shall consist of the Governor, and-

(a) In the States of 1[***] Bihar, 2[***] 3[4[***] 5[Maharashtra], 6[Karnataka] and 7[***] 8[and Uttar Pradesh, two Houses;

(b) In other States, one House.

(2) Where there are two Houses of the Legislature of a State, one shall be known as the Legislative Council and the other as the Legislative

Assembly, and where there is only one House, it shall be known as the Legislative Assembly.

1. The words “Andhra Pradesh,” omitted by the Andhra Pradesh Legislatve Council Abolition) Act, 1985 (34 of 1985), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-6-1985).

2. The word “Bombay” omitted by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 20 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

3. No date has been appointed under s.8(2) of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for the insertion of the words “Madhaya Pradesh” in this sub-clause.

4. The words “Tamil Nadu,” omitted by the Tamil Nadu Legislative Council (Abolition) Act, 1986 (40 of 1986), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-11-1986).

5. Ins. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 20 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

6. Subs. by the Mysore State (Alteration of Name) Act, 1973 (31 of 1973), s. 4, for “Mysore” (w.e.f. 1-11-1973), which was inserted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 8 (1).

7. The word “Punjab”, omitted by the Punjab Legislative Council (Abolition) Act 1969 (46 of 1969), sec.4 (w.e.f.7/1/1970).

8. Subs. by the West Bengal Legislative Council (Abolition) Act, 1969 (20 of 1969), sec.4, for “Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal” (w.e.f. 1/8/1969).

Section 169. Abolition or creation of Legislative Councils in States

(1) Notwithstanding anything in article 168, Parliament may by law provide for the abolition of the Legislative Council of a State having such a Council or for the creation of such a Council in a State having no such Council, if the Legislative Assembly of the State passes a resolution to that effect by a majority of the total membership of the Assembly and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of the Assembly present and voting.

(2) Any law referred to in clause (1) shall contain such provisions for the amendment of this Constitution as may be necessary to give effect to the provisions of the law and may also contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions as Parliament may deem necessary.

(3) No such law as aforesaid shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.

Section 170. Composition of the Legislative Assemblies

1[170. Composition of the Legislative Assemblies.

(1) Subject to the provisions of article 333, the Legislative Assembly of each State shall consist of not more than five hundred, and not less than sixty, members chosen by direct election from territorial constituencies in the State.

(2) For the purposes of clause (1), each State shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and the number of seats allotted to it shall, so far as practicable, be the same throughout the State.

2[Explanation. In this clause, the expression “population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published:

Provided that the reference in this Explanation to the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 3[2026] have been published, be construed as a reference to the 4[2001] census.]

(3) Upon the completion of each census, the total number of seats in the Legislative Assembly of each State and the division of each State into territorial constituencies shall be readjusted by such authority and in such manner as Parliament may by law determine:

Provided that such readjustment shall not affect representation in the Legislative Assembly until the dissolution of the then existing Assembly:]

5[Provided further that such readjustment shall take effect from such date as the President may, by order, specify and until such readjustment takes effect, any election to the Legislative Assembly may be held on the basis of the territorial constituencies existing before such readjustment:

Provided also that until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 3[2026] have been published, it shall not be necessary to 6[readjust-

(i) the total number of seats in the Legislative Assembly of each State as readkisted pm the basis of the 1971 census; and

(ii) the division of such State into territorial constituencies as may be readjusted ion the basis of the 7[2001] census,

under this clause.]]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 9, for art. 170.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 29, for the Explanation (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) act, 2001, sec.5, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21/2/2002).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) act, 2001, sec.5, for “1971” (w.e.f. 21/2/2002) and again subs. by the Constitution (Eighty- seventh Amendment) Act, 2003,for ‘1991’ (w.e.f. 22/6/2003).

5. Ins. by s. 29, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

6. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 5, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

7. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-Seventh Amendment) Act, 2003, for ‘1991’ (w.e.f. 22/6/2003).

Section 171. Composition of the Legislative Councils

(1) The total number of members in the Legislative Council of a State having such a Council shall not exceed 1[one third] of the total number of members in the Legislative Assembly of that State:

Provided that the total number of members in the Legislative Council of a State shall in no case be less than forty.

(2) Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the composition of the Legislative Council of a State shall be as provided in clause (3).

(3) Of the total number of members of the Legislative Council of a State-

(a) As nearly as may be, one-third shall be elected by electorates consisting of members of municipalities, district boards and such other local authorities in the State as Parliament may by law specify;

(b) As nearly as may be, one-twelfth shall be elected by electorates consisting of persons residing in the State who have been for at least three years graduates of any university in the territory of India or have been for at least three years in possession of qualifications prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament as equivalent to that of a graduate of any such university;

(c) As nearly as may be, one-twelfth shall be elected by electorates consisting of persons who have been for at least three years engaged in teaching in such educational institutions within the State, not lower in standard than that of a secondary school, as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament;

(d) As nearly as may be, one-third shall be elected by the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State from amongst persons who are not members of the Assembly;

(e) The remainder shall be nominated by the Governor in accordance with the provisions of clause (5).

(4) The members to be elected under sub-clauses (a), (b) and (c) of clause (3) shall be chosen in such territorial constituencies as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament, and the elections under the said sub-clauses and under sub-clause (d) of the said clause shall be held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

(5) The members to be nominated by the Governor under sub-clause (e) of clause (3) shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical experience in respect of such matters as the following, namely: –

Literature, science, art, co-operative movement and social service.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act,1956, sec.10, for “one-fourth”.

Section 172. Duration of State Legislatures

(1) Every Legislative Assembly of every State, unless sooner dissolved, shall continue for 1[five years] from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer and the expiration of the said period of 1[five years] shall operate as a dissolution of the Assembly:

Provided that the said period may, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, be extended by Parliament by law for a period not exceeding one year at a time and not extending in any case beyond a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate.

(2) he Legislative Council of a State shall not be subject to dissolution, but as nearly as possible one-third of the members thereof shall retire as soon as may be on the expiration of every second year in accordance with the provisions made in that behalf by Parliament by law.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 24, for “six years” (w.e.f. 6-9-1979). The words “six years” were subs. for the original words “five years” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 30 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 173. Qualification for membership of the State Legislature

A person shall not be qualified to be chosen to fill a seat in the Legislature of a State unless he-

1[(a) Is a citizen of India, and makes and subscribes before some person authorised in that behalf by the Election Commission an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule;]

(b) Is, in the case of a seat in the Legislative Assembly, not less than twenty-five years of age and, in the case of a seat in the Legislative Council, not less than thirty years of age; and

(c) Possesses such other qualifications as may be prescribed in that behalf by or under any law made by Parliament.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 4, for cl.(a).

Section 174. Sessions of the State Legislature, prorogation and dissolution

1[174. Sessions of the State Legislature, prorogation and dissolution.

(1) The Governor shall from time to time summon the House or each House of the Legislature of the State to meet at such time and place as he thinks fit, but six months shall not intervene between its last sitting in one session and the date appointed for its first sitting in the next session.

(2) The Governor may from time to time-

(a) Prorogue the House or either House;

(b) Dissolve the Legislative Assembly.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 8, for art. 174.

Section 175. Right of Governor to address and send messages to the House or Houses

(1) The Governor may address the Legislative Assembly or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, either House of the Legislature of the State, or both Houses assembled together, and may for that purpose require the attendance of members.

(2) The Governor may send messages to the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State, whether with respect to a Bill then pending in the Legislature or otherwise, and a House to which any message is so sent shall with all convenient despatch consider any matter required by the message to be taken into consideration.

Section 176. Special address by the Governor

(1) At the commencement of 1[the first session after each general election to the Legislative Assembly and at the commencement of the first session of each year], the Governor shall address the Legislative Assembly or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, both Houses assembled together and inform the Legislature of the causes of its summons.

(2) Provision shall be made by the rules regulating the procedure of the House or either House for the allotment of time for discussion of the matters referred to in such address 2[***].

1. Subs. by s. 9, the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, for “every session”.

2. The words “and for the precedence of such discussion over other business of the House” omitted by s. 9, the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951.

Section 177. Rights of Ministers and Advocate-General as respects the Houses

Every Minister and the Advocate-General for a State shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legislative Assembly of the State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, both Houses, and to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, any committee of the Legislature of which he may be named a member, but shall not, by virtue of this article, be entitled to vote.

Section 178. The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly

Every Legislative Assembly of a State shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the Assembly to be respectively Speaker and Deputy Speaker thereof and, so often as the office of Speaker or Deputy Speaker becomes vacant, the Assembly shall choose another member to be Speaker or Deputy Speaker, as the case may be.

Section 179. Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Speaker and Deputy Speaker

A member holding office as Speaker or Deputy Speaker of an Assembly-

(a) Shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the Assembly;

(b) May at any time by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Speaker, to the Deputy Speaker, and if such member is the Deputy Speaker, to the Speaker, resign his office; and

(c) May be removed from his office by a resolution of the Assembly passed by a majority of all the then members of the Assembly:

Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days’ notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution:

Provided further that, whenever the Assembly is dissolved, the Speaker shall not vacate his office until immediately before the first meeting of the Assembly after the dissolution.

Section 180. Power of the Deputy Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Speaker

(1) While the office of Speaker is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Speaker or, if the office of Deputy Speaker is also vacant, by such member of the Assembly as the Governor may appoint for the purpose.

(2) During the absence of the Speaker from any sitting of the Assembly the Deputy Speaker or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the Assembly, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be determined by the Assembly, shall act as Speaker

Section 181. The Speaker or the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under consideration

(1) At any sitting of the Legislative Assembly, while any resolution for the removal of the Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Speaker, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Speaker, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 180 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Speaker or, as the case may be, the Deputy Speaker, is absent.

(2) The Speaker shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legislative Assembly while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the Assembly and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 189, be entitled to vote only in the first instance on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.

Section 182. The Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council

The Legislative Council of every State having such Council shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the Council to be respectively Chairman and Deputy Chairman thereof and, so often as the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman becomes vacant, the Council shall choose another member to be Chairman or Deputy Chairman, as the case may be.

Section 183. Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Chairman and Deputy Chairman

A member holding office as Chairman or Deputy Chairman of a Legislative Council-

(a) Shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the Council;

(b) May at any time by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Chairman, to the Deputy Chairman, and if such member is the Deputy Chairman, to the Chairman, resign his office; and

(c) May be removed from his office by a resolution of the Council passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council:

Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days’ notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution.

Section 184. Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Chairman

(1) While the office of Chairman is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Chairman or, if the office of Deputy Chairman is also vacant, by such member of the Council as the Governor may appoint for the purpose.

(2) During the absence of the Chairman from any sitting of the Council the Deputy Chairman or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the Council, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be determined by the Council, shall act as Chairman.

Section 185. The Chairman or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under consideration

(1) At any sitting of the Legislative Council, while any resolution for the removal of the Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Chairman, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Chairman, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 184 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Chairman or, as the case may be, the Deputy Chairman is absent.

(2) The Chairman shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legislative Council while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the Council and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 189, be entitled to vote only in the first instance on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.

Section 186. Salaries and allowances of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker and the Chairman and Deputy Chairman

There shall be paid to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, and to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council, such salaries and allowances as may be respectively fixed by the Legislature of the State by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries and allowances as are specified in the Second Schedule

Section 187. Secretariat of State Legislature

(1) The House or each House of the Legislature of a State shall have a separate secretarial staff:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall, in the case of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative Council, be construed as preventing the creation of posts common to both Houses of such Legislature.

(2) The Legislature of a State may by law regulate the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State.

(3) Until provision is made by the Legislature of the State under clause (2), the Governor may, after consultation with the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or the Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the case may be, make rules regulating the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the Assembly or the Council, and any rules so made shall have effect subject to the provisions of any law made under the said clause.

Section 188. Oath or affirmation by members

Every member of the Legislative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State shall, before taking his seat, make and subscribe before the Governor, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

Section 189. Voting in Houses, power of Houses to act notwithstanding vacancies and quorum

(1) Save as otherwise provided in this Constitution, all questions at any sitting of a House of the Legislature of a State shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present and voting, other than the Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such.

The Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such, shall not vote in the first instance, but shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes.

(2) A House of the Legislature of a State shall have power to act notwithstanding any vacancy in the membership thereof, and any proceedings in the Legislature of a State shall be valid notwithstanding that it is discovered subsequently that some person who was not entitled so to do sat or voted or otherwise took part in the proceedings.

(3) Until the Legislature of the State by law otherwise provides, the quorum to constitute a meeting of a House of the Legislature of a State shall be ten members or one-tenth of the total number of members of the House, whichever is greater.

(4) If at any time during a meeting of the Legislative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State there is no quorum, it shall be the duty of the Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such, either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Section 190. Vacation of seats

(1) No person shall be a member of both Houses of the Legislature of a State and provision shall be made by the Legislature of the State by law for the vacation by a person who is chosen a member of both Houses of his seat in one house or the other.

(2) No person shall be a member of the Legislatures of two or more States specified in the First Schedule and if a person is chosen a member of the Legislatures of two or more such States, then, at the expiration of such period as may be specified in rules 1made by the President, that person’s seat in the Legislatures of all such States shall become vacant, unless he has previously resigned his seat in the Legislatures of all but one of the States.

(3) If a member of a House of the Legislature of a State.

(a) Becomes a subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in 2[clause (1) or clause (2) of article 191]; or

3[(b) Resigns his seat by writing under his hand addressed to the speaker or the Chairman, as the case may be, and his resignation is accepted by the Speaker or the Chairman, as the case may be,]

His seat shall thereupon become vacant:

4[Provided that in the case of any resignation referred to in sub-clause (b), if from information received or otherwise and after making such inquiry as he thinks fit, the Speaker or the Chairman, as the case may be, is satisfied that such resignation is not voluntary or genuine, he shall not accept such resignation.]

(4) If for a period of sixty days a member of a House of the Legislature of a State is without permission of the House absent from all meetings thereof, the House may declare his seat vacant:

Provided that in computing the said period of sixty days no account shall be taken of any period during which the House is prorogued or is adjourned for more than four consecutive days.

1. See the Prohibition of Simultaneous Membership Rules, 1950, published with the Ministry of Law Notification No. F.46/50-C, dated the 26th January, 1950, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, p.678

Section 191. Disqualifications for membership.

(1) A person shall be disqualifed for being chosen as, and for being, a member of the Legislative Assembly or Legislative Council of a State-

(a) If he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State specified in the First Schedule, other than an office declared by the Legislature of the State by law not to disqualify its holder;

(b) If he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court;

(c) If he is an undischarged insolvent;

(d) If he is not a citizen of India, or has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State, or is under any acknowledgment of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State;

(e) If he is so disqualified by or under any law made by Parliament.

1[Explanation.- For the purposes of this clause], a person shall not be deemed to hold an office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State specified in the First Schedule by reason only that he is a Minister either for the Union or for such State.

2[(2) A person shall be disqualified for being a member of the Legislative Assembly or Legislative Council of a State if he is so disqualified under the Tenth Schedule.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985, s. 5, for “(2) For the purposes of this article” (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

2. Ins. by s. 5, the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

Section 192. Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members.

1[192. Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members.

(1) If any question arises as to whether a member of a House of the Legislature of a State has become subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in clause (1) of article 191, the question shall be referred for the decision of the Governor and his decision shall be final.

(2) Before giving any decision on any such question, the Governor shall obtain the opinion of the Election Commission and shall act according to such opinion.]

1. Art. 192 has been successively subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 33 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977) and the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 25 to read as above (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 193. Penalty for sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article 188 or when not qualified or when disqualified.

If a person sits or votes as a member of the Legislative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State before he has complied with the requirements of article 188, or when he knows that he is not qualified or that he is disqualified for membership thereof, or that he is prohibited from so doing by the provisions of any law made by Parliament or the Legislature of the State, he shall be liable in respect of each day on which he so sits or votes to a penalty of five hundred rupees to be recovered as a debt due to the State.

Section 194. Powers, privileges, etc., of the Houses of Legislatures and of the members and committees thereof.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the rules and standing orders regulating the procedure of the Legislature, there shall be freedom of speech in the Legislature of every State.

(2) No member of the Legislature of a State shall be liable to any proceedings in any court in respect of anything said or any vote given by him in the Legislature or any committee thereof, and no person shall be so liable in respect of the publication by or under the authority of a House of such a Legislature of any report, paper, votes or proceedings.

(3) In other respects, the powers, privileges and immunities of a House of the Legislature of a State, and of the members and the committees of a House of such Legislature, shall be such as may from time to time be defined by the Legislature by law, and, until so defined,1[shall be those of that House and of its members and committees immediately before the coming into force of section 26 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978].

(4) The provisions of clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to persons who by virtue of this Constitution have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, a House of the Legislature of a State or any committee thereof as they apply in relation to members of that Legislature.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 26, for certain words (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 195. Salaries and allowances of members.

Members of the Legislative Assembly and the Legislative Council of a State shall be entitled to receive such salaries and allowances as may from time to time be determined, by the Legislature of the State by law and, until provision in that respect is so made, salaries and allowances at such rates and upon such conditions as were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Legislative Assembly of the corresponding Province.

Section 196. Provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills.

(1) Subject to the provisions of articles 198 and 207 with respect to Money Bills and other financial Bills, a Bill may originate in either House of the Legislature of a State which has a Legislative Council.

(2) Subject to the provisions of articles 197 and articles 198 , a Bill shall not be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative Council unless it has been agreed to by both Houses, either without amemdment or with such amendments only as are agreed to by both Houses.

(3) A Bill pending in the Legislature of a State shall not lapse by reason of the prorogation of the House or Houses thereof.

(4) A Bill pending in the Legislative Council of a State which has not been passed by the Legislative Assembly shall not lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.

(5) A Bill which is pending in the Legislative Assembly of a State, or which having been passed by the Legislative Assembly is pending in the Legislative Council, shall lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.

Section 197. Restriction on powers of Legislative Council as to Bills other than Money Bills.

(1) If after a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State having a Legislative Council and transmitted to the Legislative Council-

(a) The Bill is rejected by the Council; or

(b) More than three months elapse from the date on which the Bill is laid before the Council without the Bill being passed by it; or

(c) The Bill is passed by the Council with amendments to which the Legislative Assembly does not agree;

The Legislative Assembly may, subject to the rules regulating its procedure, pass the Bill again in the same or in any subsequent session with or without such amendments, if any, as have been made, suggested or agreed to by the Legislative Council and then transmit the Bill as so passed to the Legislative Council.

(2) If after a Bill has been so passed for the second time by the Legislative Assembly and transmitted to the Legislative Council-

(a) The Bill is rejected by the Council; or

(b) More than one month elapses from the date on which the Bill is laid before the Council without the Bill being passed by it; or

(c) The Bill is passed by the Council with amendments to which the Legislative Assembly does not agree;

The Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of the Legislature of the State in the form in which it was passed by the Legislative Assembly for the second time with such amendments, if any, as have been made or suggested by the Legislative Council and agreed to by the Legislative Assembly.

(3) Nothing in this article shall apply to a Money Bill.

Section 198. Special procedure in respect of Money Bills.

(1) A Money Bill shall not be introduced in a Legislative Council.

(2) After a Money Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State having a Legislative Council, it shall be transmitted to the Legislative Council for its recommendations, and the Legislative Council shall within a period of fourteen days from the date of its receipt of the Bill return the Bill to the Legislative Assembly with its recommendations, and the Legislative Assembly may thereupon either accept or reject all or any of the recommendations of the Legislative Council.

(3) If the legislative Assembly accepts any of the recommendations of the Legislative Council, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses with the amendments recommended by the Legislative Council and accepted by the Legislative Assembly.

(4) If the Legislative Assembly does not accept any of the recommendations of the Legislative Council, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Legislative Assembly without any of the amendments recommended by the Legislative Council.

(5) If a Money Bill passed by the Legislative Assembly and transmitted to the Legislative Council for its recommendations is not returned to the Legislative Assembly within the said period of fourteen days, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said period in the form in which it was passed by the Legislative Assembly.

Section 199. Definition of “Money Bills”.

(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Bill shall be deemed to be a Money Bill if it contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely: –

(a) The imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax;

(b) The regulation of the borrowing of money or the giving of any gurantee by the State, or the amendment of the law with respect to any financial obligations undertaken or to be undertaken by the State;

(c) The custody of the Consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of the State, the payment of moneys into or the withdrawal of moneys from any such Fund;

(d) The appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State;

(e) The declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, or the increasing of the amount of any such expenditure;

(f) The receipt of money on account of the Consolidated Fund of the State or the public account of the State or the custody or issue of such money; or

(g) Any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f).

(2) A Bill shall not be deemed to be a Money Bill by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.

(3) If any question arises whether a Bill introduced in the Legislature of a State which has a Legislative Council is a Money Bill or not, the decision of the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of such State thereon shall be final.

(4) There shall be endorsed on every Money Bill when it is transmitted to the Legislative Council under article 198, and when it is presented to the Governor for assent under article 200, the certificate of the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly signed by him that it is a Money Bill.

Section 200. Assent to Bills.

When a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, has been passed by both Houses of the Legislature of the State, it shall be presented to the Governor and the Governor shall declare either that he assents to the Bill or that he withholds assent therefrom or that he reserves the Bill for the consideration of the President:

Provided that the Governor may, as soon as possible after the presentation to him of the Bill for assent, return the Bill if it is not a Money Bill together with a message requesting that the House or Houses will reconsider the Bill or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message and, when a Bill is so returned, the House or Houses shall reconsider the Bill accordingly, and if the Bill is passed again by the House or Houses with or without amendment and presented to the Governor for assent, the Governor shall not withhold assent therefrom:

Provided further that the Governor shall not assent to, but shall reserve for the consideration of the President, any Bill which in the opinion of the Governor would, if it became law, so derogate from the powers of the High Court as to endanger the position which that Court is by this Constitution designed to fill.

Section 201. Bills reserved for consideration.

When a Bill is reserved by a Governor for the consideration of the President, the President shall declare either that he assents to the Bill or that he withholds assent therefrom:

Provided that, where the Bill is not a Money Bill, the President may direct the Governor to return the Bill to the House or, as the case may be, the Houses of the Legislature of the State together with such a message as is mentioned in the first proviso to article 200 and, when a Bill is so returned, the House or Houses shall reconsider it accordingly within a period of six months from the date of receipt of such message and, if it is again passed by the House or Houses with or without amendment, it shall be presented again to the President for his consideration.

Section 202. Annual financial statement.

(1) The Governor shall in respect of every financial year cause to be laid before the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditure of the State for that year, in this Part referred to as the “annual financial statement”.

(2) The estimates of expenditure embodied in the annual financial statement shall show separately-

(a) The sums required to meet expenditure described by this Constitution as expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State; and

(b) The sums required to meet other expenditure proposed to be made from the Consolidated Fund of the State;

And shall distinguish expenditure on revenue account from other expenditure.

(3) The following expenditure shall be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of each State-

(a) The emoluments and allowances of the Governor and other expenditure relating to his office;

(b) The salaries and allowances of the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, also of the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council;

(c) Debt charges for which the State is liable including interest, sinking fund charges and redemption charges, and other expenditure relating to the raising of loans and the service and redemption of debt;

(d) Expenditure in respect of the salaries and allowances of Judges of any High Court;

(e) Any sums required to satisfy any judgment, decree or award of any court or arbitral tribunal;

(f) Any other expenditure declared by this Constitution, or by the Legislature of the State by law, to be so charged.

Section 203. Procedure in Legislature with respect to estimates.

(1) So much of the estimates as relates to expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of a State shall not be submitted to the vote of the Legislative Assembly, but nothing in this clause shall be construed as preventing the discussion in the Legislature of any of those estimates.

(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted in the form of demands for grants to the Legislative Assembly, and the Legislative Assembly shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent to any demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.

(3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the Governor.

Section 204. Appropriation Bills.

(1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 203 have been made by the Assembly, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of the State of all moneys required to meet-

(a) The grants so made by the Assembly; and

(b) The expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State but not exceeding in any case the amount shown in the statement previously laid before the House or Houses.

(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in the House or either House of the Legislature of the State which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering the destination of any grant so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, and the decision of the person presiding as to whether an amendment is inadmissible under this clause shall be final.

(3) Subject to the provisions of article 205 and 206, no money shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Fund of the State except under appropriation made by law passed in accordance with the provisions of this article.

Section 205. Supplementary additional or excess grants.

(1) The Governor shall-

(a) If the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions of article 204 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during the current financial year for supplementary or additional expenditure upon some new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or

(b) If any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in excess of the amount granted for that service and for that year,

cause to be laid before the House or the Houses of the Legislature of the State another statement showing the estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to the Legislative assembly of the State a demand for such excess, as the case may be.

(2) The provisions of articles 202, 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to any such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a grant and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure or grant.

Section 206. Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, the Legislative Assembly of a State shall have power-

(a) To make any grant in advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure prescribed in article 203 for the voting of such grant and the passing of the law in accordance with the provisions of article 204 in relation to that expenditure;

(b) To make a grant for meeting an unexpected demand upon the resources of the State when on account of the magnitude or the indefinite character of the service the demand cannot be stated with the details ordinarily given in an annual financial statement;

(c) To make an exceptional grant which forms no part of the current service of any financial year;

And the Legislature of the State shall have power to authorise by law the withdrawal of moneys from the Consolidated Fund of the State for the purposes for which the said grants are made.

(2) The provisions of articles 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to the making of any grant under clause (1) and to any law to be made under that clause as they have effect in relation to the making of a grant with regard to any expenditure mentioned in the annual financial statement and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure.

Section 207. Special provisions as to financial Bills.

(1) A Bill or amendment making provision for any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f) of clause (1) of article 199 shall not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the Governor, and a Bill making such provision shall not be introduced in a Legislative Council:

Provided that no recommendation shall be required under this clause for the moving of an amendment making provision for the reduction or abolition of any tax.

(2) A Bill or amendment shall not be deemed to make provision for any of the matters aforesaid by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.

(3) A Bill which, if enacted and brought into operation, would involve expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of a State shall not be passed by a House of the Legislature of the State unless the Governor has recommended to that House the consideration of the Bill.

Section 208. Rules of procedure.

(1) A House of the Legislature of a State may make rules for regulating, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, its procedure and the conduct of its business.

(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution with respect to the Legislature for the corresponding Province shall have effect in relation to the Legislature of the State subject to such modifications and adaptations as may be made therein by the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, or the Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the case may be.

(3) In a State having a Legislative Council the Governor, after consultation with the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the Chairman of the Legislative Council, may make rules as to the procedure with respect to communications between the two Houses.

Section 209. Regulation by law of procedure in the Legislature of the State in relation to financial business.

The Legislature of a State may, for the purpose of the timely completion of financial business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of business in, the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State in relation to any financial matter or to any Bill for the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State, and, if and so far as any provision of any law so made is inconsistent with any rule made by the House or either House of the Legislature of the State under clause (1) of article 208 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to the Legislature of the State under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.

Section 210. Language to be used in the Legislature.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in Part XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in the Legislature of a State shall be transacted in the official language or languages of the State or in Hindi or in English:

Provided that the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or Chairman of the Legislative Council, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who cannot adequately express himself in any of the languages aforesaid to address the House in his mother-tongue.

(2) Unless the Legislature of the State by law otherwise provides, this article shall, after the expiration of a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, have effect as if the words “or in English” were omitted therefrom:

1[Provided that in relation to the 2[Legislatures of the States of Himachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya and Tripura] this clause shall have effect as if for the words “fifteen years” occurring therein, the words “twenty-five years” were substituted:]

3[Provided further that in relation to the 4[Legislatures of the States of 5[Arunachal Pradesh, Goa and Mizoram]], this clause shall have effect as if for the words “fifteen years” occurring therein, the words “forty years” were substituted.]

1. Ins. by the State of Himachal Pradesh Act, 1970 (53 of 1970), s. 46 (w.e.f. 25-1-1971).

2. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “Legislature of the State of Himachal Pradesh” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

3. Ins. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 39 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

4. `Subs. by the State of Arunachal Pradesh Act, 1986 (69 of 1986), s. 42, for “Legislature of the State of Mizoram” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

5. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu (Reorganisation) Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, for “Arunachal Pradesh and Mizoram” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

Section 211. Restriction on discussion in the Legislature.

No discussion shall take place in the Legislature of a State with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties.

Section 212. Courts not to inquire into proceedings of the Legislature.

(1) The validity of any proceedings in the Legislature of a State shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.

(2) No officer or member of the Legislature of a State in whom powers are vested by or under this Constitution for regulating procedure or the conduct of business, or for maintaining order, in the Legislature shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the exercise by him of those powers.

Section 213. Power of Governor to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature.

(1) If at any time, except when the Legislative Assembly of a State is in session, or where there is a Legislative Council in a State, except when both Houses of the Legislature are in session, the Governor is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require:

Provided that the Governor shall not, without instructions from the President, promulgate any such Ordinance if-

(a) A Bill containing the same provisions would under this Constitution have required the previous sanction of the President for the introduction thereof into the Legislature; or

(b) He would have deemed it necessary to reserve a Bill containing the same provisions for the consideration of the President; or

(c) An Act of the Legislature of the State containing the same provisions would under this Constitution have been invalid unless, having been reserved for the consideration of the President, it had received the assent of the President.

(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect as an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the Governor, but every such Ordinance-

(a) Shall be laid before the Legislative Assembly of the State, or where there is a Legislative Council in the State, before both the Houses, and shall cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature, or if before the expiration of that period a resolution disapproving it is passed by the Legislative Assembly and agreed to by the Legislative Council, if any, upon the passing of the resolution or, as the case may be, on the resolution being agreed to by the Council; and

(b) May be withdrawn at any time by the Governor.

Explanation. Where the Houses of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative Council are summoned to reassemble on different dates, the period of six weeks shall be reckoned from the later of those dates for the purposes of this clause.

(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which would not be valid if enacted in an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the Governor, it shall be void:

Provided that, for the purposes of the provisions of this Constitution relating to the effect of an Act of the Legislature of a State which is repugnant to an Act of Parliament or an existing law with respect to a matter enumerated in the Concurrent List, an Ordinance promulgated under this article in pursuance of instructions from the President shall be deemed to be an Act of the Legislature of the State which has been reserved for the consideration of the President and assented to by him.

1. Cl. (4) was ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 3 (retrospectively) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 27 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 214. High Courts for States.

1[***] There shall be a High Court for each State.

2[***]

1. The brackets and figure “(1)” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Cls. (2) and (3) omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956

Section 215. High Courts to be courts of record

Every High Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself.

Section 216. Constitution of High Courts

Every High Court shall consist of a Chief Justice and such other Judges as the President may from time to time deem it necessary to appoint.

1[***]

1. Proviso omitted by s. 11, the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

Section 217. Appointment and conditions of the office of a Judge of a High Court

(1) Every Judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and, in the case of appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of the High Court, and 1[shall hold office, in the case of an additional or acting Judge, as provided in article 224, and in any other case, until he attains the age of 2[sixty-two years]]:

Provided that-

(a) A Judge may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office;

(b) A Judge may be removed from his office by the President in the manner provided in clause (4) of article 124 for the removal of a Judge of the Supreme Court;

(c) The office of a Judge shall be vacated by his being appointed by the President to be a Judge of the Supreme Court or by his being transferred by the President to any other High Court within the territory of India.

(2) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Judge of a High Court unless he is a citizen of India and-

(a) Has for at least ten years held a judicial office in the territory of India; or

(b) Has for at least ten years been an advocate of a High Court 3[***] or of two or more such Courts in succession; 4[***]

Explanation. For the purposes of this clause-

5[(a) In computing the period during which a person has held judicial office in the territory of India, there shall be included any period, after he has held any judicial office, during which the person has been an advocate of a High Court or has held the office of a member of a tribunal or any post, under the Union or a State, requiring special knowledge of law;]

6[(aa)] In computing the period during which a person has been an advocate of a High Court, there shall be included any period during which the person 7[has held judicial office or the office of a member of a tribunal or any post, under the Union or a State, requiring special knowledge of law] after he became an advocate;

(b) In computing the period during which a person has held judicial office in the territory of India or been an advocate of a High Court, there shall be included any period before the commencement of this Constitution during which he has held judicial office in any area which was comprised before the fifteenth day of August, 1947, within India as defined by the Government of India Act, 1935, or has been an advocate of any High Court in any such area, as the case may be.

8[(3) If any question arises as to the age of a Judge of a High Court, the question shall be decided by the President after consultation with the Chief Justice of India and the decision of the President shall be final.]

1. Subs. by s. 12, ibid., for “shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty years”.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 4, for “sixty years”.

3. The words “in any State specified in the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

4. The word “or” and sub-clause (c) were ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 36 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 28 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 28 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

6. Cl. (a) re-lettered as cl. (aa) by s. 28, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978. (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

7. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 36, for “has held judicial office” (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

8. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 4 (with retrospective effect).

Section 218. Application of certain provisions relating to Supreme Court to High Courts

The provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of article 124 shall apply in relation to a High Court as they apply in relation to the Supreme Court with the substitution of references to the High Court for references to the Supreme Court.

Section 219. Oath or affirmation by Judges of High Courts

Every person appointed to be a Judge of a High Court 1[***] shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe before the Governor of the State, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.

1. The words “in a State” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 220. Restriction on practice after being a permanent Judge

1[220. Restriction on practice after being a permanent Judge.

No person who, after the commencement of this Constitution, has held office as a permanent Judge of a High Court shall plead or act in any court or before any authority in India except the Supreme Court and the other High Courts.

Explanation. In this article, the expression “High Court” does not include a High Court for a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule as it existed before the commencement2 of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.]

1. Subs. by s. 13, the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for art. 220.

2. 1st November, 1956.

Section 221. Salaries, etc., of Judges

1[(1) There shall be paid to the Judges of each High Court such salaries as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries as are specified in the Second Schedule.]

(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law made by Parliament and, until so determined, to such allowances and rights as are specified in the Second Schedule:

Provided that neither the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986, s. 3, for cl. (1) (w.e.f. 1-4-1986).

Section 222. Transfer of a Judge from one High Court to another

(1) The President may, after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, transfer a Judge from one High Court to any other High Court 1[***].

2[(2) When a Judge has been or is so transferred, he shall, during the period he serves, after the commencement of the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, as a Judge of the other High Court, be entitled to receive in addition to his salary such compensatory allowance as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until so determined, such compensatory allowance as the President may by order fix.]

1. The words “within the territory of India” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 14.

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 5. Original Cl. (2) was omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 14.

Section 223. Appointment of acting Chief Justice

When the office of Chief Justice of a High Court is vacant or when any such Chief Justice is, by reason of absence or otherwise, unable to perform the duties of his office, the duties of the office shall be performed by such one of the other Judges of the Court as the President may appoint for the purpose.

Section 224. Appointment of additional and acting Judges

1[224. Appointment of additional and acting Judges.

(1) If by reason of any temporary increase in the business of a High Court or by reason of arrears of work therein, it appears to the President that the number of the Judges of that Court should be for the time being increased, the President may appoint duly qualified persons to be additional Judges of the Court for such period not exceeding two years as he may specify.

(2) When any Judge of a High Court other than the Chief Justice is by reason of absence or for any other reason unable to perform the duties of his office or is appointed to act temporarily as Chief Justice, the President may appoint a duly qualified person to act as a Judge of that Court until the permanent Judge has resumed his duties.

(3) No person appointed as an additional or acting Judge of a High Court shall hold office after attaining the age of 2[sixty-two years].]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 15, for art. 224.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 6, for “sixty years”.

Section 224A. Appointment of retired Judges at sittings of High Courts

1[224A. Appointment of retired Judges at sittings of High Courts.

Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Chief Justice of a High Court for any State may at any time, with the previous consent of the President, request any person who has held the office of a Judge of that Court or of any other High Court to sit and act as a Judge of the High Court for that State, and every such person so requested shall, while so sitting and acting, be entitled to such allowances as the President may by order determine and have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of, but shall not otherwise be deemed to be, a Judge of that High Court:

Provided that nothing in this article shall be deemed to require any such person as aforesaid to sit and act as a Judge of that High Court unless he consents so to do.]

1. Ins. by s. 7, the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963.

Section 225. Jurisdiction of existing High Courts

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by this Constitution, the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, any existing High Court, and the respective powers of the Judges thereof in relation to the administration of justice in the Court, including any power to make rules of Court and to regulate the sittings of the Court and of members thereof sitting alone or in Division Courts, shall be the same as immediately before the commencement of this Constitution:

1[Provided that any restriction to which the exercise of original jurisdiction by any of the High Courts with respect to any matter concerning the revenue or concerning any act ordered or done in the collection thereof was subject immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall no longer apply to the exercise of such jurisdiction.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 29 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979). Original proviso was omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 37 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 226. Power of High Courts to issue certain writs

1[226. Power of High Courts to issue certain writs.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in article 32 2[***] every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases, any Government, within those territories directions, orders or writs, including 3[writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose.]

(2) The power conferred by clause (1) to issue directions, orders or writs to any Government, authority or person may also be exercised by any High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to the territories within which the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises for the exercise of such power, notwithstanding that the seat of such Government or authority or the residence of such person is not within those territories.

4[(3) Where any party against whom an interim order, whether by way of injunction or stay or in any other manner, is made on, or in any proceedings relating to, a petition under clause (1), without-

(a) Furnishing to such party copies of such petition and all documents in support of the plea for such interim order; and

Section 226A. Constitutional validity of Central laws not to be considered in proceedings under article 226

1[226A. Constitutional validity of Central laws not to be considered in proceedings under article 226.]

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 8 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 39 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 227. Power of superintendence over all courts by the High Court

1[(1) Every High Court shall have superintendence over all courts and tribunals throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction.]

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the High Court may-

(a) Call for returns from such courts;

(b) Make and issue general rules and prescribe forms for regulating the practice and proceedings of such courts; and

(c) Prescribe forms in which books, entries and accounts shall be kept by the officers of any such courts.

(3) The High Court may also settle tables of fees to be allowed to the sheriff and all clerks and officers of such courts and to attorneys, advocates and pleaders practising therein:

Provided that any rules made, forms prescribed or tables settled under clause (2) or clause (3) shall not be inconsistent with the provision of any law for the time being in force, and shall require the previous approval of the Governor.

Section 228. Transfer of certain cases to High Court

If the High Court is satisfied that a case pending in a court subordinate to it involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the case, 1[it shall withdraw the case and 2*** may-]

(a) Either dispose of the case itself, or

(b) Determine the said question of law and return the case to the court from which the case has been so withdrawn together with a copy of its judgment on such question, and the said court shall on receipt thereof proceed to dispose of the case in conformity with such judgment.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 41, for “it shall withdraw the case and may-” (w.e.f. 1-2-1977)

2. The words, figures and letter “subject to the provisions of article 131A, “omitted by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s.9 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

Section 228A. Special provisions as to disposal of questions relating to constitutional validity of State laws

1228A. Special provisions as to disposal of questions relating to constitutional validity of State laws.

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 10 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 42 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977).

Section 229. Officers and servants and the expenses of High Courts.

(1) Appointments of officers and servants of a High Court shall be made by the Chief Justice of the Court or such other Judge or officer of the Court as he may direct:

Provided that the Governor of the State 1[***] may by rule require that in such cases as may be specified in the rule no person not already attached to the Court shall be appointed to any office connected with the Court save after consultation with the State Public Service Commission.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by the Legislature of the State, the conditions of service of officers and servants of a High Court shall be such as may be prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice of the Court or by some other Judge or officer of the Court authorised by the Chief Justice to make rules for the purpose:

Provided that the rules made under this clause shall, so far as they relate to salaries, allowances, leave or pensions, require the approval of the Governor of the State 1[***].

(3) The administrative expenses of a High Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of the officers and servants of the Court, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State, and any fees or other moneys taken by the Court shall form part of that Fund.

1. The words “in which the High Court has its principal seat” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 230. Extension of jurisdiction of High Courts to Union territories.

1[230. Extension of jurisdiction of High Courts to Union territories.

(1) Parliament may by law extend the jurisdiction of a High Court to, or exclude the jurisdiction of a High Court from, any Union territory.

(2) Where the High Court of a State exercises jurisdiction in relation to a Union territory,-

(a) Nothing in this Constitution shall be construed as empowering the Legislature of the State to increase, restrict or abolish that jurisdiction; and

(b) The reference in article 227 to the Governor shall, in relation to any rules, forms or tables for subordinate courts in that territory, be construed as a reference to the President.

1. Subs. by s. 16, the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for arts. 230, 231 and 232.

Section 231. Establishment of a common High Court for two or more States.

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding provisions of this Chapter, Parliament may by law establish a common High Court for two or more States or for two or more States and a Union territory.

(2) In relation to any such High Court, –

(a) The reference in article 217 to the Governor of the State shall be construed as a reference to the Governors of all the States in relation to which the High Court exercises jurisdiction;

(b) The reference in article 227 to the Governor shall, in relation to any rules, forms or tables for subordinate courts, be construed as a reference to the Governor of the State in which the subordinate courts are situate; and

(c) The references in article 219 and 229 to the State shall be construed as a reference to the State in which the High Court has its principal seat:

Provided that if such principal seat is in a Union territory, the references in article 219 and 229 to the Governor, Public Service Commission, Legislature and Consolidated Fund of the State shall be construed respectively as references to the President, Union Public Service Commission, Parliament and Consolidated Fund of India.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 16, for article 230.

Section 232. Omitted

Omitted vide Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956

Section 233. Appointment of district judges.

(1) Appointments of persons to be, and the posting and promotion of, district judges in any State shall be made by the Governor of the State in consultation with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to such State.

(2) A person not already in the service of the Union or of the State shall only be eligible to be appointed a district judge if he has been for not less than seven years an advocate or a pleader and is recommended by the High Court for appointment.

Section 233A. Validation of appointments of, and judgments, etc., delivered by, certain district judges.

1[233A. Validation of appointments of, and judgments, etc., delivered by, certain district judges.

Notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court, –

(a) (i) No appointment of any person already in the judicial service of a State or of any person who has been for not less than seven years an advocate or a pleader, to be a district judge in that State, and

(ii) No posting, promotion or transfer of any such person as a district judge,

Made at any time before the commencement of the Constitution (Twentieth Amendment) Act, 1966, otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of article 233 or article 235 shall be deemed to be illegal or void or ever to have become illegal or void by reason only of the fact that such appointment, posting, promotion or transfer was not made in accordance with the said provisions;

(b) No jurisdiction exercised, no judgment, decree, sentence or order passed or made, and no other act or proceeding done or taken, before the commencement of the Constitution (Twentieth Amendment) Act, 1966 by, or before, any person appointed, posted, promoted or transferred as a district judge in any State otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of article 233 or article 235 shall be deemed to be illegal or invalid or ever to have become illegal or invalid by reason only of the fact that such appointment, posting, promotion or transfer was not made in accordance with the said provisions.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twentieth Amendment) Act, 1966, s. 2.

Section 234. Recruitment of persons other than district judges to the judicial service.

Appointments of persons other than district judges to the judicial service of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State in accordance with rules made by him in that behalf after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to such State.

Section 235. Control over subordinate courts.

The control over district courts and courts subordinate thereto including the posting and promotion of, and the grant of leave to, persons belonging to the judicial service of a State and holding any post inferior to the post of district judge shall be vested in the High Court, but nothing in this article shall be construed as taking away from any such person any right of appeal which he may have under the law regulating the conditions of his service or as authorising the High Court to deal with him otherwise than in accordance with the conditions of his service prescribed under such law

Section 236. Interpretation.

In this Chapter-

(a) The expression “district judge” includes judge of a city civil court, additional district judge, joint district judge, assistant district judge, chief judge of a small cause court, chief presidency magistrate, additional chief presidency magistrate, session’s judge, additional sessions judge and assistant sessions Judge;

(b) The expression “judicial service” means a service consisting exclusively of persons intended to fill the post of district judge and other civil judicial posts inferior to the post of district judge.

Section 237. Application of the provisions of this Chapter to certain class or classes of magistrates.

The Governor may by public notification direct that the foregoing provisions of this Chapter and any rules made thereunder shall with effect from such date as may be fixed by him in that behalf apply in relation to any class or classes of magistrates in the State as they apply in relation to persons appointed to the judicial service of the State subject to such exceptions and modifications as may be specified in the notification.

Section 238. Repealed.

[The States in Part B of the First Schedule]. Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 239. Administration of Union territories.

1 [239. Administration of Union territories.

(1) Save as otherwise provided by Parliament by law, every Union territory shall be administered by the President acting, to such extent as he thinks fit, through an administrator to be appointed by him with such designation as he may specify.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in Part VI, the President may appoint the Governor of a State as the administrator of an adjoining Union territory, and where a Governor is so appointed, he shall exercise his functions as such administrator independently of his Council of Ministers.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 17, for art. 239.

Section 239A. Creation of local Legislatures or Council of Ministers or both for certain Union territories.

1[239A. Creation of local Legislatures or Council of Ministers or both for certain Union territories.

(1) Parliament may by law create 2[for the Union territory of Pondicherry]-

(a) A body, whether elected or partly nominated and partly elected, to function as a Legislature for the Union territory, or

(b) A Council of Ministers,

Or both with such constitution, powers and functions, in each case, as may be specified in the law.

(2) Any such law as is referred to in clause (1) shall not be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstanding that it contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending this Constitution.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fourteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, s. 4.

2. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reoranisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, for “for any of the Union territories of Goa, Daman and Diu and Pondicherry” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

Section 239AA. Special provisions with respect to Delhi.

1[239AA. Special provisions with respect to Delhi.

(1) As from the date of commencement of the Constitution (Sixty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1991, the Union territory of Delhi shall be called the National Capital Territory of Delhi (hereafter in this Part referred to as the National Capital Territory) and the administrator thereof appointed under article 239 shall be designated as the Lieutenant Governor.

(2) (a) There shall be a Legislative Assembly for the National Capital Territory and the seats in such Assembly shall be filled by members chosen by direct election from territorial constituencies in the National Capital Territory.

(b) The total number of seats in the Legislative Assembly, the number of seats reserved for Scheduled Castes, the division of the National Capital Territory into territorial constituencies (including the basis for such division) and all other matters relating to the functioning of the Legislative Assembly shall be regulated by law made by Parliament.

(c) The provisions of articles 324 to 327 and 329 shall apply in relation to the National Capital Territory, Legislative Assembly of the National Capital Territory and the members thereof as they apply, in relation to a State, the Legislative Assembly of a State and the members thereof respectively; and any reference in articles 326 and 329 to “appropriate Legislature” shall be deemed to be a reference to Parliament.

(3) (a) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Legislative Assembly shall have power to make laws for the whole or any part of the National Capital Territory with respect to any of the matters enumerated in the State List or in the Concurrent List in so far as any such matter is applicable to Union territories except matters with respect to Entries 1, 2 and 18 of the State List and Entries 64, 65 and 66 of that List in so far as they relate to the said Entries 1, 2, and 18.

(b) Nothing in sub-clause (a) shall derogate from the powers of Parliament under this Constitution to make laws with respect to any matter for a Union territory or any part thereof.

(c) If any provision of a law made by the Legislative Assembly with respect to any matter is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament with respect to that matter, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislative Assembly, or of an earlier law, other than a law made by the Legislative Assembly, then, in either case, the law made by Parliament, or, as the case may be, such earlier law, shall prevail and the law made by the Legislative Assembly shall, to the extent of the repugnancy, be void:

Provided that if any such law made by the Legislative Assembly has been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, such law shall prevail in the National Capital Territory:

Provided further that nothing in this sub-clause shall prevent Parliament from enacting at any time any law with respect to the same matter including a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the law so made by the Legislative Assembly.

(4) There shall be a Council of Ministers consisting of not more than ten per cent. of the total number of members in the Legislative Assembly, with the Chief Minister at the head to aid and advise the Lieutenant Governor in the exercise of his functions in relation to matters with respect to which the Legislative Assembly has power to make laws, except in so far as he is, by or under any law, required to act in his discretion:

Provided that in the case of difference of opinion between the Lieutenant Governor and his Ministers on any matter, the Lieutenant Governor shall refer it to the President for decision and act according to the decision given thereon by the President and pending such decision it shall be competent for the Lieutenant Governor in any case where the matter, in his opinion, is so urgent that it is necessary for him to take immediate action, to take such action or to give such direction in the matter as he deems necessary.

(5) The Chief Minister shall be appointed by the President and the other Ministers shall be appointed by the President on the advice of the Chief Minister and the Ministers shall hold office during the pleasure of the President.

(6) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the Legislative Assembly.

2[(7) (a)] Parliament may, by law, make provisions for giving effect to, or supplementing the provisions contained in the foregoing clauses and for all matters incidental or consequential thereto.

3[(b) Any such law as is referred to in sub-clause (a) shall not be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstanding that it contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending, this Constitution.]

(8) The provisions of article 239B shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to the National Capital Territory, the Lieutenant Governor and the Legislative Assembly, as they apply in relation to the Union territory of Pondicherry, the administrator and its Legislature, respectively; and any reference in that article to “clause (1) of article 239A” shall be deemed to be a reference to this article or article 239AB, as the case may be.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1991, s. 2 (w.e.f. 1-2-1992).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventieth Amendment) Act, 1992, s.3, for “(7)” (w.e.f. 21-12-1991).

3. Ins. by s. 3, the Constitution (Seventieth Amendment) Act, 1992, (w.e.f. 21-12-1991).

Section 239AB. Provision in case of failure of constitutional machinery

If the President, on receipt of a report from the Lieutenant Governor or otherwise, is satisfied-

(a) That a situation has arisen in which the administration of the National Capital Territory cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of article 239AA or of any law made in pursuance of that article; or

(b) That for the proper administration of the National Capital Territory it is necessary or expedient so to do,

The President may by order suspend the operation of any provision of article 239AA or of all or any of the provisions of any law made in pursuance of that article for such period and subject to such conditions as may be specified in such law and make such incidental and consequential provisions as may appear to him to be necessary or expedient for administering the National Capital Territory in accordance with the provisions of article 239 and article 239AA.]

Section 239B. Power of administrator to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature

1[239B. Power of administrator to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature.

(1) If at any time, except when the Legislature of 2the Union territory of 3[Pondicherry] is in session, the administrator thereof is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require:

Provided that no such Ordinance shall be promulgated by the administrator except after obtaining instructions from the President in that behalf:

Provided further that whenever the said Legislature is dissolved, or its functioning remains suspended on account of any action taken under any such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, the administrator shall not promulgate any Ordinance during the period of such dissolution or suspension.

(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article in pursuance of instructions from the President shall be deemed to be an Act of the Legislature of the Union territory which has been duly enacted after complying with the provisions in that behalf contained in any such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, but every such Ordinance-

(a) Shall be laid before the Legislature of the Union territory and shall cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature or if, before the expiration of that period, a resolution disapproving it is passed by the Legislature, upon the passing of the resolution; and

(b) May be withdrawn at any time by the administrator after obtaining instructions from the President in that behalf.

(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which would not be valid if enacted in an Act of the Legislature of the Union territory made after complying with the provisions in that behalf contained in any such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, it shall be void.]

4[* * * *]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 30-12-1971).

2. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, for “a Union territory referred to in clause (1) of article 239A” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

3. Subs. by the Pondicherry (Alteration of Name) Act, 2006 (44 of 2006), sec. 4, for “Pondicherry” (w.e.f. 1-10-2006).

4. Cl. (4) was ins by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 4 (retrospectively) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 32 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 240. Power of President to make regulations for certain Union territories

1[240. Power of President to make regulations for certain Union territories.

(1) The President may make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Union territory of-

(a) The Andaman and Nicobar Islands;

2[(b) Lakshadweep;]

3[(c) Dadra and Nagar Haveli;]

4[(d) Daman and Diu;]

5[(e)6 Pondicherry:]

7[* * * * *]

8[* * * * *]

9[Provided that when any body is created under article 239A to function as a Legislature for the 10[Union territory of 11[Pondicherry]], the President shall not make any regulation for the peace, progress and good government of that Union territory with effect from the date appointed for the first meeting of the Legislature:]

12[Provided further that whenever the body functioning as a Legislature for the Union territory of 11[Pondicherry] is dissolved, or the functioning of that body as such Legislature remains suspended on account of any action taken under any such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, the President may, during the period of such dissolution or suspension, make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of that Union territory.]

(2) Any regulation so made may repeal or amend any Act made by Parliament or 13[any other law] which is for the time being applicable to the Union territory and, when promulgated by the President, shall have the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament which applies to that territory.]

1. Subs. by the Laccadive, Minicoy and Aminidivi Islands Alteration of Name) Act, 1973 (34 of 1973), s. 4, for entry (b) (w.e.f. 1-11-1973).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Tenth Amendment) Act, 1961, s. 3.

3. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, for entry (d) (w.e.f. 30-5-1987). Entry (d) was ins. by the Constitution (Twelfth Amendment) Act, 1962, s. 3.

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Fourteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, ss. 5 and 7 (w.e.f. 16-8-1962).

5. The entry (f) relating to Mizoram omitted by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 39 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

6. The entry (g) relating to Arunachal Pradesh omitted by the State of Arunachal Pradesh Act, 1986 (69 of 1986), s. 42 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

7. Ins. by the Constitution (Fourteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, s. 5.

8. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 4, for “Union territory of Goa, Daman and Diu or Pondicherry” (w.e.f. 15-2-1972).

9. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 63, for “Goa, Daman and Diu or Pondicherry” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

10. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 4 (w.e.f. 15-2-1972).

11. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 4 (w.e.f. 15-2-1972).

12. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 17, for art. 240.

13. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, sec. 4, for “any existing law” (w.e.f. 15-2-1972).

Section 241. High Courts for Union territories

(1) Parliament may by law constitute a High Court for a 1[Union territory] or declare any court in any 2[such territory] to be a High Court for all or any of the purposes of this Constitution.

(2) The provisions of Chapter V of Part VI shall apply in relation to every High Court referred to in clause (1) as they apply in relation to a High Court referred to in article 214 subject to such modifications or exceptions as Parliament may by law provide.

3[(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by or under this Constitution, every High Court exercising jurisdiction immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, in relation to any Union territory shall continue to exercise such jurisdiction in relation to that territory after such commencement.

(4) Nothing in this article derogates from the power of Parliament to extend or exclude the jurisdiction of a High Court for a State to, or from, any Union territory or part thereof.]

1. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for “State specified in Part C of the First Schedule

2. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for “such State”.

3. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for cls. (3) and (4).

Section 242. Coorg

Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 243. Definitions

1243. Definitions.

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, –

(a) “District” means a district in a State;

(b) “Gram Sabha” means a body consisting of persons registered in the electoral rolls relating to a village comprised within the area of Panchayat at the village level;

(c) “Intermediate level” means a level between the village and district levels specified by the Governor of a State by public notification to be the intermediate level for the purposes of this Part;

(d) “Panchayat” means an institution (by whatever name called) of self-government constituted under article 243B, for the rural areas;

(e) “Panchayat area” means the territorial area of a Panchayat;

(f) “Population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published;

(g) “Village” means a village specified by the Governor by public notification to be a village for the purposes of this Part and includes a group of villages so specified.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 2 (w.e.f. 24-4-1993).

Section 243A. Gram Sabha

1[243A. Gram Sabha. —A Gram Sabha may exercise such powers and perform such functions at the village level as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243B. Constitution of Panchayats

1243B. Constitution of Panchayats

(1) There shall be constituted in every State, Panchayats at the village, intermediate and district levels in accordance with the provisions of this Part.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), Panchayats at the intermediate level may not be constituted in a State having a population not exceeding twenty lakhs.

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243C. Composition of Panchayats

1[243C. Composition of Panchayats. —(1) Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Legislature of a State may, by law, make provisions with respect to the composition of Panchayats:

Provided that the ratio between the population of the territorial area of a Panchayat at any level and the number of seats in such Panchayat to be filled by election shall, so far as practicable, be the same throughout the State.

(2) All the seats in a Panchayat shall be filled by persons chosen by direct election from territorial constituencies in the Panchayat area and, for this purpose, each Panchayat area shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and the number of seats allotted to it shall, so far as practicable, be the same throughout the Panchayat area.

(3) The Legislature of a State may, by law, provide for the representation—

(a) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats at the village level, in the Panchayats at the intermediate level or, in the case of a State not having Panchayats at the intermediate level, in the Panchayats at the district level;

(b) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats at the intermediate level, in the Panchayats at the district level;

(c) of the members of the House of the People and the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State representing constituencies which comprise wholly or partly a Panchayat area at a level other than the village level, in such Panchayat;

(d) of the members of the Council of States and the members of the Legislative Council of the State, where they are registered as electors within—

(i) a Panchayat area at the intermediate level, in Panchayat at the intermediate level;

(ii) a Panchayat area at the district level, in Panchayat at the district level.

(4) The Chairperson of a Panchayat and other members of a Panchayat whether or not chosen by direct election from territorial constituencies in the Panchayat area shall have the right to vote in the meetings of the Panchayats.

(5) The Chairperson of—

(a) Panchayat at the village level shall be elected in such manner as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide; and

(b) a Panchayat at the intermediate level or district level, shall be elected by, and from amongst, the elected members thereof.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243D. Reservation of seats

1[243D. Reservation of seats. —(1) Seats shall be reserved for—

(a) the Scheduled Castes; and

(b) the Scheduled Tribes,

in every Panchayat and the number of seats so reserved shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of seats to be filled by direct election in that Panchayat as the population of the Scheduled Castes in that Panchayat area or of the Scheduled Tribes in that Panchayat area bears to the total population of that area and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Panchayat.

(2) Not less than one-third of the total number of seats reserved under clause (1) shall be reserved for women belonging to the Scheduled Castes or, as the case may be, the Scheduled Tribes.

(3) Not less than one-third (including the number of seats reserved for women belonging to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes) of the total number of seats to be filled by direct election in every Panchayat shall be reserved for women and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Panchayat.

(4) The offices of the Chairpersons in the Panchayats at the village or any other level shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and women in such manner as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide:

Provided that the number of offices of Chairpersons reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in the Panchayats at each level in any State shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of such offices in the Panchayats at each level as the population of the Scheduled Castes in the State or of the Scheduled Tribes in the State bears to the total population of the State:

Provided further that not less than one-third of the total number of offices of Chairpersons in the Panchayats at each level shall be reserved for women:

Provided also that the number of offices reserved under this clause shall be allotted by rotation to different Panchayats at each level.

(5) The reservation of seats under clauses (1) and (2) and the reservation of offices of Chairpersons (other than the reservation for women) under clause (4) shall cease to have effect on the expiration of the period specified in article 334.

(6) Nothing in this Part shall prevent the Legislature of a State from making any provision for reservation of seats in any Panchayat or offices of Chairpersons in the Panchayats at any level in favour of backward class of citizens.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243E. Duration of Panchayats, etc.

1[243E. Duration of Panchayats, etc. —(1) Every Panchayat, unless sooner dissolved under any law for the time being in force, shall continue for five years from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer.

(2) No amendment of any law for the time being in force shall have the effect of causing dissolution of a Panchayat at any level, which is functioning immediately before such amendment, till the expiration of its duration specified in clause (1).

(3) An election to constitute a Panchayat shall be completed—

(a) before the expiry of its duration specified in clause (1);

(b) before the expiration of a period of six months from the date of its dissolution:

Provided that where the remainder of the period for which the dissolved Panchayat would have continued is less than six months, it shall not be necessary to hold any election under this clause for constituting the Panchayat for such period.

(4) A Panchayat constituted upon the dissolution of a Panchayat before the expiration of its duration shall continue only for the remainder of the period for which the dissolved Panchayat would have continued under clause (1) had it not been so dissolved.

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243F. Disqualifications for membership

1[243F. Disqualifications for membership

(1) A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of a Panchayat—

(a) if he is so disqualified by or under any law for the time being in force for the purposes of elections to the Legislature of the State concerned:

Provided that no person shall be disqualified on the ground that be is less than twenty-five years of age, if he has attained the age of twenty-one years;

(b) if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by the Legislature of the State.

(2) If any question arises as to whether a member of a Panchayat has become subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in clause (1), the question shall be referred for the decision of such authority and in such manner as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243G. Powers, authority and responsibilities of Panchayat

1[243G. Powers, authority and responsibilities of Panchayat. —

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution the Legislature of a State may, by law, endow the Panchayats with such powers and authority and may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government and such law may contain provisions for the devolution of powers and responsibilities upon Panchayats, at the appropriate level, subject to such conditions as may be specified therein, with respect to—

(a) the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice;

(b) the implementation of schemes for economic development and social justice as may be entrusted to them including those in relation to the matters listed in the Eleventh Schedule.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243H. Powers to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Panchayats

1[243H. Powers to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Panchayats.

The Legislature of a State may, by law,—

(a) authorise a Panchayat to levy, collect and appropriate such taxes, duties, tolls and fees in accordance with such procedure and subject to such limits;

(b) assign to a Panchayat such taxes, duties, tolls and fees levied and collected by the State Government for such purposes and subject to such conditions and limits;

(c) provide for making such grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the Consolidated Fund of the State; and

(d) provide for constitution of such Funds for crediting all moneys received, respectively, by or on behalf of the Panchayats and also for the withdrawal of such moneys therefrom, as may be specified in the law.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243-I. Constitution of Finance Commission to review financial position

1[243-I. Constitution of Finance Commission to review financial position.

(1) The Governor of a State shall, as soon as may be within one year from the commencement of the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, and thereafter at the expiration of every fifth year, constitute a Finance Commission to review the financial position of the Panchayats and to make recommendations to the Governor as to—

(a) the principles which should govern—

(i) the distribution between the State and the Panchayats of the net proceeds of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees leviable by the State, which may be divided between them under this Part and the allocation between the Panchayats at all levels of their respective shares of such proceeds;

(ii) the determination of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees which may be assigned to, or appropriated by, the Panchayats;

(iii) the grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the Consolidated Fund of the State;

(b) the measures needed to improve the financial position of the Panchayats;

(c) any other matter referred to the Finance Commission by the Governor in the interests of sound finance of the Panchayats.

(2) The Legislature of a State may, by law, provide for the composition of the Commission, the qualifications which shall be requisite for appointment as members thereof and the manner in which they shall be selected.

(3) The Commission shall determine their procedure and shall have such powers in the performance of their functions as the Legislature of the State may, by law, confer on them.

(4) The Governor shall cause every recommendation made by the Commission under this article together with an explanatory memorandum as to the action taken thereon to be laid before the Legislature of the State.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243J. Audit of accounts of Panchayats

1[243J. Audit of accounts of Panchayats. —The Legislature of a State may, by law, make provisions with respect to the maintenance of accounts by the Panchayats and the auditing of such accounts.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243K. Elections to the Panchayats

1[243K. Elections to the Panchayats. —The superintendence, direction and control of the preparation of electoral rolls for, and the conduct of, all elections to the Panchayats shall be vested in a State Election

Commission consisting of a State Election Commissioner to be appointed by the Governor.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by the Legislature of a State the conditions of service and tenure of office of the State Election Commissioner shall be such as the Governor may by rule determine:

Provided that the State Election Commissioner shall not be removed from his office except in like manner and on the like ground as a Judge of a High Court and the conditions of service of the State Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

(3) The Governor of a State shall, when so requested by the State Election Commission, make available to the State Election Commission such staff as may be necessary for the discharge of the functions conferred on the State Election Commission by clause (1).

(4) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Legislature of a State may, by law, make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, elections to the Panchayats.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution (seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243L. Application to Union territories.

1[243L. Application to Union territories. —The provisions of this Part shall apply to the Union territories and shall, in their application to a Union territory, have effect as if the references to the Governor of a State were references to the Administrator of the Union territory appointed under 239 and references to the Legislature or the Legislative Assembly of a State were references, in relation to a Union territory having a Legislative Assembly, to that Legislative Assembly:

Provided that the President may, by public notification, direct that the provisions of this Part shall apply to any Union territory or part thereof subject to such exceptions and modifications as he may specify in the notification.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243M. Part not to apply to certain areas

1[243M. Part not to apply to certain areas. —(1) Nothing in this Part shall apply to the Scheduled Areas referred to in clause (1), and the tribal areas referred to in clause (2), of article 244.

(2) Nothing in this Part shall apply to—

(a) the States of Nagaland , Meghalaya and Mizoram;

(b) the hill areas in the State of Manipur for which District Councils exist under any law for the time being in force.

(3) Nothing in this Part—

(a) relating to Panchayats at the district level shall apply to the hill areas of the District of Darjeeling in the State of West Bengal for which Darjeeling Gorkha Hill Council exists under any law for the time being in force;

(b) shall be construed to affect the functions and powers of the Darjeeling Gorkha Hill Council constituted under such law.

2 [(3A) Nothing in article 243D, relating to reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes, shall apply to the State of Arunachal Pradesh.]

(4) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution—

(a) the Legislature of a State referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (2)

may, by law, extend this Part to that State, except the areas, if any,

referred to in clause (1), if the Legislative Assembly of that State passes a resolution to that effect by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting;

(b) Parliament may, by law, extend the provisions of this Part to the Scheduled Areas and the tribal areas referred to in clause (1) subject to such exceptions and modifications as may be specified in such law, and no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Eighty-third Amendment) Act, 2000, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 8-9-2000).

Section 243N. Continuance of existing laws and Panchayats

1[243N. Continuance of existing laws and Panchayats. —

Notwithstanding anything in this Part, any provision of any law relating to Panchayats in force in a State immediately before commencement of the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Part, shall continue to be in force until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority or until the expiration of one year from such commencement whichever is earlier:

Provided that all the Panchayats existing immediately before such commencement shall continue till the expiration of their duration, unless sooner dissolved by a resolution passed to that effect by the Legislative Assembly of that State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, by each House of the Legislature of that State.]

———-

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243-O. Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters

1243-O. Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) The validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or the allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article 243K, shall not be called in question in any court;

(b) No election to any Panchayat shall be called in question except by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as is provided for by or under any law made by the Legislature of a State.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution ( seventy- third Amendment) Act, 1992 (w. e. f 24-4-1993). Earlier part ix dealing with territories in part D of the first schedule was replealed by the constitution ( seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec.29 and sch.

Section 243P. Definitions

*243P. Definitions.

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, –

(a) “Committee” means a Committee constituted under article 243S;

(b) “District” means a district in a State;

(c) “Metropolitan area” means an area having a population of ten lakhs or more, comprised in one or more districts and consisting of two or more Municipalities or Panchayats or other contiguous areas, specified by the Governor by public notification to be a Metropolitan area for the purposes of this Part;

(d) “Municipal area” means the territorial area of a Municipality as is notified by the Governor;

(e) “Municipality” means an institution of self-government constituted under article 243Q;

(f) “Panchayat” means a Panchayat constituted under article 243B;

(g) “Population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published.

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243Q. Constitution of Municipalities

*[243Q. Constitution of Municipalities.—(1) There shall be constituted in every State,—

(a) a Nagar Panchayat (by whatever name called) for a transitional area, that is to say, an area in transition from a rural area to an urban area.

(b) a Municipal Council for a smaller urban area; and

(c) a Municipal Corporation for a larger urban area,

in accordance with the provisions of this Part:

Provided that a Municipality under this clause may not be constituted in such urban area or part thereof as the Governor may, having regard to the size of the area and the municipal services being provided or proposed to be provided by an industrial establishment in that area and such other factors as he may deem fit, by public notification, specify to be an industrial township.

(2) In this article, ‘a transitional area’, ‘a smaller urban area’ or ‘a larger urban area’ means such area as the Governor may, having regard to the population of the area, the density of the population therein, the revenue generated for local administration, the percentage of employment in non-agricultural activities, the economic importance or such other factors as he may deem fit, specify by public notification for the purposes of this Part.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243R. Composition of Municipalities

*[243R. Composition of Municipalities.—

(1) Save as provided in clause (2), all the seats in a Municipality shall be filled by persons chosen by direct election from the territorial constituencies in the Municipal area and for this purpose each Municipal area shall be divided into territorial constituencies to be known as wards.

(2) The Legislature of a State may, by law, provide—

(a) for the representation in a Municipality of—

(i) persons having special knowledge or experience in Municipal administration;

(ii) the members of the House of the People and the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State representing constituencies which comprise wholly or partly the Municipal area;

(iii) the members of the Council of States and the members of the Legislative Council of the State registered as electors within the Municipal area;

(iv) the Chairpersons of the Committees constituted under clause (5) of article 243S:

Provided that the persons referred to in paragraph (i) shall not have the right to vote in the meetings of the Municipality;

(b) the manner of election of the Chairperson of a Municipality.

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243S. Constitution and composition of Wards Committees, etc.

1[243S. Constitution and composition of Wards Committees, etc.—(1) There shall be constituted Wards Committees, consisting of one or more Wards, within the territorial area of a Municipality having a population of three lakhs or more.

(2) The Legislature of a State may, by law, make provision with respect to—

(a) the composition and the territorial area of a Wards Committee;

(b) the manner in which the seats in a Wards Committee shall be filled.

(3) A member of a Municipality representing a ward within the territorial area of the Wards Committee shall be a member of that Committee.

(4) Where a Wards Committee consists of—

(a) one ward, the member representing that ward in the Municipality; or

(b) two or more wards, one of the members representing such wards in the Municipality elected by the members of the Wards Committee,

shall be the Chairperson of that Committee.

(5) Nothing in this article shall be deemed to prevent the Legislature of a State from making any provision for the Constitution of Committees in addition to the Wards Committees.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243T. Reservation of seats.

1[243T. Reservation of seats.—(1) Seats shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in every Municipality and the number of seats so reserved shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of seats to be filled by direct election in that Municipality as the population of the Scheduled Castes in the Municipal area or of the Scheduled Tribes in the Municipal area bears to the total population of that area and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Municipality.

(2) Not less than one-third of the total number of seats reserved under clause (1) shall be reserved for women belonging to the Scheduled Castes or, as the case may be, the Scheduled Tribes.

(3) Not less than one-third (including the number of seats reserved for women belonging to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes) of the total number of seats to be filled by direct election in every Municipality shall be reserved for women and such seats may be allotted by rotation to different constituencies in a Municipality.

(4) The offices of Chairpersons in the Municipalities shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and women in such manner as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide.

(5) The reservation of seats under clauses (1) and (2) and the reservation of offices of Chairpersons (other than the reservation for women) under clause (4) shall cease to have effect on the expiration of the period specified in article 334.

(6) Nothing in this Part shall prevent the Legislature of a State from making any provision for reservation of seats in any Municipality or offices of Chairpersons in the Municipalities in favour of backward class of citizens.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243U. Duration of Municipalities, etc.

*[243U. Duration of Municipalities, etc.—

(1) Every Municipality, unless sooner dissolved under any law for the time being in force, shall continue for five years from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer:

Provided that a Municipality shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard before its dissolution.

(2) No amendment of any law for the time being in force shall have the effect of causing dissolution of a Municipality at any level, which is functioning immediately before such amendment, till the expiration of its duration specified in clause (1).

(3) An election to constitute a Municipality shall be completed,—

(a) before the expiry of its duration specified in clause (1);

(b) before the expiration of a period of six months from the date of its dissolution:

Provided that where the remainder of the period for which the dissolved Municipality would have continued is less than six months, it shall not be necessary to hold any election under this clause for constituting the Municipality for such period.

(4) A Municipality constituted upon the dissolution of a Municipality before the expiration of its duration shall continue only for the remainder of the period for which the dissolved Municipality would have continued under clause (1) had it not been so dissolved.

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243V. Disqualifications for membership

*[243V. Disqualifications for membership.—(1) A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being a member of a Municipality—

(a) if he is so disqualified by or under any law for the time being in force for the purposes of elections to the Legislature of the State concerned:

Provided that no person shall be disqualified on the ground that he is less than twenty-five years of age, if he has attained the age, of twenty-one years;

(b) if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by the Legislature of the State.

(2) If any question arises as to whether a member of a Municipality has become subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in clause (1), the question shall be referred for the decision of such authority and in such manner as the Legislature of a State may, by law, provide.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243W. Powers, authority and responsibilities of Municipalities

*[243W. Powers, authority and responsibilities of Municipalities, etc.—Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Legislature of a State may, by law, endow—

(a) the Municipalities with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government and such law may contain provisions for the devolution of powers and responsibilities upon Municipalities, subject to such conditions as may be specified therein, with respect to—

(i) the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice;

(ii) the performance of functions and the implementation of schemes as may be entrusted to them including those in relation to the matters listed in the Twelfth Schedule;

(b) the Committees with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to carry out the responsibilities conferred upon them including those in relation to the matters listed in the Twelfth Schedule.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243X. Power to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Municipalities

*[243X. Power to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Municipalities.—The Legislature of a State may, by law—

(a) authorise a Municipality to levy, collect and appropriate such taxes, duties, tolls and fees in accordance with such procedure and subject to such limits;

(b) assign to a Municipality such taxes, duties, tolls and fees levied and collected by the State-Government for such purposes and subject to such conditions and limits;

(c) provide for making, such grants-in-aid to the Municipalities from the Consolidated Fund of the State; and

(d) provide for constitution of such Funds for crediting all moneys received respectively, by or on behalf of the Municipalities and also for the withdrawal of such moneys therefrom,as may be specified in the law.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243Y. Finance Commission

*[**243Y. Finance Commission.—(1) The Finance Commission constituted under article 243-I shall also review the financial position of the Municipalities and make recommendations to the Governor as to—

(a) the principles which should govern—

(i) the distribution between the State and the Municipalities of the net proceeds of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees leviable by the State, which may be divided between them under this Part and the allocation between the Municipalities at all levels of their respective shares of such proceeds;

(ii) the determination of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees which may be assigned to, or appropriated by, the Municipalities;

(iii) the grants-in-aid to the Municipalities from the Consolidated Fund of the State;

(b) the measures needed to improve the financial position of the Municipalities;

(c) any other matter referred to the Finance Commission by the Governor in the interests of sound finance of the Municipalities.

(2) The Governor shall cause every recommendation made by the Commission under this article together with an explanatory memorandum as to the action taken thereon to be laid before the Legislature of the State.]

——————————-

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

** In its application to the Union Territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli, in clause (1) of Article 243Y, for the word “Governor”, at both the places, the word “President” shall be substituted. (Vide S.O. 615 (E), dated 21st May, 2004, published in the Gazette of India, Extra., Pt. II, Sec. 3(ii), dated 21st May, 2004).

Section 243Z. Audit of accounts of Municipalities.

*[243Z. Audit of accounts of Municipalities.—The Legislature of a State may, by law, make provisions with respect to the maintenance of accounts by the Municipalities and the auditing of such accounts.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243ZA. Elections to the Municipalities.

*[243ZA. Elections to the Municipalities.—(1) The superintendence, direction and control of the preparation of electoral rolls for, and the conduct of, all elections to the Municipalities shall be vested in the State Election Commission referred to in article 243K.

(2) Subject to provisions of this Constitution, the Legislature of a State may, by law, make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, elections to the Municipalities.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243ZB. Application to Union territories.

*[243ZB. Application to Union territories.—The provisions of this Part shall apply to the Union territories and shall, in their application to a Union territory, have effect as if the references to the Governor of a State were references to the Administrator of the Union territory appointed under article 239 and references to the Legislature or the Legislative Assembly of a State were references in relation to a Union territory having a Legislative Assembly, to that Legislative Assembly:

Provided that the President may, by public notification, direct that the provisions of this Part shall apply to any Union territory or part thereof subject to such exceptions and modifications as he may specify in the notification.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243ZC. Part not to apply to certain areas

*[243ZC. Part not to apply to certain areas.—(1) Nothing in this Part shall apply to the Scheduled Areas referred to in Clause (1), and the tribal areas referred to in clause (2), of article 244.

(2) Nothing in this part shall be construed to affect the functions and powers of the Darjeeling Gorkha Hill Council constituted under any law for the time being in force for the hill areas of the district of Darjeeling in the State of West Bengal.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, Parliament may, by law, extend the provisions of this Part to the Scheduled Areas and the Tribal Areas referred to in clause (1) subject to such exceptions and modifications as may be specified in such law, and no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243ZD. Committee for district planning

1[243ZD. Committee for district planning.

(1) There shall be constituted in every State at the district level a District Planning Committee to consolidate the plans prepared by the Panchayats and the Municipalities in the district and to prepare a draft development plan for the district as a whole.

(2) The Legislature of a State may, by law, make provision with respect to-

(a) The composition of the District Planning Committees;

(b) The manner in which the seats in such Committees shall be filled:

Provided that not less than four-fifths of the total number of members of such Committee shall be elected by, and from amongst, the elected members of the Panchayat at the district level and of the Municipalities in the district in proportion to the ratio between the population of the rural areas and of the urban areas in the district;

(c) The functions relating to district planning, which may be assigned to such Committees;

(d) The manner in which the Chairpersons of such Committees shall be chosen.

(3) Every District Planning Committee shall, in preparing the draft development plan, –

(a) Have regard to-

(i) Matters of common interest between the Panchayats and the Municipalities including spatial planning, sharing of water and other physical and natural resources, the integrated development of infrastructure and environmental conservation;

(ii) The extent and type of available resources whether financial or otherwise;

(b) Consult such institutions and organisations as the Governor may, by order, specify.

(4) The Chairperson of every District Planning Committee shall forward the development plan, as recommended by such Committee, to the Government of the State.

1. The provisions of article 243ZD shall not apply to the National Capital Territory of Delhi, vide S.O. 1125(E), dated 12-11-2001.

Section 243ZE. Committee for Metropolitan planning

*[**243ZE. Committee for Metropolitan planning.

(1) There shall be constituted in every Metropolitan area a Metropolitan Planning Committee to prepare a draft development plan for the Metropolitan area as a whole.

(2) The Legislature of a State may, by law, make provision with respect to-

(a) The composition of the Metropolitan Planning Committees;

(b) The manner in which the seats in such Committees shall be filled:

Provided that not less than two-thirds of the members of such Committee shall be elected by, and from amongst, the elected members of the Municipalities and Chairpersons of the Panchayats in the Metropolitan area in proportion to the ratio between the population of the Municipalities and of the Panchayats in that area;

(c) The representation in such Committees of the Government of India and the Government of the State and of such organisations and institutions as may be deemed necessary for carrying out the functions assigned to such Committees;

(d) The functions relating to planning and coordination for the Metropolitan area, which may be assigned to such Committees;

(e) The manner in which the Chairpersons of such Committees shall be chosen.

(3) Every Metropolitan Planning Committee shall, in preparing the draft development plan, –

(a) Have regard to-

(i) The plans prepared by the Municipalities and the Panchayats in the Metropolitan area;

(ii) Matters of common interest between the Municipalities and the Panchayats, including coordinated spatial planning of the area, sharing of water and other physical and natural resources, the integrated development of infrastructure and environmental conservation;

(iii) The overall objectives and priorities set by the Government of India and the Government of the State;

(iv) The extent and nature of investments likely to be made in the Metropolitan area by agencies of the Government of India and of the Government of the State and other available resources whether financial or otherwise;

(b) Consult such institutions and organisations as the Governor may, by order, specify.

(4) The Chairperson of every Metropolitan Planning Committee shall forward the development plan, as recommended by such Committee, to the Government of the State.

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

** The provisions of article 243ZE shall not apply to the National Capital Territory of Delhi, vide S.O. 1125(E), dated 12-11-2001.

Section 243ZF. Continuance of existing laws and municipalities

*[243ZF. Continuance of existing laws and municipalities.

Notwithstanding anything in this Part, any provision of any law relating to Municipalities in force in a State immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Part, shall continue to be in force until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority or until the expiration of one year from such commencement, whichever is earlier:

Provided that all the Municipalities existing immediately before such commencement shall continue till the expiration of their duration, unless sooner dissolved by a resolution passed to that effect by the Legislative Assembly of that State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, by each House of the Legislature of that State.]

——————–

* Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 243ZG. Bar to interference by courts in electoral

*[243ZG. Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters.—

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,—

(a) the validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or the allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article 243ZF shall not be called in question in any court;

(b) no election to any Municipality shall be called in question except by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as is provided for by or under any law made by the Legislature of a State.]

——————–

*Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 244. Administration of Scheduled Areas and Tribal Areas.

(1) The provisions of the Fifth Schedule shall apply to the administration and control of the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in any State 1[***] other than 2[the States of Assam 3[, 4[Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram]]].

(2) The provisions of the Sixth Schedule shall apply to the administration of the tribal areas in 2[the States of Assam, 3[, 5[Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram]]].

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “the State of Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, s. 2, for “and Meghalaya” (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

4. Subs. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 39, for “Meghalaya and Tripura” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

5. Subs. by s. 39, ibid., for “Meghalaya and Tripura and the Union territory of Mizoram” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

Section 244A. Formation of an autonomous State comprising certain tribal areas in Assam and creation of local Legislature or Council of Ministers or both therefor.

1[244A. Formation of an autonomous State comprising certain tribal areas in Assam and creation of local Legislature or Council of Ministers or both therefor.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, Parliament may, by law, form within the State of Assam an autonomous State comprising (whether wholly or in part) all or any of the tribal areas specified in 2[Part I] of the table appended to paragraph 20 of the Sixth Schedule and create therefor-

(a) A body, whether elected or partly nominated and partly elected, to function as a Legislature for the autonomous State, or

(b) A Council of Ministers,

Or both with such constitution, powers and functions, in each case, as may be specified in the law.

(2) Any such law as is referred to in clause (1) may, in particular, –

(a) Specify the matters enumerated in the State List or the Concurrent List with respect to which the Legislature of the autonomous State shall have power to make laws for the whole or any part thereof, whether to the exclusion of the Legislature of the State of Assam or otherwise;

(b) Define the matters with respect to which the executive power of the autonomous State shall extend;

(c) Provide that any tax levied by the State of Assam shall be assigned to the autonomous State in so far as the proceeds thereof are attributable to the autonomous State;

(d) Provide that any reference to a State in any article of this Constitution shall be construed as including a reference to the autonomous State; and

(e) Make such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions as may be deemed necessary.

(3) An amendment of any such law as aforesaid in so far as such amendment relates to any of the matters specified in sub-clause (a) or sub-clause (b) of clause (2) shall have no effect unless the amendment is passed in each House of Parliament by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting.

(4) Any such law as is referred to in this article shall not be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstanding that it contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending this Constitution.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-second Amendment) Act, 1969, s. 2.

2. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “Part A” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972)

Section 245. Extent of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India, and the Legislature of a State may make laws for the whole or any part of the State.

(2) No law made by Parliament shall be deemed to be invalid on the ground that it would have extra-territorial operation.

Section 246. Subject-matter of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in clauses (2) and (3), Parliament has exclusive power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List I in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the “Union List”).

(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (3), Parliament, and, subject to clause (1), the Legislature of any State 1[***] also, have power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List III in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the “Concurrent List”).

(3) Subject to clauses (1) and (2), the Legislature of any State 1[***] has exclusive power to make laws for such State or any part thereof with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List II in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the “State List”).

(4) Parliament has power to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India not included 2[in a State] notwithstanding that such matter is a matter enumerated in the State List.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, for “in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule”.

Section 247. Power of Parliament to provide for the establishment of certain additional courts.

Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, Parliament may by law provide for the establishment of any additional courts for the better administration of laws made by Parliament or of any existing laws with respect to a matter enumerated in the Union List.

Section 248. Residuary powers of legislation.

(1) Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or State List.

(2) Such power shall include the power of making any law imposing a tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.

Section 249. Power of Parliament to legislate with respect to a matter in the State List in the national interest.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, if the Council of States has declared by resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List specified in the resolution, it shall be lawful for Parliament to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with respect to that matter while the resolution remains in force.

(2) A resolution passed under clause (1) shall remain in force for such period not exceeding one year as may be specified therein:

Provided that, if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of any such resolution is passed in the manner provided in clause (1), such resolution shall continue in force for a further period of one year from the date on which under this clause it would otherwise have ceased to be in force.

(3) A law made by Parliament which Parliament would not but for the passing of a resolution under clause (1) have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of six months after the resolution has ceased to be in force, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period.

Section 250. Power of Parliament to legislate with respect to any matter in the State List if a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, Parliament shall, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, have power to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with respect to any of the matters enumerated in the State List.

(2) A law made by Parliament which Parliament would not but for the issue of a Proclamation of Emergency have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period.

Section 251. Inconsistency between laws made by Parliament under articles 249 and 250 and laws made by the Legislatures of States.

Nothing in articles 249 and 250 shall restrict the power of the Legislature of a State to make any law which under this Constitution it has power to make, but if any provision of a law made by the Legislature of a State is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament which Parliament has under either of the said articles power to make, the law made by Parliament, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislature of the State, shall prevail, and the law made by the Legislature of the State shall to the extent of the repugnancy, but so long only as the law made by Parliament continues to have effect, be inoperative.

Section 252. Power of Parliament to legislate for two or more States by consent and adoption of such legislation by any other State.

(1) If it appears to the Legislatures of two or more States to be desirable that any of the matters with respect to which Parliament has no power to make laws for the States except as provided in articles 249 and 250 should be regulated in such States by Parliament by law, and if resolutions to that effect are passed by all the Houses of the Legislatures of those States, it shall be lawful for Parliament to pass an Act for regulating that matter accordingly, and any Act so passed shall apply to such States and to any other State by which it is adopted afterwards by resolution passed in that behalf by the House or, where there are two Houses, by each of the Houses of the Legislature of that State.

(2) Any Act so passed by Parliament may be amended or repealed by an Act of Parliament passed or adopted in like manner but shall not, as respects any State to which it applies, be amended or repealed by an Act of the Legislature of that State.

Section 253. Legislation for giving effect to international agreements.

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, Parliament has power to make any law for the whole or any part of the territory of India for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country or countries or any decision made at any international conference, association or other body.

Section 254. Inconsistency between laws made by Parliament and laws made by the Legislatures of States.

(1) If any provision of a law made by the Legislature of a State is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament which Parliament is competent to enact, or to any provision of an existing law with respect to one of the matters enumerated in the Concurrent List, then, subject to the provisions of clause (2), the law made by Parliament, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislature of such State, or, as the case may be, the existing law, shall prevail and the law made by the Legislature of the State shall, to the extent of the repugnancy, be void.

(2) Where a law made by the Legislature of a State 1[***] with respect to one of the matters enumerated in the Concurrent List contains any provision repugnant to the provisions of an earlier law made by Parliament or an existing law with respect to that matter, then, the law so made by the Legislature of such State shall, if it has been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, prevail in that State:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent Parliament from enacting at any time any law with respect to the same matter including a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the law so made by the Legislature of the State.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 255. Requirements as to recommendations and previous sanctions to be regarded as matters of procedure only.

No Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of a State 1[***], and no provision in any such Act, shall be invalid by reason only that some recommendation or previous sanction required by this Constitution was not given, if assent to that Act was given-

(a) Where the recommendation required was that of the Governor, either by the Governor or by the President;

(b) Where the recommendation required was that of the Rajpramukh, either by the Rajpramukh or by the President;

(c) Where the recommendation or previous sanction required was that of the President, by the President.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 256. Obligation of States and the Union.

The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as to ensure compliance with the laws made by Parliament and any existing laws which apply in that State, and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose.

Section 257. Control of the Union over States in certain cases.

(1) The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as not to impede or prejudice the exercise of the executive power of the Union, and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose.

(2) The executive power of the Union shall also extend to the giving of directions to a State as to the construction and maintenance of means of communication declared in the direction to be of national or military importance:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall be taken as restricting the power of Parliament to declare highways or waterways to be national highways or national waterways or the power of the Union with respect to the highways or waterways so declared or the power of the Union to construct and maintain means of communication as part of its functions with respect to naval, military and air force works.

(3) The executive power of the Union shall also extend to the giving of directions to a State as to the measures to be taken for the protection of the railways within the State.

(4) Where in carrying out any direction given to a State under clause (2) as to the construction or maintenance of any means of communication or under clause (3) as to the measures to be taken for the protection of any railway, costs have been incurred in excess of those which would have been incurred in the discharge of the normal duties of the State if such direction had not been given, there shall be paid by the Government of India to the State such sum as may be agreed, or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India, in respect of the extra costs so incurred by the State.

Section 257A. Assistance to States by deployment of armed forces or other forces of the Union.

1[257A. Assistance to States by deployment of armed forces or other forces of the Union.

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 33 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 43 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 258. Power of the Union to confer powers, etc., on States in certain cases.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the President may, with the consent of the Government of a State, entrust either conditionally or unconditionally to that Government or to its officer’s functions in relation to any matter to which the executive power of the Union extends.

(2) A law made by Parliament which applies in any State may, notwithstanding that it relates to a matter with respect to which the Legislature of the State has no power to make laws, confer powers and impose duties, or authorise the conferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the State or officers and authorities thereof.

(3) Where by virtue of this article powers and duties have been conferred or imposed upon a State or officers or authorities thereof, there shall be paid by the Government of India to the State such sum as may be agreed, or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India, in respect of any extra costs of administration incurred by the State in connection with the exercise of those powers and duties.

Section 258A. Power of the States to entrust functions to the Union.

1[ 258A. Power of the States to entrust functions to the Union.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Governor of a State may, with the consent of the Government of India, entrust either conditionally or unconditionally to that Government or to its officers functions in relation to any matter to which the executive power of the State extends.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amentment) Act, 1956, sec. 18.

Section 259. Armed Forces in States in Part B of the First Schedule.

Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 260. Jurisdiction of the Union in relation to territories outside India.

The Government of India may by agreement with the Government of any territory not being part of the territory of India undertake any executive, legislative or judicial functions vested in the Government of such territory, but every such agreement shall be subject to, and governed by, any law relating to the exercise of foreign jurisdiction for the time being in force

Section 261. Public acts, records and judicial proceedings.

(1) Full faith and credit shall be given throughout the territory of India to public acts, records and judicial proceedings of the Union and of every State.

(2) The manner in which and the conditions under which the acts, records and proceedings referred to in clause (1) shall be proved and the effect thereof determined shall be as provided by law made by Parliament.

(3) Final judgments or orders delivered or passed by civil courts in any part of the territory of India shall be capable of execution anywhere within that territory according to law.

Section 262. Adjudication of disputes relating to waters of inter-State rivers or river valleys.

(1) Parliament may by law provide for the adjudication of any dispute or complaint with respect to the use, distribution or control of the waters of, or in, any inter-State river or river valley.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, Parliament may by law provide that neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall exercise jurisdiction in respect of any such dispute or complaint as is referred to in clause (1).

Section 263. Provisions with respect to an inter-State Council.

If at any time it appears to the President that the public interests would be served by the establishment of a Council charged with the duty of-

(a) Inquiring into and advising upon disputes which may have arisen between States;

(b) Investigating and discussing subjects in which some or all of the States, or the Union and one or more of the States, have a common interest; or

(c) Making recommendations upon any such subject and, in particular, recommendations for the better co-ordination of policy and action with respect to that subject,

It shall be lawful for the President by order to establish such a Council, and to define the nature of the duties to be performed by it and its organisation and procedure.

Section 264. Interpretation.

1[264. Interpretation.

In this Part, “Finance Commission” means a Finance Commission constituted under article 280.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch., for art. 264.

Section 265. Taxes not to be imposed save by authority of law.—

No tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law.

 

Section 266. Consolidated Funds and public accounts of India and of the States.—

(1) Subject to the provisions of article 267 and to the provisions of this Chapter with respect to the assignment of the whole or part of the net proceeds of certain taxes and duties to States, all revenues received by the Government of India, all loans raised by that Government by the issue of treasury bills, loans or ways and means advances and all moneys received by that Government in repayment of loans shall form one consolidated fund to be entitled “the Consolidated Fund of India”, and all revenues received by the Government of a State, all loans raised by that Government by the issue of treasury bills, loans or ways and means advances and all moneys received by that Government in repayment of loans shall form one consolidated fund to be entitled “the Consolidated Fund of the State”.

(2) All other public moneys received by or on behalf of the Government of India or the Government of a State shall be credited to the public account of India or the public account of the State, as the case may be.

(3) No moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of a State shall be appropriated except in accordance with law and for the purposes and in the manner provided in this Constitution.

Section 267. Contingency Fund.—

(1) Parliament may by law establish a Contingency Fund in the nature of an imprest to be entitled “the Contingency Fund of India” into which shall be paid from time to time such sums as may be determined by such law, and the said Fund shall be placed at the disposal of the President to enable advances to be made by him out of such Fund for the purposes of meeting unforeseen expenditure pending authorisation of such expenditure by Parliament by law under article 115 or article 116.

(2) The Legislature of a State may by law establish a Contingency Fund in the nature of an imprest to be entitled “the Contingency Fund of the State” into which shall be paid from time to time such sums as may be determined by such law, and the said Fund shall be placed at the disposal of the Governor 1[***] of the State to enable advances to be made by him out of such Fund for the purposes of meeting unforeseen expenditure pending authorisation of such expenditure by the Legislature of the State by law under article 205 or article 206.

———————————-

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

Section 268. Duties levied by the Union but collected and appropriated by the States.

(1) Such stamp duties and such duties of excise on medicinal and toilet preparations as are mentioned in the Union List shall be levied by the Government of India but shall be collected-

(a) In the case where such duties are leviable within any 1[Union territory], by the Government of India, and

(b) In other cases, by the States within which such duties are respectively leviable.

(2) The proceeds in any financial year of any such duty leviable within any State shall not form part of the Consolidated Fund of India, but shall be assigned to that State.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and sch., for “State specified in Part C of the First Schedule”.

Section 268A. Service tax levied by Union and collected and appropriated by the Union and the States.

1[268A. Service tax levied by Union and collected and appropriated by the Union and the States.

(1) Taxes on service shall be levied by the Government of India and such tax shall be collected and appropriated by the Government of India and the States in the manner provided in clause (2)

(2) The proceeds in any financial year of any such tax levied in accordance with the provisions of clause (1) shall be –

(a) collected by the Government of India and the States;

(b) Appropriated by the Government of India and the States,

in accordance with such principles collection and appropriation as may be formulated by Parliament by law.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 3.

Section 269. Taxes levied and collected by the Union but assigned to the States.

1[(1) Taxes on the sale or purchase of goods and taxes on the consignment of goods shall be levied and collected by the Government of India but shall be assigned and shall be deemed to have been assigned to the States on or after the 1st day of April, 1996 in the manner provided in clause (2).

Explanation-For the purposes of this clause, –

(a) The expression “taxes on the sale or purchase of goods” shall mean taxes on sale or purchase of goods other than newspapers, where such sale or purchase takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce;

(b) The expression “taxes on the consignment of goods” shall mean taxes on the consignment of goods (whether the consignment is to the person making it or to any other person), where such consignment takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce;

(2) The net proceeds in any financial year of any such tax, except in so far as those proceeds represent proceeds attributable to Union territories, shall not form part of the Consolidated Fund of India, but shall be assigned to the State within which that tax is leviable in that year, and shall be distributed among those States in accordance with such principles of distribution as may be formulated by Parliament by law.]

2[(3) Parliament may by law formulate principles for determining when a 3[sale or purchase of, or consignment of, goods] takes place in the course of inter-State trade or

1. Subs. By the Constitution (Eightieth Amendment) Act, 2000, s.2 for cl. (1) & (2) (w.e.f. 9.6.2000)

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixth Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 3.

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1982, s. 2, for “sale or purchase of goods”.

Section 270. Taxes levied and distributed between the Union and the States

1[(1) All taxes and duties referred to in the Union List, except the duties and taxes referred to in 2[articles 268 and 269] respectively, surcharge on taxes and duties referred to in article 271 and any cess levied for specific purposes under any law made by Parliament shall be levied and collected by the Government of India and shall be distributed between the Union and the States in the manner provided in clause (2).

(2) Such percentage, as may be prescribed, of the net proceeds of any such tax or duty in any financial year shall not form part of the Consolidated Fund of India, but shall be assigned to the States within which that tax or duty is leviable in that year, and shall be distributed among those States in such manner and from such time as may be prescribed in the manner provided in clause (3).

(3) In this article, “Prescribed” means –

(i) Until a Finance Commission has been constituted, prescribed by the President by order, and

(ii) After a Finance Commission has been constituted, prescribed by the President by order after considering the recommendations of the Finance Commission.’]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Eightieth Amendment) act, 2000, s.3 (w.e.f. 9.6.2000)

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 3.

Section 271. Surcharge on certain duties and taxes for purposes of the Union.

Notwithstanding anything in articles 269 and 270, Parliament may at any time increase any of the duties or taxes referred to in those articles by a surcharge for purposes of the Union and the whole proceeds of any such surcharge shall form part of the Consolidated Fund of India.

Section 272. Taxes which are levied and collected by the Union and may be distributed between the Union and the State

1[272. Taxes which are levied and collected by the Union and may be distributed between the Union and the State.

Rep. by the Constitution (Eightieth Amendment) Act, 2000, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 9-6-2000).]

1. The Union duties of excise including additional duties and any other tax or duty collected and distributed by Central Government as grants-in-aid to States after 1-4-1996 and before 9-6-2000 shall be deemed to be distributed as if before 1-4-1996.

Section 273. Grants in lieu of export duty on jute and jute products.

(1) There shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India in each year as grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States of Assam, Bihar, Orissa and West Bengal, in lieu of assignment of any share of the net proceeds in each year of export duty on jute and jute products to those States, such sums as may be prescribed.

(2) The sums so prescribed shall continue to be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India so long as any export duty on jute or jute products continues to be levied by the Government of India or until the expiration of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution whichever is earlier.

(3) In this article, the expression “prescribed” has the same meaning as in article 270.

Section 274. Prior recommendation of President required to Bills affecting taxation in which States are interested.

(1) No Bill or amendment which imposes or varies any tax or duty in which States are interested, or which varies the meaning of the expression “agricultural income” as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to Indian income-tax, or which affects the principles on which under any of the foregoing provisions of this Chapter moneys are or may be distributable to States, or which imposes any such surcharge for the purposes of the Union as is mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, shall be introduced or moved in either House of Parliament except on the recommendation of the President.

(2) In this article, the expression “tax or duty in which States are interested” means-

(a) A tax or duty the whole or part of the net proceeds whereof are assigned to any State; or

(b) A tax or duty by reference to the net proceeds whereof sums are for the time being payable out of the Consolidated Fund of India to any State.

Section 275. Grants from the Union to certain States.

(1) Such sums as Parliament may by law provide shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India in each year as grants-in-aid of the revenues of such States as Parliament may determine to be in need of assistance, and different sums may be fixed for different States:

Provided that there shall be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India as grants-in-aid of the revenues of a State such capital and recurring sums as may be necessary to enable that State to meet the costs of such schemes of development as may be undertaken by the State with the approval of the Government of India for the purpose of promoting the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in that State or raising the level of administration of the Scheduled Areas therein to that of the administration of the rest of the areas of that State:

Provided further that there shall be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India as grants-in-aid of the revenues of the State of Assam sums, capital and recurring, equivalent to-

(a) The average excess of expenditure over the revenues during the two years immediately preceeding the commencement of this Constitution in respect of the administration of the tribal areas specified in 1[Part I] of the Table appended to paragraph 20 of the Sixth Schedule; and

(b) The costs of such schemes of development as may be undertaken by that State with the approval of the Government of India for the purpose of raising the level of administration of the said areas to that of the administration of the rest of the areas of that State.

2[(1A) On and from the formation of the autonomous State under article 244A, –

(i) Any sums payable under clause (a) of the second proviso to clause (1) shall, if the autonomous State comprises all the tribal areas referred to therein, be paid to the autonomous State, and, if the autonomous State comprises only some of those tribal areas, be apportioned between the State of Assam and the autonomous State as the President may, by order, specify;

(ii) There shall be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India as grants-in-aid of the revenues of the autonomous State sums, capital and recurring, equivalent to the costs of such schemes of development as may be undertaken by the autonomous State with the approval of the Government of India for the purpose of raising the level of administration of that State to that of the administration of the rest of the State of Assam.]

(2) Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (1), the powers conferred on Parliament under that clause shall be exercisable by the President by order and any order made by the President under this clause shall have effect subject to any provision so made by Parliament:

Provided that after a Finance Commission has been constituted no order shall be made under this clause by the President except after considering the recommendations of the Finance Commission.

1. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “Part A” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-second Amendment) Act, 1969, s. 3.

Section 276. Taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in article 246, no law of the Legislature of a State relating to taxes for the benefit of the State or of a municipality, district board, local board or other local authority therein in respect of professions, trades, callings or employments shall be invalid on the ground that it relates to a tax on income.

(2) The total amount payable in respect of any one person to the State or to any one municipality, district board, local board or other local authority in the State by way of taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments shall not exceed 1[two thousand and five hundred rupees] per annum.

2[* * * * *]

(3) The power of the Legislature of a State to make laws as aforesaid with respect to taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments shall not be construed as limiting in any way the power of Parliament to make laws with respect to taxes on income accruing from or arising out of professions, trades, callings and employments.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixtieth Amendment) Act, 1988, s. 2, for “two hundred and fifty rupees”.

2. Proviso omitted by s. 2, the Constitution (Sixtieth Amendment) Act, 1988.

Section 277. Savings.

Any taxes, duties, cesses or fees which, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, were being lawfully levied by the Government of any State or by any municipality or other local authority or body for the purposes of the State, municipality, district or other local area may, notwithstanding that those taxes, duties, cesses or fees are mentioned in the Union List, continue to be levied and to be applied to the same purposes until provision to the contrary is made by Parliament by law.

Section 278. Agreement with States in Part B of the First Schedule with regard to certain financial matters.

Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 279. Calculation of “net proceeds”, etc.

(1) In the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, “net proceeds” means in relation to any tax or duty the proceeds thereof reduced by the cost of collection, and for the purposes of those provisions the net proceeds of any tax or duty, or of any part of any tax or duty, in or attributable to any area shall be ascertained and certified by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, whose certificate shall be final.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, and to any other express provision of this Chapter, a law made by Parliament or an order of the President may, in any case where under this Part the proceeds of any duty or tax are, or may be, assigned to any State, provide for the manner in which the proceeds are to be calculated, for the time from or at which and the manner in which any payments are to be made, for the making of adjustments between one financial year and another, and for any other incidental or ancillary matters.

Section 280. Finance Commission.

(1) The President shall, within two years from the commencement of this Constitution and thereafter at the expiration of every fifth year or at such earlier time as the President considers necessary, by order constitute a Finance Commission which shall consist of a Chairman and four other members to be appointed by the President.

(2) Parliament may by law determine the qualifications, which shall be requisite for appointment as members of the Commission and the manner in which they shall be selected.

(3) It shall be the duty of the Commission to make recommendations to the President as to-

(a) The distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of taxes which are to be, or may be, divided between them under this Chapter and the allocation between the States of the respective shares of such proceeds;

(b) The principles which should govern the grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated Fund of India;

1[(bb) The measures needed to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State to supplement the resources of the Panchayats in the State on the basis of the recommendations made by the Finance Commission of the State;]

2[(c) The measures needed to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State to supplement the resources of the Municipalities in the State on the basis of the recommendations made by the Finance Commission of the State;]

3[(d)] Any other matter referred to the Commission by the President in the interests of sound finance.

(4) The Commission shall determine their procedure and shall have such powers in the performance of their functions as Parliament may by law confer on them.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 3 (w.e.f. 24-4-1993).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 3 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

3. Sub-cl. (c) re-lettered as sub-cl. (d) by s. 3, the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, (w.e.f. 1-6-1993).

Section 281. Recommendations of the Finance Commission.

The President shall cause every recommendation made by the Finance Commission under the provisions of this Constitution together with an explanatory memorandum as to the action taken thereon to be laid before each House of Parliament.

Miscellaneous Financial Provisions

Section 282. Expenditure defrayable by the Union or a State out of its revenues.

The Union or a State may make any grants for any public purpose, notwithstanding that the purpose is not one with respect to which Parliament or the Legislature of the State, as the case may be.

Section 283. Custody, etc., of Consolidated Funds, Contingency Funds and moneys credited to the public accounts.

(1) The custody of the Consolidated Fund of India and the Contingency Fund of India, the payment of moneys into such Funds, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of public moneys other than those credited to such Funds received by or on behalf of the Government of India, their payment into the public account of India and the withdrawal of moneys from such account and all other matters connected with or ancillary to matters aforesaid shall be regulated by law made by Parliament, and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall be regulated by rules made by the President.

(2) The custody of the Consolidated Fund of a State and the Contingency Fund of a State, the payment of moneys into such Funds, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of public moneys other than those credited to such Funds received by or on behalf of the Government of the State, their payment into the public account of the State and the withdrawal of moneys from such account and all other matters connected with or ancillary to matters aforesaid shall be regulated by law made by the Legislature of the State, and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall be regulated by rules made by the Governor 1[***] of the State.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 284. Custody of suitors’ deposits and other moneys received by public servants and courts.

All moneys received by or deposited with-

(a) Any officer employed in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State in his capacity as such, other than revenues or public moneys raised or received by the Government of India or the Government of the State, as the case may be, or

(b) Any court within the territory of India to the credit of any cause, matter, account or persons,

Shall be paid into the public account of India or the public account of State, as the case may be.

Section 285. Exemption of property of the Union from State taxation.

(1) The property of the Union shall, save in so far as Parliament may by law otherwise provide, be exempt from all taxes imposed by a State or by any authority within a State.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall, until Parliament by law otherwise provides, prevent any authority within a State from levying any tax on any property of the Union to which such property was immediately before the commencement of this Constitution liable or treated as liable, so long as that tax continues to be levied in that State.

Section 286. Restrictions as to imposition of tax on the sale or purchase of goods.

(1) No law of a State shall impose, or authorise the imposition of, a tax on the sale or purchase of goods where such sale or purchase takes place-

(a) Outside the State; or

(b) In the course of the import of the goods into, or export of the goods out of, the territory of India.

1[* * * * *]

2[(2) Parliament may by law formulate principles for determining when a sale or purchase of goods takes place in any of the ways mentioned in clause (1).

3[(3) Any law of a State shall, in so for as it imposes, or authorises the imposition of, –

(a) A tax on the sale or purchase of goods declared by Parliament by law to be of special importance in inter-State trade or commerce; or

(b) A tax on the sale or purchase of goods, being a tax of the nature referred to in sub-clause (b), sub-clause (c) or sub-clause (d) of clause (29A) of article 366,

Be subject to such restrictions and conditions in regard to the system of levy, rates and other incidents of the tax as Parliament may by law specify.]]

1. Explanation to clause (1) omitted by the Constitution (Sixth Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 4.

2. Subs. by s. 4, the Constitution (Sixth Amendment) Act, 1956, for cls. (2) and (3).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1982, s. 3, for cl. (3).

Section 287. Exemption from taxes on electricity.

Save in so far as Parliament may by law otherwise provide, no law of a State shall impose, or authorise the imposition of, a tax on the consumption or sale of electricity (whether produced by a Government or other persons) which is-

(a) Consumed by the Government of India, or sold to the Government of India for consumption by that Government; or

(b) Consumed in the construction, maintenance or operation of any railway by the Government of India or a railway company operating that railway, or sold to that Government or any such railway company for consumption in the construction, maintenance or operation of any railway,

And any such law imposing, or authorising the imposition of, a tax on the sale of electricity shall secure that the price of electricity sold to the Government of India for consumption by that Government, or to any such railway company as aforesaid for consumption in the construction, maintenance or operation of any railway, shall be less by the amount of the tax than the price charged to other consumers of a substantial quantity of electricity.

Section 288. Exemption from taxation by States in respect of water or electricity in certain cases.

(1) Save in so far as the President may by order otherwise provide, no law of a State in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall impose, or authorise the imposition of, a tax in respect of any water or electricity stored, generated, consumed, distributed or sold by any authority established by any existing law or any law made by Parliament for regulating or developing any inter-State river or river-valley.

Explanation. The expression “law of a State in force” in this clause shall include a law of a State passed or made before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwithstanding that it or parts of it may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.

(2) The Legislature of a State may by law impose, or authorise the imposition of, any such tax as is mentioned in clause (1), but no such law shall have any effect unless it has, after having been reserved for the consideration of the President, received his assent; and if any such law provides for the fixation of the rates and other incidents of such tax by means of rules or orders to be made under the law by any authority, the law shall provide for the previous consent of the President being obtained to the making of any such rule or order.

Section 289. Exemption of property and income of a State from Union taxation.

(1) The property and income of a State shall be exempt from Union taxation.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall prevent the Union from imposing, or authorising the imposition of, any tax to such extent, if any, as Parliament may by law provide in respect of a trade or business of any kind carried on by, or on behalf of, the Government of a State, or any operations connected therewith, or any property used or occupied for the purposes of such trade or business, or any income accruing or arising in connection therewith.

(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall apply to any trade or business, or to any class of trade or business, which Parliament may by law declare to be incidental to the ordinary function.

Section 290. Adjustment in respect of certain expenses and pensions.

Where under the provisions of this Constitution the expenses of any court or Commission, or the pension payable to or in respect of a person who has served before the commencement of this Constitution under the Crown in India or after such commencement in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State, are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of a State, then, if-

(a) In the case of a charge on the Consolidated Fund of India, the court or Commission serves any of the separate needs of a State, or the person has served wholly or in part in connection with the affairs of a State; or

(b) In the case of a charge on the Consolidated Fund of a State, the court or Commission serves any of the separate needs of the Union or another State, or the person has served wholly or in part in connection with the affairs of the Union or another State,

There shall be charged on and paid out of the Consolidated Fund of the State or, as the case may be, the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of the other State, such contribution in respect of the expenses or pension as may be agreed, or as may in default of agreement be determined by an arbitrator to be appointed by the Chief Justice of India.

Section 290A. Annual payment to certain Devaswom Funds.

1[290A. Annual payment to certain Devaswom Funds.

A sum of forty-six lakhs and fifty thousand rupees shall be charged on, and paid out of, the Consolidated Fund of the State of Kerala every year to the Travancore Devaswom Fund; and a sum of thirteen lakhs and fifty thousand rupees shall be charged on, and paid out of, the Consolidated Fund of the State of 2[Tamil Nadu] every year to the Devaswom Fund established in that State for the maintenance of Hindu temples and shrines in the territories transferred to that State on the 1st day of November, 1956, from the State of Travancore-Cochin].

1. Ins. by by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 19.

2. Subs. by the Madras State (Alteration of Name) Act, 1968 (53 of 1968), s. 4, for “Madras” (w.e.f. 14-1-1969).

Section 291. Privy purse sums of Rulers.

Rep. by the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 197l, s. 2.

Section 292. Borrowing by the Government of India.

The executive power of the Union extends to borrowing upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of India within such limits, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by Parliament by law and to the giving of guarantees within such limits, if any, as may be so fixed.

Section 293. Borrowing by States.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this article, the executive power of a State extends to borrowing within the territory of India upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of the State within such limits, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Legislature of such State by law and to the giving of guarantees within such limits, if any, as may be so fixed.

(2) The Government of India may, subject to such conditions as may be laid down by or under any law made by Parliament, make loans to any State or, so long as any limits fixed under article 292 are not exceeded, give guarantees in respect of loans raised by any State, and any sums required for the purpose of making such loans shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.

(3) A State may not without the consent of the Government of India raise any loan if there is still outstanding any part of a loan which has been made to the State by the Government of India or by its predecessor Government, or in respect of which a guarantee has been given by the Government of India or by its predecessor Government.

(4) A consent under clause (3) may be granted subject to such conditions, if any, as the Government of India may think fit to impose.

Section 294. Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in certain cases.

As from the commencement of this Constitution-

(a) All property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in His Majesty for the purposes of the Government of the Dominion of India and all property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in His Majesty for the purposes of the Government of each Governor’s Province shall vest respectively in the Union and the corresponding State, and

(b) All rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of the Dominion of India and of the Government of each Governor’s Province, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, shall be the rights, liabilities and obligations respectively of the Government of India and the Government of each corresponding State,

Subject to any adjustment made or to be made by reason of the creation before the commencement of this Constitution of the Dominion of Pakistan or of the Provinces of West Bengal, East Bengal, West Punjab and East Punjab.

Section 295. Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in other cases.

(1) As from the commencement of this Constitution-

(a) All property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in any Indian State corresponding to a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule shall vest in the Union, if the purposes for which such property and assets were held immediately before such commencement will thereafter be purposes of the Union relating to any of the matters enumerated in the Union List, and

(b) All rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of any Indian State corresponding to a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, shall be the rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of India, if the purposes for which such rights were acquired or liabilities or obligations were incurred before such commencement will thereafter be purposes of the Government of India relating to any of the matters enumerated in the Union List,

Subject to any agreement entered into in that behalf by the Government of India with the Government of that State.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, the Government of each State specified in Part B of the First Schedule shall, as from the commencement of this Constitution, be the successor of the Government of the corresponding Indian State as regards all property and assets and all rights, liabilities and obligations, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, other than those referred to in clause (1).

Section 296. Property accruing by escheat or lapse or as bona vacantia.

Subject as hereinafter provided, any property in the territory of India which, if this Constitution had not come into operation, would have accrued to His Majesty or, as the case may be, to the Ruler of an Indian State by escheat or lapse, or as bona vacantia for want of a rightful owner, shall, if it is property situate in a State, vest in such State, and shall, in any other case, vest in the Union:

Provided that any property which at the date when it would have so accrued to His Majesty or to the Ruler of an Indian State was in the possession or under the control of the Government of India or the Government of a State shall, according as the purposes for which it was then used or held were purposes of the Union or of a State, vest in the Union or in that State.

Explanation. In this article, the expressions “Ruler” and “Indian State” have the same meanings as in article 363.

Section 297. Things of value within territorial waters or continental shelf and resources of the exclusive economic zone to vest in the Union.

1[297. Things of value within territorial waters or continental shelf and resources of the exclusive economic zone to vest in the Union.

(1) All lands, minerals and other things of value underlying the ocean within the territorial waters, or the continental shelf, or the exclusive economic zone, of India shall vest in the Union and be held for the purposes of the Union.

(2) All other resources of the exclusive economic zone of India shall also vest in the Union and be held for the purposes of the Union.

(3) The limits of the territorial waters, the continental shelf, the exclusive economic zone, and other maritime zones, of India shall be such as may be specified, from time to time, by or under any law made by Parliament.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fortieth Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 2 for art. 297 (w.e.f. 27-5-1976)

Section 298. Power to carry on trade, etc.

1[298. Power to carry on trade, etc.

The executive power of the Union and of each State shall extend to the carrying on of any trade or business and to the acquisition, holding and disposal of property and the making of contracts for any purpose:

Provided that-

(a) The said executive power of the Union shall, in so far as such trade or business or such purpose is not one with respect to which Parliament may make laws, be subject in each State to legislation by the State; and

(b) The said executive power of each State shall, in so far as such trade or business or such purpose is not one with respect to which the State Legislature may make laws, be subject to legislation by Parliament.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 20 for art. 298.

Section 299. Contracts.

(1) All contracts made in the exercise of the executive power of the Union or of a State shall be expressed to be made by the President, or by the Governor 1[***] of the State, as the case may be, and all such contracts and all assurances of property made in the exercise of that power shall be executed on behalf of the President or the Governor 1[***] by such persons and in such manner as he may direct or authorise.

(2) Neither the President nor the Governor 2[***] shall be personally liable in respect of any contract or assurance made or executed for the purposes of this Constitution, or for the purposes of any enactment relating to the Government of India heretofore in force, nor shall any person making or executing any such contract or assurance on behalf of any of them be personally liable in respect thereof.

1. The words “or the Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

2. The words “nor the Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

Section 300. Suits and proceedings.

(1) The Government of India may sue or be sued by the name of the Union of India and the Government of a State may sue or be sued by the name of the State and may, subject to any provisions which may be made by Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of such State enacted by virtue of powers conferred by this Constitution, sue or be sued in relation to their respective affairs in the like cases as the Dominion of India and the corresponding Provinces or the corresponding Indian States might have sued or been sued if this Constitution had not been enacted.

(2) If at the commencement of this Constitution-

(a) Any legal proceedings are pending to which the Dominion of India is a party, the Union of India shall be deemed to be substituted for the Dominion in those proceedings; and

(b) Any legal proceedings are pending to which a Province or an Indian State is a party, the corresponding State shall be deemed to be substituted for the Province or the Indian State in those proceedings.

Section 300A. Persons not to be deprived of property save by authority of law.

1[Chapter IV Right to Property

No person shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, sec. 34 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 301. Freedom of trade, commerce and intercourse

Subject to the other provisions of this Part, trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free.

Section 302. Power of Parliament to impose restrictions on trade, commerce and intercourse.

Parliament may by law impose such restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or intercourse between one State and another or within any part of the territory of India as may be required in the public interest.

Section 303. Restrictions on the legislative powers of the Union and of the States with regard to trade and commerce

(1) Notwithstanding anything in article 302, neither Parliament nor the Legislature of a State shall have power to make any law giving, or authorising the giving of, any preference to one State over another, or making, or authorising the making of, any discrimination between one State and another, by virtue of any entry relating to trade and commerce in any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall prevent Parliament from making any law giving, or authorising the giving of, any preference or making, or authorising the making of, any discrimination if it is declared by such law that it is necessary to do so for the purpose of dealing with a situation arising from scarcity of goods in any part of the territory of India.

Section 304. Restrictions on trade, commerce and intercourse among States

Notwithstanding anything in article 301 or article 303, the Legislature of a State may by law-

(a) Impose on goods imported from other States 1[or the Union territories] any tax to which similar goods manufactured or produced in that State are subject, so, however, as not to discriminate between goods so imported and goods so manufactured or produced; and

(b) Impose such reasonable restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or intercourse with or within that State as may be required in the public interests:

Provided that no Bill or amendment for the purposes of clause (b) shall be introduced or moved in the Legislature of a State without the previous sanction of the President.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29.

Section 305. Saving of existing laws and laws providing for State monopolies

1[305. Saving of existing laws and laws providing for State monopolies.

Nothing in articles 301 and 303 shall affect the provisions of any existing law except in so far as the President may by order otherwise direct; and nothing in article 301 shall affect the operation of any law made before the commencement of the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955, in so far as it relates to, or prevent Parliament or the Legislature of a State from making any law relating to, any such matter as is referred to in sub-clause (ii) of clause (6) of article 19.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955, sec. 4 for art. 305.

Section 306. Power of certain States in Part B of the First Schedule to impose restrictions on trade and commerce

Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 307. Appointment of authority for carrying out the purposes of articles 301 to 304

Parliament may by law appoint such authority as it considers appropriate for carrying out the purposes of articles 301, 302, 303 and 304, and confer on the authority so appointed such powers and such duties as it thinks necessary.

Section 308. Interpretation

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression “State” 1[does not include the State of Jammu and Kashmir].

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch. for “means a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule”.

Section 309. Recruitment and conditions of service of persons serving the Union or a State

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Acts of the appropriate Legislature may regulate the recruitment, and conditions of service of persons appointed, to public services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of any State:

Provided that it shall be competent for the President or such person as he may direct in the case of services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union, and for the Governor 1[***] of a State or such person as he may direct in the case of services and posts in connection with the affairs of the State, to make rules regulating the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to such services and posts until provision in that behalf is made by or under an Act of the appropriate Legislature under this article, and any rules so made shall have effect subject to the provisions of any such Act.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

Section 310. Tenure of office of persons serving the Union or a State

(1) Except as expressly provided by this Constitution, every person who is a member of a defence service or of a civil service of the Union or of an all-India service or holds any post connected with defence or any civil post under the Union holds office during the pleasure of the President, and every person who is a member of a civil service of a State or holds any civil post under a State holds office during the pleasure of the Governor 1[***] of the State.

(2) Notwithstanding that a person holding a civil post under the Union or a State holds office during the pleasure of the President or, as the case may be, of the Governor 2[***] of the State, any contract under which a person, not being a member of a defence service or of an all-India service or of a civil service of the Union or a State, is appointed under this Constitution to hold such a post may, if the President or the Governor 3[***], as the case may be, deems it necessary in order to secure the services of a person having special qualifications, provide for the payment to him of compensation, if before the expiration of an agreed period that post is abolished or he is, for reasons not connected with any misconduct on his part, required to vacate that post.

1. The words “or, as the case may be, the Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch. the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

3. The words “or the Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

Section 311. Dismissal, removal or reduction in rank of persons employed in civil capacities under the Union or a State

(1) No person who is a member of a civil service of the Union or an all-India service or a civil service of a State or holds a civil post under the Union or a State shall be dismissed or removed by an authority subordinate to that by which he was appointed.

1[(2) No such person as aforesaid shall be dismissed or removed or reduced in rank except after an inquiry in which he has been informed of the charges against him and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in respect of those charges 2[***]:

3[Provided that where it is proposed after such inquiry, to impose upon him any such penalty, such penalty may be imposed on the basis of the evidence adduced during such inquiry and it shall not be necessary to give such person any opportunity of making representation on the penalty proposed:

Provided further that this clause shall not apply-]

(a) Where a person is dismissed or removed or reduced in rank on the ground of conduct which has led to his conviction on a criminal charge; or

(b) Where the authority empowered to dismiss or remove a person or to reduce him in rank is satisfied that for some reason, to be recorded by that authority in writing, it is not reasonably practicable to hold such inquiry; or

(c) Where the President or the Governor, as the case may be, is satisfied that in the interest of the security of the State it is not expedient to hold such inquiry.

(3) If, in respect of any such person as aforesaid, a question arises whether it is reasonably practicable to hold such inquiry as is referred to in clause (2), the decision thereon of the authority empowered to dismiss or remove such person or to reduce him in rank shall be final.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 10, for cls. (2) and (3).

2. Certain words omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 44 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

3. Subs. by s. 44, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, for certain words (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 312. All-India services

(1) Notwithstanding anything in 1[Chapter VI of Part VI or Part XI], if the Council of States has declared by resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest so to do, Parliament may by law provide for the creation of one or more all India services 2[(including an all-India judicial service)] common to the Union and the States, and, subject to the other provisions of this Chapter, regulate the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to any such service.

(2) The services known at the commencement of this Constitution as the Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service shall be deemed to be services created by Parliament under this article.

2[(3) The all-India judicial service referred to in clause (1) shall not include any post inferior to that of a district judge as defined in article 236.

(4) The law providing for the creation of the all-India judicial service aforesaid may contain such provisions for the amendment of Chapter VI of Part VI as may be necessary for giving effect to the provisions of that law and no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.]

1. Subs. by s. 45, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, for “Part-XI” (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Ins. by s. 45, the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 312A. Power of Parliament to vary or revoke conditions of service of officers of certain services

1[312A. Power of Parliament to vary or revoke conditions of service of officers of certain services.

(1) Parliament may by law-

(a) Vary or revoke, whether prospectively or retrospectively, the conditions of services as respects remuneration, leave and pension and the rights as respects disciplinary matters of persons who, having been appointed by the Secretary of State or Secretary of State in Council to a civil service of the Crown in India before the commencement of this Constitution, continue on and after the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1972, to serve under the Government of India or of a State in any service or post;

(b) Vary or revoke, whether prospectively or retrospectively, the conditions of service as respects pension of persons who, having been appointed by the Secretary of State or Secretary of State in Council to a civil service of the Crown in India before the commencement of this Constitution, retired or otherwise ceased to be in service at any time before the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1972:

Provided that in the case of any such person who is holding or has held the office of the Chief Justice or other Judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, the Chairman or other member of the Union or a State Public Service Commission or the Chief Election Commissioner, nothing in sub-clause (a) or sub-clause (b) shall be construed as empowering Parliament to vary or revoke, after his appointment to such post, the conditions of his service to his disadvantage except in so far as such conditions of service are applicable to him by reason of his being a person appointed by the Secretary of State or Secretary of State in Council to a civil service of the Crown in India.

(2) Except to the extent provided for by Parliament by law under this article, nothing in this article shall affect the power of any Legislature or other authority under any other provision of this Constitution to regulate the conditions of service of persons referred to in clause (1).

(3) Neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in-

(a) Any dispute arising out of any provision of, or any endorsement on, any covenant, agreement or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed by any person referred to in clause (1), or arising out of any letter issued to such person, in relation to his appointment to any civil service of the Crown in India or his continuance in service under the Government of the Dominion of India or a Province thereof;

(b) Any dispute in respect of any right, liability or obligation under article 314 as originally enacted.

(4) The provisions of this article shall have effect notwithstanding anything in article 314 as originally enacted or in any other provision of this Constitution.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1972, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 29-8-1972).

Section 313. Transitional provisions

Until other provision is made in this behalf under this Constitution, all the laws in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution and applicable to any public service or any post which continues to exist after the commencement of this Constitution, as an all-India service or as service or post under the Union or a State shall continue in force so far as consistent with the provisions of this Constitution.

Section 314. Provision for protection of existing officers of certain services

Rep. by the Constitution (Twenty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1972, s. 3 (w.e.f. 29-8-1972).

Section 315. Public Service Commissions for the Union and for the States

(1) Subject to the provisions of this article, there shall be a Public Service Commission for the Union and a Public Service Commission for each State.

(2) Two or more States may agree that there shall be one Public Service Commission for that group of States, and if a resolution to that effect is passed by the House or, where there are two Houses, by each House of the Legislature of each of those States, Parliament may by law provide for the appointment of a Joint State Public Service Commission (referred to in this Chapter as Joint Commission) to serve the needs of those States.

(3) Any such law as aforesaid may contain such incidental and consequential provisions as may be necessary or desirable for giving effect to the purposes of the law.

(4) The Public Service Commission for the Union, if requested so to do by the Governor 1[***] of a State, may, with the approval of the President, agree to serve all or any of the needs of the State.

(5) References in this Constitution to the Union Public Service Commission or a State Public Service Commission shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as references to the Commission serving the needs of the Union or, as the case may be, the State as respects the particular matter in question.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 316. Appointment and term of office of members

(1) The Chairman and other members of a Public Service Commission shall be appointed, in the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, by the President, and in the case of a State Commission, by the Governor 1[***] of the State:

Provided that as nearly as may be one-half of the members of every Public Service Commission shall be persons who at the dates of their respective appointments have held office for at least ten years either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State, and in computing the said period of ten years any period before the commencement of this Constitution during which a person has held office under the Crown in India or under the Government of an Indian State shall be included.

2[(1A) If the office of the Chairman of the Commission becomes vacant or if any such Chairman is by reason of absence or for any other reason unable to perform the duties of his office, those duties shall, until some person appointed under clause (1) to the vacant office has entered on the duties thereof or, as the case may be, until the Chairman has resumed his duties, be performed by such one of the other members of the Commission as the President, in the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, and the Governor of the State in the case of a State Commission, may appoint for the purpose.]

(2) A member of a Public Service Commission shall hold office for a term of six years from the date on which he enters upon his office or until he attains, in the case of the Union Commission, the age of sixty-five years, and in the case of a State Commission or a Joint Commission, the age of 3[sixty-two years], whichever is earlier:

Provided that-

(a) A member of a Public Service Commission may, by writing under his hand addressed, in the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, to the President, and in the case of a State Commission, to the Governor 3[***] of the State, resign his office;

(b) A member of a Public Service Commission may be removed from his office in the manner provided in clause (1) or clause (3) of article 317.

(3) A person who holds office as a member of a Public Service Commission shall, on the expiration of his term of office, be ineligible for re-appointment to that office.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, s. 11.

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-first Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 2, for “sixty years”.

Section 317. Removal and suspension of a member of a Public Service Commission

(1) Subject to the provisions of clause (3), the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission shall only be removed from his office by order of the President on the ground of misbehaviour after the Supreme Court, on reference being made to it by the President, has, on inquiry held in accordance with the procedure prescribed in that behalf under article 145, reported that the Chairman or such other member, as the case may be, ought on any such ground to be removed.

(2) The President, in the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, and the Governor 1[***] in the case of a State Commission, may suspend from office the Chairman or any other member of the Commission in respect of whom a reference has been made to the Supreme Court under clause (1) until the President has passed orders on receipt of the report of the Supreme Court on such reference.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), the President may by order remove from office the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission if the Chairman or such other member, as the case may be, –

(a) Is adjudged an insolvent; or

(b) Engages during his term of office in any paid employment outside the duties of his office; or

(c) Is, in the opinion of the President, unfit to continue in office by reason of infirmity of mind or body.

(4) If the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission is or becomes in any way concerned or interested in any contract or agreement made by or on behalf of the Government of India or the Government of a State or participates in any way in the profit thereof or in any benefit or emolument arising therefrom otherwise than as a member and in common with the other members of an incorporated company, he shall, for the purposes of clause (1), be deemed to be guilty of misbehaviour.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and sch.

Section 318. Power to make regulations as to conditions of service of members and staff of the Commission

In the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, the President and, in the case of a State Commission, the Governor 1[****] of the State may by regulations-

(a) Determine the number of members of the Commission and their conditions of service; and

(b) Make provision with respect to the number of members of the staff of the Commission and their conditions of service:

Provided that the conditions of service of a member of a Public Service Commission shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

1. The word “or Rapramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and sch.

Section 319. Prohibition as to the holding of offices by members of Commission on ceasing to be such members

On ceasing to hold office-

(a) The Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission shall be ineligible for further employment either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State;

(b) The Chairman of a State Public Service Commission shall be eligible for appointment as the Chairman or any other member of the Union Public Service Commission or as the Chairman of any other State Public Service Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State;

(c) A member other than the Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission shall be eligible for appointment as the Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission or as the Chairman of a State Public Service Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State;

(d) A member other than the Chairman of a State Public Service Commission shall be eligible for appointment as the Chairman or any other member of the Union Public Service Commission or as the Chairman of that or any other State Public Service Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State.

Section 320. Functions of Public Service Commissions

(1) It shall be the duty of the Union and the State Public Service Commissions to conduct examinations for appointments to the services of the Union and the services of the State respectively.

(2) It shall also be the duty of the Union Public Service Commission, if requested by any two or more States so to do, to assist those States in framing and operating schemes of joint recruitment for any services for which candidates possessing special qualifications are required.

(3) The Union Public Service Commission or the State Public Service Commission, as the case may be, shall be consulted-

(a) On all matters relating to methods of recruitment to civil services and for civil posts;

(b) On the principles to be followed in making appointments to civil services and posts and in making promotions and transfers from one service to another and on the suitability of candidates for such appointments, promotions or transfers;

(c) On all disciplinary matters affecting a person serving under the Government of India or the Government of a State in a civil capacity, including memorials or petitions relating to such matters;

(d) On any claim by or in respect of a person who is serving or has served under the Government of India or the Government of a State or under the Crown in India or under the Government of an Indian State, in a civil capacity, that any costs incurred by him in defending legal proceedings instituted against him in respect of acts done or purporting to be done in the execution of his duty should be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India, or, as the case may be, out of the Consolidated Fund of the State;

(e) On any claim for the award of a pension in respect of injuries sustained by a person while serving under the Government of India or the Government of a State or under the Crown in India or under the Government of an Indian State, in a civil capacity, and any question as to the amount of any such award,

And it shall be the duty of a Public Service Commission to advise on any matter so referred to them and on any other matter which the President, or, as the case may be, the Governor 1[***] of the State, may refer to them:

Provided that the President as respects the all-India services and also as respects other services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union, and the Governor 2[***], as respects other services and posts in connection with the affairs of a State, may make regulations specifying the matters in which either generally, or in any particular class of case or in any particular circumstances, it shall not be necessary for a Public Service Commission to be consulted.

(4) Nothing in clause (3) shall require a Public Service Commission to be consulted as respects the manner in which any provision referred to in clause (4) of article 16 may be made or as respects the manner in which effect may be given to the provisions of article 335.

(5) All regulations made under the proviso to clause (3) by the President or the Governor 1[***] of a State shall be laid for not less than fourteen days before each House of Parliament or the House or each House of the Legislature of the State, as the case may be, as soon as possible after they are made, and shall be subject to such modifications, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as both Houses of Parliament or the House or both Houses of the Legislature of the State may make during the session in which they are so laid.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh, as the case may be” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 321. Power to extend functions of Public Service Commissions

An Act made by Parliament or, as the case may be, the Legislature of a State may provide for the exercise of additional functions by the Union Public Service Commission or the State Public Service Commission as respects the services of the Union or the State and also as respects the services of any local authority or other body corporate constituted by law or of any public institution.

Section 322. Expenses of Public Service Commissions

The expenses of the Union or a State Public Service Commission, including any salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of the members or staff of the Commission, shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India or, as the case may be, the Consolidated Fund of the State.

Section 323. Reports of Public Service Commissions

(1) It shall be the duty of the Union Commission to present annually to the President a report as to the work done by the Commission and on receipt of such report the President shall cause a copy thereof together with a memorandum explaining, as respects the cases, if any, where the advice of the Commission was not accepted, the reasons for such non-acceptance to be laid before each House of Parliament.

(2) It shall be the duty of a State Commission to present annually to the Governor 1[***] of the State a report as to the work done by the Commission, and it shall be the duty of a Joint Commission to present annually to the Governor 1[***] of each of the States the needs of which are served by the Joint Commission a report as to the work done by the Commission in relation to that State, and in either case the Governor 2[***], shall, on receipt of such report, cause a copy thereof together with a memorandum explaining, as respects the cases, if any, where the advice of the Commission was not accepted, the reasons for such non-acceptance to be laid before the Legislature of the State.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh, as the case may be” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 323A. Administrative tribunals

1[PART XIVA TRIBUNALS

(1) Parliament may, by law, provide for the adjudication or trial by administrative tribunals of disputes and complaints with respect to recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to public services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of any State or of any local or other authority within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India or of any corporation owned or controlled by the Government.

(2) A law made under clause (1) may-

(a) Provide for the establishment of an administrative tribunal for the Union and a separate administrative tribunal for each State or for two or more States;

(b) Specify the jurisdiction, powers (including the power to punish for contempt) and authority, which may be exercised by each of the said tribunals;

(c) Provide for the procedure (including provisions as to limitation and rules of evidence) to be followed by the said tribunals;

(d) Exclude the jurisdiction of all courts, except the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under article 136, with respect to the disputes or complaints referred to in clause (1);

(e) Provide for the transfer to each such administrative tribunal of any cases pending before any court or other authority immediately before the establishment of such tribunal as would have been within the jurisdiction of such tribunal if the causes of action on which such suits or proceedings are based had arisen after such establishment;

(f) Repeal or amend any order made by the President under clause (3) of article 371D;

(g) Contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions (including provisions as to fees) as Parliament may deem necessary for the effective functioning of, and for the speedy disposal of cases by, and the enforcement of the orders of, such tribunals.

(3) The provisions of this article shall have effect notwithstanding anything in any other provision of this Constitution or in any other law for the time being in force.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 46 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 323B. Tribunals for other matters

*[323B. Tribunals for other matters.—(1) The appropriate Legislature may, by law, provide for the adjudication or trial by tribunals of any disputes, complaints, or offences with respect to all or any of the matters specified in clause (2) with respect to which such Legislature has power to make laws.

(2) The matters referred to in clause (1) are the following, namely:—

(a) levy, assessment, collection and enforcement of any tax;

(b) foreign exchange, import and export across customs frontiers;

(c) industrial and labour disputes;

(d) land reforms by way of acquisition by the State of any estate as defined in article 31A or of any rights therein or the extinguishment or modification of any such rights or by way of ceiling on agricultural land or in any other way;

(e) ceiling on urban property;

(f) elections to either House of Parliament or the House or either House of the Legislature of a State, but excluding the matters referred to in article 329 and article 329A;

(g) production, procurement, supply and distribution of foodstuffs (including edible oilseeds and oils) and such other goods as the President may, by public notification, declare to be essential goods for the purpose of this article and control of prices of such goods;

1[(h) rent, its regulation and control and tenancy issues including the rights, title and interest of landlords and tenants,]

2[(i)] offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to 3[(h)] and fees in respect of any of those matters;

2[(j)] any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to 4[(i)].

(3) A law made under clause (1) may—

(a) provide for the establishment of a hierarchy of tribunals;

(b) specify the jurisdiction, powers (including the power to punish for contempt) and authority which may be exercised by each of the said tribunals;

(c) provide for the procedure (including provisions as to limitation and rules of evidence) to be followed by the said tribunals;

(d) exclude the jurisdiction of all courts except the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under article 136 with respect to all or any of the matters falling within the jurisdiction of the said tribunals;

(e) provide for the transfer to each such tribunal of any cases pending before any court or any other authority immediately before the establishment of such tribunal as would have been within the jurisdiction of such tribunal if the causes of action on which such suits or proceedings are based had arisen after such establishment;

(f) contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions (including provisions as to fees) as the appropriate Legislature may deem necessary for the effective functioning of, and for the speedy disposal of cases by, and the enforcement of the orders of, such tribunals.

(4) The provisions of this article shall have effect notwithstanding anything in any other provision of this Constitution or in any other law for the time being in force.

Explanation.—In this article, “appropriate Legislature”, in relation to any matter, means Parliament or, as the case may be, a State Legislature competent to make laws with respect to such matter in accordance with the provisions of Part XI.]

* Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 46 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fifth Amendment) Act, 1993, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15.5.1994).

2. Sub-clauses (h) and (i) relettered as sub-clause (i) and (j) by the Constitution (Seventy-fifth Amendment) Act, 1993, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-5-1994)

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventy-fifth Amendment) Act, 1993 sec. 2 for “(g) ” w.e.f. from 15-5-1994.

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventy-fifth Amendment) Act, 1993 sec. 2 for “(h) ” w.e.f. from 15-5-1994.

Section 324. Superintendence, direction and control of elections to be vested in an Election Commission

(1) The superintendence, direction and control of the preparation of the electoral rolls for, and the conduct of, all elections to Parliament and to the Legislature of every State and of elections to the offices of President and Vice-President held under this Constitution 1[***] shall be vested in a Commission (referred to in this Constitution as the Election Commission).

(2) The Election Commission shall consist of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners, if any, as the President may from time to time fix and the appointment of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners shall, subject to the provisions of any law made in that behalf by Parliament, be made by the President.

(3) When any other Election Commissioner is so appointed the Chief Election Commissioner shall act as the Chairman of the Election Commission.

(4) Before each general election to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assembly of each State, and before the first general election and thereafter before each biennial election to the Legislative Council of each State having such Council, the President may also appoint after consultation with the Election Commission such Regional Commissioners as he may consider necessary to assist the Election Commission in the performance of the functions conferred on the Commission by clause (1).

(5) Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Election Commissioners and the Regional Commissioners shall be such as the President may by rule determine:

Provided that the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be removed from his office except in like manner and on the like grounds as a Judge of the Supreme Court and the conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment:

Provided further that any other Election Commissioner or a Regional Commissioner shall not be removed from office except on the recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.

(6) The President, or the Governor 2[***] of a State, shall, when so requested by the Election Commission, make available to the Election Commission or to a Regional Commissioner such staff as may be necessary for the discharge of the functions conferred on the Election Commission by clause (1).

1. The words “including the appointment of election tribunals for the decision of doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with elections to Parliament and to the Legislatures of States” omitted by the Constitution (Nineteenth Amendment) Act, 1966, s. 2.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s.29 and Sch.

Section 325. No person to be ineligible for inclusion in, or to claim to be included in a special, electoral roll on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex

There shall be one general electoral roll for every territorial constituency for election to either House of Parliament or to the House or either House of the Legislature of a State and no person shall be ineligible for inclusion in any such roll or claim to be included in any special electoral roll for any such constituency on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or any of them.

Section 326. Elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assemblies of States to be on the basis of adult suffrage

The elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assembly of every State shall be on the basis of adult suffrage; that is to say, every person who is a citizen of India and who is not less than 1[eighteen years] of age on such date as may be fixed in that behalf by or under any law made by the appropriate Legislature and is not otherwise disqualified under this Constitution or any law made by the appropriate Legislature on the ground of non-residence, unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice, shall be entitled to be registered as a voter at any such election.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixty-first Amendment) Act, 1988, s. 2, for “twenty-one years”.

Section 327. Power of Parliament to make provision with respect to elections to Legislatures

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may from time to time by law make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, elections to either House of Parliament or to the House or either House of the Legislature of a State including the preparation of electoral rolls, the delimitation of constituencies and all other matters necessary for securing the due constitution of such House or Houses.

Section 328. Power of Legislature of a State to make provision with respect to elections to such Legislature

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and in so far as provision in that behalf is not made by Parliament, the Legislature of a State may from time to time by law make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, the elections to the House or either House of the Legislature of the State including the preparation of electoral rolls and all other matters necessary for securing the due constitution of such House or Houses.

Section 329. Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters

1[Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution 2[***]-]

(a) The validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or the allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article 327 or article 328, shall not be called in question in any court;

(b) No election to either House of Parliament or to the House or either House of the Legislature of a State shall be called in question except by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as may be provided for by or under any law made by the appropriate Legislature.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 3, for certain words.

2. he words, figures and letter “but subject to the provisions of article 329A” omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 35 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 329A. Special provision as to elections to Parliament in the case of Prime Minister and Speaker

1[329A. Special provision as to elections to Parliament in the case of Prime Minister and Speaker.

Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 36 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

1. Ins.by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, sec. 4.

Section 330. Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People

(1) Seats shall be reserved in the House of the People for-

(a) The Scheduled Castes;

1[(b) The Scheduled Tribes except the Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous districts of Assam; and]

(c) The Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous districts of Assam.

(2) The number of seats reserved in any State 2[or Union territory] for the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes under clause (1) shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of seats allotted to that State 7[or Union territory] in the House of the People as the population of the Scheduled Castes in the State 2[or Union territory] or of the Scheduled Tribes in the State 2[or Union territory] or part of the State 7[or Union territory], as the case may be, in respect of which seats are so reserved, bears to the total population of the State 2[or Union territory].

3[(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (2), the number of seats reserved in the House of the People for the Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous districts of Assam shall bear to the total number of seats allotted to that State a proportion not less than the population of the Scheduled Tribes in the said autonomous districts bears to the total population of the State.]

4[Explanation. In this article and in article 332, the expression “population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published:

Provided that the reference in this Explanation to the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 5[2026] have been published, be construed as a reference to the 6[2001] census.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-first Amendment) Act, 1984, s. 2, for sub-clause (b) (w.e.f. 16-6-1986).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-first Amendment) Act, 1973, s. 3. (w.e.f. 17-10-1973)

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 47 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 6, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

6. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 6, for “1971” w.e.f. 21-2-2002 and ahain subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-seventh Amendment) Act, 2003, for ‘1991’ w.e.f. 22-6-2003.

7. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, sec. 4.

Section 331. Representation of the Anglo-Indian Community in the House of the People

Notwithstanding anything in article 81, the President may, if he is of opinion that the Anglo-Indian community is not adequately represented in the House of the People, nominate not more than two members of that community to the House of the People.

Section 332. Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assemblies of the States

(1) Seats shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, 1[except the Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous districts of Assam], in the Legislative Assembly of every State 2[***].

(2) Seats shall be reserved also for the autonomous districts in the Legislative Assembly of the State of Assam.

(3) The number of seats reserved for the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of any State under clause (1) shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of seats in the Assembly as the population of the Scheduled Castes in the State or of the Scheduled Tribes in the State or part of the State, as the case may be, in respect of which seats are so reserved bears to the total population of the State.

3[(3A) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (3), until the taking effect, under article 170, of the re-adjustment, on the basis of the first census after the year 7[2026], of the number of seats in the Legislative Assemblies of the States of Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Mizoram and Nagaland, the seats which shall be reserved for the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of any such State shall be—

(a) if all the seats in the Legislative Assembly of such State in existence on the date of coming into force of the Constitution (Fifty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1987 (hereafter in this clause referred to as the existing Assembly) are held by members of the Scheduled Tribes, all the seats except one;

(b) in any other case, such number of seats as bears to the total number of seats, a proportion not less than the number (as on the said date) of members belonging to the Scheduled Tribes in the existing Assembly bears to the total number of seats in existing Assembly.]

5[(3B) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (3), until the re-adjustment, under article 170, takes effect on the basis of the first census after the year 6[2026], of the number of seats in the Legislative Assembly of the State of Tripura, the seats which shall be, such number of seats as bears to the total number of seats, a proportion not less than the number, as on the date of coming into force of the Constitution (Seventy-second Amendment) Act, 1992, of members belonging to the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly in existence on the said date bears to the total number of seats in that Assembly.]

(4) The number of seats reserved for an autonomous district in the Legislative Assembly of the State of Assam shall bear to the total number of seats in that Assembly a proportion not less than the population of the district bears to the total population of the State.

(5) The constituencies for the seats reserved for any autonomous district of Assam shall not comprise any area outside that district 7[***].

(6) No person who is not a member of a Scheduled Tribe of any autonomous district of the State of Assam shall be eligible for election to the Legislative Assembly of the State from any constituency of that district 7[***]:

8[Provided that for elections to the Legislative Assembly of the State of Assam, the representation of the Scheduled Tribes and non-Scheduled Tribes in the constituencies included in the Bodoland Territorial Areas District, so notified, and existing prior to the constitution of the Bodoland Territorial Areas District, shall be maintained.]

—————————–

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-first Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 3, for certain words (w.e.f. 16-6-1986).

2. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1987, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 21-9-1987).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 7, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-second Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 5-12-1992).

6. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-fourth Amendment) Act, 2001, sec. 7, for “2000” (w.e.f. 21-2-2002).

7. Certain words omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).
8. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninetieth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 28-9-2003).

Section 333. Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the Legislative Assemblies of the States

Notwithstanding anything in article 170, the Governor 1[***] of a State may, if he is of opinion that the Anglo-Indian community needs representation in the Legislative Assembly of the State and is not adequately represented therein, 2[nominate one member of that community to the Assembly.]

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-third Amendment) Act, 1969, s. 4, for “nominate such number of members of the community to the Assembly as he considers appropriate”.

Section 334. Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after sixty years

334. Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after 1[sixty years].

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, the provisions of this Constitution relating to-

(a) The reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States; and

(b) The representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States by nomination,

Shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of 1[sixty years] from the commencement of this Constitution:

Provided that nothing in this article shall affect any representation in the House of the People or in the Legislative Assembly of a State until the dissolution of the then existing House or Assembly, as the case may be.

1. Successively subs by the Constitution (Sixty-second Amendment) Act, 1989, s.2 for the words ‘forty years’ (w.e.f. 20.12.1989) and by the Constitution (Seventy-ninth Amendment) Act 1999, s.2 for the words ‘fifty years'(w.e.f. 25.1.2000)

Section 335. Claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to services and posts

The claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into consideration, consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of administration, in the making of appointments to services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State.

1[Provided that nothing in this article shall prevent in making of any provision in favour of the members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for relaxation in qualifying marks in any examination or lowering the standards of evaluation, for reservation in matters of promotion to any class or classes of services or posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or the State].

1. Ins. By the Constitution (Eighty-second Amendment), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 8-9-2000).

Section 336. Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services

(1) During the first two years after the commencement of this Constitution, appointments of members of the Anglo-Indian community to posts in the railway, customs, postal and telegraph services of the Union shall be made on the same basis as immediately before the fifteenth day of August, 1947.

During every succeeding period of two years, the number of posts reserved for the members of the said community in the said services shall, as nearly as possible, be less by ten per cent. than the numbers so reserved during the immediately preceding period of two years:

Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution all such reservations shall cease.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall bar the appointment of members of the Anglo-Indian community to posts other than, or in addition to, those reserved for the community under that clause if such members are found qualified for appointment on merit as compared with the members of other communities.

Section 337. Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-Indian community

During the first three financial years after the commencement of this Constitution, the same grants, if any, shall be made by the Union and by each State 1[***] for the benefit of the Anglo-Indian community in respect of education as were made in the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1948.

During every succeeding period of three years the grants may be less by ten per cent. than those for the immediately preceding period of three years:

Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution such grants, to the extent to which they are a special concession to the Anglo-Indian community, shall cease:

Provided further that no educational institution shall be entitled to receive any grant under this article unless at least forty per cent. of the annual admissions therein are made available to members of communities other than the Anglo-Indian community.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 338. National Commission for Scheduled Castes

338. 1[National Commission for Scheduled Castes.]

2[3[(1) There shall be a Commission for the Scheduled Castes to be known as the National Commission for the Scheduled Castes.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and three other Members and the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other Members so appointed shall be such as the President may by rule determine.]

(3) The Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other Members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.

(4) The Commission shall have the power to regulate its own procedure.

(5) It shall be the duty of the Commission-

(a) To investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards provided for the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *] under this Constitution or under any other law for the time being in force or under any order of the Government and to evaluate the working of such safeguards;

(b) To inquire into specific complaints with respect to the deprivation of rights and safeguards of the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *];

(c) To participate and advise on the planning process of socio-economic development of the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *] and to evaluate the progress of their development under the Union and any State;

(d) To present to the President, annually and at such other times as the Commission may deem fit, reports upon the working of those safeguards;

(e) To make in such reports recommendations as to the measures that should be taken by the Union or any State for the effective implementation of those safeguards and other measures for the protection, welfare and socio-economic development of the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *]; and

(f) To discharge such other functions in relation to the protection, welfare, development, and advancement of the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *] as the President may, subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, by rule specify.

(6) The President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the Union and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such recommendations.

(7) Where any such report, or any part thereof, relates to any matter with which any State Government is concerned, a copy of such report shall be forwarded to the Governor of the State who shall cause it to be laid before the Legislature of the State along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the State and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such recommendations.

(8) The Commission shall, while investigating any matter referred to in sub-clause (a) or inquiring into any complaint referred to in sub-clause (b) of clause (5), have all the powers of a civil court trying a suit and in particular in respect of the following matters, namely: –

(a) Summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person from any part of India and examining him on oath;

(b) Requiring the discovery and production of any document;

(c) Receiving evidence on affidavits;

(d) Requisitioning any public record or copy thereof from any court or office;

(e) Issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses and documents;

(f) Any other matter which the President may, by rule, determine.

(9) The Union and every State Government shall consult the Commission on all major policy matters affecting Scheduled Castes 4[* * *].]

5[(10)] In this article, references to the Scheduled Castes 4[* * *] shall be construed as including references to such other backward classes as the President may, on receipt of the report of a Commission appointed under clause (1) of article 340, by order specify and also to the Anglo-Indian community.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1990, sec. 2, (w.e.f. 22-3-1992) and again subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-ninth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 2 for the marginal heading “National Commission for Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribles” (w.e.f. 19-2-2004).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1990, sec. 2 for clauses (1) and (2) (w.e.f. 22-3-1992).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Eighty-ninth Amendment) Act, 2003, s. 2 for clauses (1) and (2) (w.e.f. 19-2-2004).

4. The words “and Scheduled Tribes” omitted by the Constitution (Eighty-ninth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 19-2-2004).

5. Clause (3) renumbered as clause (10) by the Constitution (Sixty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1990, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 22-3-1992).

Section 338A. National Commission for Scheduled Tribes

1[338A. National Commission for Scheduled Tribes

(1) There shall be a Commission for the Scheduled Tribes to be known as Commission the National Commission for the Scheduled Tribes.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and three other Members and the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other Members so appointed shall be such as the President may by rule determine.

(3) The Chairperson. Vice-Chairperson and other Members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.

(4) The Commission shall have the power to regulate its own procedure.

(5) It shall be the duty of the Commission-

(a) to investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards provided for the Scheduled Tribes under this Constitution or under any other law for the time being in force or under any order of the Government and to evaluate the working of such safeguards;

(b) to inquire into specific complaints with respect to the deprivation of rights and safeguards of the Scheduled Tribes;

(c) to participate and advise on the planning process of socio-economic development of the Scheduled Tribes and to evaluate the progress of their development under the Union and any State;

(d) to present to the President, annually and at such other times as the Commission may deem fit, reports upon the working of those safeguards;

(e) to make in such reports recommendations as to the measures that should be taken by the Union or any State for the effective implementation of those safeguards and other measures for the protection, welfare .and socio-economic development of the Scheduled Tribes; and

(f) to discharge such other functions in relation to the protection, welfare and development and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes as the President may, subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, by rule specify.

(6) The President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the Union and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such recommendations.

(7) Where any such report, or any part thereof, relates to any matter with which any State Government is concerned, a copy of such report shall be forwarded to the Governor of the State who shall cause it to be laid before the Legislature of the State along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the State and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such recommendations.

(8) The Commission shall, while investigating any matter referred to in sub-clause (a) or inquiring into any complaint referred to in sub-clause (b) of clause (5), have all the powers of a civil court trying a suit and in particular in respect of the following matters, namely:-

(a) summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person from any part of India and examining him on oath;

(b) requiring the discovery and production of any document;

(c) receiving evidence on affidavits;

(d) requisitioning any public record or copy thereof from any court or office;

(e) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses and documents;

(f) any other matter which the President may, by rule, determine.

(9) The Union and every State Government shall consult the Commission on all major policy matters affecting Scheduled Tribes.”.

1. Inserted by Constitution (Eighty-Ninth amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 19-2-2004).

Section 339. Control of the Union over the administration of Scheduled Areas and the welfare of Scheduled Tribes

(1) The President may at any time and shall, at the expiration of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution by order appoint a Commission to report on the administration of the Scheduled Areas and the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in the States 1[***].

The order may define the composition, powers and procedure of the Commission and may contain such incidental or ancillary provisions, as the President may consider necessary or desirable.

(2) The executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to 2[a State] as to the drawing up and execution of schemes specified in the direction to be essential for the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in the State.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A and Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956., for “any such State”.

Section 340. Appointment of a Commission to investigate the conditions of backward classes

(1) The President may by order appoint a Commission consisting of such persons as he thinks fit to investigate the conditions of socially and educationally backward classes within the territory of India and the difficulties under which they labour and to make recommendations as to the steps that should be taken by the Union or any State to remove such difficulties and to improve their condition and as to the grants that should be made for the purpose by the Union or any State and the conditions subject to which such grants should be made, and the order appointing such Commission shall define the procedure to be followed by the Commission.

(2) A Commission so appointed shall investigate the matters referred to them and present to the President a report setting out the facts as found by them and making such recommendations as they think proper.

(3) The President shall cause a copy of the report so presented together with a memorandum explaining the action taken thereon to be laid before each House of Parliament.

Section 341. Scheduled Castes

(1) The President 1[may with respect to any State 2[or Union territory], and where it is a State 3[***], after consultation with the Governor 4[***] thereof,] by public notification5, specify the castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within castes, races or tribes which shall for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be Scheduled Castes in relation to that State 2[or Union territory, as the case may be].

(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Castes specified in a notification issued under clause (1) any caste, race or tribe or part of or group within any caste, race or tribe, but save as aforesaid a notification issued under the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 10, for “may, after consultation with the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State”.

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

3. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., ibid.

4. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., ibid.

5. See the Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order, 1950 (C.O. 19), the Constitution (cheduled Castes) (Union Territories) Order, 1951 (C.O. 32), the Constitution (Jammu and Kashmir) Scheduled Castes Order, 1956 (C.O.52), the Constitution (Dadra and Nagar Haveli) Scheduled Castes Order, 1962 (C.O. 64), the Constitution

(Pondicherry) Scheduled Castes Order, 1964 (C.O. 68), the Constitution (Goa, Daman and Diu) Scheduled Castes Order, 1968 (C.O. 81) and the Constitution (Sikkim) Scheduled Castes Order, 1978 (C.O. 110).

Section 342. Scheduled Tribes

(1) The President 1[may with respect to any State 2[or Union territory], and where it is a State 3[***], after consultation with the Governor 4[***] thereof,] by public notification 5, specify the tribes or tribal communities or part of or groups within tribes or tribal communities which shall for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be Scheduled Tribes in relation to that State 6[or Union territory, as the case may be].

(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes specified in a notification issued under clause (1) any tribe or tribal community or part of or group within any tribe or tribal community, but save as aforesaid a notification issued under the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 11, for “may, after consultation with the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State,”.

3. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

4. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., ibid.

5. See the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) Order, 1950 (C.O.22), the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) (Union Territories) Order, 1951 (C.O.33), the Constitution (Andaman and Nicobar Islands) Scheduled Tribes Order, 1959 (C.O.58), the Constitution (Dadra and Nagar Haveli) Scheduled Tribes Order, 1962 (C.O.65), the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) (Uttar Pradesh) Order, 1967 (C.O.78), the Constitution (Goa, Daman and Diu) Scheduled Tribes Order, 1968 (C.O.82), the Constitution (Nagaland) Scheduled Tribes Order, 1970 (C.O.88) and the Constitution (Sikkim) Scheduled Tribes Order, 1978 (C.O.111).

6. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

Section 343. Official language of the Union

(1) The official language of the Union shall be Hindi in Devanagari script.

The form of numerals to be used for the official purposes of the Union shall be the international form of Indian numerals.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), for a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, the English language shall continue to be used for all the official purposes of the Union for which it was being used immediately before such commencement:

Provided that the President may, during the said period, by order 1 authorise the use of the Hindi language in addition to the English language and of the Devanagari form of numerals in addition to the international form of Indian numerals for any of the official purposes of the Union.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this article, Parliament may by law provide for the use, after the said period of fifteen years, of—

(a) the English language, or

(b) the Devanagari form of numerals,

for such purposes as may be specified in the law.

1. See C.O. 41.

Section 344. Commission and Committee of Parliament on official language

(1) The President shall, at the expiration of five years from the commencement of this Constitution and thereafter at the expiration of ten years from such commencement, by order constitute a Commission which shall consist of a Chairman and such other members representing the different languages specified in the Eighth Schedule as the President may appoint, and the order shall define the procedure to be followed by the Commission.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Commission to make recommendations to the President as to-

(a) The progressive use of the Hindi language for the official purposes of the Union;

(b) Restrictions on the use of the English language for all or any of the official purposes of the Union;

(c) The language to be used for all or any of the purposes mentioned in article 348;

(d) The form of numerals to be used for any one or more specified purposes of the Union;

(e) Any other matter referred to the Commission by the President as regards the official language of the Union and the language for communication between the Union and a State or between one State and another and their use.

(3) In making their recommendations under clause (2), the Commission shall have due regard to the industrial, cultural and scientific advancement of India, and the just claims and the interests of persons belonging to the non-Hindi speaking areas in regard to the public services.

(4) There shall be constituted a Committee consisting of thirty members, of whom twenty shall be members of the House of the People and ten shall be members of the Council of States to be elected respectively by the members of the House of the People and the members of the Council of States in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

(5) It shall be the duty of the Committee to examine the recommendations of the Commission constituted under clause (1) and to report to the President their opinion thereon.

(6) Notwithstanding anything in article 343, the President may, after consideration of the report referred to in clause (5), issue directions in accordance with the whole or any part of that report.

Section 345. Official language or languages of a State

Subject to the provisions of articles 346 and 347, the Legislature of a State may by law adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the State or Hindi as the language or languages to be used for all or any of the official purposes of that State:

Provided that, until the Legislature of the State otherwise provides by law, the English language shall continue to be used for those official purposes within the State for which it was being used immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.

Section 346. Official language for communication between one State and another or between a State and the Union

The language for the time being authorised for use in the Union for official purposes shall be the official language for communication between one State and another State and between a State and the Union:

Provided that if two or more States agree that the Hindi language should be the official language for communication between such States, that language may be used for such communication.

Section 347. Special provision relating to language spoken by a section of the population of a State

On a demand being made in that behalf the President may, if he is satisfied that a substantial proportion of the population of a State desire the use of any language spoken by them to be recognised by that State, direct that such language shall also be officially recognised throughout that State or any part thereof for such purpose as he may specify.

Section 348. Language to be used in the Supreme Court and in the High Courts and for Acts, Bills, etc

(1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, until Parliament by law otherwise provides-

(a) All proceedings in the Supreme Court and in every High Court,

(b) The authoritative texts-

(i) Of all Bills to be introduced or amendments thereto to be moved in either House of Parliament or in the House or either House of the Legislature of a State,

(ii) Of all Acts passed by Parliament or the Legislature of a State and of all Ordinances promulgated by the President or the Governor 1[***] of a State, and

(iii) Of all orders, rules, regulations and bye-laws issued under this Constitution or under any law made by Parliament or the Legislature of a State,

Shall be in the English language.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in sub-clause (a) of clause (1), the Governor 1[***] of a State may, with the previous consent of the President, authorise the use of the Hindi language, or any other language used for any official purposes of the State, in proceedings in the High Court having its principal seat in that State:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to any judgment, decree or order passed or made by such High Court.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in sub-clause (b) of clause (1), where the Legislature of a State has prescribed any language other than the English language for use in Bills introduced in, or Acts passed by, the Legislature of the State or in Ordinances promulgated by the Governor 1[***] of the State or in any order, rule, regulation or bye-law referred to in paragraph (iii) of that sub-clause, a translation of the same in the English language published under the authority of the Governor 1[***] of the State in the Official Gazette of that State shall be deemed to be the authoritative text thereof in the English language under this article.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

Section 349. Special procedure for enactment of certain laws relating to language

During the period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, no Bill or amendment making provision for the language to be used for any of the purposes mentioned in clause (1) of article 348 shall be introduced or moved in either House of Parliament without the previous sanction of the President, and the President shall not give his sanction to the introduction of any such Bill or the moving of any such amendment except after he has taken into consideration the recommendations of the Commission constituted under clause (1) of article 344 and the report of the Committee constituted under clause (4) of that article.

Section 350. Language to be used in representations for redress of grievances

Every person shall be entitled to submit a representation for the redress of any grievance to any officer or authority of the Union or a State in any of the languages used in the Union or in the State, as the case may be.

Section 350A. Facilities for instruction in mother-tongue at primary stage

1[350A. Facilities for instruction in mother-tongue at primary stage.

It shall be the endeavour of every State and of every local authority within the State to provide adequate facilities for instruction in the mother-tongue at the primary stage of education to children belonging to linguistic minority groups; and the President may issue such directions to any State as he considers necessary or proper for securing the provision of such facilities.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 21.

Section 350B. Special Officer for linguistic minorities

(1) There shall be a Special Officer for linguistic minorities to be appointed by the President.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Special Officer to investigate all matters relating to the safeguards provided for linguistic minorities under this Constitution and report to the President upon those matters at such intervals as the President may direct, and the President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament, and sent to the Governments of the States concerned.]

Section 351. Directive for development of the Hindi language

It shall be the duty of the Union to promote the spread of the Hindi language, to develop it so that it may serve as a medium of expression for all the elements of the composite culture of India and to secure its enrichment by assimilating without interfering with its genius, the forms, style and expressions used in Hindustani and in the other languages of India specified in the Eighth Schedule, and by drawing, wherever necessary or desirable, for its vocabulary, primarily on Sanskrit and secondarily on other languages.

Section 352. Proclamation of Emergency

(1) If the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or 1[armed rebellion], he may, by Proclamation, make a declaration to that effect 2[in respect of the whole of India or of such part of the territory thereof as may be specified in the Proclamation].

3[Explanation. A Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by war or by external aggression or by armed rebellion may be made before the actual occurrence of war or of any such aggression or rebellion, if the President is satisfied that there is imminent danger thereof.]

4[(2) A Proclamation issued under clause (1) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Proclamation.

(3) The President shall not issue a Proclamation under clause (1) or a Proclamation varying such Proclamation unless the decision of the Union Cabinet (that is to say, the Council consisting of the Prime Minister and other Ministers of Cabinet rank appointed under article 75) that such a Proclamation may be issued has been communicated to him in writing.

(4) Every Proclamation issued under this article shall be laid before each House of Parliament and shall, except where it is a Proclamation revoking a previous Proclamation, cease to operate at the expiration of one month unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:

Provided that if any such Proclamation (not being a Proclamation revoking a previous Proclamation) is issued at a time when the House of the People has been dissolved, or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of one month referred to in this clause, and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution, unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.

(5) A Proclamation so approved shall, unless revoked, cease to operate on the expiration of a period of six months from the date of the passing of the second of the resolutions approving the Proclamation under clause (4):

Provided that if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of such a Proclamation is passed by both Houses of Parliament the Proclamation shall, unless revoked, continue in force for a further period of six months from the date on which it would otherwise have ceased to operate under this clause:

Provided further that if the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during any such period of six months and a resolution approving the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States but no resolution with respect to the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People during the said period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days, a resolution approving the continuance in force of the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.

(6) For the purposes of clauses (4) and (5), a resolution may be passed by either House of Parliament only by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the Members of that House present and voting.

(7) Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing clauses, the President shall revoke a Proclamation issued under clause (1) or a Proclamation varying such Proclamation if the House of the People passes a resolution disapproving, or, as the case may be, disapproving the continuance in force of, such Proclamation.

(8) Where a notice in writing signed by not less than one-tenth of the total number of members of the House of the People has been given, of their intention to move a resolution for disapproving, or, as the case may be, for disapproving the continuance in force of, a Proclamation issued under clause (1) or a Proclamation varying such Proclamation, –

(a) To the Speaker, if the House is in session; or

(b) To the President, if the House is not in session,

A special sitting of the House shall be held within fourteen days from the date on which such notice is received by the Speaker, or, as the case may be, by the President, for the purpose of considering such resolution.]

5[6(9)] The power conferred on the President by this article shall include the power to issue different Proclamations on different grounds, being war or external aggression or 1[armed rebellion] or imminent danger of war or external aggression or 7[armed rebellion], whether or not there is a Proclamation already issued by the President under clause (1) and such Proclamation is in operation.

8[* * * *]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 37, for “internal disturbance”(w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 48 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 37 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

4. Subs. by s. 37, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, for cls. (2), (2A) and (3) (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 5 (retrospectively).

6. Cl. (4) renumbered as cl.(9) by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 37 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

7. Cl. (5) omitted by s. 37, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

8. Clause (5) omitted by the Constitution (Fourty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, sec. 37 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 353. Effect of Proclamation of Emergency

While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, then-

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State as to the manner in which the executive power thereof is to be exercised;

(b) The power of Parliament to make laws with respect to any matter shall include power to make laws conferring powers and imposing duties, or authorising the conferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the Union or officers and authorities of the Union as respects that matter, notwithstanding that it is one which is not enumerated in the Union List:

1[Provided that where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation only in any part of the territory of India, –

(i) The executive power of the Union to give directions under clause (a), and

(ii) The power of Parliament to make laws under clause (b),

Shall also extend to any State other than a State in which or in any part of which the Proclamation of Emergency is in operation if and in so far as the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by activities in or in relation to the part of the territory of India in which the Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 49 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 354. Application of provisions relating to distribution of revenues while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation

(1) The President may, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, by order direct that all or any of the provisions of articles 268 to 279 shall for such period, not extending in any case beyond the expiration of the financial year in which such Proclamation ceases to operate, as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as he thinks fit.

(2) Every order made under clause (1) shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament.

Section 355. Duty of the Union to protect States against external aggression and internal disturbance

It shall be the duty of the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

Section 356. Provisions in case of failure of constitutional machinery in States

(1) If the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor 1[***] of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution, the President may by Proclamation-

(a) Assume to himself all or any of the functions of the Government of the State and all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Governor 1[***] or any body or authority in the State other than the Legislature of the State;

(b) Declare that the powers of the Legislature of the State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament;

(c) Make such incidental and consequential provisions as appear to the President to be necessary or desirable for giving effect to the objects of the Proclamation, including provisions for suspending in whole or in part the operation of any provisions of this Constitution relating to any body or authority in the State:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall authorise the President to assume to himself any of the powers vested in or exercisable by a High Court, or to suspend in whole or in part the operation of any provision of this Constitution relating to High Courts.

(2) Any such Proclamation may be revoked or varied by a subsequent Proclamation.

(3) Every Proclamation under this article shall be laid before each House of Parliament and shall, except where it is a Proclamation revoking a previous Proclamation, cease to operate at the expiration of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:

Provided that if any such Proclamation (not being a Proclamation revoking a previous Proclamation) is issued at a time when the House of the People is dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of two months referred to in this clause, and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.

(4) A Proclamation so approved shall, unless revoked, cease to operate on the expiration of a period of 3[six months from the date of issue of the Proclamation]:

Provided that if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of such a Proclamation is passed by both Houses of Parliament, the Proclamation shall, unless revoked, continue in force for a further period of 4[six months] from the date on which under this clause it would otherwise have ceased to operate, but no such Proclamation shall in any case remain in force for more than three years:

Provided further that if the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during any such period of 4[six months] and a resolution approving the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People during the said period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the continuance in force of the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People:

5[Provided also that in the case of the Proclamation issued under clause (1) on the 11th day of May, 1987 with respect to the State of Punjab, the reference in the first proviso to this clause to “three years” shall be construed as a reference to 6[five years].]

7[(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (4), a resolution with respect to the continuance in force of a Proclamation approved under clause (3) for any period beyond the expiration of one year from the date of issue of such Proclamation shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless-

(a) A Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, in the whole of India or, as the case may be, in the whole or any part of the State, at the time of the passing of such resolution, and

(b) The Election Commission certifies that the continuance in force of the Proclamation approved under clause (3) during the period specified in such resolution is necessary on account of difficulties in holding general elections to the Legislative Assembly of the State concerned:]

8[Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to the Proclamation issued under clause (1) on the 11th day of May, 1987 with respect to the State of Punjab.]

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh, as the case may be” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 38, for “one year from the date of the passing of the second of the resolutions approving the Proclamation under clause (3)” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979). The words “one year” were subs. for the original words “six months” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 50 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 38, for “one year” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979). The words “one year” were subs. for the original words “six months” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 50 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1990, s. 2.
6. Successively subs. by the Constitution (Sixty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1990, s. 2 and the Constitution (Sixty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1991, s. 2 to read as above.

7. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 38, for cl.(5) (w.e.f. 20-6-1979). Cl. (5) was ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 6 (retrospectively).

8. Subs by the Constitution (Fifty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1988, sec. 2 and omited by the Constitution (Sixty-third Amendment) Act, 1989, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-1-1990) and again Ins. by the Constitution (Sixty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1990, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-4-1990).

Section 357. Exercise of legislative powers under Proclamation issued under article 356

(1) Where by a Proclamation issued under clause (1) of article 356, it has been declared that the powers of the Legislature of the State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament, it shall be competent-

(a) For Parliament to confer on the President the power of the Legislature of the State to make laws, and to authorise the President to delegate, subject to such conditions as he may think fit to impose, the power so conferred to any other authority to be specified by him in that behalf;

(b) For Parliament, or for the President or other authority in whom such power to make laws is vested under sub-clause (a), to make laws conferring powers and imposing duties, or authorising the conferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the Union or officers and authorities thereof;

(c) For the President to authorise when the House of the People is not in session expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of the State pending the sanction of such expenditure by Parliament.

1[(2) Any law made in exercise of the power of the Legislature of the State by Parliament or the President or other authority referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) which Parliament or the President or such other authority would not, but for the issue of a Proclamation under article 356, have been competent to make shall, after the Proclamation has ceased to operate, continue in force until altered or repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other authority.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 51, for cl. (2) (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

Section 358. Suspension of provisions of article 19 during emergencies

1[(1)] 2[While a Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by war or by external aggression is in operation], nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State as defined in Part III to make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take, but any law so made shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect as soon as the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to have effect:

3[Provided that 4[where such Proclamation of Emergency] is in operation only in any part of the territory of India, any such law may be made, or any such executive action may be taken, under this article in relation to or in any State or Union territory in which or in any part of which the Proclamation of Emergency is not in operation, if and in so far as the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by activities in or in relation to the part of the territory of India in which the Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.]

5[(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall apply-

(a) To any law which does not contain a recital to the effect that such law is in relation to the Proclamation of Emergency in operation when it is made; or

(b) To any executive action taken otherwise than under a law containing such a recital.]

1. Art. 358 renumbered as cl. (1) thereof by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 39 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Subs. by s. 39, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, for “While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 52 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 39, for “where a Proclamation of Emergency” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

5. Ins. by s. 39, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 359. Suspension of the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III during emergencies

(1) Where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, the President may by order delcare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of such of 1[the rights conferred by Part III (except articles 20 and 21)] as may be mentioned in the order and all proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned shall remain suspended for the period during which the Proclamation is in force or for such shorter period as may be specified in the order.

2[(1A) While an order made under clause (1) mentioning any of 1[of the rights conferred by Part III (except articles 20 and 21)] is in operation, nothing in that Part conferring those rights shall restrict the power of the State as defined in the said Part to make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take, but any law so made shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect as soon as the order aforesaid ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to have effect:]

3[Provided that where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation only in any part of the territory of India, any such law may be made, or any such executive action may be taken, under this article in relation to or in any State or Union territory in which or in any part of which the Proclamation of Emergency is not in operation, if and in so far as the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by activities in or in relation to the part of the territory of India in which the Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.]

4[(1B) Nothing in clause (1A) shall apply-

(a) To any law which does not contain a recital to the effect that such law is in relation to the Proclamation of Emergency in operation when it is made; or

(b) To any executive action taken otherwise than under a law containing such a recital.]

(2) An order made as aforesaid may extend to the whole or any part of the territory of India:

3[Provided that where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation only in a part of the territory of India, any such order shall not extend to any other part of the territory of India unless the President, being satisfied that the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by activities in or in relation to the part of the territory of India in which the Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, considers such extension to be necessary.]

(3) Every order made under clause (1) shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 40, for “the rights conferred by Part III” (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 7, (retrospectively).

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 53 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 40 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 359A. Application of this Part to the State of Punjab

1[359A. Application of this Part to the State of Punjab.

Rep. by the Constitution (Sixty-third Amendment) Act, 1989, s. 3 (w.e.f. 6-1-1990).]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 40 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 360. Provisions as to financial emergency

(1) If the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened, he may by a Proclamation make a declaration to that effect.

1[(2) A Proclamation issued under clause (1)-

(a) May be revoked or varied by a subsequent Proclamation;

(b) Shall be laid before each House of Parliament;

(c) Shall cease to operate at the expiration of two months, unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:

Provided that if any such Proclamation is issued at a time when the House of the People has been dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of two months referred to in sub-clause (c), and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.]

(3) During the period any such Proclamation as is mentioned in clause (1) is in operation, the executive authority of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State to observe such canons of financial propriety as may be specified in the directions, and to the giving of such other directions as the President may deem necessary and adequate for the purpose.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution-

(a) Any such direction may include-

(i) A provision requiring the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of a State;

(ii) A provision requiring all Money Bills or other Bills to which the provisions of article 207 apply to be reserved for the consideration of the President after they are passed by the Legislature of the State;

(b) It shall be competent for the President during the period any Proclamation issued under this article is in operation to issue directions for the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of the Union including the Judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

2[* * * * *]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 41, for cl.(2) (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

2. Cl. (5) was ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 8 (retrospectively) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 41 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 361. Protection of President and Governors and Rajpramukhs

(1) The President, or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, shall not be answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of his office or for any act done or purporting to be done by him in the exercise and performance of those powers and duties:

Provided that the conduct of the President may be brought under review by any court, tribunal or body appointed or designated by either House of Parliament for the investigation of a charge under article 61:

Provided further that nothing in this clause shall be construed as restricting the right of any person to bring appropriate proceedings against the Government of India or the Government of a State.

(2) No criminal proceedings whatsoever shall be instituted or continued against the President, or the Governor 1[***] of a State, in any court during his term of office.

(3) No process for the arrest or imprisonment of the President, or the Governor 1[***] of a State, shall issue from any court during his term of office.

(4) No civil proceedings in which relief is claimed against the President, or the Governor 1[***] of a State, shall be instituted during his term of office in any court in respect of any act done or purporting to be done by him in his personal capacity, whether before or after he entered upon his office as President, or as Governor 1[***] of such State, until the expiration of two months next after notice in writing has been delivered to the President or the Governor 2[***], as the case may be, or left at his office stating the nature of the proceedings, the cause of action therefor, the name, description and place of residence of the party by whom such proceedings are to be instituted and the relief which he claims.

1. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. The words “or the Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956

Section 361A. Protection of publication of proceedings of Parliament and State Legislatures

1[361A. Protection of publication of proceedings of Parliament and State Legislatures.

(1) No person shall be liable to any proceedings, civil or criminal, in any court in respect of the publication in a newspaper of a substantially true report of any proceedings of either House of Parliament or the Legislative Assembly, or, as the case may be, either House of the Legislature, of a State, unless the publication is proved to have been made with malice:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to the publication of any report of the proceedings of a secret sitting of either House of Parliament or the Legislative Assembly, or, as the case may be, either House of the Legislature, of a State.

(2) Clause (1) shall apply in relation to reports or matters broadcast by means of wireless telegraphy as part of any programme or service provided by means of a broadcasting station as it applies in relation to reports or matters published in a newspaper.

Explanation. In this article, “newspaper” includes a news agency report containing material for publication in a newspaper.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 42 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

Section 361B. Disqualification for the appointment on remunerative political post

1[361B. Disqualification for the appointment on remunerative political post.

A member of a House belonging to an political party who is qualified for being a member of House under paragraph 2 of the Tenth Schedule shall also be disqualified to hold any remunerative political post for duration of the period commencing from the date of his disqualification till the date on which the term of his office as such member would expire or till the date on which he contests an election to a House and is declared elected, whichever is earlier.

Explanation:

For the purpose of this article:-

(a) The expression “House” has the meaning assigned to it in clause (a) of paragraph 1 of the Tenth Schedule;

(b) The expression “remunerative political post” means any office:-

(i) Under the Government of India or the Government of a State where the salary or remuneoration for such office is paid out of the public revenue of the Government of India or the Government of the State, as the case may be;or

(ii) Under the body, whether incorporated or not, which is wholly or partially owned by the Government of India or the Government of a State and the salary or remuneration by the such office is paid by such body,

except where such salary or remuneration paid is compensatory in nature.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninty-first Amendment) Act, 2003, s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-1-2004).

Section 362. Rights and privileges of Rulers of Indian States

Rep. by the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 2.

Section 363. Bar to interference by courts in disputes arising out of certain treaties, agreements, etc.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution but subject to the provisions of article 143, neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in any dispute arising out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before the commencement of this Constitution by any Ruler of an Indian State and to which the Government of the Dominion of India or any of its predecessor Governments was a party and which has or has been continued in operation after such commencement, or in any dispute in respect of any right accruing under or any liability or obligation arising out of any of the provisions of this Constitution relating to any such treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or other similar instrument.

(2) In this article-

(a) “Indian State” means any territory recognised before the commencement of this Constitution by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as being such a State; and

(b) “Ruler” includes the Prince, Chief or other person recognised before such commencement by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as the Ruler of any Indian State.

Section 363A. Recognition granted to Rulers of Indian States to cease and privy purses to be abolished

1[363A. Recognition granted to Rulers of Indian States to cease and privy purses to be abolished.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution or in any law for the time being in force-

(a) The Prince, Chief or other person who, at any time before the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, was recognised by the President as the Ruler of an Indian State or any person who, at any time before such commencement, was recognised by the President as the successor of such ruler shall, on and from such commencement, cease to be recognised as such Ruler or the successor of such Ruler;

(b) On and from the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, privy purse is abolished and all rights, liabilities and obligations in respect of privy purse are extinguished and accordingly the Ruler or, as the case may be, the successor of such Ruler, referred to in clause (a) or any other person shall not be paid any sum as privy purse.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 3. (w.e.f. 28-12-1971).

Section 364. Special provisions as to major ports and aerodromes

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the President may by public notification direct that as from such date as may be specified in the notification-

(a) Any law made by Parliament or by the Legislature of a State shall not apply to any major port or aerodrome or shall apply thereto subject to such exceptions or modifications as may be specified in the notification, or

(b) Any existing law shall cease to have effect in any major port or aerodrome except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the said date, or shall in its application to such port or aerodrome have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as may be specified in the notification.

(2) In this article-

(a) “Major port” means a port declared to be a major port by or under any law made by Parliament or any existing law and includes all areas for the time being included within the limits of such port;

(b) “Aerodrome” means aerodrome as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to airways, aircraft and air navigation.

Section 365. Effect of failure to comply with, or to give effect to, directions given by the Union

Where any State has failed to comply with, or to give effect to, any directions given in the exercise of the executive power of the Union under any of the provisions of this Constitution, it shall be lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

Section 366. Definitions

In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them, that is to say-

(1) “Agricultural income” means agricultural income as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to Indian income-tax;

(2) “An Anglo-Indian” means a person whose father or any of whose other male progenitors in the male line is or was of European descent but who is domiciled within the territory of India and is or was born within such territory of parents habitually resident therein and not established there for temporary purposes only;

(3) “Article” means an article of this Constitution;

(4) “Borrow” includes the raising of money by the grant of annuities, and “loan” shall be construed accordingly;

1[* * * * *]

(5) “Clause” means a clause of the article in which the expression occurs;

(6) “Corporation tax” means any tax on income, so far as that tax is payable by companies and is a tax in the case of which the following conditions are fulfilled: –

(a) That it is not chargeable in respect of agricultural income;

(b) That no deduction in respect of the tax paid the by companies is, by any enactments which may apply to the tax, authorised to be made from dividends payable by the companies to individuals;

(c) That no provision exists for taking the tax so paid into account in computing for the purposes of Indian income-tax the total income of individuals receiving such dividends, or in computing the Indian income-tax payable by, or refundable to, such individuals;

(7) “Corresponding Province”, “corresponding Indian State” or “corresponding State” means in cases of doubt such Province, Indian State or State as may be determined by the President to be the corresponding Province, the corresponding Indian State or the corresponding State, as the case may be, for the particular purpose in question;

(8) “Debt” includes any liability in respect of any obligation to repay capital sums by way of annuities and any liability under any guarantee, and “debt charges” shall be construed accordingly;

(9) “Estate duty” means a duty to be assessed on or by reference to the principal value, ascertained in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed by or under laws made by Parliament or the legislature of a State relating to the duty, of all property passing upon death or deemed, under the provisions of the said laws, so to pass;

(10) “Existing law” means any law, Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule or regulation passed or made before the commencement of this Constitution by any Legislature, authority or person having power to make such a law, Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule or regulation;

(11) “Federal Court” means the Federal Court constituted under the Government of India Act, 1935;

(12) “Goods” includes all materials, commodities, and articles;

(13) “Guarantee” includes any obligation undertaken before the commencement of this Constitution to make payments in the event of the profits of an undertaking falling short of a specified amount;

(14) “High Court” means any Court, which is deemed for the purposes of this Constitution to be a High Court for any State and includes-

(a) Any Court in the territory of India constituted or reconstituted under this Constitution as a High Court, and

(b) Any other Court in the territory of India which may be declared by Parliament by law to be a High Court for all or any of the purposes of this Constitution;

(15) “Indian State” means any territory, which the Government of the Dominion of India recognised as such a State;

(16) “Part” means a Part of this Constitution;

(17) “Pension” means a pension, whether contributory or not, of any kind whatsoever payable to or in respect of any person, and includes retired pay so payable; a gratuity so payable and any sum or sums so payable by way of the return, with or without interest thereon or any other addition thereto, of subscriptions to a provident fund;

(18) “Proclamation of Emergency” means a Proclamation issued under clause (1) of article 352;

(19) “Public notification” means a notification in the Gazette of India, or, as the case may be, the Official Gazette of a State;

(20) “Railway” does not include-

(a) A tramway wholly within a municipal area, or

(b) Any other line of communication wholly situates in one State and declared by Parliament by law not to be a railway;

2[* * * * *]

3[(22) “Ruler” means the Prince, Chief of other person who, at any time before the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, was recognised by the President as the Ruler of an Indian State or any person who, at any time before such commencement, was recognised by the President as the successor of such Ruler;]

(23) “Schedule” means a Schedule to this Constitution;

(24) “Scheduled Castes” means such castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within such castes, races or tribes as are deemed under article 341 to be Scheduled Castes for the purposes of this Constitution;

(25) “Scheduled Tribes” means such tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such tribes or tribal communities as are deemed under article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of this Constitution;

(26) “Securities” includes stock;

4[* * * * *]

(27) “Sub-clause” means a sub-clause of the clause in which the expression occurs;

(28) “Taxation” includes the imposition of any tax or impost, whether general or local or special, and “tax” shall be construed accordingly;

(29) “Tax on income” includes a tax in the nature of an excess profits tax;

5[(29A) “Tax on the sale or purchase of goods” includes-

(a) A tax on the transfer, otherwise than in pursuance of a contract, of property in any goods for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration;

(b) A tax on the transfer of property in goods (whether as goods or in some other form) involved in the execution of a works contract;

(c) A tax on the delivery of goods on hire-purchase or any system of payment by instalments;

(d) A tax on the transfer of the right to use any goods for any purpose (whether or not for a specified period) for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration;

(e) A tax on the supply of goods by any unincorporated association or body of persons to a member thereof for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration;

(f) A tax on the supply, by way of or as part of any service or in any other manner whatsoever, of goods, being food or any other article for human consumption or any drink (whether or not intoxicating), where such supply or service, is for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration,

And such transfer, delivery or supply of any goods shall be deemed to be a sale of those goods by the person making the transfer, delivery or supply and a purchase of those goods by the person to whom such transfer, delivery or supply is made;]

6[(30) “Union territory” means any Union territory specified in the First Schedule and includes any other territory comprised within the territory of India but not specified in that Schedule.]

1. Cl. (4A) was ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 54 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 11 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

2. Cl. (21) omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 4, for cl. (22).

4. Cl. (26A) was ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 54 (w.e.f. 1-2-1977) and omitted by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 11 (w.e.f. 13-4-1978).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1982, s. 4.

6. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch., for cl. (30).

Section 367. Interpretation.

(1) Unless the context otherwise requires, the General Clauses Act, 1897, shall, subject to any adaptations and modifications that may be made therein under article 372, apply for the interpretation of this Constitution as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of the Legislature of the Dominion of India.

(2) Any reference in this Constitution to Acts or laws of, or made by, Parliament, or to Acts or laws of, or made by, the Legislature of a State 1[***], shall be construed as including a reference to an Ordinance made by the President or, to an Ordinance made by a Governor 2[***], as the case may be.

(3) For the purposes of this Constitution “foreign State” means any State other than India:

Provided that, subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the President may by 3order declare any State not to be a foreign State for such purposes as may be specified in the order.

1. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

2. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by s. 29 and Sch., the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.

3. See the Constitution (Declaration as to Foreign States) Order, 1950 (C.O. 2).

Section 368. Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and procedure therefor

368 1[Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and procedure therefor.]

2[(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, Parliament may in exercise of its constituent power amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any provision of this Constitution in accordance with the procedure laid down in this article.]

3[(2)] An amendment of this Constitution may be initiated only by the introduction of a Bill for the purpose in either House of Parliament, and when the Bill is passed in each House by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting, 4[it, shall be presented to the President who shall give his assent to the Bill and thereupon] the Constitution shall stand amended in accordance with the terms of the Bill:

Provided that if such amendment seeks to make any change in-

(a) Article 54, article 55, article 73, article 162 or article 241, or

(b) Chapter IV of Part V, Chapter V of Part VI, or Chapter I of Part XI, or

(c) Any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule, or

(d) The representation of States in Parliament, or

(e) The provisions of this article, the amendment shall also require to be ratified by the Legislatures of not less than one-half of the States 5[***] by resolutions to that effect passed by those Legislatures before the Bill making provision for such amendment is presented to the President for assent.

6[(3) Nothing in article 13 shall apply to any amendment made under this article.]

7[(4) No amendment of this Constitution (including the provisions of Part III) made or purporting to have been made under this article [whether before or after the commencement of section 55 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976] shall be called in question in any court on any ground.

(5) For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that there shall be no limitation whatever on the constituent power of Parliament to amend by way of addition, variation or repeal the provisions of this Constitution under this article.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 3, for “Procedure for amendment of the Constitution.”.

2. Ins. by s. 3. the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971.

3. Art. 368 renumbered as cl.(2) by s. 3, the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971.

4. Subs. by s. 3, ibid., for “it shall be presented to the President for his assent and upon such assent being given to the Bill”.

5. The words and letters “specified in Parts A and B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

6. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 3.

7. Cls. (4) and (5) were ins. in article 368 by s. 55 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976. This section has been declared invalid by the Supreme Court in Minerva Mills Ltd. and Others Vs. Union of India and Others (1980) 2 S.C.C. 591.

Section 369. Temporary power to Parliament to make laws with respect to certain matters in the State List as if they were matters in the Concurrent List

1[Temporary, Transitional and Special Provisions.]

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, Parliament shall, during a period of five years from the commencement of this Constitution, have power to make laws with respect to the following matters as if they were enumerated in the Concurrent List, namely: –

(a) Trade and commerce within a State in, and the production, supply and distribution of, cotton and woollen textiles, raw cotton (including ginned cotton and unginned cotton or kapas), cotton seed, paper (including newsprint), food-stuffs (including edible oilseeds and oil), cattle fodder (including oil-cakes and other concentrates), coal (including coke and derivatives of coal), iron, steel and mica;

(b) Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters mentioned in clause (a), jurisdiction and powers of all courts except the Supreme Court with respect to any of those matters, and fees in respect of any of those matters but not including fees taken in any court;

But any law made by Parliament, which Parliament would not but for the provisions of this article have been competent to make, shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of the said period, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration thereof.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, s. 2. for “TEMPORARY, TRANSITIONAL AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS” (w.e.f. 1-12-1963).

Section 370. Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir

1[370. Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) The provisions of article 238 shall not apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(b) The power of Parliament to make laws for the said State shall be limited to-

(i) Those matters in the Union List and the Concurrent List which, in consultation with the Government of the State, are declared by the President to correspond to matters specified in the Instrument of Accession governing the accession of the State to the Dominion of India as the matters with respect to which the Dominion Legislature may make laws for that State; and

(ii) Such other matters in the said Lists as, with the concurrence of the Government of the State, the President may by order specify.

Explanation. For the purposes of this article, the Government of the State means the person for the time being recognised by the President as the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers for the time being in office under the Maharaja’s Proclamation dated the fifth day of March, 1948;

(c) The provisions of article 1 and of this article shall apply in relation to that State;

(d) Such of the other provisions of this Constitution shall apply in relation to that State subject to such exceptions and modifications as the President may by order 1specify:

Provided that no such order, which relates to the matters specified in the Instrument of Accession of the State referred to in paragraph (i) of sub-clause (b) shall be issued except in consultation with the Government of the State:

Provided further that no such order, which relates to matters other than those referred to in the last preceding proviso shall be issued except with the concurrence of that Government.

(2) If the concurrence of the Government of the State referred to in paragraph (ii) of sub-clause (b) of clause (1) or in the second proviso to sub-clause (d) of that clause be given before the Constituent Assembly for the purpose of framing the Constitution of the State is convened, it shall be placed before such Assembly for such decision as it may take thereon.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may, by public notification, declare that this article shall cease to be operative or shall be operative only with such exceptions and modifications and from such date as he may specify:

Provided that the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State referred to in clause (2) shall be necessary before the President issues such a notification.]

1. In exercise of the powers conferred by this article the President, on the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, declared that, as from the 17th day of November, 1952, the said article 370 shall be operative with the modification that for the Explanation in clause (1) thereof, the following Explanation is substituted namely:-

Explanation-

For the purposes of this article, the Government of the State means the person for the time being recognised by the President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State as the “Sadar-i-Rayasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in office.”

Section 371. Special provision with respect to the States of Maharashtra and Gujarat.

1[371. Special provision with respect to the States of 2[***] Maharashtra and Gujarat.

3[* * * * *]

(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the President may by order made with respect to 4the State of Maharashtra or Gujarat], provide for any special responsibility of the Governor for-

(a) The establishment of separate development boards for Vidarbha, Marathwada, 5[and the rest of Maharashtra or, as the case may be,] Saurashtra, Kutch and the rest of Gujarat with the provision that a report on the working of each of these boards will be placed each year before the State Legislative Assembly;

(b) The equitable allocation of funds for developmental expenditure over the said areas, subject to the requirements of the State as a whole; and

(c) An equitable arrangement providing adequate facilities for technical education and vocational training, and adequate opportunities for employment in services under the control of the State Government, in respect of all the said areas, subject to the requirements of the State as a whole.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 22. for art. 371.

2. The words “Andhra Pradesh,” omitted by the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, s. 2 (w.e.f. 1-7-1974).

3. Cl. (1) omitted by s. 2, the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973 (w.e.f. 1-7-1974).

4. Subs. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 85, for “the State of Bombay” (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

5. Subs. by s. 85, the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), for “the rest of Maharashtra,” (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

Section 371A. Special provision with respect to the State of Nagaland

1[371A. Special provision with respect to the State of Nagaland.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) No Act of Parliament in respect of-

(i) Religious or social practices of the Nagas,

(ii) Naga customary law and procedure,

(iii) Administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law,

(iv) Ownership and transfer of land and its resources,

Shall apply to the State of Nagaland unless the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland by a resolution so decides;

(b) The Governor of Nagaland shall have special responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Nagaland for so long as in his opinion internal disturbances occurring in the Naga Hills-Tuensang Area immediately before the formation of that State continue therein or in any part thereof and in the discharge of his functions in relation thereto the Governor shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, exercise his individual judgment as to the action to be taken:

Provided that if any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as respects which the Governor is under this sub-clause required to act in the exercise of his individual judgment, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and the validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the ground that he ought or ought not to have acted in the exercise of his individual judgment:

Provided further that if the President on receipt of a report from the Governor or otherwise is satisfied that it is no longer necessary for the Governor to have special responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Nagaland, he may by order direct that the Governor shall cease to have such responsibility with effect from such date as may be specified in the order;

(c) In making his recommendation with respect to any demand for a grant, the Governor of Nagaland shall ensure that any money provided by the Government of India out of the Consolidated Fund of India for any specific service or purpose is included in the demand for a grant relating to that service or purpose and not in any other demand;

(d) As from such date as the Governor of Nagaland may by public notification in this behalf specify, there shall be established a regional council for the Tuensang district consisting of thirty-five members and the Governor shall in his discretion make rules providing for-

(i) The composition of the regional council and the manner in which the members of the regional council shall be chosen:

Provided that the Deputy Commissioner of the Tuensang district shall be the Chairman ex officio of the regional council and the Vice-Chairman of the regional council shall be elected by the members thereof from amongst themselves;

(ii) The qualifications for being chosen as, and for being, members of the regional council;

(iii) The term of office of, and the salaries and allowances, if any, to be paid to members of, the regional council;

(iv) The procedure and conduct of business of the regional council;

(v) The appointment of officers and staff of the regional council and their conditions of services; and

(vi) Any other matter in respect of which it is necessary to make rules for the constitution and proper functioning of the regional council.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, for a period of ten years from the date of the formation of the State of Nagaland or for such further period as the Governor may, on the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification specify in this behalf, –

(a) The administration of the Tuensang district shall be carried on by the Governor;

(b) Where any money is provided by the Government of India to the Government of Nagaland to meet the requirements of the State of Nagaland as a whole, the Governor shall in his discretion arrange for an equitable allocation of that money between the Tuensang district and the rest of the State;

(c) No Act of the Legislature of Nagaland shall apply to Tuensang district unless the Governor, on the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification so directs and the Governor in giving such direction with respect to any such Act may direct that the Act shall in its application to the Tuensang district or any part thereof have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as the Governor may specify on the recommendation of the regional council:

Provided that any direction given under this sub-clause may be given so as to have retrospective effect;

(d) The Governor may make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Tuensang district and any regulations so made may repeal or amend with retrospective effect, if necessary, any Act of Parliament or any other law which is for the time being applicable to that district;

(e) (i) One of the members representing the Tuensang district in the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland shall be appointed Minister for Tuensang affairs by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Minister and the Chief Minister in tendering his advice shall act on the recommendation of the majority of the members as aforesaid2;

(ii) The Minister for Tuensang affairs shall deal with, and have direct access to the Governor on, all matters relating to the Tuensang district but he shall keep the Chief Minister informed about the same;

(f) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this clause, the final decision on all matters relating to the Tuensang district shall be made by the Governor in his discretion;

(g) In articles 54 and 55 and clause (4) of article 80, references to the elected members of the Legislative Assembly of a State or to each such member shall include references to the members or member of the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland elected by the regional council established under this article;

(h) In article 170-

(i) Clause (1) shall, in relation to the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland, have effect as if for the word “sixty”, the word “forty-six” had been substituted;

(ii) In the said clause, the reference to direct election from territorial constituencies in the State shall include election by the members of the regional council established under this article;

(iii) In clauses (2) and (3), references to territorial constituencies shall mean references to territorial constituencies in the Kohima and Mokokchung districts.

(3) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may by order do anything (including any adaptation or modification of any other article) which appears to him to be necessary for the purpose of removing that difficulty:

Provided that no such order shall be made after the expiration of three years from the date of the formation of the State of Nagaland.

Explanation. In this article, the Kohima, Mokokchung and Tuensang districts shall have the same meanings as in the State of Nagaland Act, 1962.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, s. 2 (w.e.f. 1-12-1963).

2. Paragraph 2 of the Constitution (Removal of Difficulties) order No. X provides (w.e.f. 1-12-1963) that article 371A of the Constitution of India shall have effect as if the following proviso were added to paragraph (i) of sub.clause (e) of clause (2) thereof, namely: – “Provided that the Governor may, on the advice of the Chief Minister, appoint any person as Minister for Tuensang affairs to act as such until such time as persons are chosen in accordance with law to fill the seats allocated to the Tuensang district in the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland.”.

Section 371B. Special provision with respect to the State of Assam.

1[371B. Special provision with respect to the State of Assam.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the President may, by order made with respect to the State of Assam, provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of the Legislative Assembly of the State consisting of members of that Assembly elected from the tribal areas specified in 2[Part I] of the table appended to paragraph 20 of the Sixth Schedule and such number of other members of that Assembly as may be specified in the order and for the modifications to be made in the rules of procedure of that Assembly for the constitution and proper functioning of such committee.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-second Amendment) Act, 1969, s. 4 (w.e.f. 25-9-1979).

2. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “Part A” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

Section 371C. Special provision with respect to the State of Manipur

1[371C. Special provision with respect to the State of Manipur.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the President may, by order made with respect to the State of Manipur, provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of the Legislative Assembly of the State consisting of members of that Assembly elected from the Hill Areas of that State, for the modifications to be made in the rules of business of the Government and in the rules of procedure of the Legislative Assembly of the State and for any special responsibility of the Governor in order to secure the proper functioning of such committee.

(2) The Governor shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a report to the President regarding the administration of the Hill Areas in the State of Manipur and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to the State as to the administration of the said areas.

Explanation. In this article, the expression “Hill Areas” means such areas as the President may, by order, declare to be Hill areas.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 5 (w.e.f. 15-2-1972).

Section 371D. Special provisions with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh

1[371D. Special provisions with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh.

(1) The President may by order made with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh provide, having regard to the requirements of the State as a whole, for equitable opportunities and facilities for the people belonging to different parts of the State, in the matter of public employment and in the matter of education, and different provisions may be made for various parts of the State.

(2) An order made under clause (1) may, in particular, –

(a) Require the State Government to organise any class or classes of posts in a civil service of, or any class or classes of civil posts under, the State into different local cadres for different parts of the State and allot in accordance with such principles and procedure as may be specified in the order the persons holding such posts to the local cadres so organised;

(b) Specify any part or parts of the State, which shall be regarded as the local area-

(i) For direct recruitment to posts in any local cadre (whether organised in pursuance of an order under this article or constituted otherwise) under the State Government;

(ii) For direct recruitment to posts in any cadre under any local authority within the State; and

(iii) For the purposes of admission to any University within the State or to any other educational institution which is subject to the control of the State Government;

(c) Specify the extent to which, the manner in which and the conditions subject to which, preference or reservation shall be given or made-

(i) In the matter of direct recruitment to posts in any such cadre referred to in sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the order;

(ii) In the matter of admission to any such University or other educational institution referred to in sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the order,

To or in favour of candidates who have resided or studied for any period specified in the order in the local area in respect of such cadre, University or other educational institution, as the case may be.

(3) The President may, by order, provide for the constitution of an Administrative Tribunal for the State of Andhra Pradesh to exercise such jurisdiction, powers and authority [including any jurisdiction, power and authority which immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, was exercisable by any court (other than the Supreme Court) or by any tribunal or other authority] as may be specified in the order with respect to the following matters, namely:-

(a) Appointment, allotment or promotion to such class or classes of posts in any civil service of the State, or to such class or classes of civil posts under the State, or to such class or classes of posts under the control of any local authority within the State, as may be specified in the order;

(b) Seniority of persons appointed, allotted or promoted to such class or classes of posts in any civil service of the State, or to such class or classes of civil posts under the State, or to such class or classes of posts under the control of any local authority within the State, as may be specified in the order;

(c) Such other conditions of service of persons appointed, allotted or promoted to such class or classes of posts in any civil service of the State or to such class or classes of civil posts under the State or to such class or classes of posts under the control of any local authority within the State, as may be specified in the order.

(4) An order made under clause (3) may-

(a) Authorise the Administrative Tribunal to receive representations for the redress of grievances relating to any matter within its jurisdiction as the President may specify in the order and to make such orders thereon as the Administrative Tribunal deems fit;

(b) Contain such provisions with respect to the powers and authorities and procedure of the Administrative Tribunal (including provisions with respect to the powers of the Administrative Tribunal to punish for contempt of itself) as the President may deem necessary;

(c) Provide for the transfer to the Administrative Tribunal of such classes of proceedings, being proceedings relating to matters within its jurisdiction and pending before any court (other than the Supreme Court) or tribunal or other authority immediately before the commencement of such order, as may be specified in the order;

(d) Contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions (including provisions as to fees and as to limitation, evidence or for the application of any law for the time being in force subject to any exceptions or modifications) as the President may deem necessary.

(5) The order of the Administrative Tribunal finally disposing of any case shall become effective upon its confirmation by the State Government or on the expiry of three months from the date on which the order is made, whichever is earlier:

Provided that the State Government may, by special order made in writing and for reasons to be specified therein, modify or annul any order of the Administrative Tribunal before it becomes effective and in such a case, the order of the Administrative Tribunal shall have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be.

(6) Every special order made by the State Government under the proviso to clause (5) shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before both Houses of the State Legislature.

(7) The High Court for the State shall not have any powers of superintendence over the Administrative Tribunal and no court (other than the Supreme Court) or tribunal shall exercise any jurisdiction, power or authority in respect of any matter subject to the jurisdiction, power or authority of, or in relation to, the Administrative Tribunal.

(8) If the President is satisfied that the continued existence of the Administrative Tribunal is not necessary, the President may by order abolish the Administrative Tribunal and make such provisions in such order as he may deem fit for the transfer and disposal of cases pending before the Tribunal immediately before such abolition.

(9) Notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court, tribunal or other authority, –

(a) No appointment, posting, promotion or transfer of any person-

(i) Made before the 1st day of November, 1956, to any post under the Government of, or any local authority within, the State of Hyderabad as it existed before that date; or

(ii) Made before the commencement of the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, to any post under the Government of, or any local or other authority within, the State of Andhra Pradesh; and

(b) No action taken or thing done by or before any person referred to in sub-clause (a),

Shall be deemed to be illegal or void or ever to have become illegal or void merely on the ground that the appointment, posting, promotion or transfer of such person was not made in accordance with any law, then in force, providing for any requirement as to residence within the State of Hyderabad or, as the case may be, within any part of the State of Andhra Pradesh, in respect of such appointment, posting, promotion or transfer.

(10) The provisions of this article and of any order made by the President thereunder shall have effect notwithstanding anything in any other provision of this Constitution or in any other law for the time being in force.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, s. 3 (w.e.f. 1-7-1974).

Section 371E. Establishment of Central University in Andhra Pradesh

1[371E. Establishment of Central University in Andhra Pradesh.

Parliament may by law provide for the establishment of a University in the State of Andhra Pradesh.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, s. 3 (w.e.f. 1-7-1974).

Section 371F. Special provisions with respect to the State of Sikkim

1[371F. Special provisions with respect to the State of Sikkim.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) The Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim shall consist of not less than thirty members;

(b) As from the date of commencement of the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975 (hereafter in this article referred to as the appointed day)-

(i) The Assembly for Sikkim formed as a result of the elections held in Sikkim in April, 1974 with thirty-two members elected in the said elections (hereinafter referred to as the sitting members) shall be deemed to be the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim duly constituted under this Constitution;

(ii) The sitting members shall be deemed to be the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim duly elected under this Constitution; and

(iii) The said Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim shall exercise the powers and perform the functions of the Legislative Assembly of a State under this Constitution;

(c) In the case of the Assembly deemed to be the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim under clause (b) , the references to the period of 2[five years], in clause (1) of article shall be construed as references to a period of 3[four years] and the said period of 3[four years] shall be deemed to commence from the appointed day;

(d) Until other provisions are made by Parliament by law, there shall be allotted to the State of Sikkim one seat in the House of the People and the State of Sikkim shall form one parliamentary constituency to be called the parliamentary constituency for Sikkim;

(e) The representative of the State of Sikkim in the House of the People in existence on the appointed day shall be elected by the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim;

(f) Parliament may, for the purpose of protecting the rights and interests of the different sections of the population of Sikkim make provision for the number of seats in the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim which may be filled by candidates belonging to such sections and for the delimitation of the assembly constituencies from which candidates belonging to such sections alone may stand for election to the Legislative Assembly of the State of Sikkim;

(g) The Governor of Sikkim shall have special responsibility for peace and for an equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different sections of the population of Sikkim and in the discharge of his special responsibility under this clause, the Governor of Sikkim shall, subject to such directions as the President may, from time to time, deem fit to issue, act in his discretion;

(h) All property and assets (whether within or outside the territories comprised in the State of Sikkim) which immediately before the appointed day were vested in the Government of Sikkim or in any other authority or in any person for the purposes of the Government of Sikkim shall, as from the appointed day, vest in the Government of the State of Sikkim;

(i) The High Court functioning as such immediately before the appointed day in the territories comprised in the State of Sikkim shall, on and from the appointed day, be deemed to be the High Court for the State of Sikkim;

(j) All courts of civil, criminal and revenue jurisdiction, all authorities and all officers, judicial, executive and ministerial, throughout the territory of the State of Sikkim shall continue on and from the appointed day to exercise their respective functions subject to the provisions of this Constitution;

(k) All laws in force immediately before the appointed day in the territories comprised in the State of Sikkim or any part thereof shall continue to be in force therein until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority;

(l) For the purpose of facilitating the application of any such law as is referred to in clause (k) in relation to the administration of the State of Sikkim and for the purpose of bringing the provisions of any such law into accord with the provisions of this Constitution, the President may, within two years from the appointed day, by order, make such adaptations and modifications of the law, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as may be necessary or expedient, and thereupon, every such law shall have effect subject to the adaptations and modifications so made, and any such adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court of law;

(m) Neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in respect of any dispute or other matter arising out of any treaty, agreement, engagement or other similar instrument relating to Sikkim which was entered into or executed before the appointed day and to which the Government of India or any of its predecessor Governments was a party, but nothing in this clause shall be construed to derogate from the provisions of article 143;

(n) The President may, by public notification, extend with such restrictions or modifications as he thinks fit to the State of Sikkim any enactment, which is in force in a State in India at the date of the notification;

(o) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may, by 4order, do anything (including any adaptation or modification of any other article) which appears to him to be necessary for the purpose of removing that difficulty:

Provided that no such order shall be made after the expiry of two years from the appointed day;

(p) All things done and all actions taken in or in relation to the State of Sikkim or the territories comprised therein during the period commencing on the appointed day and ending immediately before the date on which the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, receives the assent of the President shall, in so far as they are in conformity with the provisions of this Constitution as amended by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, be deemed for all purposes to have been validly done or taken under this Constitution as so amended.]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Fourty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 43, for “six years” (w.e.f. 6-9-1979). The words “six years” were subs. for the original words “five years” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 56 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s.43, for “five years” (w.e.f. 6-9-1979). The words “five years” were subs. for the original words “four years” by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 56 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

3. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 3 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

4. See the Constitution (Removal of Difficulties) Order XI (C.O. 99).

Section 371G. Special provision with respect to the State of Mizoram

1[371G. Special provision with respect to the State of Mizoram.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) No Act of Parliament in respect of-

(i) Religious or social practices of the Mizos,

(ii) Mizo customary law and procedure,

(iii) Administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Mizo customary law,

(iv) Ownership and transfer of land,

Shall apply to the State of Mizoram unless the Legislative Assembly of the State of Mizoram by a resolution so decides:

Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to any Central Act in force in the Union territory of Mizoram immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Fifty-third Amendment) Act, 1986;

(b) The Legislative Assembly of the State of Mizoram shall consist of not less than forty members.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifty-third Amendment) Act, 1986, s. 2 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

Section 371H. Special provision with respect to the State of Arunachal Pradesh

1[371H. Special provision with respect to the State of Arunachal Pradesh.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, –

(a) The Governor of Arunachal Pradesh shall have special responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh and in the discharge of his functions in relation thereto, the Governor shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, exercise his individual judgment as to the action to be taken:

Provided that if any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as respects which the Governor is under this clause required to act in the exercise of his individual judgment, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and the validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the ground that he ought or ought not to have acted in the exercise of his individual judgment:

Provided further that if the President on receipt of a report from the Governor or otherwise is satisfied that it is no longer necessary for the Governor to have special responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh, he may by order direct that the Governor shall cease to have such responsibility with effect from such date as may be specified in the order;

(b) The Legislative Assembly of the State of Arunachal Pradesh shall consist of not less than thirty members.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1986, s. 2 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

Section 371-I. Special provision with respect to the State of Goa

1[371-I. Special provision with respect to the State of Goa.

Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Legislative Assembly of the State of Goa shall consist of not less than thirty members.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1987, s. 2 (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

Section 372. Continuance in force of existing laws and their adaptation

(1) Notwithstanding the repeal by this Constitution of the enactments referred to in article 395 but subject to the other provisions of this Constitution, all the law in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall continue in force therein until altered or repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other competent authority.

(2) For the purpose of brining the provisions of any law in force in the territory of India into accord with the provisions of this Constitution, the President may by order1 make such adaptations and modifications of such law, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as may be necessary or expedient, and provide that the law shall, as from such date as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to the adaptations and modifications so made, and any such adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court of law.

(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall be deemed-

(a) To empower the President to make any adaptation or modification of any law after the expiration of 2[three years] from the commencement of this Constitution; or

(b) To prevent any competent Legislature or other competent authority from repealing or amending any law adapted or modified by the President under the said clause.

Explanation I. The expression “law in force” in this article shall include a law passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwithstanding that it or parts of it may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.

Explanation II. Any law passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution had extra-territorial effect as well as effect in the territory of India shall, subject to any such adaptations and modifications as aforesaid, continue to have such extra-territorial effect.

Explanation III. Nothing in this article shall be construed as continuing any temporary law in force beyond the date fixed for its expiration or the date on which it would have expired if this Constitution had not come into force.

Explanation IV. An Ordinance promulgated by the Governor of a Province under section 88 of the Government of India Act, 1935, and in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless withdrawn by the Governor of the corresponding State earlier, cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the first meeting after such commencement of the Legislative Assembly of that State functioning under clause (1) of article 382, and nothing in this article shall be construed as continuing any such Ordinance in force beyond the said period.

1. See the Adaptation of Laws Order, 1950, dated the 26th January, 1950, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, p.449, as amended by Notification No. S.R.O. 115, dated the 5th June, 1950, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, p.51, Notification No. S.R.O. 870, dated the 4th November, 1950, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, p.903, Notification No. S.R.O. 508, dated the 4th April, 1951, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, p.287, Notification No. S.R.O. 1140B, dated the 2nd July, 1952, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, p.616/I; and the Adaptation of the Travancore-Cochin Land Acquisition Laws Order, 1952, dated the 20th November, 1952, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, section 3, p.923.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 12, for “two years”.

Section 372A. Power of the President to adapt laws

1[372A. Power of the President to adapt laws.

(1) For the purposes of bringing the provisions of any law in force in India or in any part thereof, immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, into accord with the provisions of this Constitution as amended by that Act, the President may by order made before the first day of November, 1957, make such adaptations and modifications of the law, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as may be necessary or expedient, and provide that the law shall, as from such date as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to the adaptations and modifications so made, and any such adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court of law.

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall be deemed to prevent a competent Legislature or other competent authority from repealing or amending any law adapted or modified by the President under the said clause.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 23.

Section 373. Power of President to make order in respect of persons under preventive detention in certain cases

Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (7) of article 22, or until the expiration of one year from the commencement of this Constitution, whichever is earlier, the said article shall have effect as if for any reference to Parliament in clauses (4) and (7) thereof there were substituted a reference to the President and for any reference to any law made by Parliament in those clauses there were substituted a reference to an order made by the President.

Section 374. Provisions as to Judges of the Federal Court and proceedings pending in the Federal Court or before His Majesty in Council

(1) The Judges of the Federal Court holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Judges of the Supreme Court and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are provided for under article 125 in respect of the Judges of the Supreme Court.

(2) All suits, appeals and proceedings, civil or criminal, pending in the Federal Court at the commencement of this Constitution shall stand removed to the Supreme Court, and the Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the same, and the judgments and orders of the Federal Court delivered or made before the commencement of this Constitution shall have the same force and effect as if they had been delivered or made by the Supreme Court.

(3) Nothing in this Constitution shall operate to invalidate the exercise of jurisdiction by His Majesty in Council to dispose of appeals and petitions from, or in respect of, any judgment, decree or order of any court within the territory of India in so far as the exercise of such jurisdiction is authorised by law, and any order of His Majesty in Council made on any such appeal or petition after the commencement of this Constitution shall for all purposes have effect as if it were an order or decree made by the Supreme Court in the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred on such Court by this Constitution.

(4) On and from the commencement of this Constitution the jurisdiction of the authority functioning as the Privy Council in a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule to entertain and dispose of appeals and petitions from or in respect of any judgment, decree or order of any court within that State shall cease, and all appeals and other proceedings pending before the said authority at such commencement shall be transferred to, and disposed of by, the Supreme Court.

(5) Further provision may be made by Parliament by law to give effect to the provisons of this article.

Section 375. Courts, authorities and officers to continue to function subject to the provisions of the Constitution

All courts of civil, criminal and revenue jurisdiction, all authorities and all officers, judicial, executive and ministerial, throughout the territory of India, shall continue to exercise their respective functions subject to the provisions of this Constitution.

Section 376. Provisions as to Judges of High Courts

(1) Notwithstanding anything in clause (2) of article 217, the Judges of a High Court in any Province holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Judges of the High Court in the corresponding State, and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are provided for under article 221 in respect of the Judges of such High Court. 1[Any such Judge shall, notwithstanding that he is not a citizen of India, be eligible for appointment as Chief Justice of such High Court, or as Chief Justice or other Judge of any other High Court.]

(2) The Judges of a High Court in any Indian State corresponding to any State specified in Part B of the First Schedule holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Judges of the High Court in the State so specified and shall, notwithstanding anything in clauses (1) and (2) of article 217 but subject to the proviso to clause (1) of that article, continue to hold office until the expiration of such period as the President may by order determine.

(3) In this article, the expression “Judge” does not include an acting Judge or an additional Judge.

1. Added by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 13.

Section 377. Provisions as to Comptroller and Auditor-General of India

The Auditor-General of India holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless he has elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are provided for under clause (3) of article 148 in respect of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and be entitled to continue to hold office until the expiration of his term of office as determined under the provisions which were applicable to him immediately before such commencement.

Section 378. Provisions as to Public Service Commissions

(1) The members of the Public Service Commission for the Dominion of India holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the members of the Public Service Commission for the Union and shall, notwithstanding anything in clauses (1) and (2) of article 316 but subject to the proviso to clause (2) of that article, continue to hold office until the expiration of their term of office as determined under the rules which were applicable immediately before such commencement to such members.

(2) The Members of a Public Service Commission of a Province or of a Public Service Commission serving the needs of a group of Provinces holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the members of the Public Service Commission for the corresponding State or the members of the Joint State Public Service Commission serving the needs of the corresponding States, as the case may be, and shall, notwithstanding anything in clauses (1) and (2) of article 316 but subject to the proviso to clause (2) of that article, continue to hold office until the expiration of their term of office as determined under the rules which were applicable immediately before such commencement to such members.

Section 378A. Special provision as to duration of Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly

1[378A. Special provision as to duration of Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly.

Notwithstanding anything contained in article 172, the Legislative Assembly of the State of Andhra Pradesh as constituted under the provisions of sections 28 and 29 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956, shall, unless sooner dissolved, continue for a period of five years from the date referred to in the said section 29 and no logner and the expiration of the said period shall operate as a dissolution of that Legislative Assembly.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 24.

Section 379-391. Repealed

Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

Section 392. Power of the President to remove difficulties

(1) The President may, for the purpose of removing any difficulties, particularly in relation to the transition from the provisions of the Government of India Act, 1935, to the provisions of this Constitution, by order direct that this Constitution shall, during such period as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to such adaptations, whether by way of modification, addition or omission, as he may deem to be necessary or expedient:

Provided that no such order shall be made after the first meeting of Parliament duly constituted under Chapter II of Part V.

(2) Every order made under clause (1) shall be laid before Parliament.

(3) The powers conferred on the President by this article, by article 324, by clause (3) of article 367 and by article 391 shall, before the commencement of this Constitution, be exercisable by the Governor-General of the Dominion of India.

Section 393. Short title

This Constitution may be called the Constitution of India.

Section 394. Commencement

This article and articles 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 60, 324, 366, 367, 379, 380, 388, 391, 392 and 393 shall come into force at once, and the remaining provisons of this Constitution shall come into force on the twenty-sixth day of January, 1950, which day is referred to in this Constitution as the commencement of this Constitution.

Section 394A. Authoritative text in the Hindi language

1[394A. Authoritative text in the Hindi language.

(1) The President shall cause to be published under his authority, –

(a) The translation of this Constitution in the Hindi langauge, signed by the members of the Constituent Assembly, with such modifications as may be necessary to bring it in conformity with the language, style and terminology adopted in the authoritative texts of Central Acts in the Hindi language, and incorporating therein all the amendments of this Constitution made before such publication; and

(b) The translation in the Hindi language of every amendment of this Constitution made in the English language.

(2) The translation of this Constitution and of every amendment thereof published under clause (1) shall be construed to have the same meaning as the original thereof and if any difficulty arises in so construing any part of such translation, the President shall cause the same to be revised suitably.

(3) The translation of this Constitution and of every amendment thereof published under this article shall be deemed to be, for all purposes, the authoritative text thereof in the Hindi language.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1987, s. 3 (w.e.f. 9-12-1987).

Section 395. Repeals

The Indian Independence Act, 1947, and the Government of India Act, 1935, together with all enactments amending or supplementing the latter Act, but not including the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act, 1949, are hereby repealed.

Section 396. FIRST SCHEDULE

1[FIRST SCHEDULE

[Articles 1 and 4]

  1. The States
Name Territories
1.Andhra Pradesh 2[The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Andhra State Act, 1953, sub-section (1) of section 3 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956, the First Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1959, and the Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Mysore (Transfer of Territory) Act, 1968, but excluding the territories specified in the Second Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1959.]
2. Assam The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were comprised in the Province of Assam, the Khasi States and the Assam Tribal Areas, but excluding the territories specified in the Schedule to the Assam (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1951 3[and the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the State of Nagaland Act, 1962] 4[and the territories specified in sections 5, 6 and 7 of the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971].
3. Bihar 5[The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were either comprised in the Province of Bihar or were being administered as if they formed part of that Province and the territories specified in clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bihar and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1968 but excluding the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bihar and West Bengal (Tansfer of Territories) Act, 1956, and the territories specified in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 3 of the first mentioned Act.] 28and the territories specified in section 3 of The Bihar Reorganisation Act, 2000.
6[4.Gujarat The territories referred to in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960.]
5. Kerala The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 5 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956.
6. Madhya Pradesh The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 9 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956 7[and the First Schedule to the Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh (Transfer of Territories) Act, 1959.] 26but excluding the territories specified in section 3 of the Madhya Pradesh Reorganization Act, 2000.
7[7.Tamil Nadu The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were either comprised in the Province of Madras or were being administered as if they formed part of that Province and the territories specified in section 4 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956, 8[and the Second Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1959], but excluding the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 and sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Andhra State Act, 1953 and 9[the territories specified in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 5, section 6 and clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 7 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956 and the territories specified in the First Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1959].
10[8. Maharashtra The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 8 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956, but excluding the territories referred to in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960.]
11[9. Karnataka] The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 7 of the States Reogranisation Act, 1956 12[but excluding the territory specified in the Schedule to the Andhra Pradesh and Mysore (Transfer of Territory) Act, 1968].
13[10.] Orissa The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were either comprised in the Province of Orissa or were being administered as if they formed part of that Province.
13[11.] Punjab The territories specified in section 11 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956 14[and the territories referred to in Part II of the First Schedule to the Acquired Territories (Merger) Act, 1960] 15[but excluding the territories refered to in Part II of the First Schedule to the Constitution (Ninth Amendment) Act, 1960] 16[and the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3, section 4 and sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966].
13[12.] Rajasthan The territories specified in section 10 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956 12[but excluding the territories specified in the First Schedule to the Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh (Transfer of Territories) Act, 1959].
13[13.] Uttar Pradesh 17[The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were either comprised in the Province known as the United Provinces or were being administered as if they formed part of that Province, the territories specified in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bihar and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1968, and the territories specified in clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Haryana and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1979, but excluding the territories sepcified in clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bihar and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1968, (24 of 1968) 27and the territories specified in section 3 of the Uttar Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 and the territories specified in clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Haryana and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1979.]
13[14.] West Bengal The territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were either comprised in the Province of West Bengal or were being administered as if they formed part of that Province and the territory of Chandernagore as defined in clause (c) of section 2 of the Chandernagore (Merger) Act, 1954 and also the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Bihar and West Bengal (Transfer of Territories) Act, 1956.
13[15.] Jammu and Kashmir The territory, which immediately before the commencemnt of this Constitution was comprised in the Indian State of Jammu and Kashmir.
18[16. Nagaland The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the State of Nagaland Act, 1962.]
12[17. Haryana 19[The territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 and the territories specified in clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Haryana and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1979, but excluding the territories specified in clause (v) of sub-section (1) of section 4 of that Act.]
20[18. Himachal The territories which immediately before the Pradesh commencement of this Constitution were being administered as if they were Chief Commissioners’ Provinces under the names of Himachal Pradesh and Bilaspur and the territories specified in sub-section (1) of section 5 of the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966.]
21[19. Manipur The territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was being administered as if it were a Chief Commissioner’s Province under the name of Manipur.
20. Tripura The territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was being administered as if it were a Chief Commissioner’s Province under the name of Tripura.
21. Meghalaya The territories specified in section 5 of the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971.
22[22. Sikkim The territories, which immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, were comprised in Sikkim.]
23[23. Mizoram The territories specified in section 6 of the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971.]
24[24. Arunachal Pradesh The territories specified in section 7 of the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971.]
25[25. Goa The territories specified in section 3 of the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987.]
2626. Chhattisgarh: The Territoties specified in section 3 of the Madhaya Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000.
2727 Uttaranchal: The territories specified in section 3 of the Uttar Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000.
2828. Jharkhand: The territories specified in section 3 of the Bihar Reorganisation Act, 2000.

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 2, for the First Sch.

2. Subs. by the Andhra Pradesh and Mysore (Transfer of Territory) 1968 (36 of 1968), s. 4, for the former entry (w.e.f. 1-10-1968),

3. Added by the State of Nagaland Act, 1962 (27 of 1962), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-12-1963).

4. Added by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 9 (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

5. Subs. by the Bihar and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundries) Act, 1968 (24 of 1968), s. 4, for the former entry (w.e.f. 10-6-1970).

6. Subs. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 4, for entry 4 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

7. Ins. by the Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh (Transfer of Territories) Act, 1959 (47 of 1959), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-10-1959).

8. Ins. by the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundries) Act, 1959 (56 of 1959), s. 6 (w.e.f. 1-4-1960).

9. Subs. by s. 6, ibid., for certain words (w.e.f. 1-4-1960).

10. Ins. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

11. Subs. by the Mysore State (Alteration of Name) Act, 1973 (31 of 1973), s. 5, for “9. Mysore” (w.e.f. 1-11-1973).

12. Ins. by the Andhra Pradesh and Mysore (Transfer of Territory) Act, 1968 (36 of 1968), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-10-1968).

13. Entries 8 to 14 renumbered as entries 9 to 15 by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

14. Ins. by the Acquired Territories (Merger) Act, 1960 (64 of 1960), s. 4 (w.e.f. 17-1-1961).

15. Added by the Constitution (Ninth Amendment) Act, 1960, s. 3 (w.e.f. 17-1-1961).

16. Ins. by the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 (31 of 1966), s. 7 (w.e.f. 1-11-1966).

17. Subs. by the Haryana and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1979 (31 of 1979), s. 5, for the entry against “13. Uttar Pradesh” (w.e.f. 15-9-1983).

18. Ins. by the State of Nagaland Act, 1962 (27 of 1962), s. 4 (w.e.f. 1-12-1963).

19. Subs. by the Haryana and Uttar Pradesh (Alteration of Boundaries) Act, 1979 (31 of 1979), s. 5, for the entry against “17. Haryana” (w.e.f. 15-9-1983).

20. Ins. by the State of Himachal Pradesh Act, 1970 (53 of 1970) s. 4, (w.e.f. 25-1-1971).

21. Ins. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 9 (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

22. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 2 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

23. Ins. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 4 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

24. Ins. by the State of Arunachal Pradesh Act, 1986 (69 of 1986), s. 4. (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

25. Ins. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 5 (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

26. Madhya Pradesh Re-Organisation Act, 2000 (28 of 2000) W.E.F. 1-11-2000.

27. Uttar Pradesh Re-Organisation Act, 2000 (29 of 2000) W.E.F. 9-11-2000.

28. Bihar Re-Organisation Act, 2000 (30 of 2000) W.E.F. 15-11-2000.

II. The Union Territories

Name Extent
1. Delhi.. The territory, which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was comprised in the Chief Commissioners Province of Delhi.
1* * * * *
2* * * * *
3[2.] The Andaman and Nicobar Islands. The territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was comprised in the Chief Commissioner’s Province of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
3[3.] 4[Lakshadweep]. The territory specified in section 6 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956.
5[3[4.] Dadra and Nagar Haveli- The territory which immediately before the eleventh Nagar Haveli day of August, 1961 was comprised in Free Dadra and Nagar Haveli.]
6[3[5.] 7Daman and Diu . The territories specified in section 4 of the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987.]
8[3[6.] 9Pondicherry. The territories which immediately before the sixteenth day of August, 1962, were comprised in the French Establishments in India known as Pondicherry, Karikal, Mahe and Yanam.]
10[3[7.] Chandigarh.. The territories specified in section 4 of the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966.]
11* * * * *
12* * * * *

1. Entry 2 relating to “Himachal Pradesh” omitted by the State of Himachal Pradesh Act, 1970 (53 of 1970), s. 4 (w.e.f. 25-1-1971).

2. Entries relating to Manipur and Tripura omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), s. 9 (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

3. Entries 4 to 9 renumbered as entries 2 to 7 by s. 9, ibid. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

4. Subs. by the Laccadive, Minicoy and Amindivi Islands (Alteration of Name) Act, 1973 (34 of 1973), s. 5, for “The Laccadive, Minicoy and Amindivi Islands” (w.e.f. 1-11-1973).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Tenth Amendment) Act, 1961, s. 2.

6. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 5, for entry 5 (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

7. Ins. by the Constitution (Fourteenth Amendment) Act, 1962, ss. 3 and 7 (w.e.f. 16-8-1962).

8. Ins. by the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 (31 of 1966), s. 7 (w.e.f. 1-11-1966).

9. Entry 8 relating to Mizoram omitted by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 4 and entry 9 relating to Arunachal Pradesh renumbered as entry 8 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

10. Entry 8 relating to Arunachal Pradesh omitted by the State of Arunachal Pradesh Act, 1986 (69 of 1986), s. 4 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

11. Entry 8 relating to Mizoram omitted and entry 9 relating to Arunachal Pradesh renumberedas entry 8 by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 4 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

12. Entry 8 relating to Arunachal Pradesh as renumbered by Act 34 of 1986, sec. 4 omitted by the State of Arunachal Pradesh Act, 1986 (69 of 1986), sec. 4 (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

Section 397 SECOND SCHEDULE

SECOND SCHEDULE

[Articles 59(3), 65(3), 75(6), 97, 125, 148(3), 158(3), 164(5), 186 and 221]

PART A

Provisions as to the President and the Governors of States 1[***].

1. There shall be paid to the President and to the Governors of the States 1[***] the following emoluments per mensem, that is to say: –

The President …… 10,000 rupees2

The Governor of a State …… 5,500 rupees 3.

2. There shall also be paid to the President and to the Governors of the States 4[***] such allowances as were payable respectively to the Governor-General of the Dominion of India and to the Governors of the corresponding Provinces immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.

3. The President and the Governors of 5[the States] throughout their respective terms of office shall be entitled to the same privileges to which the Governor-General and the Governors of the corresponding Provinces were respectively entitled immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.

4. While the Vice-President or any other person is discharging the functions of, or is acting as, President, or any person is discharging the functions of the Governor, he shall be entitled to the same emoluments, allowances and privileges as the President or the Governor whose functions he discharges or for whom he acts, as the case may be.

6[***]

PART C

PROVISIONS AS TO THE SPEAKER AND THE DEPUTY SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL OF STATES AND THE SPEAKER AND THE DEPUTY SPEAKER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY 7[***] AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF 8[A STATE].

7. There shall be paid to the Speaker of the House of the People and the Chairman of the Council of States such salaries and allowances as were payable to the Speaker of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, and there shall be paid to the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People and to the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States such salaries and allowances as were payable to the Deputy Speaker of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before such commencement.

8. There shall be paid to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly 9[***] and to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of 10[a State] such salaries and allowances as were payable respectively to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the President and the Deputy President of the Legislative Council of the corresponding Province immediately before the commencement of this Constitution and, where the corresponding Province had no Legislative Council immediately before such commencement, there shall be paid to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of the State such salaries and allowances as the Governor of the State may determine.

PART D

PROVISIONS AS TO THE JUDGES OF THE SUPREME COURT
AND OF THE HIGH COURTS 11[***]

9. (1) There shall be paid to the Judges of the Supreme Court, in respect of time spent on actual service, salary at the following rates per mensem, that is to say:—

The Chief Justice 12[10,000 rupees]

Any other Judge 13[9,000 rupees]:

Provided that if a Judge of the Supreme Court at the time of his appointment is in receipt of a pension (other than a disability or wound pension) in respect of any previous service under the Government of India or any of its predecessor Governments or under the Government of a State or any of its predecessor Governments, his salary in respect of service in the Supreme Court 14[shall be reduced—

(a) by the amount of that pension, and

(b) if he has, before such appointment, received in lieu of a portion of the pension due to him in respect of such previous service the commuted value thereof, by the amount of that portion of the pension, and

(c) if he has, before such appointment, received a retirement gratuity in respect of such previous service, by the pension equivalent of that gratuity].

(2) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence.

(3) Nothing in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall apply to a Judge who, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution,—

(a) was holding office as the Chief Justice of the Federal Court and has become on such commencement the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court under clause (1) of article 374, or

(b) was holding office as any other Judge of the Federal Court and has on such commencement become a Judge (other than the Chief Justice) of the Supreme Court under the said clause,

during the period he holds office as such Chief Justice or other Judge, and every Judge who so becomes the Chief Justice or other Judge of the Supreme Court shall, in respect of time spent on actual service as such Chief Justice or other Judge, as the case may be, be entitled to receive in addition to the salary specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph as special pay an amount equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing immediately before such commencement.

(4) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall receive such reasonable allowances to reimburse him for expenses incurred in travelling on duty within the territory of India and shall be afforded such reasonable facilities in connection with travelling as the President may from time to time prescribe.

(5) The rights in respect of leave of absence (including leave allowances) and pension of the Judges of the Supreme Court shall be governed by the provisions which, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, were applicable to the Judges of the Federal Court.

10. 15[(1). There shall be paid to the Judges of High Courts, in respect of time spent on actual service, salary at the following rates per mensem, that is to say,—

The Chief Justice 16[9,000 rupees]

Any other Judge17[8,000 rupees]:

Provided that if a Judge of a High Court at the time of his appointment is in receipt of a pension (other than a disability or wound pension) in respect of any previous service under the Government of India or any of its predecessor Governments or under the Government of a State or any of its predecessor Governments, his salary in respect of service in the High Court shall be reduced—

(a) by the amount of that pension, and

(b) if he has, before such appointment, received in lieu of a portion of the pension due to him in respect of such previous service the commuted value thereof, by the amount of that portion of the pension, and

(c) if he has, before such appointment, received a retirement gratuity in respect of such previous service, by the pension equivalent of that gratuity.]

(2) Every person who immediately before the commencement of this Constitution—

(a) was holding office as the Chief Justice of a High Court in any Province and has on such commencement become the Chief Justice of the High Court in the corresponding State under clause (1) of article 376, or

(b) was holding office as any other Judge of a High Court in any Province and has on such commencement become a Judge (other than the Chief Justice) of the High Court in the corresponding State under the said clause,

shall, if he was immediately before such commencement drawing a salary at a rate higher than that specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, be entitled to receive in respect of time spent on actual service as such Chief Justice or other Judge, as the case may be, in addition to the salary specified in the said sub-paragraph as special pay an amount equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing immediately before such commencement.

18[(3) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, was holding office as the Chief Justice of the High Court of a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule and has on such commencement become the Chief Justice of the High Court of a State specified in the said Schedule as amended by said Act, shall, if he was immediately before such commencement drawing any amount as allowance in addition to his salary, be entitled to receive in respect of time spent on actual service as such Chief Justice, the same amount as allowance in addition to the salary specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph.]

11. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires—

(a) the expression ‘Chief Justice’ includes an acting Chief Justice, and a ‘Judge’ includes an ad hoc Judge;

(b) ‘actual service’ includes—

(i) time spent by a Judge on duty as a Judge or in the performance of such other functions as he may at the request of the President undertake to discharge;

(ii) vacations, excluding any time during which the Judge is absent on leave; and

(iii) joining time on transfer from a High Court to the Supreme Court or from one High Court to another.

PART E

PROVISIONS AS TO THE COMPTROLLER AND
AUDITOR-GENERAL OF INDIA

12. (1) There shall be paid to the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India a salary at the rate of four thousand19 rupees per mensem.

(2) The person who was holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution as Auditor-General of India and has become on such commencement the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India under article 377 shall in addition to the salary specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph be entitled to receive as special pay an amount equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing as Auditor-General of India immediately before such commencement.

(3) The rights in respect of leave of absence and pension and the other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall be governed or shall continue to be governed, as the case may be, by the provisions which were applicable to the Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution and all references in those provisions to the Governor-General shall be construed as references to the President.

1. The words and letter “specified in Part A of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

2. Raised to Rs. 15,000 p.m. by the President’s Pension (Amendment) Act, 1985 and further raised to Rs. 20,000 p.m. by the President’s Emoluments and Pension (Amendment) Act, 1990 and further raised to Rs. 50,000 p.m. by the President’s Emoluments and Pension (Amendment) Act, 1998 (25 of 1998), sec. 2 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

3. Raised to Rs. 11,000 p.m. by the Governor’s Emoluments, Allowances and Privileges (Amendment) Act, 1987 (17 of 1987) and further raised to Rs. 36,000 p.m. by the Governors (Emoluments and Privileges) Amendment Act, 1998 (27 of 1998), sec. 2 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

4. The words “so specified” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch., for “such States”.

6. Part B omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

7. The words and letter “or a State in Part A of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

8. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch., for “any such State”.

9. The words and letter “of a State specified in Part A of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

10. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch., for “such State”.

11. The words and letter “in States in Part A of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 25 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

12. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986, sec. 4, for “5,000 rupees” (w.e.f. 1-4-1986). Now Rs. 33,000 per mensem vide the High Court and Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1998 (18 of 1998), sec. 7 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

13. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986, sec. 4, for “4,000 rupees” (w.e.f. 1-4-1986). Now Rs. 30,000 per mensem vide the High Court and Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1998 (18 of 1998), sec. 7 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

14. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 25, for “shall be reduced by the amount of that pension” (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

15. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 25, for sub-paragraph (1) (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

16. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 4, for “4,000 rupees” (w.e.f. 1-4-1986). Now Rs. 30,000 per mensem vide the High Court and Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1998 (18 of 1998), sec. 4 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

17. Subs. by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 4, for “3,500 rupees” (w.e.f. 1-4-1986). Now Rs. 26,000 per mensem vide the High Court and Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1998 (18 of 1998), sec. 4 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

18. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 25, for sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

19. The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall be paid a salary equal to the salary of the Judges of Supreme Court vide section 3 of Act 56 of 1971. The salary of Judges of the Supreme Court has been raised to Rs. 9,000 per mensem by the Constitution (Fifty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1986 and further raised to Rs. 30,000 p.m. by the High Court and Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Amendment Act, 1998 (18 of 1998), sec. 7 (w.r.e.f. 1-1-1996).

Section 398. THIRD SCHEDULE.

THIRD SCHEDULE

[Articles 75(4), 99, 124(6), 148(2), 164(3), 188 and 219]1

Forms of Oaths or Affirmations

I. Form of oath of office for a Minister for the Union:

“I, A.B., do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, 2[that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India,] that I will faithfully and conscientiously discharge my duties as a Minister for the Union and that I will do right to all manner of people in accordance with the Constitution and the law, without fear or favour, affection or ill-will.”

II. Form of oath of secrecy for a Minister for the Union: –

“I, A.B., do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will not directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my consideration or shall become known to me as a Minister for the Union except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such Minister.”

3[III. A Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a candidate for election to Parliament:-

“I, A.B., having been nominated as a candidate to fill a seat in the council of States (or the House of the People) do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established and that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India.”

B Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a member of Parliament: – “I, A.B., having been elected (or nominated) a member of the Council of States (or the House of the People) do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter.”]

IV Form of oath or affirmation to be made by the Judges of the Supreme Court and the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India: –

1. See also articles 84(a) and 173(a).

2. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 5.

3.Subs. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 5, for Form III.

“I, A.B., having been appointed Chief Justice (or a Judge) of the Supreme Court of India (or Comptroller and Auditor-General of India) do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, 1[that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India,] that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgment perform the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or ill-will and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws.”

V Form of oath of office for a Minister for a State: –

“I, A.B., do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, 1[that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India,] that I will faithfully and conscientiously discharge my duties as a Minister for the State of………… and that I will do right to all manner of people in accordance with the Constitution and the law without fear or favour, affection or ill-will.”

VI Form of oath of secrecy for a Minister for a State: –

“I, A.B., do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will not directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my consideration or shall become known to me as a Minister for the State of ………………………………….except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such Minister.”

3[VII A Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a candidate for election to the Legislature of a State: –

“I, A.B., having been nominated as a candidate to fill a seat in the Legislative Assembly (or Legislative Council), do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established and that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India.”

B Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a member of the Legislature of a State: –

“I, A.B., having been elected (or nominated) a member of the Legislative Assembly (or Legislative Council), do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter.”]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 5.

2. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 5, for Form VII.

VIII Form of oath or affirmation to be made by the Judges of a High Court: –

“I, A.B., having been appointed Chief Justice (or a Judge) of the High Court at (or of) ……………………… do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, 1[that I will uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India,] that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgment perform the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or ill-will and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws.”

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 5.

Section 399. FOURTH SCHEDULE.

1[FOURTH SCHEDULE

[Articles 4(1) and 80(2)]

Allocation of seats in the Council of States

To each State or Union territory specified in the first column of the following table, there shall be allotted the number of seats specified in the second column thereof opposite to that State or that Union territory, as the case may be.

1 Andhra Pradesh 18
2 Assam 7
3 Bihar 17[22]
18[4 Jharkhand 6]
2[4[5. Goa 1]
3[4[6.] Gujarat 11]
5[4[7.] Haryana 5]
4[8.] Kerala 9
4[9.] Madhya Pradesh 19[11]
20[10. Chattisgarh 5]
6[4[11.] Tamil Nadu] 7[18]
8[4[12.] Maharashtra 19]
9[4[13.] Karnataka] 12
4[14.] Orissa 10
4[15.] Punjab 10[7]
4[16.] Rajasthan 10
4[17.] Uttar Pradesh 11[31]
21[18. Uttranchal 3]
[19.] West Bengal 16
4[20.] Jammu and Kashmir 4
12[4[21.] Nagaland 1]
15[4[22.] Himachal Pradesh 3]
13[4[23.] Manipur 1]
4[24.] Tripura 1
4[25.] Meghalaya 1
14[4[26.] Sikkim 1]
4[27.] Mizoram 1
4[28.] Arunachal Pradesh 1
4[29.] Delhi 3
4[30.] Pondicherry 1
Total 16[233]]

1. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 3, for the Fourth Sch.

2. Ins. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 6 (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

3. Subs. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 6, (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

4. Entry numbers have been renumbered by (i) he North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971); (ii) the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986); (iii) The Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987); (iv) The Madhya Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (28 of 2000) (w.e.f. 1-11-2000); (v) The Uttar Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (29 of 2000) (w.e.f. 9-11-2000); (vi) The Bihar Reorganisation Act, 2000 (30 of 2000) (w.e.f. 15-11-2000).

5. Ins. by the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 (31 of 1966), s. 9 (w.e.f. 1-11-1966).

6. Subs. by the Madras State (Alteration of Name) Act, 1968 (53 of 1968), s. 5, for “Madras” (w.e.f. 14-1-1969).

7. Subs. by the Andhra Pradesh and Madras (Alteration of Boundries) Act, 1959 (56 of 1959), s. 8, for “17” (w.e.f. 1-4-1960).

8 Ins. by the Bombay Reorganisation Act, 1960 (11 of 1960), s. 6 (w.e.f. 1-5-1960).

9. Subs. by the Mysore State (Alternation of name) Act, 1973 (31 of 1973), s. 5, for “Mysore” (w.e.f. 1-11-1973).

10. Subs. by the Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 (31 of 1966), s. 9, for “11” (w.e.f. 1-11-1966).

11. Subs. by the Uttar Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (29 of 2000), s. 7, for “34” (w.e.f. 9-11-2000).

12. Ins. by the State of Nagaland Act, 1962 (27 of 1962), s. 6 (w.e.f. 1-12-1963).

13. Subs. By the North Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 10.

14. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 4 (w.e.f. 26-4-1975).

15. Ins. by the State of Himachal Pradesh Act, 1970 (53 of 1970), s. 5 (w.e.f. 25-1-1971).

16. Subs. by the Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act, 1987 (18 of 1987), s. 6, for “232” (w.e.f. 30-5-1987).

17. Subs. By the Bihar Reorganisation Act, 2000 (30 of 2000), sec. 7 for “22” (w.e.f. 15-11-2000).

18. Ins. by the Bihar Reorganisation Act, 2000 (30 of 2000), sec. 7 (w.e.f. 15-11-2000).

19. Subs. by the Madhya Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (28 of 2000), sec. 7 for “16”.

20. Ins. by the Madhya Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (28 of 2000), sec. 7.

21. Ins. by the Uttar Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2000 (29 of 2000), sec. 7 (w. e. f. 9-11-2000).

Section 400. FIFTH SCHEDULE.

FIFTH SCHEDULE

[Article 244(1)]

Provisions as to the Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes

Part A — General

1. Interpretation. –

In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression “State” 1[***] does not include the 2[States of Assam, 3[,4[Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram.]]]

2. Executive power of a State in Scheduled Areas. –

Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the executive power of a State extends to the Scheduled Areas therein.

3. Report by the Governor 5[***] to the President regarding the administration of Scheduled Areas. –

The Governor 5[***] of each State having Scheduled Areas therein shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a report to the President regarding the administration of the Scheduled Areas in that State and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to the State as to the administration of the said areas.

1. Interpretation. –

In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression “State” 1[***] does not include the 2[States of Assam, 3[,4[Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram.]]]

2. Executive power of a State in Scheduled Areas. –

Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the executive power of a State extends to the Scheduled Areas therein.

3. Report by the Governor 5[***] to the President regarding the administration of Scheduled Areas. –

The Governor 5[***] of each State having Scheduled Areas therein shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a report to the President regarding the administration of the Scheduled Areas in that State and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to the State as to the administration of the said areas.

Part B

Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes

4. Tribes Advisory Council. –

(1) There shall be established in each State having Scheduled Areas therein and, if the President so directs, also in any State having Scheduled Tribes but not Scheduled Areas therein, a Tribes Advisory Council consisting of not more than twenty members of whom, as nearly as may be, three-fourths shall be the representatives of the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of the State:

Provided that if the number of representatives of the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of the State is less than the number of seats in the Tribes Advisory Council to be filled by such representatives, the remaining seats shall be filled by other members of those tribes.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Tribes Advisory Council to advise on such matters pertaining to the welfare and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes in the State as may be referred to them by the Governor 6[***].

(3) The Governor 5[***] may make rules prescribing or regulating, as the case may be, –

(a) The number of members of the Council, the mode of their appointment and the appointment of the Chairman of the Council and of the officers and servants thereof;

(b) The conduct of its meetings and its procedure in general; and

(c) All other incidental matters.

5. Law applicable to Scheduled Areas. –

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Governor 6[***] may by public notification direct that any particular Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State shall not apply to a Scheduled Area or any part thereof in the State or shall apply to a Scheduled Area or any part thereof in the State subject to such exceptions and modifications as he may specify in the notification and any direction given under this sub-paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.

(2) The Governor 6[***] may make regulations for the peace and good government of any area in a State which is for the time being a Scheduled Area.

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such regulations may-

(a) Prohibit or restrict the transfer of land by or among members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area;

(b) Regulate the allotment of land to members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area;

(c) Regulate the carrying on of business as money-lender by persons who lend money to members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area.

(3) In making any such regulation as is referred to in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, the Governor 5[***] may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State or any existing law which is for the time being applicable to the area in question.

(4) All regulations made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the President and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.

(5) No regulation shall be made under this paragraph unless the Governor 5[***] making the regulation has, in the case where there is a Tribes Advisory Council for the State, consulted such Council.

Part C

Scheduled Areas

6. Scheduled Areas. –

(1) In this Constitution, the expression “Scheduled Areas” means such areas as the President may by order declare to be Scheduled Areas.

(2) The President may at any time by order

(a) Direct that the whole or any specified part of a Scheduled Area shall cease to be a Scheduled Area or a part of such an area;

7[(aa) Increase the area of any Scheduled Area in a State after consultation with the Governor of that State;]

(b) Alter, but only by way of rectification of boundaries, any Scheduled Area;

(c) On any alteration of the boundaries of a State or on the admission into the Union or the establishment of a new State, declare any territory not previously included in any State to be, or to form part of, a Scheduled Area;

7[(d) Rescind, in relation to any State or States, any order or orders made under this paragraph, and in consultation with the Governor of the State concerned, make fresh orders redefining the areas which are to be Scheduled Areas;]

And any such order may contain such incidental and consequential provisions as appear to the President to be necessary and proper, but save as aforesaid, the order made under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall not be varied by any subsequent order.

Part D

Amendment of the Schedule

7. Amendment of the Schedule. –

(1) Parliament may from time to time by law amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any of the provisions of this Schedule and, when the Schedule is so amended, any reference to this Schedule in this Constitution shall be construed as a reference to such Schedule as so amended.

(2) No such law as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.

1. The words and letters “means a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule but” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

2. Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971, (81 of 1971), s. 71, for “State of Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

3. Subs. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), s. 39, for “Meghalaya and Tripura” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

4. Subs. By the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 3, for “and Meghalaya” (w. e. f. 1-4-1985).

5. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment), Act 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

6. The words “or Rajpramukh, as the case may be” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment), Act 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

7. Ins. by the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1976 (101 of 1976), s. 2.

Section 401. SIXTH SCHEDULE

SIXTH SCHEDULE

[Articles 244(2) and 275(1)]

Provisions as to the Administration of Tribal Areas in 1[2[the States of Assam 3[,Meghalaya, Tripura] and Mizoram]]

1. Autonomous districts and autonomous regions.—(1) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the tribal areas in each item of 4[5[Parts I, II and IIA] and in Part III] of the table appended to paragraph 20 of this Schedule shall be an autonomous district.

(2) If there are different Scheduled Tribes in an autonomous district, the Governor may, by public notification, divide the area or areas inhabited by them into autonomous regions.6

(3) The Governor may, by public notification,—

(a) include any area in 4[any of the Parts] of the said table,

(b) exclude any area from 4[any of the Parts] of the said table,

(c) create a new autonomous district,

(d) increase the area of any autonomous district,

(e) diminish the area of any autonomous district,

(f) unite two or more autonomous districts or parts thereof so as to form one autonomous district,

7[(ff) alter the name of any autonomous district,]

(g) define the boundaries of any autonomous district:

Provided that no order shall be made by the Governor under clauses (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this sub-paragraph except after consideration of the report of a Commission appointed under sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 14 of this Schedule:

8[Provided further that any order made by the Governor under this sub-paragraph may contain such incidental and consequential provisions (including any amendment of paragraph 20 and of any item in any of the Parts of the said table) as appear to the Governor to be necessary for giving effect to the provisions of the order.]

2. Constitution of District Councils and Regional Councils.—9[(1) There shall be a District Council for each autonomous district consisting of not more than thirty members, of whom not more than four persons shall be nominated by the Governor and the rest shall be elected on the basis of adult suffrage.]10

(2) There shall be a separate Regional Council for each area constituted an autonomous region under sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 1 of this Schedule.

(3) Each District Council and each Regional Council shall be a body corporate by the name respectively of ‘the District Council of (name of district)’ and ‘the Regional Council of (name of region)’, shall have perpetual succession and a common seal and shall by the said name sue and be sued.11*

(4) Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the administration of an autonomous district shall, in so far as it is not vested under this Schedule in any Regional Council within such district, be vested in the District Council for such district and the administration of an autonomous region shall be vested in the Regional Council for such region.

(5) In an autonomous district with Regional Councils, the District Council shall have only such powers with respect to the areas under the authority of the Regional Council as may be delegated to it by the Regional Council in addition to the powers conferred on it by this Schedule with respect to such areas.

(6) The Governor shall make rules for the first constitution of District Councils and Regional Councils in consultation with the existing tribal Councils or other representative tribal organisations within the autonomous districts or regions concerned, and such rules shall provide for—

(a) the composition of the District Councils and Regional Councils and the allocation of seats therein;

(b) the delimitation of territorial constituencies for the purpose of elections to those Councils;

(c) the qualifications for voting at such elections and the preparation of electoral rolls therefor;

(d) the qualifications for being elected at such elections as members of such Councils;

(e) the term of office of members of 12[Regional Councils];

(f) any other matter relating to or connected with elections or nominations to such Councils;

(g) the procedure and the conduct of business 13[including the power to act notwithstanding any vacancy] in the District and Regional Councils;

(h) the appointment of officers and staff of the District and Regional Councils.

13[(6A) The elected members of the District Council shall hold office for a term of five years from the date appointed for the first meeting of the Council after the general elections to the Council, unless the District Council is sooner dissolved under paragraph 16 and a nominated member shall hold office at the pleasure of the Governor:

Provided that the said period of five years may, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation or if circumstances exist which, in the opinion of the Governor, render the holding of elections impracticable, be extended by the Governor for a period not exceeding one year at a time and in any case where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation not extending beyond a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate:

Provided further that a member elected to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office only for the remainder of the term of office of the member whom he replaces.]

(7) The District or the Regional Council may after its first constitution make rules 13[with the approval of the Governor] with regard to the matters specified in sub-paragraph (6) of this paragraph and may also make rules 13[with like approval] regulating—

(a) the formation of subordinate local Councils or Boards and their procedure and the conduct of their business; and

(b) generally all matters relating to the transaction of business pertaining to the administration of the district or region, as the case may be:

Provided that until rules are made by the District or the Regional Council under this sub-paragraph the rules made by the Governor under sub-paragraph (6) of this paragraph shall have effect in respect of elections to, the officers and staff of, and the procedure and the conduct of business in, each such Council.

14[***]

3. Powers of the District Councils and Regional Councils to make laws.—(1) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of all areas within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of all areas within the district except those which are under the authority of Regional Councils, if any, within the district shall have power to make laws with respect to—

(a) the allotment, occupation or use, or the setting apart, of land, other than any land which is a reserved forest for the purposes of agriculture or grazing or for residential or other non-agricultural purposes or for any other purpose likely to promote the interests of the inhabitants of any village or town:

Provided that nothing in such laws shall prevent the compulsory acquisition of any land, whether occupied or unoccupied, for public purposes 15[by the Government of the State concerned] in accordance with the law for the time being in force authorising such acquisition;

(b) the management of any forest not being a reserved forest;

(c) the use of any canal or water-course for the purpose of agriculture;

(d) the regulation of the practice of jhum or other forms of shifting cultivation;

(e) the establishment of village or town committees or councils and their powers;

(f) any other matter relating to village or town administration, including village or town police and public health and sanitation;

(g) the appointment or succession of Chiefs or Headmen;

(h) the inheritance of property;

16[(i) marriage and divorce;]

(j) social customs.

(2) In this paragraph, a ‘reserved forest’ means any area which is a reserved forest under the Assam Forest Regulation, 1891, or under any other law for the time being in force in the area in question.

(3) All laws made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.17#

4. Administration of justice in autonomous districts and autonomous regions.—(1) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of areas within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of areas within the district other than those which are under the authority of the Regional Councils, if any, within the district may constitute village councils or courts for the trial of suits and cases between the parties all of whom belong to Scheduled Tribes within such areas, other than suits and cases to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 5 of this Schedule apply, to the exclusion of any court in the State, and may appoint suitable persons to be members of such village councils or presiding officers of such courts, and may also appoint such officers as may be necessary for the administration of the laws made under paragraph 3 of this Schedule.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Regional Council for an autonomous region or any court constituted in that behalf by the Regional Council or, if in respect of any area within an autonomous district there is no Regional Council, the District Council for such district, or any court constituted in that behalf by the District Council, shall exercise the powers of a court of appeal in respect of all suits and cases triable by a village council or court constituted under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph within such region or area, as the case may be, other than those to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 5 of this Schedule apply, and no other court except the High Court and the Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction over such suits or cases.

(3) The High Court 18[***] shall have and exercise such jurisdiction over the suits and cases to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph apply as the Governor may from time to time by order specify.

(4) A Regional Council or District Council, as the case may be, may with the previous approval of the Governor make rules regulating—

(a) the constitution of village councils and courts and the powers to be exercised by them under this paragraph;

(b) the procedure to be followed by village councils or courts in the trial of suits and cases under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph;

(c) the procedure to be followed by the Regional or District Council or any court constituted by such Council in appeals and other proceedings under sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph;

(d) the enforcement of decisions and orders of such Councils and courts;

(e) all other ancillary matters for the carrying out of the provisions of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph.

19[(5) On and from such date as the President may, 20[after consulting the Government of the State concerned], by notification appoint in this behalf, this paragraph shall have effect in relation to such autonomous district or region as may be specified in the notification, as if—

(i) in sub-paragraph (1), for the words “between the parties all of whom belong to Scheduled Tribes within such areas, other than suits and cases to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 5 of this Schedule apply,”, the words “not being suits and cases of the nature referred to in sub- paragraph (1) of paragraph (5) of this Schedule, which the Governor may specify in this behalf,” had been substituted;

(ii) sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) had been omitted;

(iii) in sub-paragraph (4)—

(a) for the words “A Regional Council or District Council, as the case may be, may with the previous approval of the Governor make rules regulating’, the words “the Governor may make rules regulating’ had been substituted; and

(b) for clause (a), the following clause had been substituted, namely:—

(a) the constitution of village councils and courts, the powers to be exercised by them under this paragraph and the courts to which appeals from the decisions of village councils and courts shall lie;”;

(c) for clause (c), the following clause had been substituted, namely:—

“(c) the transfer of appeals and other proceedings pending before the Regional or District Council or any court constituted by such Council immediately before the date appointed by the President under sub-paragraph (5);” and

(d) in clause (e), for the words, brackets and figures “sub-paragraphs (1) and (2)”, the word, brackets and figure “sub-paragraph (1)” had been substituted.]21

5. Conferment of powers under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898,22 on the Regional and District Councils and on certain courts and officers for the trial of certain suits, cases and offences.—(1) The Governor may, for the trial of suits or cases arising out of any law in force in any autonomous district or region being a law specified in that behalf by the Governor, or for the trial of offences punishable with death, transportation for life, or imprisonment for a term of not less than five years under the Indian Penal Code or under any other law for the time being applicable to such district or region, confer on the District Council or the Regional Council having authority over such district or region or on courts constituted by such District Council or on any officer appointed in that behalf by the Governor, such powers under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, or, as the case may be, the Code of Criminal Procedure, 18981 , as he deems appropriate, and thereupon the said Council, court or officer shall try the suits, cases or offences in exercise of the powers so conferred.

(2) The Governor may withdraw or modify any of the powers conferred on a District Council, Regional Council, court or officer under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph.

(3) Save as expressly provided in this paragraph, the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 18981, shall not apply to the trial of any suits, cases or offences in an autonomous district or in any autonomous region to which the provisions of this paragraph apply.

23[(4) On and from the date appointed by the President under sub-paragraph (5) of paragraph 4 in relation to any autonomous district or autonomous region, nothing contained in this paragraph shall, in its application to that district or region, be deemed to authorise the Governor to confer on the District Council or Regional Council or on courts constituted by the District Council any of the powers referred to in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph.]

24[6. Powers of the District Council to establish primary schools, etc.—(1) The District Council for an autonomous district may establish, construct, or manage primary schools, dispensaries, markets, 25[cattle pounds], ferries, fisheries, roads, road transport and waterways in the district and may, with the previous approval of the Governor, make regulations for the regulation and control thereof and, in particular, may prescribe the language and the manner in which primary education shall be imparted in the primary schools in the district.

(2) The Governor may, with the consent of any District Council, entrust either conditionally or unconditionally to that Council or to its officers functions in relation to agriculture, animal husbandry, community projects, co-operative societies, social welfare, village planning or any other matter to which the executive power of the State26[***] extends.]

7. District and Regional Funds.—(1) There shall be constituted for each autonomous district, a District Fund for each autonomous region, a Regional Fund to which shall be credited all moneys received respectively by the District Council for that district and the Regional Council for that region in the course of the administration of such district or region, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

27[(2) The Governor may make rules for the management of the District Fund, or, as the case may be, the Regional Fund and for the procedure to be followed in respect of payment of money into the said Fund, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of moneys therein and any other matter connected with or ancillary to the matters aforesaid.

(3) The accounts of the District Council or, as the case may be, the Regional Council shall be kept in such form as the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India may, with the approval of the President, prescribe.

(4) The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall cause the accounts of the District and Regional Councils to be audited in such manner as he may think fit, and the reports of the Comptroller and Auditor General relating to such accounts shall be submitted to the Governor who shall cause them to be laid before the Council.]

8. Powers to assess and collect land revenue and to impose taxes.—(1) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of all lands within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of all lands within the district except those which are in the areas under the authority of Regional Councils, if any, within the district, shall have the power to assess and collect revenue in respect of such lands in accordance with the principles for the time being followed 28[by the Government of the State in assessing lands for the purpose of land revenue in the State generally].

(2) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of areas within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of all areas in the district except those which are under the authority of Regional Councils, if any, within the district, shall have power to levy and collect taxes on lands and buildings, and tolls on persons resident within such areas.

(3) The District Council for an autonomous district shall have the power to levy and collect all or any of the following taxes within such district, that is to say—

(a) taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments;

(b) taxes on animals, vehicles and boats;

(c) taxes on the entry of goods into a market for sale therein, and tolls on passengers and goods carried in ferries; and

(d) taxes for the maintenance of schools, dispensaries or roads.

(4) A Regional Council or District Council, as the case may be, may make regulations to provide for levy and collection of any of the taxes specified in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph 29[and every such regulation shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect].

9. Licences or leases for the purpose of prospecting for, or extraction of, minerals.—(1) Such share of the royalties accruing each year from licences or leases for the purpose of prospecting for, or the extraction of, minerals granted by 30[the Government of the State] in respect of any area within an autonomous district as may be agreed upon between 30[the Government of the State] and the District Court of such district shall be made over to that District Council.

(2) If any dispute arises as to the share of such royalties to be made over to a District Council, it shall be referred to the Governor for determination and the amount determined by the Governor in his discretion shall be deemed to be the amount payable under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph to the District Council and the decision of the Governor shall be final.31

3210. Power of District Council to make regulations for the control of money-lending and trading by non-tribals.—(1) The District Council of an autonomous district may make regulations for the regulation and control of money-lending or trading within the district by persons other than Scheduled Tribes resident in the district.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such regulations may—

(a) prescribe that no one except the holder of a licence issued in that behalf shall carry on the business of money-lending;

(b) prescribe the maximum rate of interest which may be charged or be recovered by a money-lender;

(c) provide for the maintenance of accounts by money-lenders and for the inspection of such accounts by officers appointed in that behalf by the District Council;

(d) prescribe that no person who is not a member of the Scheduled Tribes resident in the district shall carry on wholesale or retail business in any commodity except under a licence issued in that behalf by the District Council:

Provided that no regulations may be made under this paragraph unless they are passed by a majority of not less than three-fourths of the total membership of the District Council:

Provided further that it shall not be competent under any such regulations to refuse the grant of a licence to a money-lender or a trader who has been carrying on business within the district since before the time of making of such regulations.

(3) All regulations made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.33

11. Publication of laws, rules and regulations made under the Schedule.—All laws, rules and regulations made under this Schedule by a District Council or a Regional Council shall be published forthwith in the Official Gazette of the State and shall on such publication have the force of law.

3412. 35[Application of Acts of Parliament and of the Legislature of the State of Assam to autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State of Assam].—(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution—

(a) no Act of the 36[Legislature of the State of Assam] in respect of any of the matters specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule as matters with respect to which a District Council or a Regional Council may make laws, and no Act of the 36[Legislature of the State of Assam] prohibiting or restricting the consumption of any non-distilled alcoholic liquor shall apply to any autonomous district or autonomous region 37[in the State] unless in either case the District Council for such district or having jurisdiction over such region by public notification so directs, and the District Council in giving such direction with respect to any Act may direct that the Act shall in its application to such district or region or any part thereof have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as it thinks fit; 38

(b) the Governor may, by public notification, direct that any Act of Parliament or of the 36[Legislature of the State of Assam] to which the provisions of clause (a) of this sub-paragraph do not apply shall not apply to an autonomous district or an autonomous region 37[in that State], or shall apply to such district or region or any part thereof subject to such exceptions or modifications as he may specify in the notification.

(2) Any direction given under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.

39[12A. Application of Acts of Parliament and of the Legislature of the State of Meghalaya to autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State of Meghalaya.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,—

(a) if any provision of a law made by a District or Regional Council in the State of Meghalaya with respect to any matter specified in sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3 of this Schedule or if any provision of any regulation made by a District Council or a Regional Council in that State under paragraph 8 or paragraph 10 of this Schedule, is repugnant to any provision of a law made by the Legislature of the State of Meghalaya with respect to that matter, then, the law or regulation made by the District Council or, as the case may be, the Regional Council whether made before or after the law made by the Legislature of the State of Meghalaya, shall, to the extent of repugnancy, be void and the law made by the Legislature of the State of Meghalaya shall prevail;

(b) the President may, with respect to any Act of Parliament, by notification, direct that it shall not apply to an autonomous district or an autonomous region in the State of Meghalaya, or shall apply to such district or region or any part thereof subject to such exceptions or modifications as he may specify in the notification and any such direction may be given so as to have retrospective effect.]

40[12AA. Application of Acts of Parliament and of the Legislature of the State of Tripura to the autonomous district and autonomous regions in the State of Tripura.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution—

(a) no Act of the Legislature of the State of Tripura in respect of any of the matters specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule as matters with respect to which a District Council or a Regional Council may make laws, and no Act of the Legislature of the State of Tripura prohibiting or restricting the consumption of any non-distilled alcoholic liquor shall apply to the autonomous district or an autonomous region in that State unless, in either case, the District Council for that district or having jurisdiction over such region by public notification so directs, and the District Council in giving such direction with respect to any Act direct that the Act shall, in its application to that district or such region or any part thereof, have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as it thinks fit;

(b) the Governor may, by public notification, direct that any Act of the Legislature of the State of Tripura to which the provisions of clause (a) of this sub-paragraph do not apply, shall not apply to the autonomous district or any autonomous region in that State, or shall apply to that district or such region, or any part thereof, subject to such exceptions or modifications, as he may specify in the notification;

(c) the President may, with respect to any Act of Parliament, by notification, direct that it shall not apply to the autonomous district or an autonomous region in the State of Tripura, or shall apply to such district or region or any part thereof, subject to such exceptions or modifications as he may specify in the notification and any such direction may be given so as to have retrospective effect.]

41[12B. Application of Acts of Parliament and of the Legislature of the State of Mizoram to autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State of Mizoram.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,—

(a) no Act of the Legislature of the State of Mizoram in respect of any of the matters specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule as matters with respect to which a District Council or a Regional Council may make laws, and no Act of Legislature of the State of Mizoram prohibiting or restricting the consumption of any non-distilled alcoholic liquor shall apply to any autonomous district or autonomous region in that State unless, in either case, the District Council for such district or having jurisdiction over such region, by public notification, so directs, and the District Council, in giving such direction with respect to any Act, may direct that the Act shall, in its application to such district or region or any part thereof, have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as it thinks fit;

(b) the Governor may, by public notification, direct that any Act of the Legislature of the State of Mizoram to which the provisions of clause (a) of this sub-paragraph do not apply, shall not apply to an autonomous district or an autonomous region in that State, or shall apply to such district or region, or any part thereof, subject to such exceptions or modifications, as he may specify in the notification;

(c) the President may, with respect to any Act of Parliament, by notification, direct that it shall not apply to an autonomous district or an autonomous region in the State of Mizoram, or shall apply to such district or region or any part thereof, subject to such exceptions or modifications as he may specify in the notification and any such direction may be given so as to have retrospective effect.]

13. Estimated receipts and expenditure pertaining to autonomous districts to be shown separately in the annual financial statement.—The estimated receipts and expenditure pertaining to an autonomous district which are to be credited to, or is to be made from, the Consolidated Fund of the State 42[***] shall be first placed before the District Council for discussion and then after such discussion be shown separately in the annual financial statement of the State to be laid before the Legislature of the State under article 202.

14. Appointment of Commission to inquire into and report on the administration of autonomous districts and autonomous regions.—(1) The Governor may at any time appoint a Commission to examine and report on any matter specified by him relating to the administration of the autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State, including matters specified in clauses (c), (d), (e) and (f) of sub- paragraph (3) of paragraph 1 of this Schedule, or may appoint a Commission to inquire into and report from time to time on the administration of autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State generally and in particular on—

(a) the provision of educational and medical facilities and communications in such districts and regions;

(b) the need for any new or special legislation in respect of such districts and regions; and

(c) the administration of the laws, rules and regulations made by the District and Regional Councils,and define the procedure to be followed by such Commission.

(2) The report of every such Commission with the recommendations of the Governor with respect thereto shall be laid before the Legislature of the State by the Minister concerned together with an explanatory memorandum regarding the action proposed to be taken thereon by 43[the Government of the State].44

(3) In allocating the business of the Government of the State among his Ministers the Governor may place one of his Ministers specially in charge of the welfare of the autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State.

4515. Annulment or suspension of acts and resolutions of District and Regional Councils.—(1) If at any time the Governor is satisfied that an act or resolution of a District or a Regional Council is likely to endanger the safety of India 46[or is likely to be prejudicial to public order], he may annul or suspend such act or resolution and take such steps as he may consider necessary (including the suspension of the Council and the assumption to himself of all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Council) to prevent the commission or continuance of such act, or the giving of effect to such resolution.

(2) Any order made by the Governor under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph together with the reasons therefor shall be laid before the Legislature of the State as soon as possible and the order shall, unless revoked by the Legislature of the State, continue in force for a period of twelve months from the date on which it was so made:

Provided that if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of such order is passed by the Legislature of the State, the order shall unless cancelled by the Governor continue in force for a further period of twelve months from the date on which under this paragraph it would otherwise have ceased to operate.

4716. Dissolution of a District or a Regional Council.—48[(1)] The Governor may on the recommendation of a Commission appointed under paragraph 14 of this Schedule by public notification order the dissolution of a District or a Regional Council, and—

(a) direct that a fresh general election shall be held immediately for the reconstitution of the Council, or

(b) subject to the previous approval of the Legislature of the State assume the administration of the area under the authority of such Council himself or place the administration of such area under the Commission appointed under the said paragraph or any other body considered suitable by him for a period not exceeding twelve months:

Provided that when an order under clause (a) of this paragraph has been made, the Governor may take the action referred to in clause (b) of this paragraph with regard to the administration of the area in question pending the reconstitution of the Council on fresh general election:

Provided further that no action shall be taken under clause (b) of this paragraph without giving the District or the Regional Council, as the case may be, an opportunity of placing its views before the Legislature of the State.

49[(2) If at any time the Governor is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the administration of an autonomous district or region cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule, he may, by public notification assume to himself all or any of the functions or powers vested in or exercisable by the District Council or, as the case may be, the Regional Council and declare that such functions or powers shall be exercisable by such person or authority as he may specify in this behalf, for a period not exceeding six months:

Provided that the Governor may by a further order or orders extend the operation of the initial order by a period not exceeding six months on each occasion.

(3) Every order made under sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph with the reasons therefor shall be laid before the Legislature of the State and shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the State Legislature first sits after the issue of the orders, unless, before the expiry of that period it has been approved by that State Legislature.]

17. Exclusion of areas from autonomous districts in forming constituencies in such districts.—For the purposes of elections to 50[the Legislative Assembly of Assam or Meghalaya] 51[or Tripura] 52[or Mizoram], the Governor may by order declare that any area within an autonomous district 53[in the State of Assam or Meghalaya 51[or Tripura] 52[or Mizoram], as the case may be,] shall not form part of any constituency to fill a seat or seats in the Assembly reserved for any such district but shall form part of a constituency to fill a seat or seats in the Assembly not so reserved to be specified in the order.54

55[***]

19. Transitional provisions.—(1) As soon as possible after the commencement of this Constitution the Governor shall take steps for the constitution of a District Council for each autonomous district in the State under this Schedule and, until a District Council is so constituted for an autonomous district, the administration of such district shall be vested in the Governor and the following provisions shall apply to the administration of the areas within such district instead of the foregoing provisions of this Schedule, namely:—

(a) no Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State shall apply to any such area unless the Governor by public notification so directs; and the Governor in giving such a direction with respect to any Act may direct that the Act shall, in its application to the area or to any specified part thereof, have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as he thinks fit;

(b) the Governor may make regulations for the peace and good government of any such area and any regulations so made may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State or any existing law which is for the time being applicable to such area.

(2) Any direction given by the Governor under clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.

(3) All regulations made under clause (b) of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the President and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.56

57[20. Tribal areas.—(1) The areas specified in Parts I, II 3[,IIA] and III of the table below shall respectively be the tribal areas within the State of Assam, the State of Meghalaya 58[, the State of Tripura] and the 59[State] of Mizoram.

(2) 60[Any reference in Part I, Part II or Part III of the table below] to any district shall be construed as a reference to the territories comprised within the autonomous district of that name existing immediately before the day appointed under clause (b) of section 2 of the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971:

Provided that for the purposes of clauses (e) and (f) of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3, paragraph 4, paragraph 5, paragraph 6, sub-paragraph (2), clauses (a), (b) and (d) of sub-paragraph (3) and sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 8 and clause (d) of sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 10 of this Schedule, no part of the area comprised within the municipality of Shillong shall be deemed to be within the 61[Khasi Hills District].]

58[(3) The reference in Part IIA in the table below to the ‘Tripura Tribal Areas District’ shall be construed as a reference to the territory comprising the tribal areas specified in the First Schedule to the Tripura Tribal Areas Autonomous District Council Act, 1979.]

TABLE

PART I

1. The North Cachar Hills District.

2. 62[The Karbi Anglong District.]63

PART II

64[1. Khasi Hills District.

2. Jaintia Hills District.]

3. The Garo Hills District.

65[PART IIA

Tripura Tribal Areas District.]

PART III

66[***]

67[ 1. The Chakma District.

68[2. The Mara District.

3. The Lai District.]]

69[20A. Dissolution of the Mizo District Council.—(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule, the District Council of the Mizo District existing immediately before the prescribed date (hereinafter referred to as the Mizo District Council) shall stand dissolved and cease to exist.

(2) The Administrator of the Union territory of Mizoram may, by one or more orders, provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:—

(a) the transfer, in whole or in part, of the assets, rights and liabilities of the Mizo District Council (including the rights and liabilities under any contract made by it) to the Union or to any other authority;

(b) the substitution of the Union or any other authority for the Mizo District Council, or the addition of the Union or any other authority, as a party to any legal proceedings to which the Mizo District Council is a party;

(c) the transfer or re-employment of any employees of the Mizo District Council to or by the Union or any other authority, the terms and conditions of service applicable to such employees after such transfer or re-employment;

(d) the continuance of any laws, made by the Mizo District Council and in force immediately before its dissolution, subject to such adaptations and modifications, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as the Administrator may make in this behalf, until such laws are altered, repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other competent authority;

(e) such incidental, consequential and supplementary matters as the Administrator considers necessary.

Explanation.—In this paragraph and in paragraph 20B of this Schedule, the expression ‘prescribed date’ means the date on which the Legislative Assembly of the Union territory of Mizoram is duly constituted under and in accordance with the provisions of the Government of Union Territories Act, 1963.

70[20B. Autonomous regions in the Union territory of Mizoram to be autonomous districts and transitory provisions consequent thereto.—(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule,—

(a) every autonomous region existing immediately before the prescribed date in the Union territory of Mizoram shall, on and from that date, be an autonomous district in that Union territory (hereafter referred to as the corresponding new district) and the Administrator thereof may, by one or more orders, direct that such consequential amendments as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause shall be made in paragraph 20 of this Schedule (including Part III of the table appended to that paragraph) and thereupon the said paragraph and the said Part III shall be deemed to have been amended accordingly;

(b) every Regional Council of an autonomous region in the Union territory of Mizoram existing immediately before the prescribed date (hereafter referred to as the existing Regional Council) shall, on and from that date and until a District Council is duly constituted for the corresponding new district, be deemed to be the District Council of that district (hereafter referred to as the corresponding new District Council).

(2) Every member whether elected or nominated of an existing Regional Council shall be deemed to have been elected or, as the case may be, nominated to the corresponding new District Council and shall hold office until a District Council is duly constituted for the corresponding new district under this Schedule.

(3) Until rules are made under sub-paragraph (7) of paragraph 2 and sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 4 of this Schedule by the corresponding new District Council, the rules made under the said provisions by the existing Regional Council and in force immediately before the prescribed date shall have effect in relation to the corresponding new District Council subject to such adaptations and modifications as may be made therein by the Administrator of the Union territory of Mizoram.

(4) The Administrator of the Union territory of Mizoram may, by one or more orders, provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:—

(a) the transfer in whole or in part of the assets, rights and liabilities of the existing Regional Council (including the rights and liabilities under any contract made by it) to the corresponding new District Council;

(b) the substitution of the corresponding new District Council for the existing Regional Council as a party to the legal proceedings to which the existing Regional Council is a party;

(c) the transfer or re-employment of any employees of the existing Regional Council to or by the corresponding new District Council, the terms and conditions of service applicable to such employees after such transfer or re-employment;

(d) the continuance of any laws made by the existing Regional Council and in force immediately before the prescribed date, subject to such adaptations and modifications, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as the Administrator may make in this behalf until such laws are altered, repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other competent authority;

(e) such incidental, consequential and supplementary matters as the Administrator considers necessary.71

72[20C. Interpretation.—Subject to any provision made in this behalf, the provisions of this Schedule shall, in their application to the Union territory of Mizoram, have effect—

(1) as if references to the Governor and Government of the State were references to the Administrator of the Union territory appointed under article 239, references to State (except in the expression ‘Government of the State’) were references to the Union territory of Mizoram and references to the State Legislature were references to the Legislative Assembly of the Union territory of Mizoram;

(2) as if—

(a) in sub-paragraph (5) of paragraph 4, the provision for consultation with the Government of the State concerned had been omitted;

(b) in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 6, for the words ‘to which the executive power of the State extends’, the words ‘with respect to which the Legislative Assembly of the Union territory of Mizoram has power to make laws’ had been substituted;

(c) in paragraph 13, the words and figures ‘under article 202’ had been omitted.]

21. Amendment of the Schedule.—(1) Parliament may from time to time by law amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any of the provisions of this Schedule and, when the Schedule is so amended, any reference to this Schedule in this Constitution shall be construed as a reference to such Schedule as so amended.

(2) No such law as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.

—————————————-

1.Subs. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 39(f), for “the State of Assam, Meghalaya and Tripura and in the Union Territory of Mizoram” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

2.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

3.Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4, for “and Meghalaya” (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

4.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “Part A” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

5.Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4, for “Parts I and II” (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

6.Paragraph 1 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003) so as to insert after sub-paragraph (2) the following proviso; namely:—

“Provided that nothing in this sub-paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.”

7.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

8.Ins. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

9.Subs. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch., for paragraph (1) (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

10.Paragraph 2 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert after sub-paragraph (1), the following proviso, namely:—

“Provided that the Bodoland Territorial Council shall consist of not more than forty-six members of whom forty shall be elected on the basis of adult suffrage, of whom thirty shall be reserved for the Scheduled Tribes, five for non-tribal communities, five open for all communities and the remaining six shall be nominated by the Governor having same rights and privileges as other members, including voting rights, from amongst the un-represented communities of the Bodoland Territorial Areas District, of which at least two shall be women.”

11.Paragraph 2 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), so as to insert in sub-paragraph (3), the following proviso, namely:—

“Provided that the District Council constituted for the North Cachar Hills District shall be called as the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council and the District Council constituted for the Karbi Anglong District shall be called as the Karbi Anglong Autonomus Council.”

12.Subs. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch., for “such Councils” (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

13.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

14.Second proviso omitted by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969
(55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

15.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for certain words (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

16. Subs. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch., for clause (i) (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

17.Paragraph 3 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to substitute for sub-paragraph (3), the following sub-paragraph, namely:—

“(3) Save as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3A or sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3B, all laws made under this paragraph or sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3A or sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3B shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.”

Earlier sub-paragraph (3) was subs. by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), so as to read as under:

“(3) Save as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3A, all laws made under this paragraph or sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3A shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.”

18.The words “of Assam” omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

19.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

20.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for certain words (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

21.Paragraph 4 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert after sub-paragraph (5), the following sub-paragraph, namely:—

“(6) Nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Council consituted under the proviso to sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 2 of this Schedule.”

22.See now the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974).

23.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

24.Subs. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch., for paragraph 6 (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

25.Subs. by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1974 (56 of 1974), sec. 4 , for “cattle ponds”.

26.The words “of Assam or Meghalaya, as the case may be,” omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

27.Subs. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch., for sub-paragraph (2) (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

28.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for certain words (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

29.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969) sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

30.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “the Government of Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

31.Paragraph 9 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), so as to insert after sub-paragraph (2), the following sub-paragraph namely:—

“(3) The Governor may, by order, direct that the share of royalties to be made over to a District Council under this paragraph shall be made over to that Council within a period of one year from the date of any agreement under sub-paragraph (1) or, as the case may be, of any determination under sub-paragraph (2).”

32.Paragraph 10 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), as under:

(a) in the heading, the words “by non-tribals” shall be omitted;

(b) in sub-paragraph (1), the words “other than Scheduled Tribes” shall be omitted;

(c) in sub-paragraph (2), for clause (d), the following clause shall be substituted, namely:—

“(d) prescribe that no person resident in the district shall carry on any trade, whether wholesale or retail, except under a licence issued in that behalf by the District Council.”

33.Paragraph 10 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert after sub-paragraph (3), the following sub-paragraph, namely:—

“(4) Nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Council constituted under the proviso to sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 2 of this Schedule.”

34.Paragraph 12 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), so as to substitute in sub-paragraph (1), for the words and figure “matters specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule”, the words, figures and letter “matters specified in paragraph 3 or paragraph 3A of this Schedule”.

35.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for the heading (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

36.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “Legislature of the State” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

37.Ins. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

38.Paragraph 12 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to substitute in sub-paragraph (1), in clause (a), for the words, figures and letter “matters specified in paragraph 3 or paragraph 3A of this Schedule “the words, figures and letters “matters specified in paragraph 3 or paragraph 3A or paragraph 3B of this Schedule”.

39.Paragraph 12A ins. by the Assam Reorgnisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970) and subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

40.Subs. by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988),

sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), for paragraphs 12AA and 12B. Earlier paragraph 12AA was inserted by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

41.Paragraph 12B subs. by the North-Eastern (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for paragraph 12A (w.e.f. 21-1-1972) and again subs. by the Government of Union Territories (Amendment) Act, 1971 (83 of 1971), sec. 13 (w.e.f. 29-4-1972) and further subs. by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988).

42.The words “of Assam” omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

43.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “the Government of Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

44.Paragraph 14 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), so as to omit in sub-paragraph (2), the words “with the recommendations of the Governor with respect thereto”.

45.Paragraph 15 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), so as to—

(a) in sub-paragraph (2), substitute for the words “by the Legislature of the State”, the words
“by him”. (b) the proviso shall be omitted.

46.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

47.Paragraph 16 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), as under:

(a) in sub-paragraph (1), the words “subject to the previous approval of the Legislature of the State” occurring in clause (b), and the second proviso shall be omitted;

(b) for sub-paragraph (3), the following sub-paragraph shall be substituted, namely:—

“(3) Every order made under sub-paragraph (1) or sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, along with the reasons therefor shall be laid before the Legislature of the State.”

48.Paragraph 16 renumbered as sub-paragraph (1) thereof by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

49.Ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

50.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for “the Legislative Assembly of Assam” (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

51.Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

52.Ins. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 39(f) (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

53.Ins. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

54.Paragraph 17 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert the following proviso, namely:—

“Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.”

55.Paragraph 18 omitted by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 21-1-1972).

56.Paragraph 19 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert after sub-paragraph (3), the following sub-paragraph, namely:—

“(4) As soon as possible after the commencement of this Act, an Interim Executive Council for Bodoland Territorial Areas District in Assam shall be formed by the Governor from amongst leaders of the Bodo movement, including the signatories to the Memorandum of Settlement, and shall provide adequate representation to the non-tribal communities in that area:

Provided that the Interim Council shall for a period of six months during which endeavour to hold the election to the Council shall be made.

Explanation.—For the purposes of this sub-paragraph, the expression “Memorandum of Settlement” means the Memorandum signed on the 10th day of February, 2003 between Government of India, Government of Assam and Bodo Liberation Tigres.”

57.Subs. by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act, 1971 (81 of 1971), sec. 71(i) and Eighth Sch., for paragraphs 20 and 20A (w.e.f. 21-1-1972). Earlier paragraph 20A was inserted by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Eighth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970).

58.Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

59.Subs. by the State of Mizoram Act, 1986 (34 of 1986), sec. 39(f), for “Union territory” (w.e.f. 20-2-1987).

60.Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4, for “Any reference in the table below” (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

61.Subs. by the Government of Meghalaya Notification DCA 31/72/11, dated the 14th June, 1973, published in the Gazette of Meghalaya, Pt. VA, dated 23rd June, 1973, p. 200.

62.Subs. by the Government of Assam Notification T-A D/R/115/74/47, dated 14th October, 1976, for “The Mikir Hills District”.

63.Paragraph 20 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2, so as to insert in Part I of the Table, after entry 2, the following, namely:—

“3. The Bodoland Territorial Areas District.”.

64.Subs. by the Government of Meghalaya Notification DCA 31/72/11, dated 14th June, 1973, published in the Gazette of Meghalaya, Pt. VA, dated 23rd June, 1973, p. 200

65.Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1984, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 1-4-1985).

66.The words “The Mizo District” omitted by the Government of Union Territories (Amendment) Act, 1971 (83 of 1971), sec. 13 (w.e.f. 29-4-1972).

67.Ins. by the Mizoram District Councils (Miscellaneous Provisions) Order 1972, published in the Mizoram Gazette, 1972, dated the 5th May, 1972, Vol. 1, Pt. II, p. 17 (w.e.f. 29-4-1972).

68.Subs. by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988),

sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-12-1988), for serial numbers 2 and 3 and the entries relating thereto.

69.Paragraph 20A ins. by the Assam Reorganisation (Meghalaya) Act, 1969 (55 of 1969), sec. 74 and Fourth Sch. (w.e.f. 2-4-1970) and subs. by the Government of Union Territories (Amendment) Act, 1971 (83 of 1971), sec. 13 (w.e.f. 29-4-1972).

70.Paragraph 20B subs. by the Government of Union Territories (Amendment) Act, 1971 (83 of 1971), sec. 13, for paragraph 20A (w.e.f. 29-4-1972).

71.After paragraph 20B, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), namely:—

“20BA. Exercise of discretionary powers by the Governor in the discharge of his functions.—The Governor in the discharge of his functions under sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of paragraph 1, sub-paragraphs (1), (6), sub-paragraph (6A) excluding the first proviso and sub-paragraph (7) of paragraph 2, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 3, sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 4, paragraph 5, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 6, sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 7, sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 8, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 9, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 10, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 14, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 15 and sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph 16 of this Schedule, shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers and the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council or the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, as the case may be, take such action as he considers necessary in his discretion.”

After paragraph 20B, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of Tripura and Mizoram, by the sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), sec. 2, namely:—

“20BB. Exercise of discretionary powers by the Governor in the discharge of his functions.—The Governor, in the discharge of his functions under sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of paragraph 1, sub-paragraphs (1) and (7) of paragraph 2, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 3, sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 4, paragraph 5, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 6, sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 7, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 9, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 14, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 15 and sub-paragraph (1) and (2) of paragraph 16 of this Schedule, shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, and if he thinks it necessary, the District Council or the Regional Council concerned, take such action as he considers necessary in his discretion.”

72.Paragraph 20C subs. by the Government of Union Territories (Amendment) Act, 1971 (83 of 1971), sec. 13, for paragraph 20A (w.e.f. 29-4-1972).

* Paragraph 2 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), so as to insert in sub-paragraph (3), after the proviso, the following proviso, namely:—

“Provided further that the District Council constituted for the Bodoland Territorial Areas District shall be called the Bodoland Territorial Council.”

# After paragraph 3, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1995), namely:—

“3A. Additional powers of the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council and the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council to make law.—(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 3, the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council and the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council within their respective districts, shall have power to make laws with respect to—

(a) industries, subject to the provisions of entries 7 and 52 of List I of the Seventh Schedule;

(b) communications, that is to say, roads, bridges, ferries and other means of communication not specified in List I of the Seventh Schedule; municipal tramways, ropeways, inland waterways and traffic thereon subject to the provisions of List I and List III of the Seventh Schedule with regard to such waterways; vehicles other than mechanically propelled vehicles;

(c) preservation, protection and improvement of stock and prevention of animal diseases; veterinary training and practice; cattle pounds;

(d) primary and secondary education;

(e) agriculture, including agricultural education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases;

(f) fisheries;

(g) water, that is to say, water supplies, irrigation and canals, drainage and embankments, water storage and water power subject to the provisions of entry 56 of List I of the Seventh Schedule;

(h) social security and social insurance; employment and unemployment;

(i) flood control schemes for protection of villages, paddy fields, markets, towns, etc. (not of technical nature);

(j) theatre and dramatic performances, cinemas subject to the provisions of entry 60 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; sports entertainments and amusements;

(k) public health and sanitation, hospitals and dispensaries;

(l) minor irrigation;

(m) trade and commerce in, and the production, supply and distribution of, food stuffs, cattle fodder, raw cotton and raw jute;

(n) Libraries, museums and other similar institutions controlled or financed by the State; ancient and historical monuments and records other than those declared by or under any law made by Parliament to be of national importance; and

(o) alienation of land.

(2) All laws made by the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council and the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council under paragraph 3 or under this paragraph shall, in so far as they relate to matters specified in List III of the Seventh Schedule, be submitted forthwith to the Governor who shall reserve the same for the consideration of the President.

(3) When a law is reserved for the consideration of the President, the President shall declare either that he assents to the said law or that he withholds assent therefrom:

Provided that the President may direct the Governor to return the law to the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council or the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, as the case may be, together with a message requesting that the said Council will reconsider the law or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will, consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message and, when the law is so returned, the said Council shall consider the law accordingly within a period of six months from the date of receipt of such message and, if the law is again passed by the said Council with or without amendment it shall be presented again to the President for his consideration.”

## After paragraph 3A, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-2003), namely:—

“3B. Additional powers to the Bodoland Territorial Council to make laws.—(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 3, the Bodoland Territorial Council within its areas shall have power to make laws with respect to—(i) Agriculture, including agricultural education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases; (ii) Animal husbandry and verterinary, that is to say, preservation, protection and improvement of stock and prevention of animal diseases, veterinary training and practice, cattle pounds; (iii) Co-operation; (iv) Cultural affairs; (v) Education, that is to say, primary education, higher secondary including vocational training, adult education, college education (general); (vi) Fisheries; (vii) Flood control for protection of village, paddy fields, markets and towns (not of technical nature); (viii) Food and civil supply; (ix) Forests (other than reserved forests); (x) Handloom and textile; (xi) Health and family welfare; (xii) Intoxicating liquors, opium and derivatives, subject to the provisions of entry 84 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; (xiii) Irrigation; (xiv) Labour and employment; (xv) Land and Revenue; (xvi) Library services (financed and controlled by the State Government); (xvii) Lotteries (subject to the provisions of entry 40 of List I of the Seventh Schedule), theatres, dramatic performances and cinemas (subject to the provisions of entry 60 of List I of the Seventh Schedule); (xviii) Markets and fairs;

(xix) Municipal corporation, improvement trust, district boards and other local authorities; (xx) Museum and archaeology institutions controlled or financed by the State, ancient and historical monuments and records other than those declared by or under any law made by Parliament to be of national importance; (xxi) Panchayat and rural development; (xxii) Planning and development; (xxiii) Printing and stationery; (xxiv) Public health engineering; (xxv) Public works department; (xxvi) Publicity and public relations; (xxvii) Registration of births and deaths; (xxviii) Relief and rehabilitation; (xxix) Sericulture; (xxx) Small, cottage and rural industry subject to the provisions of entries 7 and 52 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; (xxxi) Social welfare; (xxxii) Soil conservation; (xxxiii) Sports and youth welfare; (xxxiv) Statistics; (xxxv) Tourism; (xxxvi) Transport (roads, bridges, ferries and other means of communications not specified in List I of the Seventh Schedule, municipal tramways, ropeways, inland waterways and traffic thereon subject to the provision of List I and List III of the Seventh Schedule with regard to such waterways, vehicles other than mechanically propelled vehicles); (xxxvii) Tribal research institute controlled and financed by the State Government; (xxxviii) Urban development—town and country planning; (xxxix) Weights and measures subject to the provisions of entry 50 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; and (xl) Welfare of plain tribes and backward classes:

Provided that nothing in such laws shall—

(a) extinguish or modify the existing rights and privileges of any citizen in respect of his land at the date of commencement of this Act; and

(b) disallow any citizen from acquiring land either by way of inheritance, allotment, settlement or by any other way of transfer if such citizen is otherwise eligible for such acquisition of land within the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.

(2) All laws made under paragraph 3 or under this paragraph shall in so far as they relate to matters specified in List III of the Seventh Schedule, be submitted forthwith to the Governor who shall reserve the same for the consideration of the President.

(3) When a law is reserved for the consideration of the President, the President shall declare either that he assents to the said law or that he withholds assent therefrom:

Provided that the President may direct the Governor to return the law to the Bodoland Territorial Council, together with the message requesting that the said Council will reconsider the law or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message and, when the law is so returned, the said Council shall consider the law accordingly within a period of six months from the date of receipt of such message and, if the law is again passed by the said Council with or without amendment it shall be presented again to the President for his consideration.”

Section 402. SEVENTH SCHEDULE.

SEVENTH SCHEDULE

[Article 246]

List I—Union List

1. Defence of India and every part thereof including preparation for defence and all such acts as may be conducive in times of war to its prosecution and after its termination of effective demobilisation.

2. Naval, military and air forces; any other armed forces of the Union.

1[2A. Deployment of any armed force of the Union or any other force subject to the control of the Union or any contingent or unit thereof in any State in aid of the civil power; powers, jurisdiction, privileges and liabilities of the members of such forces while on such deployment.]

3. Delimitation of cantonment areas, local self-government in such areas, the constitution and powers within such areas of cantonment authorities and the regulation of house accommodation (including the control of rents) in such areas.

4. Naval, military and air force works.

5. Arms, firearms, ammunition and explosives.

6. Atomic energy and mineral resources necessary for its production.

7. Industries declared by Parliament by law to be necessary for the purpose of defence or for the prosecution of war.

8. Central Bureau of Intelligence and Investigation.

9. Preventive detention for reasons connected with Defence, Foreign Affairs, or the security of India; persons subjected to such detention.

10. Foreign affairs; all matters which bring the Union into relation with any foreign country.

11. Diplomatic, consular and trade representation.

12. United Nations Organisation.

13. Participation in international conferences, associations and other bodies and implementing of decisions made thereat.

14. Entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries and implementing of treaties, agreements and conventions with foreign countries.

15. War and peace.

16. Foreign jurisdiction.

17. Citizenship, naturalisation and aliens.

18. Extradition.

19. Admission into, and emigration and expulsion from, India; passports and visas.

20. Pilgrimages to places outside India.

21. Piracies and crimes committed on the high seas or in the air; offences against the law of nations committed on land or the high seas or in the air.

22. Railways.

23. Highways declared by or under law made by Parliament to be national highways.

24. Shipping and navigation on inland waterways, declared by Parliament by law to be national waterways, as regards mechanically propelled vessels; the rule of the road on such waterways.

25. Maritime shipping and navigation, including shipping and navigation on tidal waters; provision of education and training for the mercantile marine and regulation of such education and training provided by States and other agencies.

26. Lighthouses, including lightships, beacons and other provisions for the safety of shipping and aircraft.

27. Ports declared by or under law made by Parliament or existing law to be major ports, including their delimitation and the constitution and powers of port authorities therein.

28. Port quarantine, including hospitals connected therewith; seamen’s and marine hospitals.

29. Airways; aircraft and air navigation; provision of aerodromes; regulation and organisation of air traffic and of aerodromes; provision for aeronautical education and training and regulation of such education and training provided by States and other agencies.

30. Carriage of passengers and goods by railway, sea or air, or by national waterways in mechanically propelled vessels.

31. Posts and telegraphs; telephones, wireless, broadcasting and other like forms of communication.

32. Property of the Union and the revenue therefrom, but as regards property situated in a State 2[***] subject to legislation by the State, save in so far as Parliament by law otherwise provides.

3[***]

34. Courts of wards for the estates of Rulers of Indian States.

35. Public debt of the Union.

36. Currency, coinage and legal tender; foreign exchange.

37. Foreign loans.

38. Reserve Bank of India.

39. Post Office Savings Bank.

40. Lotteries organised by the Government of India or the Government of a State.

41. Trade and commerce with foreign countries; import and export across customs frontiers; definition of customs frontiers.

42. Inter-State trade and commerce.

43. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of trading corporations, including banking, insurance and financial corporations but not including co-operative societies.

44. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of corporations, whether trading or not, with objects not confined to one State, but not including universities.

45. Banking.

46. Bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes and other like instruments.

47. Insurance.

48. Stock exchanges and futures markets.

49. Patents, inventions and designs; copyright; trade-marks and merchandise marks.

50. Establishment of standards of weight and measure.

51. Establishment of standards of quality for goods to be exported out of India or transported from one State to another.

52. Industries, the control of which by the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.

53. Regulation and development of oil fields and mineral oil resources; petroleum and petroleum products; other liquids and substances declared by Parliament by law to be dangerously inflammable.

54. Regulation of mines and mineral development to the extent to which such regulation and development under the control of the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.

55. Regulation of labour and safety in mines and oilfields.

56. Regulation and development of inter-State rivers and river valleys to the extent to which such regulation and development under the control of the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.

57. Fishing and fisheries beyond territorial waters.

58. Manufacture, supply and distribution of salt by Union agencies, regulation and control of manufacture, supply and distribution of salt by other agencies.

59. Cultivation, manufacture, and sale for export, of opium.

60. Sanctioning of cinematograph films for exhibition.

61. Industrial disputes concerning Union employees.

62. The institutions known at the commencement of this Constitution as the National Library, the Indian Museum, the Imperial War Museum, the Victoria Memorial and the Indian War Memorial, and any other like institution financed by the Government of India wholly or in part and declared by Parliament by law to be an institution of national importance.

63. The institutions known at the commencement of this Constitution as the Banaras Hindu University, the Aligarh Muslim University and the 4[Delhi University; the University established in pursuance of article 371E;] any other institution declared by Parliament by law to be an institution of national importance.

64. Institutions for scientific or technical education financed by the Government of India wholly or in part and declared by Parliament by law to be institutions of national importance.

65. Union agencies and institutions for—

(a) professional, vocational or technical training, including the training of police officers; or

(b) the promotion of special studies or research; or

(c) scientific or technical assistance in the investigation or detection of crime.

66. Co-ordination and determination of standards in institutions for higher education or research and scientific and technical institutions.

67. Ancient and historical monuments and records, and archaeological sites and remains, 5[declared by or under law made by Parliament] to be of national importance.

68. The Survey of India, the Geological, Botanical, Zoological and Anthropological Surveys of India; Meteorological organisations.

69. Census.

70. Union Public Services; All-India Services; Union Public Service Commission.

71. Union pensions, that is to say, pensions payable by the Government of India or out of the Consolidated Fund of India.

72. Elections to Parliament, to the Legislatures of States and to the offices of President and Vice-President; the Election Commission.

73. Salaries and allowances of members of Parliament, the Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Council of States and the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of the People.

74. Powers, privileges and immunities of each House of Parliament and of the members and the Committees of each House; enforcement of attendance of persons for giving evidence or producing documents before committees of Parliament or commissions appointed by Parliament.

75. Emoluments, allowances, privileges, and rights in respect of leave of absence, of the President and Governors; salaries and allowances of the Ministers for the Union; the salaries, allowances, and rights in respect of leave of absence and other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General.

76. Audit of the accounts of the Union and of the States.

77. Constitution, organisation, jurisdiction and powers of the Supreme Court (including contempt of such Court), and the fees taken therein; persons entitled to practise before the Supreme Court.

78. Constitution and Organisation 6[(including vacations)] of the High Courts except provisions as to officers and servants of High Courts; persons entitled to practise before the High Courts.

7[79. Extension of the jurisdiction of a High Court to, and exclusion of the jurisdiction of a High Court from, any Union territory.]

80. Extension of the powers and jurisdiction of members of a police force belonging to any State to any area outside that State, but not so as to enable the police of one State to exercise powers and jurisdiction in any area outside that State without the consent of the Government of the State in which such area is situated; extension of the powers and jurisdiction of members of a police force belonging to any State to railway areas outside that State.

81. Inter-State migration; inter-State quarantine.

82. Taxes on income other than agricultural income.

83. Duties of customs including export duties.

84. Duties of excise on tobacco and other goods manufactured or produced in India except—

(a) alcoholic liquors for human consumption.

(b) opium, Indian hemp and other narcotic drugs and narcotics,

but including medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol or any substance included in sub-paragraph (b) of this entry.

85. Corporation tax.

86. Taxes on the capital value of the assets, exclusive of agricultural land, of individuals and companies; taxes on the capital of companies.

87. Estate duty in respect of property other than agricultural land.

88. Duties in respect of succession to property other than agricultural land.

89. Terminal taxes on goods or passengers, carried by railway, sea or air; taxes on railway fares and freights.

90. Taxes other than stamp duties on transactions in stock exchanges and futures markets.

91. Rates of stamp duty in respect of bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes, bills of lading, letters of credit, policies of insurance, transfer of shares, debentures, proxies and receipts.

92. Taxes on the sale or purchase of newspapers and on advertisements published therein.

8[92A. Taxes on the sale or purchase of goods other than newspapers, where such sale or purchase takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce.]

9[92B. Taxes on the consignment of goods (whether the consignment is to the person making it or to any other person), where such consignment takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce.]

10[92C. Taxes on services.]

93. Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters in this List.

94. Inquiries, surveys and statistics for the purpose of any of the matters in this List.

95. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters in this List; admiralty jurisdiction.

96. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.

97. Any other matter not enumerated in List II or List III including any tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.

List II—State List

1. Public order (but not including 11[the use of any naval, military or Air force or any other armed force of the Union or of any other force subject to the control of the Union or of any contingent or unit thereof] in aid of the civil power).

12[2. Police (including railway and village police) subject to the provisions of entry 2A of List I.]

3. 13[***] Officers and servants of the High Court; procedure in rent and revenue courts; fees taken in all courts except the Supreme Court.

4. Prisons, reformatories, Borstal institutions and other institutions of a like nature, and persons detained therein; arrangements with other States for the use of prisons and other institutions.

5. Local government, that is to say, the constitution and powers of municipal corporations, improvement trusts, district boards, mining settlement authorities and other local authorities for the purpose of local self-government or village administration.

6. Public health and sanitation; hospitals and dispensaries.

7. Pilgrimages, other than pilgrimages to places outside India.

8. Intoxicating liquors, that is to say, the production, manufacture, possession, transport, purchase and sale of intoxicating liquors.

9. Relief of the disabled and unemployable.

10. Burials and burial grounds; cremations and cremation grounds.

14[***]

12. Libraries, museums and other similar institutions controlled or financed by the State; ancient and historical monuments and records other than those 15[declared by or under law made by Parliament] to be of national importance.

13. Communications, that is to say, roads, bridges, ferries, and other means of communication not specified in List I; municipal tramways; ropeways; inland waterways and traffic thereon subject to the provisions of List I and List III with regard to such waterways; vehicles other than mechanically propelled vehicles.

14. Agriculture, including agricultural education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases.

15. Preservation, protection and improvement of stock and prevention of animal diseases; veterinary training and practice.

16. Pounds and the prevention of cattle trespass.

17. Water, that is to say, water supplies, irrigation and canals, drainage and embankments, water storage and water power subject to the provisions of entry 56 of List I.

18. Land, that is to say, right in or over land, land tenures including the relation of landlord and tenant, and the collection of rents; transfer and alienation of agricultural land; land improvement and agricultural loans; colonization.

16[***]

21. Fisheries.

22. Courts of wards subject to the provisions of entry 34 of List I; encumbered and attached estates.

23. Regulation of mines and mineral development subject to the provisions of List I with respect to regulation and development under the control of the Union.

24. Industries subject to the provisions of 17[entries 7 and 52] of List I.

25. Gas and gas-works.

26. Trade and commerce within the State subject to the provisions of entry 33 of List III.

27. Production, supply and distribution of goods subject to the provisions of entry 33 of List III.

28. Markets and fairs.

18[***]

30. Money-lending and money-lenders; relief of agricultural indebtedness.

31. Inns and inn-keepers.

32. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of corporation, other than those specified in List I, and universities; unincorporated trading, literary, scientific, religious and other societies and associations; co-operative societies.

33. Theaters and dramatic performances; cinemas subject to the provisions of entry 60 of List I; sports, entertainments and amusements.

34. Betting and gambling.

35. Works, lands and buildings vested in or in the possession of the State.

19[***]

37. Elections to the Legislature of the State subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament.

38. Salaries and allowances of members of the Legislature of the State, of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and, if there is a Legislative Council, of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman thereof.

39. Powers, privileges and immunities of the Legislative Assembly and of the members and the committees thereof, and, if there is a Legislative Council, of that Council and of the members and the committees thereof; enforcement of attendance of persons for giving evidence or producing documents before committees of the Legislature of the State.

40. Salaries and allowances of Ministers for the State.

41. State public services; State Public Service Commission.

  1. State pensions, that is to say, pensions payable by the State or out of the Consolidated Fund of the State.

43. Public debt of the State.

44. Treasure trove.

45. Land revenue, including the assessment and collection of revenue, the maintenance of land records, survey for revenue purposes and records of rights, and alienation of revenues.

46. Taxes on agricultural income.

47. Duties in respect of succession to agricultural land.

48. Estate duty in respect of agricultural land.

49. Taxes on lands and buildings.

50. Taxes on mineral rights subject to any limitations imposed by Parliament by law relating to mineral development.

51. Duties of excise on the following goods manufactured or produced in the State and countervailing duties at the same or lower rates on similar goods manufactured or produced elsewhere in India:—

(a) alcoholic liquors for human consumption;

(b) opium, Indian hemp and other narcotic drugs and narcotics,

but not including medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol or any substance included in sub-paragraph (b) of this entry.

52. Taxes on the entry of goods into a local area for consumption, use or sale therein.

53. Taxes on the consumption or sale of electricity.

20[54. Taxes on the sale or purchase of goods other than newspapers, subject to the provisions of entry 92A of List I.]

55. Taxes on advertisements other than advertisements published in the newspapers 21[and advertisements broadcast by radio or television].

56. Taxes on goods and passengers carried by road or on inland waterways.

57. Taxes on vehicles, whether mechanically propelled or not, suitable for use on roads, including tramcars subject to the provisions of entry 35 of List III.

58. Taxes on animals and boats.

59. Tolls.

60. Taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments.

61. Capitation taxes.

62. Taxes on luxuries, including taxes on entertainments, amusements, betting and gambling.

63. Rates of stamp duty in respect of documents other than those specified in the provisions of List I with regard to rates of stamp duty.

64. Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters in this List.

65. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters in this List.

66. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.

List III—Concurrent List

1. Criminal law, including all matters included in the Indian Penal Code at the commencement of this Constitution but excluding offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in List I or List II and excluding the use of naval, military or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power.

2. Criminal procedure, including all matters included in the Code of Criminal Procedure at the commencement of this Constitution.

3. Preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community; persons subjected to such detention.

4. Removal from one State to another State of prisoners, accused persons and persons subjected to preventive detention for reasons specified in entry 3 of this List.

5. Marriage and divorce; infants and minors; adoption; wills, intestacy and succession; joint family and partition; all matters in respect of which parties in judicial proceedings were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution subject to their personal law.

6. Transfer of property other than agricultural land; registration of deeds and documents.

7. Contracts, including partnership, agency, contracts of carriage, and other special forms of contracts, but not including contracts relating to agricultural land.

8. Actionable wrongs.

9. Bankruptcy and insolvency.

10. Trust and Trustees.

11. Administrators-general and official trustees.

22[11A. Administration of justice; constitution and organisation of all courts, except the Supreme Court and the High Courts.]

12. Evidence and oaths; recognition of laws, public acts and records, and judicial proceedings.

13. Civil procedure, including all matters included in the Code of Civil Procedure at the commencement of this Constitution, limitation and arbitration.

14. Contempt of court, but not including contempt of the Supreme Court.

15. Vagrancy; nomadic and migratory tribes.

16. Lunacy and mental deficiency, including places for the reception or treatment of lunatics and mental deficients.

17. Prevention of cruelty to animals.

1[17A. Forests.

17B. Protection of wild animals and birds.]

18. Adulteration of foodstuffs and other goods.

19. Drugs and poisons, subject to the provisions of entry 59 of List I with respect to opium.

20. Economic and social planning.

23[20A. Population control and family planning.]

21. Commercial and industrial monopolies, combines and trusts.

22. Trade unions; industrial and labour disputes.

23. Social security and social insurance; employment and unemployment.

24. Welfare of labour including conditions of work, provident funds, employers’ liability, workmen’s compensation, invalidity and old age pensions and maternity benefits.

24[25. Education, including technical education, medical education and universities, subject to the provisions of entries 63, 64, 65 and 66 of List I; vocational and technical training of labour.]

26. Legal, medical and other professions.

27. Relief and rehabilitation of persons displaced from their original place of residence by reason of the setting up of the Dominions of India and Pakistan.

28. Charities and charitable institutions, charitable and religious endowments and religious institutions.

29. Prevention of the extension from one State to another of infectious or contagious diseases or pests affecting men, animals or plants.

30. Vital statistics including registration of births and deaths.

31. Ports other than those declared by or under law made by Parliament or existing law to be major ports.

32. Shipping and navigation on inland waterways as regards mechanically propelled vessels, and the rule of the road on such waterways, and the carriage of passengers and goods on inland waterways subject to the provisions of List I with respect to national waterways.

25[33. Trade and commerce in, and the production, supply and distribution of,—

(a) the products of any industry where the control of such industry by the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest, and imported goods of the same kind as such products;

(b) foodstuffs, including edible oilseeds and oils;

(c) cattle fodder, including oilcakes and other concentrates;

(d) raw cotton, whether ginned or unginned, and cotton seed; and

(e) raw jute.]

26[33A. Weights and measures except establishment of standards.]

34. Price control.

35. Mechanically propelled vehicles including the principles on which taxes on such vehicles are to be levied.

36. Factories.

37. Boilers.

38. Electricity.

39. Newspapers, books and printing presses.

40. Archaeological sites and remains other than those 27[declared by or under law made by Parliament] to be of national importance.

41. Custody, management and disposal of property (including agricultural land) declared by law to be evacuee property.

28[42. Acquisition and requisitioning of property.]

43. Recovery in a State of claims in respect of taxes and other public demands, including arrears of land-revenue and sums recoverable as such arrears, arising outside that State.

44. Stamp duties other than duties or fees collected by means of judicial stamps, but not including rates of stamp duty.

45. Inquiries and statistics for the purposes of any of the matters specified in List II or List III.

46. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters in this List.

47. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

2. The words and letters “specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule” omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch.

3. Entry 33 omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 26 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

4. Subs. by the Constitution (Thirty-second Amendment) Act, 1973, sec. 4, for “Delhi University and” (w.e.f. 1-7-1974).

5. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 27, for “declared by Parliament by law” (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

6. Ins. by the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, sec. 12 (with retrospective effect).

7. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 29 and Sch., for entry 79.

8. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixth Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 11-9-1956).

9. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1982, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 2-2-1983).

10. Ins. by the Constitution (Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 4.

11. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57, for certain words (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

12. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57, for entry 2 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

13. Certain words omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second (Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

14. Entry 11 omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

15. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 27, for “declared by Parliament by law”.

16. Entries 19 and 20 omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

17. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 28, for “entry 52”.

18. Entry 29 omitted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

19. Entry 36 omitted by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 26 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

20. Subs. by the Constitution (Sixth Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 2, for entry 54 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

21. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-Second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

22. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

23. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976,

sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

24. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57, for entry 25 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

25. Subs. by the Constitution (Third Amendment) Act, 1954, sec. 2, for entry 33.

26. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, sec. 57 (w.e.f. 3-1-1977).

27. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 27, for “declared by the Parliament by law” (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

28. Subs. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, sec. 26, for entry 42 (w.e.f. 1-11-1956).

Section 403. EIGHT SCHEDULE.

EIGHTH SCHEDULE

(Articles 344 (1) and 351]

Languages

1. Assamese.

2. Bengali.

1[3. Bodo.

4. Dogri]

2[5.] Gujarati.

3[6.] Hindi.

3[7.] Kannada.

3[8.] Kashmiri.

4[ 3[9.] Konkani.]

5[10. Maithili.]

6[ 7[11.]] Malayalam.

8[ 9[12.] Manipuri]

10[ 9[13.]] Marathi.

11[ 9[14.] Nepali.]

12[ 9[15.]] Oriya.

12[ 9[16.]] Punjabi.

12[ 9[17.]] Sanakrit.

13[18. Santhali.]

12[ 14[19.] Sindhi.]

12[ 15[20.]] Tamil.

12[ 15[21.]] Telugu.

12[ 15[22.]] Urdu.

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003, s. 2(a).

2. Entry 3 renumbered as entry 5 by s. 2(a), the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

3. Entries 4 to 7 renumbered as entries 6 to 9 by s. 2(b), the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-first Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 2(a).

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003, s. 2(c).

6. Entry 7 renumbered as entry 8 by s. 2(a), the Constitution (Seventy-first Amendment) Act, 1992.

7. Entry 8 renumbered as entry 11 by s.2(c), the Constitution

(Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

8. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-first Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 2(b).

9. Entries 9 to 14 renumbered as entries 12 to 17 by s. 2(d), the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

10. Entry 8 renumbered as entry 10 by s.2(b), the Constitution (Seventy-first Amendment) Act, 1992.

11. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-first Amendment) Act, 1992, s. 2(c).

12. Entries 9 to 15 renumbered as entries 12 to 18 and entry 15 added by s. 2(c), the Constitution (Twenty-first Amendment) Act, 1967.

13. Ins. by the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003, s. 2(e).

14. Entry 15 renumbered as entry 19 by s.2(e), the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

15. Entries 16 to 18 renumbered as entries 20 to 22 by s. 2(f), the Constitution (Ninety-second Amendment) Act, 2003.

Section 404. NINTH SCHEDULE

1[NINTH SCHEDULE

(Article 31B)

1. The Bihar Land Reforms Act, 1950 (Bihar Act XXX of 1950).

2. The Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands Act, 1948 (Bombay Act LXVII of 1948).

3. The Bombay Maleki Tenure Abolition Act, 1949 (Bombay Act LXI of 1949).

4. The Bombay Taluqdari Tenure Abolition Act, 1949 (Bombay Act LXII of 1949).

5. The Panch Mahals Mehwassi Tenure Abolition Act, 1949 (Bombay Act LXIII of 1949).

6. The Bombay Khoti Abolition Act, 1950 (Bombay Act VI of 1950).

7. The Bombay Paragana and Kulkarni Watan Abolition Act, 1950 (Bombay Act LX of 1950).

8. The Madhya Pradesh Abolition of Proprietary Rights (Estates, Mahals, Alienated Lands) Act, 1950 (Madhya Pradesh Act I of 1951).

9. The Madras Estates (Abolition and Conversion into Ryotwari) Act, 1948 (Madras Act XXVI of 1948).

10. The Madras Estates (Abolition and Conversion into Ryotwari) Amendment Act, 1950 (Madras Act I of 1950).

11. The Uttar Pradesh Zamindari Abolition and Land Reforms Act, 1950 (Uttar Pradesh Act I of 1951).

12. The Hyderabad (Abolition of Jagirs) Regulation, 1358F (No. LXIX of 1359, Fasli).

13. The Hyderabad Jagirs (Commutation) Regulation, 1359F (No. XXV of 1359, Fasli).]

2[14. The Bihar Displaced Persons Rehabilitation (Acquisition of Land) Act, 1950 (Bihar Act XXXVIII of 1950).

15. The United Provinces Land Acquisition (Rehabilitation of Refugees) Act, 1948 (U.P. Act XXVI of 1948).

16. The Resettlement of Displaced Persons (Land Acquisition) Act, 1948 (Act LX of 1948).

17. Sections 52A to 52G of the Insurance Act, 1938 (Act IV of 1938), as inserted by section 42 of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (Act XLVII of 1950).

18. The Railway Companies (Emergency Provisions) Act, 1951 (Act LI of 1951).

19. Chapter III-A of the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 (Act LXV of 1951), as inserted by section 13 of the Industries (Development and Regulation) Amendment Act, 1953 (Act XXVI of 1953).

20. The West Bengal Land Development and Planning Act, 1948 (West Bengal Act XXI of 1948), as amended by West Bengal Act XXIX of 1951.]

3[21. The Andhra Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings Act, 1961 (Andhra Pradesh Act X of 1961).

22. The Andhra Pradesh (Telangana Area) Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Validation) Act, 1961 (Andhra Pradesh Act XXI of 1961).

23. The Andhra Pradesh (Telangana Area) Ijara and Kowli Land Cancellation of Irregular Pattas and Abolition of Concessional Assessment Act, 1961 (Andhra Pradesh Act XXXVI of 1961).

24. The Assam State Acquisition of Lands belonging to Religious or Charitable Institution of Public Nature Act, 1959 (Assam Act IX of 1961).

25. The Bihar Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1953 (Bihar Act XX of 1954).

26. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) Act, 1961 (Bihar Act XII of 1962), except section 28 of this Act.

27. The Bombay Taluqdari Tenure Abolition (Amendment) Act, 1954 (Bombay Act I of 1955).

28. The Bombay Taluqdari Tenure Abolition (Amendment) Act, 1957 (Bombay Act XVIII of 1958).

29. The Bombay Inams (Kutch Area) Abolition Act, 1958 (Bombay Act XCVIII of 1958).

30. The Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Gujarat Amendment) Act, 1960 (Gujarat Act XVI of 1960).

31. The Gujarat Agricultural Lands Ceiling Act, 1960 (Gujarat Act XXVI of 1961).

32. The Sagbara and Mehwassi Estates (Proprietary Rights Abolition, etc.) Regulation, 1962 (Gujarat Regulation I of 1962).

33. The Gujarat Surviving Alienations Abolition Act, 1963 (Gujarat Act XXXIII of 1963), except in so far as this Act relates to an alienation referred to in sub-clause (d) of clause (3) of section 2 thereof.

34. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act, 1961 (Maharashtra Act XXVII of 1961).

35. The Hyderabad Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Re-enactment, Validation and Further Amendment) Act, 1961 (Maharashtra Act XLV of 1961).

36. The Hyderabad Tenancy and Agricultural Lands Act, 1950 (Hyderabad Act XXI of 1950).

37. The Jenmikaram Payment (Abolition) Act, 1960 (Kerala Act III of 1961).

38. The Kerala Land Tax Act, 1961 (Kerala Act XIII of 1961).

39. The Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1963 (Kerala Act I of 1964).

40. The Madhya Pradesh Land Revenue Code, 1959 (Madhya Pradesh Act XX of 1959).

41. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings Act, 1960 (Madhya Pradesh Act XX of 1960).

42. The Madras Cultivating Tenants Protection Act, 1955 (Madras Act XXV of 1955).

43. The Madras Cultivating Tenants (Payment of Fair Rent) Act, 1956 (Madras Act XXIV of 1956).

44. The Madras Occupants of Kudiyiruppu (Protection from Eviction) Act, 1961 (Madras Act XXXVIII of 1961).

45. The Madras Public Trusts (Regulation of Administration of Agricultural Lands) Act, 1961 (Madras Act LVII of 1961).

46. The Madras Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Act, 1961 (Madras Act LVIII of 1961).

47. The Mysore Tenancy Act, 1952 (Mysore Act XIII of 1952).

48. The Coorg Tenants Act, 1957 (Mysore Act XIV of 1957).

49. The Mysore Village Offices Abolition Act, 1961 (Mysore Act XIV of 1961).

50. The Hyderabad Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Validation) Act, 1961 (Mysore Act XXXVI of 1961).

51. The Mysore Land Reforms Act, 1961 (Mysore Act X of 1962).

52. The Orissa Land Reforms Act, 1960 (Orissa Act XVI of 1960).

53. The Orissa Merged Territories (Village Offices Abolition) Act, 1963 (Orissa Act X of 1963).

54. The Punjab Security of Land Tenures Act, 1953 (Punjab Act X of 1953).

55. The Rajasthan Tenancy Act, 1955 (Rajasthan Act III of 1955).

56. The Rajasthan Zamindari and Biswedari Abolition Act, 1959 (Rajasthan Act VIII of 1959).

57. The Kumaun and Uttarakhand Zamindari Abolition and Land Reforms Act, 1960 (Uttar Pradesh Act XVII of 1960).

58. The Uttar Pradesh Imposition of Ceiling on Land Holdings Act, 1960 (Uttar Pradesh Act I of 1961).

59. The West Bengal Estates Acquisition Act, 1953 (West Bengal Act I of 1954).

60. The West Bengal Land Reforms Act, 1955 (West Bengal Act X of 1956).

61. The Delhi Land Reforms Act, 1954 (Delhi Act VIII of 1954).

62. The Delhi Land Holdings (Ceiling) Act, 1960 (Central Act 24 of 1960).

63. The Manipur Land Revenue and Land Reforms Act, 1960 (Central Act 33 of 1960).

64. The Tripura Land Revenue and Land Reforms Act, 1960 (Central Act 43 of 1960).

4[65. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1969 (Kerala Act 35 of 1969).

66. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1971 (Kerala Act 25 of 1971).]

5[67. The Andhra Pradesh Land Reforms (Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings) Act, 1973 (Andhra Pradesh Act 1 of 1973).

68. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Bihar Act 1 of 1973).

69. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) (Amendment) Act, 1973 (Bihar Act IX of 1973).

70. The Bihar Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Bihar Act V of 1972).

71. The Gujarat Agricultural Lands Ceiling (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Gujarat Act 2 of 1974).

72. The Haryana Ceiling on Land Holdings Act, 1972 (Haryana Act 26 of 1972).

73. The Himachal Pradesh Ceiling on Land Holdings Act, 1972 (Himachal Pradesh Act 19 of 1973).

74. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Kerala Act 17 of 1972).

75. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Madhya Pradesh Act 12 of 1974).

76. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Second Amendment) Act, 1972 (Madhya Pradesh Act 13 of 1974).

77. The Mysore Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1973 (Karnataka Act 1 of 1974).

78. The Punjab Land Reforms Act, 1972 (Punjab Act 10 of 1973).

79. The Rajasthan Imposition of Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings Act, 1973 (Rajasthan Act 11 of 1973).

80. The Gudalur Janmam Estates (Abolition and Conversion into Ryotwari) Act, 1969 (Tamil Nadu Act 24 of 1969).

81. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1972 (West Bengal Act XII of 1972).

82. The West Bengal Estates Acquisition (Amendment) Act, 1964 (West Bengal Act XXII of 1964).

83. The West Bengal Estates Acquisition (Second Amendment) Act, 1973 (West Bengal Act XXXIII of 1973).

84. The Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Gujarat Amendment) Act, 1972 (Gujarat Act 5 of 1973).

85. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Orissa Act 9 of 1974).

86. The Tripura Land Revenue and Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1974 (Tripura Act 7 of 1974).]

6 [7[* * * * * ]]

88. The Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 (Central Act 65 of 1951).

89. The Requisitioning and Acquisition of Immovable Property Act, 1952 (Central Act 30 of 1952).

90. The Mines and Minerals (Regulation and Development) Act, 1957 (Central Act 67 of 1957).

91. The Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969 (Central Act 54 of 1969).

7[* * * * *]

93. The Coking Coal Mines (Emergency Provisions) Act, 1971 (Central Act 64 of 1971).

94. The Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 (Central Act 36 of 1972).

95. The General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 (Central Act 57 of 1972).

96. The Indian Copper Corporation (Acquistion of Undertaking) Act, 1972 (Central Act 58 of 1972).

97. The Sick Textile Undertakings (Taking Over of Management) Act, 1972 (Central Act 72 of 1972).

98. The Coal Mines (Taking Over of Management) Act, 1973 (Central Act 15 of 1973).

99. The Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973 (Central Act 26 of 1973).

100. The Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (Central Act 46 of 1973).

101. The Alcock Ashdown Company Limited (Acquisition of Undertakings) Act, 1973 (Central Act 56 of 1973).

102. The Coal Mines (Conservation and Development) Act, 1974 (Central Act 28 of 1974).

103. The Additional Emoluments (Compulsory Deposit) Act, 1974 (Central Act 37 of 1974).

104. The Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act, 1974 (Central Act 52 of 1974).

105. The Sick Textile Undertakings (Nationalisation) Act, 1974 (Central Act 57 of 1974).

106. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1964 (Maharashtra Act XVI of 1965).

107. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1965 (Maharashtra Act XXXII of 1965).

108. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1968 (Maharashtra Act XVI of 1968).

109. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Second Amendment) Act, 1968 (Maharashtra Act XXXIII of 1968).

110. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1969 (Maharashtra Act XXXVII of 1969).

111. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Second Amendment) Act, 1969 (Maharashtra Act XXXVIII of 1969).

112. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1970 (Maharashtra Act XXVII of 1970).

113. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Maharashtra Act XIII of 1972).

114. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1973 (Maharashtra Act L of 1973).

115. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1965 (Orissa Act 13 of 1965).

116. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1966 (Orissa Act 8 of 1967).

117. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1967 (Orissa Act 13 of 1967).

118. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1969 (Orissa Act 13 of 1969).

119. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1970 (Orissa Act 18 of 1970).

120. The Uttar Pradesh Imposition of Ceiling on Land Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Uttar Pradesh Act 18 of 1973).

121. The Uttar Pradesh Imposition of Ceiling on Land Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Uttar Pradesh Act 2 of 1975).

122. The Tripura Land Revenue and Land Reforms (Third Amendment) Act, 1975 (Tripura Act 3 of 1975).

123. The Dadra and Nagar Haveli Land Reforms Regulation, 1971 (3 of 1971).

124. The Dadra and Nagar Haveli Land Reforms (Amendment) Regulation, 1973 (5 of 1973).]

8[125. Section 66A and Chapter IVA of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (Central Act 4 of 1939).

126. The Essential Commodities Act, 1955 (Central Act 10 of 1955).

127. The Smugglers and Foreign Exchange Manipulators (Forfeiture of Property) Act, 1976 (Central Act 13 of 1976).

128. The Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976 (Central Act 19 of 1976).

129. The Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Central Act 20 of 1976).

9[* * * * *]

131. The Levy Sugar Price Equalisation Fund Act, 1976 (Central Act 31 of 1976).

132. The Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act, 1976 (Central Act 33 of 1976).

133. The Departmentalisation of Union Accounts (Transfer of Personnel) Act, 1976 (Central Act 59 of 1976).

134. The Assam Fixation of Ceiling on Land Holdings Act, 1956 (Assam Act I of 1957).

135. The Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands (Vidarbha Region) Act, 1958 (Bombay Act XCIX of 1958).

136. The Gujarat Private Forests (Acquisition) Act, 1972 (Gujarat Act 14 of 1973).

137. The Haryana Ceiling on Land Holding (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Haryana Act 17 of 1976).

138. The Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, 1972 (Himachal Pradesh Act 8 of 1974).

139. The Himachal Pradesh Village Common Lands Vesting and Utilization Act, 1974 (Himachal Pradesh Act 18 of 1974).

140. The Karnataka Land Reforms (Second Amendment and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 1974 (Karnataka Act 31 of 1974).

141. The Karnataka Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1976 (Karnataka Act 27 of 1976).

142. The Kerala Prevention of Eviction Act, 1966 (Kerala Act 12 of 1966).

143. The Thiruppuvaram Payment (Abolition) Act, 1969 (Kerala Act 19 of 1969).

144. The Sreepadam Lands Enfranchisement Act, 1969 (Kerala Act 20 of 1969).

145. The Sree Pandaravaka Lands (Vesting and Enfranchisement) Act, 1971 (Kerala Act 20 of 1971).

146. The Kerala Private Forests (Vesting and Assignment) Act, 1971 (Kerala Act 26 of 1971).

147. The Kerala Agricultural Workers Act, 1974 (Kerala Act 18 of 1974).

148. The Kerala Cashew Factories (Acquisition) Act, 1974 (Kerala Act 29 of 1974).

149. The Kerala Chitties Act, 1975 (Kerala Act 23 of 1975).

150. The Kerala Scheduled Tribes (Restriction on Transfer of Lands and Restoration of Alienated Lands) Act, 1975 (Kerala Act 31 of 1975).

151. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Kerala Act 15 of 1976).

152. The Kanam Tenancy Abolition Act, 1976 (Kerala Act 16 of 1976).

153. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Madhya Pradesh Act 20 of 1974).

154. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1975 (Madhya Pradesh Act 2 of 1976).

155. The West Khandesh Mehwassi Estates (Proprietary Rights Abolition, etc.) Regulation, 1961 (Maharashtra Regulation 1 of 1962).

156. The Maharashtra Restoration of Lands to Scheduled Tribes Act, 1974 (Maharashtra Act XIV of 1975).

157. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Lowering of Ceiling on Holdings) and (Amendment) Act, 1972 (Maharashtra Act XXI of 1975).

158. The Maharashtra Private Forests (Acquisition) Act, 1975 (Maharashtra Act XXIX of 1975).

159. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Lowering of Ceiling on Holdings) and (Amendment) Amendment Act, 1975 (Maharashtra Act XLVII of 1975).

160. The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) (Amendment) Act, 1975 (Maharashtra Act II of 1976).

161. The Orissa Estates Abolition Act, 1951 (Orissa Act I of 1952).

162. The Rajasthan Colonisation Act, 1954 (Rajasthan Act XXVII of 1954).

163. The Rajasthan Land Reforms and Acquistion of Landowners’ Estates

Act, 1963 (Rajasthan Act 11 of 1964).

164. The Rajasthan Imposition of Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Rajasthan Act 8 of 1976).

165. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Rajasthan Act 12 of 1976).

166. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Reduction of Ceiling on Land) Act,

1970 (Tamil Nadu Act 17 of 1970).

167. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 41 of 1971).

168. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 10 of 1972).

169. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 20 of 1972).

170. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Third Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 37 of 1972).

171. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Fourth Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 39 of 1972).

172. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Sixth Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 7 of 1974).

173. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Fifth Amendment Act, 1972 (Tamil Nadu Act 10 of 1974).

174. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1974 (Tamil Nadu Act 15 of 1974).

175. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Third Amendment Act, 1974 (Tamil Nadu Act 30 of 1974).

176. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1974 (Tamil Nadu Act 32 of 1974).

177. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1975 (Tamil Nadu Act 11 of 1975).

178. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1975 (Tamil Nadu Act 21 of 1975).

179. Amendments made to the Uttar Pradesh Zamindari Abolition and Land Reforms Act, 1950 (Uttar Pradesh Act I of 1951) by the Uttar Pradesh Land Laws (Amendment) Act, 1971 (Uttar Pradesh Act 21 of

1971) and the Uttar Pradesh Land Laws (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Uttar Pradesh Act 34 of 1974).

180. The Uttar Pradesh Imposition of Ceiling on Land Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Uttar Pradesh Act 20 of 1976).

181. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1972 (West Bengal Act XXVIII of 1972).

182. The West Bengal Restoration of Alienated Land Act, 1973 (West Bengal Act XXIII of 1973).

183. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1974 (West Bengal Act XXXIII of 1974).

184. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1975 (West Bengal Act XXIII of 1975).

185. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1976 (West Bengal Act XII of 1976).

186. The Delhi Land Holdings (Ceiling) Amendment Act, 1976 (Central Act 15 of 1976).

187. The Goa, Daman and Diu Mundkars (Protection from Eviction) Act, 1975 (Goa, Daman and Diu Act 1 of 1976).

188. The Pondicherry Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Act, 1973 (Pondicherry Act 9 of 1974).]

10[189. The Assam (Temporarily Settled Areas) Tenancy Act, 1971 (Assam Act XXIII of 1971).

190. The Assam (Temporarily Settled Areas) Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Assam Act XVIII of 1974).

191. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) (Amendment) Amending Act, 1974 (Bihar Act 13 of 1975).

192. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of

Surplus Land) (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Bihar Act 22 of 1976).

193. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) (Amendmend) Act, 1978 (Bihar Act VII of 1978).

194. The Land Acquisition (Bihar Amendment) Act, 1979 (Bihar Act 2 of 1980).

195. The Haryana Ceiling on Land Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Haryana Act 14 of 1977).

196. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1978 (Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1978).

197. The Tamil Nadu land reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1979 (Tamil Nadu Act 11 of 1979).

198. The Uttar Pradesh Zamindari Abolition Laws (Amendment) Act, 1978 (Uttar Pradesh Act 15 of 1978).

199. The West Bengal Restoration of Alienated Land (Amendment) Act, 1978 (West Bengal Act XXIV of 1978).

200. The West Bengal Restoration of Alienated Land (Amendment) Act, 1980 (West Bengal Act LVI of 1980).

201. The Goa, Daman and Diu Agricultural Tenancy Act, 1964 (Goa, Daman and Diu Act 7 of 1964).

202. The Goa, Daman and Diu Agricultural Tenancy (Fifth Amendment) Act, 1976 (Goa, Daman and Diu Act 17 of 1976).]

11[203. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer Regulation,

1959 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1959).

204. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Laws (Extension and Amendment) Regulation, 1963 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 2 of 1963).

205. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation, 1970 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1970).

206. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation, 1971 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1971).

207. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation, 1978 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1978).

208. The Bihar Tenancy Act, 1885 (Bihar Act 8 of 1885).

209. The Chota Nagpur Tenancy Act, 1908 (Bengal Act 6 of 1908) (Chapter VIII-sections 46, 47, 48, 48A and 49; Chapter X-section 71, 71A and 71B; and Chapter XVIII-sections 240, 241 and 242).

210. The Santhal Parganas Tenancy (Supplementary Provisions) Act, 1949 (Bihar Act 14 of 1949) except section 53.

211. The Bihar Scheduled Areas Regulation, 1969 (Bihar Regulation 1 of 1969).

212. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) (Amendment) Act, 1982 (Bihar Act 55 of 1982).

213. The Gujarat Devasthan Inams Abolition Act, 1969 (Gujarat Act 16 of

1969).

214. The Gujarat Tenancy Laws (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Gujarat Act 37 of 1976).

215. The Gujarat Agricultural Lands Ceiling (Amendment) Act, 1976 (President’s Act 43 of 1976).

216. The Gujarat Devasthan Inams Abolition (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Gujarat Act 27 of 1977).

217. The Gujarat Tenancy Laws (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Gujarat Act 30 of 1977).

218. The Bombay Land Revenue (Gujarat Second Amendment) Act, 1980 (Gujarat Act 37 of 1980).

219. The Bombay Land Revenue Code and Land Tenure Abolition Laws

(Gujarat Amendment) Act, 1982 (Gujarat Act 8 of 1982).

220. The Himachal Pradesh Transfer of Land (Regulation) Act, 1968 (Himachal Pradesh Act 15 of 1969).

221. The Himachal Pradesh Transfer of Land (Regulation) (Amendment) Act, 1986 (Himachal Pradesh Act 16 of 1986).

222. The Karnataka Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prohibition of Transfer of certain Lands) Act, 1978 (Karnataka Act 2 of 1979).

223. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1978 (Kerala Act 13 of 1978).

224. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1981 (Kerala Act 19 of 1981).

225. The Madhya Pradesh Land Revenue Code (Third Amendment) Act, 1976 (Madhya Pradesh Act 61 of 1976).

226. The Madhya Pradesh Land Revenue Code (Amendment) Act, 1980 (Madhya Pradesh Act 15 of 1980).

227. The Madhya Pradesh Akrishik Jot Uchchatam Seema Adhiniyam, 1981 (Madhya Pradesh Act 11 of 1981).

228. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Second Amendment) Act, 1976 (Madhya Pradesh Act 1 of 1984).

229. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Madhya Pradesh Act 14 of 1984).

230. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Madhya Pradesh Act 8 of 1989).

231. The Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966 (Maharashtra Act 41 of 1966), sections 36, 36A and 36B.

232. The Maharashtra Land Revenue Code and the Maharashtra Restoration of Lands to Scheduled Tribes (Second Amendment) Act,

1976 (Maharashtra Act 30 of 1977).

233. The Maharashtra Abolition of Subsisting Proprietary Rights to Mines and Minerals in certain Lands Act, 1985 (Maharashtra Act 16 of 1985).

234. The Orissa Scheduled Areas Transfer of Immovable Property (by Scheduled Tribes) Regulation, 1956 (Orissa Regulation 2 of 1956).

235. The Orissa Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1975 (Orissa Act 29 of 1976).

236. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Orissa Act 30 of 1976).

237. The Orissa Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1976 (Orissa Act 44 of 1976).

238. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Rajasthan Act 12 of 1984).

239. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Rajasthan Act 13 of 1984).

240. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Rajasthan Act 21 of 1987).

241. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1979 (Tamil Nadu Act 8 of 1980).

242. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1980 (Tamil Nadu Act 21 of 1980).

243. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1981 (Tamil Nadu Act 59 of 1981).

244. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1983 (Tamil Nadu Act 2 of 1984).

245. The Uttar Pradesh Land Laws (Amendment) Act, 1982 (Uttar Pradesh Act 20 of 1982).

246. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1965 (West Bengal Act 18 of 1965).

247. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1966 (West Bengal Act 11 of 1966).

248. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1969 (West Bengal Act 23 of 1969).

249. The West Bengal Estate Acquisition (Amendment) Act, 1977 (West

Bengal Act 36 of 1977).

250. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue Act, 1979 (West Bengal

Act 44 of 1979).

251. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1980 (West Bengal Act 41 of 1980).

252. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue (Amendment) Act, 1981 (West Bengal Act 33 of 1981).

253. The Calcutta Thikka Tenancy (Acquisition and Regulation) Act, 1981 (West Bengal Act 37 of 1981).

254. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue (Amendment) Act, 1982 (West Bengal Act 23 of 1982).

255. The Calcutta Thikka Tenancy (Acquisition and Regulation) (Amendment) Act, 1984 (West Bengal Act 41 of 1984).

256. The Mahe Land Reforms Act, 1968 (Pondicherry Act 1 of 1968).

257. The Mahe Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1980 (Pondicherry Act 1

of 1981).]

12[257A. The Tamil Nadu Backward Classes, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Reservation of Seats in Educational Institutions and of appointments or posts in the Services under the State) Act, 1993 (Tamil Nadu Act 45 of 1994).]

13[258. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy Act, 1947 (Bihar Act 4 of 1948).

259. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation Act, 1956 (Bihar Act 22 of 1956).

260. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmention (Amendment) Act, 1970 (Bihar Act 7 of 1970).

261. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1970 (Bihar Act 9 of 1970).

262. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation (Amendment) Act, 1973 (Bihar Act 27 of 1975).

263. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation (Amendment) Act, 1981 (Bihar Act 35 of 1982).

264. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of

Surplus Land) (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Bihar Act 21 of 1987).

265. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Bihar Act 11 of 1989).

266. The Bihar Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Bihar Act 11 of 1990).

267. The Karnataka Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prohibition

of Transfer of Certain Lands) (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Karnataka Act 3 of 1984).

268. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Kerala Act 16 of 1989).

269. The Kerala Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1989 (Kerala Act 2 of 1990).

270. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Orissa Act 9 of 1990).

271. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1979 (Rajasthan Act 16 of 1989).

272. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Rajasthan Act 2 of 1987).

273. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Rajasthan Act 12 of 1989).

274. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1983 (Tamil Nadu Act 3 of 1984).

275. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act, 1986 (Tamil Nadu Act 57 of 1986).

276. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second Amendment Act, 1987 (Tamil Nadu Act 4 of 1988).

277. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Tamil Nadu Act 30 of `1989).

278. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1981 (West Bengal Act 50 of 1981).

279. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal Act 5 of 1986).

280. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal Act 19 of 1986).

281. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Third Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal Act 35 of 1986).

282. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (West Bengal Act 23 of 1989).

283. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1990 (West Bengal Act 24 of 1990).

284. The West Bengal Land Reforms Tribunal Act, 1991 (West Bengal Act 12 of 1991).

Explanation. –

Any acquisition made under the Rajasthan Tenancy Act, 1955 (Rajasthan Act III of 1955), in contravention of the second proviso to clause (1) of article 31A shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.]

1. Added by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, s. 14.

2. Added by the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955, s. 5.

3. Added by the Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act, 1964, s. 3

4. Ins. by the Constitution (Twenty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1972, s. 2.

5. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1974, s. 2.

6. Ins. by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, s. 5.

7. Entry 87 and 92 omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 44 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

8. Ins. by the Constitution (Fortieth Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 3.

9. Entry 130 omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 44 (w.e.f. 20-6-1979).

10. Ins. by the Constitution (Forty-seventh Amendment) Act, 1984, s.2 (w.e.f 26-8-1984).

11. Ins. by the Constitution (Sixty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1990, s. 2 (w.e.f 7-6-1990).

12. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-sixth Amendment) Act, 1994, s. 2 (w.e.f 31-8-1994).

13. Entries 258 to 284, ins by the Constitution (Seventy-eighth Amendment) Act, 1995, s. 2 (w.e.f 30-8-1995).

Section 405. TENTH SCHEDULE

1[TENTH SCHEDULE

[Articles 102(2) and 191(2)]

Provisions as to disqualification on ground of defection

1. Interpretation.—In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires,—

(a) ‘House’ means either House of Parliament or the Legislative Assembly or, as the case may be, either House of the Legislature of a State;

(b) ‘legislature party’, in relation to a member of a House belonging to any political party in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 or 2[***] paragraph 4, means the group consisting of all the members of that House for the time being belonging to that political party in accordance with the said provisions;

(c) ‘original political party’, in relation to a member of a House, means the political party to which he belongs for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2;

(d) ‘paragraph’ means a paragraph of this Schedule.

2. Disqualification on ground of defection.—(1) Subject to the provisions of 3[paragraphs 4 and 5], a member of a House belonging to any political party shall be disqualified for being a member of the House—

(a) if he has voluntarily gives up his membership of such political party; or

(b) if he votes or abstains from voting in such House contrary to any direction issued by the political party to which he belongs or by any person or authority authorised by it in this behalf, without obtaining, in either case, the prior permission of such political party, person or authority and such voting or abstention has not been condoned by such political party, person or authority within fifteen days from the date of such voting or abstention.

Explanation.—For the purposes of this sub-paragraph,—

(a) an elected member of a House shall be deemed to belong to the political party, if any, by which he was set up as a candidate for election as such member;

(b) a nominated member of a House shall,—

(i) where he is a member of any political party on the date of his nomination as such member, be deemed to belong to such political party;

(ii) in any other case, be deemed to belong to the political party of which he becomes, or, as the case may be, first becomes, a member before the expiry of six months from the date on which he takes his seat after complying with the requirements of article 99 or, as the case may be, article 188.

(2) An elected member of a House who has been elected as such otherwise than as a candidate set up by any political party shall be disqualified for being a member of the House if he joins any political party after such election.

(3) A nominated member of a House shall be disqualified for being a member of the House if he joins any political party after the expiry of six months from the date on which he takes his seat after complying with the requirements of article 99 or, as the case may be, article 188.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, a person who, on the commencement of the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985, is a member of a House (whether elected or nominated as such) shall,—

(i) where he was a member of political party immediately before such commencement, be deemed, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, to have been elected as a member of such House as a candidate set up by such political party;

(ii) in any other case, be deemed to be an elected member of the House who has been elected as such otherwise than as a candidate set up by any political party for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph or, as the case may be, deemed to be a nominated member of the House for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph.

4[***]

4. Disqualification on ground of defection not to apply in case of merger.—(1) A member of a House shall not be disqualified under sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 where his original political party merges with another political party and he claims that he and any other members of his original political party—

(a) have become members of such other political party or, as the case may be, of a new political party formed by such merger; or

(b) have not accepted the merger and opted to function as a separate group,

and from the time of such merger, such other political party or new political party or group, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the political party to which he belongs for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 and to be his original political party for the purposes of this sub-paragraph.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, the merger of the original political party of a member of a House shall be deemed to have taken place if, and only if, not less than two-thirds of the members of the legislature party concerned have agreed to such merger.

5. Exemption.—Notwithstanding anything contained in this Schedule, a person who has been elected to the office of the Speaker or the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People or the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States or the Chairman or the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of a State or the Speaker or the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of a State, shall not be disqualified under this Schedule,—

(a) if he, by reason of his election to such office, voluntarily gives up the membership of the political party to which he belonged immediately before such election and does not, so long as he continues to hold such office thereafter, rejoin that political party or become a member of another political party; or

(b) if he, having given up by reason of his election to such office his membership of the political party to which he belonged immediately before such election, rejoins such political party after he ceases to hold such office.

6. Decision on questions as to disqualification on ground of defection.—(1) If any question arises as to whether a member of a House has become subject to disqualification under this Schedule, the question shall be referred for the decision of the Chairman or, as the case may be, the Speaker of such House and his decision shall be final:

Provided that where the question which has arisen is as to whether the Chairman or the Speaker of a House has become subject to such disqualification, the question shall be referred for the decision of such member of the House as the House may elect in this behalf and his decision shall be final.

(2) All proceedings under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph in relation to any question as to disqualification of a member of a House under this Schedule shall be deemed to be proceedings in Parliament within the meaning of article 122 or, as the case may be, proceedings in the Legislature of a State within the meaning of article 212.

*7. Bar of jurisdiction of courts.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, no court shall have any jurisdiction in respect of any matter connected with the disqualification of a member of a House under this Schedule.

8. Rules.—(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, the Chairman or the Speaker of a House may make rules for giving effect to the provisions of this Schedule, and in particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such rules may provide for—

(a) the maintenance of registers or other records as to the political parties if any, to which different members of the House belong;

(b) the report which the leader of a legislature party in relation to a member of a House shall furnish with regard to any condonation of the nature referred to in clause (b) of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 in respect of such member, the time within which and the authority to whom such report shall be furnished;

(c) the reports which a political party shall furnish with regard to admission to such political party of any members of the House and the officer of the House to whom such reports shall be furnished; and

(d) the procedure for deciding any question referred to in sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 6 including the procedure for any inquiry which may be made for the purpose of deciding such question.

(2) The rules made by the Chairman or the Speaker of a House under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall be laid as soon as may be after they are made before the House for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions and shall take effect upon the expiry of the said period of thirty days unless they are sooner approved with or without modifications or disapproved by the House and where they are so approved, they shall take effect on such approval in the form in which they were laid or in such modified form, as the case may be, and where they are so disapproved, they shall be of no effect.

(3) The Chairman or the Speaker of a House may, without prejudice to the provisions of article 105 or, as the case may be, article 194, and to any other power which he may have under this Constitution direct that any wilful contravention by any person of the rules made under this paragraph may be dealt with in the same manner as a breach of privilege of the House.]

——————————-

1. Added by the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985, sec. 6 (w.e.f. 1-3-1985).

2. The words “paragraph 3, or as the case may be” omitted by the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 5(a) (w.e.f. 1-1-2004).

3. Subs. by the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 5(b), for “paragraphs 3, 4 and 5” (w.e.f. 1-1-2004).

4. Paragraph 3 omitted by the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendment) Act, 2003, sec. 5(c) (w.e.f. 1-1-2004). Prior to omission paragraph 3 stood as under:

3. Disqualification on ground of defection not to apply in case of split.—Where a member of a House makes a claim that he and any other members of his legislature party constitute the group representing a faction which has arisen as a result of a split in his original political party and such group consists of not less than one third of the members of such legislature party,—

(a) he shall not be disqualified under sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 on the ground—

(i) that he has voluntarily given up his membership of his original political party; or

(ii) that he has voted or abstained from voting in such House contrary to any direction issued by such party or by any person or authority authorised by it in that behalf without obtaining the prior permission of such party, person or authority and such voting or abstention has not been condoned by such party, person or authority within fifteen days from the date of such voting or abstention; and

(b) from the time of such split, such faction shall be deemed to be the political party to which he belongs for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 and to be his original political party for the purposes of this paragraph.

* Paragraph 7 declared invalid for want of ratification in accordance with the proviso to clause (2) of article 368 as per majority opinion in Kihota Hollohan v. Zachilhu, (1992) 1 SCC 309.

Section 406. ELEVENTH SCHEDULE

1[ELEVENTH SCHEDULE

(Article 243G)

1. Agriculture, including agricultural extension.

2. Land improvement, implementation of land reforms, land consolidation and soil conservation.

3. Minor irrigation, water management and watershed development.

4. Animal husbandry, dairying and poultry.

5. Fisheries.

6. Social forestry and farm forestry.

7. Minor forest produce.

8. Small scale industries, including food processing industries.

9. Khadi, village and cottage industries.

10. Rural housing.

11. Drinking water.

12. Fuel and fodder.

13. Roads, culverts, bridges, ferries, waterways and other means of communication.

14. Rural electrification, including distribution of electricity.

15. Non-conventional energy sources.

16. Poverty alleviation programme.

17. Education, including primary and secondary schools.

18. Technical training and vocational education.

19. Adult and non-formal education.

20. Libraries.

21. Cultural activities.

22. Markets and fairs.

23. Health and sanitation, including hospitals, primary health centres and dispensaries.

24. Family welfare.

25. Women and child development.

26. Social welfare, including welfare of the handicapped and mentally retarded.

27. Welfare of the weaker sections, and in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes.

28. Public distribution system.

29. Maintenance of community assets.]

1. Added by the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 4 (W.e.f. 24-4-1993)

Section 407. TWELTH SCHEDULE

1[TWELTH SCHEDULE

(Article 243W)

1. Urban planning including town planning.

2. Regulation of land-use and construction of buildings.

3. Planning for economic and social development.

4. Roads and bridges.

5. Water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes.

6. Public health, sanitation conservancy and solid waste management.

7. Fire services.

8. Urban forestry, protection of the environment and promotion of ecological aspects.

9. Safeguarding the interests of weaker sections of society, including the handicapped and mentally retarded.

10. Slum improvement and upgradation.

11. Urban poverty alleviation.

12. Provision of urban amenities and facilities such as parks, gardens, playgrounds.

13. Promotion of cultural, educational and aesthetic aspects.

14. Burials and burial grounds; cremations, cremation grounds and electric crematoriums.

15. Cattle pounds; prevention of cruelty to animals.

16. Vital statistics including registration of births and deaths.

17. Public amenities including street lighting, parking lots, bus stops and public conveniences.

18. Regulation of slaughter houses and tanneries.]

1. Ins. by the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 1-6-1993)

Section 408. APPENDIX I

APPENDIX I

1[THE CONSTITUTION (APPLICATION TO JAMMU AND KASHMIR) ORDER, 1954 C.O. 48

1. Published with the Ministry of Law Notifin. No. S.R.O. 1610, dated the 14th May, 1954, Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, s. 3, page 821.

In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (1) of article 370 of the Constitution, the President, with the concurrence of the Government of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, is pleased to make the following Order: –

1. (1) This Order may be called the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954.

(2) It shall come into force on the fourteenth day of May, 1954 and shall thereupon supersede the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1950.

1[2. The provisions of the Constitution as in force on the 20th day of June, 1964 and as amended by the Constitution (Nineteenth Amendment) Act, 1966, the Constitution (Twenty-first Amendment) Act, 1967, section 5 of the Constitution (Twenty-third Amendment) Act, 1969, the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971, section 2 of the Constitution (Twenty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1971, the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment) Act, 1972, section 2 of the Constitution (Thirty-first Amendment) Act, 1973, section 2 of the Constitution (Thirty-third Amendment) Act, 1974, sections 2, 5, 6 and 7 of the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, the Constitution (Fortieth Amendment) Act, 1976, sections 2, 3 and 6 of the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 and the Constitution (Sixty-first Amendment) Act, 1988 which, in addition to article 1 and article 370, shall apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir and the exceptions and modifications subject to which they shall so apply shall be as follows: –

1. The opening words have been successively amended by C.O. 56 C.O. 74, C.O. 76, C.O. 79, C.O. 89, C.O. 91, C.O. 94, C.O. 98, C.O. 103, C.O. 104, C.O. 105, C.O. 108, C.O. 136 and C.O. 141 to read as above.

(1) THE PREAMBLE.

(2) PART I.

To article 3, there shall be added the following further proviso, namely: –

“Provided further that no Bill providing for increasing or diminishing the area of the State of Jammu and Kashmir or altering the name or boundary of that State shall be introduced in Parliament without the consent of the Legislature of that State.”.

(3) PART II.

(a) This Part shall be deemed to have been applicable in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir as from the 26th day of January, 1950.

(b) To article 7, there shall be added the following further proviso, namely: –

“Provided further that nothing in this article shall apply to a permanent resident of the State of Jammu and Kashmir who, after having so migrated to the territory now included in Pakistan, returns to the territory of that State under a permit for resettlement in that State or permanent return issued by or under the authority of any law made by the Legislature of that State, and every such person shall be deemed to be a citizen of India.”.

(4) PART III.

(a) In article 13, references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of this Order.

(b) 1* * * * *

(c) In clause (3) of article 16, the reference to the State shall be construed as not including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(d) In article 19, for a period of 2[3[twenty-five] years] from the commencement of this Order: –

(i) In clauses (3) and (4), after the words “in the interests of”, the words “the security of the State or” shall be inserted;

(ii) In clause (5), for the words “or for the protection of the interests of any Scheduled Tribe”, the words “or in the interests of the security of the State” shall be substituted; and

(iii) The following new clause shall be added, namely: –

(iv) The words “reasonable restrictions” occurring in clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) shall be construed as meaning such restrictions as the appropriate Legislature deems reasonable.’.

(e) In clauses (4) and (7) of article 22, for the word “Parliament”, the words “the Legislature of the State” shall be substituted.

(f) In article 31, clauses (3), (4) and (6) shall be omitted; and for clause (5), there shall be substituted the following clause, namely: –

“(5) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect-

(a) The provisions of any existing law; or

(b) The provisions of any law which the State may hereafter make-

(i) For the purpose of imposing or levying any tax or penalty; or

(ii) For the promotion of public health or the prevention of danger to life or property; or

(iii) With respect to property declared by law to be evacuee property.”.

(g) In article 31A, the proviso to clause (1) shall be omitted; and for sub-clause (a) of clause (2), the following sub-clause shall be substituted, namely: –

(a) “Estate” shall mean land which is occupied or has been let for agricultural purposes or for purposes subservient to agriculture, or for pasture, and includes-

(i) Sites of buildings and other structures on such land;

(ii) Trees standing on such land;

(iii) Forest land and wooded waste;

(iv) Area covered by or fields floating over water;

(v) Sites of jandars and gharats;

(vi) Any jagir, inam, muafi or mukarrari or other similar grant, but does not include-

(i) The site of any building in any town, or town area or village abadi or any land appurtenant to any such building or site;

(ii) Any land which is occupied as the site of a town or village; or

(iii) Any land reserved for building purposes in a municipality or notified area or cantonment or town area or any area for which a town planning scheme is sanctioned.’.

4[(h) In article 32, clause (3) shall be omitted.]

(i) In article 35-

(i) References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of this Order;

(ii) In clause (a) (i), the words, brackets and figures “clause (3) of article 16, clause (3) of article 32” shall be omitted; and

(iii) After clause (b), the following clause shall be added, namely: –

“(c) No law with respect to preventive detention made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, whether before or after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with any of the provisions of this part, but any such law shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, cease to have effect on the expiration of 5[6[twenty-five] years] from the commencement of the said Order, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration thereof.”.

(j) After article 35, the following new article shall be added, namely: –

“35A. Saving of laws with respect to permanent residents and their rights. –

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, no existing law in force in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and no law hereafter enacted by the Legislature of the State, –

(a) Defining the classes of persons who are, or shall be permanent residents of the State of Jammu and Kashmir; or

(b) Conferring on such permanent residents any special rights and privileges or imposing upon other persons any restrictions as respects-

(i) Employment under the State Government;

(ii) Acquisition of immovable property in the State;

(iii) Settlement in the State; or

(iv) Right to scholarships and such other forms of aid as the State Government may provide,

Shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes away or abridges any rights conferred on the other citizens of India by any provision of this Part.”.

1. Cl. (b) omitted by C.O. 124.

2. Subs. by C.O. 69, for “ten years”.

3. Subs. by C.O. 97, for “twenty”.

4. Subs. by C.O. 89, for cl. (h).

5. Subs. by C.O. 69, for “ten years”.

6. Subs. by C.O. 97, for “twenty”.

(5) PART V.

1[(a) For the purposes of article 55, the population of the State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be deemed to be sixty-three lakhs.

(b) In article 81, for clauses (2) and (3), the following clauses shall be substituted, namely: –

“(2) For the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (1), –

(a) There shall be allotted to the State six seats in the House of the People;

(b) The State shall be divided into single member territorial constituencies by the Delimitation Commission constituted under the Delimitation Act, 1972, in accordance with such procedure as the Commission may deem fit;

(c) The constituencies shall, as far as practicable, be geographically compact areas, and in delimiting them regard shall be had to physical features, existing boundaries of administrative units, facilities of communication and public convenience; and

(d) The constituencies into which the State is divided shall not comprise the area under the occupation of Pakistan.

(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect the representation of the State in the House of the People until the dissolution of the House existing on the date of publication in the Gazette of India of the final order or orders of the Delimitation Commission relating to the delimitation of parliamentary constituencies under the Delimitation Act, 1972.

(4) (a) The Delimitation Commission shall associate with itself for the purpose of assisting it in its duties in respect of the State, five persons who shall be members of the House of the People representing the State.

(b) The persons to be so associated from the State shall be nominated by the Speaker of the House of the People having due regard to the composition of the House.

(c) The first nominations to be made under sub-clause (b) shall be made by the Speaker of the House of the People within two months from the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second Amendment Order, 1974.

(d) None of the associate members shall have a right to vote or to sign any decision of the Delimitation Commission.

(e) If owing to death or resignation, the office of an associate member falls vacant, it shall be filled as soon as may be practicable by the Speaker of the House of the People and in accordance with the provisions of sub-clauses (a) and (b).”.]

2[(c) In article 133, after clause (1), the following clause shall be inserted, namely: –

(1A) The provisions of section 3 of the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment) Act, 1972, shall apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir subject to the modification that references therein to “this Act”, “the commencement of this Act”, “this Act had not been passed” and “as amended by this Act” shall be construed respectively as references to “the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second Amendment Order, 1974”, “the commencement of the said Order”, “the said Order had not been made” and “as it stands after the commencement of the said Order”.’.]

3[(d)] In article 134, clause (2), after the words “Parliament may”, the words “on the request of the Legislature of the State” shall be inserted.

4[(e)] Articles 135 4*** and 139 shall be omitted.

5* * * * *

1. Subs. by C.O. 98, for cls. (a) and (b).

2. Ins., by C.O. 98

3. Cls. (c) and (d) relettered as cls. (d) and (e), by C.O. 98.

4. The figures “136” omitted by C.O. 60.

5. Cls. (f) and (g) omitted by C.O. 56.

1[(5A) PART VI.

2[(a) Articles 153 to 217, article 219, article 221, articles 223, 224, 224A and 225 and articles 227 to 237 shall be omitted.]

(b) In article 220, references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1960.

3[(c) In article 222, after clause (1), the following new clause shall be inserted, namely: –

“(1A) Every such transfer from the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir or to that High Court shall be made after consultation with the Governor.”.]]

1. Ins. by C.O. 60 (w.e.f. 26-1-1960).

2. Subs. by C.O. 89, for cl.(a).

3. Subs. by C.O. 74, for cl. (c) (w.e.f. 24-11-1965).

(6) PART XI.

1[(a) In article 246, for the words, brackets and figures “clauses (2) and (3)” occurring in clause (1), the word, brackets and figure “clause (2)” shall be substituted, and the words, brackets and figure “Notwithstanding anything in clause (3),” occurring in clause (2) and the whole of clauses (3) and (4) shall be omitted.]

2[3[(b) For article 248, the following article shall be substituted, namely: –

“248. Residuary powers of legislation. –

Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to-

4[(a) Prevention of activities involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people or adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;]

5[(aa)] 6[Prevention of other activities] directed towards disclaiming, questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a part of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution; and

(b) Taxes on-

(i) Foreign travel by sea or air;

(ii) Inland air travel;

(iii) Postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.”.]

6[Explanation. –

In this article, “terrorist act” means any act or thing by using bombs, dynamite or other explosive substances or inflammable substances or firearms or other lethal weapons or poisons or noxious gases or other chemicals or any other substances (whether biological or otherwise) of a hazardous nature.]

7[(bb) In article 249, in clause (1), for the words “any matter enumerated in the State List specified in the resolution”, the words “any matter specified in the resolution, being a matter which is not enumerated in the Union List or in the Concurrent List” shall be substituted.]]

(c) In article 250, for the words “to any of the matters enumerated in the State List”, the words “also to matters not enumerated in the Union List” shall be substituted.

8* * * * *

(e) To article 253, the following proviso shall be added, namely: –

“Provided that after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, no decision affecting the disposition of the State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be made by the Government of India without the consent of the Government of that State.”.

9* * * * *

10[(f)] article 255 shall be omitted.

11[(g)] Article 256 shall be re-numbered as clause (1) of that article, and the following new clause shall be added thereto, namely: –

“(2) The State of Jammu and Kashmir shall so exercise its executive power as to facilitate the discharge by the Union of its duties and responsibilities under the Constitution in relation to that State; and in particular, the said State shall, if so required by the Union, acquire or requisition property on behalf and at the expense of the Union, or if the property belongs to the State, transfer it to the Union on such terms as may be agreed, or in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India.”.

12* * * * *

13[(h)] In clause (2) of article 261, the words “made by Parliament” shall be omitted.

1. Subs. by C.O. 66, for cl. (a).

2. Cls. (b) and (bb) subs. by C.O. 85, for original cl.(b).

3. Subs. by C.O. 93, for cl. (b).

4. Ins. by C.O. 122.

5. Cl. (a) relettered as cl.(aa) , C.O. 122. 6. Subs., C.O. 122., for “Prevention of activities”.

7. Ins., C.O. 122.

8. Subs. by C.O. 129, for cl.(bb).

9. Cl. (d) omitted, C.O. 129.

10. Cl. (f) omitted by C.O. 66.

11. Cls. (g) and (h) relettered as cls. (f) and (g), C.O. 66.

12. Cl. (i) omitted by C.O. 56.

13. Cl. (j) relettered as cl. (i) by C.O. 56 and again relettered as cl. (h) by C.O. 66.

(7) PART XII.

1* * * * *

2[(a)] Clause (2) of article 267 , article 273, clause (2) of article 283 3[and article 290] shall be omitted.

2[(b)] In articles 266 , 282, 284, 298, 299 and 300, references to the State or States shall be construed as not including references to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

2[(c)] In articles 277 and 295, references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of this order.

1. Cls. (a) and (b) ins. by C.O. 55 have been omitted by C.O. 56.

2. Cls. (a), (b) and (c) [relettered as cls. (c), (d) and (e) respectively by C.O. 55] have again been relettered as cls. (a), (b) and (c) respectively by C.O. 56.

3. Subs. by C.O. 94, for “articles 290 and 291”.

(8) PART XIII.

1***In clause (1) of article 303, the words “by virtue of any entry relating to trade and commerce in any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule” shall be omitted.

1* * * * *

1. Brackets and letter `(a)’ and cl. (b) omitted by C.O. 56.

(9) PART XIV.

1[In article 312, after the words “the States”, the brackets and words “(including the State of Jammu and Kashmir)” shall be inserted.]

1. Subs., by C.O. 56, for the previous modification.

1[(10) PART XV.

(a) In clause (1) of article 324, the reference to the Constitution shall, in relation to elections to either House of the Legislature of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as a reference to the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir.

2[(b) In articles 325, 326, 327 and 329, the reference to a State shall be construed as not including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(c) Article 328 shall be omitted.]

(d) In article 329, the words and figures “or article 328” shall be omitted.]]

3[(e) In article 329A, clauses (4) and (5) shall be omitted.]

1. Subs. by C.O. 60, for sub-paragraph (10) (w.e.f. 26-1-1960).

2. Subs. by C.O. 75, for cls. (b) and (c).

3. Ins. by C.O. 105.

(11) PART XVI.

1* * * * *

2[(a)] Articles 331, 332, 333,3[336 and 337] shall be omitted.

2[(b)] In articles 334 and 335, references to the State or the States shall be construed as not including references to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

4[(c) In clause (1) of article 339, the words “the administration of the Scheduled Areas and” shall be omitted.]

1. Cl. (a) omitted by C.O. 124.

2. Cls. (b) and (c) relettered as cls. (a) and (b), C.O. 124.

3. Subs., C.O. 124., for “336, 337, 339 and 342”.

4. Ins., C.O. 124.

(12) PART XVII.

The provisions of the Part shall apply only in so far as they relate to-

(i) The official language of the Union;

(ii) The official language for communication between one State and another, or between a State and the Union; and

(iii) The language of the proceedings in the Supreme Court.

(13) PART XVIII.

(a) To article 352, the following new clause shall be added, namely: –

1[(6)] No Proclamation of Emergency made on grounds only of internal disturbance or imminent danger thereof shall have effect in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir (except as respects article 354) 2[unless-

(a) It is made at the request or with the concurrence of the Government of that State, or

(b) Where it has not been so made, it is applied subsequently by the President to that State at the request or with the concurrence of the Government of that State.]”;.

3[(b) In clause (1) of article 356, references to provisions or provision of this Constitution shall, in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as including references to provisions or provision of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir.

4[(bb) In clause (4) of article 356, after the second proviso, the following proviso shall be inserted, namely: –

“Provided also that in the case of the Proclamation issued under clause (1) on the 18th day of July, 1990 with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, the reference in the first proviso to this clause to “three years” shall be construed as a reference to 5[“seven years”].]

(c) Article 360 shall be omitted.]

1. Subs. by C.O. 104, for “(4)”.

2. Subs. by C.O. 100, for certain words.

3. Subs. by C.O. 71, for cl. (b).

4. Added by C.O. 151.

5. Subs. by C.O. 162, for “six years”.

(14) PART XIX.

1* * * * *

2[(a)] 3[Article 365] shall be omitted.

4* * * * *

2[(b)] To article 367, there shall be added the following clause, namely: –

“(4) For the purposes of this Constitution as it applies in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir-

(a) References to this Constitution or to the provisions thereof shall be construed as references to the Constitution or the provisions thereof as applied in relation to the said State;

5[(aa)] References to the person for the time being recognised by the President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in office, shall be construed as references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir;

(b) References to the Government of the said State shall be construed as including references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers:

Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April, 1965, such references shall be construed as including references to the Sadar-i-Riyasat acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers;]

(c) References to a High Court shall include references to the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir;

6* * * * *

7[(d)] References to the permanent residents of the said State shall be construed as meaning persons who, before the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 were recognised as State subjects under the laws in force in the State or who are recognised by any law made by the Legislature of the State as permanent residents of the State; and

8[(e) References to a Governor shall include references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir:

Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April, 1965, such references shall be construed as references to the person recognised by the President as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and as including references to any person recognised by the President as being competent to exercise the powers of the Sadar-i-Riyasat.]”.

1. Cl. (a) omitted by C.O. 74.

2. Cls. (b) and (c) relettered as cls. (a) and (b), C.O. 74.

3. Subs. by C.O. 94, for “Articles 362 and 365”.

4. Original cl. (c) omitted by C.O. 56.

5. Subs. by C.O. 74, for cl. (b).

6. Cl. (d) omitted by C.O. 56.

7. Cl. (e) relettered as cl.(d), C.O. 74.

8. Subs. by C.O. 74, for cl. (e).

(15) PART XX.

1[(a) 2[To clause (2) of article 368], the following proviso shall be added, namely: –

“Provided further that no such amendment shall have effect in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir unless applied by order of the President under clause (1) of article 370.”.

3[(b) After clause (3) of article 368, the following clause shall be added, namely: –

“(4) No law made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir seeking to make any change in or in the effect of any provision of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir relating to-

(a) Appointment, powers, functions, duties, emoluments, allowances, privileges or immunities of the Governor; or

(b) Superintendence, direction and control of elections by the Election Commission of India, eligibility for inclusion in the electoral rolls without discrimination, adult suffrage and composition of the Legislative Council, being matters specified in sections 138, 139, 140 and 50 of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir,

Shall have any effect unless such law has, after having been reserved for the consideration of the President, received his assent.”.]

1. Numbered as cl. (a) by C.O. 101.

2. Subs. by C.O. 91, for “To article 368”.

3. Ins. by C.O. 101

(16) PART XXI.

(a) Articles 369, 371, 1[371A], 2[372A], 373, clauses (1), (2), (3) and (5) of article 374 and 3[articles 376 to 378A and 392] shall be omitted.

(b) In article 372-

(i) Clauses (2) and (3) shall be omitted;

(ii) References to the laws in force in the territory of India shall include references to hidayats, ailans, ishtihars, circulars, robkars, irshads, yadashts, State Council Resolutions, Resolutions of the Constituent Assembly, and other instruments having the force of law in the territory of the State of Jammu and Kashmir; and

(iii) References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of this Order.

(c) In clause (4) of article 374, the reference to the authority functioning as the Privy Council of a State shall be construed as a reference to the Advisory Board constituted under the Jammu and Kashmir Constitution Act, 1996 and references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of this Order.

1. Ins. by C.O. 74.

2. Ins. by C.O. 56.

3. Subs., C.O. 56, for “articles 376 to 392”.

(17) PART XXII.

Articles 394 and 395 shall be omitted.

(18) FIRST SCHEDULE.

(19) SECOND SCHEDULE.

1* * * * *

1. Modification relating to paragraph 6 omitted by C.O. 56.

(20) THIRD SCHEDULE.

Forms V, VI, VII and VIII shall be omitted.

(21) FOURTH SCHEDULE.

1[(22) SEVENTH SCHEDULE.

(a) In the Union List-

(i) For entry 3, the entry “3. Administration of cantonments.” shall be substituted;

2[(ii) Entries 8, 9 3[and 34], 4*** entry 79, and the words “Inter-State migration” in entry 81 shall be omitted;]

5* * * * *

6[(iii) In entry 72, the reference to the States shall be construed, –

(a) In relation to appeals to the Supreme Court from any decision or order of the High Court of the State of Jammu and Kashmir made in an election petition whereby an election to either House of the Legislature of that State has been called in question, as including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(b) In relation to other matters, as not including a reference to that State]; 7[and]

8[(iv) For entry 97, the following entry shall be substituted, namely: –

9[97. Prevention of activities-

(a) Involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people or adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;

(b) Directed towards disclaiming, questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a part of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution;

Taxes on foreign travel by sea or air, on inland air travel and on postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.

Explanation. –

In this entry, “terrorist act” has the same meaning as in the Explanation to article 248.]”.]

(b) The State List shall be omitted.

10[(c) In the Concurrent List-

11[(i) For entry 1, the following entry shall be substituted, namely: –

“1. Criminal law (excluding offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in List I and excluding the use of naval, military or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power) in so far as such criminal law relates to offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in the List.”];

12[13[(ia) For entry 2, the following entry shall be substituted, namely: –

“2. Criminal procedure (including prevention of offences and constitution and organisation of criminal courts, except the Supreme Court and the High Court) in so far as it relates to, –

(i) Offences against laws with respect to any matters being matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws; and

(ii) Administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.”;

(ib) For entry 12, the following entry shall be substituted, namely: –

“12. Evidence and oaths in so far as they relate to, –

(i) Administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country; and

(ii) Any other matters being matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws.”];

(ic) For entry 13, the entry “13. Civil procedure in so far as it relates to administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.” Shall be substituted;]

14* * * * *

15[16[(ii)] For entry 30, the entry “30. Vital statistics in so far as they relate to births and deaths including registration of births and deaths.” shall be substituted;]

17* * * * *

18[(iii) Entry 3, entries 5 to 10 (both inclusive), entries 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41 and 44 shall be omitted;

(iiia) For entry 42, the entry “42. Acquisition and requisitioning of property, so far as regards acquisition of any property covered by entry 67 of List I or entry 40 of List III or of any human work of art which has artistic or aesthetic value.” shall be substituted; and]

19(iv) In entry 45, for the words and figures “List II or List III”, the words “this List” shall be substituted.]

1. Subs. by C.O. 66, for sub-paragraph (22).

2. Subs. by C.O. 85, for item (ii).

3. Subs. by C.O. 92, for “34 and 60”.

4. The words and figures `The words “and records” in entry 67’ omitted by C.O. 95.

5. Original item (iii) omitted by C.O. 74.

6. Subs. by C.O. 83, for item (iii).

7. Ins. by C.O. 85.

8. Subs. by C.O. 93, for item (iv).

9. Subs. by C.O. 122 for entry 97 (w.e.f. 4-6-1985)

10. Subs. by C.O. 69, for cl. (c).

11. Subs. by C.O. 70, for item (i).

12. Ins. by C.O. 94.

13. Subs. by C.O. 122, for sub-clauses (ia) and (ib) (w.e.f. 4-6-1985).

14. Item (ii) and (iii) omitted by C.O. 74.

15. Ins. by C.O. 70.

16. Item (iv) renumbered as item (ii) by C.O. 74.

17. Item (v) and (vi) omitted by C.O. 72.

18. Subs. by C.O. 95, for item (iii).

19. Item (vii) renumbered as item (iv) by C.O. 74

(23) EIGHTH SCHEDULE.

1[(24) NINTH SCHEDULE.

2[(a)] After entry 64, the following entries shall be added, namely: –

3[64A.] The Jammu and Kashmir State Kuth Act (No. I of Svt. 1978).

3[64B.] The Jammu and Kashmir Tenancy Act (No. II of Svt. 1980).

3[64C.] The Jammu and Kashmir Alienation of Land Act (No. V of Svt. 1995).

4* * * * *

5[64D.] The Jammu and Kashmir Big Landed Estates Abolition Act (No. XVII of Svt. 2007).

5[64E.] Order No. 6-H of 1951, dated the 10th March, 1951, regarding Resumption of Jagirs and other assignments of land revenue, etc.

6[64F. The Jammu and Kashmir Restitution of Mortgaged Properties Act, 1976 (Act XIV of 1976).

64G. The Jammu and Kashmir Debtors’ Relief Act, 1976 (Act XV of 1976).

7[(b) Entries 87 to 124, inserted by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975, shall be renumbered as entries 65 to 102 respectively.]

8[(c) Entries 125 to 188 shall be renumbered as entries 103 to 166 respectively.]

1. Subs. by C.O. 74, for sub-paragraph 24.

2. Numbered by C.O. 105.

3. Renumbered by C.O. 98.

4. Omitted by C.O. 106.

5. Renumbered, by C.O. 106.

6. Ins. by C.O. 106.

7. Ins. by C.O. 105.

8. Ins. by C.O. 108(w.e.f. 31-12-1977)

1[(25) TENTH SCHEDULE.

(a) For the brackets, words and figures “[Articles 102(2) and 191(2)]”, the brackets, word and figures “[Article 102(2)]” shall be substituted;

(b) In clause (a) of paragraph 1, the words “or the Legislative Assembly or, as the case may be, either House of the Legislature of a State” shall be omitted;

(c) In paragraph 2, –

(i) In sub-paragraph (1), in sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of the Explanation, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 188” shall be omitted;

(ii) In sub-paragraph (3), the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 188” shall be omitted;

(iii) In sub-paragraph (4), the reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 shall be construed as a reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1989;

(d) In paragraph 5, the words “or the Chairman or the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of a State or the Speaker or the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of a State” shall be omitted;

(e) In sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 6, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, proceedings in the Legislature of a State within the meaning of article 212” shall be omitted;

(f) In sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 8, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 194,” shall be omitted.]

1. Ins by C.O. 136.

Section 409. APPENDIX II

APPENDIX II

RE-STATEMENT, WITH REFERENCE TO THE PRESENT TEXT OF THE CONSTITUTION, OF THE EXCEPTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO WHICH THE CONSTITUTION APPLIES TO THE STATE OF JAMMU AND KASHMIR

Note. –

The exceptions and modifications subject to which the Constitution applies to the State of Jammu and Kashmir are either those provided in the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 or those consequential to the non-application to the State of Jammu and Kashmir of certain amendments to the Constitution. All the exceptions and modifications, which have a practical significance, are included in the re-statement, which is only for facility of quick reference. For ascertaining the exact position, reference will have to be made to the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 and to the text of the Constitution on the 20th June, 1964, as amended by the subsequent amendments to the Constitution mentioned in clause 2 of the said Order.]

(1) THE PREAMBLE.

(a) In the first paragraph, omit “SOCIALIST SECULAR”;

(b) In the penultimate paragraph, omit “and integrity”.

(2) PART I.

Article 3. –

(a) Add the following further proviso, namely: –

“Provided further that no Bill providing for increasing or diminishing the area of the State of Jammu and Kashmir or altering the name or boundary of that State shall be introduced in Parliament without the consent of the Legislature of that State.”;

(b) Omit Explanation I and Explanation II.

(3) PART II.

(a) This Part shall be deemed to have been applicable in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir as from the 26th day of January, 1950.

(b) Article 7. –

Add the following further proviso, namely: –

“Provided further that nothing in this article shall apply to a permanent resident of the State of Jammu and Kashmir who, after having so migrated to the territory now included in Pakistan, returns to the territory of that State under a permit for resettlement in that State or permanent return issued by or under the authority of any law made by the Legislature of that State, and every such person shall be deemed to be a citizen of India.”.

(4) PART III.

(a) Article 13.

References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 (C.O. 48), i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954.

(c) Article 16. –

In clause (3), reference to the State shall be construed as not including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(d) Article 19. –

(A) In clause (1), –

(i) In sub-clause (e), omit “and” at the end;

(ii) After sub-clause (e), insert the following clause, namely: –

“(f) To acquire, hold and dispose of property; and”;

(B) In clause (5), for “sub-clauses (d) and (e)”, substitute “sub-clauses (d), (e) and (f)”.

(e) Article 22. –

In clauses (4) and (7), for “Parliament”, substitute “the Legislature of the State”.

(f) Article 30. –

Omit clause (1A).

(g) After article 30, insert the following, namely: –

“Right to Property

31. Compulsory acquisition of property. –

(1) No person shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law.

(2) No property shall be compulsorily acquired or requisitioned save for a public purpose and save by authority of a law which provides for acquisition or requisitioning of the property for an amount which may be fixed by such law or which may be determined in accordance with such principles and given in such manner as may be specified in such law; and no such law shall be called in question in any court on the ground that the amount so fixed or determined is not adequate or that the whole or any part of such amount is to be given otherwise than in cash:

Provided that in making any law providing for the compulsory acquisition of any property of an educational institution established and administered by a minority, referred to in clause (1) of article 30, the State shall ensure that the amount fixed by or determined under such law for the acquisition of such property is such as would not restrict or abrogate the right guaranteed under that clause.

(2A) Where a law does not provide for the transfer of the ownership or right to possession of any property to the State or to a Corporation owned or controlled by the State, it shall not be deemed to provide for the compulsory acquisition or requisitioning of property, notwithstanding that it deprives any person of his property.

(2B) Nothing in sub-clause (f) of clause (1) of article 19 shall affect any such law as is referred to in clause (2). (5) Nothing in clause 2 shall affect-

(a) The provisions of any existing law; or

(b) The provisions of any law which the State may hereafter make-

(i) For the purpose of imposing or levying any tax or penalty; or

(ii) For the promotion of public health or the prevention of danger to life or property; or

(iii) With respect to property declared by law to be evacuee property.”.

(h) After article 31, omit the following sub-heading, namely: –

“Saving of Certain Laws”

(i) Article 31A. –

(A) In clause (1), –

(i) For “article 14 or article 19″, substitute “article 14, article 19 or article 31″;

(ii) Omit the first proviso to clause (1);

(iii) In the second proviso omit “further”;

(B) In clause (2), for sub-clause (a), substitute the following sub-clause, namely: –

(a) “Estate” shall mean land, which is occupied or has been let for agricultural purposes or for purposes subservient to agriculture, or for pasture, and includes-

(i) Sites of buildings and other structures on such land;

(ii) trees standing on such land;

(iii) forest land and wooded waste;

(iv) area covered by or fields floating over water;

(v) sites of jandars and gharats;

(ii) Any jagir, inam, muafi or mukarrari or other similar grant,

But does not include-

(i) The site of any building in any town, or town area or village abadi or any land appurtenant to any such building or site;

(ii) Any land which is occupied as the site of a town or village; or

(iii) Any land reserved for building purposes in a municipality or notified area or cantonment or town area or any area for which a town planning scheme is sanctioned;’.

(j) Article 31C. –

This article is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(k) Article 32. –

Omit clause (3).

(l) Article 35. –

(A) References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 (C.O. 48), i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954;

(B) In clause (a) (i), omit “clause (3) of article 16, clause (3) of article 32″;

(C) After clause (b), add the following clause, namely: –

“(c) No law with respect to preventive detention made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, whether before or after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with any of the provisions of this Part, but any such law shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, cease to have effect on the expiration of twenty-five years from the commencement of the said Order, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration thereof.”.

(m) After article 35, add the following article, namely: –

“35A. Saving of laws with respect to permanent residents and their rights. –

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, no existing law in force in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and no law hereafter enacted by the Legislature of the State, –

(a) Defining the classes of persons who are, or shall be, permanent residents of the State of Jammu and Kashmir; or

(b) Conferring on such permanent residents any special rights and privileges or imposing upon other persons any restrictions as respects-

(i) Employment under the State Government;

(ii) Acquisition of immovable property in the State;

(iii) Settlement in the State; or

(iv) Right to scholarships and such other forms of aid as the State Government may provide,

Shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes away or abridges any rights conferred on the other citizens of India by any provision of this Part.”.

(5) PART IV. –

This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(6) PART IVA. –

This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(7) PART V.

(a) Article 55. –

(A) For the purposes of this article, the population of the State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be deemed to be sixty-three lakhs;

(B) In the Explanation omit the proviso.

(b) Article 81. –

For clauses (2) and (3), substitute the following clauses, namely: –

“(2) For the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (1), –

(a) There shall be allotted to the State six seats in the House of the People;

(b) The State shall be divided into single-member territorial constituencies by the Delimitation Commission constituted under the Delimitation Act, 1972, in accordance with such procedure as the Commission may deem fit;

(c) The constituencies shall, as far as practicable, be geographically compact areas, and in delimiting them regard shall be had to physical features, existing boundaries of administrative units, facilities of communication and public convenience; and

(d) The constituencies into which the State is divided shall not comprise the area under the occupation of Pakistan.

(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect the representation of the State in the House of the People until the dissolution of the House existing on the date of publication in the Gazette of India of the final order or orders of the Delimitation Commission relating to the delimitation of parliamentary constituencies under the Delimitation Act, 1972.

(4) (a) The Delimitation Commission shall associate with itself for the purpose of assisting it in its duties in respect of the State, five persons who shall be members of the House of the People representing the State.

(b) The persons to be so associated from the State shall be nominated by the Speaker of the House of the People having due regard to the composition of the House.

(c) The first nominations to be made under sub-clause (b) shall be made by the Speaker of the House of the People within two months from the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second Amendment Order, 1974.

(d) None of the associate members shall have a right to vote or to sign any decision of the Delimitation Commission.

(e) If owing to death or resignation, the office of an associate member falls vacant, it shall be filled as soon as may be practicable by the Speaker of the House of the People and in accordance with the provisions of sub-clauses (a) and (b).”.

(c) Article 82. –

Omit the second and third provisos.

(d) Article 105. –

In clause (3), for “shall be those of that House and of its members and committees immediately before the coming into force of section 15 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978″ substitute “shall be those of the House of Commons of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, and of its members and committees, at the commencement of this Constitution”.

(e) For article 132, substitute the following article, namely: –

132. Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in certain cases. –

(1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court in the territory of India, whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution.

(2) Where the High Court has refused to give such a certificate, the Supreme Court may, if it is satisfied that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution, grant special leave to appeal from such judgment, decree or final order.

(3) Where such a certificate is given, or such leave is granted, any party in the case may appeal to the Supreme Court on the ground that any such question as aforesaid has been wrongly decided and, with the leave of the Supreme Court, on any other ground.

Explanation. –

For the purposes of this article, the expression “final order” includes an order deciding an issue which, if decided in favour of the appellant, would be sufficient for the final disposal of the case.’.

(f) Article 133. –

(A) In clause (1), omit “under article 134A”;

(B) After clause (1), insert the following clause, namely: –

(1A) The provisions of section 3 of the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment) Act, 1972, shall apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir subject to the modification that references therein to “this Act”, “the commencement of this Act”, “this Act had not been passed” and “as amended by this Act” shall be construed respectively as references to “the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second Amendment Order, 1974″, “the commencement of the said Order”, “the said Order had not been made” and “as it stands after the commencement of the said Order”.’.

(g) Article 134. –

(A) In clause (1), in sub-clause (c), omit “under article 134A”;

(B) In clause (2), after “Parliament may” insert “on the request of the Legislature of the State”.

(h) Articles 134A, 135, 139 and 139A. –

These articles are not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(i) Article 145. –

In clause (1), omit sub-clause (cc).

(j) Article 150. –

For “as the President may, on the advice of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, prescribe” substitute “as the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India may, with the approval of the President prescribe”.

(8) PART VI.

(a) Omit articles 153 to 217, article 219, article 221, articles 223, 224, 224A and 225, articles 227 to 233, article 233A and articles 234 to 237.

(b) Article 220. –

References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1960, i.e., the 26th January, 1960.

(c) Article 222. –

After clause (1), insert the following clause, namely: –

“(1A) Every such transfer from the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir or to that High Court shall be made after consultation with the Governor.”.

(d) Article 226. –

(A) Renumber clause (2) as clause (1A);

(B) Omit clause (3);

(C) Renumber clause (4) as clause (2); and in clause (2) as so renumbered, for “this article” substitute “clause (1) or clause (1A)”.

(9) PART VIII. –

This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(10) PART X. –

This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(11) PART XI.

(a) Article 246. –

(A) In clause (1), for “clauses (2) and (3)” substitute “clause (2)”;

(B) In clause (2), omit “Notwithstanding anything in clause (3),”;

(C) Omit clauses (3) and (4).

(b) For article 248, substitute the following article, namely: –

248. Residuary powers of legislation. –

Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to-

(a) Prevention of activities involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people or adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;

(aa) Prevention of other activities directed towards disclaiming, questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a part of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution; and

(b) Taxes on-

(i) Foreign travel by sea or air;

(ii) Inland air travel;

(iii) Postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.

Explanation. –

In this article, “terrorist act” means any act or thing by using bombs, dynamite or other explosive substances or inflammable substances or firearms or other lethal weapons or poisons or noxious gases or other chemicals or any other substances (whether biological or otherwise) of a hazardous nature.’.

(bb) Article 249, in clause (1), for “any matter enumerated in the State List specified in the resolution”, substitute “any matter specified in the resolution, being a matter which is not enumerated in the Union List or in the Concurrent List”.

(c) Article 250. –

For “to any of the matters enumerated in the State List” substitute “also to matters not enumerated in the Union List”.

(d) Omit clause (d).

(e) Article 253. –

Add the following proviso, namely: –

“Provided that after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, no decision affecting the disposition of the State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be made by the Government of India without the consent of the Government of that State.”.

(f) Omit article 255.

(g) Article 256.

Renumber this article as clause (1) thereof, and add the following new clause thereto, namely: –

“(2) The State of Jammu and Kashmir shall so exercise its executive power as to facilitate the discharge by the Union of its duties and responsibilities under the Constitution in relation to that State; and in particular, the said State shall, if so required by the Union, acquire or requisition property on behalf and at the expense of the Union, or if the property belongs to the State, transfer it to the Union on such terms as may be agreed, or in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India.”

(h) Article 261. –

In clause (2), omit “made by Parliament”.

(12) PART XII.

(a) Articles 266, 282, 284, 298, 299 and 300. –

In these articles references to the State or States shall be construed as not including references to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(b) Omit clause (2) of article 267, article 273, clause (2) of article 283 and article 290;

(c) Articles 277 and 295. –

In these articles references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954.

(d) Omit the sub-heading “Chapter IV. –

Right to Property” and article 300A.

(13) PART XIII.

In article 303, in clause (1), omit “by virtue of any entry relating to trade and commerce in any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule”.

(14) PART XIV.

Except in article 312, reference to “State” in this Part does not include the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(15) PART XIVA.

This Part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(16) PART XV.

(a) Article 324. –

In clause (1), the reference to the Constitution shall, in relation to elections to either House of the Legislature of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as a reference to the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir.

(b) Articles 325, 326 and 327. –

In these articles the references to a State shall be construed as not including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(c) Omit article 328.

(d) Article 329. –

(A) Reference to a State shall be construed as not including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(B) Omit “or article 328″.

(17) PART XVI. –

Original clause (a) omitted and clauses (b) and (c) relettered as clauses (a) and (b).

(a) Omit articles 331, 332, 333, 336 and 337.

(b) Articles 334 and 335. –

References to the State or the States shall be construed as not including references to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(c) Article 339, in clause (1), omit “the administration of the Scheduled Areas and”.

(18) PART XVII. –

The provisions of this Part shall apply to the State of Jammu and Kashmir only in so far as they relate to-

(i) The official language of the Union;

(ii) The official language for communication between one State and another, or between a State and the Union; and

(iii) The language of the proceedings in the Supreme Court.

(19) PART XVIII. –

(a) For article 352, substitute the following article, namely: –

“352. Proclamation of Emergency. –

(1) If the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or internal disturbance, he may, by Proclamation, make a declaration to that effect.

(2) A Proclamation issued under clause (1)-

(a) May be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation;

(b) Shall be laid before each House of Parliament;

(c) Shall cease to operate at the expiration of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:

Provided that if any such Proclamation is issued at a time when the House of the People has been dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of two months referred to in sub-clause (c), and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.

(3) A Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or of any part of the territory thereof is thereatened by war or by external aggression or by internal disturbance may be made before the actual occurrence of war or of any such aggression or disturbance if the President is satisfied that there is imminent danger thereof.

(4) The power conferred on the President by this article shall include the power to issue different Proclamations on different grounds, being war or external aggression or internal disturbance or imminent danger of war or external aggression or internal disturbance, whether or not there is a Proclamation already issued by the President under clause (1) and such Proclamation is in operation.

(5) Notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, –

(a) The satisfaction of the President mentioned in clause (1) and clause (3) shall be final and conclusive and shall not be questioned in any court on any ground;

(b) Subject to the provisions of clause (2), neither the Supreme Court nor any other Court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any question, on any ground, regarding the validity of-

(i) A declaration made by Proclamation by the President to the effect stated in clause (1); or

(ii) The continued operation of such Proclamation.

(6) No Proclamation of Emergency made on grounds only of internal disturbance or imminent danger thereof shall have effect in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir (except as respects article 354) unless-

(a) It is made at the request or with the concurrence of the Government of that State; or

(b) Where it has not been so made, it is applied subsequently by the President to that State at the request or with the concurrence of the Government of that State.”.

(b) Article 353. –

Omit the proviso.

(c) Article 356. –

(A) In clause (1), reference to provisions or provision of this Constitution shall, in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as including references to provisions or provision of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir;

(B) In clause (4), –

(i) For the opening portion, substitute the following, namely: –

“A Proclamation so approved shall, unless revoked, cease to operate on the expiration of a period of six months from the date of the passing of the second of the resolutions approving the Proclamation under clause (3)”;

(ii) After the second proviso, the following proviso shall be inserted, namely: –

Provided also that in the case of the Proclamation issued under clause (1) on the 18th day of July, 1990 with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, the reference in the first proviso to this clause to “three years” shall be construed as a reference to “seven years”.’.

(C) For clause (5), substitute the following clause, namely: –

“(5) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the satisfaction of the President mentioned in clause (1) shall be final and conclusive and shall not be questioned in any court on any ground.”.

(d) Article 357. –

For clause (2), substitute the following clause, namely: –

“(2) Any law made in exercise of the power of the Legislature of the State by Parliament or the President or other authority referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) which Parliament or the President or such other authority would not, but for the issue of a Proclamation under article 356, have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of one year after the Proclamation has ceased to operate except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period, unless the provisions which shall so cease to have effect are sooner repealed or re-enacted with or without modification by Act of the appropriate Legislature.”.

(e) For article 358, substitute the following article, namely: –

“358. Suspension of provisions of article 19 during emergencies. –

While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State as defined in Part III to make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take, but any law so made shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect as soon as the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to have effect.”.

(f) Article 359. –

(A) In clause (1) omit “(except articles 20 and 21)”;

(B) In clause (1A), –

(i) Omit “(except articles 20 and 21)”;

(ii) Omit the proviso;

(C) Omit clause (1B);

(D) In clause (2), omit the proviso.

(g) Omit article 360.

(20) PART XIX.

(a) Article 361A. –

This article is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(b) Omit article 365.

(c) Article 367. –

After clause (3), add the following clause, namely: –

“(4) For the purposes of this Constitution as it applies in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir-

(a) References to this Constitution or to the provisions thereof shall be construed as references to the Constitution or the provisions thereof as applied in relation to the said State;

(aa) References to the person for the time being recognised by the President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in office, shall be construed as references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir;

(b) References to the Government of the said State shall be construed as including references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers:

Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April, 1965, such references shall be construed as including references to the Sadar-i-Riyasat acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers;

(c) References to a High Court shall include references to the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir;

(d) References to the permanent residents of the said State shall be construed as meaning persons who, before the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, were recognised as State subjects under the laws in force in the State or who are recognised by any law made by the Legislature of the State as permanent residents of the State; and

(e) References to a Governor shall include references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir:

Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April, 1965, such references shall be construed as references to the person recognised by the President as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and as including references to any person recognised by the President as being competent to exercise the powers of the Sadar-i-Riyasat.”.

(21) PART XX.

Article 368. –

(a) In clause (2), add the following further proviso, namely: –

“Provided further that no such amendment shall have effect in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir unless applied by order of the President under clause (1) of article 370.”;

(b) Omit clauses (4) and (5) and after clause (3) add the following clause, namely: –

“(4) No law made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir seeking to make any change in or in the effect of any provision of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir relating to: –

(a) Appointment, powers, functions, duties, emoluments, allowances, privileges or immunities of the Governor; or

(b) Superintendence, direction and control of elections by the Election Commission of India, eligibility for inclusion in the electoral rolls without discrimination, adult suffrage and composition of the Legislative Council, being matters specified in sections 138, 139, 140 and 50 of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir,

Shall have any effect unless such law has, after having been reserved for the consideration of the President, received his assent.”.

(22) PART XXI. –

(a) Omit articles 369, 371, 371A, 372A, 373 and articles 376 to 378A and 392.

(b) Article 372. –

(A) Omit clauses (2) and (3);

(B) References to the laws in force in the territory of India shall include references to hidayats, ailans, ishtihars, circulars, robkars, irshads, yadashts, State Council Resolutions, Resolutions of the Constituent Assembly, and other instruments having the force of law in the territory of the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(C) References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 (C.O. 48), i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954.

(c) Article 374. –

(A) Omit clauses (1), (2), (3) and (5);

(B) In clause (4), the reference to the authority functioning as the Privy Council of a State shall be construed as a reference to the Advisory Board constituted under the Jammu and Kashmir Constitution Act, Svt. 1996, and references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954.

(23) PART XXII. –

Omit articles 394 and 395.

(24) THIRD SCHEDULE. –

Omit forms V, VI, VII and VIII.

(25) FIFTH SCHEDULE. –

This Schedule is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(26) SIXTH SCHEDULE. –

This Schedule is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

(27) SEVENTH SCHEDULE. –

(a) List I- Union List. –

(A) Omit entry 2A;

(B) For entry 3, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“3. Administration of cantonments.”;

(C) Omit entries 8, 9, 34 and 79;

(D) In entry 72, the reference to the States shall be construed, –

(i) In relation to appeals to the Supreme Court from any decision or order of the High Court of the State of Jammu and Kashmir made in an election petition whereby an election to either House of the Legislature of that State has been called in question, as including a reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(ii) In relation to other matters, as not including a reference to that State;

(E) In entry 81, omit “Inter-State migration”;

(F) For entry 97, substitute the following entry, namely: –

97. Prevention of activities-

(a) Involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people or adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;

(b) Directed towards disclaiming, questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a part of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution;

Taxes on foreign travel by sea or air, on inland air travel and on postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.

Explanation. –

In this entry, “terrorist act” has the same meaning as in the Explanation to article 248.’.

(b) Omit List II- State List.

(c) List III- Concurrent List.

(A) For entry 1, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“1. Criminal law (excluding offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in List I and excluding the use of naval, military or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power) in so far as such criminal law relates to offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in this List.”;

(B) For entry 2, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“2. Criminal procedure (including prevention of offences and constitution and organisation of criminal courts, except the Supreme Court and the High Court) in so far as it relates to, –

(i) Offences against laws with respect to any matters being matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws; and

(ii) Administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.”;

(C) Omit entry 3, entries 5 to 10 (both inclusive), entries 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41 and 44

(D) Entries 11A, 17A, 17B, 20A and 33A are not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(E) For entry 12, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“12. Evidence and oaths in so far as they relate to, –

(i) Administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country; and

(ii) Any other matter being matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws.”;

(F) For entry 13, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“13. Civil procedure in so far as it relates to administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.”;

(G) For entry 25, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“25. Vocational and technical training of labour.”;

(H) For entry 30, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“30. Vital statistics in so far as they relate to births and deaths including registration of births and deaths.”;

(I) For entry 42, substitute the following entry, namely: –

“42. Acquisition and requisitioning of property, so far as regards acquisition of any property covered by entry 67 of List I or entry 40 of List III or of any human work of art which has artistic or aesthetic value.”;

(J) In entry 45, for “List II or List III” substitute “this List”.

(28) NINTH SCHEDULE. –

(a) After entry 64, add the following entries, namely: –

“64A. The Jammu and Kashmir State Kuth Act (No. I of Svt. 1978).

64B. The Jammu and Kashmir Tenancy Act (No. II of Svt. 1980).

64C. The Jammu and Kashmir Alienation of Land Act (No. V of Svt. 1995).

64D. The Jammu and Kashmir Big Landed Estates Abolition Act (No. XVII of Svt. 2007).

64E. Order No. 6-H of 1951, dated the 10th March, 1951, regarding Resumption of Jagirs and other assignments of land revenue, etc.

64F. The Jammu and Kashmir Restitution of Mortgaged Properties Act, 1976 (Act XIV of 1976).

64G. The Jammu and Kashmir Debtors’ Relief Act, 1976 (Act XV of 1976).”;

(b) Entries 65 to 86 are not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;

(c) After entry 86, insert the following entry, namely: –

“87. The Representation of the People Act, 1951 (Central Act 43 of 1951), the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Central Act 58 of 1974) and the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 1975 (Central Act 40 of 1975).”;

(d) After entry 91, insert the following entry, namely: –

“92. The Maintenance of Internal Security Act, 1971 (Central Act 26 of 1971).”;

(e) After entry 129, insert the following entry, namely: –

“130. The Prevention of Publication of Objectionable Matter Act, 1976 (Central Act 27 of 1976).”;

(f) After insertion of the entries 87, 92 and 130 as indicated above, renumber entries 87 to 188 as entries 65 to 166 respectively.

(29) TENTH SCHEDULE. –

(a) For the brackets, words and figures “[Articles 102(2) and 191(2)]”, the brackets, word and figures “[Article 102(2)]” shall be substituted;

(b) In clause (a) of paragraph 1, the words “or the Legislative Assembly or, as the case may be, either House of the Legislature of a State” shall be omitted;

(c) In paragraph 2, –

(i) In sub-paragraph (1), in sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of the Explanation, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 188″ shall be omitted;

(ii) In sub-paragraph (3), the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 188″ shall be omitted;

(iii) In sub-paragraph (4), the reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 shall be construed as a reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1989;

(d) In paragraph 5, the words “or the Chairman or the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of a State or the Speaker or the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of a State” shall be omitted;

(e) In sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 6, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, proceedings in the Legislature of a State within the meaning of article 212″ shall be omitted;

(f) In sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 8, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 194,” shall be omitted.

Section 410. APPENDIX III

APPENDIX III

EXTRACTS FROM THE CONSTITUTION (FORTY-FOURTH AMENDMENT) ACT, 1978

1. Short title and Commencement. –

It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of this Act.

3. Amendment of article 22. In article 22 of the Constitution, –

(a) For clause (4), the following clause shall be substituted, namely : –

(4) No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than two months unless an Advisory Board constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of two months that there is In its opinion sufficient cause for such detention:

Provided that an Advisory Board shtil consist of at Chairman and not less than two other members and the Chairman shall be a serving Judge of the appropriate High Court and the other members shall be serving or retired Judges of any High Court:

Provided further that nothing in this clause shall authorise the detention of any person beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made bv Parliament under sub-clause (a) of clause (7).

Explanation. –

– In this clause, “appropriate High Court “means, –

(i) In the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of detention made by the Government of India or an officer or authority subordinate to that Government, the High Court for the Union territory of Delhi;

(ii) In the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of detention made by the Government of any State (other than a Union territory), the High Court for that State’, and

(iii) In the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of detention made by the administrator of a Union territory or an officer or authority subordinate to such administrator, such High Court as may be specified by or under any law made by Parliament in this behalf.’;

(b) In clause (7), –

(i) Sub-clause (a) shall be omitted;

(ii) Sub-clause (b) shall be re-lettered as sub-clause (a); and

(iii) Sub-clause (c) shall be re-lettered as sub-clause (b) and in a sub-clause as so re-lettered, for the words, brackets, letter and figure “sub-clause (a) of clause (4)”, the word, brackets and figure “clause (4)” shall be substituted.

 

Maternity Benefit Act 1961

An Act to regulate the employment of women in certain establishments for certain
period before and after child-birth and to provide for maternity benefit and certain
other benefits. Be it enacted by Parliament in the Twelfth Year of the Republic of
India as follows:-
1. Short title extent and commencement.-(1) This Act may be called the
Maternity Benefit Act, 1961.
(2) It extends to the whole of India [1] [* * *].
(3) It shall come into force on such date [2] as may be notified in this behalf in the
Official Gazette,-
[3] (a) in relation to mines and to any other establishment wherein persons are
employed for the exhibition of equestrian, acrobatic and other performances, by the
Central Government; and]
(b) in relation to other establishments in a State, by the State Government.
2. Application of Act.- [4] [(1) It applies in the first instance,-
(a) to every establishment being a factory, mine or plantation including any such
establishment belonging to Government and to every establishment wherein persons
are employed for the exhibition of equestrian, acrobatic and other performances;
(b) to every shop or establishment within the meaning of any law for the time being
in force in relation to shops and establishments in a State, in which ten or more
persons are employed, or were employed, on any day of the preceding twelve
months:]
Provided that the State Government may, with the approval of the Central
Government, after giving not less than two month’s notice of its intention of so
doing, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare that all or any of the provisions
of this Act shall apply also to any other establishment or class of establishments,
industrial, commercial, agricultural or otherwise.
(2) [5] [Save as otherwise provided in [6] [Sections 5A and 5B] nothing contained in
this Act] shall apply to any factory or other establishment to which the provisions of
the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (34 of 1948) apply for the time being.
3. Definitions.-In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(a) “appropriate Government- means, in relation to an establishment being a mine
[7] [or an establishment wherein persons are employed for the exhibition of
equestrian, acrobatic and other performances] the Central Government and in
relation to any other establishment the State Government;
(b) “child- includes a still-born child;
(c) “delivery- means the birth of a child;
(d) “employer- means-
(i) in relation to an establishment which is under the control of the Government a
person or authority appointed by the Government for the supervision and control of
employees or where no person or authority is so appointed, the head of the
department;
(ii) in relation to an establishment under any local authority, the person appointed by
such authority for the supervision and control of employees or where no person is so
appointed, the chief executive officer of the local authority;
(iii) in any other case, the person who, or the authority which, has the ultimate
control over the affairs of the establishment and where the said affairs and entrusted
to any other person whether called a manager, managing director, managing agent,
or by any other name, such person;
[8] [(e) establishment- means-
(i) a factory;
(ii) a mine;
(iii) a plantation;
(iv) an establishment wherein persons are employed for the exhibition of equestrian,
acrobatic and other performance; [9] [***]
[10] [(iva) a shop or establishment; or]
(v) an establishment to which the provisions of this Act have been declared under
sub-section (1) of Section 2 to be applicable;]
(f) “factory- means a factory as defined in clause (m) of Section 2 of the Factories
Act 1948 (63 of 1948);
(g) “Inspector- means an Inspector appointed under Section 14;
(h) “maternity benefit- means the payment referred to in sub-section (1) of Section
5;
[11] [(ha) “medical termination of pregnancy- means the termination of pregnancy
permissible under the provisions of Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971];
(i) “mine- means a mine as defined in clause (j) of Section (2) of the Mines Act,
1952 (35 of 1952);
(j) “miscarriage- means expulsion of the contents of a pregnant uterus at any period
prior to or during the twenty-sixth week of pregnancy but does not include any
miscarriage, the causing of which is punishable under the Indian Penal Code (45 of
1860);
(k) “plantation- means a plantation as defined in clause (f) of Section 2 of the
Plantations Labour Act, 1951 (69 of 1951);
(l) “prescribed- means prescribed by rules made under this Act;
(m) “State Government-, in relation to a Union territory, means the Administrator
thereof;
(n) “wages- means all remuneration paid or payable in cash to a woman, if the terms
of the contract of employment, express or implied, were fulfilled and includes-
(1) such cash allowances (including dearness allowance and house rent allowance)
as a woman is for the time being entitled to,
(2) incentive bonus, and
(3) the money value of the concessional supply of foodgrains and other articles, but
does not include-
(i) any bonus other than incentive bonus;
(ii) over-time earnings and any deduction or payment made on account of fines;
(iii) any contribution paid or payable by the employer to any pension fund or
provident fund or for the benefit of the woman under any law for the time being in
force; and
(iv) any gratuity payable on the termination of service;
(o)“woman- means a woman employed, whether directly or through any agency, for
wages in any establishment.
4. Employment of or work by, women prohibited during certain periods.-(1)
No employer shall knowingly employ a woman in any establishment during the six
weeks immediately following the day of her delivery, [12] [miscarriage or medical
termination of pregnancy].
(2) No women shall work in any establishment during the six weeks immediately
following the day of her delivery [13] [miscarriage or medical termination or
pregnancy].
(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 6, no pregnant women shall, on a
request being made by her in this behalf, be required by her employer to do during
the period specified in sub-section (4) any work which is of an arduous nature or
which involves long hours of standing, or which in any way is likely to interfere with
her pregnancy or the normal development of the foetus, or is likely to cause her
miscarriage or otherwise to adversely affect her health.
(4) The period referred to in sub-section (3) shall be-
(a) the period of one months immediately preceding the period of six weeks, before
the date of her expected delivery;
(b) any period during the said period of six weeks for which the pregnant woman
does not avail of leave of absence under Section 6.
5. Right to payment of maternity benefits.- [14] [(1) Subject to the provisions
of this Act, every woman shall be entitled to, and her employer shall be liable for,
the payment of maternity benefit at the rate of the average daily wage for the period
of her actual absence, that is to say, the period immediately preceding the day of her
delivery, the actual day of her delivery and any period immediately following that
day.]
Explanation.-For the purpose of this sub-section, the average daily wage means the
average of the woman’s wages payable to her for the days on which she has worked
during the period of three calendar months immediately preceding the date from
which she absents herself on account of maternity, [15] [the minimum rate of wage
fixed or revised under the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (11 of 1948) or ten rupees,
whichever is the highest].
(2) No woman shall be entitled to maternity benefit unless she has actually worked
in an establishment of the employer from whom she claims maternity benefit, for a
period of not less than [16] [eighty days] in the twelve months immediately
preceding the date of her expected delivery:
Provided that the qualifying period of [17] [eighty days] aforesaid shall not apply to
a woman who has immigrated into the State of Assam and was pregnant at the time
of the immigration.
Explanation.-For the purpose of calculating under the sub-section the days on which
a woman has actually worked in the establishment [18] [the days for which she has
been laid off or was on holidays declared under any law for the time being in force to
be holidays with wages] during the period of twelve months immediately preceding
the date of her expected delivery shall be taken into account.
[19] [(3) The maximum period for which any woman shall be entitled to maternity
benefit shall be twelve weeks of which not more than six weeks shall precede the
date of her expected delivery:]
Provided that where a woman dies during this period, the maternity benefit shall be
payable only for the days up to and including the day of her death:
[20] [Provided Further that where a woman, having been delivered of a child, dies
during her delivery or during the period immediately following the date of her
delivery for which she is entitled for the maternity benefit, leaving behind in either
case the child, the employer shall be liable for the maternity benefit for that entire
period but if the child also dies during the said period, then, for the days up to and
including the date of the death of the child.]
[21] [5A. Continuance of payment of maternity benefit in certain cases.-Every
woman entitled to the payment of maternity benefit under this Act shall,
notwithstanding the application of the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (34 of
1948), to the factory or other establishment in which she is employed, continue to
be so entitled until she becomes qualified to claim maternity benefit under Section
50 of that Act.]
[22] [5B. Payment of maternity benefit in certain cases.-Every woman-
(a) who is employed in a factory or other establishment to which the provisions of
the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (34 of 1948), apply;
(b) whose wages (excluding remuneration for over-time work) for a month exceed
the amount specified in sub-clause (b) of clause (9) of Section 2 of that Act; and
(c) who fulfils the conditions specified in sub-section (2) of Section 5,
shall be entitled to the payment of maternity benefit under this Act.]
6. Notice of claim for maternity benefit and payment thereof.-(1) Any woman
employed in an establishment and entitled to maternity benefit under the provisions
of this Act may give notice in writing in such form as may be prescribed, to her
employer, stating that her maternity benefit and any other amount to which she may
be entitled under this Act may be paid to her or to such person as she may nominate
in the notice and that she will not work in any establishment during the period for
which she receives maternity benefit.
(2) In the case of a woman who is pregnant, such notice shall state the date from
which she will be absent from work, not being a date earlier than six weeks from the
date of her expected delivery.
(3) Any woman who has not given the notice when she was pregnant may give such
notice as soon as possible after the delivery.
[23] [(4) On receipt of the notice, the employer shall permit such woman to absent
herself from the establishment during the period for which she receives the
maternity benefit.]
(5) The amount of maternity benefit for the period preceding the date of her
expected delivery shall be paid in advance by the employer to the woman on
production of such proof as may be prescribed that the woman is pregnant, and the
amount due for the subsequent period shall be paid by the employer to the woman
within forty-eight hours of production of such proof as may be prescribed that the
woman has been delivered of a child.
(6) The failure to give notice under this section shall not disentitle a woman to
maternity benefit or any other amount under thi7s Act if she is otherwise entitled to
such benefit or amount and in any such case an Inspector may either of his own
motion or on an application made to him by the woman, order the payment of such
benefit or amount within such period as may be specified in the order.
7. Payment of maternity benefit in case of death of a woman.-If a woman
entitled to maternity benefit or any other amount under this Act, dies before
receiving such maternity benefit or amount, or where the employer is liable for
maternity benefit under the second proviso to sub-section (3) of Section 5, the
employer shall pay such benefit or amount to the person nominated by the woman in
the notice given under Section 6 and in case there is no such nominee, to her legal
representative.
8. Payment of medical bonus.-Every woman entitled to maternity benefit under
this Act shall also be entitled to receive from her employer a medical bonus of [24]
[two hundred and fifty rupees], if no pre-natal confinement and post-natal care is
provided for by the employer free of charge.
[25] [9. Leave for miscarriage etc.-In case of miscarriage or medical termination
of pregnancy, a woman shall, on production of such proof as may be prescribed, be
entitled to leave with wages at the rate of maternity benefit, for a period of six
weeks immediately following the day of her miscarriage or, as the case may be, her
medical termination of pregnancy].
[26] [9A. Leave with wages for tubectomy operation.-In case of tubectomy
operation, a woman shall, on production of such proof as may be prescribed, be
entitled to leave with wages at the rate of maternity benefit for a period of two
weeks immediately following the day of her tubectomy operation].
10. Leave for illness arising out of pregnancy, delivery, premature birth of
child, [27] [miscarriage, medical termination of pregnancy or tubectomy
operation].-A woman suffering from illness arising out of pregnancy, delivery,
premature birth of child [28] [miscarriage, medical termination of pregnancy or
tubectomy operation] shall, on production of such proof as may be prescribed, be
entitled, in addition to the period of absence allowed to her under Section 6, or, as
the case may be, under Section 9, to leave with wages at the rate of maternity
benefit for a maximum period of one month.
11. Nursing breaks.-Every woman delivered of a child who returns to duty after
such delivery shall, in addition to the interval for rest allowed to her, be allowed in
the course of her daily work two breaks of the prescribed duration for nursing the
child until the child attains the age of fifteen months.
12. Dismissal during absence of pregnancy.-(1) When a woman absents herself
from work in accordance with the provisions of this Act, it shall be unlawful for her
employer to discharge or dismiss her during or on account of such absence or to give
notice of discharge or dismissal on such a day that the notice will expire during such
absence, or to vary to her disadvantage any of the conditions of her service.
(2)(a) The discharge or dismissal of a woman at any time during her pregnancy, if
the woman but for such discharge or dismissal would have been entitled to maternity
benefit or medical bonus referred to in Section 8, shall not have the effect of
depriving her of the maternity benefit or medical bonus:
Provided that where the dismissal is for any prescribed gross misconduct, the
employer may, by order in writing communicated to the woman, deprive her of the
maternity benefit or medical bonus or both.
[29] [(b) Any woman deprived of maternity benefit or medical bonus, or both, or
discharged or dismissed during or on account of her absence from work in
accordance with the provisions of this Act, may, within sixty days from the date on
which order of such deprivation on discharge or dismissal is communicated to her,
appeal to such authority as may be prescribed, and the decision of that authority on
such appeal, whether the woman should or should not be deprived of maternity
benefit or medical bonus, or both, or discharged or dismissed shall be final.]
(c) Nothing contained in this sub-section shall affect the provisions contained in subsection
(1).
13. No deduction of wages in certain cases.-No deduction from the normal and
usual daily wages of a woman entitled to maternity benefit under the provisions of
this Act shall be made by reason only of-
(a) the nature of work assigned to her by virtue of the provisions contained in subsection
(3) of Section 4; or
(b) breaks for nursing the child allowed to her under the provisions of Section 11.
14. Appointment of Inspectors.-The appropriate Government may, by notification
in the Official Gazette, appoint such officers as it thinks fit to be Inspectors for the
purposes of this Act and may define the local limits of the jurisdiction within which
they shall exercise their functions under this Act.
15. Powers and duties of Inspectors.-An Inspector may, subject to such
restrictions or conditions as may be prescribed, exercise all or any of the following
powers, namely:-
(a) enter at all reasonable times with such assistants, if any, being persons in the
service of the Government or any local or other public authority, as he thinks fit, any
premises or place where woman are employed or work is given to them in an
establishment, for the purposes of examining any register, records and notices
required to be kept or exhibited by or under this Act and require their production for
inspection;
(b) examine any person whom he finds in any premises or place and who, he has
reasonable cause to believe, is employed in the establishment:
Provided that no person shall be compelled under this section to answer any question
or give any evidence tending to incriminate himself;
(c) require the employer to give information regarding the names and addresses of
women employed, payments made to them, and applications or notices received
from them under this Act; and
(d) take copies of any registers and records or notices or any portions thereof.
16. Inspectors to be public servants.-Every Inspector appointed under this Act
shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of Section 21 of the
Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860).
17. Power of Inspector to direct payments to be made.- [30] [(1) Any woman
claiming that-
(a) maternity benefit or any other amount to which she is entitled under this Act and
any person claiming that payment due under Section 7 has been improperly
withheld;
(b) her employer has discharged or dismissed her during or on account of her
absence from work in accordance with the provisions of this Act, may make a
complaint to the Inspector.
(2) The Inspector may, of his own motion or on receipt of a complaint referred to in
sub-section (1), make an inquiry or cause an inquiry to be made and if satisfied that-
(a) payment has been wrongfully withheld, may direct the payment to be made in
accordance with his orders;
(b) she has been discharged or dismissed during or on account of her absence from
work in accordance with the provisions of this Act, may pass such orders as are just
and proper according to the circumstances of the case.]
(3) Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Inspector under sub-section (2)
may, within thirty days from the date on which such decision is communicated to
such person, appeal to the prescribed authority.
(4) The decision of the prescribed authority where an appeal has been preferred to it
under sub-section (3) or of the Inspector where no such appeal has been preferred
shall be final.
[31] [(5) Any amount payable under this section shall be recoverable by the
Collector on a certificate issued for that amount by the Inspector as an arrear of land
revenue.]
18. Forfeiture of maternity benefit.-If a woman works in any establishment after
she has been permitted by her employer to absent herself under the provisions of
Section 6 for any period during such authorized absence, she shall forfeit her claim
to the maternity benefit for such period.
19. Abstract of Act and rules thereunder to be exhibited.-An abstract of the
provisions of this Act and the rules made thereunder in the language or languages of
the locality shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place by the employer in every part of
the establishment in which women are employed.
20. Registers, etc.-Every employer shall prepare and maintain such registers,
records and muster-rolls and in such manner as may be prescribed.
[32] [21. Penalty for contravention of Act by employer.-(1) If any employer
fails to pay any amount of maternity benefit to a woman entitled under this Act or
discharges or dismisses such woman during or on account of her absence from work
in accordance with the provisions of this Act, he shall be punishable with
imprisonment which shall not be less than three months but which may extend to
one year and with fine which shall not be less than two thousand rupees but which
may extend to five thousand rupees:
Provided that the court may, for sufficient reasons to be recorded in writing, impose
a sentence of imprisonment for a lesser term or fine only in lieu of imprisonment.
(2) If any employer contravenes the provisions of this Act or the rules made
thereunder, he shall, if no other penalty is elsewhere provided by or under this Act
for such contravention, be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to one
year, or with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees, or with both:
Provided that where the contraventions is of any provision regarding maternity
benefit or regarding payment of any other amount and such maternity benefit or
amount has not already been recovered, the court shall, in addition, recover such
maternity benefit or amount as if it were a fine and pay the same to the person
entitled thereto.]
22. Penalty for obstructing Inspector.-Whoever fails to produce on demand by
the Inspector any register or document in his custody kept in pursuance of this Act
or the rules made thereunder or conceals or prevents any person from appearing
before or being examined by an Inspector shall be punishable with imprisonment
which may extent to [33] [one year, or with fine which may extend to five thousand
rupees], or with both.
[34] [23. Cognizance of offences.-(1) Any aggrieved woman, an office-bearer of
a trade union registered under the Trade Unions Act, 1926 (16 of 1926) of which
such woman is a member or a voluntary organization registered under the Societies
Registration Act, 1860 (21 of 1860) or an Inspector, may file a complaint regarding
the commission of an offence under this Act in any court of competent jurisdiction
and no such complaint shall be filed after the expiry of one year from the date on
which the offence is alleged to have been committed.
(2) No court inferior to that of a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Magistrate of the first
class shall try any offence under this Act.]
24. Protection of action taken in good faith.-No suit, prosecution or other legal
proceeding shall lie against any person for anything which is in good faith done or
intended to be done in pursuance of this Act or of any rule or order made
thereunder.
25. Power of Central Government to give directions.-The Central Government
may give such directions as it may deem necessary to a State Government regarding
the carrying into execution of the provisions of this Act and the State Government
shall comply with such directions.
26. Power to exempt establishments.-If the appropriate Government is satisfied
that having regard to an establishment or a class of establishments providing for the
grant of benefits which are not less favorable than those provided in this Act, it is
necessary so to do, it may, by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt, subject to
such conditions and restrictions, if any, as may be specified in the notification, the
establishment or class of establishments from the operation of all or any of the
provisions of this Act or of any rule made thereunder.
27. Effect of laws and agreements inconsistent with this Act.-(1) The
provisions of this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent
therewith contained in any other law or in the terms of any award, agreement or
contract of service, whether made before or after the coming into force of this Act:
Provided that where under any such award, agreement, contract of service or
otherwise, a woman is entitled to benefits in respect of any matter which are more
favourable to her than those to which she would be entitled under this Act, the
woman shall continue to be entitled to the more favourable benefits in respect of
that matter, notwithstanding that she is entitled to receive benefits in respect of
other matters under this Act.
(2) Nothing contained in this Act shall be construed to preclude a woman from
entering into an agreement with her employer for granting her rights or privileges in
respect of any matter which are more favourable to her than those to which she
would be entitled under this Act.
28. Power to make rules.-(1) The appropriate Government may, subject to the
condition of previous publication and by notification in the Official Gazette, make
rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.
(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power,
such rules may provide for-
(a) the preparation and maintenance of registers, records and muster-rolls;
(b) the exercise of powers (including the inspection of establishments) and the
performance of duties by Inspectors for the purposes of this Act;
(c) the method of payment of maternity benefit and other benefits under this Act
insofar as provision has not been made therefor in this Act;
(d) the form of notices under Section 6;
(e) the nature of proof required under the provisions of this Act;
(f) the duration of nursing-breaks referred to in Section 11;
(g) acts which may constitute gross misconduct for purposes of Section 12;
(h) the authority to which an appeal under clause (b) of sub-section (2) of Section
12 shall lie; the form and manner in which such appeal may be made and the
procedure to be followed in disposal thereof;
(i) the authority to which an appeal shall lie against the decision of the Inspector
under Section 17; the form and manner in which such appeal may be made and the
procedure to be followed in disposal thereof;
(j) the form and manner in which complaints may be made to Inspectors under subsection
(1) of Section 17 and the procedure to be followed by them when making
inquiries or causing inquiries to be made under sub-section (2) of that section;
(k) any other matter which is to be, or m ay be prescribed.
[35] [(3) Every rule made by the Central Government under this section shall be laid
as soon as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament while it is in
session for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session [36]
[or in two or more successive sessions and if, before the expiry of the session
immediately following the session or the successive sessions, aforesaid] both Houses
agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule
should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form
or be of no effect, as the case may be; so however, that any such modification or
annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done
under that rule.]
29. Amendment of Act 69 of 1951.-In Section 32 of the Plantations Labour Act,
1951,-
(a) in sub-section (1), the letter and brackets “(a)- before the words “in the case of
sickness-, the word “and- after the words “sickness allowances- and clause (b) shall
be omitted;
(b) in sub-section (2), the words “or maternity- shall be omitted.
30. Repeal.-On the application of this Act-
(i) to mines, the Mines Maternity Benefit Act, 1941 (19 of 1941); and
(ii) to factories situate in the Union territory of Delhi, the Bombay Maternity Benefit
Act, 1929 (Bombay Act VII of 1929); as in force in that territory, shall stand
repealed.
_____________
[1] . The words “except the State of Jammu and Kashmir- omitted by Act No. 51 of
1970 and Schedule (w.e.f. 1-9-1971).
[2] . 1st November, 1963: vide Notification No. S.O. 2920, dated 5th October, 1963,
Gazette of India, Pt.II, page 3735.
[3] . Subs. by Act No. 52 of 1973 (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).
[4] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[5] . Subs. by Act No. 21 of 1972, for “Nothing contained in this Ac-.
[6] . Subs. by Act No. 53 of 1976 (w.e.f. 1-5-1976).
[7] . Ins. by Act No. 52 of 1973 (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).
[8] . Ins. by Act No. 52 of 1973 (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).
[9] . Word “or- omitted by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[10] . Ins. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[11] . Ins. by Act No. 29 of 1995 (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[12] . Subs. by Act No. 29 of 1995 for “or her miscarriage- (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[13] . Subs. by Act No. 29 of 1995 for “or her miscarriage- (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[14] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[15] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[16] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988, for “one hundred and sixty days- (w.e.f. 10-1-
1989).
[17] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988, for “one hundred and sixty days- (w.e.f. 10-1-
1989).
[18] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[19] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[20] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[21] . Ins. by Act No. 21 of 1972.
[22] . Ins. by Act No. 53 of 1976 (w.e.f. 1-5-1976).
[23] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[24] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988, for “twenty five rupees- (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[25] . Subs. by Act No. 29 of 1995 (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[26] . Ins. by Act No. 29 of 1995 (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[27] . Subs. by Act No. 29 of 1995, for “or miscarriage- (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[28] . Subs. by Act No. 29 of 1995, for “or miscarriage- (w.e.f. 1-2-1996).
[29] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[30] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[31] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[32] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[33] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[34] . Subs. by Act No. 61 of 1988 (w.e.f. 10-1-1989).
[35] . Subs. by Act No. 52 of 1973 (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).
[36] . Subs. by Act No. 52 of 1973 (w.e.f. 1-3-1975).

Citizenship Act 1955

[Act No. 57 of Year 1955 dated 30th. December, 1955]
1. Short title
This Act may be called the Citizenship Act, 1955.
2. Interpretation
(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,-(a) “a Government in India” means the
Central Government or a State Government.
(b) “citizen” in relation to a country specified in Schedule I, means a person who, under the
citizenship or nationality law for the time being in force in that country, is a citizen or national of
that country;
(c) “citizenship or nationality law” in relation to a country specified in Schedule I, means an
enactment of the Legislature of that country which, at the request of the government of that
country, the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, have declared to be
an enactment making provision for the citizenship or nationality of that country:
PROVIDED that no such notification shall be issued in relation to the Union of South Africa
except with the previous approval of both Houses of Parliament.
(d) “Indian consulate” means the office of any consular officer of the Government of India where a
register of births is kept, or where there is no such office, such office as may be prescribed;
(e) “minor” means a person who has not attained the age of eighteen years;
(f) “person” does not include any company or association or body of individuals, whether
incorporated or not;,
(g) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;
(h) “undivided India” means India as defined in the Government of India Act, 1935, as originally
enacted.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, a person born aboard a registered ship or aircraft, or aboard an
unregistered ship or aircraft of the government of any country shall be deemed to have been born
in the place in which the ship or aircraft was registered or, as the case may be, in that country.
(3) Any reference in this Act to the status or description of the father of a person at the time of
that person’s birth shall, in relation to a person born after the death of his father, be construed as
a reference to the status or description of the father at the time of the father’s death; and where
that death occurred before, and the birth occurs after the commencement of this Act, the status or
description which would have been applicable to the father had he died after the commencement
of this Act shall be deemed to be the status or description applicable to him at the time of his
death.
(4) For the purposes of this Act, a person shall be deemed to be of full age if he is not a minor,
and of full capacity if he is not of unsound mind.
ACQUISITION OF CITIZENSHIP
3. Citizenship by birth
1[(1) Except as provided in sub-section (2), every person born in India,-
(a) on or after the 26th day of January, 1950, but before the commencement of the Citizenship
(Amendment) Act, 1986;
(b) on or after such commencement and either of whose parents is a citizen of India at the time of
his birth,
shall be a citizen of India by birth.]
(2) A person shall not be such a citizen by virtue of this section if at the time of his birth-
(a) his father possesses such immunity from suits and legal process as is accorded to an envoy
of a foreign sovereign power accredited to the President of India and is not a citizen of India; or
(b) his father is an enemy alien and the birth occurs in a place then under occupation by the
enemy.
2[4. Citizenship by descent
(1) A person born outside India,-
(a) on or after the 26th January, 1950, but before the commencement of the Citizenship
(Amendment) Act, 1992, shall be a citizen of India by descent if his father is a citizen of India at
the time of his birth; or
(b) on after such commencement, shall be a citizen of India by descent if either of his parents is a
citizen of India at the time of his birth:]
PROVIDED that if the father of such a person 3[referred to clause (a)] was a citizen of India by
descent only, that person shall not be a citizen of India by virtue of this section unless-
(a) his birth is registered at an Indian consulate within one year of its occurrence or the
commencement of this Act, whichever is later, or, with the permission of the Central Government,
after the expiry of the said period; or
(b) his father is, at the time of his birth, in service under a Government in India:
3[PROVIDED FURTHER that if either of the parents of such a person referred to in clause (b)
was a citizen of India by descent only, that person shall not be a citizen of India by virtue of this
section, unless-
(a) his birth is registered at an Indian consulate within one year of its occurrence or the
commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 1992, whichever is later, or with the
permission of the Central Government, after the expiry of the said period; or
(b) either of his parents is, at the time of his birth, in service under a Government in India.
(2) If the Central Government so directs, a birth shall be deemed for the purposes of this section
to have been registered with its permission, notwithstanding that its permission was not obtained
before the registration.
(3) For the purposes of the proviso to sub-section (1), 4[any person] born outside undivided India
who was, or was deemed to be, a citizen of India at the commencement of the Constitution shall
be deemed to be a citizen of India by descent only.
5. Citizenship by registration
(1) Subject to the provisions of this section and such conditions and restrictions as may be
prescribed, the prescribed authority may, on application made in this behalf, register as a citizen
of India any person who is not already such citizen by virtue of the Constitution or by virtue of any
of the other provisions of this Act and belongs to any of the following categories,-
(a) persons of Indian origin who are ordinarily resident in India and have been resident for five
years immediately before making an application for registration;
(b) persons of Indian origin who are ordinarily resident in any country or place outside undivided
India;
(c) persons who are, or have been, married to citizens of India and are ordinarily resident in India
and have been so resident for five years immediately before making an application for
registration.
(d) minor children of persons who are citizens of India; and
(e) persons of full age and capacity who are citizens of a country specified in Schedule I:
PROVIDED that in prescribing the conditions and restrictions subject to which persons of any
such country may be registered as citizens of India under this clause, the Central Government
shall have due regard to the conditions subject to which citizens of India may, by law or practice
of that country, become citizens of that country by registration.
Explanation : For the purposes of this sub-section, a person shall be deemed to be of Indian
origin if he, or either of his parents, was born in undivided India.
(2) No person being of full age shall be registered as a citizen of India under sub-section (1) until
he has taken the oath of allegiance in the form specified in Schedule II.
(3) No person who has renounced, or has been deprived of his, Indian citizenship, or whose
Indian citizenship has terminated, under this Act shall be registered as a citizen of India under
sub-section (1) except by order of the Central Government.
(4) The Central Government may, if satisfied that there are special circumstances justifying such
registration, cause any minor to be registered as a citizen of India.
(5) A person registered under this section shall be a citizen of India by registration as from the
date on which he is so registered; and a person registered under the provisions of clause (b)(ii) of
Article 6 or Article 8 of the Constitution shall be deemed to be a citizen of India by registration as
from the commencement of the Constitution or the date on which he was so registered,
whichever may be later.
6. Citizenship by naturalisation
(1) Where an application is made in the prescribed manner by any person of full age and capacity
who is not a citizen of a country specified in Schedule I for the grant of a certificate of
naturalisation to him, the Central Government may, if satisfied that the applicant is qualified for
naturalisation under the provisions of Schedule III, grant to him, a certificate of naturalisation:
PROVIDED that, if in the opinion of the Central Government, the applicant is a person who has
rendered distinguished service to the cause of science, philosophy, art, literature, world peace or
human progress generally, it may waive all or any of the conditions specified in Third Schedule III.
(2) The person to whom a certificate of naturalisation is granted under sub-section (1) shall, on
taking the oath of allegiance in the form specified in Schedule II, be a citizen of India by
naturalisation as from the date on which that certificate is granted.
5[6A. Special provisions as to citizenship of persons covered by the Assam Accord
(1) For the purposes of this section-
(a) “Assam” means the territories included in the State of Assam immediately before the
commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 1985;
(b) “detected to be a foreigner” means detected to be a foreigner in accordance with the
provisions of the Foreigners Act, 1946 (31 of 1946) and the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964 by
a Tribunal constituted under the said Order;
(c) “specified territory” means the territories included in Bangladesh immediately before the
commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 1985;
(d) a person shall be deemed to be Indian origin, if he, or either of his parents or any of his
grandparents was born in India;
(e) a person shall be deemed to have been detected to be a foreigner on the date on which a
Tribunal constituted under the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964 submits its opinion to the effect
that he is a foreigner to the officer or authority concerned.
(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-sections (6) and (7), all persons of Indian origin who came
before the lst day of January, 1966 to Assam from the specified territory (including such of those
whose names were included in the electoral rolls used for the purposes of the General Election to
the House of the People held in 1967) and who have been ordinarily resident in Assam since the
dates of their entry into Assam shall be deemed to be citizens of India as from the lst day of
January, 1966.
(3) Subject to the provisions of sub-sections (6) and (7), every person of Indian origin who-
(a) came to Assam on or after the lst day of January, 1966 but before the 25th day of March,
1971 from the specified territory; and
(b) has, since the date of his entry into Assam, been ordinarily resident in Assam; and
(c) has been detected to be a foreigner;
shall register himself in accordance with the rules made by the Central Government in this behalf
under section 18 with such authority (thereafter in this sub-section referred to as the registering
authority) as may be specified in such rules and if his name is included in any electoral roll for any
Assembly or Parliamentary constituency in force on the date of such detection, his name shall be
deleted therefrom.
Explanation: In the case of every person seeking registration under this sub-section, the opinion
of the Tribunal constituted under the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964 holding such person to
be a foreigner, shall be deemed to be sufficient proof of the requirement under clause (c) of this
sub-section and if any question arises as to whether such person complies with any other
requirement under this sub-section, the registering authority shall,-
(i) if such opinion contains a finding with respect to such other requirement, decide the question in
conformity with such finding;
(ii) if such opinion does not contain a finding with respect to such other requirement, refer the
question to a Tribunal constituted under the said Order having jurisdiction in accordance with
such rules as the Central Government may make in this behalf under section 18 and decide the
question in conformity with the opinion received on such reference.
(4) A person registered under sub-section (3) shall have, as from the date on which he has been
detected to be a foreigner and till the expiry of a period of ten years from that date, the same
rights and obligations as a citizen of India (including the right to obtain a passport under the
Passport Act, 1967 (15 of 1967) and the obligations connected therewith), but shall not entitled to
have his name included in any electoral roll for any Assembly or Parliamentary constituency at
any time before the expiry of the said period of ten years.
(5) A person registered under sub-section (3) shall be deemed to be a citizen of India for all
purposes as from the date of expiry of a period of ten years from the date on which he has been
detected to be a foreigner.
(6) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 8,-
(a) if any person referred to in sub-section (2) submits in the prescribed manner and form and to
the prescribed authority within sixty days from the date of commencement of the Citizenship
(Amendment) Act, 1985, a declaration that he does not wish to be a citizen of India, such person
shall not be deemed to have become a citizen of India under that sub-section;
(b) if any person referred to in sub-section (3) submits in the prescribed manner and form and to
the prescribed authority within sixty days from the date of commencement of the Citizenship
(Amendment) Act, 1985 for year or from the date on which he has been detected to be a
foreigner, whichever is later, a declaration that he does not wish to be governed by the provisions
of that sub-section and sub-sections (4) and (5), it shall not be necessary for such person to
register himself under sub-section (3).
Explanation : Where a person required to file a declaration under this sub-section does not have
the capacity to enter into a contract, such declaration may be filed on his behalf by any person
competent under the law for the time being in force, to act in his behalf.
(7) Nothing in sub-sections (2) to (6) shall apply in relation to any person-
(a) who, immediately, before the commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 1985, for
year is a citizen of India;
(b) who was expelled from India, before the commencement of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act,
1985, for year under the Foreigners Act, 1946 for year.
(8) Save as otherwise expressly provided in this section, the provisions of this section shall have
effect notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force.]
7. Citizenship by incorporation of territory
(1) If any territory becomes a part of India, the Central Government may, by order notified in the
Official Gazette, specify the persons who shall be citizens of India by reason of their connection
with that territory; and those persons shall be citizens of India as from the date to be specified in
the order.
TERMINATION OF CITIZENSHIP
8. Renunciation of citizenship
(1) If any citizen of India of full age and capacity, who is also a citizen or national of another
country, makes in the prescribed manner a declaration renouncing his Indian citizenship, the
declaration shall be registered by the prescribed authority, and, upon such registration, that
person shall cease to be a citizen of India:
PROVIDED that if any such declaration is made during any war in which India may be engaged,
registration thereof shall be withheld until the Central Government otherwise directs.
(2) Where 6[a person] ceases to be a citizen of India under sub-section (1) every minor child of
that person shall thereupon cease to be a citizen of India:
PROVIDED that any such child may, within one year after attaining full age, make a declaration
that he wishes to resume Indian citizenship and shall thereupon again become a citizen of India.
(3) For the purposes of this section, any woman who is, or has been, married shall be deemed to
be of full age.
9. Termination of citizenship
(1) Any citizen of India who by naturalisation, registration or otherwise voluntarily acquires, or has
at any time between the 26th January, 1950 and the commencement of this Act voluntarily
acquired, the citizenship of another country shall, upon such acquisition or, as the case may be,
such commencement, cease to be a citizen of India:
PROVIDED that nothing in this sub-section shall apply to a citizen of India who, during any war in
which India may be engaged, voluntarily acquires the citizenship of another country, until the
Central Government otherwise directs.
(2) If any question arises as to whether, when or how any person has acquired the citizenship of
another country, it shall be determined by such authority, in such manner, and having regard to
such rules of evidence, as may be prescribed in this behalf.
10. Deprivation of citizenship
(1) A citizen of India who is such by naturalisation or by virtue only of clause (c) of Article 5 of the
Constitution or by registration otherwise than under clause (b)(ii) of Article 6 of the Constitution or
clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 5 of this Act shall cease to be a citizen of India, if he is
deprived of that citizenship by an order of the Central Government under this section.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this section, the Central Government may, by order, deprive any
such citizen of Indian citizenship, if it is satisfied that-
(a) the registration or certificate of naturalisation was obtained by means of fraud, false
representation or the concealment of any material fact; or
(b) that citizen has shown himself by act or speech to be disloyal or disaffected towards the
Constitution of India as by law established; or
(c) that citizen has, during any war in which India may be engaged, unlawfully traded or
communicated with an enemy or been engaged in, or associated with, any business that was to
his knowledge carried on in such manner as to assist an enemy in that war; or
(d) that citizen has, within five years after registration or naturalisation, been sentenced in any
country to imprisonment for a term of not less than two years; or
(e) that citizen has been ordinarily resident, out of India for a continuous period of seven years,
and during that period, has neither been at any time a student of any educational institution in a
country outside India or in the service of a Government in India or of an international organisation
of which India is a member, not registered annually in the prescribed manner at an Indian
consulate his intention to retain his citizenship of India.
(3) The Central Government shall not deprive a person of citizenship under this section unless it
is satisfied that it is not conducive to the public good that person should continue to be a citizen of
India.
(4) Before making an order under this section, the Central Government shall give the person
against whom the order is proposed to be made, notice in writing informing him of the ground on
which it is proposed to be made and, if the order is proposed to be made on any of the grounds
specified in sub-section (2) other than clause (e) thereof, of his right, upon making application
therefor in the prescribed manner, to have his case referred to a committee of inquiry under this
section.
(5) If the order is proposed to be made against a person or any of the grounds specified in subsection
(2) other than clause (e) thereof and that person so applies in the prescribed manner, the
Central Government shall, and in any other case it may, refer the case to a Committee of Inquiry
consisting of a Chairman (being a person who has for at least ten years held a judicial office) and
two other members appointed by the Central Government in this behalf.
(6) The Committee of Inquiry shall, on such reference, hold the inquiry in such manner as may be
prescribed and submit its report to the Central Government, and the Central Government shall
ordinarily be guided by such report in making an order under this section.
SUPPLEMENTAL
11. Commonwealth citizenship
Every person who is a citizen of a Commonwealth country specified in Schedule I shall, by virtue
of that citizenship, have the status of a Commonwealth citizen of India.
12. Power to confer rights of Indian citizen on citizens of certain countries
(1) The Central Government may, by order notified in the Official Gazette, make provisions on a
basis of reciprocity for the conferment of all or any of the rights of a citizen of India on the citizens
of any country specified in Schedule I.
(2) Any order made under sub-section (1) shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent
therewith contained in any law other than the Constitution of India or this Act.
13. Certificate of citizenship in case of doubt
The Central Government may, in such cases as it thinks fit, certify that a person with respect to
whose citizenship of India a doubt exists, is a citizen of India; and a certificate issued under this
section shall, unless it is proved that it was obtained by means of fraud, false representation or
concealment of any material fact, be conclusive evidence that that person was such a citizen on
the date thereof, but without prejudice to any evidence that he was such a citizen at an earlier
date.
14. Disposal of application under sections 5 and 6
(1) The prescribed authority or the Central Government may, in its discretion, grant or refuse an
application under section 5 or section 6 and shall not be required to assign any reasons for such
grant or refusal.
(2) Subject to the provisions of section l5, the decision of the prescribed authority or the Central
Government on any such application as aforesaid shall be final and shall not be called in any
court.
15. Revision
(1) Any person aggrieved by an order made under this Act by the prescribed authority or any
officer or other authority (other than the Central Government) may, within a period of thirty days
from the date of the order, make an application to the Central Government for revision of that
order:
PROVIDED that the Central Government may entertain the application after the expiry of the said
period of thirty days, if it is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by sufficient cause from
making the application in time.
(2) On receipt of any such application under sub-section (1), the Central Government shall, after
considering the application of the aggrieved person and any report thereon which the officer or
authority making the order may submit, make such order in relation to the application as it deems
fit, and the decision of the Central Government shall be final.
16. Delegation of powers
The Central Government may, by order, direct that any power which is conferred on it by any of
the provisions of this Act other than those of section 10 and section 18 shall, in such
circumstances and under such conditions, if any, as may be specified in the order, be exercisable
also by such officer or authority as may be so specified.
17. Offences
Any person who, for the purpose of procuring anything to be done or not to be done under this
Act, knowingly makes any representation which is false in a material particular shall be
punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with
both.
18. Power to make rules
(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules to carry out
the purposes of this Act.
(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may
provide for-
(a) the registration of anything required or authorised under this Act to be registered, and the
conditions and restrictions in regard to such registration;
(b) the forms to be used and the registers to be maintained under this Act;
(c) the administration and taking of oaths of allegiance under this Act, and the time within which,
and the manner in which, such oaths shall be taken and recorded;
(d) the giving of any notice required or authorised to be given by any person under this Act;
(e) the cancellation of the registration of, and the cancellation and amendment of certificates of
naturalisation relating to, persons deprived of citizenship under this Act, and the delivering up of
such certificates for those purposes;
(ee) the manner and form in which and the authority to whom declarations referred to in clauses
(a) and (b) of sub-section (6) of section 6A shall be submitted and other matters connected with
such declarations;
(f) the registration at Indian consulates of the births and deaths of persons of any class or
description born or dying outside India;
(g) the levy and collection of fees in respect of applications, registrations, declarations and
certificates under this Act, in respect of the taking of an oath of allegiance, and in respect of the
supply of certified or other copies of documents;
(h) the authority to determine the question of acquisition of citizenship of another country, the
procedure to be followed by such authority and rules of evidence relating to such cases;
(i) the procedure to be followed by the committees of inquiry appointed under section 10 and the
conferment on such committees of any of the powers, rights and privileges of civil courts;
(j) the manner in which applications for revision may be made and the procedure to be followed
by the Central Government in dealing with such applications; and
(k) any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed under the Act.
(3) In making any rule under this section, the Central Government may provide that breach
thereof shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees.
(4) Every rule made under this section shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made before
each House of Parliament, while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may be
comprised in one session or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry of the
session immediately following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses
agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses agree that the rule should not be
made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no effect, as the
case may be; so, however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to
the validity of anything previously done under that rule.
19. Repeals
[Repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1960 (58 of 1960)]
SCHEDULE I
[Sections 2(1)(b) and 5(1)(e)]
A. The following Commonwealth countries:
1. United Kingdom
2. Canada
3. Commonwealth of Australia
4. New Zealand
5. Union of South Africa
6. Pakistan
7. Ceylon
8. Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland
9. Ghana
10. Federation of Malaya
11. Singapore
B. The Republic of Ireland
Explanation: In this Schedule, “United Kingdom” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, and includes the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and all Colonies; and
“Commonwealth of Australia” includes the territories of Papua and the territory of Norfolk Island.
SCHEDULE II: OATH OF ALLEGIANCE
[Sections 5(2) and 6(2)]
I, A. B. _________ do solemnly affirm (or swear) that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the
Constitution of India as by law established, and that I will faithfully observe the laws of India and
fulfil my duties as a citizen of India.
SCHEDULE III: QUALIFICATIONS FOR NATURALISATION
[Section 6(1)]
The qualifications for naturalisation of a person who is not a citizen of a country specified in
Schedule I are:-
(a) that he is not a subject or citizen of any country where citizens of India are prevented by law
or practice of that country from becoming subjects or citizens or that country by naturalisation;
(b) that, if he is a citizen of any country he has renounced the citizenship of that country in
accordance with the law therein in force in that behalf and has notified such renunciation to the
Central Government;
(c) that he has either resided in India or been in the service of a Government in India or partly the
one and partly the other, throughout the period of twelve months immediately preceding the date
of the application;
(d) that during the twelve years immediately preceding the said period of twelve months, he has
either resided in India or been in the service of a Government in India, or partly the one and partly
the other, for periods amounting in the aggregate to not less than nine years;
(e) that he is of good character;
(f) that he has an adequate knowledge of a language specified in Schedule VIII to the
Constitution; and
(g) that in the event of a certificate of naturalisation being granted to him, he intends to reside in
India, or to enter into, or continue in, service under a Government in India or under an
international organisation of which India is a member or under a society, company or body of
persons established in India:
PROVIDED that the Central Government may, if in the special circumstances of any particular
case it thinks fit,-
(i) allow a continuous period of twelve months ending not more than six months before the date of
the application to be reckoned, for the purposes of clause (c) above, as if it had immediately
preceded that date;
(ii) allow periods of residence or service earlier than thirteen years before the date of the
application to be reckoned in computing the aggregate mentioned in clause (d) above.

Indian Penal Code

Indian Penal Code

Section 1. Title and extent of operation of the Code

Act No. 45 of 1860.

This Act shall be called the Indian Penal Code, and shall 1[extend to the whole of India 2[except the State of Jammu and Kashmir].]

1. The original words have successively been amended by Act 12 of 1891, sec. 2 and Sch. I, the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948 and the A.O. 1950 to read as above.

2. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “except Part B States”.

Section 2. Punishment of offences committed within India

Every person shall be liable punishment under this Code and not otherwise for every act or omission contrary to the provisions thereof, of which, he shall be guilty within 1[India] 2[***].

1. The original words “the said territories” have successively been amended by the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

2. The words and figures “on or after the said first day of May, 1861” rep. by Act 12 of 1891, sec. 2 and Sch. I.

Section 3. Punishment of offences committed beyond, but which by law may be tried within, India

Any person liable, by any 1(Indian law) to be tried for an offence committed beyond 2(India) shall be dealt with according to the provisions of this Code for any act committed beyond 2(India) in the same manner as if such act had been committed within 3[India].

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1937 for “law passed by the Governor General of India in Council”.

2. The original words “the limits of the said territories” have successively been amended by the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

3. The original words “the said territories” have successively been amended by the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 4. Extension of Code to extra-territorial offences

1[4. Extension of Code to extra-territorial offences.

The provisions of this Code apply also to any offence committed by

2[(1) Any citizen of India in any place without and beyond India;

(2) Any person on any ship or aircraft registered in India wherever it may be.]

Explanation. -In this section the word “offence” includes every act committed outside 3[India] which, If committed in 3[India], would be punishable under this code.

4[Illustration]

5[*** A, 6[who is 7[a citizen of India]], commits a murder in Uganda. He can be tried and convicted of murder in any place in 3[India] in which he may be found.

8[* * *]

1 Subs. by Act 4 of 1898, sec. 2, for the original section.

2 Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for clauses (1) to (4).

3 The words “British India” have been successively amended by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch. to read as above.

4 Subs. by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II, for “Illustrations” (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

5 The brackets and letter “(a)” omitted by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

6 Subs. by the A.O. 1948, for “a coolie, who is a Native Indian subject”.

7 Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “a British subject of Indian domicile”.

8 Illustrations (b), (c) and (d) omitted by the A.O. 1950.

Section 5. Certain laws not to be affected by this Act

15. Certain laws not to be affected by this Act.- Nothing in this Act shall affect the provisions of any Act for punishing mutiny and desertion of officers, soldiers, sailors or airmen in the service of the Government of India or the provisions of any special or local law.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for the original section.

Section 6. Definitions in the Code to be understood subject to exceptions

Throughout this Code every definition of an offence, every penal provision, and every illustration of every such definition or penal provision shall be understood subject to the exceptions contained in the Chapter entitled “General Exceptions”, though those exceptions are not repeated in such definition, penal provision, or illustration.

Illustrations

(a) The sections, in this Code, which contain definitions of offences, do not express that a child under seven years of age can not commit such offences; but the definitions are to be understood subject to the general exception which provides that nothing shall be an offence which is done by a child under seven years of age.

(b) A, a police officer, without warrant, apprehends Z, who has committed murder. Here A is not guilty of the offence of wrongful confinement for he was bound by law to apprehend Z and therefore the case falls within the general exception which provides that “nothing is an offence which is done by a person who is bound by law to do it”.

Section 7. Sense of expression once explained

Every expression, which is explained in any part of this Code, is used in every part of this Code in conformity with the explanation.

Section 8. Gender

The pronoun “he” and its derivatives are used of any person, whether male or female.

Section 9. Number

Unless the contrary appears from the context, words importing the singular number include the plural number, and words importing the plural number include the singular number.

Section 10. Man, Woman

The word “man” denotes a male human being of any age; the word “woman” denotes a female human being of any age.

Section 11. Person

The word “person” includes any Company or Associa­tion or body of persons, whether incorporated or not.

Section 12. Public

The word “public” includes any class of the public or any community.

Section 13. Queen

[Definition of “Queen”.] Rep. by the A. O. 1950.

Section 14. Servant of Government

114. “Servant of Government”.- The words “servant of Government” denote any officer or servant continued, appointed or employed in India by or under the authority of Government.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for the original section.

Section 15. British India

[Definition of “British India”.] Rep. by the A. O. 1937.

Section 16. Government of India

Rep. By the A.O. 1937.

Section 17. Government

117. “Government”.- The word “Government” denotes the Central Government or the Government of a 2[***] State.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for the original section.

2. The word and letter “Part A” omitted by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch.

Section 18. India

118. India.- “India” means the territory of India excluding the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

1 Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for the former sec­tion which was ins. by the A.O. 1950. The original section 18 was rep. by the A.O. 1937.

Section 19. Judge

“Judge”.–The word “Judge” denotes not only every person who is officially designated as a Judge, but also every person who is empowered by law to give, in any legal proceeding, civil or criminal, a definitive judgment, or a judgment which, if not appealed against, would be definitive, or a judgment which, if confirmed by some other authority, would be definitive, or

who is one of a body of persons, which body of persons is empowered by law to give such a judgment.

Illustrations

(a) A Collector exercising jurisdiction in a suit under Act 10 of 1859, is a judge.

(b) A Magistrate exercising jurisdiction in respect of a charge on which he has power to sentence to fine or imprisonment, with or without appeal, is a judge.

(c) A member of a Panchayat which has power, under 1Regulation VII, 1816, of the Madras Code, to try and determine suits, is a judge.

(d) A Magistrate exercising jurisdiction in respect of a charge on which he has power only to commit for trial to another Court, is not a judge.

1. Rep. by the Madras Civil Courts Act, 1873 (3 of 1873).

Section 20. Court of Justice

The words “Court of Justice” denote a judge who is empowered by law to act judicially alone, or a body of judges, which is empowered by law to act judicially as a body, when such judge or body of judges is acting judicially

Illustration

A panchayat acting under 1Regulation VII, 1816, of the Madras Code, having power to try and determine suits, is a Court of Justice.

1. Rep. by the Madras Civil Courts Act, 1873 (3 of 1873).

Section 21. Public Servant

The words “public servant” denote a person falling under any of the descriptions hereinafter following namely:-

1[* ****]

Second.- Every Commissioned Officer in the Military, 2[Naval or Air] Forces 3[4[* * *] of India];

5[Third.- Every Judge including any person empowered by law to discharge, whether by himself or as a member of any body of persons, any adjudicatory function;]

Fourth.- Every officer of a Court of justice 6[(including a liquidator, receiver or commissioner)] whose duty it s, as such officer, to investigate or report on any matter of law or fact, or to make, authenticate, or keep any document, or to take charge or dispose of any property, or to execute any judicial process, or to administer any oath, or to interpret, or to preserve order in the Court, and every person specially authorized by a Court of Justice to perform any of such duties.

Fifth.- Every juryman, assessor, or member of a panchayat assisting a Court of justice or public servant;

Sixth.- Every arbitrator or other person to whom any cause or matter has been referred for decision or report by any Court of justice, or by any other competent public authority;

Seventh.- Every person who holds any office by virtue of which he is empowered to place or keep any person in confinement;

Eight. -Every officer of 7[the Government] whose duty it is, as such officer, to prevent offences, to give information of offences, to bring offenders to justice, or to protect the public health, safety or convenience;

Ninth.- Every officer whose duty it is, as such officer, to take, receive, keep or extend any property on behalf of 7[the Government], or to make any survey, assessment or contract on behalf of the 7[the Government], or to execute any revenue process, or to investigate, or to report, on any matter affecting the pecuniary interests of 7[the Government], or to make, authenticate or keep any document relating to the pecuniary interests of 7[the Government], or to prevent the infraction of any law for the protection of the pecuniary interests of 7[the Government]8[***];.

Tenth. – Every officer whose duty it is, as such officer, to take, receive, keep or expend any property, to make any survey or assessment or to levy any rate or tax for any secular common purpose of any village, town or district, or to make, authenticate or keep any document for the ascertaining of the rights of the people of any village, town or district;

9[Eleventh.- Every persons who holds any office in virtue of which he is empowered to prepare, publish maintain or revise an electoral roll or to conduct an election or part of an election; ]

10[twelfth.- Every person.

(a) In the service or pay of the Government or remunerated by fees or commission for the performance of any public duty by the Government;

(b) In the service or pay of a local authority, a corporation established by or under a Central, Provincial or State Act or a Government company as defined in section 617 of the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956.]

Illustration

A Municipal Commissioner is a public servant.

Explanation 1

Persons falling under any of the above descriptions are public servants, whether appointed by the Government or not.

Explanation 2

Wherever the words “public servant” occur, they shall be understood of every person who is in actual possession of the situation of a public servant, whatever legal defect there may be in his right to hold that situation.

11Explanation 3

The word “election” denotes an election for the purpose of selecting members of any legislative, municipal or other public authority, of whatever character, the method of selection to which is by, or under, any law prescribed as by election.

12[***]

STATE AMENDMENT

State of Rajasthan

In Section 21 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Central Act 45 of 1860), in its application to the State of Rajasthan, after clause twelfth, the following new clause shall be added namely: –

“Thirteenth.- Every person employed or engaged by any public body in the conduct and supervision of any examination recognized or approved under any law.

Explanation

The expression ‘Public Body’ includes:-

(a) A University, Board of Education, or other body, either established by or under a Central or State Act or under the provisions of the Constitution of India or constituted by the Government; and

(b) A local authority.”

[Vide Rajasthan Act, 1993 4 of 1993, Sec. 2 (w.e.f. 11-2-1993)].

1. Clause First omitted by the A.O. 1950.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Naval”.

3. The original words “of the Queen while serving under the Government of India, or any Government” have successively been amended by the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948 and the A.O. 1950 to read as above.

4. The words “of the Dominion” omitted by the A.O. 1950.

5. Subs. by Act 40 of 1964, sec. 2, for the former clause (w.e.f. 18-12-1964).

6. Ins. by Act 40 of 1964, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 18-12-1964).

7. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Crown” which had been subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “Government”.

8. Certain words omitted by Act 40 of 1964, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 18-12-1964).

9. Ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

10. Subs. by Act 40 of 1964, sec. 2, for the former clause (w.e.f. 18-12-1964).

11. Ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

12. Explanation 4 ins. by Act 2 of 1958, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-2-1958) and omitted by Act 40 of 1964, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 18-12-1964).

Section 22. Moveable property

The words “moveable property” are intended to include corporeal property of every description, except land and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything, which is attached to the earth.

Section 23. Wrongful gain

23. “Wrongful gain”.–“Wrongful gain” is gain by unlawful meansof property to which the person gaining is not legally entitled.

“Wrongful loss”.–“Wrongful loss” is the loss by unlawful meansof property to which the person losing it is legally entitled. Gaining wrongfully.

Losing wrongfully.–A person is said to gainwrongfully when such person retains wrongfully, as well as when suchperson acquires wrongfully.

A person is said to lose wrongfully whensuch person is wrongfully kept out of any property, as well as whensuch person is wrongfully deprived of property.

Section 24. Dishonestly

Whoever does anything with the intention of causing wrongful gain to one person or wrongful loss to another person, is said to do that thing “dishonestly”.

Section 25. Fraudulently

A person is said to do a thing fraudulently if he does that thing with intent to defraud but not otherwise.

Section 26. Reason to believe

A person is said to have “reason to believe” a thing, if he has sufficient cause to believe that thing but not otherwise.

Section 27. Property in possession of wife, clerk or servant

When property is in the possession of a person’s wife, clerk or servant, on account of that person, it is in that person’s possession within the meaning of this Code.

Explanation

A person employed temporarily or on a particular occasion in the capacity of a clerk or servant, is a clerk or servant within the meaning of this section.

Section 28. Counterfeit

A person is said to “counterfeit” who causes one thing to resemble another thing, intending by means of that resemblance to practice deception, or knowing it to be likely that deception will thereby be practiced.

1Explanation 1

It is not essential to counterfeiting that the imitation should be exact.

Explanation 2

When a person causes one thing to resemble another thing, and the resemblance is such that a person might be deceived thereby, it shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that the person so causing the one thing to resemble the other thing intended by means of that resemblance to practice deception or knew it to be likely that deception would thereby be practiced.

1. Subs. by Act 1 of 1889, sec. 9, for the original Explanation.

Section 29. Document

The word “document” denotes any matter expressed or described upon any substance by means of letters, figures, or marks, or by more than one of those means, intended to be used, or which may be used, as evidence of that matter.

Explanation 1

It is immaterial by what means or upon what substance the letters, figures or marks are formed, or whether the evidence is intended for, or may be used in, a Court of Justice, or not.

Illustrations

A writing expressing the terms of a contract, which may be used as evidence of the contract, is a document.

A cheque upon a banker is a document.

A power-of-attorney is a document.

A map or plan which is intended to be used or which may be used as evidence, is a document.

A writing containing directions or instructions is a document.

Explanation 2

Whatever is expressed by means of letters, figures or marks as explained by mercantile or other usage, shall be deemed to be expressed by such letters, figures or marks within the meaning of this section, although the same may not be actually expressed.

Illustration

A writes his name on the back of a bill of exchange payable to his order. The meaning of the endorsement, as explained by mercantile usage, is that the bill is to be paid to the holder. The endorsement is a document, and must be construed in the same manner as if the words “pay to the holder” or words to that effect had been written over the signature.

Section 29A. Electronic record

129A. Electronic record.- The words “electronic record” shall have the meaning assigned to them in clause (t) of sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Information Technology Act, 2000.

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 30. Valuable security

The words “valuable security” denote a document which is, or purports to be, a document whereby any legal right is created, extended, transferred, restricted, extin­guished or released, or where by any person acknowledges that he lies under legal liability, or has not a certain legal right.

Illustration

A writes his name on the back of a bill of exchange. As the effect of this endorsement is transfer the right to the bill to any person who may become the lawful holder of it, the endorse­ment is a “valuable security”.

Section 31. A will

The words “a will” denote any testamentary document.

Section 32. Words referring to acts include illegal omissions

In every part of this Code, except where a contrary intention appears from the context, words which refer to acts done extend also to ille­gal omissions.

Section 33. Act Omission

The word “act” denotes as well a series of acts as a single act: the word “omission” denotes as well as series of omissions as a single omission.

Section 34. Acts done by several persons in furtherance of common intention

134. Acts done by several persons in furtherance of common intention.- When a criminal act is done by several persons in furtherance of the common intention of all, each of such persons is liable for that act in the same manner as if it were done by him alone.

Distinction between ’common intention’ and ‘common object’

A clear distinction is made out between common intention and common object is that common intention denotes action in concert and necessarily postulates the existence of a pre-arranged plan implying a prior meeting of the minds, while common object does not necessarily require proof of prior meeting of minds or pre-concert. Though there is a substantial difference between the two sections namely 34 and 149, they also to some extent overlap and it is a question to be determined on the facts of each case; Chittarmal v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 2003 SC 796.

Difference in operation of section 34 and section 149

(i) Both sections 149 and 34 deal with a combination of persons who become liable to be punished as sharers in the commission of offences. The non-applicability of section is, therefore, no bar in convicting the accused under substantive section read with section 34 if the evidence discloses commission of an offence in furtherance of the common intention of them all; Nethala Pothura­ju v. State of Andhra Pradesh, (1991) Cr LJ 3133 (SC).

(ii) In order to convict a person vicariously liable under section 34 or section 149 it is not necessary to prove that each and everyone of them had indulged in overts acts; Ram Blias Singh v. State of Bihar, (1989) Cr LJ 1782: AIR 1989 SC 1593.

Ingredients

(i) When an offence is sought to be proved only on circumstan­tial evidence, the allegations of common intention under section 34 normally cannot be established in absence of meeting of mind, the overt act of the accused, by their conduct, by using the weapons by their utterance of words; Santosh Desai v. State of Goa, (1997) 2 Crimes 666 (Bom).

(ii) In order to bring a case under section 34 it is not neces­sary that there must be a prior conspiracy or pre-meditation, the common intention can be formed in the course of occurrence; Hari Om v. State of Uttar Pradesh, (1993) 1 Crimes 294 (SC).

(iii) Mere surrender by appellant alongwith accused before police does not show meeting of minds as to bring the case within ambit of section 34; Rangaswami v. State of Tamil Nadu, (1989) Cr LJ 875: AIR 1989 SC 1137.

(iv) It has been held that the requirement of statute is sharing the common intention upon being present at the place of occurrence. Mere distancing from the scene cannot absolve the accused; Lallan Bhai v. State of Bihar, AIR 2003 SC 333.

Participation in the Criminal Act

(i) To apply section 34, apart from the fact that there should be two or more accused, two factors must be established: (i) common intention, and (ii) participation of accused in the commission of an offence. If common intention is proved but no overt act is attributed to the individual accused, section 34 will be attracted as essentially it involves vicarious liability but if participation of the accused in the crime is proved and common intention is absent, section 34 cannot be invoked; Jai Bhagwan v. State of Haryana, AIR 1999 SC 1083.

(ii) It requires a pre-arranged plan and pre-supposes prior concert therefore there must be prior meeting of mind. It can also be developed at the spur of moment but there must be pre-arrangement or premeditated concert: Ramashish Yadav v. State of Bihar, 1999 (8) SCC 555: 1999(6) JT 560: 1999 (2) JCC (SC) 471.

(iii) If some act is done by the accused person in furtherance of common intention of his co-accused, he is equally liable like his co-accused; State of Punjab v. Fauja Singh, (1997) 3 Crimes 170 (P&H).

(iv) In the instant case, there was a long standing enmity between two rival factions in a village, and proceedings under the Criminal Procedure Code were pending against members of both factions. On the day fixed for a hearing in the Magistrate’s Court in a neighbouring town, members of both factions left their village armed with sticks and lathis. While one faction was waiting on the roadside for a bus, the other faction arrived and a fight ensued in which severe injuries were caused on both sides, as a result of which one man died. The members of the opposite faction were charged and convicted under sections 302/34 I.P.C. It was held that the mere presence of a person armed with a deadly weapon at the spot of a crime does not necessarily make him a participator in a joint crime in every case, because for the purpose of section 34 only such presence makes a man a participant in a joint crime as is established to be with the intention of lending weight to the commission of a joint crime; Jamun v. State of Punjab, AIR 1957 SC 469.

1. Subs. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 1, for the original section.>

Section 35. When such an act is criminal by reason of its being done with a criminal knowledge or intention

Whenever an act, which is criminal only be reason of its being done with a criminal knowledge or intention, is done by several persons, each of such persons who joins in the act with such knowledge or intention is liable for the act in the same manner as if the act were done by him alone with that knowledge or intention.

Section 36. Effect caused partly by act and partly by omission

Wherever the causing of a certain effect, or an attempt to cause that effect, by an act or by an omission, is an offence, it is to be understood that the causing of that effect partly by an act and partly by an omission is the same offence.

Illustration

A intentionally causes Z’s death, partly by illegally omitting to give Z food, and partly by beating Z. A has committed murder.

Section 37. Co-operation by doing one of several acts constituting an offence

When an offence is committed by means of several acts, whoever intentionally co-operates in the commission of that offence by doing any one of those acts, either singly or jointly with any other person commits that offence.

Illustrations

(a) A and B agree to murder Z by severally and at different times giving him small doses of poison. A and B administer the poison according to the agreement with intent to murder Z. Z dies from the effects of the several doses of poison so administered to him. Here A and B intentionally co-operates in the commission of murder and as each of them does an act by which the death is caused, they are both guilty of the offence though their acts are separate.

(b) A and B are joint jailors, and as such have the charge of Z, a prisoner, alternately for six hours at a time. A and B, intending to cause Z’s death, knowingly co-operate in causing that effect by illegally omitting, each during the time of his attendance, to furnish Z with food supplied to them for that purpose. Z dies of hunger. Both A and B are guilty of the murder of Z.

(c) A, a jailor, has the charge of Z, a prisoner. A, intending to cause Z’s death illegally omits to supply Z with food in consequence of which Z is much reduced in strength, but the starvation is not sufficient to cause his death. A is dismissed from his office, and B succeeds him. B, without collusion or co-operation with A, illegally omits to supply Z with food, knowing that he is likely thereby to cause Z’s death. Z dies of hunger. B is guilty of murder, but, as A did not co-operate with B. A is guilty only of an attempt to commit murder.

Section 38. Persons concerned in criminal act may be guilty of different offences

Where several persons are engaged or concerned in the commission of a criminal act, they may be guilty of different offences by means of that act.

Illustration

A attacks Z under such circumstances of grave provocation that his killing of Z would be only culpable homicide not amounting to murder. B, having ill-will towards Z and intending to kill him, and not having been subject to the provocation, assists A in killing Z. Here, though A and B are both engaged in causing Z’s death, B is guilty of murder, and A is guilty only of culpable homicide.

Section 39. Voluntarily

A person is said to cause an effect “voluntarily” when he causes it by means whereby he intended to cause it, or by means which, at the time of employing those means, he knew or had reason to believe to be likely to cause it.

Illustration

A sets fire, by night, to an inhabited house in a large town, for the purpose of facilitating a robbery and thus causes the death of a person. Here, A may not have intended to cause death; and may even be sorry that death has been caused by his act; yet, if he knew that he was likely to cause death, he has caused death voluntarily.

Section 40. Offence

140 “Offence”.- Except in the 2[Chapters] and sections mentioned in clauses 2 and 3 of this section, the word “offence” denotes a thing made punishable by this code.

In Chapter IV, 3[Chapter V A] and in the following sections, namely Sections 4[64, 65, 66, 5[67], 71], 109, 110, 112, 114, 115, 116, 117, 187, 194, 195, 203, 211, 213, 214, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 347, 348, 388, 389 and 445, the words “offence” denotes a thing punishable under this Code, or under any special or local law as hereinafter defined.

And in Sections 141, 176, 177, 201, 202, 212, 216 and 441, the word “offence” has the same meaning when the thing punishable under the special or local law is punishable under such law with imprisonment for a term of six months or upwards, whether with or without fine.

1. Subs. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 1, for the original section.

2. Subs. by Act 8 of 1930, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “Chapter”.

3. Ins. by Act 8 of 1913, sec. 2.

4. Ins. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 1.

5. Ins. by Act 10 of 1886, sec. 21(1).

Section 41. Special law

A “special law” is a law applicable to a particular subject.

Section 42. Local law

A “local law” is a law applicable only to a particular part of 1[2[***] 3[India]].

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1948, for “British India”.

2. The words “the territories comprised in” omitted by Act 48 of 1952, sec. 3 and Sch. II (w.e.f. 2-8-1952).

3. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the States” which had been subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Provinces”.

Section 43. Illegal, Legally bound to do

The word “illegal” is applicable to everything which is an offence or which is prohibited by law, or which furnishes ground for a civil action; and a person is said to be “legally bound to do” whatever it is illegal in him to omit.

Section 44. Injury

The word “injury” denotes any harm whatever illegally caused to any person, in body, mind, reputation or property.

Section 45. Life

The word “life” denotes the life of a human being, unless the contrary appears from the context.

Section 46. Death

The word “death” denotes the death of a human being unless the contrary appears from the context.

Section 47. Animal

The word “animal” denotes any living creature, other than a human being.

Section 48. Vessel

The word “vessel” denotes anything made for the conveyance by water of human beings or of property.

Section 49. Year, Month

Wherever the word “year” or the word “month” is used, it is to be understood that the year or the month is to be reckoned according to the British calendar.

Section 50. Section

The word “section” denotes one of those portions of a chapter of this Code which are distinguished by prefixed numeral figures.

Section 51. Oath

The word “oath” includes a solemn affirmation substituted by law for an oath, and any declaration required or authorized by law to be made before a public servant or to be used for the purpose of proof, whether in a Court of Justice or not.

Section 52. Good faith

Nothing is said to be done or believed in “good faith” which is done or believed without due care and attention.

Section 52A. Harbour

152A “Harbour”.- Except in Section 157, and in Section 130 in the case in which the harbour is given by the wife or husband of the person harboured, the word “harbour” includes the supplying a person with shelter, food, drink, money, clothes, arms, ammunition or means of conveyance, or the assisting a person by any means, whether of the same kind as those enumerated in this section or not, to evade apprehension.

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1942, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-2-1942).

Section 53. Punishment

The punishments to which offenders are liable under the provisions of this Code are
First.— Death;

1[Secondly.—Imprisonment for life;]

2[***]

Fourthly. —Imprisonment, which is of two descriptions, namely:
(1) Rigorous, that is, with hard labour;

(2) Simple;

Fifthly. —Forfeiture of property;

Sixthly. —Fine.

Reformative theory

(i) The reformative approach to punishment should be the object of criminal law, in order to promote rehabilitation without offending communal conscience and to secure social justice; Narotam Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1978 SC 1542.

(ii) The punishment till the rising of the Court, for the offence of grievous hurt and related offences, committed conjointly on a group by an accused person which had resulted in the hospitalisation of victim for four weeks, did not conform to any rational legal theory of behaviour, much less the reformatory theory of punishment; Raman v. Francis, (1988) Cr LJ 1359 (Ker).

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “Secondly—Transportation” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Clause “Thirdly” omitted by Act 17 of 1949, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-4-1949).

Section 53A. Construction of reference to transportation

153A. Construction of reference to transportation.- (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2) and sub-section (3), any reference to “transportation for life” in any other law for the time being in force or in any instrument or order having effect by virtue of any such law or of any enactment repealed shall be construed as a reference to “imprisonment for life”.

(2) In every case in which a sentence of transportation for a term has been passed before the commencement of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment) Act, 2[1955] (26 of 1955), the offender shall be dealt with in the same manner as if sentenced to rigorous imprisonment for the same term.

(3) Any reference to transportation for a term or to transportation for any shorter term (by whatever name called) in any other law for the time being in force shall be deemed to have been omitted.

(4) Any reference to “transportation” in any other law for the time being in force shall,-

(a) If the expression means transportation for life, be construed as a reference to imprisonment for life;

(b) If the expression means transportation for any shorter term, be deemed to have been omitted.

1. Ins. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Subs. by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II, for “1954” (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

Section 54. Commutation of sentence of death

In every case in which sentence of death shall have been passed, 1[the appropriate Government] may, without the consent of the offender, commute the punishment for any other punishment provided by this code.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Central Government or the Provincial Government of the Province within which the offender shall have been sentenced”. The words in italics were subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “the Government of India or the Government of the place”.

Section 55. Commutation of sentence of imprisonment for life

In every case in which sentence of 1[imprisonment] for life shall have been passed, 2[the appropriate Government] may, without the consent of the offender, commute the punishment for imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding fourteen years.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Provincial Government of the Province within which the offender shall have been sentenced”. The words in italics were subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “the Gov­ernment of India or the Government of the place”.

Section 55A. Definition of appropriate Government

155A. Definition of “appropriate Government”.- In sections fifty-four and fifty-five the expression “appropriate Government” means, –

(a) In case where the sentence is a sentence of death or is for an offence against any law relating to a matter to which the executive power of the Union extends, the Central Government; and

(b) In case where the sentence (whether of death or not) is for an offence against any law relating to a matter to which the executive power of the State extends, the Government of the State within which the offender is sentenced.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for section 55A which had been ins. by the A.O. 1937.

Section 56. Sentence of Europeans and Americans to penal servitude.

Proviso as to sentence for term exceeding ten years but not for life

[Rep. by the Criminal Law (Removal of Racial Discriminations) Act, 1949 (17 of 1949) (w.e.f. 6-4-1949).]

Section 57. Fractions of terms of punishment

In calculating fractions of terms of punishment, 1[imprisonment] for life shall be reckoned as equivalent to 1[imprisonment] for twenty years.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 58. Offenders sentenced to transportation how dealt with until transported

[Rep. by the Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1955 (26 of 1955), see. 117and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 59. Transportation instead of imprisonment.

[Rep. by the Code of Criminal procedure(Amendment) Act, 1955(26 0f 1955), s.117 and Sch.. (w.e.f. 1.1.1956).]

Section 60. Sentence may be (in certain cases of imprisonment) wholly or partly rigorous or simple

In every case in which an offender is punishable with imprisonment which may be of either description, it shall be competent to the Court which sentences such offender to direct in the sentence that such imprisonment shall be wholly rigorous, or that such imprisonment shall be wholly simple, or that any part of such imprisonment shall be rigorous and the rest simple

Section 61. Sentence of forfeiture of property

[Rep. by the Indian Penal Code (Amendment) Act, 1921 (16 of 1921), sec. 4.]

Section 62. Forfeiture of property, in respect of offenders punishable with death, transportation or imprisonment

Rep. by the Indian Penal Code (Amendment) Act, 1921 (16of 1921), sec. 4.

Section 63. Amount of fine

Where no sum is expressed to which a fine may extend, the amount of fine to which the offender is liable is unlimited, but shall not be excessive.

Section 64. Sentence of imprisonment for non-payment of fine

1[In every case, of an offence punishable with imprisonment as well as fine, in which the offender is sentenced to a fine, whether with or with­out imprisonment,

and in every case of an offence punishable 2[with imprisonment or fine, or] with fine only, in which the offender is sentenced to a fine,]

it shall be competent to the Court which sentences such offender to direct by the sentence that, in default of payment of the fine, the offender shall suffer imprisonment for a certain term, in which imprisonment shall be in excess of any other imprisonment to which he may have been sentenced or to which he may be liable under a commutation of a sentence.

1. Subs. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 2, for “In every case in which an offender is sentenced to a fine”.

2. Ins. by Act 10 of 1886, sec. 21(2).

Section 65. Limit to imprisonment for non-payment of fine, when imprisonment and fine awardable

The term for which the Court directs the offender to be imprisoned in default of payment of a fine shall not exceed one-fourth of the term of imprisonment which is the maximum fixed for the offence, if the offence be punishable with imprisonment as well as fine.

Section 66. Description of imprisonment for non-payment of fine

The imprisonment which the Court imposes in default of payment of a fine may be of any description to which the offender might have been sentenced for the offence.

Section 67. Imprisonment for non-payment of fine when offence punishable with fine only

If the offence be punishable with fine only, 1[the imprisonment which the Court imposes in default of payment of the fine shall be simple, and] the term for which the Court directs the offender to be imprisoned, in default of payment of fine, shall not exceed the following scale, that is to say, for any terms not exceeding two months when the amount of the fine shall not exceed fifty rupees, and for any terms not exceeding four months when the amount shall not exceed one hundred rupees, and for any term not exceeding six months in any other case.

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 3.

Section 68. Imprisonment to terminate on payment of fine

The imprisonment which is imposed in default of payment of a fine shall terminate when ever that fine is either paid or levied by process of law.

Section 69. Termination of imprisonment on payment of proportional part of fine

If, before the expiration of the term of imprisonment fixed in default of payment, such a proportion of the fine be paid or levied that the term of imprisonment suffered in default of payment is not less than proportional to the part of the fine still unpaid, the imprisonment shall terminate.

Illustration

A is sentenced to a fine of one hundred rupees and to four month’ imprisonment in default of payment. Here, if seventy-five rupees of the fine be paid or levied before the expiation of one month of the imprisonment. A will be discharged as soon as the first month has expired. If seventy-five rupees be paid or levied at the time of the expiration of the first month, or at any later time while A continues in imprisonment. A will be immediately discharged. If fifty rupees of the fine be paid or levied before the expiration of two months of the imprisonment, A will be discharged as soon as the two months are completed. If fifty rupees be paid or levied at the time of the expiration of those two months, or at any later time while A continues in imprisonment, A will be immediately discharged.

Section 70. Fine levied within six years, or during imprisonment- Death not to discharge property from liability

The fine, or any part thereof which remains unpaid, may e levied at any time within six years after the passing of the sentence, and if, under the sentence, the offender be liable to imprisonment for a longer period than six years, then at any time previous to the expiration of that period; and the death of the offender does not discharge from the liability any property which would, after his death, be legally liable for his debts.

Section 71. Limit of punishment of offence made up of several offences

Where anything which is an offence is made up of parts, any of which parts is itself an offence, the offender shall not be punished with the punishment of more than one of such his of­fences, unless it be so expressly provided.

1[Where anything is an offence falling within two or more sepa­rate definitions of any law in force for the time being by which offences are defined or punished, or

where several acts, of which one or more than one would by itself or themselves constitute an offence, constitute, when combined, a different offence,

the offender shall not be punished with a more severe punishment than the Court which tries him could award for any one of such offences.]

Illustrations

(a) A gives Z fifty strokes with a stick. Here A may have commit­ted the offence of voluntarily causing hurt to Z by the whole beating, and also by each of the blows which make up the whole beating. If A were liable to punishment for every blow, he might be imprisoned for fifty years, one for each blow. But he is liable only to one punishment for the whole beating.

(b) But if, while A is beating Z, Y interferes, and A intention­ally strikes Y, here, as the blow given to Y is no part of the act whereby A voluntarily causes hurt to Z, A is liable to one punishment for voluntarily causing hurt to Z, and to another for the blow given to Y.

1. Added by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 4.

Section 72. Punishment of person guilty of one of several offences, the judgment stating that it is doubtful of which

In all cases in which judgment is given that a person is guilty of one of several offences specified in the judgment, but that it is doubtful of which of these offences he is guilty, the offender shall be punished for the offence for which the lowest punishment is provided if the same punishment is not provided for all.

Section 73. Solitary confinement

Whenever any person is convicted of an offence for which under this Code the Court has power to sentence him to rigorous imprisonment, the Court may, by its sentence, order that the offender shall be kept in solitary confinement for any portion or portions of the imprisonment to which he is sen­tenced, not exceeding three months in the whole, according to the following scale, that is to say
a time not exceeding one month if the term of imprisonment shall not exceed six months;

a time not exceeding two months if the term of imprisonment shall exceed six months and 1[shall not exceed one] year;

a time not exceeding three months if the term of imprisonment shall exceed one year.

1. Subs. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 5, for “be less than a”.

Section 74. Limit of solitary confinement

In executing a sentence of solitary confinement, such confinement shall in no case exceed fourteen days at a time, with intervals between the periods of solitary confinement of not less duration than such periods: and when the imprisonment awarded shall exceed three months, the solitary confinement shall not exceed seven days in any one month of the whole imprisonment awarded, with intervals between the periods of solitary confinement of not less duration than such periods.

Section 75. Enhanced punishment for certain offences under Chapter XII or Chapter XVII after previous conviction

175. Enhanced punishment for certain offences under Chapter XII or Chapter XVII after previous conviction.- Whoever, having been convicted,
(a) by a Court in 2[India], of an offence punishable under Chap­ter XII or Chapter XVII of this Code with imprisonment of either description for a term of three years or upwards, 3[***]

3[***]

shall be guilty of any offence punishable under either of those Chapters with like imprisonment for the like term, shall be subject for every such subsequent offence to 4[imprisonment for life], or to imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years.]

1. Subs. by Act 3 of 1910, sec. 2, for the original section.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

3. The word “or” at the end of clause (a) and clause (b) omitted by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch.

4. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 76. Act done by a person bound, or by mistake of fact believing himself bound, by law

Nothing is an offence which is done by a person who is, or who by reason of a mistake of fact and not by reason of a mistake of law in good faith believes himself to be, bound by law to do it.

Illustrations

(a) A, a soldier, fires on a mob by the order of his superior officer, in conformity with the commands of the law. A has committed no offence.

(b) A, an officer of a Court of Justice, being ordered by that Court to arrest Y, and, after due enquiry, believing Z to be Y, arrests Z. A has Committed no offence.

Section 77. Act of Judge when acting judicially

Nothing is an offence which is done by a Judge when acting judicially in the exercise of any power which is, or which in good faith he believes to be, given to him by law.

Section 78. Act done pursuant to the judgment or order of Court

Nothing which is done in pursuance of, or which is warranted by the judgment or order of, a Court of Justice ; if done whilst such judgment or order remains in force, is an offence, notwithstanding the Court may have had no jurisdiction to pass such judgment or order, provided the person doing the act in good faith believes that the Court had such jurisdiction.

Section 79. Act done by a person justified, or by mistake of fact believing himself justified, by law

Nothing is an offence which is done by any person who is justified by law, or who by reason of a mistake of fact and not by reason of a mistake of law in good faith, believes himself to be justified by law, in doing it.

Illustration

A sees Z commit what appears to A to be a murder. A, in the exercise, to the best of his judgment exerted in good faith, of the power which the law gives to all person of apprehending murderers in the fact, seizes Z, in order to bring Z before the proper authorities. A has committed no offence, though it may turn out that Z was acting in self-defence.

Section 80. Accident in doing a lawful act

Nothing is an offence which is done by accident or misfortune, and without any criminal intention or knowledge in the doing of a lawful act in a lawful manner by lawful means and with proper care and caution.

Illustration

A is at work with a hatchet; the head flies off and kills a man who is standing by. Here, if there was no want of proper caution on the part of A, his act is excusable and not an offence.

Section 81. Act likely to cause harm, but done without criminal intent, and to prevent other harm

Nothing is an offence merely by reason of its being done with the knowledge that it is likely to cause harm, it if be done without any criminal intention to cause harm, and in good faith for the purpose of preventing or avoiding other harm to person or property.

Explanation

It is question of fact in such a case whether the harm to be prevented or avoided was of such a nature and so imminent as to justify or excuse the risk of doing the act with the knowledge that it was likely to cause harm.

Illustrations

(a) A, the captain of a steam vessel, suddenly and without any fault or negligence on his part, finds himself in such a position that, before he can stop his vessel, he must inevitably run down a boat B, with twenty or thirty passengers on board, unless he changes the course of his vessel, and that, by changing his course, he must incur risk of running down a boat C with only two passengers on board, which he may possibly clear. Here, if A alters his course without any intention to run down the boat C and in good faith for the purpose of avoiding the danger to the passengers in the boat B, he is not guilty of an offence, though he may run down the boat C by doing an act which he knew was likely to cause that effect, if it be found as a matter of fact that the danger which he intended to avoid was such as to excuse him in incurring the risk of running down the boat C.

(b) A, in great fire, pulls down houses in order to prevent the conflagration from spreading. He does this with the intention in good faith of saving human life or property. Here, if it be found that the harm to be prevented was of such a nature and so imminent as to excuse A’s act. A is not guilty of the offence.

Section 82. Act of a child under seven years of age

Nothing is an offence which is done by a child under seven years of age.

Section 83. Act of a child above seven and under twelve of immature understanding

Nothing is an offence which is done by a child above seven years of age and under twelve, who has not attained sufficient maturity of understanding to judge of the nature and consequences of his conduct on that occasion

Section 84. Act of a person of unsound mind

Nothing is an offence which is done by a person who, at the time of doing it, by reason of unsoundness of mind, is incapable of knowing the nature of the act, or that he is doing what is either wrong or contrary to law.

Section 85. Act of a person incapable of judgment by reason of intoxication caused against his will

Nothing is an offence which is done by a person who, at the time of doing it, is, by reason of intoxication, incapable of knowing the nature of the act, or that he is doing what is either wrong, or contrary to law: provided that the thing which intoxicated him was administered to him without his knowledge or against his will.

Section 86. Offence requiring a particular intent of knowledge committed by one who is intoxicated

In cases where an act done is not an offence unless done with a particular knowledge or intent, a person who does the act in a state of intoxication shall be liable to be dealt with as if he had the same knowledge as he would have had if he had not been intoxicated, unless the thing which intoxicated him was administered to him without his knowledge or against his will.

Section 87. Act not intended and not known to be likely to cause death or grievous hurt, done by consent

Nothing which is not intended to cause death, or grievous hurt, and which is not known by the doer to be likely to cause death or grievous hurt, is an offence by reason of any harm which it may cause, or be intended by the doer to cause, to any person, above eighteen years of age, who has given consent, whether express or implied, to suffer that harm; or by reason of any harm which it may be known by the doer to be likely to cause to any such person who has consented to take the risk of that harm.

Illustration

A and Z agrees to fence with each other for amusement. This agreement implies the consent of each to suffer any harm which, in the course of such fencing, may be caused without foul play ; and if A, while playing fairly, hurts Z, A commits no offence.

Section 88. Act not intended to cause death, done by consent in good faith for person’s benefit.

Nothing which is not intended to cause death, is an offence by reason of any harm which it may cause, or be intended by the doer to cause, or be known by the doer to be likely to cause, to any person for whose benefit it is done in good faith, and who has given a consent, whether express or implied, to suffer that harm, or to take the risk of that harm

Illustration

A, a surgeon, knowing that a particular operation is likely to cause the death of Z, who suffers under a painful complaint, but not intending to cause Z’s death, and intending in good faith, Z’s benefit performs that operation on Z, with Z’s consent. A has committed no offence.

Section 89. Act done in good faith for benefit of child or insane person, by or by consent of guardian

Nothing which is done in good faith for the benefit of a person under twelve years of age, or of unsound mind, by or by consent, either express or implied, of the guardian or other person having lawful charge of that person, is an offence by reason of any harm which it may cause, or be intended by the doer to cause or be known by the doer to be likely to cause to that person :

Provisos—Provided
First.— That this exception shall not extend to the intentional causing of death, or to the attempting to cause death;

Secondly.—That this exception shall not extend to the doing of anything which the person doing it knows to be likely to cause death, for any purpose other than the preventing of death or grievous hurt, or the curing of any grievous disease or infirmi­ty;

Thirdly.— That this exception shall not extend to the voluntary causing of grievous hurt, or to the attempting to cause grievous hurt, unless it be for the purpose of preventing death or griev­ous hurt, or the curing of any grievous disease or infirmity;

Fourthly.—That this exception shall not extend to the abetment of any offence, to the committing of which offence it would not extend.

Illustration

A, in good faith, for his child’s benefit without his child’s consent, has his child cut for the stone by a surgeon. Knowing it to be likely that the operation will cause the child’s death, but not intending to cause the child’s death. A is within the exception, inasmuch as his object was the cure of the child.

Section 90. Consent known to be given under fear or misconception

A consent is not such a consent as it intended by any section of this Code, if the consent is given by a person under fear of injury, or under a misconception of fact, and if the person doing the act knows, or has reason to believe, that the consent was given in consequence of such fear or misconception ; or

Consent of insane person

if the consent is given by a person who, from unsoundness of mind, or intoxication, is unable to understand the nature and consequence of that to which he gives his consent; or

Consent of child

unless the contrary appears from the context, if the consent is given by a person who is under twelve years of age.

Section 91. Exclusion of acts which are offences independently of harm caused

The exceptions in sections 87, 88 and 89 do not extend to acts which are offences independently of any harm which they may cause, or be intended to cause, or be known to be likely to cause, to the person giving the consent, or on whose behalf the consent is given.

Illustration

Causing miscarriage (unless caused in good faith for the purpose of saving the life of the woman) is an offence independently of any harm which it may cause or be intended to cause to the woman. Therefore, it is not an offence “by reason of such harm”; and the consent of the woman or of her guardian to the causing of such miscarriage does not justify the act.

Section 92. Act done in good faith for benefit of a person without consent

Nothing is an offence by reason of any harm which it may cause to a person for whose benefit it is done in good faith, even without that person’s consent, if the circumstances are such that it is impossible for that person to signify consent, or if that person is incapable of giving consent, and has no guardian or other person in lawful charge of him from whom it is possible to obtain consent in time for the thing to be done with benefit:

Provisos – Provided-

First.— That this exception shall not extend to the intentional causing of death, or the attempting to cause death;

Secondly.—That this exception shall not extend to the doing of anything which the person doing it knows to be likely to cause death, for any purpose other than the preventing of death or grievous hurt, or the curing of any grievous disease or infirmi­ty;

Thirdly.-— That this exception shall not extend to the voluntary causing of hurt, or to the attempting to cause hurt, for any purpose other than the preventing of death or hurt;

Fourthly.—That this exception shall not extend to the abetment of any offence, to the committing of which offence it would not extend.

Illustrations

(a) Z is thrown from his horse, and is insensible. A, a surgeon, finds that Z requires to be trepanned. A, not intending Z’s death, but in good faith, for Z’s benefit, performs the trepan before Z recovers his power of judging for himself. A has committed no offence.

(b) Z is carried off by a tiger. A fires at the tiger knowing it to be likely that the shot may kill Z, but not intending to kill Z, and in good faith intending Z’s benefit. A’s ball gives Z a mortal wound. A has committed on offence.

(c) A, a surgeon, sees a child suffer an accident which is likely to prove fatal unless an operation be immediately performed. There is not time to apply to the child’s guardian. A performs the operation in spite of the entreaties of the child, intending, in good faith, the child’s benefit. A has committed no offence.

(d) A is in a house which is on fire, with Z, a child. People below hold out a blanket. A drops the child from the housetop, knowing it to be likely that the fall may kill the child, but not intending to kill the child, and intending, in good faith, the child’s benefit. Here, even if the child is killed by the fall, A has committed no offence.

Explanation

Mere pecuniary benefit is not benefit within the meaning of Sections 88, 89 and 92.

Section 93. Communication made in good faith

No communication made in good faith is an offence by reason of any harm to the person to whom it is made, if it is made for the benefit of that person.

Illustration

A, a surgeon in good faith, communicates to a patient his opinion that he cannot live. The patient dies in consequence of the shock. A has committed no offence, though he knew it to be likely that the communication might cause the patient’s death.

Section 94. Act to which a person is compelled by threats

Except murder, and offences against the State punishable with death, nothing is an offence which is done by a person who is compelled to do it by threats, which, at the time of doing it, reasonably cause the apprehension that instant death to that person will otherwise be the consequence:

Provided the person doing the act did not of his own accord, or from a reasonable apprehension of harm to himself short of instant death, place himself in the situation by which he became subject to such constraint.

Explanation 1

A person who, of his own accord, or by reason of a threat of being beaten, joins a gang of dacoits, knowing their character, is not entitled to the benefit of this exception, on the ground of his having been compelled by his associates to do anything that is an offence by law.

Explanation 2

A person seized by a gang of dacoits, and forced, by threat of instant death, to do a thing which is an offence by law ; for example, a smith compelled to take his tools and to force the door of a house for the dacoits to enter and plunder it, is entitled to the benefit of this exception.

Section 95. Act causing slight harm

Nothing is an offence by reason that it causes, or that it is intended to cause, or that it is known to be likely to cause, any harm, if that harm is so slight that no person of ordinary sense and temper would complain of such harm.

Section 96. Things done in private defence

Nothing is an offence which is done in the exercise of the right of private defence.

Private defence: object

(i) In judging whether accused has exceeded his right to private defence or not the court has to take into account the weapons used; Madan Mohan Pandey v. State of Uttar Pradesh, (1991) Cr LJ 467 (SC).

(ii) The defence version regarding accused acting in self defence was liable to be proved by accused; Rasikbhai Ram Singh Rana v. State of Gujarat, 1999 (1) Guj CR 176.

(iii) Where the right of private defence is pleaded, the defence must be a reasonable and probable version satisfying the cast that the harm caused by the accused was necessary for either warding off the attack or for forestalling the further reasonable apprehension from the side of the accused. The burden of establishing the plea of self-defence is on the accused and the burden stands discharged by showing preponderance of probabilities in favour of that plea on the basis of the material on record; Rizan v. State of Chattisgarh, AIR 2003 SC 976.

Right to private defence

(i) The accused is not required to prove the plea of private defence of person beyond reasonable manner of doubt. The onus on the accused is only to show that the defence version is probable one which is reflected from the salient features and the circum­stances in the prosecution case itself; Sawai Ram v. State of Rajasthan, (1997) 2 Crimes 148 (Raj).

(ii) Divergent views expressed by court where prosecution failed to explain the injuries sustained by accused in same occurrence. Hence referred to larger Bench; Ram Sunder Yadav v. State of Bihar, 1999 Cr LJ 3671 (SC).

Section 97. Right of private defence of the body and of property

Every person has a right, subject to the restrictions contained in section 99, to defend
First.— His own body, and the body of any other person, against any offence affecting the human body;

Secondly.—The property, whether movable or immovable, of himself or of any other person, against any act which is an offence falling under the definition of theft, robbery, mischief or criminal trespass, or which is an attempt to commit theft, rob­bery, mischief or criminal trespass.

Section 98. Right of private defence against the act of a person of unsound mind, etc.

When an act, which would otherwise be a certain offence, is not that offence, by reason of the youth, the want of maturity of understanding, the unsoundness of mind or the intoxication of the person doing that act, or by reason of any misconception on the part of that person, every person has the same right of private defence against that act which he would have if the act were that offence.

Illustrations

(a) Z, under the influence of madness, attempts to kill A; Z is guilty of no offence. But A has the same right of private defence which he would have if Z were sane.

(b) A enters by night a house which he is legally entitled to enter Z, in good faith, taking A for a house-breaker, attacks A. Here Z, by attacking A under this misconception, commits no offence. But A has the same right of private defence against Z, which he would have if Z were not acting under that misconception.

Section 99. Act against which there is no right of private defence

There is no right of private defence against an act which does not reasonable cause the apprehension of death or of grievous hurt, if done, or attempted to be done, by a public servant acting in good faith under colour of his office, though that act, may not be strictly justifiable by law.

There is no right of private defence against an act which does not reasonable cause the apprehension of death or of grievous hurt, if done, or attempted to be done, by the direction of a public servant acting in good faith under colour of his office, though that direction may not be strictly justifiable by law.

There is no right of private defence in cases in which there is time to have recourse to the protection of the public authorities.

Extent to which the right may be exercised

The right to private defence in no case extends to the inflicting of more harm that it is necessary to inflict for the purpose of defence.

Explanation 1

A person is not deprived of the right of private defence against an act done, or attempted to be done, by a public servant, as such, unless he knows or has reason to believe, that the person doing the act is such public servant.

Explanation 2

A person is not deprived of the right of private defence against an act done, or attempted to be done, by the direction of a public servant, unless he knows, or has reason to believe, that the person doing the act is acting by such direction, or unless such person states the authority under which he acts, or if he has authority in writing, unless he produces such authority, if demanded.

Section 100. When the right of private defence of the body extends to causing death

The right of private defence of the body extends, under the restrictions mentioned in the last preceding section, to the voluntary causing of death or of any other harm to the assailant, if the offence which occasions the exercise of the right be of any of the descriptions hereinafter enumerated, namely:
First.— Such an assault as may reasonably cause the apprehension that death will otherwise be the consequence of such assault;

Secondly.—Such an assault as may reasonably cause the apprehen­sion that grievous hurt will otherwise be the consequence of such assault;

Thirdly.— An assault with the intention of committing rape;

Fourthly.—An assault with the intention of gratifying unnatural lust;

Fifthly.— An assault with the intention of kidnapping or abduct­ing;

Sixthly.— An assault with the intention of wrongfully confining a person, under circumstances which may reasonably cause him to apprehend that he will be unable to have recourse to the public authorities for his release.

1[Seventhly.–– An act of throwing or administering acid or an attempt to throw or administer acid which may reasonably cause the apprehension that grievous hurt will otherwise be the consequence of such act]

Ingredients

(i) Self inflicted injuries not explained by prosecution except the reliance on medical evidence acquittal of accused not justified; Chuhar Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1999 SC 1052: 1991 SCC (Cr) 1066: 1998 (4) JT 449.

(ii) The inmates clearly had a right of private defence against the intruders who tried to extract money by force; Kishore Shamb­hudatta Mishra v. State of Maharashtra, (1989) Cr LJ 1149: AIR 1989 SC 1173.

Right of private defence to cause death

(i) Under what circumstances accused gave knife blow to the deceased could not be explained by accused, acquittal on ground of self defence not justified; State of Uttar Pradesh v. Laeeg, AIR 1999 SC 1942: 1999 (5) SCC 588.

(ii) While being chased by deceased appellant attacked on deceased caused fire incised wound, held exceeded the right of private defence, conviction under section 304 Part I proper; Suresh Singh v. State, AIR 1999 SC 1773: 1999 (2) Crimes 42.

(iii) Attack by single blow on the neck of deceased proved fatal. Held accused exceeded right of private defence; Amar Singh v. State of Madhya Pradesh, 1997 SCC (Cr) 630.

1. Inserted by Section 2 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 101. When such right extends to causing any harm other than death

If the offence be not of any of the descriptions enumerated in the last preceding section, the right of private defence of the body does not extend to the voluntary causing of death to the assailant, but does extend, under the restrictions mentioned in Section 99, to the voluntary causing to the assailant of any harm other than death.

Section 102. Commencement and continuance of the right of private defence of the body

The right of private defence of the body commences as soon as a reasonable apprehension of danger to the body arises from an attempt or threat to commit the offence though the offence may not have been committed; and it continues as long as such apprehension of danger to the body continues.

Section 103. When the right of private defence of property extends to causing death

The right of private defence of property extends, under the restrictions mentioned in section 99, to the voluntary causing of death or of any other harm to the wrong-doer, if the offence, the committing of which, or the attempting to commit which, occasions the exercise of the right, be an offence of any of the descriptions hereinafter enumerated, namely:
First.— Robbery;

Secondly.—House-breaking by night;

Thirdly.— Mischief by fire committed on any building, tent or vessel, which building, tent or vessel is used as a human dwell­ing, or as a place for the custody of property;

Fourthly.—Theft, mischief, or house-trespass, under such circum­stances as may reasonably cause apprehension that death or griev­ous hurt will be the consequence, if such right of private de­fence is not exercised.

STATE AMENDMENTS

Karnataka

(1) In section 103, in clause Thirdly,
(i) after the words “mischief by fire”, insert the words “or any explo­sive substance”;

(ii) after the words “as a human dwelling, or” insert the words “as a place of worship, or”.

(2) After clause Fourthly, insert the following clause, namely:
“Fifthly.—Mischief by fire or any explosive substance committed on any property used or intended to be used for the purpose of Government or any local authority, statutory body or company owned or controlled by Government or railway or any vehicle used or adapted to be used for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward.”

[Vide Karnataka Act 8 of 1972, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-10-1972)].

Maharashtra

In section 103, add the following at the end, namely:
“Fifthly.—Mischief by fire or any explosive substance committed on any property used or intended to be used for the purposes of Government or any local authority, statutory body, company owned or controlled by Government, railway or tramway, or on any vehicle used or adapted to be used, for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward”.

[Vide Maharashtra Act 19 of 1971, sec. 26 (w.e.f. 31-12-1971)].

Uttar Pradesh

In section 103, after clause fourthly, add the following clause, namely:
“Fifthly.—Mischief by fire or any explosive substance committed on
(a) Any property used or intended to be used for the purpose of Government, or any local authority or other corporation owned or controlled by the Government, or

(b) any railway as defined in clause (4) of section 3 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 or railways stores as defined in the Railways Stores (Unlawful Possession) Act, 1955, or

(c) any transport vehicle as defined in *clause (33) of section 2 of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939.”

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 29 of 1970, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 17-7-1970)].

* See clause (47) of sec. 2 of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988.

Section 104. When such right extends to causing any harm other than death

If the offence , the committing of which, or the attempting to commit which, occasions the exercise of the right of private defence, be theft, mischief, or criminal trespass, not of any of the descriptions enumerated in the last preceding section, that right does not extend to the voluntary causing of death, but does extend, subject to the restrictions mentioned in section 99, to the voluntary causing to the wrong -doer of any harm other than death.

Section 105. Commencement and continuance of the right of private defence of property

The Right of private defence of property commences when a reasonable apprehension of danger to the property commences.

The right of private defence of property against theft continues till the offender has effected his retreat with the property or either the assistance of the public authorities is obtained, or the property has been recovered.

The right of private defence of property against robbery continues as long as the offender causes or attempts to cause to any person death or hurt or wrongful restraint of as long as the fear of instant death or of instant hurt or of instant personal restraint continues.

The right of private defence of property against criminal trespass or mischief continues as long as the offender continues in the commission of criminal trespass or mischief.

The right of private defence of property against house-breaking by night continues as long as the house-trespass which has been begun by such house-breaking continues.

Section 106. Right of private defence against deadly assault when there is risk of harm to innocent person

If in the exercise of the right of private defence against an assault which reasonably causes the apprehension of death, the defender be so situated that he cannot effectually exercise that right without risk of harm to an innocent person his right or private defence extends to the running of that risk.

Illustration

A is attacked by a mob who attempt to murder him. He cannot effectually exercise his right of private defence without firing on the mob, and he cannot fire without risk of harming young children who are mingled with the mob. A commits no offence if by so firing he harms any of the children.

Section 107. Abetment of a thing

A person abets the doing of a thing, who
First.— Instigates any person to do that thing; or

Secondly.—Engages with one or more other person or persons in any conspiracy for the doing of that thing, if an act or illegal omission takes place in pursuance of that conspiracy, and in order to the doing of that thing; or

Thirdly.— Intentionally aids, by any act or illegal omission, the doing of that thing.

Explanation 1

A person who, by wilful misrepresentation, or by wilful concealment of a material fact which he is bound to dis­close, voluntarily causes or procures, or attempts to cause or procure, a thing to be done, is said to instigate the doing of that thing.

Illustration

A, a public officer, is authorized by a warrant from a Court of Justice to apprehend Z. B, knowing that fact and also that C is not Z, wilfully represents to A that C is Z, and thereby intentionally causes A to apprehend C. Here B abets by instigation the apprehension of C.

Explanation 2

Whoever, either prior to or at the time of the commission of an act, does anything in order to facilitate the commission of that act, and thereby facilitate the commission thereof, is said to aid the doing of that act.

Section 108. Abettor

A person abets an offence, who abets either the commission of an offence, or the commission of an act which would be an offence, if committed by a person capable of law of committing an offence with the same intention or knowledge as that of the abettor.

Explanation 1

The abetment of the illegal omission of an act may amount to an offence although the abettor may not himself be bound to do that act.

Explanation 2

To constitute the offence of abetment it is not necessary that the act abetted should be committed, or that the effect requisite to constitute the offence should be caused.

Illustrations

(a) A instigates B to murder C. B refuses to do so. A is guilty of abetting B to commit murder.

(b) A instigates B to murder D. B in pursuance of the instigation stabs D. D recovers from the wound. A is guilty of instigating B to commit murder.

Explanation 3

It is not necessary that the person abetted should be capable by law of committing an offence, or that he should have the same guilty intention or knowledge as that of abettor, or any guilty intention or knowledge.

Illustrations

(a) A, with a guilty intention, abets a child or a lunatic to commit an act which would be an offence, if committed by a person capable by law of committed an offence, and having the same intention as A. Here A, whether the act be committed or not, is guilty of abetting an offence.

(b) A, with the intention of murdering Z, instigates B, a child under seven years of age, to do an act which causes Z’s death. B, in consequence of the abetment, does the act in the absence of A and thereby causes Z’s death. Here, though B was not capable by law of committing an offence. A is liable to be punished in the same manner as if B had been capable by law of committing an offence, and had committed murder, and he is therefore subject to the punishment of death.

(c) A instigates B to set fire to a dwelling-house, B, in consequence of the unsoundness of his mind, being incapable of knowing the nature of the act, or that he is doing what is wrong or contrary to law, sets fire to the house in consequence of A’s instigation. B has committed no offence, but A is guilty of abetting the offence of setting fire to a dwelling house, and is liable to the punishment provided for that offence.

(d) A, intending to cause a theft to be committed, instigates B to take property belonging to Z out of Z’s possession. A induces B to believe that the property belongs to A. B takes the property out of Z’s possession, in good faith, believing it to be A’s property. B, acting under this misconception, does not take dishonestly, and therefore does not commit theft. But A is guilty of abetting theft, and is liable to the same punishment as if B had committed theft.

Explanation 4

The abetment of an offence being an offence, the abetment of such an abetment is also as offence.

Illustration

A instigates B to instigate C to murder Z. B accordingly insti­gates C to murder Z, and C commits that offence in consequence of B’s instigation. B is liable to be punished for his offence with the punishment for murder; and, as A instigated B to commit the offence, A is also liable to the same punishment.

Explanation 5

It is not necessary to the commission of the offence of abetment by conspiracy that the abettor should concert the offence with the person who commits it. It is sufficient if he engages in the conspiracy in pursuance of which the offence is committed.

Illustration

A concerts with B a plan for poisoning Z. It is agreed that A shall administer the poison. B then explains the plan to C men­tioning that a third person is to administer the poison, but without mentioning A’s name. C agrees to procure the poison, and procures and delivers it to B for the purpose of its being used in the manner explained. A administers the poison; Z dies in consequence. Here, though A and C have not conspired together, yet C has been engaged in the conspiracy in pursuance of which Z has been murdered. C has therefore committed the offence defined in this section and is liable to the punishment for murder.

Section 108A. Abetment in India of offences outside India

1108A. Abetment in India of offences outside India.- A person abets an offence within the meaning of this Code who, in 2[India], abets the commission of any act without and beyond 2[India] which would constitute an offence if committed in 2[India].

Illustration

A, in 2[India], instigates B, a foreigner in Goa, to commit a murder in Goa.

A is guilty of abetting murder.

1. Added by Act 4 of 1898, sec. 3.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 109. Punishment of abetment if the act abetted is committed in consequence, and where no express provision is made for its punishment

Whoever abets any offence shall, if the act abetted is committed in consequence of the abetment, and no express provision is made by this Code for the punishment of such abetment, be punished with the punishment provided for the offence.

Explanation

An act or offence is said to be committed in consequence of abetment, when it is committed in consequence of the instigation or in pursuance of the conspiracy, or with the aid, which constitutes the abetment.

Illustrations

(a) A offers a bribe to B, a public servant, as a reward for showing A some favour in the exercise of B’s official functions. B accepts the bribe. A has abetted the offence defined in Section 161.

(b) A instigates B to give false evidence. B, in consequence of the instigation, commits that offence. A is guilty of abetting that offence, and is liable to the same punishment as B.

(c) A and B conspire to poison Z. A in pursuance of the conspiracy, procures the poison and delivers it to B in order that he may administer it to Z. B in pursuance of the conspiracy, administers the poison to Z in A’s absence and thereby causes Z’s death. Here B is guilty of murder. A is guilty of abetting that offence by conspiracy, and is liable to the punishment for murder.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Same as for offence abetted—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 110. Punishment of abetment if person abetted does act with different intention from that of abettor

Whoever abets the commission of an offence shall, if the person abetted does the act with a different intention or knowledge from that of the abettor, be punished with the punishment provided for the offence which would have been committed if the act had been done with the intention or knowledge of the abettor and with no other.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Same as for offence abetted—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 111. Liability of abettor when one act abetted and different act done

When an act is abetted and a different act is done, the abettor is liable for the act done, in the same manner and to the same extent as if he had directly abetted it:

Proviso

Provided the act done was a probable consequence of the abetment, and was committed under the influence of the instigation, or with the aid or in pursuance of the conspiracy which constituted the abetment.

Illustrations

(a) A instigates a child to put poison into the food of Z, and gives him poison for that purpose. The child, in consequence of the instigation, by mistake puts the poison into the food of Y, which is by the side of that of Z. Here, if the child was acting under the influence of A’s instigation, and the act done was under the circumstances a probable consequence of the abetment. A is liable in the same manner and to the same extent as if he had instigated the child to put the poison into the food of Y.

(b) A instigates B to burn Z’s house. B sets fire to the house and at the same time commits theft of property there. A, though guilty of abetting the burning of the house, is not guilty of abetting the theft; for the theft was a distinct act, and not a probable consequence of the burning.

(c) A instigates B and C to break into an inhabited house at midnight for the purpose of robbery, and provides them with arms for that purpose. B and C break into the house, and being resisted by Z, one of the inmates, murder Z. Here, if that murder was the probable consequence of the abetment, A is liable to the punishment provided for murder.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Same as for offence intended to be abetted—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 112. Abettor when liable to cumulative punishment for act abetted and for act done

If the act for which the abettor is liable under the last preceding section is committed in addition to the act abetted, and constitutes a distinct offence, the abettor is liable to punishment for each of the offences.

Illustration

A instigates B to resist by force a distress made by a public servant. B, in consequence, resists that distress. In offering the resistance, B voluntarily causes grievous hurt to the officer executing the distress. As be has committed both the offence of resisting the distress, and the offence of voluntarily causing grievous hurt, B is liable to punishment for both these offences; and, if A knew that B was likely voluntarily to cause grievous hurt in resisting the distress A will Also be liable to punishment for each of the offences.

Section 113. Liability of abettor for an effect caused by the act abetted different from that intended by the abettor

When an act is abetted with the intention on the part of the abettor of causing a particular effect, and an act for which the abettor is liable in consequence of the abetment, cause a different effect from that intended by the abettor, the abettor is liable for the effect caused, in the same manner and to the same extent as if he had abetted the act with the intention of causing that effect, provided he knew that the act abetted was likely to cause that effect.

Illustration

A instigates B to cause grievous hurt to Z. B, in consequence of the instigation, causes grievous hurt to Z. Z dies in consequence. Here, if A knew that the grievous hurt abetted was likely to cause death, A is liable to be punished with the punishment provided for murder.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Same as for offence committed—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 114. Abettor present when offence is committed

Whenever any person, who is absent would be liable to be punished as an abettor, is present when the act or offence for which he would be punishable in consequence of the abetment is committed, he shall be deemed to have committed such act or offence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Same as for offence committed—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 115. Abetment of offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life-if offence not committed

Whoever abets the commission of an offence punishable with death or 1[imprisonment for life], shall, if that offence be not committed in consequence of the abetment, and no express provision is made by this Code for the punishment of such abetment, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

If act causing harm be done in consequence– and if any act for which the abettor is liable in consequence of the abetment, and which causes hurt to any person, is done, the abettor shall be liable to imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to fourteen years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Illustration

A instigates B to murder Z. The offence is not committed. If B had murdered Z, he would have been subject to the punishment of death or 1[imprisonment for life]. Therefore A is liable to imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years and also to a fine; and if any hurt be done to Z in consequence of the abetment, he will be liable to imprisonment for a term which may extend to fourteen years, and to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 14 years and fine—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-com­poundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 116. Abetment of offence punishable with imprisonment-if offence be not committed

Whoever abets an offence punishable with imprisonment shall, if that offence be not committed in consequence of the abetment, and no express provision is made by this Code for the punishment of such abetment, be punished with imprisonment of any description provided for that offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term provided for that offence; or with such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both ;

If abettor or person abetted be a public servant whose duty it is to prevent offence.— and if the abettor or the person abetted is a public servant, whose duty it is to prevent the commission of such offence, the abettor shall be punished with imprisonment of any description provided for that offence, for a term which may extend to one-half of the longest term provided for that offence, or with such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A offers a bribe to B, a public servant, as a reward for showing A some favour in the exercise of B’s official functions. B refuses to accept the bribe. A is punishable under this section.

(b) A instigates B to give false evidence. Here, if B does not give false evidence, A has s nevertheless committed the offence defined in this section, and is punishable accordingly.

(c) A, a police-officer, whose duty it is to prevent robbery, abets the commission of robbery. Here, though the robbery be not committed, A is liable to one-half of the longest term of imprisonment provided for that offence, and also to fine.

(d) B abets the commission of a robbery by A, a police-officer, whose duty it is to prevent that offence. Here, though the robbery be not committed, B is liable to one-half of the longest term of imprisonment provided for the offence of robbery, and also to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to a quarter part of the longest term, provided for the offence, or fine, or both—Accord­ing to offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to half of the longest term, provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 117. Abetting commission of offence by the public or by more than ten persons

Whoever abets the commission of an offence by the public generally or by any number or class of persons exceeding ten, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

Illustration

A affixes in a public place a placard instigating a sect consisting of more than ten members to meet at a certain time and place, for the purpose of attacking the members of an adverse sect, while engaged in a procession. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 118. Concealing design to commit offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life

Whoever intending to facilitate or know­ing it to be likely that he will thereby facilitate the commis­sion of an offence punishable with death or 1[imprisonment for life];

2[Voluntarily conceals by any act or omission or by the use of encryption or any other information hiding tool, the existence of a design] to commit such offence or makes any representation which he knows to be false respecting such design,

If offence be committed—if offence be not committed.—shall, if that offence be committed, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or, if the offence be not committed, with imprisonment of either description, for a term which may extend to three years; and in either case shall also be liable to fine.

Illustration

A, knowing that dacoity is about to be committed at B, falsely informs the Magistrate that a dacoity is about to be committed at C, a place in an opposite direction, and thereby misleads the Magis­trate with intent to facilitate the commission of the offence. The dacoity is committed at B in pursuance of the design. A is punishable under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Ac­cording as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 2009, sec. 51(c), for “Voluntarily conceals, by any act or illegal omission,, the existence of a design”.

Section 119. Public servant concealing design to commit offence which it is his duty to prevent

Whoever, being a public servant, intend­ing to facilitate or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby facilitate the commission of an offence which it is his duty as such public servant to prevent;

1[Voluntarily conceals by any act or omission or by the use of encryption or any other information hiding tool, the existence of a design] to commit such offence or makes any representation which he knows to be false respecting such design,

If offence be committed.—shall, if the offence be committed, be punished with imprisonment of any description provided for the offence, for a term which may extend to one-half of the longest term of such imprisonment, or with such fine as is provided for that offence, or with both;

If offence be punishable with death, etc.—or, if the offence be punishable with death or 2[imprisonment for life], with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years;

If offence be not committed.—or if the offence be not committed, shall be punished with imprisonment of any description provided for the offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of such imprisonment or with such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both.

Illustration

A, an officer of police, being legally bound to give information of all designs to commit robbery which may come to his knowledge, and knowing that B designs to commit robbery, omits to give such information, with intent to facilitate the commission of that offence. Here A has by an illegal omission concealed the exist­ence of B’s design, and is liable to punishment according to the provision of this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to half of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court which offence abetted is triable—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to a quarter part of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-com­poundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 2009, sec. 51(d), “voluntarily conceals,” by any Act or illegal ommission, the existence of a design”.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f 1-1-1956).

Section 120. Concealing design to commit offence punishable with imprisonment

Whoever, intending to facilitate or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby facilitate the commission of an of­fence punishable with imprisonment,

voluntarily conceals, by any act or illegal omission, the exist­ence of a design to commit such offence, or makes any representa­tion which he knows to be false respecting such design,

If offence be committed—if offence be not committed.—shall, if the offence be committed, be punished with imprisonment of the description provided for the offence, for a term which may extend to one-fourth, and, if the offence be not committed, to one-eighth, of the longest term of such imprisonment, or with such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to a quarter part of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence abetted is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment extending to one-eighth part of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as offence abetted is cognizable or non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which offence abetted is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 120A. Definition of criminal conspiracy.

1120A. Definition of criminal conspiracy.- When two or more per­sons agree to do, or cause to be done,
(1) an illegal act, or

(2) an act which is not illegal by illegal means, such an agree­ment is designated a criminal conspiracy:

Provided that no agreement except an agreement to commit an offence shall amount to a criminal conspiracy unless some act besides the agreement is done by one or more parties to such agreement in pursuance thereof.

Explanation

It is immaterial whether the illegal act is the ultimate object of such agreement, or is merely incidental to that object.]

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1913, sec. 3.

Section 120B. Punishment of criminal conspiracy

1120B. Punishment of criminal conspiracy.—(1) Whoever is a party to a criminal conspiracy to commit an offence punishable with death, 2[imprisonment for life] or rigorous imprisonment for a term of two years or upwards, shall, where no express provision is made in this Code for the punishment of such a conspiracy, be punished in the same manner as if he had abetted such offence.

(2) Whoever is a party to a criminal conspiracy other than a criminal conspiracy to commit an offence punishable as aforesaid shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding six months, or with fine or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Same as for abetment of the offence which is the object of the conspiracy—According as the offence which is the object of conspiracy is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence which is object of conspiracy is bailable or non-bail­able—Triable by court by which abetment of the offence which is the object of conspiracy is triable—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for six months or fine, or both—non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1913, sec. 3.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 121. Waging, or attempting to wage war, or abetting waging of war, against the Government of India

Whoever wages war against the 1[Government of India], or attempts to wage such war, or abets the waging of such war, shall be punished with death, or 2[imprisonment for life] 3[and shall also be liable to fine].

4[Illustration]

5[***] A joins an insurrection against the 6[Government of India]. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

7[* * *]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death or imprisonment for life and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

3. Subs. by Act 16 of 1921, sec. 2, for “and shall forfeit all his property”.

4. Subs. by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II, for “Illustra­tions” (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

5. The brackets and letter “(a)” omitted by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

6. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

7. Illustration (b) omitted by the A.O. 1950.

Section 121A. Conspiracy to commit offences punishable by section 121

1121A. Conspiracy to commit offences punishable by section 121.— Whoever within or without 2[India] conspires to commit any of the offences punishable by Section 121, 3[***] or conspires to overawe, by means of criminal force or the show of criminal force, 4[the Central Government or any 5[State] Government 6[***], shall be punished with 7[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description which may extend to ten years, 8[and shall also be liable to fine].

Explanation

To constitute a conspiracy under this section, it is not necessary that any act or illegal omission shall take place in pursuance thereof.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 4.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

3. The words “or to deprive the Queen of the sovereignty of the Provinces or of any part thereof” omitted by the A.O. 1950.

4. Subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “the Government of India” or any “Local Government”.

5. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Provincial”.

6. The words “or the Government of Burma” omitted by the A.O. 1948.

7. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life or any shorter term” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

8. Subs. by Act 16 of 1921, sec. 3, for “and shall forfeit all his property”.

Section 122. Collecting arms, etc., with intention of waging war against the Government of India

Whoever collects men, arms or ammunition or otherwise prepares to wage war with the intention of either waging or being prepared to wage war against the 1[Government of India], shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding ten years, 3[and shall also be liable to fine].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

3. Subs. by Act 16 of 1921, sec. 3, for “and shall forfeit all his property”.

Section 123. Concealing with intent to facilitate design to wage war

Whoever by any act, or by any illegal omission, conceals the existence of a design to wage war against the 1[Government of India], intending by such concealment to facilitate, or knowing it to be likely that such concealment will facilitate, the waging of such war, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 124. Assaulting President, Governor, etc., with intent to compel or restrain the exercise of any lawful power

Whoever, with the intention of including or compelling the 1[President] of India, or the 2[Governor 3[* * *]] of any 4[State], 5[* * *] 6[* * * ] 7[* * *] to exercise or refrain from exercising in any manner any of the lawful powers of such 8[President] or 2[Governor 3[* * *]],

Assault or wrongfully restrains, or attempts wrongfully to restrain, or overawes, by means of criminal force or the show of criminal force, or attempts so to overawe, such 8[President or 2[Governor 3[* * *]],

Shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Governor General”.

2. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “Governor”.

3. The words “or Rajpramukh” omitted by the A.O. 1956.

4. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Province” which had been subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “Presidency”.

5. The words “or a Lieutenant-Governor” omitted by the A.O. 1937.

6. The words “or a Member of the Council of the Governor General of India” omitted by the A.O. 1948.

7. The words “or of the Council of any Presidency” omitted by the A.O. 1937.

8. The original words “Governor General, Governor, Lieutenant-Governor or Member of Council” have successfully been amended by the A.O. 1937, the A.O. 1948 and the A.O. 1950 to read as above.

Section 124A. Sedition

1124A. Sedition.— Whoever, by words, either spoken or written, or by signs, or by visible representation, or otherwise, brings or attempts to bring into hatred or contempt, or excites or attempts to excite disaffection towards. 2[* * *] the Government established by law in 3[India], 4[* * *] shall be punished with 5[imprisonment for life], to which fine may be added, or with imprisonment which may extend to three years, to which fine may be added, or with fine.

Explanation 1

The expression “disaffection” includes disloyalty and all feelings of enmity.

Explanation 2

Comments expressing disapprobation of the meas­ures of the Government with a view to obtain their alteration by lawful means, without exciting or attempting to excite hatred, contempt or disaffection, do not constitute an offence under this section.

Explanation 3

Comments expressing disapprobation of the admin­istrative or other action of the Government without exciting or attempting to excite hatred, contempt or disaffection, do not constitute an offence under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life and fine, or imprisonment for 3 years and fine, or fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1898, sec. 4, for section 124A which had been ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 5.

2. The words “Her Majesty or” omitted by the A.O. 1950. The words “or the Crown Representative ins. after the word “Majesty” by the A.O. 1937 were omitted by the A.O. 1948.

3. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

4 The words “or British Burma” ins. by the A.O. 1937 omitted by the A.O. 1948.

5. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life or any shorter term” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 125. Waging war against any Asiatic Power in alliance with the Government of India.

Whoever wages war against the Government of any Asiatic Power in alliance or at peace with the 1[Government of India] or attempts to wage such war, or abets the waging of such war, shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], to which fine may be added, or with imprisonment of either descrip­tion for a term which may extend to seven years, to which fine may be added, or with fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life and fine, or imprisonment for 7 years and fine, or fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 126. Committing depredation on territories of Power at peace with the Government of India

Whoever commits depredation, or makes preparation to commit depredation, on the territories of any Power in alliance or at peace with the 1[Government of India], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine and to forfeiture of any property used or intended to be used in committing such depredation, or acquired by such depredation.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine, and forfeiture of certain property—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 127. Receiving Property taken by war on depredation mention in Sections 125 and 126

Whoever receives any property knowing the same to have been taken in the commission of any of the offences mentioned in Sections 125 and 126, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine and to forfeiture of the property so received.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine, and forfeiture of certain property—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 128. Public servant voluntary allowing prisoner of State or war to escape

Whoever, being a public servant and having the custody of any State prisoner or prisoner of war, voluntarily allows such prisoner to escape from any place in which such prisoner is confined, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 129. Public servant negligently suffering such prisoner to escape

Whoever, being a public servant and having the custody of any State prisoner or prisoner of war, negligently suffers such prisoner to escape from any place of confinement in which such prisoner is confined, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 130. Aiding escape of, rescuing or harbouring such prisoner

Whoever knowingly aids or assists any State prisoner or prisoner of war in escaping from lawful custody, or rescues or attempts to rescue any such prisoner, or harbours or conceals any such prisoner who has escaped from lawful custody, or offers or attempts to offer any resistance to the recapture of such prisoner, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

A State prisoner or prisoner of war, who is permitted to be at large on his parole within certain limits in 2[India], is said to escape from lawful custody if he goes beyond the limits within which he is allowed to be at large.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. The words “British India” have sucessively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 131. Abetting mutiny, or attempting to seduce a soldier, sailor or airman from his duty

Whoever abets the committing of mutiny by an officer, soldier, 1[sailor or airman], in the Army, 2[Navy or Air Force] of the 3[Government of India] or attempts to seduce any such officer, soldier, 4[sailor or airman] from his alle­giance or his duty, shall be punished with 5[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

6[Explanation.—In this section the words “officer”, 7[“soldier”, 8[“sailor”] and “airman”] include any person subject to the 9[Army Act, 10[the Army Act, 1950 (46 of 1950, 11[the Naval Discipline Act, 12[***] the 11[Indian Navy (Disci­pline) Act, 1934 (34 of 1934)] 13[the Air Force Act or 14[the Air Force Act, 1950 (45 of 1950)], as the case may be]].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

4. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

5. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

6. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 6.

7. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “and soldier”.

8. Ins. by Act 35 of 1934, sec. 2 and Sch.

9. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “Articles of War for the better government of Her Majesty’s Army, or to the Articles of War contained in Act No. 5 of 1869″.

10. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the Indian Army Act, 1911”.

11. Now see the Navy Act, 1957 (62 of 1957).

12. The words “or that Act as modified by” omitted by the A.O. 1950.

13. Subs. by Act 14 of 1932, sec. 130 and Sch., for “or the Air Force Act”.

14. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the Indian Air Force Act, 1932”.

Section 132. Abetment of mutiny, if mutiny is committed in consequence thereof

Whoever abets the committing of mutiny by an officer, soldier, 1[sailor or airman] in the Army, 2[Navy or Air Force] of the 3[Government of India], shall, if mutiny be committed in consequence of that abetment, be punished with death or with 4[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death, or imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine-Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

4. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 133. Abetment of assault by soldier, sailor or airman on his superior officer, when in execution of his office

Whoever abets an assault by an office, soldier, 1[sailor or airman], in the Army, 2[Navy or Air force] of the 3[Government of India], on any superior officer being in the execution of his office, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-Bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 134. Abetment of such assault, if the assault is committed

Whoever abets an assault by an officer, soldier, 1[sailor, or airman], in the Army, 2[navy or Air force] of the 3[Government of India], on any superior officer being in the execution of his office, shall, if such assault be committed in consequence of that abetment be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 135. Abetment of desertion of soldier, sailor or airman

Whoever abets the desertion of any officer, soldier, 1[sailor or airman], in the Army, 2[Navy or Air Force] of the 3[Government of India], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 136. Harbouring deserter

Whoever, except as hereinafter expected, knowing or having reason to believe that an officer, soldier, 1[sailor or airman], in the Army, 2[Navy or air force] of the 3[Government of India], has deserted, harbours such officer, soldier, 1[sailor airman], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

Exception

This provision does not extend to the case in which the harbour is given by a wife to her husband.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 137. Deserter concealed on board merchant vessel through negligence of master

The master or person in charge of a merchant vessel, on board of which any deserter from the Army, 1[Navy or Air force] of the 2[Government of India] is concealed, shall, though ignorant of such concealment, be liable to a penalty not exceeding five hundred rupees, if he might have known of such concealment but for some neglect of his duty as such master or person in charge, or but for some want of discipline on board of the vessel.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 500 rupees—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 138. Abetment of act of insubordination by soldier, sailor or airman

Whoever abets what he knows to be an act of insubordination by an officer, soldier, 1[sailor or airman], in the Army,2[Navy or Air Force] of the 3[Government of India], shall, if such act of insubordination be committed in consequence of that abetment, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 138A. Application of foregoing sections to the Indian Marine Service

[Ins. by Act 14 of 1887, sec.79 and Rep. by the Amending Act, 1934 (35 of 1934), s. 2 and Sch.]

Section 139. Persons subject to certain Acts

No person subject to 1[the Army Act, 2[the Army Act, 1950 (46 of 1950), or the Naval Discipline Act, 3[4[***] 5[the Indian Navy (Discipline) Act, 1934 (34 of 1934)], 6[the Air Force Act 7[the Air Force Act, 1950 (45 of 1950)]]], is subject to punishment under this Code for any of the offences defined in this Chapter.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “any Article of War for the Army or Navy of the Queen, or for any part of such Army or Navy”.

2. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the Indian Army Act, 1911”.

3. Ins. by Act 35 of 1934, sec. 2 and Sch.

4. The words “or that Act as modified” omitted by the A.O. 1950.

5. Now see the Navy Act, 1957 (62 of 1957).

6. Subs. by Act 14 of 1932, sec. 130 and Sch., for “or the Air Force Act”.

7. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the Indian Air Force Act, 1932”.

Section 140. Wearing garb or carrying token used by soldier, sailor or airman

Whoever, not being a soldier, 1[sailor or airman] in the Military, 2[Naval or Air] service of the 3[Government of India], wears any garb or carries any token resembling any garb or token used by such a soldier, 1[sailor or airman] with the intention that it may be believed that he is such a soldier, 1[sailor or airman], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non- compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

2. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen”.

Section 141. Unlawful assembly

An assembly of five or more persons is designated an “unlawful assembly”, if the common object of the persons composing that assembly is
First.— To overawe by criminal force, or show of criminal force, 1[the Central or any State Government or Parliament or the Legis­lature of any State], or any public servant in the exercise of the lawful power of such public servant; or

Second.— To resist the execution of any law, or of any legal process; or

Third.— To commit any mischief or criminal trespass, or other offence; or

Fourth.— By means of criminal force, or show of criminal force, to any person, to take or obtain possession of any property, or to deprive any person of the enjoyment of a right of way, or of the use of water or other incorporeal right of which he is in possession or enjoyment, or to enforce any right or supposed right; or

Fifth.— By means of criminal force, or show of criminal force, to compel any person to do what he is not legally bound to do, or to omit to do what he is legally entitled to do.

Explanation

An assembly which was not unlawful when it assem­bled, may subsequently become an unlawful assembly.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Central or any Provincial Government or Legislature”.

Section 142. Being member of unlawful assembly

Whoever, being aware of facts which render any assembly an unlawful assembly, intention­ally joins that assembly, or continues in it, is said to be a member of an unlawful assembly.

Section 143. Punishment

Whoever is a member of an unlawful assembly, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six month, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 144. Joining unlawful assembly armed with deadly weapon

Whoever, being armed with any deadly weapon, or with anything which, used as a weapon of offence, is likely to cause death, is a member of an unlawful assembly, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 145. Joining or continuing in unlawful assembly, knowing it has been commanded to disperse

Whoever joins or continues in an unlawful assembly, knowing that such unlawful assembly has been commanded in the manner prescribed by law to disperse, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 146. Rioting

Whenever force or violence is used by an unlawful assembly, or by any member thereof, in prosecution of the common object of such assembly, every member of such assembly is guilty of the offence of rioting.

Section 147. Punishment for rioting

Whoever is guilty of rioting, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 148. Rioting, armed with deadly weapon

Whoever is guilty of rioting, being armed with a deadly weapon or with anything which, used as a weapon of offence, is likely to cause death, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 149. Every member of unlawful assembly guilty of offence committed in prosecution of common object

If an offence is committed by any member of an unlawful assembly in prosecution of the common object of that assembly, or such as the members or that assembly knew to be likely to be committed in prosecution of that object, every person who, at the time of the committing of that offence, is a member of the same assembly, is guilty of that offence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the offence—According as offence is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as offence is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which the offence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 150. Hiring, or conniving at hiring, of persons to join unlawful assembly

Whoever hires or engages, or employs, or promotes, or connives at the hiring, engagement or employment of any person to join or become a member of any unlawful assembly, shall be punishable as a member of such unlawful assembly, and for any offence which may be committed by any such person as a member of such unlawful assembly in pursuance of such hiring, engagement or employment, in the same manner as if he had been a member of such unlawful assembly, or himself had committed such offence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for a member of such assembly, and for any offence committed by any members of such assembly—Cognizable—According as offence is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which the offence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 151. Knowingly joining or continuing in assembly of five or more persons after it has been commanded to disperse

Whoever knowingly joins or continues in any assembly of five or more persons likely to cause a disturbance of the public peace, after such assembly has been lawfully commanded to disperse, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

Explanation

If the assembly is an unlawful assembly with the meaning of section 141, the offender will be punishable under section 145.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 152. Assaulting or obstructing public servant when suppressing riot, etc.

Whoever assaults or threatens to assault, or obstructs or attempts to obstruct, any public servant in the discharge of his duty as such public servant, in endeavouring to disperse an unlawful assembly, or to suppress a riot or affray, or uses, or threatens, or attempts to use criminal force to such public servant, shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 153. Wantonly giving provocation with intent to cause riot-if rioting be committed-if not committed

Whoever malignantly, or wantonly, by doing anything which is illegal, gives provocation to any person intending of knowing it to be likely that such provocation will cause the offence of rioting to be committed, shall, if the offence of rioting be committed in consequence of such provocation, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both ; and if the offence of rioting be not committed, imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 153A. Promoting enmity between different groups on grounds of religion, race, place of birth, residence, language, etc., and doing acts prejudicial to maintenance of harmony

1[153A. Promoting enmity between different groups on grounds of religion, race, place of birth, residence, language, etc., and doing acts prejudicial to maintenance of harmony.—(1) Whoever
(a) By words, either spoken or written, or by signs or by visible representations or otherwise, promotes or attempts to promote, on grounds of religion, race, place or birth, residence, language, caste or community or any other ground whatsoever, disharmony or feelings of enmity, hatred or ill-will between different religious, racial, language or regional groups or castes or communities, or

(b) Commits any act which is prejudicial to the maintenance of harmony between different religious, racial, language or regional groups or castes or communities, and which disturbs or is likely to disturb the public tranquility, 2[or]

2[(c) Organizes any exercise, movement, drill or other similar activity intending that the participants in such activity shall use or be trained to use criminal force or violence of knowing it to be likely that the participants in such activity will use or be trained to use criminal force or violence, or participates in such activity intending to use or be trained to use criminal force or violence or knowing it to be likely that the participants in such activity will use or be trained to use criminal force or violence, against any religious, racial, language or regional group or caste or community and such activity for any reason whatsoever causes or is likely to cause fear or alarm or a feeling of insecurity amongst members of such religious, racial, language or regional group or caste or community,]

Shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

Offence committed in place of worship, etc.— (2) Whoever commits an offence specified in sub-section (1) in any place of worship or in any assembly engaged in the performance of religious worship or religious ceremonies, shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to five years and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Section 153A subs. by Act 41 of 1961, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 12-9-1961) and again subs. by Act 35 of 1969, sec. 2, for the former section (w.e.f. 4-9-1969).

2. Ins. by Act 31 of 1972, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-6-1972).

Section 153AA. Punishment for knowingly carrying arms in any procession or organising, or holding or taking part in any mass drill or mass training with arms

1[153AA. Punishment for knowingly carrying arms in any procession or organising, or holding or taking part in any mass drill or mass training with arms.—Whoever knowingly carries arms in any procession or organizes or holds or takes part in any mass drill or mass training with arms in any public place in contravention of any public notice or order issued or made under section 144A of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months and with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees.

Explanation

”Arms” means articles of any description designed or adapted as weapons for offence or defence and includes fire-arms, sharp edged weapons, lathis, dandas and sticks.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months and fine of 2000 rupees—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 25 of 2005, sec. 44.

Section 153B. Imputations, assertions prejudicial to national-integration

1[153B. Imputations, assertions prejudicial to national-integration.— (1) Whoever, by words either spoken or written or by signs or by visible representations or otherwise, –

(a) Makes or publishes any imputation that any class of persons cannot, by reason or their being members of any religious, racial, language or regional group or caste or community, bear true faith and allegiance to Constitution of India as by law established or uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India, or

(b) Asserts, counsels, advises, propagates or publishes that any class or persons shall, by reason of their being members of any religious, racial, language or regional group or caste or community, be denied or deprived of their rights as citizens of India or

(c) makes or publishes any assertion, counsel, plea or appeal concerning the obligation of any class of persons, by reason of their being members of any religious, racial, language or region­al group or caste or community, and such assertion, counsel, plea or appeal causes or is likely to cause disharmony or feelings of enmity or hatred or ill-will between such members and other persons,

shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

(2) Whoever commits an offence specified in sub-section (1), in any place of worship or in any assembly engaged in the perform­ance of religious worship or religious ceremonies, shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to five years and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 31 of 1972, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 14-6-1972).

Section 154. Owner or occupier of land on which an unlawful assembly is held

Whenever any unlawful assembly or riot takes place, the owner or occupier of the land upon which such unlawful assembly is held, or such riot is committed, and any person having or claiming an interest in such land, shall be punishable with fine not exceeding one thousand rupees, if he or his agent or manager, knowing that such offence is being or has been committed, or having reason to believe it is likely to be committed, do not give the earliest notice thereof in his or their power to the principal officer at the nearest police-station, and do not, in the case of his or their having reason to believe that it was about to be committed, use all lawful means in his or their power to prevent, it and, in the event of its taking place, do not use all lawful means in his or their power to disperse or suppress the riot or unlawful assembly.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 1,000 rupees—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 155. Liability of person for whose benefit riot is committed

Whenever a riot is committed for the benefit or on behalf of any person who is the owner or occupier of any land, respecting which such riot takes place or who claims any interest in such land, or in the subject of any dispute which gave rise to the riot, or who has accepted or derived any benefit there from, such person shall be punishable with fine, if he or his agent of manage, having reason to believe that such riot was likely to be committed or that the unlawful assembly by which such riot was committed was likely to be held, shall not respectively use all lawful means in his or their power to prevent such assembly or riot from taking place, and for suppressing and dispersing the same.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Section 156. Liability of agent of owner of occupier for whose benefit riot is committed

Whenever a riot is committed for the benefit or on behalf of any person who is the owner or occupier of any land respecting which such riot takes place, or who claims any interest in such land, or in the subject or nay dispute which gave rise to the riot, or who has accepted or derived any benefit there from,

the agent or manager or such person shall be punishable with fine, if such agent or manager, having reason to believe that such riot was likely to be committed, or that the unlawful assembly by which such riot was committed was likely to be held, shall not use all lawful means in his power to prevent such riot or assembly from taking place and for suppressing and dispersing the same.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Section 157. Harbouring persons hired for an unlawful assembly

Whoever harbours, receives or assembles, in any house or premises in his occupation or charge, or under his control any persons, knowing that such persons have been hired, engaged or employed, or are about to be hired, engaged or employed, to join or become members of an unlawful assembly, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 158. Being hired to take part in an unlawful assembly or riot

Whoever is engaged, or hired, or offers or attempts to be hired or engaged, to do or assist in doing any of the acts specified in Section 141, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both,

or to go armed.— and whoever, being so engaged or hired as aforesaid, goes armed, or engages or offers to go armed, with any deadly weapon or with anything which used as a weapon of offence is likely to cause death, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 159. Affray

When two or more persons, by fighting in a public place, disturb the public peace, they are said to “commit an affray”.

Section 160. Punishment for committing affray

Whoever commits an affray, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for one month, or fine of 100 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 161-165A. Repealed

[Rep. by the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (49 or 1988), sec. 31.]

Section 166. Public servant disobeying law, with intent to cause injury to any person

Whoever, being a public servant, knowingly disobeys any direction of the law as to the way in which he is to conduct himself as such public servant, intending to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will, by such disobedience, cause injury to any person, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

Illustration

A, being an officer directed by law to take property in execution, in order to satisfy a decree pronounced in Z’s favour by a Court of Justice, knowingly disobeys that direction of law, with the knowledge that he is likely thereby to cause injury to Z. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1 Section 166A.

Whoever, being a public servant,–

(a) knowingly disobeys any direction of the law which prohibits him from requiring the attendance at any place of any person for the purpose of investigation into an offence or any other matter, or

(b) knowingly disobeys, to the prejudice of any person, any other direction of the law regulating the manner in which he shall conduct such investigation, or

(c) fails to record any information given to him under sub-section (1) of section 154 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, in relation to cognizable offence punishable under section 326A, section 326B, section 354, section 354B, section 370, section 370A, section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C, section 376D, section 376E or section 509, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to two years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Section 166B.

Whoever, being in charge of a hospital, public or private, whether run by the Central Government, the State Government, local bodies or any other person, contravenes the provisions of section 357C of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with fine or with both]

1 Inserted by Section 3 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 167. Public servant farming an incorrect document with intent to cause injury

Whoever, being a public servant, and being, as 1[such public servant, charged with the preparation or translation of any document or electronic record, frames, prepares or translates that document or electronic record] in a manner which he knows or believes to be incorrect, intending thereby to cause or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause injury to any person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 168. Public servant unlawfully engaging in trade

Whoever, being a public servant, and being legally bound as such public servant not to engage in trade, engages in trade, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 169. Public servant unlawfully buying or bidding for property

Whoever, being a public servant, and being legally bound as such public servant, not to purchase or bid for certain property, purchases or bids for that property, either in his own name or in the name of another, or jointly, or in shares with others, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both; and the property, if purchased, shall be confiscated.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both and confiscation of property, if purchased—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 170. Personating a public servant

Whoever pretends to hold any particular office as a public servant, knowing that he does not hold such office or falsely personates any other person holding such office, and in such assumed character does or attempts to do any act under colour of such office, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non Compoundable.

Section 171. Wearing garb or carrying token used by public servant with fraudulent intent

Whoever, not belonging to a certain class of public servants, wear any garb or carries any token resembling any garb or token used by that class of public servants, with the intention that it may be believed, or with the knowledge that it is likely to be believed, that he belongs to that class of public servants, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 200 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compound­able.

Section 171A. Candidate, Electoral right defined

1[171A. “Candidate”, “Electoral right” defined.— For the purposes of this Chapter
2[(a) “candidate” means a person who has been nominated as a candidate at an election;]

(b) “electoral right” means the right of a person to stand, or not to stand as, or to withdraw from being, a candidate or to vote or refrain from voting at any election.]

1. Section 171A ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by Act 40 of 1975, sec. 9, for clause (a) (w.e.f. 6-8-1975).

Section 171B. Bribery

1[171B. Bribery.—(1) Whoever
(i) gives a gratification to any person with the object of induc­ing him or any other person to exercise any electoral right or of rewarding any person for having exercised any such right; or

(ii) accepts either for himself or for any other person any gratification as a reward for exercising any such right or for inducing or attempting to induce any other person to exercise any such right;

commits the offence of bribery:

Provided that a declaration of public policy or a promise of public action shall not be an offence under this section.

(2) A person who offers, or agrees to give, or offers or attempts to procure, a gratification shall be deemed to give a gratifica­tion.

(3) A person who obtains or agrees to accept or attempts to obtain a gratification shall be deemed to accept a gratification, and a person who accepts a gratification as a motive for doing what he does not intend to do, or as a reward for doing what he has not done, shall be deemed to have accepted the gratification as a reward.]

1. Section 171B ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171C. Undue influence at elections

1[171C. Undue influence at elections.— (1) Whoever voluntarily interferes or attempts to interfere with the free exercise of any electoral right commits the offence of undue influence at an election.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub-section (1), whoever
(a) threatens any candidate or voter, or any person in whom a candidate or voter is interested, with injury of any kind, or

(b) induces or attempts to induce a candidate or voter to believe that he or any person in whom he is interested will become or will be rendered an object of Divine displeasure or of spiritual censure,

shall be deemed to interfere with the free exercise of the elec­toral right of such candidate or voter, within the meaning of sub-section (1).

(3) A declaration of public policy or a promise of public action, or the mere exercise of a legal right without intent to interfere with an electoral right, shall not be deemed to be interference within the meaning of this section.]

1. Section 171C ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171D. Personation at elections

1[171D. Personation at elections.— Whoever at an election applies for a voting paper or votes in the name of any other person, whether living or dead, or in a fictitious name, or who having voted once at such election applies at the same election for a voting paper in his own name, and whoever abets, procures or attempts to procure the voting by any person in any such way, commits the offence or personation at an election:

2[Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to a person who has been authorised to vote as proxy for an elector under any law for the time being in force in so far as he votes as a proxy for such elector.]]

1. Section 171D ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

2. Ins. by Act 24 of 2003, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 22-9-2003)

Section 171E. Punishment for bribery

1[171E. Punishment for bribery.— Whoever commits the offence of bribery shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both:

Provided that bribery by treating shall be punished with fine only.

Explanation

“Treating” means that form of bribery where the gratification consists in food, drink, entertainment, or provi­sion.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both or if treating only, fine only—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Section 171E ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171F. Punishment for undue influence or personation at an election

1[171F. Punishment for undue influence or personation at an elec­tion.— Whoever commits the offence of undue influence or persona­tion at an election shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both or if treating only, fine only—Non-cog­nizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Section 171F ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171G. False statement in connection with an election

1[171G. False statement in connection with an election.— Whoever with intent to affect the result of an election makes or publish­es any statement purporting to be a statement of fact which is false and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, in relation to the personal character or conduct of any candidate shall be punished with fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Section 171G ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171H. Illegal payments in connection with an election

1[171H. Illegal payments in connection with an election.— Whoever without the general or special authority in writing of a candi­date incurs or authorises expenses on account of the holding of any public meeting, or upon any advertisement, circular or publi­cation, or in any other way whatsoever for the purpose of promot­ing or procuring the election of such candidate, shall be pun­ished with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees:

Provided that if any person having incurred any such expenses not exceeding the amount of ten rupees without authority obtains within ten days from the date on which such expenses were in­curred the approval in writing of the candidate, he shall be deemed to have incurred such expenses with the authority of the candidate.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 500 rupees—Non cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Section 171H ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 171I. Failure to keep election accounts

1[171-I. Failure to keep election accounts.— Whoever being required by any law for the time being in force or any rule having the force of law to keep accounts of expenses incurred at or in connection with an election fails to keep such accounts shall be punished with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 500 rupees—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Section 171-I ins. by Act 39 of 1920, sec. 2.

Section 172. Absconding to avoid service of summons or other proceeding

Whoever absconds in order to avoid being served with a summons, notice or order, proceeding from any public servant legally competent, as such public servant, to issue such summons, notice or order, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both;

or, if the summons or notice or order is to attend in person or by agent, or to 1[produce a document or an electronic record in a Court of Justice], with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “produce a document in a Court of Justice” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 173. Preventing service of summons or other proceeding, or preventing publication thereof

Whoever in any manner intentionally prevents the serving on himself, or on any other person, of any summons, notice or order proceeding from any public servant legally competent, as such public servant, to issue such summons, notice or order,

or intentionally prevents the lawful affixing to any place of any such summons, notice or order,

or intentionally removes any such summons, notice or order from any place to which it is lawfully affixed,

or intentionally prevents the lawful making of any proclamation, under the authority of any public servant legally competent, as such public servant, to direct such proclamation to be made,

shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hun­dred rupees, or with both;

or, if the summons, notice, order or proclamation is to attend in person or by agent, or 1[to produce a document or electronic record in a Court of Jus­tice], with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “to produce a document in a Court of Justice” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 174. Non-attendance in obedience to an order form public servant

Whoever, being legally bound to attend in person or by an agent at a certain place and time in obedience to a summons, notice, order or proclamation proceeding from any public servant legally competent, as such public servant, to issue the same,

intentionally omits to attend at that place or time, or departs from the place where he is bound to attend before the time at which it is lawful for him to depart,

shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hun­dred rupees, or with both,

or, if the summons, notice, order or proclamation is to attend in person or by agent in a Court of Justice, with simple imprison­ment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A, being legally bound to appear before the 1[High Court] at Calcutta, in obedience to a subpoena issuing from that Court, intentionally omits to appear. A has committed the offence de­fined in this section

(b) A, being legally bound to appear before a 2[District Judge], as a witness, in obedience to a summons issued by that 2[District Judge] intentionally omits to appear. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Supreme Court”.

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Zila Judge”.

Section 174A. Non-appearance in response to a proclamation under section 82 of Act 2 of 1974

1[174A. Non-appearance in response to a proclamation under section 82 of Act 2 of 1974.— Whoever fails to appear at the specified place and the specified time as required by a proclamation published under sub‑section (1) of section 82 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or with fine or with both, and where a declaration has been made under sub‑section (4) of that section pronouncing him as a proclaimed offender, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years or fine, or with both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 25 of 2005, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 23-6-2006).

Section 175. Omission to produce document or electronic record to public servant by person legally bound to produce it.

175. Omission to produce 1[document or electronic record] to public servant by person legally bound to produce it.—Whoever, being legally bound to produce or deliver up any 1[document or electronic record] of any public servant, as such, intentionally omits so to produce or deliver up the same, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hun­dred rupees, or with both,

or, if the 1[document or electronic record] is to be produced or delivered up to a Court of Justice, with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Illustration

A, being legally bound to produce a document before a 2[District Court], intentionally omits to produce the same. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the Court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI or, if not committed in a Court, any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the Court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI; or, if not committed in a Court, any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

2 Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Zila Court”.

Section 176. Omission to give notice or information to public servant by person legally bound to give it

Whoever, being legally bound to give any notice or to furnish information on any subject to any public servant, as such, intentionally omits to give such notice or to furnish such information in the manner and at the time required by law, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both;

or, if the notice or information required to be given respects the commission of an offence, or is required for the purpose of preventing the commission of an

offence, or in order to the apprehension of an offender, with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both;

1[or, if the notice or information required to be given is re­quired by an order passed under sub-section (1) of section 565 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (5 of 1898) with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 22 of 1939, sec. 2.

Section 177. Furnishing false information

Whoever, being legally bound to furnish information on any subject to any public servant, as such, furnishes, as true, information on the subject which he knows or has reason to believe to be false, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both;

or, if the information which he is legally bound to give respects the commission of an offence, or is required for the purpose of preventing the commission of an offence, or in order to the apprehension of an offender, with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A, a landholder, knowing of the commission of a murder within the limits of his estate, willfully misinforms the Magistrate of the district that the death has occurred by accident in consequence of the bite of a snake. A is guilty of the offence defined in this section

(b) A, a village watchman, knowing that a considerable body of strangers has passed through his village in order to commit a dacoity in the house of Z, a wealthy merchant residing in a neighbouring place, and being being bound under clause 5, section VII, 1[Regulation III, 1821], of the Bengal Code, to give early and punctual information of the above fact to the officer of the nearest police-station, willfully misinforms the police-officer that a body of suspicious characters passed through the village with a view to commit dacoity in a certain distant place in a different direction. Here A is guilty of the offence defined in the later part of this section.

2Explanation

In section 176 and in this section the word “offence” includes any act committed at any place out of 3[India], which, if committed in 3[India], would be punishable under any of the following sections, namely, 302, 304, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459 and 460; and the word “offender” includes any person who is alleged to have been guilty of any such act.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compound­able.

1. Rep. by Act 17 of 1862.

2. Added by Act 3 of 1894.

3. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch. to read as above.

Section 178. Refusing oath or affirmation when duly required by public servant to make it

Whoever refuses to bind himself by an oath 1[or affirmation] to state the truth, when required so to bind himself by a public servant legally competent to require that he shall so bind himself, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI; or, if not committed in a court, any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Rep. by Act 17 of 1862.

Section 179. Refusing to answer public servant authorised to question

Whoever, being legally bound to state the truth on any subject to any public servant, refuses to answer any question demanded of him touching that subject by such public servant in the exercise of the legal powers of such public servant, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI; or, if not committed in a court, any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 180. Refusing to sign statement

Whoever refuses to sign any statement made by him, when required to sign that statement by a public servant legally competent to require that he shall sign that statement, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI; or, if not committed in a court, any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 181. False statement on oath or affirmation to public servant or person authorised to administer an oath or affirmation

Whoever, being legally bound by an oath 1[or affirmation] to state the truth on any subject to any public servant or other person authorized by law to administer such oath 2[or affirmation], makes, to such public servant or other person as aforesaid, touching the subject, any statement which is false, and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Ins. by Act 10 of 1873, sec. 15.

2. Ins. by Act 10 of 1873, sec. 15.

Section 182. False information, with intent to cause public servant to use his lawful power to the injury of another person

1[182. False information, with intent to cause public servant to use his lawful power to the injury of another person.— Whoever gives to any public servant any information which he knows or believes to be false, intending thereby to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, such public servant
(a) to do or omit anything which such public servant ought not to do or omit if the true state of facts respecting which such information is given were known by him, or

(b) to use the lawful power of such public servant to the injury or annoyance of any person,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A informs a Magistrate that Z, a police-officer, subordinate to such Magistrate, has been guilty of neglect of duty or miscon­duct, knowing such information to be false, and knowing it to be likely that the information will cause the Magistrate to dismiss Z. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

(b) A falsely informs a public servant that Z has contraband salt in a secret place knowing such information to be false, and knowing that it is likely that the consequence of the information will be a search of Z’s premises, attended with annoyance to Z. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

(c) A falsely informs a policeman that he has been assaulted and robbed in the neighbourhood of a particular village. He does not mention the name of any person as one of his assistants, but knows it to be likely that in consequence of this information the police will make enquiries and institute searches in the village to the annoyance of the villages or some of them. A has committed an offence under this section.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

1. Subs. by Act 3 of 1895, sec. 1, for the original section.

Section 183. Resistance to the taking of property by the lawful authority of a public servant

Whoever offers any resistance to the taking of any property by the lawful authority of any public servant, knowing or having reason to believe that he is such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

Section 184. Obstructing sale of property offered for sale by authority of public servant

Whoever intentionally obstructs any sale of property offered for sale by the lawful authority of any public servant as such, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 month or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

Section 185. Illegal purchase or bid for property offered for sale by authority of public servant

Whoever, at any sale of property held by the lawful authority of a public servant, as such, purchases or bids for any property on account of any person, whether himself or any other, whom he knows to be under a legal incapacity to purchase that property at that sale, or bids for such property not intending to perform the obligations under which he lays himself by such bidding, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 200 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

Section 186. Obstructing public servant in discharge of public functions

Whoever voluntarily obstructs any public servant in the discharge of his public functions, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

Offence under section 186 is cognizable.

[Vide A.P.G.O. Ms. No. 732, dated 5th December, 1991]

Section 187. Omission to assist public servant when bound by law to give assistance

Whoever, being bound by law to render or furnish assistance to any public servant in the execution of his public duty, intentionally omits to give such assistance, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both;

and if such assistance be demanded to him by a public servant legally competent to make such demand for the purposes of executing any process lawfully issued by a Court of Justice, or of preventing the commission of an offence, or of suppressing a riot, or affray, or of apprehending a person charged with or guilty of an offence, or of having escaped from lawful custody, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or the fine of 200 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Section 188. Disobedience to order duly promulgated by public servant

Whoever, knowing that, by an order promulgated by a public servant lawfully empowered to promulgate such order, he is directed to abstain from a certain act, or to take certain order with certain property in his possession or under his management, disobeys such direction,

shall, if such disobedience causes to tender to cause obstruction, annoyance or injury, or risk of obstruction, annoyance of injury, to any persons lawfully employed, be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both;

and if such disobedience causes or trends to cause danger to human life, health or safety, or causes or tends to cause a riot or affray, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

Explanation

It is not necessary that the offender should intend to produce harm, or contemplate his disobedience as likely to produce harm. It is sufficient that he knows of the order which he disobeys, and that his disobedience produces, or is likely to produce, harm.

Illustration

An order is promulgated by a public servant lawfully empowered to promulgate such order, directing that a religious procession shall not pass down a certain street. A knowingly disobeys the order, and thereby causes danger of riot. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 200 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 189. Threat of injury to public servant

Whoever holds out any threat of injury to any public servant, or to any person in whom he believes that public servant to be interested, for the purpose of inducing that public servant to do any act, or to forbear or delay to do any act, connected with the exercise of the public functions of such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

State Amendments

Andhra Pradesh

In Andhra Pradesh offence under section 189 is cognizable.

[Vide A.P.G.O. Ms. No. 732, dated 5th December, 1991]

Section 190. Threat of injury to induce person to refrain from applying for protection to public servant

Whoever holds out any threat of injury to any person for the purpose of inducing that person to refrain or desist from making a legal application for protection against any injury to any public servant legally empowered as such to give such protection, or to cause such protection to be given, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

Offence under section 190 is cognizable.

[Vide A.P.G.O. Ms. No. 732, dated 5th December, 1991].

Section 191. Giving false evidence

Whoever, being legally bound by an oath or by an express provision of law to state the truth, or being bound by law to make a declaration upon any subject, makes any statement which is false, and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, is said to give false evidence.

Explanation 1

A statement is within the meaning of this section, whether it is made verbally or otherwise.

Explanation 2

A false statement as to the belief of the person attesting is within the meaning of this section, and a person may be guilty of giving false evidence by stating that he believes a thing which he does not believe, as well as by stating that he knows a thing which he does not know.

Illustrations

(a) A, in support of a just claim which B has against Z for one thousand rupees, falsely swears on a trial that he heard Z admit the justice of B’s claim. A has given false evidence.

(b) A, being bound by an oath to state the truth, states that he believes a certain signature to be the handwriting of Z, when he does not believe it to be the handwriting of Z. Here A states that which he knows to be false, and therefore gives false evidence.

(c) A, knowing the general character of Z’s handwriting, states that he believes a certain signature to be the handwriting of Z; A in good faith believing it to be so. Here A’s statement is merely as to his belief, and is true as to his belief, and therefore, although the signature may not be the handwriting of Z, A has not given false evidence.

(d) A, being bound by an oath to state the truth, states that he knows that Z was at a particular place on a particular day, not knowing anything upon the subject. A gives false evidence whether Z was at that place on the day named or not.

(e) A, an interpreter or translator, gives or certifies as a true interpretation or translation of a statement or document which he is bound by oath to interpret or translate truly, that which is not and which he does not believed to be a true interpretation or translation. A has given in false evidence.

Section 192. Fabricating false evidence

Whoever causes any circumstance to exist or 1[makes any false entry in any book or record or Electronic Record, or makes any document or Electronic Rercord containing a false statement], intending that such circumstance, false entry or false statement may appear in evidence in a judicial proceeding, or in a proceeding taken by law before a public servant as such, or before an arbitrator, and that such circumstance, false entry or false statement, so appearing in evidence, may cause any person who in such proceeding is to form an opinion upon the evidence, to entertain an erroneous opinion touching any point material to the result of such proceeding, is said “to fabricate false evidence”.

Illustrations

(a) A puts jewels into a box belonging to Z, with the intention that they may be found in that box, and that this circumstance may cause Z to be convicted of theft. A has fabricated false evidence.

(b) A makes a false entry in his shop-book for the purpose of using it as corroborative evidence in a Court of Justice. A has fabricated false evidence.

(c) A, with the intention of causing Z to be convicted of a criminal conspiracy, writes a letter in imitation of Z’s handwriting, purporting to be addressed to an accomplice in such criminal conspiracy, and puts the letter in a place which he knows that the officers of the Police are likely to search. A has fabricated false evidence.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 193. Punishment for false evidence

Whoever intentionally gives false evidence in any stage of a judicial proceeding, or fabricates false evidence for the purpose of being used in any stage of a judicial proceeding, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine,

and whoever intentionally gives or fabricates false evidence in any other case, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation 1

A trial before a Court-martial; 1[* * *] is a judicial proceeding.

Explanation 2

An investigation directed by law preliminary to a proceeding before a Court of Justice, is a stage of a judicial proceeding, though that investigation may not take place before a Court of Justice.

Illustration

A, in an enquiry before a Magistrate for the purpose of ascertaining whether Z ought to be committed for trial, makes on oath a statement which he knows to be false. A this enquiry is a stage of a judicial proceeding, A has given false evidence.

Explanation 3

An investigation directed by a Court of Justice, according to law, and conducted under the authority of a Court of Justice, is a stage of a judicial proceeding, though that investigation may not take place before a Court of Justice.

Illustration

A, in any enquiry before an officer deputed by a Court of Justice to ascertain on the spot the boundaries of land, makes on oath a statement which he knows to be false. As this enquiry is a stage of a judicial proceeding. A has given false evidence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate.

1. The words “or before a Military Court of Request” omitted by Act 13 of 1889, sec. 2 and Sch.

Section 194. Giving or fabricating false evidence with intent to procure conviction of capital offence

Whoever gives or fabricates false evidence, intending thereby to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, any person to be convicted of an offence which is capital 1[by the law for the time being in force in 2[India]] shall be punished with 3[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if innocent person be thereby convicted and executed.— and if an innocent person be convicted and executed in consequence of such false evidence, the person who gives such false evidence shall be punished either with death or the punishment hereinbefore described.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprison­ment for 10 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Death or as above—Non-cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1948, for “by the law of British India or England”.

2. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the States”.

3. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 195. Giving or fabricating false evidence with intent to procure conviction of offence punishable with imprisonment for life or imprisonment

Whoever gives or fabricates false evidence intending thereby to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, any person to be convicted of an offence which 1[by the law for the time being in force in 2[India] is not capital, but punishable with 3[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment for a term of seven years or upwards, shall be punished as a person convicted of that offence would be liable to be punished.

Illustration

A gives false evidence before a Court of Justice intending thereby to cause Z to be convicted of a dacoity. The punishment of dacoity is 3[imprisonment for life], or rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, with or without fine. A, therefore, is liable to 3[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment, with or without fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the offence—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1948, for “by the law of British India or England”.

2. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “the States”.

3. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 195A. Threatening any person to give false evidence

1[195A. 2[Threatening any person to give false evidence].— Whoever threatens another with any injury to his person, reputation or property or to the person or reputation of any one in whom that person is interested, with intent to cause that person to give false evidence shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both;

and if innocent person is convicted and sentenced in consequence of such false evidence, with death or imprisonment for more than seven years, the person who threatens shall be punished with the same punishment and sentence in the same manner and to the same extent such innocent person is punished and sentenced.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years or fine or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Same as for the offence for which the false evidence was given—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 2 of 2006, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-4-2006).

2. Corrected vide Corrigendum, dated 3rd March, 2006.

Section 196. Using evidence known to be false

Whoever corruptly uses or attempts to use as true or genuine evidence any evidence which he knows to be false or fabricated, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave or fabricated false evidence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the giving or fabricating false evi­dence—Non-cognizable—According as offence of giving such evidence is bailable or non-bailable—Triable by court by which offence of giving or fabricating false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 197. Issuing or signing false certificate

Whoever issues or signs any certificate required by law to be given or signed, or relating to any fact of which such certificate is by law admissible in evidence, knowing or believing that such certificate is false in any material point, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the giving or fabricating false evi­dence—Non-cognizable—Bailable.—Triable by court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 198. Using as true a certificate known to be false

Whoever corruptly uses or attempts to use any such certificate as a true certificate, knowing the same to be false in any material point, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the giving or fabricating false evi­dence—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 199. False statement made in declaration which is by law receivable as evidence

Whoever, in any declaration made or subscribed by him, which declaration any Court of Justice, or any public servant or other person, is bound or authorized by law to receive as evidence of any fact, makes any statement which is false, and which he either knows or believes to be false or does not believe to be true, touching any point material to the object for which the declaration is made or used, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for the giving or fabricating false evi­dence—Non-cognizable-Bailable—Triable by court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 200. Using as true such declaration knowing it to be false

Whoever corruptly uses or attempts to use as true any such declaration, knowing the same to be false in any material point, shall be punished in the same manner as if he gave false evidence.

Explanation

A declaration which is inadmissible merely upon the ground of some informality, is a declaration within the meaning of sections 199 to 200.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The same as for giving or fabricating false evi­dence—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which offence of giving false evidence is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 201. Causing disappearance of evidence of offence, or giving false information to screen offender

Whoever, knowing or having reason to believe that an offence has been committed, causes any evidence of the commission of that offence to disappear, with the intention of screening the offend­er from legal punishment, or with that intention gives any infor­mation respecting the offence which he knows or believes to be false;

if a capital offence.—shall, if the offence which he knows or believes to have been committed is punishable with death, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with imprisonment for life.—and if the offence is punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with less than ten years’ imprisonment.—and if the offence is punishable with imprisonment for any term not extend­ing to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of the description provided for the offence, for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of the imprisonment pro­vided for the offence, or with fine, or with both.

Illustration

A, knowing that B has murdered Z, assists B to hide the body with the intention of screening B from punishment. A is liable to imprisonment of either description for seven years, and also to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—According as the offence in relation to which disappearance of evidence is caused is cognizable or non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for a quarter of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by court by which the offence is triable—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 202. Intentional omission to give information of offence by person bound to inform

Whoever, knowing or having reason to believe that an offence has been committed, intentionally omits to give any information respecting that offence which he is legally bound to give, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 203. Giving false information respecting an offence committed

Whoever knowing or having reason to believe that an offence has been committed, gives any information respecting that offence which he knows or believes to be false, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two year, or with fine, or with both.

1[Explanation.—In sections 201 and 202 and in this section the word “offence”, includes any act committed at any place out of 2[India], which, if committed in 2[India], would be punishable under any of the following sections, namely, 302, 304, 382, 392 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459 and 460.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 3 of 1894, sec. 6.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 204. Destruction of document or electronic record to prevent its production as sevidence

Destruction of 1[document or electronic record] to prevent its production as sevidence.— Whoever secretes or destroys any 1[document or Electronic Record] which he may be lawfully compelled to produce as evidence in a Court of Justice, or in any proceeding lawfully held before a public servant, as such, or obliterates or renders illegible the whole or any part of such 1[document or Electronic Record] with the intention of preventing the same from being produced or used as evidence before such Court or public servant as aforesaid, or after he shall have been lawfully summoned or required to produce the same for that purpose, shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 205. False personation for purpose of act or proceeding in suit or prosecution

Whoever falsely personates another, and in such assumed character makes any admission or statement, or confesses judgment, or causes any process to be issued or becomes bail or security, or does any other act in any suit or criminal prosecution, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 206. Fraudulent removal or concealment of property to prevent its seizure as forfeited or in execution

Whoever fraudulently removes, conceals, transfers or delivers to any person any property or any interest therein, intending thereby to prevent that property or interest therein from being taken as a forfeiture or in satisfaction of a fine, under a sentence which has been pronounced, or which he knows to be likely to be pronounced, by a Court of Justice or other competent authority, or from being taken in execution of a decree or order which has been made, or which he knows to be likely to be made by a Court of Justice in a civil suit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 207. Fraudulent claim to property to prevent its seizure as forfeited or in execution

Whoever fraudulently accepts, receives or claims any property or any interest therein, knowing that he has no right or rightful claim to such property or interest, or practices any deception touching any right to any property or any interest therein, intending thereby to prevent that property or interest therein from being taken as a forfeiture or a satisfaction of a fine, under a sentence which has been pronounced, or which he knows to be likely to be pronounced by a Court of Justice or other competent authority, or from being taken in execution of a decree or order which has been made or which knows to be likely to be made by a Court of Justice in a civil suit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 208. Fraudulently suffering decree for sum not due

Whoever fraudulently causes or suffer a decree or order to be passed against him at the suit of any person for a sum not due or for a larger sum than is due to such person or for any property or interest in property to which such person is not entitled, or fraudulently causes or suffers a decree order to be executed against him after it has been satisfied, or for anything in respect of which it has been satisfied, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

Illustration

A institutes a suit against Z. Z knowing that A is likely to obtain a decree against him, fraudulently suffers a judgment to pass against him for a larger amount at the suit of B, who has no just claim against him, in order that B, either on his own account or for the benefit of Z, may share in the proceeds of any sale of Z’s property which may be made under A’s decree. Z has committed an office under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 209. Dishonestly making false claim in Court

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly, or with intent to injure or any person, makes in a Court of Justice any claim which he knows to be false, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 210. Fraudulently obtaining decree for sum not due

Whoever fraudulently obtains a decree or order against any person for a sum not due or for a larger sum than is due, or for any property or interest in property to which he is not entitled, or fraudulently causes a decree or order to be executed against any person after it has been satisfied or for anything in respect of which it has been satisfied, or fraudulently suffers or permits any such act to be done in his name, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 211. False charge of offence made with intent to injure

Whoever, with intent to cause injury to any person, institutes or causes to be instituted any criminal proceeding against that person, or falsely charges any person with having committed an offence, knowing that there is no just or lawful ground for such proceeding or charge against that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both;

and if such criminal proceeding be instituted on a false charge of an offence punishable with death 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment for seven years or upwards, shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, and fine—No

n-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-com­poundable.

—–

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 212. Harbouring offender

Whenever an offence has been committed, whoever harbours or conceals a person whom he knows or has reason to believe to be the offender, with the intention of screening him from legal punishment;

if a capital offence.—shall, if the offence is punishable with death, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with imprisonment for life, or with imprisonment.—and if the offence is punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

and if the offence is punishable with imprisonment which may extend to one year, and not to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of the description provided for the offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of imprisonment provided for the offence, or with fine, or with both.

2[“Offence” in this section includes any act committed at any place out of 3[India], which, if committed in 3[India], would be punishable under any of the following sections, namely, 302, 304, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459 and 460; and every such act shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to be punishable as if the accused person had been guilty of it in 3[India].]

Exception.—This provision shall not extend to any case in which the harbour or concealment is by the husband or wife of the offender.

Illustration

A, knowing that B has committed dacoity, knowingly conceals B in order to screen him from legal punishment. Here, as B is liable to 1[imprisonment for life], A is liable to imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding three years, and is also liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for a quarter of the longest term, and of the description, provided for the offence, or fine, or both—Cognizance—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Ins. by Act 3 of 1894, sec. 7.

3. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 213. Taking gift, etc., to screen an offender from punishment

Whoever accepts or attempts to obtain, or agrees to accept, any gratification for himself or any other person, or any restitution of property to himself or any other person, in consideration of his concealing an offence or of his screening any person from legal punishment for any offence, or of his not proceeding against any person for the purpose of bringing him to legal punishment,

if a capital offence.—shall, if the offence is punishable with death, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with imprisonment for life, or with imprisonment.—and if the offence is punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

and if the offence is punishable with imprisonment not extend­ing to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of the description provided for the offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of imprisonment provided for the offence, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for a quarter of the longest term, provided for the offence, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 214. Offering gift or restoration of property in consideration of screening offender

Whoever gives or causes, or offers or agrees to give or cause, any gratification to any person, or 1[restores or causes the restoration of] any property to any person, in consideration of that person’s concealing an offence, or of his screening any person from legal punishment for any offence, or of his not proceeding against any person for the purpose of bringing him to legal punishment;

if a capital offence.—shall, if the offence is punishable with death, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with imprisonment for life, or with imprisonment.—and if the offence is punishable with 2[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

and if the offence is punishable with imprisonment not extending to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of the descrip­tion provided for the offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of imprisonment provided for the offence, or with fine, or with both.

3[Exception.—The provisions of sections 213 and 214 do not extend to any case in which the offence may lawfully be compound­ed.]

4[***]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine-—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for a quarter of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Subs. by Act 42 of 1953, sec. 4 and Sch. III, for “to restore or cause the restoration of” (w.e.f. 23-12-1953).

3. Subs. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 6, for the original Exception.

4. Illustrations rep. by Act 10 of 1882, sec. 2 and Sch. I.

Section 215. Taking gift to help to recover stolen property, etc.

Whoever takes or agrees or consents to take any gratification under pretence or on account of helping any person to recover any movable property of which he shall have been deprived by any offence punishable under this Code, shall, unless he uses all means in his power to cause the offender to be apprehended and convicted of the offence, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 216. Harbouring offender who has escaped from custody or whose apprehension has been ordered

Whenever any person convicted of or charged with an offence, being in lawful custody for that offence, escapes from such custody;

or whenever a public servant, in the exercise of the lawful powers of such public servant, orders a certain person to be apprehended for an offence, whoever, knowing of such escape or order for apprehension, harbours of conceals that person with the intention of preventing him from being apprehended, shall be punished in the manner following that is to say,
if a capital offence.—if the offence for which the person was in custody or is ordered to be apprehended is punishable with death, he shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if punishable with imprisonment for life, or with imprisonment.—if the offence is punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment for ten years, he shall be punished with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, with or without fine;

and if the offence is punishable with imprisonment which may extend to one year and not to ten years, he shall be punished with imprisonment of the description provided for the offence for a term which may extend to one-fourth part of the longest term of the imprisonment provided for such offence, or with fine, or with both.

2[“Offence” in this section includes also any act or omission of which a person is alleged to have been guilty out of 3[India], which, if he had been guilty of it in 3[India], would have been punishable as an offence, and for which he is, under any law relating to extradition, 4[***] or otherwise, liable to be appre­hended or detained in custody in 3[India]; and every such act or omission shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to be punishable as if the accused person had been guilty of it in 3[India].]

Exception.—This provision does not extend to the case in which the harbour or concealment is by the husband or wife of the person to be apprehended.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, with or without fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for a quarter of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Ins. by Act 10 of 1886, sec. 23.

3. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

4. The words “or under the Fugitive Offenders Act, 1881,” omitted by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch.

Section 216A. Penalty for harbouring robbers or dacoits

1[216A. Penalty for harbouring robbers or dacoits.— Whoever, knowing or having reason to believe that any persons are about to commit or have recently committed robbery or dacoity, harbours them or any of them, with the intention of facilitating the commission of such robbery or dacoity or of screening them or any of them from punishment, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

For the purposes of this section it is immaterial whether the robbery or dacoity is intended to be committed, or has been committed, within or without 2[India]

Exception.— This provision does not extend to the case in which the harbour is by the husband or wife of the offender.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

—–

1. Ins. by Act 3 of 1894, sec. 8.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 216B. Definition of “harbour” in sections 212, 216 and 216A

1[216B. Definition of “harbour” in sections 212, 216 and 216A.— [Rep. by the Indian Penal Code (Amendment) Act, 1942 (8 of 1942), sec. 3.]]

1. Ins. by Act 3 of 1894, sec. 8.

Section 217. Public servant disobeying direction of law with intent to save person from punishment or property from forfeiture

Whoever, being a public servant, knowingly disobeys any direction of the law as to the way in which he is conduct himself as such public servant, intending thereby to save, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby save, any person from legal punishment, or subject him to a less punishment than that to which he is liable, or with intent to save, or knowing that he is likely thereby to save, any property from forfeiture or any charge to which it is liable by law, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 218. Public servant framing incorrect record or writing with intent to save person from punishment or property from forfeiture

Whoever, being a public servant, and being as such public servant, charged with the preparation of any record or other writing, frames that record or writing in a manner which he knows to be incorrect, with intent to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, loss or injury to the public or to any person, or with intent thereby to save, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby save, any person from legal punishment, or with intent to save, or knowing that he is likely thereby to save, any property from forfeiture or other charge to which it is liable by law, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 219. Public servant in judicial proceeding corruptly making report, etc., contrary to law

Whoever, being a public servant, corruptly or maliciously makes or pronounces in any stage of a judicial proceeding, any report, order, verdict, or decision which he knows to be contrary to law, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Non-Cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable

Section 220. Commitment for trial or confinement by person having authority who knows that he is acting contrary to law

Whoever, being in any office which gives legal authority to commit persons for trial or to confinement, or to keep persons in confinement, corruptly or maliciously commits any person for trial or to confinement, or keeps any person in confinement, in the exercise of that authority knowing that in so doing he is acting contrary to law, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 221. Intentional omission to apprehend on the part of public servant bound to apprehend

Whoever, being a public servant, legally bound as such public servant to apprehend or to keep in confinement any person charged with or liable to apprehended for an offence, intentionally omits to apprehend such person, or intentionally suffers such person to escape, or intentionally aids such person in escaping or attempting to escape from such confinement, shall be punished as follows, that is to say:
with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, with or without fine, if the person in confinement, or who ought to have been apprehended, was charged with, or liable to be apprehended for, an offence punishable with death; or

with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, with or without fine, if the person in confinement, or who ought to have been apprehended, was charged with, or liable to be apprehended for, an offence punishable with 1[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years; or

with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, with or without fine, if the person in confinement, or who ought to have been apprehended, was charged with, or liable to be apprehended for, an offence punishable with imprisonment for a term less than ten years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, with or without fine—According as the offence in relation to which such omission has been made in cognizable or non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, with or without fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, with or without fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 222. Intentional omission to apprehend on the part of public servant bound to apprehend person under sentence or lawfully committed

Whoever, being a public servant, legally bound as such public servant to apprehend or to keep in confinement any person under sentence of a Court of Justice for any offence 1[or lawfully committed to custody], intentionally omits to apprehend such person, or intentionally suffers such person to escape, or intentionally aids such person in escaping or attempting to escape from such confinement, shall be punished as follows, that is to say :
with 2[imprisonment of life] or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to fourteen years, with or without fine, if the person in confinement, or who ought to have been apprehended, is under sentence of death; or

with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, with or without fine, if the person in confinement or who ought to have been apprehended, is subject, by a sentence of a Court of Justice, or by virtue of a commutation of such sentence, to 2[imprisonment for life]3[***] 4[***] 5[***] 6[***] or imprisonment for a term of ten years or upwards; or

with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both, if the person in confinement, or who ought to have been apprehended is subject, by a sentence of a Court of Justice, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding to ten years 7[or if the person was lawfully committed to custody].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 14 years, with or without fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, with or without fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 8.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

3. The words “or penal servitude for life” omitted by Act 17 of 1949, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-4-1949).

4. The words “or to” omitted by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

5. The word “transportation” omitted by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

6. The words “or penal servitude” omitted by Act 17 of 1949, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-4-1949).

7. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 8.

Section 223. Escape from confinement or custody negligently suffered by public servant

Whoever, being a public servant legally bound as such public servant to keep in confinement any person charged with or convicted of any offence 1[or lawfully committed to custody], negligently suffers such person to escape from confinement, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cog­nizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 8.

Section 224. Resistance or obstruction by a person to his lawful apprehension

Whoever intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to the lawful apprehension of himself for any offence with which he is charged or of which he has been convicted, or escapes or attempts to escape from custody in which he is lawfully detained for any such offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

Explanation

The punishment in this section is in addition to the punishment for which the person to be apprehended or detained in custody was liable for the offence with which he was charged, or of which he was convicted.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 225. Resistance or obstruction to lawful apprehension of another person

Whoever intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to the lawful apprehension of any other person for an offence, or rescues or attempts to rescue any other person from any custody in which that person is lawfully detained for an offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both;

or, if the person to be apprehended, or the person rescued or attempted to be rescued, is charged with or liable to be apprehended for an offence punishable with 1[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

or, if the person to be apprehended, or the person attempted to be rescued, is charged with or liable to be apprehended for an offence punishable with death, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

or, if the person to be apprehended or rescued, or attempted to be rescued, is liable under the sentence of a Court of Justice, or by virtue of a commutation of such a sentence, to 1[imprisonment for life] 2[***] 3[***] 4[***] or imprisonment, for a term of ten years or upwards, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine;

or, if the person to be apprehended or rescued, or attempted to be rescued, is under sentence of death, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding ten years, and shall also be liable to fine

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para III & IV

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class.

Para V

Punishment—Imprisonment for life or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. The words “or to” omitted by Act 36 of 1957, sec. 3 and Sch. II (w.e.f. 17-9-1957).

3. The word “transportation” omitted by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

4. The words “penal servitude” omitted by Act 17 of 1949, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-4-1949).

Section 225A. Omission to apprehend, or sufferance of escape, on part of public servant, in cases not otherwise, provided for

1[225A. Omission to apprehend, or sufferance of escape, on part of public servant, in cases not otherwise, provided for.— Whoever, being a public servant legally bound as such public servant to apprehend, or to keep in confinement, any person in any case not provided for in section 221, section 222 or section 223, or in any other law for the time being in force, omits to apprehend that person or suffers him to escape from confinement, shall be punished
(a) if he does so intentionally, with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both; and

(b) if he does so negligently, with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate.

—–

1. Sections 225A and 225B subs. by Act 10 of 1886, sec. 24(1), for section 225A which had been ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 9.

Section 225B. Resistance or obstruction to lawful apprehension, or escape or rescue in cases not otherwise provided for

1[225B. Resistance or obstruction to lawful apprehension, or escape or rescue in cases not otherwise provided for.— Whoever, in any case not provided for in section 224 or section 225 or in any other law for the time being in force, intentionally offers any resistance or illegal obstruction to the lawful apprehension of himself or of any other person, or escapes or attempts to escape from any custody in which he is lawfully detained, or rescues or attempts to rescue any other person from any custody in which that person is lawfully detained, shall be punished with impris­onment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

—–

1. Sections 225A and 225B subs. by Act 10 of 1886, sec. 24(1), for section 225A which had been ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 9.

Section 226. Unlawful return from transportation

[Rep. by the Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1995 (26 of 1995), sec. 117 and Sch. (w.e.f. 1.1.1956).]

Section 227. Violation of condition of remission of punishment

Whoever, having accepted any conditional remission of punishment, knowingly violates any condition on which such remission was granted, shall be punished with the punishment to which he was originally sentenced, if he has already suffered no part of that punishment, and if he has suffered any part of that punishment, then with so much of that punishment as he has not already suffered.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Punishment of original sentence, or if part of the punishment has been undergone, the residue—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by the court by which the original offence was triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 228. Intentional insult or interruption to public servant sitting in judicial proceeding

Whoever intentionally offers any insult, or causes any interruption to any public servant, while such public servant is sitting in any stage of a judicial proceeding, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

In Andhra Pradesh offence under section 228 is cognizable.

[Vide A.P.G.O. Ms. No. 732, dated 5th December, 1991].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by the Court in which the offence is committed, subject to the provisions of Chapter XXVI—Non-compoundable.

Section 228A. Disclosure of identity of the victim of certain offences etc

1[228A. Disclosure of identity of the victim of certain offences etc.— (1) Whoever prints or publishes the name or any matter which may make known the identity of any person against whom an 2[“offence under section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C, section 376D or section 376E”] is alleged or found to have been committed (hereafter in this section referred to as the victim) shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years and shall also be liable to fine.

(2) Nothing in sub-section (1) extends to any printing or publi­cation of the name or any matter which may make known the identi­ty of the victim if such printing or publication is
(a) by or under the order in writing of the officer-in-charge of the police station or the police officer making the investigation into such offence acting in good faith for the purposes of such investigation; or

(b) by, or with the authorisation in writing of, the victim; or

(c) where the victim is dead or minor or of unsound mind, by, or with the authorisation in writing of, the next of kin of the victim:

Provided that no such authorisation shall be given by the next of kin to anybody other than the chairman or the secretary, by whatever name called, of any recognised welfare institution or organisation.

Explanation

For the purposes of this sub-section, “recognised welfare institution or organisation” means a social welfare institution or organisation recognised in this behalf by the Central or State Government.

(3) Whoever prints or publishes any matter in relation to any proceeding before a court with respect to an offence referred to in sub-section (1) without the previous permission of such Court shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

The printing or publication of the judgment of any High Court or the Supreme Court does not amount to an offence within the meaning of this section.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for two years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for two years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 43 of 1983, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 25-12-1983).

2. Inserted by Section 4 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 229. Personation of a juror or assessor

Whoever by personation or otherwise, shall intentionally cause, or knowingly suffer himself to be returned, empanelled or sworn as a juryman or assessor in any case in which he knows that he is not entitled by law to be so returned, empanelled or sworn, or knowing himself to have been so returned, empanelled or sworn contrary to law, shall voluntarily serve on such jury or as such assessor, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 229A. Failure by person released on bail or bond to appear in Court

1[229A. Failure by person released on bail or bond to appear in Court.— Whoever, having been charged with an offence and released on bail or on bond without sureties, fails without sufficient cause (the burden of proving which shall lie upon him), to appear in Court in accordance with the terms of the bail or bond, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

Explanation

The punishment under this section is
(a) in addition to the punishment to which the offender would be liable on a conviction for the offence with which he has been charged; and

(b) without prejudice to the power of the Court to order forfeiture of the bond.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 25 of 2005, sec. 44 (w.e.f. 23-6-2006)

Section 230. Coin defined

1[Coin is metal used for the time being as money, and stamped and issued by the authority of some State or Sovereign Power in order to be so used.]

Indian coin.2[Indian coin is metal stamped and issued by the authority of the Government of India in order to be used as money; and metal which has been so stamped and issued shall continue to be Indian coin for the purposes of this Chapter, notwithstanding that it may have ceased to be used as money.]

Illustrations

(a) Cowries are not coin.

(b) Lumps of unstamped copper, though used as money, are not coin.

(c) Medals are not coin, in as much as they are not intended to be used as money.

(d) The coin denomi­nated as the Company’s rupee is 3[Indian coin].

4[(e) The “Farukha­bad rupee” which was formerly used as money under the authority of the Government of India is 4[Indian coin] although it is no longer so used].

1. Subs. by Act 19 of 1872, sec. 1, for the original first para­graph.

2. Subs. by A.O. 1950, for the former paragraph.

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Queen’s coin”

4. Ins. by Act 6 of 1896, sec. 1.

Section 231. Counterfeiting coin

Whoever counterfeits or knowingly performs any part of the process of counterfeiting coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

A person commits this offence who intending to practice deception, or knowing it to be likely that deception will thereby be practiced, causes a genuine coin to appear like a different coin.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 232. Counterfeiting Indian coin

Whoever counterfeits, or knowingly performs any part of the process of counterfeiting 1[Indian coin], shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extent to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Queen’s coin”.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 233. Making or selling instrument for counterfeiting coin

Whoever makes or mends, or performs any part of the process of making or mending, or buys, sells or disposes of, any die or instrument, for the purpose of being used, or knowing or having reason to believe that it is intended to be used, for the purpose of counterfeiting coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 234. Making or selling instrument for counterfeiting Indian coin

Whoever makes or mends, or performs any part of the process of making or mending, or buys, sells or disposes of , any die or instrument, for the purpose of being used, or knowing or having reason to believe that it is intended to be used, for the purpose of counterfeiting 1[Indian coin], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—–

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Queen’s coin”.

Section 235. Possession of instrument, or material for the purpose of using the same for counterfeiting coin

Whoever is in possession of any instrument or material, for the purpose of using the same for counterfeiting coin, or knowing or having reason to believe that the same is intended to be used for that purpose, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine;

if Indian coin.—and if the coin to be counterfeited is 1[Indian coin], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Queen’s coin”.

Section 236. Abetting in India the counterfeiting out of India of coin

Whoever, being within 1[India], abets the counterfeiting of coin out of 1[India], shall be punished in the same manner as if he abetted the counterfeiting of such coin within 1[India].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—The punishment provided for abetting the counterfeit­ing of such coin within India—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 237. Import or export of counterfeit coin

Whoever imports into 1[India],or exports there from, any counterfeit coin, knowing or having reason to believe that the same is counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 238. Import or export of counterfeits of the India coin

Whoever imports into 1[India], or exports there from any counterfeit coin, which he knows or has reason to believe to be a counterfeit of 2[Indian coin], shall be punished with imprisonment with 3[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “the Queen’s coin”.

3. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 239. Delivery of coin, possessed with knowledge that it is counterfeit

Whoever, having any counterfeit coin, which at the time when he became possessed of it knew to be counterfeit, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, delivers the same to any person, or attempts to induce any person to receive it shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 240. Delivery of Indian coin, possessed with knowledge that it is counterfeit

Whoever, having any counterfeit coin which is a counterfeit of 1[Indian coin], and which, at the time when he became possessed of it, he knew to be a counterfeit of 1[Indian coin], fraudulently or with intent that fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, delivers the same to any person, or attempts to induce any person to receive it shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen’s coin”.

Section 241. Delivery of coin as genuine, which, when first possessed, the deliverer did not know to be counterfeit

Whoever delivers to any other person as genuine, or attempts to induce any other person to receive as genuine, any counterfeit coin which he knows to be counterfeit, but which he did not know to be counterfeit at the time when he took it into his possession, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine to an amount which may extend to ten times the value of the coin counterfeited, or with both.

Illustration

A, a coiner, delivers counterfeit Company’s rupees to his accomplice B, for the purpose of uttering them. B sells the rupees to C, another utterer, who buys them knowing them to be counterfeit. C pays away the rupees for good to D, who receives them, not knowing them to be counterfeit. D, after receiving the rupees, discovers that they are counterfeit and pays them away as if they were good. Here D is punishable only under his section, but B and C are punishable under section 239 or 240, as the case may be.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or 10 times the value of the coin counterfeited, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 242. Possession of counterfeit coin by person who knew it to be counterfeit when he became possessed thereof

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, is in possession of counterfeit coin, having known at the time when he became possessed thereof that such coin was counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 243. Possession of Indian coin by person who knew it to be counterfeit when he became possessed thereof

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, is in possession of counterfeit coin, which is a counterfeit of 1[Indian coin], having known at the time when he became possessed of it that it was counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Queen’s coin”.

Section 244. Person employed in mint causing coin to be of different weight or composition from that fixed by law

Whoever, being employed in any mint lawfully established in 1[India], does any act, or omits what he is legally bound to do, with the intention of causing any coin issued from that mint to be of a different weight or composition from the weight or composition fixed by law, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 245. Unlawfully taking coining instrument from mint

Whoever, without lawful authority, takes out of any mint, lawfully established in 1[India], any coining tool or instrument, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 246. Fraudulently or dishonestly diminishing weight or altering composition of coin

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly performs on any coin any operation which diminishes the weight or alters the composition of that coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

A person who scoops out part of the coin and puts anything else into the cavity alters the composition of that coin.

Section 247. Fraudulently or dishonestly diminishing weight or altering composition of Indian coin

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly performs on 1[any Indian coin] any operation which diminishes the weight or alters the composition of that coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “any of the Queen’s coin”.

Section 248. Altering appearance of coin with intent that it shall pass as coin of different description

Whoever performs on any coin any operation which alters the appearance of that coin, with the intention that the said coin shall pass as a coin of a different description, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 249. Altering appearance of Indian coin with intent that it shall pass as coin of different description

whoever performs on 1[any Indian coin] any operation which alters the appearance of that coin, with the intention that the said coin shall pass as a coin of a different description, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “any of the Queen’s coin”.

Section 250. Delivery of coin, possessed with knowledge that it is altered

Whoever, having coin in his possession with respect to which the offence defined in section 246 or 248 has been committed, and having known at the time when he became possessed of such coin that such offence had been committed with respect to it, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, delivers such coin to any other person, or attempts to induce any other person to receive the same, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 251. Delivery of Indian coin, possessed with knowledge that it is altered

Whoever, having coin in his possession with respect to which the offence defined in section 247 or 249 has been committed, and having known at the time when he became possessed of such coin that such offence had been committed, delivers such coin to any other person, or attempts to induce any other person to receive the same, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 252. Possession of coin by person who knew it to be altered when he became possessed thereof

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, is in possession of coin with respect to which the offence defined in either of the section 246 or 248 has been committed, having known at the time of becoming possessed thereof that such offence had been committed with respect to such coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 253. Possession of Indian coin by person who knew it to be altered when he became possessed thereof

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent that fraud may be committed, is in possession of coin with respect to which the offence defined in either of the section 247 or 249 has been committed, having known at the time of becoming possessed thereof, that such offence had been committed with respect to such coin, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 254. Delivery of coin as genuine, which, when first possessed, the deliverer did not know to be altered

Whoever delivers to any other person as genuine or as a coin of a different description from what it is, or attempts to induce any person to receive as genuine, or as a different coin from what it is, any coin in respect of which he knows that any such operation as that mentioned in section 246, 247, 248 or 249 has been performed, but in respect of which he did not, at the time when he took it into his possession, know that such operation had been performed, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine to an amount which may extend to ten times the value of the coin for which the altered coin is passed, or attempted to be passed.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or 10 times the value of the coin—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Section 255. Counterfeiting Government stamp

Whoever counterfeits, or knowingly performs any part of the process of counterfeiting, any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

A person commits this offence who counterfeits by causing a genuine stamp of one denomination to appear like a genuine stamp of a different denomination.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years, and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 256. Having possession of instrument or material for counterfeiting Government stamp

Whoever has in his possession any instrument or material for the purpose of being used, or knowing or having reason to believe that it is intended to be used, for the purpose of counterfeiting any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 257. Making or selling instrument for counterfeiting Government stamp

Whoever makes or performs any part of the process of making, or buys, or sells, or dispose of, any instrument for the purpose of being used, or knowing or having reason to believe that it is intended to be used, for the purpose of counterfeiting any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.Section 258. Sale of counterfeit Government stamp

Whoever, sells, or offers for sale, any stamp which he knows or has reason to believe to be a counterfeit of any stamp issued by the Government for the purpose of revenue, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 259. Having possession of counterfeit Government stamp

Whoever has in his possession any stamp which he knows to be a counterfeit of any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, intending to use, or dispose of the same as a genuine stamp, or in order that it may be used as a genuine stamp, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 260. Using as genuine a Government stamp known to be a counterfeit

Whoever uses a s genuine any stamp, knowing it to be counterfeit of any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 261. Effacing, writing from substance bearing Government stamp, or removing from document a stamp used for it, with intent to cause loss to Government

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent to cause loss to the Government, removes or effaces from any substance, bearing any stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, any writing or document for which such stamp has been used, or removes from any writing or document a stamp which has been used for such writing or document, in order that such stamp may be used for a different writing or document, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Section 262. Using Government stamp known to have been before used

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent to cause loss to the Government, uses for any purpose a stamp issued by Government for the purpose of revenue, which he knows to have been before used, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 263. Erasure of mark denoting that stamp has been used

Whoever, fraudulently or with intent to cause loss to Government, erase or removes from a stamp issued by the Government for the purpose of revenue, any mark, put or impressed upon such stamp for the purpose of denoting that the same has been used, or knowingly has in his possession or sells or disposes of any such stamp from which such mark has been erased or removed, or sell or disposes of any such stamp which he knows to have been used, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Section 263A. Prohibition of fictitious stamps

1[263A. Prohibition of fictitious stamps.—(1) Whoever
(a) makes, knowingly utters, deals in or sells any fictitious stamps, or knowingly uses for any postal purpose any fictitious stamp, or

(b) has in his possession, without lawful excuse, any fictitious stamp, or

(c) makes or, without lawful excuse, has in his possession any die, plate, instrument or materials for making any fictitious stamp,

shall be punished with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.

(2) Any such stamps, die, plate, instrument or materials in the possession of any person for making any fictitious stamp 2[may be seized and, if seized] shall be forfeited.

(3) In this section “fictitious stamp” means any stamp falsely purporting to be issued by the Government for the purpose of denoting a rate of postage, or any facsimile or imitation or representation, whether on paper or otherwise, of any stamp issued by Government for that purpose.

(4) In this section and also in sections 255 to 263, both inclu­sive, the word “Government”, when used in connection with, or in reference to, any stamp issued for the purpose of denoting a rate of postage, shall, notwithstanding anything in section 17, be deemed to include the person or persons authorized by law to administer executive Government in any part of India, and also in any part of Her Majesty’s dominions or in any foreign country.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 200 rupees—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 3 of 1895, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by Act 42 of 1953, sec. 4 and Sch. III, for “may be seized and” (w.e.f. 23-12-1953).

Section 264. Fraudulent use of false instrument for weighing

Whoever fraudulently uses any instrument for weighing which he knows to be false, shall be punished with imprisonment or either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 265. Fraudulent use of false weight or measure

Whoever fraudulently uses any false weight or false measure of length or capacity, or fraudulently uses any weight or any measure of length or capacity as different weight or measure form what it is, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 266. Being in possession of false weight or measure

Whoever is in possession of any instrument for weighing, or of any weight, or of any measure of length or capacity, which he knows to be false, 1[* * *] intending that the same may be fraudulently used, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. The word “and” omitted by Act 42 of 1953, sec. 4 and Sch. III (w.e.f. 23-12-1953).

Section 267. Making or selling false weight or measure

Whoever makes, sells or disposes of any instrument for weighing, or any weight, or any measure of length or capacity which he knows to be false, in order that the same may be used as true, or knowing that the same is likely to be used as true, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 268. Public nuisance

A person is guilty of a public nuisance who does not act or is guilty of an illegal omission which causes any common injury, danger or annoyance to the public or to the people in general who dwell or occupy property in the vicinity, or which must necessarily cause injury, obstruction, danger or annoyance to persons who may have occasion to use any public right.

A common nuisance is not excused on the ground that it causes some convenience or advantage.

Section 269. Negligent act likely to spread infection of disease dangerous to life

Whoever unlawfully or negligently does any act which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, likely to spread the infection of any disease dangerous to life, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six month, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 270. Malignant act likely to spread infection of disease dangerous to life

Whoever malignantly does any act which is, and which he knows or has reason to believe to be, likely to spread the infection of any disease dangerous to life, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 271. Disobedience to quarantine rule

Whoever knowingly disobeys any rule made and promulgated 1[by the 2[* * *] Government 3[* * *] for putting any vessel into a state of quarantine, or for regulating the intercourse of vessels in a state of quarantine with the shore or with other vessels, or for regulating the intercourse between places where an infectious disease prevails and other places, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Non-cog­nizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “by the Government of India or by any Government”.

2. The words “Central or any Provincial” omitted by the A.O. 1950.

3. The words “or the Crown Representative” omitted by the A.O. 1948.

272. Adulteration of food or drink intended for sale

Whoever adulterates any article of food or drink, so as to make such article noxious as food or drink, intending to sell such article as food or drink, or knowing it to be likely that the same will be sold as food or drink, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

STATE AMENDMENTS

Orissa

In section 272 for the words “shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both”, the following shall be substitut­ed, namely:
“shall be punished with imprisonment for life and shall also be liable to fine:

Provided that the Court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment which is less than imprisonment for life.”

[Vide Orissa Act 3 of 1999, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 27-1-1999)].

Uttar Pradesh

In section 272 for the words “shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both” the following shall be substitut­ed, namely:
“shall be punished with imprisonment for life and shall also be liable to fine:

Provided that the court may, for adequate reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment which is less than imprisonment for life.”

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 47 of 1975, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 15-9-1975)].

West Bengal

In section 272 for the words “of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both” the following shall be substituted, namely:
“for life with or without fine:

Provided that the Court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment which is

less than imprisonment for life.”

[Vide West Bengal Act 42 of 1973, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 29-4-1973)].

Section 273. Sale of noxious food or drink

Whoever sells, or offers or exposes for sale, as food or drink, any article which has been rendered or has become noxious, or is in a state unfit for food or drink, knowing or having reason to believe that the same is noxious as food or drink, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

State Amendments

In section 273, State Amendments are the same as under section 272.

Section 274. Adulteration of drugs

Whoever adulterates any drug or medical preparation in such a manner as to lessen the efficacy or change the operation of such drug or medical preparation, or to make it noxious, intending that it shall be sold or used for, or knowing it to be likely that it will be sold or used for, any medicinal purpose, as if it had not undergone such adulteration, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Non-Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

State Amendments

In section 274, State Amendments are the same as under section 272.

Section 275. Sale of adulterated drugs

Whoever, knowing any drug or medical preparation to have been adulterated in such a manner as to lessen its efficacy, to change its operation, or to render it noxious, sells the same, or offers or exposes it for sale, or issues it from any dispensary for medicinal purposes as unadulterated, or causes it to be used for medicinal purposes by any person not knowing of the adulteration, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

State Amendments

In section 275, State Amendments are the same as under section 272.

Section 276. Sale of drug as a different drug or preparation

Whoever knowingly sells, or offers or exposes for sale, or issues from a dispensary for medicinal purposes, any drug or medical preparation, as a different drug or medical preparation, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

State Amendments

In section 276, State Amendments are the same as under section 272.

Section 277. Fouling water of public spring or reservoir

Whoever voluntarily corrupts or fouls the water of any public spring or reservoir, so as to render it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 278. Making atmosphere noxious to health

Whoever voluntarily vitiates the atmosphere in any place so as to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling or carrying on business in the neighborhood or passing along a public way, shall be punished with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 500 rupees—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 279. Rash driving or riding on a public way

Whoever drives any vehicle, or rides, on any public way in a manner so rash or negligent as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 279. Rash driving or riding on a public way

Whoever drives any vehicle, or rides, on any public way in a manner so rash or negligent as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 280. Rash navigation of vessel

Whoever navigates any vessel in a manner so rash or negligent as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 281. Exhibition of false light, mark or buoy

Whoever exhibits any false light, mark or buoy, intending or knowing it to be likely that such exhibition will mislead any navigator, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 282. Conveying person by water for hire in unsafe or overloaded vessel

Whoever knowingly or negligently conveys, or causes to be conveyed for hire, any person by water in any vessel, when that vessel is in such a state or so loaded as to endanger the life of that person , shall be punished with imprisonment or either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 283. Danger or obstruction in public way or line of navigation

Whoever, by doing any act, or by omitting to take order with any property in his possession or under his charge, causes danger, obstruction or injury to any person in any public way or public line of navigation, shall be punished with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 200 rupees—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 284. Negligent conduct with respect to poisonous substance

Whoever does, with any poisonous substance, any act in a manner so rash or negligent as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any person,

or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any poisonous substance in his possession as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from such poisonous substance,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 285. Negligent conduct with respect to fire or combustible matter

Whoever does, with fire or any combustible matter, any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person,

or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any fire or any combustible matter in his possession as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from such fire or combustible matter,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 286. Negligent conduct with respect to explosive substance

Whoever does, with any explosive substance, any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person,

or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any explosive substance in his possession as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from that substance,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 287. Negligent conduct with respect to machinery

Whoever does, with any machinery, any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person,

or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any machinery in his possession or under his care as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from such machinery,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 288. Negligent conduct with respect to pulling down or repairing buildings

Whoever, in pulling down or repairing any building, knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with that building as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from the fall of that building, or of any part thereof, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable

Section 289. Negligent conduct with respect to animal

Whoever knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any animal in his possession as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life, or any probable danger of grievous hurt from such animal, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 290. Punishment for public nuisance in cases not otherwise provided for

Whoever commits a public nuisance in any case not otherwise punishable by this Code, shall be punished with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 200 rupees—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 291. Continuance of nuisance after injunction to discontinue

Whoever repeats or continues a public nuisance, having been enjoined by any public servant who has lawful authority to issue such injunction not to repeat or continue such nuisance, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable-Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 292. Sale, etc., or obscene books, etc

1[292. Sale, etc., of obscene books, etc.— 2[(1) For the purposes of sub-section (2), a book, pamphlet, paper, writing, drawing, painting, representation, figure or any other object, shall be deemed to be obscene if it is lascivious or appeals to the pruri­ent interest or if its effect, or (where it comprises two or more distinct items) the effect of any one of its items, is, if taken as a whole, such as to tend to deprave and corrupt person, who are likely, having regard to all relevant circumstances, to read, see or hear the matter contained or embodied in it.]

3[(2)] Whoever
(a) sells, lets to hire, distributes, publicly exhibits or in any manner puts into circulation, or for purposes of sale, hire, distribution, public exhibition or circulation, makes, produces or has in his possession any obscene book, pamphlet, paper, drawing, painting, representation or figure or any other obscene object whatsoever, or

(b) imports, exports or conveys any obscene object for any of the purposes aforesaid, or knowing or having reason to believe that such object will be sold, let to hire, distributed or publicly exhibited or in any manner put into circulation, or

(c) takes part in or receives profits from any business in the course of which he knows or has reason to believe that any such obscene objects are for any of the purposes aforesaid, made, produced, purchased, kept, imported, exported, conveyed, publicly exhibited or in any manner put into circulation, or

(d) advertises or makes known by any means whatsoever that any person is engaged or is ready to engage in any act which is an offence under this section, or that any such obscene object can be procured from or through any person, or

(e) offers or attempts to do any act which is an offence under this section,

shall be punished 4[on first conviction with im­prisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, and with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, and, in the event of a second or subsequent conviction, with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and also with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees].

5[Exception.—This section does not extend to
(a) any book, pamphlet, paper, writing, drawing, painting, repre­sentation or figure
(i) the publication of which is proved to be justified as being for the public good on the ground that such book, pamphlet, paper, writing, drawing, painting, representation or figure is in the interest of science, literature, art or learning or other objects of general concern, or

(ii) which is kept or used bona fide for religious purposes;

(b) any representation sculptured, engraved, painted or otherwise represented on or in
(i) any ancient monument within the meaning of the Ancient Monu­ments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (24 of 1958), or

(ii) any temple, or on any car used for the conveyance of idols, or kept or used for any religious purpose.]]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—On first conviction, with imprisonment for 2 years, and with fine of 2,000 rupees, and, in the event of second of subsequent conviction, with imprisonment for five years and with fine of 5,000 rupees—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

STATE AMENDMENTS

Orissa

Same as in Tamil Nadu.

[Vide Orissa Act 13 of 1962, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 16-5-1962)].

Tamil Nadu

In section 292, for the words “shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months or with fine or with both” substitute the following, namely:
“shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years or with fine or with both:

Provided that for a second or any subsequent offence under this section, he shall be punished with imprisonment of either de­scription for a term which shall not be less than six months and not more than two years and with fine.

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1960, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 9-11-1960)].

Orissa

Section 292A

Same as in Tamil Nadu.

[Vide Orissa Act 13 of 1962, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 16-5-1962)].

Tamil Nadu

After section 292, insert the following new section namely:
292A. Printing, etc., of grossly indecent or scurrilous matter or matter intended for blackmail.—Whoever,
(a) prints or causes to be printed in any newspaper, periodical or circular, or exhibits or causes to be exhibited, to public view or distributes or causes to be distributed or in any manner puts into circulation any picture or any printed or written document which is grossly indecent, or in scurrilous or intended for blackmail; or

(b) sells or lets for hire, or for purposes of sale or hire makes, produces or has in his possession, any picture or any printed or written document which is grossly indecent or is scurrilous or intended for blackmail; or

(c) conveys any picture or any printed or written document which is grossly indecent or is scurrilous or intended for blackmail knowing or having reason to believe that such picture or document will be printed, sold, let for hire distributed or publicly exhibited or in any manner put into circulation; or

(d) takes part in, or receives profits from, any business in the course of which he knows or has reason to believe that any such newspaper, periodical, circular, picture or other printed or written document is printed, exhibited, distributed, circulated, sold, let for hire, made, produced, kept, conveyed or purchased; or

(e) advertises or makes known by any means whatsoever that any person is engaged or is ready to engage in any Act which is an offence under this section, or that any such newspaper, periodi­cal, circular, picture or other printed or written document which is grossly indecent or is scurrilous or intended for blackmail, can be procured from or through any person; or

(f) offers or attempts to do any act which is an offence under this section *[shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both]:

Provided that for a second or any subsequent offence under this section, he shall be punished with imprisonment of either de­scription for a term which shall not be less than six months **[and not more than two years].

Explanation I

For the purposes of this section, the word scur­rilous shall be deemed to include any matter which is likely to be injurious to morality or is calculated to injure any person:

Provided that it is not scurrilous to express in good faith anything whatever respecting the conduct of
(i) a public servant in the discharge of his public functions or respecting his character so far as his character appears in that conduct and no further; or

(ii) any person touching any public question, and respecting his character, so far as his character appears in that conduct and no further.

Explanation II

In deciding whether any person has committed an offence under this section, the court shall have regard inter alia, to the following considerations
(a) The general character of the person charged, and where rele­vant the nature of his business;

(b) the general character and dominant effect of the matter alleged to be grossly indecent or scurrilous or intended for blackmail;

(c) any evidence offered or called by or on behalf of the accused person as to his intention in committing any of the acts speci­fied in this section.

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1960, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 9-11-1960)].

* Subs. by Tamil Nadu Act 30 of 1984.

** Ins. by Tamil Nadu Act 30 of 1984, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 28-6-1984).

—–

1. Subs. by Act 8 of 1925, sec. 2, for the original section.

2. Ins. by Act 36 of 1969, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-1969).

3. Section 292 renumbered as sub-section (2) thereof by Act 36 of 1969, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 7-9-1969).

4. Subs. by Act 36 of 1969, sec. 2, for certain words (w.e.f. 7-9-1969).

5. Subs. by Act 36 of 1969, sec. 2, for Exception (w.e.f. 7-9-1969).

Section 293. Sale, etc., of obscene objects to young person

1[293. Sale, etc., of obscene objects to young person.—Whoever sells, lets to hire, distributes, exhibits or circulates to any person under the age of twenty years any such obscene object as is referred to in the last preceding section, or offers or at­tempts so to do, shall be punished 2[on first conviction with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, and, in the event of a second or subsequent conviction, with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and also with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees].]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—On first conviction, with imprisonment for 3 years, and with fine of 2,000 rupees, and, in the event of second of subsequent conviction, with imprisonment for 7 years, and with fine of 5,000 rupees—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

STATE AMENDMENTS

Orissa

Same as in Tamil Nadu.

[Vide Orissa Act 13 of 1962, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 16-5-1962)].

Tamil Nadu

In Section 293,
(a) for the words “any such obscene object as is referred to in the last preceding section” the words, figures and letter “any such obscene object as is referred to in section 292 or any such newspaper, periodical, circular, picture or other printed or written document as is referred to in section 292-A” shall be substituted;

(b) for the words “which may extend to six months” the words “which may extend to three years” shall be substituted;

(c) in the marginal note, after the words “obscene objects” the words “any grossly indecent or scurrilous matter intended for blackmail shall be inserted.”

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1960, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 9-11-1960)].

—-

1. Subs. by Act 8 of 1925, sec. 2, for the original section.

2. Subs. by Act 36 of 1969, sec. 2, for certain words (w.e.f. 7-9-1969).

Section 294. Obscene acts and songs

1[294. Obscene acts and songs.—Whoever, to the annoyance of others
(a) does any obscene act in any public place, or

(b) sings, recites or utters any obscene song, ballad or words, in or near any public place,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 3 of 1895, sec. 3, for the original section.

Section 294A. Keeping lottery office

1[294A. Keeping lottery office.—Whoever keeps any office or place for the purpose of drawing any lottery 2[not being 3[a State lottery] or a lottery authorised by the 4[State] Govern­ment], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine, or with both.

And whoever publishes any proposal to pay any sum, or to deliver any goods, or to do or forbear doing anything for the benefit of any person, on any event or contingency relative or applicable to the drawing of any ticket, lot, number or figure in any such lottery, shall be punished with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compound­able.

Para II

Punishment—Fine of 1,000 rupees—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

STATE AMENDMENTS

Andhra Pradesh

Section 294A is repealed.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 16 of 1968, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 1-2-1969)].

Gujarat

Section 294A is repealed.

[Vide Bombay Act 82 of 1958, sec. 33 read with Bombay Act 11 of 1960, sec. 87].

Karnataka

In Karnataka area except Ballary District, section 294A is repealed.

[Vide Mysore Act 27 of 1957, sec. 33].

Maharashtra

Section 294A is repealed.

[Vide Bombay Act 82 of 1958, sec. 33 (w.e.f. 1-5-1959)]

Manipur

Section 294A is repealed.

[Vide Manipur Act 2 of 1992, sec. 30 (w.e.f. 6-8-1992)].

Uttar Pradesh

Section 294A Omitted.

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 24 of 1995, sec. 11].

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 10.

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1937, for “not authorised by Government”.

3. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., for “a lottery orga­nised by the Central Government or the Government of a Part A State or a Part B State”.

4. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “Provincial”.

Section 295. Injuring or defiling place of worship with intent to insult the religion of any class

Whoever destroys, damages or defiles any place of worship, or any object held sacred by any class of persons with the intention of thereby insulting the religion of any class of persons or with the knowledge that any class of persons is likely to consider such destruction, damage or defilement as a insult to their religion, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 295A. Deliberate and malicious acts, intended to outrage religious feelings or any class by insulting its religion or religious beliefs

1[295A. Deliberate and malicious acts, intended to outrage religious feelings or any class by insulting its religion or religious beliefs.— Whoever, with deliberate and malicious intention of outraging the religious feelings of any class of 2[citizens of India], 3[by words, either spoken or written, or by signs or by visible representations or otherwise], insults or attempts to insult the religion or the religious beliefs of that class, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to 4[three years], or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

1. Ins. by Act 25 of 1927, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for “His Majesty’s subjects”.

3. Subs. by Act 41 of 1961, sec. 3, for certain words (w.e.f. 27-9-1961).

4. Subs. by Act 41 of 1961, sec. 3, for “two years” (w.e.f. 27-9-1961).

Section 296. Disturbing religious assembly

Whoever voluntarily causes disturbance to any assembly lawfully engaged in the performance of religious worship, or religious ceremonies, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 297. Trespassing on burial places, etc.

Whoever, with the intention of wounding the feelings of any person, or of insulting the religion of any person, or with the knowledge that the feelings of any person are likely to be wounded, or that the religion or any person is likely to be insulted thereby,

commits any trespass in any place of worship or on any place of sepulture, or any place set apart from the performance of funeral rites or as a depository for the remains of the dead, or offers any indignity to any human corpse, or causes disturbance to any persons assembled for the performance of funeral ceremonies,

shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 298. Uttering, words, etc., with deliberate intent to wound the religious feelings of any person

Whoever, with the deliberate intention of wounding the religious feelings of any person, utters any word or makes any sound in the hearing of that person or makes any gesture in the sight of that person or places any object in the sight of that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compounded by the person whose religious feelings are intended to be wounded.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

In Andhra Pradesh offence under section 298 is cognizable.

[Vide A.P.G.O. Ms. No. 732, dated 5th December, 1991].

Section 299. Culpable homicide

Who ever causes death by doing an act with the intention of causing death, or with the intention of causing such bodily injury as is likely to cause death, or with the knowledge that he is likely by such act to cause death, commits the offence of culpable homicide.

Illustrations

(a) A lays sticks and turf over a pit, with the intention of there by causing death, or with the knowledge that death is likely to be thereby caused. Z believing the ground to be firm, treads on it, falls in and is killed. A has committed the offence of culpable homicide.

(b) A knows Z to be behind a bush. B does not know it A, intending to cause, or knowing it to be likely to cause Z’s death, induces B fires and kills Z. Here B may be guilty of no offence; but A has committed the offence of culpable homicide.

(c) A, by shooting at a fowl with intent to kill and steal it, kills B who is behind a bush; A not knowing that he was there. Here, although A was doing an unlawful act, he was not guilty of culpable homicide, as he did not intend to kill B, or to cause death by doing an act that he knew was likely to cause death.

Explanation 1

A person who causes bodily injury to another who is labouring under a disorder, disease or bodily infirmity, and thereby accelerates the death of that other, shall be deemed to have caused his death.

Explanation 2

Where death is caused by bodily injury, the person who causes such bodily injury shall be deemed to have caused the death, although by resorting to proper remedies and skilful treatment the death might have been prevented.

Explanation 3

The causing of the death of child in the mother’s womb is not homicide. But it may amount to culpable homicide to cause the death of a living child, if any part of that child has been brought forth, though the child may not have breathed or been completely born.

Section 300. Murder

Except in the cases hereinafter excepted, culpable homicide is murder, if the act by which the death is caused is done with the intention of causing death, or
Secondly.—If it is done with the intention of causing such bodily injury as the offender knows to be likely to cause the death of the person to whom the harm is caused, or
Thirdly.—If it is done with the intention of causing bodily injury to any person and the bodily injury intended to be in­flicted is sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death, or
Fourthly.—If the person committing the act knows that it is so imminently dangerous that it must, in all probability, cause death or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death, and commits such act without any excuse for incurring the risk of causing death or such injury as aforesaid.

Illustrations

(a) A shoots Z with the intention of killing him. Z dies in consequence. A commits murder.

(b) A, knowing that Z is labouring under such a disease that a blow is likely to cause his death, strikes him with the intention of causing bodily injury. Z dies in consequence of the blow. A is guilty of murder, although the blow might not have been suffi­cient in the ordinary course of nature to cause the death of a person in a sound state of health. But if A, not knowing that Z is labouring under any disease, gives him such a blow as would not in the ordinary course of nature kill a person in a sound state of health, here A, although he may intend to cause bodily injury, is not guilty of murder, if he did not intend to cause death, or such bodily injury as in the ordinary course of nature would cause death.

(c) A intentionally gives Z a sword-cut or club-wound sufficient to cause the death of a man in the ordinary course of nature. Z dies in consequence. Here, A is guilty of murder, although he may not have intended to cause Z’s death.

(d) A without any excuse fires a loaded cannon into a crowd of persons and kills one of them. A is guilty of murder, although he may not have had a premeditated design to kill any particular individual.

Exception 1.—When culpable homicide is not murder.—Culpable homicide is not murder if the offender, whilst deprived of the power of self-control by grave and sudden provocation, causes the death of the person who gave the provocation or causes the death of any other person by mistake or accident.

The above exception is subject to the following provisos:
First.—That the provocation is not sought or voluntarily pro­voked by the offender as an excuse for killing or doing harm to any person.

Secondly.—That the provocation is not given by anything done in obedience to the law, or by a public servant in the lawful exer­cise of the powers of such public servant.

Thirdly.—That the provocation is not given by anything done in the lawful exercise of the right of private defence.

Explanation

Whether the provocation was grave and sudden enough to prevent the offence from amounting to murder is a question of fact.

Illustrations

(a) A, under the influence of passion excited by a provocation given by Z, intentionally kills. Y, Z’s child. This is murder, in as much as the provocation was not given by the child, and the death of the child was not caused by accident or misfortune in doing an act caused by the provocation.

(b) Y gives grave and sudden provocation to A. A, on this provo­cation, fires a pistol at Y, neither intending nor knowing him­self to be likely to kill Z, who is near him, but out of sight. A kills Z. Here A has not committed murder, but merely culpable homicide.

(c) A is lawfully arrested by Z, a bailiff. A is excited to sudden and violent passion by the arrest, and kills Z. This is murder, in as much as the provocation was given by a thing done by a public servant in the exercise of his powers.

(d) A appears as witness before Z, a Magistrate, Z says that he does not believe a word of A’s deposition, and that A has per­jured himself. A is moved to sudden passion by these words, and kills Z. This is murder.

(e) A attempts to pull Z’s nose, Z, in the exercise of the right of private defence, lays hold of A to prevent him from doing so. A is moved to sudden and violent passion in consequence, and kills Z. This is murder, in as much as the provocation was given by a thing done in the exercise of the right of private defence.

(f) Z strikes B. B is by this provocation excited to violent rage. A, a bystander, intending to take advantage of B’s rage, and to cause him to kill Z, puts a knife into B’s hand for that purpose. B kills Z with the knife. Here B may have committed only culpable homi­cide, but A is guilty of murder.

Exception 2.—Culpable homicide is not murder if the offender, in the exercise in good faith of the right of private defence of person or property, exceeds the power given to him by law and causes the death of the person against whom he is exercising such right of defence without premeditation, and without any intention of doing more harm than is necessary for the purpose of such defence.

Illustration

Z attempts to horsewhip A, not in such a manner as to cause grievous hurt to A. A draws out a pistol. Z persists in the assault. A believing in good faith that he can by no other means prevent himself from being horsewhipped, shoots Z dead. A has not committed murder, but only culpable homicide.

Exception 3.—Culpable homicide is not murder if the offender, being a public servant or aiding a public servant acting for the advancement of public justice, exceeds the powers given to him by law, and causes death by doing an act which he, in good faith, believes to be lawful and necessary for the due discharge of his duty as such public servant and without ill-will towards the person whose death is caused.

Exception 4.—Culpable homicide is not murder if it is committed without premeditation in a sudden fight in the heat of passion upon a sudden quarrel and without the offender having taken undue advantage or acted in a cruel or unusual manner.

Explanation

It is immaterial in such cases which party offers the provocation or commits the first assault.

Exception 5.—Culpable homicide is not murder when the person whose death is caused, being above the age of eighteen years, suffers death or takes the risk of death with his own consent.

Illustration

A, by instigation, voluntarily causes, Z, a person under eighteen years of age to commit suicide. Here, on account of Z’s youth, he was incapable of giving consent to his own death; A has therefore abetted murder.

‘And commits such act without any excuse for incurring the risk of causing death’

Merely causing death, by doing an act with the knowledge that is so imminently dangerous that it must, in all probability cause death, is not murder. In order that an act, done with such knowledge, should constitute murder, it is necessary that it should be committed without any excuse for incurring the risk of causing the death or bodily injury. An act, done with the knowledge of its consequences, is not prima facie murder, it becomes murder only if it can be positively affirmed that there was no excuse. The requirements of the section are not satisfied by the act of homicide being one of extreme recklessness. It must, in addition, be wholly in inexcusable. When a risk in incurred even a risk of the gravest possible character which must normally result in death, the taking of that risk is not murder unless it was inexcuatble to take it; Emperor v. Dhirajia, AIR 1940 All 486; Gyarsibai w/o Jagannath v. State, AIR 1953 MB 61.

Clause ‘thirdly’ of section 300 distinguished from the second clause of section 299

The difference between the second clause of section 299 and clause ‘thirdly’ of section 300 to one of degree of probability of death resulting from the intended bodily injury. To put it more broadly, it is the degree of probability of death which determines whether a culpable homicide is of the gravest, medium, or lowest degree. The word likely in second clause of section 299 conveys the sense of probable as distinguished from a mere possibility. The words ‘bodily injury ………… sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death’, in clause thirdly of section 300, mean that death will be the most probable result of the injury having regard to the ordinary course of nature; State of Andhra Pradesh v. Rayavarpu Punayya, AIR 1977 SC 45.

Consent

Circumstantial evidence is not sufficient to convict ac­cused when possibility of deceased receiving fatal injury by fall cannot be ruled out; State of Rajasthan v. Kamla, (1991) Cr LJ 602 (SC).

Essential of murder

(i) Having regard to the number of injuries inflicted on the deceased it was not possible to uphold the contention that there was no intention to kill; Prabhu v. State of Madhya Pradesh, (1991) Cr LJ 1373 (1373-1374) (SC).

(ii) When there was no evidence as to how death came about, evidence relating to charge of murder was held to be insufficient and unacceptable; Kedar Nath v. State of Madhya Pradesh, (1991) Cr LJ 989 (SC).

Exception 4: Heat of passion

Mere sudden quarrel would not entitle the accused to seek for Exception 4 to section 300; Samuthram alias Samudra Rajan v. State of Tamil Nadu, (1997) 2 Crimes 185 (Mad).

Exception 4: Scope and applicability of

To invoke Exception 4 to section 300, four requirements must be satisfied, namely (i) it was a sudden fight; (ii) there was no premeditation; (iii) the act was done in a heat of pas­sion; and (iv) the assailant had not taken any undue advantage or acted in a cruel manner… The number of wounds caused during the occurrence is not a decisive factor but what is important is that the occurrence must have been sudden and unpremeditated and the offender must have acted in a fit of anger. Of course, the of­fender must not have taken any undue advantage or acted in a cruel manner. Where, on a sudden quarrel, a person in the heat of the moment picks up a weapon which is handy and causes injuries, one of which proves fatal, he would be entitled to the benefit of this Exception provided he has not acted cruelly; Samuthram alias Samudra Rajan v. State of Tamil Nadu, (1997) 2 Crimes 185 (Mad).

Fight

Where a mutual conflict develops and there is no reliable and acceptable evidence as to how it started and as to who was the aggressor, it will not be correct to assume private defence for both sides. Such a case will be a case of sudden fight and conflict and has to be dealt with under Exception 4 to section 300 of the Code; Januram v. State of Madhya Pradesh, (1997) 2 Crimes 582 (MP).

Injuries on vital and non-vital parts of body of the deceased

Infliction of the injury on the vital part of the body with the agricultural instrument by the enraged accused in a sudden quarrel—Held, accused did not cause the injury intentionally; Patel Rasiklal Becharbhai v. State of Gujarat, AIR 1992 SC 1150.

Injury which is likely to cause death and injury which is sufficient in ordinary course of nature to cause death

(i) Accused inflicted 18 injuries in the arms and legs of the deceased with a gandasa. None of the injuries was on a vital part of the body of the deceased. The obvious motive was revenge because the deceased’s son had caused a serious leg injury which resulted in the amputations of the leg of P, the son of appellant. The Court held that one of the injuries inflicted by the appellant was on a vital part of the body of the deceased whom the appellant had no intention to kill, at the same time though he had no intention to kill, the appellant must have known that he was inflicting such bodily injuries as were likely to cause death as a consequence of which death did happen. The appellants conviction for murder was accordingly altered to one for culpable homicide; Kapur Singh v. State of Pepsu, AIR 1956 SC 654.

(ii) It was held by the Supreme Court that whether the injury intended by the accused and actually inflicted by him is sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death or not, must be determined in each case on the basis of the facts and circumstances. In the instant case, the injury caused was the result of blow with a knife in the stomach which was given with such force that the weapon had penetrated the abdomen and had injured the bowels. According to the doctor the injury was sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death. Therefore, in the absence of any circumstances to show that the injury was caused accidentally or unintentionally, it had to be presumed that the accused had intended to cause the inflicted injury and the condition of cl. (3) of section 300, I.P.C. were satisfied. Conviction under section 302 was upheld; Virsa Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1958 SC 465.

(iii) The appellant had given six blows with a lathi stick on the head of the deceased, one of which fractured his skull. The deceased died three weeks after the incident. The injury which broke the skull had caused a depression in the brain and death was due to brain hemorrhage. It was held that the accused was liable under section 304 for culpable homicide. The Court held that even though the blows were inflicted by the appellant on the head of the deceased with force, the lathi not being an iron rod and the deceased being a young man strongly built the appellant could not under the circumstances be held to have been actuated with the intention of causing the death of the deceased nor do one could think despite the medical evidence that the injury was sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death. Seeing that he survived for three weeks and looking on the doctor’s admission that an injury of that kind is not incurable; Inder Singh Bagga Singh v. State of Pepsu, AIR 1955 SC 439.

Intention and knowledge

It is fallacious to contend that when death is caused by a single blow, clause thirdly is not attracted and, therefore, it would not amount to murder. The ingredient ‘intention’ in that clause gives clue in a given case whether offence involved is murder or not; Jai Prakash v. State (Delhi Administration), (1991) 1 Crimes 474 (SC).

Proof of sufficiency of the injury to cause death

(i) Where evidence of both eye witnesses reliable and well corroborated by medical and other evidence on record inspires confidence that accused had intention to kill deceased then conviction is liable to be sustained; Robba Ramanna Dora v. State of Andhra Pradesh, 2000 Cr LJ 118 (AP).

(ii) Where the ocular evidence is explicit and fully supported by medical evidence and evidence of other witnesses and evidence of witnesses who apprehended the accused after some hours of occurrence with blood stained weapon then absence of proof of motive will not render the entire prosecution case unbelievable, therefore, charge of murder against accused proved beyond all reasonable doubt; Ram Nath Novia v. State of Bihar, 2000 Cr LJ 318 (Pat).

(iii) Where the evidence of eye witnesses regarding assault to deceased by accused persons was truthful, reliable and clearly corroborated by medical evidence and common intention of accused persons to commit murder of deceased also proved therefore conviction under section 300/34 is proper; Ratan Debnath v. State of Tripura, 2000 Cr LJ 237 (Gau).

(iv) Chain of evidence must be complete with fully established circumstances not to leave any reasonable ground for a conclusion consistent with the innocence of accused. It should be of conclusive nature; Arvind v. State (Delhi Admn.), 1999 (4) SCC 4861: 1999 (3) JT 554.

Provocation must be grave

The test of “grave and sudden” provocation is whether a reasonable man, belonging to the same class of society as the accused, placed in the situation in which the accused was placed would be so provoked as to lose his self-control. (2) In India, words and gestures may also, under certain circumstances, cause grave and sudden provocation to an accused so as to bring his act within the First Exception to section 300. (3) The mental back­ground created by the previous act of the victim may be taken into consideration in ascertaining whether the subsequent act caused grave and sudden provocation for committing the offence; Venkatesan v. State of Tamil Nadu, (1997) 3 Crimes 146 (Mad).

Reasonable man’s—Test

The accused, a naval officer, was charged with the murder of P, a businessman of Bombay, for having illicit intimacy with his wife. On coming to know from his wife about the illicit relationship with the deceased, he went to the ship, took from the stores a semi-automatic revolver and six cartridges on a false pretext, loaded the same, went to the flat of P entered in his bedroom and shot him dead after a heated exchange of words. The court held that the test to be applied is that of the effect of the provocation on a reasonable man; and in applying that test it is of particular importance to consider whether a sufficient interval has elapsed since the receiving of the information which caused the provocation to allow a reasonable man to cool down; K.M. Nanavati v. State of Maharasthra, AIR 1962 SC 605.

Scope

It is now well settled principle of law that if two views are possible, one in favour of the accused and the other adversely against it, the view favouring the accused must be accepted; Raghunath v. State of Haryana, AIR 2003 SC 165.

With the knowledge that he is likely, by such act, to cause death

(i) In case of murder in which the conclusion of guilt is drawn by prosecution it must be fully established beyond all reasonable doubt and consistent with the guilt of the accused; S.D. Soni v. State of Gujarat, (1991) Cr LJ 330 (SC).

(ii) Legislature had advisedly used the words: “bodily injury as the offender knows to be likely to cause death”. Therefore, from an understanding of the legislative intent of section 300, I.P.C., a culpable homicide becomes murder if the attacker causes an injury which he knows is likely to cause death and, of course, consequent to such injury, the victim should die; State of Rajashtan v. Dhool Singh, AIR 2004 SC 1264.

Section 301. Culpable homicide by causing death of person other than person whose death was intended

If a person, by doing anything which he intends or knows to be likely to cause death, commits culpable homicide by causing the death of any person, whose death he neither intends nor knows himself to be likely to cause, the culpable homicide committed by the offender is of the description of which it would have been if he had caused the death of the person whose death he intended or knew himself to be likely to cause.

Section 302. Punishment for murder

Whoever commits murder shall be punished with death, or 1[imprisonment for life] and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death, or imprisonment for life, and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 303. Punishment for murder by life-convict

Whoever, being under sentence of 1[imprisonment for life], commits murder, shall be punished with death.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—–

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 304. Punishment for culpable homicide not amounting to murder

Whoever commits culpable homicide not amounting to murder shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine, if the act by which the death is caused is done with the intention of causing death, or of causing such bodily injury as is likely to cause death,

or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, or with fine, or with both, if the act is done with the knowledge that it is likely to cause death, but without any intention to cause death, or to cause such bodily injury as is likely to cause death.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 304A. Causing death by negligence

1[304A. Causing death by negligence.—Whoever causes the death of any person by doing any rash or negligent act not amounting to culpable homicide, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 12.

Section 304B. Dowery death

1[304B. Dowry death.—(1) Where the death of a woman is caused by any burns or bodily injury or occurs otherwise than under normal circumstances within seven years of her marriage and it is shown that soon before her death she was subjected to cruelty or har­assment by her husband or any relative of her husband for, or in connection with, any demand for dowry, such death shall be called “dowry death”, and such husband or relative shall be deemed to have caused her death.

Explanation

For the purpose of this sub-section, “dowry” shall have the same meaning as in section 2 of the Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 (28 of 1961).

(2) Whoever commits dowry death shall be punished with imprison­ment for a term which shall not be less than seven years but which may extend to imprisonment for life.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment of not less than 7 years but which may extend to imprisonment for life—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1 Ins. by Act 43 of 1986, sec. 10 (w.e.f. 19-11-1986).

Section 305. Abetment of suicide of child or insane person

If any person under eighteen years of age, any insane person, any delirious person, any idiot, or any person in a state of intoxication, commits suicide, whoever abets the commission of such suicide, shall be punished with death or 1[ imprisonment for life], or imprisonment for a term not exceeding ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death, or imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 306. Abetment of suicide

If any person commits suicide, whoever abets the commission of such suicide, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 307. Attempt to murder

Whoever does any act with such intention or knowledge, and under such circumstances that, if he by that act caused death, he would be guilty of murder, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine; and if hurt is caused to any person by such act, the offender shall be liable either to 1[imprisonment for life], or to such punishment as is hereinbefore mentioned.

Attempts by life convicts.2[When any person offending under this section is under sentence of 1[imprisonment for life], he may, if hurt is caused, be punished with death.]

llustrations

(a) A shoots at Z with intention to kill him, under such circum­stances that, if death ensued. A would be guilty of murder. A is liable to punishment under this section.

(b) A, with the intention of causing the death of a child of tender years, exposes it in a desert place. A has committed the offence defined by this section, though the death of the child does not ensue.

(c) A, intending to murder Z, buys a gun and loads it. A has not yet committed the offence. A fires the gun at Z. He has committed the offence defined in this section, and if by such firing he wounds Z, he is liable to the punishment provided by the latter part of 3[the first paragraph of] this section.

(d) A, intending to murder Z by poison, purchases poison and mixes the same with food which remains in A’s keeping; A has not yet committed the offence defined in this section. A places the food on Z’s table or delivers it to Z’s servant to place it on Z’s table. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

Para III

Punishment—Death, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Ins. by Act 27 of 1870, sec. 11.

3. Ins. by Act 12 of 1891, sec. 2 and Sch. II.

Section 308. Attempt to commit culpable homicide

Whoever does any Act with such intention or knowledge and under such circumstances that, if he by that Act caused death, he would be guilty of culpable homicide not amount to murder, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both, and if hurt is caused to any person by such Act, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

Illustration

A, on grave and sudden provocation, fires a pistol at Z, under such circumstances that if he thereby caused death he would be guilty of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compound­able.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compound­able.

Section 309. Attempt to commit suicide

Whoever attempts to commit suicide and does any act towards the commission of such offence, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for term which may extend to one year 1[ or with fine, or with both].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 year, or fine or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 7, for “and shall also be liable to fine”.

Section 310. Thug

Whoever, at any time after the passing of this act, shall have been habitually associated with any other or others for the purpose of committing robbery or child-stealing by means of or accompanied with murder, is a thug.

Section 311. Punishment

Whoever is a thug, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life] and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 312. Causing miscarriage

Whoever voluntarily causes a woman with child to miscarry, shall, if such miscarriage be not caused in good faith for the purpose of saving the life of the woman, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both, and, if the woman be quick with child, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

A woman who causes herself to miscarry, is within the meaning of this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine or both—Non-cog­nizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 313. Causing miscarriage without woman’s consent

Whoever commits the offence defined in the last preceding section without the consent of the woman, whether the woman is quick with child or not, shall be punished with 1[ imprisonment for life] or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 314. Death caused by act done with intent to cause miscarriage-

Whoever, with intent to cause the miscarriage of woman with child, does any act which causes the death of such woman, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

If act done without woman’s consent.— And if the act is done without the consent of the woman, shall be punished either with 1[imprisonment for life] or with the punishment above mentioned

Explanation

It is not essential to this offence that the offender should know that the act is likely to cause death.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or as above—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 315. Act done with intent to prevent child being born alive or to cause it to die after birth

Whoever before the birth of any child does any act with the intention of thereby preventing that child from being born alive or causing it to die after its birth, and does by such act prevent that child from being born alive, or causes it to die after its birth, shall, if such act be not caused in good faith for the purpose of saving the life of the mother, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 316. Causing death of quick unborn child by act amounting to culpable homicide

Whoever does any act under such circumstances, that if he thereby caused death he would be guilty of culpable homicide, and does by such act cause the death of a quick unborn child, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Illustration

A, knowing that he is likely to cause the death of a pregnant woman, does an act which, if it caused the death of the woman, would amount to culpable homicide. The woman is injured, but does not die, but the death of an unborn quick child with which she is pregnant is thereby caused. A is guilty of the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 317. Exposure and abandonment of child under twelve years, by parent or person having care of it.

Whoever being the father or mother of a child under the age of twelve years, having the care of such child, shall expose or leave such child in any place with the intention of wholly abandoning such child, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years; or with fine, or with both.

Explanation

This section is not intended to prevent the trial of the offender for murder or culpable homicide, as the case may be, if the child dies in consequence of the exposure.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 318. Concealment of birth by secret disposal of dead body.

Whoever, by secretly burying or otherwise disposing of the death body of a child whether such child die before or after or during its birth, intentionally conceals or endeavours to conceal the birth of such child, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 319. Hurt.

Whoever causes bodily pain, disease or infirmity to any person is said to cause hurt.

Section 320. Grievous hurt.

The following kinds of hurt only are desig­nated as “grievous”:
First.— Emasculation.

Secondly.—Permanent privation of the sight of either eye.

Thirdly.— Permanent privation of the hearing of either ear,

Fourthly.—Privation of any member or joint.

Fifthly.— Destruction or permanent impairing of the powers of any member or joint.

Sixthly.— Permanent disfiguration of the head or face.

Seventhly.—Fracture or dislocation of a bone or tooth.

Eighthly.—Any hurt which endangers life or which causes the sufferer to be during the space of twenty days in severe bodily pain, or unable to follow his ordinary pursuits.

Section 321. Voluntarily causing hurt.

Whoever does any act with the intention of thereby causing hurt to any person, or with the knowledge that he is likely thereby to cause hurt to any person, and does thereby cause hurt to any person, is said “voluntarily to cause hurt”.

Section 322. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt

Whoever voluntarily causes hurt, if the hurt which the intends to cause or knows himself to be likely to cause is grievous hurt, and if the hurt which he causes is grievous hurt, is said “voluntarily to cause grievous hurt”.

Explanation

A person is not said voluntarily to cause grievous hurt except when he both causes grievous hurt and intends or knows himself to be likely to cause grievous hurt. But he is said voluntarily to cause grievous hurt, if intending or knowing himself to be likely to cause grievous hurt of one kind; he actually causes grievous hurt of another kind.

Illustration

A, intending or knowing himself to be likely permanently to disfigure Z’s face, gives Z a blow which does not permanently disfigure Z’s face, but which cause Z to suffer severe bodily pain for the space of twenty days. A has voluntarily caused grievous hurt.

Section 323. Punishment for voluntarily causing hurt

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 334,voluntarily causes hurt, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compounded by the person to whom the hurt is caused.

Section 324. Voluntarily causing hurt by dangerous weapons or means

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 334, voluntarily causes hurt by means of any instrument for shooting, stabbing or cutting, or any instrument which, used as weapon of offence, is likely to cause death, or by means of fire or any heated substance, or by means of any poison or any corrosive substance, or by means of any explosive substance or by means of any substance which it is deleterious to the human body to inhale, to swallow, or to receive into the blood, or by means of any animal, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom hurt is caused with the permission of the court.

Section 325. Punishment for voluntarily causing grievous hurt

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 335, voluntarily causes grievous hurt, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, and fine—Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom hurt is caused with the permission of the court.

Section 326. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt by dangerous weapons or means

Whoever, except in the case provided for by section 335, voluntarily causes grievous hurt by means of any instrument for shooting, stabbing or cutting, or any instrument which, used as a weapon of offence, is likely to cause death, or by means of fire or any heated substance, or by means of any poison or any corrosive substance, or by means of any explosive substance, or by means of any substance which it is deleterious to the human body inhale, to swallow, or to receive into the blood, or by means of any animal, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

1[326A. Whoever causes permanent or partial damage or deformity to, or burns or maims or disfigures or disables, any part or parts of the body of a person or causes grievous hurt by throwing acid on or by administering acid to that person, or by using any other means with the intention of causing or with the knowledge that he is likely to cause such injury or hurt, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and with fine:

Provided that such fine shall be just and reasonable to meet the medical expenses of the treatment of the victim:

Provided further that any fine imposed under this section shall be paid to the victim.

  1. Whoever throws or attempts to throw acid on any person or attempts to administer acid to any person, or attempts to use any other means, with the intention of causing permanent or partial damage or deformity or burns or maiming or disfigurement or disability or grievous hurt to that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation 1.—For the purposes of section 326A and this section, “acid” includes any substance which has acidic or corrosive character or burning nature, that is capable of causing bodily injury leading to scars or disfigurement or temporary or permanent disability.

Explanation 2.— For the purposes of section 326A and this section, permanent or partial damage or deformity shall not be required to be irreversible.]

1 Inserted by Section 5 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 327. Voluntarily causing hurt to extort property, or to constrain to an illegal act

Whoever voluntarily causes hurt, for the purpose of extorting from the sufferer, or from any person interested in the sufferer, any property or valuable security, or of constraining the sufferer or any person interested in such sufferer to do anything which is illegal or which may facilitate the commission of an offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 328. Causing hurt by means of poison, etc., with intent to commit an offence

Whoever administers to or causes to be taken by any person any poison or any stupefying, intoxicating or unwholesome drug, or other thing with intent to cause hurt such person, or with intent to commit or to facilitate the commission of an offence or knowing in to be likely that he will thereby cause hurt, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 329. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt to extort property, or to constrain to an illegal act

Whoever voluntarily causes grievous hurt for the purpose of extorting from the sufferer or from any person interested in the sufferer any property or valuable security, or of constraining the sufferer or any person interested in such sufferer to do anything that is illegal or which may facilitate the commission of an offence, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 330. Voluntarily causing hurt to extort confession, or to compel restoration of property

Whoever voluntarily causes hurt for the purpose of extorting from the sufferer or from any person interested in the sufferer, any confession or any information which may lead to the detection of an offence or misconduct, or for the purpose of constraining the sufferer or any person interested in the sufferer to restore or to cause the restoration of any property or valuable security or to satisfy any claim or valuable security, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, shall also be liable to fine.

Illustrations

(a) A, a police-officer, tortures Z in order to induce Z to confess that he committed a crime. A guilty of an offence under this section.

(b) A, a police officer, tortures B to induce him to point out where certain stolen property is deposited. A is guilty of an offence under this section.

(c) A, a revenue officer, tortures Z in order to compel him to pay certain arrears of revenue due from Z. A is guilty of an offence under this section.

(d) A, a zamindar, tortures a raiyat in order to compel him to pay his rent. A is guilty of an offence under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 331. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt to extort confession, or to compel restoration of property

Whoever voluntarily causes grievous hurt for the purpose of extorting from the sufferer or from any person interested in the sufferer any confession or any information which may lead to the detection of an offence or misconduct, or for the purpose of constraining the sufferer or any person interested in the sufferer to restore or to cause the restoration of any property or valuable security, or to satisfy any claim or demand or to give information which may lead to the restoration of any property or valuable security, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 332. Voluntarily causing hurt to deter public servant from his duty

Whoever voluntarily causes hurt to any person being a public servant in the discharge of his duty as such public servant, or with intent to prevent or deter that person or any other public servant from discharging his duty as such public servant, or in consequence of anything done or attempted to be done by that person in the lawful discharge of his duty as such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Non-Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Section 333. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt to deter public servant from his duty

Whoever voluntarily causes grievous hurt to any person being a public servant in the discharge of his duty as such public servant, or with intent to prevent or deter that person or any other public servant from discharging his duty as such public servant, or in consequence of anything done or attempted to be done by that person in the lawful discharge of his duty as such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Section 334. Voluntarily causing hurt on provocation

Whoever voluntarily causes hurt on grave and sudden provocation, if he neither intends nor knows himself to be likely to cause hurt to any person other than the person who gave the provocation, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compound­able by the person to whom the hurt is caused.

Section 335. Voluntarily causing grievous hurt on provocation

Whoever 1[voluntarily] causes grievous hurt on grave and sudden provocation, if he neither intends nor knows himself to be likely to cause grievous hurt to any person other than the person who gave the provocation, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to four years or with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees, or with both

Explanation

The last two sections are subject to the same provisos as Explanation 1, section 300.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 4 years, or fine of 2000 rupees, or both—Cognizable-Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the person to whom hurt is caused with the permission of the court.

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 8.

Section 336. Act endangering life or personal safety of others

Whoever does any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life or the personal safety of others, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to two hundred and fifty rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 250 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 337. Causing hurt by act endangering life or personal safety of others

Whoever causes hurt to any person by doing any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life, or the personal safety of others, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 6 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom hurt is caused with the permission of the court.

Section 338. Causing grievous hurt by act endangering life or personal safety of others

Whoever causes grievous hurt to any person by doing any act so rashly or negligently as to endanger human life, or the personal safety of others, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom hurt is caused with the permission of the court.

Section 339. Wrongful restraint

Whoever voluntarily obstructs any person so as to prevent that person from proceeding in any direction in which that person has right to proceed, is said wrongfully to restrain that person.

Exception: – The obstruction of a private way over land or water which a person in good faith believes himself to have lawful right to obstruct, is not an offence within the meaning of this section.

Illustration

A obstructs a path along which Z has a right to pass. A not believing in good faith that he has a right to stop the path. Z is thereby prevented from passing. A wrongfully restrains Z.

Section 340. Wrongful confinement.

Whoever wrongfully restrains any person in such a manner as to prevent that person from proceedings beyond certain circumscribing limits, is said “wrongfully to confine” that person.

Illustrations

(a) A causes Z to go within a walled space, and locks Z in. A is thus prevented from proceeding in any direction beyond the circumscribing line of wall. A wrongfully confines Z.

(b) A places men with firearms at the outlets of a building, and tells Z that they will fire at Z if Z attempts to leave the building. A wrongfully confines Z.

Section 341. Punishment for wrongful restraint

Whoever wrongfully restrains any person shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term, which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 month, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person restrained or confined.

Section 342. Punishment for wrongful Confinement

Whoever wrongfully confines any person shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person restrained or confined.

Section 343. Wrongful confinement for three or more days

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for three days, or more, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person confined with the permission of the court.

Section 344. Wrongful confinement for ten or more days

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for ten days, or more, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which any extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person confined with the permission of court.

Section 345. Wrongful confinement of person for whose liberation writ has been issued

Whoever keeps any person in wrongful confinement, knowing that a writ for the liberation of that person has been duly issued, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years in addition to any term of imprisonment to which he may be liable under any other section of this chapter.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years in addition to imprisonment under any other section—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 346. Wrongful confinement in secret

Whoever wrongfully confines any person in such manner as to indicate an intention that the confinement of such person may not be known to any person interested in the person so confined, or to any public servant, or that the place of such confinement may not be known to or discovered by any such person or public servant as hereinbefore mentioned, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years in addition to any other punishment to which he may be liable for such wrongful confinement.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, in addition to imprison­ment under any other section—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the person confined with the permission of the court.

Section 347. Wrongful confinement to extort property, or constrain to illegal act

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for the purpose of extorting from the person confined, or from any person interested in the person confined, any property or valuable security or of constraining the person confined or any person interested in such person to do anything illegal or to give any information which may facilitate the commission of an offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 348. Wrongful confinement to extort confession, or compel restoration of property

Whoever wrongfully confines any person for the purpose of extorting from the person confined or any person interested in the person confined any confession or any information which may led to the detection of an offence or misconduct, or for the purpose of constraining the person confined or any person interested in the person confined to restore or to cause the restoration of any property or valuable security or to satisfy any claim or demand, or to give information which may lead to the restoration of any property or valuable security, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 349. Force

A person is said to use force to another if he causes motion, change of motion, or cessation of motion to that other, or if he causes to any substance such motion, or change of mo­tion, or cessation of motion as brings that substance into con­tact with any part of that other’s body, or with anything which that other is wearing or carrying, or with anything so situated that such contact affects that other’s sense of feeling: Provided that the person causing the motion, or change of motion, or cessation of motion, causes that motion, change of motion, or cessation of motion in one of the three ways hereinafter de­scribed.

First.— By his own bodily power.

Secondly.—By disposing any substance in such a manner that the motion or change or cessation of motion takes place without any further act on his part, or on the part of any other person.

Thirdly.— By inducing any animal to move, to change its motion, or to cease to move.

Section 350. Criminal force

Whoever intentionally uses force to any person, without that person’s consent, in order to the committing of any offence, or intending by the use of such force to cause, or knowing it to be likely that by the use of such force he will cause injury, fear or annoyance to the person to whom the force is used, is said to use criminal force to that other.

Illustrations

(a) Z is sitting in a moored boat on a river. A unfastens the moorings, and thus intentionally causes the boat to drift down the stream. Here A intentionally causes motion to Z, and he does this by disposing substances in such a manner that the motion is produced without any other act on any person’s part, A has therefore intentionally used force to Z; and if he has done so without Z’s consent, in order to the committing of any offence, or intending or knowing in to be likely that this use of force will cause injury, fear or annoyance to Z, A has used criminal force to Z.

(b) Z is reading in a chariot. A lashes Z’s horses, and thereby causes them to quicken there pace. Here Z has caused change of motion to Z by inducing the animals to change their motion. A has therefore used force to Z; and if A has done this without Z’s consent, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby injure, frighten or annoy Z, A has used criminal force to Z.

(c) Z is riding in a palanquin. A, intending to rob Z, seizes the pole and stops the palanquin. Here A has caused therefore used force to Z; and as A has acted thus intentionally, without Z’s consent, in order to the commission of an offence. A has used criminal force to Z.

(d) A intentionally pushes against Z in the street. Here A has by his own bodily power moved his own person so as to bring it into contact with Z. He has therefore intentionally used force to Z; and if he has done so without Z’s consent, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby injure, frighten or annoy Z, he has used criminal force to Z.

(e) A throws a stone intending or knowing it to be likely that the stone will be thus brought in to contact with Z, or with Z’s clothes, or with something carried by Z, or that it will strike water and dash up the water against Z’s clothes or something carried by Z. Here, if the throwing of the stone produce the effect of causing any substance to come into contact with Z, or Z’s clothes. A has used force to Z; and if he did so without Z’s consent, intending thereby to injure, frighten or annoy Z, he has criminal force by Z.

(f) A intentionally pulls up a woman’s veil. Here A intentionally uses force to her, and if he does so without her consent intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby injure, frighten or annoy her, he has used criminal force to her.

(g) Z is bathing, A pours into the bath water which he knows to be boiling. Here A intentionally by his own bodily power causes such motion in the boiling water as brings that water into contact with Z, or with that water so situated that such contact must affect Z’s sense of feeling; A has therefore intentionally used force to Z; and he has done this without Z’s consent intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause injury, fear, or annoyance to Z, A has used criminal force.

(h) A incites a dog to spring upon Z, without Z; s consent. Here, if A intends to cause injury, fear or annoyance to Z, he uses criminal force to Z.

Section 351. Assault

Whoever makes any gesture, or any preparation intending or knowing it to be likely that such gesture or preparation will cause any person present to apprehend that he who makes that gesture or preparation is about to use criminal force to that person, is said to commit as assault.

Explanation

Mere words do not amount to an assault. But the words which a person uses may give to his gestures or preparation such a meaning as may make those gestures or preparations amount to an assault.

Illustrations

(a) A shakes his fist at Z, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause Z to believe that A is about to strike Z, A has committed an assault.

(b) A begins to unloose the muzzle of a ferocious dog, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause Z to believe that he is about to cause the dog to attack Z. A has committed an assault upon Z.

(c) A takes up a stick, saying to Z, “I will give you a beating” Here, though the words used by A could in no case amount to an assault, and though the mere gesture, unaccompanied by any other circumstances, might not amount to an assault, the gesture explained by the words may amount to an assault.

Section 352. Punishment for assault or criminal force otherwise than on grave provocation

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person otherwise than on grave and sudden provocation given by that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

Explanation

Grave and sudden provocation will not mitigate the punishment for an offence under this section. If the provocation is sought or voluntarily provoked by the offender as an excuse for the offence, or

if the provocation is given by anything done in obedience to the law, or by a public servant, in the lawful exercise of the powers of such public servant, or

if the provocation is given by anything done in the lawful exer­cise of the right of private defence.

Whether the provocation was grave and sudden enough to mitigate the offence, is a question of fact.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compound­able by the person assaulted or to whom criminal force is used.

Section 353. Assault or criminal force to deter public servant from discharge of his duty

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person being a public servant in the execution of his duty as such public servant, or with intent to prevent or deter that person from discharging his duty as such public servant, or in consequence of anything done or attempted to be done by such person in the lawful discharge of his duty as such public servant, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Non-Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 354. Assault or criminal force to woman with intent to outrage her modesty

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any woman, intending to outrage or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby outrage her modesty, 1[shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

State Amendments

Andhra Pradesh

For section 354, the following section shall be substituted, namely
354. Assault or criminal force to woman with intent to outrage her modesty.—Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any woman intending to outrage or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby outrage her modesty, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to seven years and shall also be liable to fine:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment of either description for a term which may be less than five years but which shall not be less than two years.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 6 of 1991].

Madhya Pradesh

After section 354, the following new section shall be inserted, namely
354A. Assault or use Criminal force to woman with intent to disrobe her.—Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any woman or abets or conspires to assault or uses such criminal force to any woman intending to outrage or knowing it to be likely that by such assault, he will thereby outrage or causes to be outraged the modesty of the woman by disrobing or compel her to be naked on any public place, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to ten years and shall also be liable to fine.”.

[Vide Madhya Pradesh Act 14 of 2004, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 2-12-2004)].

Orissa

In the First Schedule to the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 in the entry under column 5 relating to section 354 of the Indian Penal Code 1860 for the word ‘bailable’ the word ‘non-bailable’ shall be substituted.

[Vide Orissa Act 6 of 1995, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 10-3-1995)].

1. Inserted by Section 7 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 355. Assault or criminal force with intent to dishonour person, otherwise than on grave provocation

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person, intending thereby to dishonour that person, otherwise than on grave and sudden provocation given by that person, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compounded by the person assaulted or to whom criminal force is used.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

Offence under section 355 is non-cognizable, bailable and triable by any Magistrate.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 3 of 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-2-1992)].

Section 356. Assault or criminal force in attempt to commit theft of property carried by a person

Whoever assault or uses criminal force to any person, in attempting to commit theft on any property which that person is then wearing or carrying, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 357. Assault or criminal force in attempt wrongfully to confine a person

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person, in attempting wrongfully to confine that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compound­able by the person assaulted or to whom the force was used with the permission of the court.

Section 358. Assault or criminal force on grave provocation

Whoever assaults or uses criminal force to any person on grave and sudden provocation given by that person, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to one month, or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both.

Explanation

The last section is subject to the same Explanation as section 352.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for one month, or fine of 200 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Compoundable by the person assaulted or to whom criminal force is used.

Section 359. Kidnapping

Kidnapping is of two kinds: kidnapping from 1[India], and kidnapping from lawful guardianship.

—–

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch. to read as above.

Section 360. Kidnapping from India

Whoever conveys any person beyond the limits of 1[India] without the consent of that person, or of some person legally authorised to consent on behalf of that person, is said to kidnap that person from 1[India].

—-

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch. to read as above.

Section 361. Kidnapping from lawful guardianship

Whoever takes or entices any minor under 1[sixteen] years of age if a male, or under 2[eighteen] years of age if a female, or any person of unsound mind, out of the keeping of the lawful guardian of such minor or person of unsound mind, without the consent of such guardian, is said to kidnap such minor or person from lawful guardianship.

Explanation

The words “lawful guardian” in this section include any person lawfully entrusted with the care or custody of such minor or other person.

Exception

This section does not extend to the act of any person who in good faith believes himself to be the father of an ille­gitimate child, or who in good faith believes himself to be entitled to lawful custody of such child, unless such act is committed for an immoral or unlawful purpose.

STATE AMENDMENT

Manipur

In section 361 for the words ‘eighteen’ substitute the word ‘fifteen’.

[Vide Manipur Act 30 of 1950, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 16-4-1950), read with Act 81 of 1971, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 25-1-1972)].

1. Subs. by Act 42 of 1949, sec. 2, for “fourteen”.

2. Subs. by Act 42 of 1949, sec. 2, for “sixteen”.

Section 362. Abduction

Whoever by force compels, or by any deceitful means induces, any person to go from any place, is said to abduct that person.

Section 363. Punishment for kidnapping

Whoever kidnaps any person from 1[India] or from lawful guardianship, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

State Amendment

Uttar Pradesh

In Uttar Pradesh the offence under section 363, I.P.C. is non-bailable.

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 1 of 1984, sec. 12 (w.e.f. 1-5-1984)].

1. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 363A. Kidnapping or maiming a minor for purposes of begging

1[363A. Kidnapping or maiming a minor for purposes of begging.—(1) Whoever kidnaps any minor or, not being the lawful guardian of a minor, obtains the custody of the minor, in order that such minor may be employed or used for the purpose of begging shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

(2) Whoever maims any minor in order that such minor may be employed or used for the purposes of begging shall be punishable with imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(3) Where any person, not being the lawful guardian of a minor, employs or uses such minor for the purposes of begging, it shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, that he kidnapped or otherwise obtained the custody of that minor in order that the minor might be employed or used for the purposes of begging.

(4) In this section,
(a) ‘begging’ means
(i) soliciting or receiving alms in a public place, whether under the pretence of singing, dancing, fortune-telling, performing tricks or selling articles or otherwise;

(ii) entering on any private premises for the purpose of solicit­ing or receiving alms;

(iii) exposing or exhibiting, with the object of obtaining or extorting alms, any sore, wound, injury, deformity or disease, whether of himself or of any other person or of an animal;

(iv) using a minor as an exhibit for the purpose of soliciting or receiving alms;

(b) ‘minor’ means
(i) in the case of a male, a person under sixteen years of age; and

(ii) in the case of a female, a person under eighteen years of age.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 52 of 1959, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-1-1960).

Section 364. Kidnapping or abducting in order to murder

Whoever kidnaps or abducts any person in order that such person may be murdered or may be so disposed of as to be put in danger of being murdered, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life] or rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Illustrations

(a) A kidnaps Z from 2[India], intending or knowing it to be likely that Z may be sacrificed to an idol. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

(b) A forcibly carries or entices B away from his home in order that B may be murdered. A has committed the offence defined in this section..

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch. to read as above.

Section 364A. Kidnapping for ransom, etc.

1[364A. Kidnapping for ransom, etc.—Whoever kidnaps or abducts any person or keeps a person in detention after such kidnapping or abduction and threatens to cause death or hurt to such person, or by his conduct gives rise to a reasonable apprehension that such person may be put to death or hurt, or causes hurt or death to such person in order to compel the Government or 2[any foreign State or international inter-governmental organization or any other person] to do or abstain from doing any act or to pay a ransom, shall be punishable with death, or imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine].

Classification of Offence

Punishment—Death, or imprisonment for life and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 42 of 1993, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 22-5-1993).

2. Subs. by Act 24 of 1995, for “any other person” (w.e.f. 26-5-1995).

Section 365. Kidnapping or abducting with intent secretly and wrongfully to confine person

Whoever kidnaps or abducts any person with intent to cause that person to be secretly and wrongfully confined, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 366. Kidnapping, abducting or inducing woman to compel her marriage, etc.

Whoever kidnaps or abducts any woman with intent that she may be compelled, or knowing it to be likely that she will be compelled, to marry any person against her will, or in order that she may be forced or seduced to illicit intercourse, or knowing it to be likely that she will be forced or seduced to illicit intercourse shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine; 1[and whoever, by means of criminal intimidation as defined in this Code or of abuse of authority or any other method of compulsion, induces any woman to go from any place with intent that she may be, or knowing that it is likely she will be, forced or seduced to illicit intercourse with another person shall be punished as aforesaid].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 20 of 1923, sec. 2.

Section 366A. Procreation of minor girl

1[366A. procreation of minor girl.—Whoever, by any means whatsoever, induces any minor girl under the age of eighteen years to go from any place or to do any act with intent that such girl may be, or knowing that it is likely that she will be, forced or seduced to illicit intercourse with another person shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 20 of 1923, sec. 3.

Section 366B. Importation of girl from foreign country

1[366B. Importation of girl from foreign country.—Whoever imports into 2[India] from any country outside India 3[or from the State of Jammu and Kashmir] any girl under the age of twenty-one years with intent that she may be, or knowing it to be likely that she will be, forced or seduced to illicit intercourse with another person, 4[***] shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to ten years and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 20 of 1923, sec. 3.

2. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

3. Ins. by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch.

4. Certain words omitted by Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch.

Section 367. Kidnapping or abducting in order to subject person to grievous hurt, slavery, etc.

Whoever kidnaps or abducts any person in order that such person may be subjected, or may be so disposed of as to be put in danger of being subject to grievous hurt, or slavery, or to unnatural lust of any person, or knowing it to be likely that such person will be so subjected or disposed of, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 368. Wrongfully concealing or keeping in confinement, kidnapped or abducted person

Whoever, knowing that any person has been kidnapped or has been abducted, wrongfully conceals or confines such person, shall be punished in the same manner as if he had kidnapped or abducted such person with the same intention or knowledge, or for the same purpose as that with or for which he conceals or detains such person in confinement.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Punishment for kidnapping or abduction—Cognizance—Non-bailable—Triable by court by which the kidnapping or abduction is triable—Non-compoundable.

Section 369. Kidnapping or abducting child under ten years with intent to steal from its person

Whoever kidnaps or abducts any child under the age of ten years with the intention of taking dishonestly any movable property from the person of such child, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 370. Substitution of new sections 370 and 370A for section 370.

1[370. (1) Whoever, for the purpose of exploitation, (a) recruits, (b) transports,

(c) harbours, (d) transfers, or (e) receives, a person or persons, by
First.— using threats, or

  1. — using force, or any other form of coercion, or
  2. — by abduction, or
  3. — by practising fraud, or deception, or
  4. — by abuse of power, or

Sixthly.— by inducement, including the giving or receiving of payments or benefits, in order to achieve the consent of any person having control over the person recruited, transported, harboured, transferred or received, commits the offence of trafficking.

Explanation 1.— The expression “exploitation” shall include any act of physical exploitation or any form of sexual exploitation, slavery or practices similar to slavery, servitude, or the forced removal of organs

Explanation 2.— The consent of the victim is immaterial in determination of the offence of trafficking.

(2) Whoever commits the offence of trafficking shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than seven years, but which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

(3) Where the offence involves the trafficking of more than one person, it shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(4) Where the offence involves the trafficking of a minor, it shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than ten years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(5) Where the offence involves the trafficking of more than one minor, it shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than fourteen years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(6) If a person is convicted of the offence of trafficking of minor on more than one occasion, then such person shall be punished with imprisonment for life, which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(7) When a public servant or a police officer is involved in the trafficking of any person then, such public servant or police officer shall be punished with imprisonment for life, which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, and shall also be liable to fine.

370A. (1) Whoever, knowingly or having reason to believe that a minor has been trafficked, engages such minor for sexual exploitation in any manner, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than five years, but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

(2) Whoever, knowingly by or having reason to believe that a person has been trafficked, engages such person for sexual exploitation in any manner, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than three years, but which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

1. Inserted by Section 8 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 371. Habitual dealing in slaves

Whoever habitually imports, exports, removes, buys, sells, traffics or deals in slaves, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life] or with imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding the years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years, and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 372. Selling minor for purposes of prostitution, etc.

Whoever sells, lets to hire, or otherwise disposes of any 1[person under the age of eighteen years with intent that such person shall at any age be employed or used for the purpose of prostitution or illicit intercourse with any person or for any unlawful and immoral purpose, or knowing it to be likely that such person will at any age be] employed or used for any such purpose, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall be liable to fine.

2[Explanation I

When a female under the age of eighteen years sold, let for hire, or otherwise disposed of to a prostitute or to any person who keeps or manages a brothel, the person so disposing of such female shall, until the contrary is proved, be presumed to have disposed of her with the intent that she shall be used for the purpose of prostitution.

Explanation II

For the purposes of this section “illicit intercourse” means sexual intercourse between persons not united by marriage or by any union or tie which, though not amounting to a marriage, is recognised by the personal law or custom of the community to which they belong or, where they belong to different communities, of both such communities, as constituting between them a quasi -marital relation].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 18 of 1924, sec. 2, for certain words.

2. Ins. by Act 18 of 1924, sec. 3.

Section 373. Buying minor for purposes of prostitution, etc.

Whoever buys, hires or otherwise obtains possession of any 1[person under the age of eighteen years with intent that such person shall at any age be employed or used for the purpose of prostitution or illicit intercourse with any person or for any unlawful and immoral purpose, of knowing it to be likely that such person will at any age be] employed or used for any purpose, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

2[Explanation I

Any prostitute or any person keeping or manag­ing a brothel, who buys, hires or otherwise obtains possession of a female under the age of eighteen years shall, until the con­trary is proved, be presumed to have obtained possession of such female with the intent that she shall be used for the purpose of prostitution.

Explanation II

“Illicit intercourse” has the same meaning as in section 372.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 18 of 1924, sec. 2, for certain words.

2. Ins. by Act 18 of 1924, sec. 4.

Section 374. Unlawful compulsory labour

Whoever unlawfully compels any person to labour against the will of that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 375. Rape

1[375. A man is said to commit “rape” if he
(a) penetrates his penis, to any extent, into the vagina, mouth, urethra or anus of a woman or makes her to do so with him or any other person; or

(b) inserts, to any extent, any object or a part of the body, not being the penis, into the vagina, the urethra or anus of a woman or makes her to do so with him or any other person; or

(c) manipulates any part of the body of a woman so as to cause penetration into the vagina, urethra, anus or any part of body of such woman or makes her to do so with him or any other person; or

(d) applies his mouth to the vagina, anus, urethra of a woman or makes her to do so with him or any other person, under the circumstances falling under any of the following seven descriptions:

  1. —Against her will.
  2. —Without her consent.
  3. —With her consent, when her consent has been obtained by putting her or any person in whom she is interested, in fear of death or of hurt.
  4. —With her consent, when the man knows that he is not her husband and that her consent is given because she believes that he is another man to whom she is or believes herself to be lawfully married.
  5. —With her consent when, at the time of giving such consent, by reason of unsoundness of mind or intoxication or the administration by him personally or through another of any stupefying or unwholesome substance, she is unable to understand the nature and consequences of that to which she gives consent.
  6. —With or without her consent, when she is under eighteen years of age.

Seventhly.—When she is unable to communicate consent.

Explanation 1.—For the purposes of this section, “vagina” shall also include labia majora.

Explanation 2.—Consent means an unequivocal voluntary agreement when the woman by words, gestures or any form of verbal or non-verbal communication, communicates willingness to participate in the specific sexual act:

Provided that a woman who does not physically resist to the act of penetration shall not by the reason only of that fact, be regarded as consenting to the sexual activity.

Exception 1.—A medical procedure or intervention shall not constitute rape.

Exception 2.—Sexual intercourse or sexual acts by a man with his own wife, the wife not being under fifteen years of age, is not rape.]

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 376. Punishment for rape

1[376. (1) Whoever, except in the cases provided for in sub-section (2), commits rape, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than seven years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(2) Whoever,
(a) being a police officer, commits rape
(i) within the limits of the police station to which such police officer is appointed; or

(ii) in the premises of any station house; or

(iii) on a woman in such police officer’s custody or in the custody of a police officer subordinate to such police officer; or

(b) being a public servant, commits rape on a woman in such public servant’s custody or in the custody of a public servant subordinate to such public servant; or

(c) being a member of the armed forces deployed in an area by the Central or a State Government commits rape in such area; or

(d) being on the management or on the staff of a jail, remand home or other place of custody established by or under any law for the time being in force or of a women’s or children’s institution, commits rape on any inmate of such jail, remand home, place or institution; or

(e) being on the management or on the staff of a hospital, commits rape on a woman in that hospital; or

(f) being a relative, guardian or teacher of, or a person in a position of trust or authority towards the woman, commits rape on such woman; or

(g) commits rape during communal or sectarian violence; or

(h) commits rape on a woman knowing her to be pregnant; or

(i) commits rape on a woman when she is under sixteen years of age;

Or

(j) commits rape, on a woman incapable of giving consent; or

(k) being in a position of control or dominance over a woman, commits rape on such woman; or

(l) commits rape on a woman suffering from mental or physical disability; or

(m) while committing rape causes grievous bodily harm or maims or disfigures or endangers the life of a woman; or

(n) commits rape repeatedly on the same woman, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than ten years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation.—For the purposes of this sub-section,
(a) “armed forces” means the naval, military and air forces and includes any member of the Armed Forces constituted under any law for the time being in force, including the paramilitary forces and any auxiliary forces that are under the control of the Central Government or the State Government;

(b) “hospital” means the precincts of the hospital and includes the precincts of any institution for the reception and treatment of persons during convalescence or of persons requiring medical attention or rehabilitation;

(c) “police officer” shall have the same meaning as assigned to the expression “police” under the Police Act, 1861;

(d) “women’s or children’s institution” means an institution, whether called an orphanage or a home for neglected women or children or a widow’s home or an institution called by any other name, which is established and maintained for the reception and care of women or children.]

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

Section 376A. Intercourse by a man with his wife during separation

1[376A. Whoever, commits an offence punishable under sub-section (1) or subsection

(2) of section 376 and in the course of such commission inflicts an injury which causes the death of the woman or causes the woman to be in a persistent vegetative state, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than twenty years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, or with death.]

—–

1.Inserted by Section 376A of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

Section 376B. Intercourse by public servant with woman is his custody

1[376B. Whoever has sexual intercourse with his own wife, who is living separately, whether under a decree of separation or otherwise, without her consent, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than two years but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

  1. —In this section, “sexual intercourse” shall mean any of the acts mentioned in clauses (a) to (d) of section 375.]

—–

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

Section 376C. Intercourse by superintendent of jail, remand home, etc.

1[376C. Whoever, being
(a) in a position of authority or in a fiduciary relationship; or

(b) a public servant; or

(c) superintendent or manager of a jail, remand home or other place of custody established by or under any law for the time being in force, or a women’s

or children’s institution; or

(d) on the management of a hospital or being on the staff of a hospital, abuses such position or fiduciary relationship to induce or seduce any woman either in his custody or under his charge or present in the premises to have sexual intercourse with him, such sexual intercourse not amounting to the offence of rape, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than five years, but which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation 1.—In this section, “sexual intercourse” shall mean any of the acts mentioned in clauses (a) to (d) of section 375.

Explanation 2. —For the purposes of this section, Explanation 1 to section 375 shall also be applicable.

Explanation 3.—”Superintendent”, in relation to a jail, remand home or other place of custody or a women’s or children’s institution, includes a person holding any other office in such jail, remand home, place or institution by virtue of which such person can exercise any authority or control over its inmates.

Explanation 4.—The expressions “hospital” and “women’s or children’s institution” shall respectively have the same meaning as in Explanation to sub-section (2) of section 376.]

—–

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

Section 376D. Intercourse by any member of the management or staff of a hospital with any woman in that hospital

1[376D. Where a woman is raped by one or more persons constituting a group or acting in furtherance of a common intention, each of those persons shall be deemed to have committed the offence of rape and shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than twenty years, but which may extend to life which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, and with

fine:

Provided that such fine shall be just and reasonable to meet the medical expenses and rehabilitation of the victim:

Provided further that any fine imposed under this section shall be paid to the victim.]

—–

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

1[376E. Whoever has been previously convicted of an offence punishable under section 376 or section 376A or section 376D and is subsequently convicted of an offence punishable under any of the said sections shall be punished with imprisonment for life which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life, or with death.’]

1. Inserted by Section 9 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′.

Section 377. Unnatural offences

Whoever voluntarily has carnal intercourse against the order of nature with any man, woman or animal, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

Penetration is sufficient to constitute the carnal intercourse necessary to the offence described in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 378. Theft

Whoever, intending to take dishonestly any moveable property out of the possession of any person without that per­son’s consent, moves that property in order to such taking, is said to commit theft.

Explanation 1

A thing so long as it is attached to the earth, not being movable property, is not the subject of theft; but it becomes capable of being the subject of theft as soon as it is severed from the earth.

Explanation 2

A moving effected by the same act which affects the severance may be a theft.

Explanation 3

A person is said to cause a thing to move by removing an obstacle which prevented it from moving or by sepa­rating it from any other thing, as well as by actually moving it.

Explanation 4

A person, who by any means causes an animal to move, is said to move that animal, and to move everything which, in consequence of the motion so caused, is moved by that animal.

Explanation 5

The consent mentioned in the definition may be express or implied, and may be given either by the person in possession, or by any person having for that purpose authority either express or implied.

Illustrations

(a) A cuts down a tree on Z’s ground, with the intention of dis­honestly taking the tree out of Z’s possession without Z’s con­sent. Here, as soon as A has severed the tree in order to such taking, he has committed theft.

(b) A puts a bait for dogs in his pocket, and thus induces Z’s dog to follow it. Here, if A’s intention be dishonestly to take the dog out of Z’s possession without Z’s consent. A has commit­ted theft as soon as Z’s dog has begun to follow A.

(c) A meets a bullock carrying a box of treasure. He drives the bullock in a certain direction, in order that he may dishonestly take the treasure. As soon as the bullock begins to move, A has committed theft of the treasure.

(d) A, being Z’s servant, and entrusted by Z with the care of Z’s plate, dishonestly runs away with the plate, without Z’s consent. A has committed theft.

(e) Z, going on a journey, entrusts his plate to A, the keeper of the warehouse, till Z shall return. A carries the plate to a goldsmith and sells it. Here the plate was not in Z’s possession. It could not therefore be taken out of Z’s possession, and A has not committed theft, though he may have committed criminal breach of trust.

(f) A finds a ring belonging to Z on a table in the house which Z occupies. Here the ring is in Z’s possession, and if A dishonest­ly removes it, A commits theft.

(g) A finds a ring lying on the highroad, not in the possession of any person. A by taking it, commits no theft, though he may commit criminal misappropriation of property.

(h) A sees a ring belonging to Z lying on a table in Z’s house. Not venturing to misappropriate the ring immediately for fear of search and detection, A hides the ring in a place where it is highly improbable that it will ever be found by Z, with the intention of taking the ring from the hiding place and selling it when the loss is forgotten. Here A, at the time of first moving the ring, commits theft.

(i) A delivers his watch to Z, a jeweller, to be regulated. Z carries it to his shop. A, not owing to the jeweller any debt for which the jeweller might lawfully detain the watch as a security, enters the shop openly, takes his watch by force out of Z’s hand, and carries it away. Here A, though he may have committed crimi­nal trespass and assault, has not committed theft, in as much as what he did was not done dishonestly.

(j) If A owes money to Z for repairing the watch, and if Z re­tains the watch lawfully as a security for the debt, and A takes the watch out of Z’s possession, with the intention of depriving Z of the property as a security for his debt, he commits theft, in as much as he takes it dishonestly.

(k) Again, if A, having pawned his watch to Z, takes it out of Z’s possession without Z’s consent, not having paid what he borrowed on the watch, he commits theft, though the watch is his own property in as much as he takes it dishonestly.

(l) A takes an article belonging to Z out of Z’s possession, without Z’s consent, with the intention of keeping it until he obtains money from Z as a reward for its restoration. Here A takes dishonestly; A has therefore committed theft.

(m) A, being on friendly terms with Z, goes into Z’s library in Z’s absence, and takes away a book without Z’s express consent for the purpose merely of reading it, and with the intention of returning it. Here, it is probable that A may have conceived that he had Z’s implied consent to use Z’s book. If this was A’s impression, A has not committed theft.

(n) A asks charity from Z’s wife. She gives A money, food and clothes, which A knows to belong to Z her husband. Here it is probable that A may conceive that Z’s wife is authorised to give away alms. If this was A’s impression, A has not committed theft.

(o) A is the paramour of Z’s wife. She gives a valuable property, which A knows to belong to her husband Z, and to be such property as she has no authority from Z to give. If A takes the property dishonestly, he commits theft.

(p) A, in good faith, believing property belonging to Z to be A’s own property, takes that property out of B’s possession. Here, as A does not take dishonestly, he does not commit theft.

Section 379. Punishment for theft

Whoever commits theft shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the owner of the property stolen with the permission of the court.

Section 380. Theft in dwelling house, etc

Whoever commits theft in any building, tent or vessel, which building, tent or vessel is used as a human dwelling, or used for the custody of property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

STATE AMENDMENT

Tamil Nadu

Section 380 shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section and after sub-section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall be added, namely:
“(2) Whoever commits theft in respect of any idol or icon in any building used as a place of worship shall be punished with rigor­ous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than two years but which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than two thousand rupees:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than two years.”

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 28 of 1993, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 13-7-1993)].Section 381. Theft by clerk or servant of property in possession of master

Whoever, being a clerk or servant, or being employed in the capacity of a clerk or servant, commits theft in respect of any property in the possession of his master or employer, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compounded by the owner of the property stolen with the permission of the court.

Section 382. Theft after preparation made for causing death, hurt or restraint in order to the committing of the theft

Whoever commits theft, having made preparation for causing death, or hurt, or restrain, or fear of death, or of hurt, or of restraint, to any person, in order to the committing of such theft, or in order to the effecting of his escape after the committing of such theft, or in order to the retaining of property taken by such theft, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Illustrations

(a) A commits theft on property in Z’s possession; and, while committing this theft, he has a loaded pistol under his garment, having provided this pistol for the purpose of hurting Z in case Z should resist. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

(b) A picks Z’s pocket, having posted several of his companions near him, in order that they may restrain Z, if Z should perceive what is passing and should resist, or should attempt to apprehend A. A has committed the offence defined in this section

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 383. Extortion

Whoever intentionally puts any person in fear of any injury to that person, or to any other, and thereby dishonestly induces the person so put in fear to deliver to any property or valuable security, or anything signed or sealed which may be converted into a valuable security, commits “extortion”.

Illustrations

(a) A threatens to publish a defamatory libel concerning Z unless Z give him money. He thus induces Z to give him money. A has committed extortion.

(b) A threatens Z that he will keep Z’s child in wrongful confinement, unless Z will sign and deliver to A promissory note binding Z to pay certain monies to A. Z signs and delivers the note. A has committed extortion.

(c) A threatens to send club-men to plough up Z’s field unless Z will sign and deliver to B bond binding Z under a penalty to deliver certain produce to B, and thereby induces Z to sing and deliver the bond. A has committed extortion.

(d) A, by putting Z in fear of grievous hurt, dishonestly induces Z to sign or affix his seal to a blank paper and deliver it to A. Z signs and delivers the paper to A. Here, as the paper so signed may be converted into a valuable security. A has committed extortion.

Section 384. Punishment for extortion

Whoever commits extortion shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 385. Putting person in fear of injury in order to commit extortion

Whoever, in order to the committing of extortion, puts any person in fear, or attempts to put any person in fear, of any injury, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 386. Extortion by putting a person in fear of death or grievous hurt

Whoever commits extortion by putting any person in fear of death or of grievous hurt o that person or to any other, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 387. Putting person in fear of death or of grievous hurt, in order to commit extortion

Whoever, in order to the committing of extortion, puts or attempts to put any person in fear of death or of grievous hurt to that person or to any other, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 388. Extortion by threat of accusation of an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life, etc.

Whoever commits extor­tion by putting any person in fear of an accusation against that person or any other, of having committed or attempted to commit any offence punishable with death, or with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years or of having attempted to induce any other person to commit such offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine; and, if the offence be one punishable under section 377 of this Code, may be punished with 1[imprison­ment for life].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 389. Putting person in fear of accusation of offence, in order to commit extortion

Whoever, in order to the committing of extortion, puts or attempts to put any person in fear of an accusation, against that person or any other, of having committed, or attempted to commit an offence punished with death or with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine; and, if the offence be punished under section 377 of this Code, may be punished with 1[imprisonment for life].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 390. Robbery

In all robbery there is either theft or extortion.

When theft is robbery.—Theft is “robbery” if, in order to the committing of the theft, or in committing the theft, or in carrying away or attempting to carry away property obtained by the theft, the offender, for that end, voluntarily causes or attempts to cause to any person death or hurt or wrongful restraint, or fear of instant death or of instant hurt, or of instant wrongful restraint.

When extortion is robbery.—Extortion is “robbery” if the offend­er, at the time of committing the extortion, is in the presence of the person put in fear, and commits the extortion by putting that person in fear of instant death, of instant hurt, or of instant wrongful restraint to that person or to some other person, and, by so putting in fear, induces the person so put in fear then and there to deliver up the thing extorted.

Explanation

The offender is said to be present if he is suffi­ciently near to put the other person in fear of instant death, of instant hurt, or of instant wrongful restraint.

Illustrations

(a) A holds Z down and fraudulently takes Z’s money and jewels from Z’s clothes without Z’s consent. Here A has committed theft, and in order to the committing of that theft, has voluntarily caused wrongful restraint to Z. A has therefore committed rob­bery.

(b) A meets Z on the high roads, shows a pistol, and demands Z’s purse. Z in consequence, surrenders his purse. Here A has extort­ed the purse from Z by putting him in fear of instant hurt, and being at the time of committing the extortion in his presence. A has therefore committed robbery.

(c) A meets Z and Z’s child on the high road. A takes the child and threatens to fling it down a precipice, unless Z delivers his purse. Z, in consequence delivers his purse. Here A has extorted the purse from Z, by causing Z to be in fear of instant hurt to the child who is there present. A has therefore committed robbery on Z.

(d) A obtains property from Z by saying—“Your child is in the hands of my gang, and will be put to death unless you send us ten thousand rupees”. This is extortion, and punishable as such; but it is not robbery, unless Z is put in fear of the instant death of his child.

Section 391. Dacoity

When five or more persons conjointly commit or attempt to commit a robbery, or where the whole number of persons conjointly committing or attempting to commit a robbery, and persons present and aiding such commission or attempt, amount to five or more, every person so committing, attempting or aiding, is said to commit “dacoity”.

Section 392. Punishment for robbery

Whoever commits robbery shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine; and, if the robbery be committed on the highway between sunset and sunrise, the imprisonment may be extended to fourteen years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 14 years, and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 393. Attempt to commit robbery

Whoever attempts to commit robbery shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 394. Voluntarily causing hurt in committing robbery

If any person, in committing or in attempting to commit robbery, voluntarily causes hurt, such person, and any other person jointly concerned in committing or attempting to commit such robbery, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 395. Punishment for dacoity

Whoever commits dacoity shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec.117 and sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f.1-1-1956).

Section 396. Dacoity with murder

If any one of five or more persons, who are conjointly committing dacoity, commits murder in so committing dacoity, every one of those persons shall be punished with death, or 1[imprisonment for life], or rigorous imprisonment for term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Death, imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 397. Robbery, or dacoity, with attempt to cause death or grievous hurt

If, at the time of committing robbery or dacoity, the offender uses any deadly weapon, or causes grievous hurt to any person, or attempts to cause death or grievous hurt to any person, the imprisonment with which such offender shall be punished shall not be less than seven years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for not less than 7 years—Cog­nizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 398. Attempt to commit robbery or dacoity when armed with deadly weapon

If, at the time of attempting to commit robbery or dacoity, the offender armed with any deadly weapon, the imprisonment with which such offender shall be punished shall not be less than seven years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for not less than 7 years—Cog­nizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 399. Making preparation to commit dacoity

Whoever makes, any preparation for committing dacoity, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 400. Punishment for belonging to gang of dacoits

Whoever, at any time after the passing of this Act, shall belong to a gang of persons associated for the purpose of habitually committing dacoity, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 401. Punishment for belonging to gang of thieves

Whoever, at any time after the passing of this Act, shall belong to any wandering or other gang of persons associated for the purpose of habitually committing theft or robbery, and not being a gang of thugs or dacoits, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 402. Assembling for purpose of committing dacoity

Whoever, at any time after the passing of this Act, shall be one of five or more persons assembled for the purpose of committing dacoity, shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Rigorous imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 403. Dishonest misappropriation of property

Whoever dishonestly mis-appropriates or converts to his own use any movable property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A takes property belonging to Z out of Z’s possession, in good faith, believing, at any time when he takes it, that the property belongs to himself. A is not guilty of theft; but if A, after discovering his mistake, dishonestly appropriates the property to his own use, he is guilty of an offence under this section.

(b) A, being on friendly terms with Z, goes into Z’s library in Z’s absence, and takes away a book without Z’s express consent. Here, if A was under the impression that he had Z’s implied consent to take the book for the purpose of reading it, A has not committed theft. But, if A afterwards sells the book for his own benefit, he is guilty of an offence under this section.

(c) A and B, being joint owners of a horse, A takes the horse out of B’s possession, intending to use it. Here, as A has a right to use the horse, he does not dishonestly misappropriate it. But, if A sells the horse and appropriates the whole proceeds to his own use, he is guilty of an offence under this section.

Explanation I

A dishonest misappropriation for a time only is a misappropriation with the meaning of this section.

Illustration

A finds a Government promissory note belonging to Z, bearing a blank endorsement. A, knowing that the note belongs to Z, pledges it with a banker as a security for a loan, intending at a future time to restore it to Z. A has committed an offence under this section.

Explanation 2

A person who finds property not in the possession of any other person, and takes such property for the purpose of protecting if for, or of restoring it to, the owner does not take or misappropriate it dishonestly, and is not guilty of an of­fence; but he is guilty of the offence above defined, if he appropriates it to his own use, when he knows or has the means of discovering the owner, or before he has used reasonable means to discover and give notice to the owner and has kept the proper­ty a reasonable time to enable the owner to claim it.

What are reasonable means or what is a reasonable time in such a case, is a question of fact.

It is not necessary that the finder should know who is the owner of the property, or that any particular person is the owner of it; it is sufficient if, at the time of appropriating it, he does not believe it to be his own property, or in good faith believe that the real owner cannot be found.

Illustrations

(a) A finds a rupee on the high road, not knowing to whom the rupee belongs. A picks up the rupee. Here A has not committed the offence defined in this section.

(b) A finds a letter on the road, containing a bank note. From the direction and contents of the letter he learns to whom the note belongs. He appropriates the note. He is guilty of an of­fence under this section.

(c) A finds a cheque payable to bearer. He can form no conjecture as to the person who has lost the cheque. But the name of the person, who has drawn the cheque, appears. A knows that this person can direct him to the person in whose favour the cheque was drawn. A appropriates the cheque without attempting to dis­cover the owner. He is guilty of an offence under this section.

(d) A sees Z drop his purse with money in it. A picks up the purse with the intention of restoring it to Z, but afterwards appropriates it to his own use. A has committed an offence under this section.

(e) A finds a purse with money, not knowing to whom it belongs; he afterwards discovers that it belongs to Z, and appropriates it to his own use. A is guilty of an offence under this section.

(f) A finds a valuable ring, not knowing to whom it belongs. A sells it immediately without attempting to discover the owner. A is guilty of an offence under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the owner of the property misappropriated with the permission of the court.

Section 404. Dishonest misappropriation of property possessed by deceased person at the time of his death

Whoever dishonestly misappropriates or converts to his own use property, knowing that such property was in the possession of a deceased person at the time of that person’s decease, and has not since been in the possession of any person legally entitled to such possession, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine; and if the offender at the time of such person’s decease was employed by him as a clerk or servant, the imprisonment may extend to seven years.

Illustration

Z dies in possession of furniture and money. His servant A, before the money comes into the possession of any person entitled to such possession, dishonestly misappropriates it. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Non-Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

If by clerk or person employed by deceased:

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-Cognizable—Bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 405. Criminal breach of trust

Whoever, being in any manner entrusted with property, or with any dominion over property, dishonestly misappropriates or converts to his own use that property, or dishonestly uses or disposes of that property in violation of any direction of law prescribing the mode in which such trust is to be discharged, or of any legal contract, express or implied, which he has made touching the discharge of such trust, or willfully suffers any other person so to do, commits “criminal breach of trust”.

1[Explanation 2[1]

A person, being an employer 3[of an establishment whether exempted under section 17 of the Employees’ Provident funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 (19 of 1952), or not] who deducts the employee’s contribution from the wages payable to the employee for credit to a Provident Fund or Family Pension Fund established by any law for the time being in force, shall be deemed to have been entrusted with the amount of the contribution so deducted by him and if he makes default in the payment of such contribution to said Fund in violation of the said law, shall be deemed to have dishonestly used the amount of the said contribution in violation of a direction of law as aforesaid.]

4[Explanation 2

A person, being an employer, who deducts the employees’ contribution from the wages payable to the employee for credit to the Employees’ State Insurance Fund held and administered by the Employees’ State Insurance Corporation established under the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (34 of 1948), shall be deemed to have been entrusted with the amount of the contribution so deducted by him and if he makes default in the payment of such contribution to the said Fund in violation of the said Act, shall be deemed to have dishonestly used the amount of the said contribution in violation of a direction of law as aforesaid.]

Illustrations

(a) A, being executor to the will of a deceased person, dishonestly disobeys the law which directs him to divide the effects according to the will, and appropriate them to his own use. A has committed criminal breach of trust.

(b) A is a warehouse-keeper. Z gong on a Journey, entrusts his furniture to A, under a contract that it shall be returned on payment of a stipulated sum for warehouse room. A dishonestly sells the goods. A has committed criminal breach of trust.

(c) A, residing in Calcutta, is agent for Z, residing at Delhi. There is an express or implied contract between A and Z, that all sums remitted by Z to A shall be invested by A, according to Z’s direction. Z remits a lakh of rupees to A, with directions to A to invest the same in Company’s paper. A dishonestly disobeys the direction and employs the money in his own business. A has committed criminal breach of trust.

(d) But if A, in the last illustration, not dishonestly but in good faith, believing that it will be more for Z’s advantage to hold shares in the Bank of Bengal, disobeys Z’s directions, and buys shares in the Bank of Bengal, for Z, instead of buying Company’s paper, here, though Z should suffer loss, and should be entitled to bring a civil action against A, on account of that loss, yet A, not having acted dishonestly, has not committed criminal breach of trust.

(e) A, a revenue-officer, is entrusted with public money and is either directed by law, or bound by a contract, express or implied, with the Government, to pay into a certain treasury all the public money which he holds. A dishonestly appropriates the money. A has committed criminal breach of trust.

(f) A, a carrier, is entrusted by Z with Property to be carried by land or by water. A dishonestly misappropriates the property. A has committed criminal breach of trust.

1. Ins. by Act 40 of 1973, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 1-11-1973).

2. Explanation renumbered as Explanation 1 by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

3. Ins. by Act 33 of 1988, sec. 27 (w.e.f. 1-8-1988).

4.Ins. by Act 38 of 1975, sec. 9 (w.e.f. 1-9-1975).

Section 406. Punishment for criminal breach of trust

Whoever commits criminal breach of trust shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the owner of the property in respect of which breach of trust has been committed, with the permission of the court.

Section 407. Criminal breach of trust by carrier, etc.

Whoever, being entrusted with property as a carrier, wharfinger or warehouse-keeper, commits criminal breach of trust in respect of such property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the owner of the property in respect of which the breach of trust has been committed with the permission of the court.

Section 408. Criminal breach of trust by clerk or servant

Whoever, being a clerk or servant or employed as a clerk or servant, and being in any manner entrusted in such capacity with property, or with any dominion over property, commits criminal breach of trust in respect of that property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compounded by the owner of the property in respect of which the breach of trust has been committed with the permission of the court.

Section 409. Criminal breach of trust by public servant, or by banker, merchant or agent

Whoever, being in any manner entrusted with property, or with any dominion over property in his capacity of a public servant or in the way of his business as a banker, merchant, factor, broker, attorney or agent, commits breach of trust in respect of that property, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 410. Stolen Property

Property, the possession whereof has been transferred by theft, or by extortion, or by robbery, and property which has been criminally misappropriated or in respect of which 1[***] criminal breach of trust has been committed, is designed as “stolen property”, 2[whether the transfer has been made, or the misappropriation or breach of trust has been committed, within or without 3[India]]. But, if such property subsequently comes into the possession of a person legally entitled to the possession thereof, it then ceases to be stolen property.

—–

1. The words “the” and “offence of” rep. by Act 12 of 1891, sec. 2 and Sch. I and Act 8 of 1882, sec. 9, respectively.

2. Ins. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 9.

3. The words “British India” have successively been subs. by the A.O. 1948, the A.O. 1950 and Act 3 of 1951, sec. 3 and Sch., to read as above.

Section 411. Dishonestly receiving stolen property

Whoever dishonestly receives or retains any stolen property, knowing or having reason to believe the same to be stolen property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the owner of the property stolen with the permission of the court.

STATE AMENDMENT

Tamil Nadu:

Section 411 shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section and after sub-section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall be added, namely:
“(2) Whoever dishonestly receives or retains any idol or icon stolen from any building used as a place of worship knowing or having reason to believe the same to be stolen property shall, notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), be pun­ished with rigorous imprisonment which shall not be less than two years but which shall not be less than two thousand rupees:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than two years.”.

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 28 of 1993, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 13-7-1993)].

Section 412. Dishonestly receiving property stolen in the commission of a dacoity

Whoever dishonestly receives or retains any stolen property, the possession whereof he knows or has reason to believe to have been transferred by the commission of dacoity, or dishonestly receives from a person, whom he knows or has reason to believe to belong or to have belonged to a gang of dacoity, property which he knows or has reason to believe to have been stolen, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 413. Habitually dealing in stolen property

Whoever habitually receives or deals in property which he knows or has reason to believe to be stolen property, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transportation for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 414. Assisting in concealment of stolen property

Whoever voluntarily assists in concealing or disposing of or making away with property which he knows or has reason to believe to be stolen property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compounded by the owner of the property stolen with the permission of the court.

Section 415. Cheating

Whoever, by deceiving any person, fraudulently or dishonestly induces the person so deceived to deliver any property to any person, or to consent that any person shall retain any property, or intentionally induces the person so deceived to do or omit to do anything which he would not do or omit if he were not so deceived, and which act or omission causes or is likely to cause damage or harm to that person in body, mind, reputation or property, is said to “cheat”.

Explanation

A dishonest concealment of facts is deception within the meaning of this section.

Illustrations

(a) A, by falsely pretending to be in the Civil Service, intentionally deceives Z, and thus dishonestly induces Z to let him have on credit goods for which he does not mean to pay. A cheats.

(b) A, by putting a counterfeit make on an article, intentionally deceives Z into a belief that this article was made by a certain celebrated manufacturer, and thus dishonestly induces Z to buy and pay for the article. A cheats.

(c) A, by exhibiting to Z a false sample of an article, intentionally deceives Z into believer that the article corresponds with the sample, and thereby, dishonestly induces Z to buy and pay for the article. A cheats.

(d) A, by tendering in payment for an article a bill on a house with which A keeps on money, and by which A expects that the will be dishonored, intentionally deceives Z, and thereby dishonestly induces Z to deliver the article, intending not to pay for it. A cheats.

(e) A, by pledging as diamonds article which he knows are not diamonds, intentionally deceives Z, and thereby dishonestly induces Z to lend money. A cheats.

(f) A intentionally deceives Z into a belief that A means to repay any money that Z may led to him and thereby dishonestly induces Z to lend him money. A not intending to repay it A cheats.

(g) A intentionally deceives Z into a belief that A means to deliver to Z a certain quantity of indigo plant which he does not intend to deliver and thereby dishonestly induces Z to advance money upon the faith of such deliver. A cheats; but if A, at the of obtaining the money, intends to deliver the indigo plant, and afterwards breaks his contract and does not deliver it, he does not cheat, but is liable only to a civil action for breach of contract.

(h) A intentionally deceives Z into a belief that A has performed A’s part of a contract made with Z, which he has not performed, and thereby dishonestly induces Z to pay money. A cheats.

(i) A sells and coveys an estate to B.A, knowing that in consequence of such sale he has no right to the property, sells or mortgages the same to Z, without disclosing the fact of the previous sale and conveyance to B, and receives the purchase or mortgage money for Z. A cheats.

Section 416. Cheating by personation

A person is said to “cheat by personation” if he cheats by pretending to be some other person, or by knowingly substituting one person for another, or representing that he or any other person is a person other than he or such other person really is.

Explanation

The offence is committed whether the individual personated is a real or imaginary person.

Illustration

(a) A cheats by pretending to be a certain rich banker of the same name. A cheats by personation.

(b) A cheats by pretending to be B, a person who is deceased. A cheats by personation.

Section 417. Punishment for cheating

Whoever cheats shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person cheated with the permission of the court.

Section 418. Cheating with knowledge that wrongful loss may ensue to person whose interest offender is bound to protect

Whoever cheats with the knowledge that he is likely thereby to cause wrongful loss to a person whose interest in the transaction to which the cheating relates, he was bound, either by law, or by a legal contract, to protect, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person cheated with the permission of the court.

Section 419. Punishment for cheating by personation

Whoever cheats by personation shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person cheated with the permission of the court.

Section 420. Cheating and dishonestly inducing delivery of property

Whoever cheats and thereby dishonestly induces the person deceived any property to any person, or to make, alter or destroy the whole or any part of a valuable security, or anything which is signed or sealed, and which is capable of being converted into a valuable security, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bail­able—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the person cheated with the permission of the court.

Section 421. Dishonest or fraudulent removal or concealment of property to prevent distribution among creditors

Whoever dishonestly or fraudulently removes, conceals or delivers to any person, or transfer or causes to be transferred to any person, without adequate consideration, any property, intending thereby to prevent, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby prevent, the distribution of that property according to law among his creditors or the creditors of any other person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the credi­tor who are affected thereby with the permission of the court.

Section 422. Dishonestly or fraudulently preventing debt being available for creditors

Whoever dishonestly or fraudulently prevents any debt or demand due to himself or to any other person from being made available according to law for payment of his debts or the debts of such other person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the credi­tors who are affected thereby with the permission of the court.

Section 423. Dishonest or fraudulent execution of deed of transfer containing false statement of consideration

Whoever dishonestly or fraudulently signs, executes or becomes a party to any deed or instrument which purports to transfer or subjects to any charge any property , or any interest therein, and which contains any false statement relating to the consideration for such transfer or charge, or relating to the person or persons for whose use or benefit it is really intended to operate, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine , or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person affected thereby with the permission of the court.

Section 424. Dishonest or fraudulent removal or concealment of property

Whoever dishonestly or fraudulently conceals or removes any property of himself or any other person, or dishonestly or fraudulently assists in the concealment or removal thereof, or dishonestly releases any demand or claim to which he is entitled, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person affected thereby with the permission of the court.

Section 425. Mischief

Whoever with intent to cause, or knowing that he is likely to cause, wrongful loss or damage to the public or to any person, cause the destruction of any property, or any such change in any property or in the situation thereof as destroys or diminishes its value or utility, or affects it injuriously, commits “mischief”.

Explanation 1

It is not essential to the offence of mischief that the offender should intend to cause loss or damage to the owner of the property injured or destroyed. It is sufficient if he intends to cause, or knows that he is likely to cause, wrong­ful loss or damage to any person by injuring any property, wheth­er it belongs to that person or not.

Explanation 2

Mischief may be committed by an act affecting property belonging to the person who commits the act, or to that person and others jointly.

Illustrations

(a) A voluntarily burns a valuable security belonging to Z in­tending to cause wrongful loss to Z. A has committed mischief.

(b) A introduces water into an ice-house belonging to Z and thus causes the ice to melt, intending wrongful loss to Z. A has committed mischief.

(c) A voluntarily throws into a river a ring belonging to Z, with the intention of thereby causing wrongful loss to Z. A has com­mitted mischief.

(d) A, knowing that his effects are about to be taken in execu­tion in order to satisfy a debt due from him to Z, destroys those effects, with the intention of thereby preventing Z from obtain­ing satisfaction of the debt, and of thus causing damage to Z. A has committed mischief.

(e) A, having insured a ship, voluntarily causes the same to be cast away, with the intention of causing damage to the under-writers. A has committed mischief.

(f) A causes a ship to be cast away, intending thereby to cause damage to Z who has lent money on bottomry on the ship. A has committed mischief.

(g) A, having joint property with Z in a horse, shoots the horse, intending thereby to cause wrongful loss to Z. A has committed mischief.

(h) A causes cattle to enter upon a field belonging to Z, intend­ing to cause and knowing that he is likely to cause damage to Z’s crop. A has committed mischief.

Section 426. Punished for mischief

Whoever commits mischief shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine, or both—Non-cog­nizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom the loss or damage is caused.

Section 427. Mischief causing damage to the amount of fifty rupees

Whoever commits mischief and thereby causes loss or damage to the amount of fifty rupees or upwards, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom the loss or damage is caused.

Section 428. Mischief by killing or maiming animal of the value of ten rupees

Whoever commits mischief by killing, poisoning, maiming or rendering useless any animal or animals of the value of ten rupees or upwards, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the owner of the animal with the permission of the court.

Section 429. Mischief by killing or maiming cattle, etc., of any value or any animal of the value of fifty rupees

Whoever commits mischief by killing, poisoning, maiming or rendering useless, any elephant, camel, horse, mule, buffalo, bull, cow or ox, whatever may be the value thereof, or any other animal of the value of fifty rupees or upwards, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the owner of the cattle or animal with the permission of the court.

Section 430. Mischief by injury to works of irrigation or by wrongfully diverting water

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which causes, or which he knows to be likely to cause, a diminution of the supply of the water for agricultural purposes, or for food or drink for human beings or for animals which are property, or for cleanliness or for carrying on any manufacture, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description far a term which may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the person to whom the loss or damage is caused with the permission of the court.

Section 431. Mischief by injury to public road, bridge, river or channel

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which renders or which he knows to be likely to render any public road, bridge, navigable river or navigable channel, natural or artificial, impassable or less safe for traveling or conveying property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 432. Mischief by causing inundation or obstruction to public drainage attended with damage

Whoever commits mischief by doing any act which causes or which he knows to be likely to cause an inundation or an obstruction to any public drainage attended with injury or damage, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for term which may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 433. Mischief by destroying, moving or rendering less useful a light-house or sea-mark

Whoever commits mischief by destroying or moving any light-house or other light used as a sea-mark or any sea-mark or buoy or other thing placed as a guide for navigators, or by any act which renders any such light-house, sea-mark, buoy or other such thing as aforesaid less useful as a guide for navigators, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 434. Mischief by destroying or moving, etc., a land- mark fixed by public authority

Whoever commits mischief by destroying or moving any land-mark fixed by the authority of a public servant, or by any act which renders such land-mark less useful as such, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 435. Mischief by fire or explosive substance with intent to cause damage to amount of one hundred or (in case of agricultural produce) ten rupees

Whoever commits mischief by fire or any explosive substance intending to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, damage to any property to the amount of one hundred rupees or upwards 1[or(where the property is agricultural produce) ten rupees or upwards], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1882, sec. 10.

Section 436. Mischief by fire or explosive substance with intent to destroy house, etc.

Whoever commits mischief by fire or any explosive substance, intending to cause, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby cause, the destruction of any building which is ordinarily used as a place of worship or as a human dwelling or as a place for the custody of property, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 437. Mischief with intent to destroy or make unsafe a decked vessel or one of twenty tons burden

Whoever commits mischief to any decked vessel or any vessel of a burden of twenty tons or upwards, intending to destroy or render unsafe, or knowing it to be likely that he will thereby destroy or render unsafe, that vessel, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 438. Punishment for the mischief described in section 437 committed by fire or explosive substance

Whoever commits, or attempts to commit, by fire or any explosive substance, such mischief as is described in the last preceding section, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment or either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 439. Punishment for intentionally running vessel aground or ashore with intent to commit theft, etc

Whoever intentionally runs any vessel aground or ashore, intending to commit theft of any property contained therein or to dishonestly misappropriate any such property, or with intent that such theft or misappropriation of property may be committed, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

Section 440. Mischief committed after preparation made for causing death or hurt

Whoever commits mischief having made preparation for causing to any person death, or hurt, or wrongful restraint, or fear of death or of hurt, or of wrongful restraint, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 441. Criminal trespass

Whoever enters into or upon property in the possession of another with intent to commit an offence or to intimidate, insult or annoy any person in possession of such property,

or having lawfully entered into or upon such property, unlawfully remains there with intent thereby to intimidate, insult or annoy any such person, or with intent to commit an offence, is said to commit “criminal trespass”.

STATE AMENDMENT

Orissa

For section 441, the following section shall be substituted, namely:
“441. Criminal Trespass.—Whoever enters into or upon property in possession of another with intent to commit an offence or to intimidate, insult or annoy any person in possession of such property,

or, having lawfully entered into or upon such property, unlawfully remains there with intent thereby to intimidate, insult or annoy any such person or with intent to commit an offence,

or having lawfully entered into or upon such property, remains there with the intention of taking unauthorised possession or making unauthorised use of such property and fails to withdraw such property or its possession or use, when called upon to do so by that another person by notice in writing, duly served on him, is said to have commit “criminal trespass.“

[Vide Orissa Act 22 of 1986, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 6-12-1986)].

Uttar Pradesh

For section 441, substitute the following:
“441. Criminal Trespass.—Whoever enters into or upon property in possession of another with intent to commit an offence or to intimidate, insult or annoy and person in possession of such property, or having lawfully entered into or upon such property, unlawfully remains therewith intent thereby to intimidate, insult or annoy any such person, or with intent to commit an offence,

or, having entered into or upon such property, whether before or after the coming into force of the Criminal Law (U.P. Amendment) Act, 1961, with the intention of taking unauthorised possession or making unauthorised use of such property fails to withdraw from such property or its possession or use, when called upon to do so by that another person by notice in writing, duly served upon him, by the date specified in the notice,

is said to commit “criminal trespass”.

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 31 of 1961, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 13-11-1961)].

Section 442. House trespass

Whoever commits criminal trespass by entering into or remaining in any building, tent or vessel used as a human dwelling or any building used as a place for worship, or as a place for the custody of property, is said to commit “house-trespass”.

Explanation

The introduction of any part of the criminal trespasser’s body is entering sufficient to constitute house-trespass.

Section 443. Lurking house-trespass

Whoever commits house-trespass having taken precautions to conceal such house-trespass from some person who has a right to exclude or eject the trespasser from the building, tent or vessel which is the subject of the trespass, is said to commit “lurking house-trespass”.

Section 444. Lurking house-trespass by night

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass after sunset and before sunrise, is said to commit “lurking house-trespass by night”.

Section 445. Housing breaking

A person is said to commit “house-breaking” who commits house-trespass if he effects his entrance into the house or any part of it in any of the six ways hereinafter de­scribed; or if, being in the house or any part of it for the purpose of committing an offence, or, having committed an offence therein, he quits the house or any part of it in any of such six ways, that is to say
First.—If he enters or quits through a passage by himself, or by any abettor of the house-trespass, in order to the committing of the house-trespass.

Secondly.—If he enters or quits through any passage not intended by any person, other than himself or an abettor of the offence, for human entrance; or through any passage to which he has ob­tained access by scaling or climbing over any wall or building.

Thirdly.—If he enters or quits through any passage which he or any abettor of the house-trespass has opened, in order to the committing of the house-trespass by any means by which that passage was not intended by the occupier of the house to be opened.

Fourthly.—If he enters or quits by opening any lock in order to the committing of the house-trespass, or in order to the quitting of the house after a house-trespass.

Fifthly.—If he effects his entrance or departure by using crimi­nal force or committing an assault or by threatening any person with assault.

Sixthly.—If he enters or quits by any passage which he knows to have been fastened against such entrance or departure, and to have been unfastened by himself or by an abettor of the house-trespass.

Explanation

Any out-house or building occupied with a house, and between which and such house there is an immediate internal communication, is part of the house within the meaning of this section.

Illustrations

(a) A commits house-trespass by making a hole through the wall of Z’s house, and putting his hand through the aperture. This is house-breaking.

(b) A commits house-trespass by creeping into a ship at a port-hole between decks. This is house-breaking.

(c) A commits house-trespass by entering Z’s house through a window. This is house-breaking.

(d) A commits house-trespass by entering Z’s house through the door, having opened a door which was fastened. This is house-breaking.

(e) A commits house-trespass by entering Z’s house through the door, having lifted a latch by putting a wire through a hole in the door. This is house-breaking.

(f) A finds the key of Z’s house door, which Z had lost, and com­mits house-trespass by entering Z’s house, having opened the door with that key. This is house-breaking.

(g) Z is standing in his doorway. A forces a passage by knocking Z down, and commits house-trespass by entering the house. This is house-breaking.

(h) Z, the door-keeper of Y, is standing in Y’s doorway. A com­mits house-trespass by entering the house, having deterred Z from opposing him by threatening to beat him. This is house-breaking.

Section 446. House-breaking by night

Whoever commits house-breaking after sunset and before sunrise, is said to commit “house-breaking by night”.

Section 447. Punishment for criminal trespass

Whoever commits criminal trespass shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, with fine or which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 500 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person in possession of the property trespassed upon.

Section 448. Punishment for house-trespass

Whoever commits house-trespass shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine or which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for one year, or fine of 1,000 rupees, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person in possession of the property trespassed upon.

Section 449. House-trespass in order to commit offence punishable with death

Whoever commits house-trespass in order to the committing of any offence punishable with death, shall be punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], or with rigorous imprisonment for a term not exceeding ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Ses­sion—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 450. House-trespass in order to commit offence punishable with imprisonment for life

Whoever commits house-trespass in order to the committing of any offence punishable with 1[imprisonment for life], shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 451. House-trespass in order to commit offence punishable with imprisonment

Whoever commits house-trespass in order to the committing of any offence punishable with imprisonment, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, and shall also be liable to fine; and if the offence intended to be committed is theft, the term of the imprisonment may be extended to seven years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person in possession of the house trespassed upon with the permission of the court.

Section 452. House-trespass after preparation for hurt, assault or wrongful restraint

Whoever commits house-trespass, having made preparation for causing hurt to any person or for assaulting any person, or for wrongfully restraining any person, or for putting any person in fear of hurt, or of assault, or of wrongful restraint, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 453. Punishment for lurking house-trespass or house-breaking

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass or house-breaking, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 454. Lurking house-trespass or house-breaking in order to commit offence punishable with imprisonment

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass or house-breaking, in order to the committing of any offence punishable with imprisonment, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine ; and if the offence intended to be committed is theft, the term of the imprisonment may be extended to ten years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compounded.

STATE AMENDMENT

Tamil Nadu

Section 454 shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section and after sub-section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall be added, namely:
“(2) Whoever commits lurking house-trespass or house-breaking in any building used as a place of worship, in order to the commit­ting of the offence of theft of any idol or icon from such build­ing, shall notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), be punished with rigorous imprisonment which shall not be less than three years but which may extend to ten years and with fine which shall not be less than five thousand rupees:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than three years.”

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 28 of 1993, sec. 4 (w.e.f. 13-7-1993)].

Section 455. Lurking house-trespass or house-breaking after preparation for hurt, assault or wrongful restraint

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass, or house-breaking, having made preparation for causing hurt to any person, or for assaulting any person, or for wrongfully restraining any person, or for putting any person in fear of hurt or of assault or of wrongful restraint, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 456. Punishment for lurking house-trespass or house-breaking by night

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass by night, or house-breaking by night, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 457. Lurking house trespass or house-breaking by night in order to commit offence punishable with imprisonment

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass by night, or house-breaking by night, in order to the committing of any offence punishable with imprisonment, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine; and, if the offence intended to be committed is theft, the term of the imprisonment may be extended to fourteen years.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 14 years and fine—Cogniza­ble—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class.

STATE AMENDMENT

Tamil Nadu

Section 457 shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section and after sub-section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall be added, namely:
“(2) Whoever commits lurking house-trespass by night or house-breaking by night in any building used as a place of worship, in order to the committing of the offence of theft of any idol or icon from such building, shall, notwithstanding anything con­tained in sub-section (1), be punished with rigorous imprisonment which shall not be less than three years but which may extend to fourteen years and with fine which shall not be less than five thousand rupees:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than three years.”

[Vide Tamil Nadu Act 28 of 1993, sec. 5 (w.e.f. 13-7-1993)].

Uttar Pradesh

Section 457 shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section and after sub section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall be added namely
“(2) Whoever commits lurking house trespass by night or house breaking by night in any building used as a place of worship in order to the committing of the offence of theft of any idol or icon from such buildings shall notwithstanding any thing contained in sub-section (1) be punished with rigorous imprisonment which shall not be less than three years but which may extend to fourteen years and with fine which shall not be less than five thousand rupees:

Provided that the court may, for adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than three years.”

[Vide Uttar Pradesh Act 24 of 1995, sec. 11].

Section 458. Lurking house-trespass or house-breaking by night after preparation for hurt, assault, or wrongful restraint

Whoever commits lurking house-trespass by night, or house-breaking by night, having made preparation for causing hurt to any person or for assaulting any person, or for wrongfully restraining any person, or for putting any person in fear of hurt, or of assault, or of wrongful restraint, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to fourteen years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 14 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 459. Grievous hurt caused whilst committing lurking house trespass or house-breaking

Whoever, whilst committing lurking house-trespass or house-breaking, causes grievous hurt to any person or attempts to cause death or grievous hurt to any person, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 460. All persons jointly concerned in lurking house-trespass or house-breaking by night punishable where death or grievous hurt caused by one of them

If, at the time of the committing of lurking house-trespass by night or house-breaking by night, any person guilty of such offence shall voluntarily cause or attempt to cause death or grievous hurt to any person, every person jointly concerned in committing such lurking house-trespass by night or house-breaking by night, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 461. Dishonestly breaking open receptacle containing property

Whoever dishonestly or with intent to commit mischief, breaks open or unfastens any closed receptacle which contains or which be believes to contain property, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 462. Punishment for same offence when committed by person entrusted with custody

Whoever, being entrusted with any closed receptacle which contains or which he believes to contain property, without having authority to open the same, dishonestly, or with intent to commit mischief, breaks open or unfastens that receptacle, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Section 463. Forgery

1[Whoever makes any false documents or false electronic record or part of a document or electronic record, with intent to cause damage or injury], to the public or to any person, or to support any claim or title, or to cause any person to part with property, or to enter into any express or implied contract, or with intent to commit fraud or that fraud may be committed, commits forgery.

—–

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 464. Making a false document

1[A person is said to make a false document or false electronic record
First—Who dishonestly or fradulently
(a) makes, signs, seals or executes a document or part of a document;

(b) makes or transmits any electronic record or part of any electronic record;

(c) affixes any 3electronic signature on any electronic record;

(d) makes any mark denoting the execution of a document or the authenticity of the 3electronic signature,

with the intention of causing it to be believed that such document or part of document, electronic record or electronic signature was made, signed, sealed, executed, transmitted or affixed by or by the authority of a person by whom or by whose authority he knows that it was not made, signed, sealed, executed or affixed; or

Secondly—Who, without lawful authority, dishonestly or fraudu­lently, by cancellation or otherwise, alters a document or an electronic record in any material part thereof, after it has been made, executed or affixed with 3electronic signature either by himself or by any other person, whether such person be living or dead at the time of such alteration; or

Thirdly—Who dishonestly or fraudulently causes any person to sign, seal, execute or alter a document or an electronic record or to affix his 3electronic signature on any electronic record knowing that such person by reason of unsoundness of mind or intoxication cannot, or that by reason of deception practised upon him, he does not know the contents of the document or electronic record or the nature of the alteration.]

Illustrations

(a) A has a letter of credit upon B for rupees 10,000 written by Z. A, in order to defraud B, adds a cipher to the 10,000, and makes the sum 1,00,000 intending that it may be believed by B that Z so wrote the letter. A has committed forgery.

(b) A, without Z’s authority, affixes Z’s seal to a document purporting to be a conveyance of an estate from Z to A, with the intention of selling the estate to B, and thereby of obtaining from B the purchase-money. A has committed forgery.

(c) A picks up a cheque on a banker signed by B, payable to bearer, but without any sum having been inserted in the cheque. A fraudulently fills up the cheque by inserting the sum of ten thousand rupees. A commits forgery.

(d) A leaves with B, his agent, a cheque on a banker, signed by A, without inserting the sum payable and authorizes B to fill up the cheque by inserting a sum not exceeding ten thousand rupees for the purpose of making certain payment. B fraudulently fills up the cheque by inserting the sum of twenty thousand rupees. B commits forgery.

(e) A draws a bill of exchange on himself in the name of B with­out B’s authority, intending to discount it as a genuine bill with a banker and intending to take up the bill on its maturity. Here, as A draws the bill with intent to deceive the banker by leading him to suppose that he had the security of B, and thereby to discount the bill, A is guilty of forgery.

(f) Z’s will contains the these words—“I direct that all my remaining property be equally divided between A, B and C.” A dishonestly scratches out B’s name, intending that it may be believed that the whole was left to himself and C. A has commit­ted forgery.

(g) A endorses a Government promissory note and makes it payable to Z or his order by writing on the bill the words “Pay to Z or his order” and signing the endorsement. B dishonestly erases the words “Pay to Z or his order”, and thereby converts the special endorsement into a blank endorsement. B commits forgery.

(h) A sells and conveys an estate to Z. A afterwards, in order to defraud Z of his estate, executes a conveyance of the same estate to B, dated six months earlier than the date of the conveyance to Z, intending it to be believed that he had conveyed the estate to B before he conveyed it to Z. A has committed forgery.

(i) Z dictates his will to A. A intentionally writes down a different legatee from the legatee named by Z, and by represent­ing to Z that he has prepared the will according to his instructions, induces Z to sign the will. A has committed forgery.

(j) A writes a letter and signs it with B’s name without B’s authority, certifying that A is a man of good character and in distressed circumstances from unforeseen misfortune, intending by means of such letter to obtain alms from Z and other persons. Here, as A made a false document in order to induce Z to part with property. A has committed forgery.

(k) A without B’s authority writes a letter and signs it in B’s name certifying to A’s character, intending thereby to obtain employment under Z. A has committed forgery in as much as he intended to deceive Z by the forged certificate, and thereby to induce Z to enter into an express or implied contract for serv­ice.

Explanation 1

A man’s signature of his own name may amount to forgery.

Illustrations

(a) A signs his own name to a bill of exchange, intending that it may be believed that the bill was drawn by another person of the same name. A has committed forgery.

(b) A writes the word “accepted” on a piece of paper and signs it with Z’s name, in order that B may afterwards write on the paper a bill of exchange drawn by B upon Z, and negotiate the bill as though it had been accepted by Z. A is guilty of forgery; and if B, knowing the fact, draws the bill upon the paper pursuant to A’s intention, B is also guilty of forgery.

(c) A picks up a bill of exchange payable to the order of a different person of the same name. A endorses the bill in his own name, intending to cause it to be believed that it was endorsed by the person whose order it was payable; here A has committed forgery.

(d) A purchases an estate sold under execution of a decree against B. B, after the seizure of the estate, in collusion with Z, executes a lease of the estate of Z at a nominal rent and for a long period and dates the lease six months prior to the sei­zure, with intent to defraud A, and to cause it to be believed that the lease was granted before the seizure. B, though he executes the lease in his own name, commits forgery by antedating it.

(e) A, a trader, in anticipation of insolvency, lodges effects with B for A’s benefit, and with intent to defraud his creditors; and in order to give a colour to the transaction, writes a promissory note binding himself to pay to B a sum for value received, and antedates the note, intending that it may be believed to have been made before. A was on the point of insolvency. A has commit­ted forgery under the first head of the definition.

Explanation 2

The making of a false document in the name of a fictitious person, intending it to be believed that the document was made by a real person, or in the name of a deceased person, intending it to be believed that the document was made by the person in his lifetime, may amount to forgery.

Illustration

A draws a bill of exchange upon a fictitious person, and fraudu­lently accepts the bill in the name of such fictitious person with intent to negotiate it. A commits forgery.

2[Explanation 3

For the purposes of this section, the expression “affixing 3electronic signature” shall have the meaning assigned to it in clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Information Technology Act, 2000.]

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

2. Ins. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

3. Subs by Act 10 of 2009, sec. 51(e), for “digital signature”.

Section 465. Punishment for forgery

Whoever commits forgery shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 466. Forgery of record of court or of public register, etc.

1[Whoever forges a document or an electronic record], purporting to be a record or proceed­ing of or in a Court of Justice, or a register of birth, baptism, marriage or burial, or a register kept by a public servant as such, or a certificate or document purporting to be made by a public servant in his official capacity, or an authority to institute or defend a suit, or to take any proceedings therein, or to confess judgment, or a power of attorney, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

1[Explanation

For the purposes of this section, “register” includes any list, data or record of any entries maintained in the electronic form as defined in clause (r) of sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Information Technology Act, 2000.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “Whoever forges a document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 467. Forgery of valuable security, will, etc.

Whoever forges a document which purports to be a valuable security or a will, or an authority to adopt a son, or which purports to give authority to any person to make or transfer any valuable security, or to receive the principal, interest or dividends thereon, or to receive or deliver any money, moveable property, or valuable security, or any document purporting to be an acquittance or receipt acknowledging the payment of money, or an acquittance or receipt for the delivery of any moveable property or valuable security, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 468. Forgery for purpose of cheating

Whoever commits forgery, intending that the 1[document or Electronic Record forged] shall be used for the purpose of cheating, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—-Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “document forged” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 469. Forgery for purpose of harming reputation

Whoever commits forgery, 1[intending that the document or Electronic Record forged] shall harm the reputation of any party, or knowing that it is likely to used for that purpose, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “intending that the document forged” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 470. Forged document or electronic record

Forged 1[document or electronic record].—A false 1[document or electronic record] made wholly or in part by forgery is designated “a forged 1[document or electronic record]”.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 471. Using as genuine a forged document or electronic record

Using as genuine a forged 1[document or electronic record].—Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly uses as genuine any 1[document or electronic record] which he knows or has reason to believe to be a forged 1[document or electronic record], shall be punished in the same manner as if he had forged such 1[document or electronic record].

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Punishment for forgery of such document—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 472. Making or possessing counterfeit seal, etc., with intent to commit forgery punishable under section 467

Whoever makes or counterfeits any seal, plate or other instrument for making an impression, intending that the same shall be used for the purpose of committing any forgery which would be punishable under Section 467 of this Code, or, with such intent, has in his possession any such seal, plate or other instrument, knowing the same to be counterfeit, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 473. Making or possessing counterfeit seal, etc., with intent to commit forgery punishable otherwise

Whoever makes or counterfeit any seal, plate or other instrument for making an impression, intending that the same shall be used for the purpose of committing any forgery which would be punishable under any section of this Chapter other than Section 467, or, with such intent, has in his possession any such seal, plate or other instrument, knowing the same to be counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 474. Having possession of document described in Section 466 or 467, knowing it to be forged and intending to use it as genuine

1[Whoever has in his possession any document or electronic record, knowing the same to be forged, and intending that the same shall fraudulently or dishonestly be used as genuine, shall, if the document or electronic record, is one of the description mentioned in section 466 of this Code], be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine; and if the document is one of the description mentioned in section 467, shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description, for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for certain words (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 475. Counterfeiting device or mark used for authenticating documents described in Section 467, or possessing counterfeit marked material

Whoever counterfeits upon, or in the substance of, any material, any device or mark used for the purpose of authenticating any document described in Section 467 of this Code, intending that such device or mark shall be used for the purpose of giving the appearance of authenticity to any document then forged or thereafter to be forged on such material, or who, with such intent, has in his possession any material upon or in the substance of which any such device or mark has been counterfeited, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 476. Counterfeiting device or mark used for authenticating docu­ments other than those described in section 467, or possessing counterfeit marked material

Whoever counterfeits upon, or in the substance of, any material, any device or mark used for the purpose of authenticating 1[any document or electronic record] other than the documents described in section 467 of this Code, intending that such device or mark shall be used for the purpose of giving the appearance of authenticity to any document then forged or thereafter to be forged on such material, or who, with such intent, has in his possession any material upon or in the substance of which any such device or mark has been counterfeited, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “any document” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 477. Fraudulent cancellation, destruction, etc., of will, authority to adopt, or valuable security

Whoever fraudulently or dishonestly, or with intent to cause damage or injury to the public or to any person, cancels, destroys or defaces, or attempts to cancel, destroy or deface, or secretes or attempts to secrete any document which is or purports to be a will, or an authority to adopt a son, or any valuable security, or commits mischief in respect of such document, shall be punished with 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 477A. Falsification of accounts

1[477A. Falsification of accounts.—Whoever, being a clerk, offi­cer or servant, or employed or acting in the capacity of a clerk, officer or servant, wilfully, and with intent to defraud, de­stroys, alters, mutilates or falsifies any 2[book, electronic record, paper, writing], valuable security or account which belongs to or is in the pos­session of his employer, or has been received by him for or on behalf of his employer, or wilfully, and with intent to defraud, makes or abets the making of any false entry in, or omits or alters or abets the omission or alteration of any material particular from or in, any such 2[book, electronic record, paper, writing], valuable security or account, shall be punished with imprisonment of either descrip­tion for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

Explanation

It shall be sufficient in any charge under this section to allege a general intent to defraud without naming any particular person intended to be defrauded or specifying any particular sum of money intended to be the subject of the fraud, or any particular day on which the offence was committed.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

—-

1. Added by Act 3 of 1895, sec. 4.

2. Subs. by Act 21 of 2000, sec. 91 and Sch. I, for “book, paper, writing” (w.e.f. 17-10-2000).

Section 478. Trade marks

[Rep. by the Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 (43 of 1958, sec. 135 and Sch. (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).]

Section 479. Property mark

A mark used for denoting that moveable property belongs to a particular person is called a property mark.

Section 480. Using a false trade mark

[Rep. by the Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 (43 of 1958), s. 135 and Sch., (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).]

Section 481. Using a false property mark

Whoever marks any moveable property or goods or any case, package or other receptacle containing moveable property or goods, or uses any case, package or other receptacle having any mark thereon, in a manner reasonably calculated to cause it to be believed that the property or goods so marked, or any property or goods contained in any such receptacle so marked, belong to a person to whom they do not belong, is said to use a false property mark.

Section 482. Punishment for using a false property mark

Whoever uses 1[* * *] any false property mark shall, unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person to whom loss or injury is caused by such use with the permission of the court.

1. The words “any false trade mark or” omitted by Act 43 of 1958, sec. 135 and Sch. (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).

Section 483. Counterfeiting a property mark used by another

Whoever counterfeits any 1[* * *] property mark used by any other person shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person whose trade or property mark is counterfeited with the permission of the court.

—-

1. The words “trade mark or” omitted by Act 43 of 1958, sec. 135 and Sch. (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).

Section 484. Counterfeiting a mark used by a public servant

1[484. Counterfeiting a mark used by a public servant.—Whoever counterfeits any property mark used by a public servant, or any mark used by a public servant to denote that any property has been manufactured by a particular person or at a particular time or place, or that the property is of a particular quality or has passed through a particular office, or that it is entitled to any exemption, or uses as genuine any such mark knowing the same to be counterfeit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1889, sec. 3, for the original section 484.

Section 485. Making or possession of any instrument for counterfeiting a property mark

1[485. Making or possession of any instrument for counterfeit­ing a property mark.—Whoever makes or has in his possession any die, plate or other instrument for the purpose of counterfeiting a property mark, or has in his possession a property mark for the purpose of denoting that any goods belong to a person to whom they do not belong, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

1. Subs. by Act 43 of 1958, sec. 135 and Sch., for the original section 485 (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).

Section 486. Selling goods marked with a counterfeit property mark

1[486. Selling goods marked with a counterfeit property mark.—2[Whoever sells, or exposes, or has in possession for sale, any goods or things with a counterfeit property mark] affixed to or impressed upon the same or to or upon any case, package or other receptacle in which such goods are contained, shall, unless he proves
(a) that, having taken all reasonable precautions against commit­ting an offence against this section, he had at the time of the commission of the alleged offence no reason to suspect the genu­ineness of the mark, and

(b) that, on demand made by or on behalf of the prosecutor, he gave all the information in his power with respect to the persons from whom he obtained such goods or things, or

(c) that otherwise he had acted innocently,

be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person whose trade or property mark is counterfeited with the permission of the court.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1889, sec. 3, for the original section 486.

2. Subs. by Act 43 of 1958, sec. 135 and Sch., for certain words (w.e.f. 25-11-1959).

Section 487. Making a false mark upon any receptacle containing goods

1[487. Making a false mark upon any receptacle containing goods.—Whoever makes any false mark upon any case, package or other receptacle containing goods, in a manner reasonably calculated to cause any public servant or any other person to believe that such receptacle contains goods which it does not contain or that it does not contain goods which it does contain, or that the goods contained in such receptacle are of a nature or quality different from the real nature or quality thereof, shall, unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1889, sec. 3, for the original section 487.

Section 488. Punishment for making use of any such false mark

1[488. Punishment for making use of any such false mark.—Whoever makes use of any such false mark in any manner prohibited by the last foregoing section shall, unless he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be punished as if he had committed an offence against that section.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1889, sec. 3, for the original section 488.

Section 489. Tampering with property mark with intent to cause injury

1[489. Tampering with property mark with intent to cause injury.—Whoever removes, destroys, defaces or adds to any property mark, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby cause injury to any person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1889, sec. 3, for the original section 489.

Section 489A. Counterfeiting currency-notes or bank-notes

1[489A. Counterfeiting currency-notes or bank-notes.—Whoever counter-feits, or knowingly performs any part of the process of counterfeiting, any currency-note or bank-note, shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

For the purposes of this section and of sections 489B, 3[489C, 489D and 489E], the expression “bank-note” means a promis­sory note or engagement for the payment of money to bearer on demand issued by any person carrying on the business of banking in any part of the world, or issued by or under the authority of any State or Sovereign Power, and intended to be used as equiva­lent to, or as a substitute for money.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 12 of 1899, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

3. Subs. by Act 35 of 1950, sec. 3 and Sch. II, for “489C and 489D”.

Section 489B. Using as genuine, forged or counterfeit currency-notes or bank-notes

1[489B. Using as genuine, forged or counterfeit currency-notes or bank-notes.—Whoever sells to, or buys or receives from, any other person, or otherwise traffics in or uses as genuine, any forged or counterfeit currency-note or bank-note, knowing or having reason to believe the same to be forged or counterfeit, shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], or with impris­onment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 12 of 1899, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 489C. Possession of forged or counterfeit currency-notes or bank-notes

1[489C. Possession of forged or counterfeit currency-notes or bank-notes.—Whoever has in his possession any forged or counter­feit currency-note or bank-note, knowing or having reason to believe the same to be forged or counterfeit and intending to use the same as genuine or that it may be used as genuine, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

1. Added by Act 12 of 1899, sec. 2.

Section 489D. Making or possessing instruments or materials for forgoing or counterfeiting currency-notes or bank-notes

1[489D. Making or possessing instruments or materials for forging or counterfeiting currency-notes or bank-notes.—Whoever makes, or performs, any part of the process of making, or buys or sells or disposes of, or has in his possession, any machinery, instru­ment or material for the purpose of being used, or knowing or having reason to believe that it is intended to be used, for forging or counterfeiting any currency-note or bank-note, shall be punished with 2[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Non-compoundable.

—–

1. Added by Act 12 of 1899, sec. 2.

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 489E. Making or using documents resembling currency-notes or bank-notes

1[489E. Making or using documents resembling currency-notes or bank-notes.—(1) Whoever makes, or causes to be made, or uses for any purpose whatsoever, or delivers to any person, any document purporting to be, or in any way resembling, or so nearly resem­bling as to be calculated to deceive, any currency-note or bank-note shall be punished with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees.

(2) If any person, whose name appears on a document the making of which is an offence under sub-section (1), refuses, without lawful excuse, to disclose to a police-officer on being so re­quired the name and address of the person by whom it was printed or otherwise made, he shall be punished with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees.

(3) Where the name of any person appears on any document in respect of which any person is charged with an offence under sub-section (1) or on any other document used or distributed in connection with that document it may, until the contrary is proved, be presumed that person caused the document to be made.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Fine of 100 rupees—Non-Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

1. Ins. by Act 6 of 1943, sec. 2.

Section 490. Breach of contract of service during voyage or journey

[Rep. by the Workmen’s Breach of Contract (Repealing) Act, 1925 (3 of 1925), sec. 2 and Sch.]

Section 491. Breach of contract to attend on and supply wants of helpless person

Whoever, being bound by a lawful contract to attend on or to supply the wants of any person who, by reason of youth, or of unsoundness of mind, or of a disease or bodily weakness, is helpless or incapable of providing for his own safety or of supplying his own wants, voluntarily omits so to do, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to two hundred rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 months, or fine of 200 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person with whom the offender has contracted.

Section 492. Breach of contract to serve at distant place to which servant is conveyed at master’s expense

[Rep. by the workmen’s Breach of Contract (Repealing) Act, 1925 (3 of 1925), sec. 2 and Sch.]

Section 493. Cohabitation caused by a man deceitfully inducing a belief of lawful marriage

Every man who by deceit causes any woman who is not lawfully married to him to believe that she is lawfully married to him and to cohabit or have sexual intercourse with him in that belief, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

Section 494. Marrying again during lifetime of husband or wife

Whoever, having a husband or wife living, marries in any case in which such marriage is void by reason of its taking place during the life of such husband or wife, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Exception.—This section does not extend to any person whose marriage with such husband or wife has been declared void by a Court of competent jurisdiction,

nor to any person who contracts a marriage during the life of a former husband or wife, if such husband or wife, at the time of the subsequent marriage, shall have been continually absent from such person for the space of seven years, and shall not have been heard of by such person as being alive within that time provided the person contracting such subsequent marriage shall, before such marriage takes place, inform the person with whom such marriage is contracted of the real state of facts so far as the same are within his or her knowledge.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the husband or wife of the person so marrying with the permission of the court.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 3 of 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-2-1992)].

Section 495. Same offence with concealment of former marriage from person with whom subsequent marriage is contracted

Whoever commits the offence defined in the last preceding section having concealed from the person with whom the subsequent marriage is contracted, the fact of the former marriage, shall be punished with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

STATE AMENDMENT

Andhra Pradesh

Punishment—Imprisonment for 10 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 3 of 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-2-1992)]

Section 496. Marriage ceremony fraudulently gone through without lawful marriage

Whoever, dishonestly or with a fraudulent intention, goes through the ceremony of being married, knowing that he is not thereby lawfully married, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

State Amendment

Andhra Pradesh

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 3 of 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-2-1992)].

Section 497. Adultery

Whoever has sexual intercourse with a person who is and whom he knows or has reason to believe to be the wife of another man, without the consent or connivance of that man, such sexual intercourse not amounting to the offence of rape, is guilty of the offence of adultery, and shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both. In such case the wife shall not be punishable as an abettor.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-com­poundable.

STATE AMENDMENT

Andhra Pradesh

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compound­able.

[Vide Andhra Pradesh Act 3 of 1992, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 15-2-1992)].

Section 498. Enticing or taking away or detaining with criminal intent a married woman

Whoever takes or entices away any woman who is and whom he knows or has reason to believe to be the wife of any other man, from that man, or from any person having the care of her on behalf of that man, with intent that she may have illicit intercourse with any person, or conceals or detains with that intent any such woman, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cogniz­able—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person with whom the offender has contracted.

Section 498A. Husband or relative of husband of a woman subjecting her to cruelty

1[498A. Husband or relative of husband of a woman subjecting her to cruelty.—Whoever, being the husband or the relative of the husband of a woman, subjects such woman to cruelty shall be pun­ished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation

For the purpose of this section, “cruelty” means
(a) any wilful conduct which is of such a nature as is likely to drive the woman to commit suicide or to cause grave injury or danger to life, limb or health (whether mental or physical) of the woman; or

(b) harassment of the woman where such harassment is with a view to coercing her or any person related to her to meet any unlawful demand for any property or valuable security or is on account of failure by her or any person related to her to meet such demand.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years and fine‑Cognizable if information relating to the commission of the offence is given to an officer in charge of a police station by the person aggrieved by the offence or by any person related to her by blood, marriage or adoption or if there is no such relative, by any public serv­ant belonging to such class or category as may be notified by the State Government in this behalf—Non-bailable—Triable by Magis­trate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 498A vis-a-vis section 113 of Evidence Act

Section 498A of the Indian Penal Code or section 113A of the Indian Evidence Act has not introduced invidious classification qua the treatment of a married woman by her husband or relatives of her husband vis-a-vis the other offenders. On the other hand, such women form a class apart whom from those who are married more than seven years earlier to the commission of such offence, because, with the passage of time after marriage and birth of children, there are remote chances of treating a married woman with cruelty by her husband or his relatives. Thus, the classification is reasonable and has close nexus with the object sought to be achieved, i.e., eradication of the evil of dowry in the Indian social set-up and to ensure that the married women live with dignity at their matrimonial homes; Krishan Lal v. Union of India, 1994 Cr LJ 3472.

Unhappiness between husband and wife

Where the prosecution relied only on incident of unhappiness of deceased with her husband and the allegation was only in form of suggestion, it does not establish criminal offence under either or both of the charges, hence conviction under section 498A is improper; State v. K. Sridhar, 2000 Cr LJ 328 (Kant).

Wilful Conduct

The allegations against the husband were that he abused and beat his wife, forced her to have a common kitchen with a harijan family, accused her of adultery and of carrying in her womb someone else’s child, pressurizing her to agree for an abortion, and such other acts. This amounted to a wilful conduct of cruelty towards wife; Rishi Kumar v. State of Haryana, Criminal Appeal No. 335-B of 1985.

1. Ins. by Act 46 of 1983, sec. 2 (w.e.f. 25-12-1983).

Section 499. Defamation

Whoever, by words either spoken or intended to be read, or by signs or by visible representations, makes or publishes any imputation concerning any person intending to harm, or knowing or having reason to believe that such imputation will harm, the reputation of such person, is said, except in the cases hereinafter expected, to defame that person.

Explanation 1

It may amount to defamation to impute anything to a deceased person, if the imputation would harm the reputation of that person if living, and is intended to be hurtful to the feelings of his family or other near relatives.

Explanation 2

It may amount to defamation to make an imputation concerning a company or an association or collection of persons as such.

Explanation 3

An imputation in the form of an alternative or expressed ironically, may amount to defamation.

Explanation 4

No imputation is said to harm a person’s reputa­tion, unless that imputation directly or indirectly, in the estimation of others, lowers the moral or intellectual character of that person, or lowers the character of that person in respect of his caste or of his calling, or lowers the credit of that person, or causes it to be believed that the body of that person is in a loathsome state, or in a state generally considered as disgrace­ful.

Illustrations

(a) A says—“Z is an honest man; he never stole B’s watch”; in­tending to cause it to be believed that Z did steal B’s watch. This is defamation, unless it fall within one of the exceptions.

(b) A is asked who stole B’s watch. A points to Z, intending to cause it to be believed that Z stole B’s watch. This is defama­tion unless it fall within one of the exceptions.

(c) A draws a picture of Z running away with B’s watch, intending it to be believed that Z stole B’s watch. This is defamation, unless it fall within one of the exceptions.

First Exception.—Imputation of truth which public good requires to be made or published.—It is not defamation to impute anything which is true concerning any person, if it be for the public good that the imputation should be made or published. Whether or not it is for the public good is a question of fact.

Second Exception.—Public conduct of public servants.—It is not defamation to express in a good faith any opinion whatever re­specting the conduct of a public servant in the discharge of his public functions, or respecting his character, so far as his character appears in that conduct, and no further.

Third Exception.—Conduct of any person touching any public question.—It is not defamation to express in good faith any opinion whatever respecting the conduct of any person touching any public question, and respecting his character, so far as his character appears in that conduct, and no further.

Illustration

It is not defamation in A to express in good faith any opinion whatever respecting Z’s conduct in petitioning Government on a public question, in signing a requisition for a meeting on a public question, in presiding or attending a such meeting, in forming or joining any society which invites the public support, in voting or canvassing for a particular candidate for any situa­tion in the efficient discharges of the duties of which the public is interested.

Fourth Exception.—Publication of reports of proceedings of Courts.—It is not defamation to publish substantially true report of the proceedings of a Court of Justice, or of the result of any such proceedings.

Explanation

A Justice of the Peace or other officer holding an inquiry in open Court preliminary to a trial in a Court of Jus­tice, is a Court within the meaning of the above section.

Fifth Exception.—Merits of case decided in Court or conduct of witnesses and others concerned.—It is not defamation to express in good faith any opinion whatever respecting the merits of any case, civil or criminal, which has been decided by a Court of Justice, or respecting the conduct of any person as a party, witness or agent, in any such case, or respecting the character of such person, as far as his character appears in that conduct, and no further.

Illustrations

(a) A says—“I think Z’s evidence on that trial is so contradic­tory that he must be stupid or dishonest”. A is within this exception if he says this is in good faith, in as much as the opin­ion which he expresses respects Z’s character as it appears in Z’s conduct as a witness, and no further.

(b) But if A says—“I do not believe what Z asserted at that trial because I know him to be a man without veracity”; A is not within this exception, in as much as the opinion which he express of Z’s character, is an opinion not founded on Z’s conduct as a witness.

Sixth Exception.—Merits of public performance.—It is not defa­mation to express in good faith any opinion respecting the merits of any performance which its author has submitted to the judgment of the public, or respecting the character of the author so far as his character appears in such performance, and no further.

Explanation

A performance may be submitted to the judgment of the public expressly or by acts on the part of the author which imply such submission to the judgment of the public.

Illustrations

(a) A person who publishes a book, submits that book to the judgment of the public.

(b) A person who makes a speech in public, submits that speech to the judgment of the public.

(c) An actor or singer who appears on a public stage, submits his acting or signing in the judgment of the public.

(d) A says of a book published by Z—“Z’s book is foolish; Z must be a weak man. Z’s book is indecent; Z must be a man of impure mind”. A is within the exception, if he says this in good faith, in as much as the opinion which he expresses of Z respects Z’s character only so far as it appears in Z’s book, and no further.

(e) But if A says—“I am not surprised that Z’s book is foolish and indecent, for he is a weak man and a libertine”. A is not within this exception, in as much as the opinion which he expresses of Z’s character is an opinion not founded on Z’s book.

Seventh Exception.—Censure passed in good faith by person having lawful authority over another.—It is not defamation in a person having over another any authority, either conferred by law or arising out of a lawful contract made with that other, to pass in good faith any censure on the conduct of that other in matters to which such lawful authority relates.

Illustration

A Judge censuring in good faith the conduct of a witness, or of an officer of the Court; a head of a department censuring in good faith those who are under his orders; a parent censuring in good faith a child in the presence of other children; a school-master, whose authority is derived from a parent, censuring in good faith a pupil in the presence of other pupils; a master censuring a servant in good faith for remissness in service; a banker censur­ing in good faith the cashier of his bank for the conduct of such cashier as such cashier—are within this exception.

Eighth Exception.—Accusation preferred in good faith to autho­rised person.—It is not defamation to prefer in good faith an accusation against any person to any of those who have lawful authority over that person with respect to the subject-matter of accusation.

Illustration

If A in good faith accuse Z before a Magistrate; if A in good faith complains of the conduct of Z, a servant, to Z’s master; if A in good faith complains of the conduct of Z, and child, to Z’s father—A is within this exception.

Ninth Exception.—Imputation made in good faith by person for protection of his or other’s interests.—It is not defamation to make an imputation on the character of another provided that the imputation be made in good faith for the protection of the inter­ests of the person making it, or of any other person, or for the public good.

Illustrations

(a) A, a shopkeeper, says to B, who manages his business—“Sell nothing to Z unless he pays you ready money, for I have no opin­ion of his honesty”. A is within the exception, if he has made this imputation on Z in good faith for the protection of his own interests.

(b) A, a Magistrate, in making a report of his own superior offi­cer, casts an imputation on the character of Z. Here, if the imputation is made in good faith, and for the public good, A is within the exception.

Tenth Exception.—Caution intended for good of person to whom conveyed or for public good.—It is not defamation to convey a caution, in good faith, to one person against another, provided that such caution be intended for the good of the person to whom it is conveyed, or of some person in whom that person is inter­ested, or for the public good.

Section 500. Punishment for defamation

Whoever defames another shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Compoundable by the person defamed.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Compoundable by the person defamed with the permission of the court.

Section 501. Printing or engraving matter known to be defamatory

Whoever prints or engraves any matter, knowing or having good reason to believe that such matter is defamatory of any person, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Compoundable by the person defamed.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 502. Sale of printed or engraved substance containing defamatory matter

Whoever sells or offers for sale any printed or engraved substance containing defamatory matter, knowing that it contains such matter, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Court of Session—Compoundable by the person defamed.

Para II

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 503. Criminal intimidation

Whoever threatens another with any injury to his person, reputation or property, or to the person or reputation of any one in whom that person is interested, with intent to cause alarm to that person, or to cause that person to do any act which he is not legally bound to do, or to omit to do any act which that person is legally entitled to do, as the means of avoiding the execution of such threat, commits criminal intim­idation.

Explanation

A threat to injure the reputation of any deceased person in whom the person threatened is interested, is within this section.

Illustration

A, for the purpose of inducing B to desist from prosecuting a civil suit, threatens to burn B’s house. A is guilty of criminal intimidation.

Section 504. Intentional insult with intent to provoke breach of the peace

Whoever intentionally insults, and thereby gives provoca­tion to any person, intending or knowing it to be likely that such provocation will cause him to break the public peace, or to commit any other offence, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person insulted.

Section 505. Statements conducing to public mischief

1[505. Statements conducing to public mischief.—2[(1)] Whoever makes, publishes or circulates any statement, rumour or report,
(a) with intent to cause, or which is likely to cause, any offi­cer, soldier, 3[sailor or airman] in the Army, 4[Navy or Air Force] 5[of India] to mutiny or otherwise disregard or fail in his duty as such; or

(b) with intent to cause, or which is likely to cause, fear or alarm to the public, or to any section of the public whereby any person may be induced to commit an offence against the State or against the public tranquility; or

(c) with intent to incite, or which is likely to incite, any class or community of persons to commit any offence against any other class or community,

shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to 6[three years], or with fine, or with both.

7[(2) Statements creating or promoting enmity, hatred or ill-will between classes.—Whoever makes, publishes or circulates any statement or report containing rumour or alarming news with intent to create or promote, or which is likely to create or promote, on grounds of religion, race, place of birth, residence, language, caste or community or any other ground whatsoever, feelings of enmity, hatred or ill-will between different reli­gious, racial, language or regional groups or castes or communi­ties, shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both.

(3) Offence under sub-section (2) committed in place of worship, etc.—Whoever commits an offence specified in sub-section (2) in any place of worship or in an assembly engaged in the performance of religious worship or religious ceremonies, shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to five years and shall also be liable to fine.]

Exception.—It does not amount to an offence, within the meaning of this section when the person making, publishing or circulating any such statement, rumour or report, has reasonable grounds for believing that such statement, rumour or report is true and makes, publishes or circulates it 8[in good faith and] without any such intent as aforesaid.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compoundable.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 3 years, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-compound­able.

Para III

Punishment—Imprisonment for 5 years and fine—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Non-com­poundable.

1. Subs. by Act 4 of 1898, sec. 6, for the original section 505.

2. Section 505 renumbered as sub-section (1) of that section by Act 35 of 1969, sec. 3.

3. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or sailor”.

4. Subs. by Act 10 of 1927, sec. 2 and Sch. I, for “or Navy”.

5. Subs. by A.O. 1950 for “of Her Majesty or in the Imperial Service Troops”. The words “or in the Royal Indian Marine” occur­ring after the words “Majesty” were omitted by Act 35 of 1934, sec. 2 and Sch.

6. Subs. by Act 41 of 1961, sec. 4, for “two years” (w.e.f. 12-9-1961).

7. Ins. by Act 35 of 1969, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 4-6-1969).

8. Subs. by A.O. 1950 for “of Her Majesty or in the Imperial Service Troops”. The words “or in the Royal Indian Marine” occur­ring after the words “Majesty” were omitted by Act 35 of 1934, sec. 2 and Sch.

Section 506. Punishment for criminal intimidation

Whoever commits, the offence of criminal intimidation shall be punished with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both;

If threat be to cause death or grievous hurt, etc.—And if the threat be to cause death or grievous hurt, or to cause the destruction of any property by fire, or to cause an offence punishable with death or 1[imprisonment for life], or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to seven years, or to impute, unchastity to a woman, shall be punished with imprison­ment of either description for a term which may extend to seven years, or with fine, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Para I

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable-Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person intimidated.

Para II

Punishment—Imprisonment for 7 years, or fine, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

State Amendment

Uttar Pradesh

Imprisonment of 7 years, or fine or both—Cognizable—Non-bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Vide Notification No. 777/VIII 9-4(2)—87, dated 31st July, 1989, published in U.P. Gazette, Extra., Pt. A, Sec. (kha), dated 2nd August, 1989.

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

Section 507. Criminal intimidation by an anonymous communication

Whoever commits the offence of criminal intimidation by an anonymous communication, or having taken precaution to conceal the name or abode of the person from whom the threat comes, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, in addition to the punishment provided for the offence by the last preceding section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 2 years, in addition to the punish­ment under above section—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by Magistrate of the first class—Non-compoundable.

Section 508. Act caused by inducing person to believe that he will be rendered an object of the Divine displeasure

Whoever voluntarily causes or attempts to cause any person to do anything which that person is not legally bound to do, or to omit to do anything which he is legally entitled to do, by inducing or attempting to induce that person to believe that he or any person in whom he is interested will become or will be rendered by some act of the offender an object of Divine displeasure if he does not do the thing which it is the object of the offender to cause him to do, or if he does the thing which it is the object of the offender to cause him to omit, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a tem which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A sits dharna at Z’s door with the intention of causing it to be believed that, by so sitting, he renders Z an object of Divine displeasure. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

(b) A threatens Z that, unless Z performs a certain act, A will kill one of A’s own children, under such circumstances that the killing would be believed to render Z an object of Divine displeasure. A has committed the offence defined in this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Non-cogniza­ble—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the person against whom the offence was committed.

Section 509. Word, gesture or act intended to insult the modesty of a woman

Whoever, intending to insult the modesty of any woman, utters any word, makes any sound or gesture, or exhibits any object, intending that such word or sound shall be heard, of that such gesture or object shall be seen, by such woman, or intrudes upon the privacy of such woman, 1[shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, and also with fine.]

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 1 year, or fine, or both—Cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magistrate—Compoundable by the woman whom it was intended to insult or whose privacy was intruded upon with the permission of the court.

1. Inserted by Section 509 of ‘The Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013′

Section 510. Misconduct in public by a drunken person

Whoever, in a state of intoxication, appears in any public place, or in any place, or in any place which it is a trespass in him to enter, and there conducts himself in such a manner as to cause annoyance to any person, shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to twenty-four hours, or with fine which may extend to ten rupees, or with both.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Simple imprisonment for 24 hours, or fine of 10 rupees, or both—Non-cognizable—Bailable—Triable by any Magis­trate—Non-compoundable.

Section 511. Punishment for attempting to commit offences punishable with imprisonment for life or other imprisonment

Whoever attempts to commit an offence punishable by this Code with 1[imprisonment for life] or imprisonment, or to cause such an offence to be committed, and in such attempts does any act towards the commission of the offence, shall, where no express provision is made by this Code for the punishment of such attempt, be punished with 2[imprisonment of any description provided for the offence, for a term which may extend to one-half of the imprisonment for life or, as the case may be, one-half of the longest term of imprisonment provided for that offence], or with such fine as is provided for the offence, or with both.

Illustrations

(a) A makes an attempt to steal some jewels by breaking open a box, and finds after so opening the box, that there is no jewel in it. He has done an act towards the commission of theft, and therefore is guilty under this section.

(b) A makes an attempt to pick the pocket of Z by thrusting his hand into Z’s pocket. A fails in the attempt in consequence of Z’s having nothing in his pocket. A is guilty under this section.

CLASSIFICATION OF OFFENCE

Punishment—Imprisonment for life or imprisonment not exceeding half of the longest term provided for the offence, or fine, or both—According as the offence is cognizable or non-cognizable—According as the offence attempted by the offender is bailable or not—Triable by the court by which the offence attempted is tri­able—Non-compoundable.

—-

1. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for “transporta­tion for life” (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

2. Subs. by Act 26 of 1955, sec. 117 and Sch., for certain origi­nal words (w.e.f. 1-1-1956).

326A. Whoever causes permanent or partial damage or deformity to, or burns or maims or disfigures or disables, any part or parts of the body of a person or causes grievous hurt by throwing acid on or by administering acid to that person, or by using any other means with the intention of causing or with the knowledge that he is likely to cause such injury or hurt, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and with fine:
Provided that such fine shall be just and reasonable to meet the medical expenses of the treatment of the victim:
Provided further that any fine imposed under this section shall be paid to the victim.
326B. Whoever throws or attempts to throw acid on any person or attempts to administer acid to any person, or attempts to use any other means, with the intention of causing permanent or partial damage or deformity or burns or maiming or disfigurement or disability or grievous hurt to that person, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.
Explanation 1.—For the purposes of section 326A and this section, “acid” includes any substance which has acidic or corrosive character or burning nature, that is capable of causing bodily injury leading to scars or disfigurement or temporary or permanent disability.
Explanation 2.— For the purposes of section 326A and this section, permanent or partial damage or deformity shall not be required to be irreversible.

1. Added by Act 12 of 1899, sec. 2.